Dodota JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED Ls mcr? | Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM VOLUME 36 1934 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. ! 1934 Hovova JOURNAL OF THE . NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FEANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY > Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. January, 1934. No. 421. CONTENTS: Joseph Richmond Churchill. C. H. Knowlton................. New Records for Worcester Co., Massachusetts. E. W. Bemis... id Notes on the Flora of the State of Washington—II. L W. Thompson... ccone Le ee ee eae 8 Spores of the Genus Lycopodium in the United States and Canada. bi WHsen:... eons vo oye A EA. c 13 Transfers in Digitaria and Paspalum. M. L. Fernald.......... 19 Range Extension in Missouri for Ophioglossum vulgatum. EE Dyermarh.. leemos, Biles oo 22 The Name of the American Lotus. M. L. Fernald............. 23 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payableat par in United States currency in Boston: single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced .prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, reiating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states. will be considered for publications to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more then two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var- ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 34 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Photograph by Bachrach Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. January, 1934. No. 421. JOSEPH RICHMOND CHURCHILL CLARENCE HINCKLEY KNOWLTON (With Photographs) AT the time of its organization, December 10, 1895, the New Eng- land Botanical Club was especially fortunate in securing as charter members a substantial and active group of amateurs, as well as the professional botanists of the period. George E. Davenport, Edward L. Rand, Walter Deane, Honorable Joseph R. Churchill, Frank S. Collins, Nathaniel T. Kidder, Dr. George G. Kennedy, Emile F. Williams, Edwin Faxon and Charles E. Faxon, and Lorin L. Dame; these were a group of business and professional men deeply interested in botany as an avocation. Such men would have brought strength to any organization. Most of them lived for many years to share in the interests of the Club and to promote its welfare. It is to commemorate the life and interests of one of these men that this biographical sketch has been prepared. Joseph Richmond Churchill was born in Dorchester, Massachusetts, July 29, 1845. He was the son of Asaph Churchill, lawyer and banker, descendant of an old Plymouth family. His school life was uneventful. As a youth he became an ardent collector of insects, and devoted much of his leisure to that fascinating pursuit. Entering Harvard College, he received his A.B. degree in 1867. Science was beginning to receive some attention at Harvard, and during the latter part of his course young Churchill studied botany under Asa Gray. An old book on student life in the college of those days says: “If a man had any accomplishment to perfect, or any fancy to please, 2 Rhodora [JANUARY the Junior year used to be the time in which of all others he could carry out his plans. . . . . If one falls in with a pair of students miles away from Cambridge, tramping through woods and over fields, collecting specimens of plants or minerals or insects, they are sure to be Juniors—complacent, dignified, happy Juniors. At least, it used to be so in those days." Ilike to think of young Churchill as such an energetic Junior. After finishing the Law School course at Harvard in 1869, the young man was admitted to the bar and began the practice of law in partner- ship with his father, in Boston. On January 9, 1871, Governor Claflin appointed the young lawyer a justice of the Municipal Court, Dorchester District of Boston. Some comment was made at the time on account of the youth of the new Judge, but Judge Churchill assured his critics that he would endeavor to surmount that difficulty, and he did so successfully, serving for sixty consecutive years, and retiring on the anniversary of his appointment. Dorchester was a quiet New England suburb in those days, with a population of 12,000 people, but at the time of his retirement it had a population of 187,000, with all the complicated problems of modern urban life. The Judge grew with his position, and administered his office with unsurpassed dignity. The —— made it possible for Judge Churchill to marry. He had become engaged to Mary Cushing, daughter of Dr. Benjamin Cushing of Dorchester, and the wedding took place on February 21, 1871, soon after the appointment. Dr. Cushing built a house for the young people beside his own, on Meetinghouse Hill in Dorchester, and they made it their lifelong home. Three children were born to them, one of whom survives the Judge, Dr. Anna Q. Churchill, who is Professor of Microscopical Anatomy at Tufts College Medical and Dental School. As his private legal practice Judge Churchill specialized in mort- gages, and became a recognized expert. He idealized the mortgage as a means of grace for the mortgagor working for a home of his own, and as the best possible investment for the conservative investor. When the Massachusetts Coóperative Bank was organized in Dor- chester he became its first president, and held the office for the rest of his life, more than 25 years. He also held the first shares ever issued by the bank. Although Churchill studied botany at Harvard under Asa Gray, 1934] Knowlton,—Joseph Richmond Churchill 3 he did not begin an herbarium at that time. In 1869, after explain- ing the relationship between columbine and buttercup to his inter- ested fiancée, he began his collection by pressing both plants. About five hundred species were analyzed by the young couple during their engagement. Like many other amateurs, Judge Churchill began to mount his specimens on small sheets till he had about a hundred of them, some of which are still in existence. The oldest of these is Oxalis Acetosella from Campobello, in 1867. Then, after consultation at the Gray Herbarium, he adopted the standard size recommended by botanists there. He aimed to collect everything with his own hands, and did not care for exchanges. His idea was to go to the place where the flower grew and collect it there himself. In this way he built up an herbarium of 13,313 sheets, 146 of which were col- lected in 1932, the 87th year of his life. The Judge was very partic- ular about the quality of his specimens. He collected them with great care, and spent many happy hours in putting them into press, and in straightening out leaves and petals. The ultimate aim of this ardent collector was to collect with his own hands every species and variety listed in the area covered by Gray’s Manual, but he often made excursions into outlying territory. The first real collecting trip away from home was in 1873 to find the saxifrages near Willoughby Lake in northern Vermont, where many in- conveniences were suffered by the young couple in their primitive quarters. In fact, Mrs. Churchill often said that their vacations were always planned with some botanical objective, and often took them far from the comforts of home and of good hotels. The island of Nantucket was a favorite place, visited again and again with most pleasing results. Berkshire County also attracted him early, and he first explored the fascinating region around Williams- town and Mt. Greylock. Later vacations took him to Lanesboro, near the center, and to Sheffield in the southern part of the county. But best of all places in Massachusetts he loved the Blue Hills where he had roamed as a boy, and they never failed to interest him. Two delightful summers were spent with his friend Charles Francis Jenney, Federal Judge, ornithologist and botanist, on the island of Monhegan, off the Maine coast. . Outside of his own state he liked Virginia best, and made many visits there, often in thespring. He loved especially the region around Norfolk, for in addition to botanical attractions at Virginia Beach 4 Rhodora [JANUARY and elsewhere it was easy for him to visit Hampton Institute and listen to the negro spirituals as sung by the students there. This music held a peculiar charm for him. He also botanized much in Richmond and along the James River, at Lexington, the Natural Bridge and elsewhere in the Old Dominion. Insects and poison ivy disturbed him not, and a hot summer day held no terrors for him. Once at Kingston, Jamaica, when even the negroes were carrying parasols to protect them from the sun, he walked down the street in the early afternoon, and on his return remarked, “ This is the only time I have ever been really warm enough." The regions at Baltimore, Maryland and Rehoboth, Delaware, of Tryon and Wilmington, North Carolina, Beaufort, South Carolina, Lookout Mt., Tennesee, Jacksonville and Tampa, Florida, were other southern places visited and explored. “No Trespassing”’ signs were no deterrent to the Judge’s botanical activities, but on one of his last visits to the Chicago region he was much hampered by the walls and fences which accompanied these signs. It was not till he had transferred himself to Lake Maxinkuckee in Indiana that he was satisfied with the conditions for collecting. One noteworthy visit to St. Louis in early summer was especially delightful. Dr. Jesse M. Greenman of the Missouri Botanical Gar- den arranged numerous botanical excursions which proved most satisfactory. The Judge’s long friendship with Dr. Greenman had much influence with him when he finally decided to will his herbarium to the Garden. Judge Churchill often persuaded other botanists to accompany him in his travels, and always made new friends. His herbarium, growing thus during more than sixty years, became a veritable store- house of pleasant reminiscences of people and places. Farther west were journeys to Madison, Wisconsin, Sault Ste. Marie, to Colorado, and two memorable visits to the Yellowstone National Park, the latter in 1930. The venerable Judge with his official permit to collect specimens, frequently delayed the starting of the bus, as he enthusiastically lingered to seize some especially attractive plant. He steadfastly refused to visit California, on the ground that it was not wild enough for his purposes. In Canada there were many trips to Lake Memphremagog in Quebec. Rivière du Loup, the Bonaventure River in Gaspé, Bic and Lac Tremblant, Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island were also visited and explored. Upper: JUDGE CHURCHILL IN THE TYROL, 1913. Lower: JUbGE CHURCHILL ON NANTUCKET, 1910. 1934] Knowlton,—J oseph Richmond Churchill 5 Two European journeys in 1907 and 1913 brought many botanical opportunities, with collecting in England, Wales, Germany, Italy, the Alps and the Dolomites. The Blumenthal above Mürren in Switzerland gave him the greatest bliss of all his many botanical ex- periences. The memory of that wonderful flowery vale was always associated in his mind with the much-loved Pastoral Symphony of Handel. Judge Churchill enjoyed especially such field trips as were arranged by the Botanical Club from time to time, and seldom missed one of them. He did not look for easy assignments of territory on such occasions. At one time in his seventies he and the elderly R. W. Woodward of Connecticut chose to explore Breakneck Brook, as their share in the day’s exploration, returning in fine condition with full boxes, to labor till late evening in getting the specimens into press. The Judge was a capital tramping companion. He was dignified and paternal in his bearing, but he was also vigorous, alert and persevering in the field. He had a quiet but by no means latent sense of humor. On one occasion, after walking along a mile or more of railway track with him, I reminded him of the Massachusetts statute by which vagrants against whom there is no other charge may be arrested for walking on the track. “Yes,” said he, “that’s the law, and I’ve often sent men up for breaking it. But I felt sorry for them. I like to walk on the railway track myself." On one occasion a family that had been camping for some little time in Minot's Woods was brought into the Dorchester Court for vagrancy. “I suppose," said Judge Churchill, “that cases of this sort may be made of all of us who are addicted to camping in the summer. Of course we may not all be in such apparently straight- ened circumstances, or under such hard financial compulsion. But from the looks of the children they appear to be healthy, hearty and nice-looking children, who look as if they had enjoyed it. I therefore find the defendants not guilty." In 1929 the Judge was criticised by a public official for his dispo: al of a drunken driver case. When the Judge was interviewed by the reporter, he said “The man is now in durance vile. We have got him off theroads. He is in jail, and I believe that the safety of the general publie has been very well taken care of. What difference does it make whether he was sentenced to jail on the drunken driving com- plaint, or on any other complaint? He is in jail anyway." 6 Rhodora . [JANUARY The Judge used white labels for plants in the Gray’s Manual area and the South, yellow labels for plants from beyond the Mississippi and blue labels for European specimens. He collected one or more duplicates of each plant when possible, and was very generous with them. He always saved one duplicate for his lifelong friend, Walter Deane. Thus, though his personal herbarium was bequeathed to the Missouri Botanical Garden, there are specimens of most of his import- ant finds in the New England Botanical Club Herbarium or the Gray Herbarium. His plants are often cited by systematic botanists. In 1887 he prepared a very accurate list of the plants growing in the town of Milton for inclusion in the town history. Later he made a careful study of Leguminosae, Scrophulariaceae and Verbenaceae as they occur in New England, and published checklists of them in Ruopora. He also wrote for Ruopora a most readable account of the excursion to Mt. Katahdin undertaken by five members of the Botanical Club in 1900. Other notes are scattered through the thirty- odd volumes of Ruopora. A most interesting article in September, 1921, tells of his discovery of Cimicifuga racemosa in Sheffield, Massa- chusetts, with a half-tone plate showing the good Judge in the midst of the vigorous plants, and quite dwarfed by the towering spikes around him. He later re-discovered a station for this plant in Bern- ardston, Massachusetts. In 1902 a strange Scutellaria which he had found at Ft. Fairfield, Maine, was named in his honor Scutellaria Churchilliana Fernald. By a clause in his will $1000 from a trust fund will revert to RHODORA. No account of our honored friend would be complete without refer- ence to the music which meant so much to him. His mother (née Mary Buckminster Brewer) was most musical in her tastes, and he inherited his love through her. He had a fine tenor voice and be- longed to the Cecilia Society and to the Handel and Haydn Society. He was a regular attendant at the Boston Symphony Concerts. He also became much interested in the Boston Music School Settlement, and often attended its concerts, which he greatly enjoyed. By the terms of his will a considerable share of a trust fund will revert to this Settlement. Judge Churchill early learned to play the flute, and was often accompanied on the piano by Mrs. Churchill's sisters next door, Misses Susan and Annie D. Cushing. The marriage of Miss Annie D. Cushing to Dr. Edward D. Peters, an accomplished ’cellist, brought 1934] Bemis,—New Records for Worcester Co., Mass. 7 another musician into the family. An instrumental trio was formed, with flute, piano, and ’cello, and every Sunday evening they played together. After the death of Dr. Peters, however, the Judge had no more heart for his flute, and put it away, though he still loved his music as dearly as ever. He often whistled a favorite air, Mendels- sohn’s Overture to the Fair Melusine, as he worked over his speci- mens. The watchful care of his devoted wife and daughter eased many of the hardships of old age for him. One infirmity he really resented— the lameness which hindered him in his walking and made long tramps impossible, but fortunately this limitation was late in coming to him. He worked on his specimens in his sunny study, re-read his well- loved Dickens and Thackeray, and seized every opportunity to en- joy the music which was so dear to him. He was able to attend the annual meeting of the New England Botanical Club on Friday, Feb- ruary 3; he presided at the meeting of the Massachusetts Coóperative Bank the following Monday; and with his daughter attended the Tuesday afternoon Symphony Concert. A week later, as he was apparently recovering from a slight illness, he suddenly died, on February 14, 1933. Judge Churchill and his wife were for many years members of the First Church in Dorchester (Unitarian). The funeral was held in the ancient meetinghouse. One of the most touching features of the service was the perfect rendering of Goin’ Home and Swing Low, Sweet Chariot, melodies which the Judge had especially appreciated. In botany, as in the law and in business, Judge Churchill was ac- curate and painstaking. With his insistence on self-collected speci- mens, and his zeal for travel to new places, he was an outstanding amateur. To him, however, there was real joy, as well as intellectual satisfaction, in all the necessary labors of field collector and student. The fields and woods gave him new zest for living, and the study of the plants he found brought him solace as well as happiness. HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS. New RECORDS ror Worcester County, MassACHUSETTS.—ÓÜn August 21, 1933, at Worcester, I collected Scirpus sylvaticus var. Bissellii; the second record of the variety for Massachusetts. Since the seventh edition of Gray's Manual, the variety had been 8 Rhodora [JANUARY collected at Bolton, Massachusetts (F. F. Forbes) and at Townshend, Vermont (L. A. Wheeler). At Paxton, June 10, 1933, I collected Carex seorsa; the first record for Worcester County. Specimens have been placed in the Gray Herbarium.—EARr W. Bemis, Worcester, Massachusetts. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON—II J. WILLIAM THOMPSON In the author's first paper! a few errors in the description of the new species of Erigeron Thompsoni Blake were detected too late to be included in the Errata of volume 34. They are: Page 238, line 24. For descrescentia, read decrescentia. Page 239, line 3. For 2-6, read 2.6. Line 4. For 3-8, read 3.8. This paper is to deal with some new and interesting ranges of plants in this State which have been discovered in the course of exploration during the past two years. FRITILLARIA CAMTSCHATCENSIS (L.) Ker-Gawler. Hultén? has recently given us an interesting account of this plant from its type lo- cality. Abrams? assigns it to * moist open woods, Canadian Zone; . . . along the coast to western Oregon." Mr. J. M. Grant gave the author a specimen from the "tide flats near Marysville," which locality seems incredible. Last summer the author found it in a mountain meadow back of the famous Big Four Inn, in the Cascade Mountains of Snohomish County, at about 1000 meters, Thompson 8778, which definitely places it in the Canadian Zone in open timber or in cold mountain bogs, in regions covered several feet deep in snow until early summer. There were2-4 flowers on a stalk, averaging 3. TRILLIUM PETIOLATUM Pursh. Piper‘ cites collections of this peculiar Trillium from Spokane and Pullman, both in the extreme eastern part of Washington. 'The author has seen it in abundance along Catherine Creek near Union, Oregon. In 1931, while bota- 1 RHODORA 34: 236 (1932). ? Eric Hultén. Flora of Kamtchatka, 1: 243 (1927). 3 Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pac. States, 1: 423 (1923). i Piper. Flora of Washington, 199 (1906). 1934] Thompson,—The Flora of the State of Washington 9 nizing near Leavenworth, Chelan County, the author found it along a wooded creek bottom at the eastern base of Tumwater Mountain, Thompson 6444, which extended its range westward apps ter 200 miles to the central part of the State. CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM Salisb. This widely distributed Lady's Slipper has been found and reported from near Spokane. In 1932, Mr. Chas. B. Fiker of Omak sent the author several speci- mens, Fiker 665, accompanied by the following ominous label which read: “In wet ground, in thickets, among poison ivy and rattlesnakes, protected from stock grazing, in the vicinity of Omak Lake, 15 May 1932." Mr. Fiker later told the author that a big rattler struck his boot while he was collecting this, and “ for the sake of peace and safety" he had to kill the snake. The author thinks it is too bad that more of our rare plants do not use this method of protection from * moun- tain maggots (sheep)” and unscrupulous flower diggers! This station extends the range about 150 miles farther westward. IsopyruM Hartu A. Gray. This interesting member of the Ra- nunculaceae was originally found along mountain streams in the foothills bordering the Willamette Valley, Oregon. The author has found it there twice: In the wooded gorge below the scenic Silver Creek Falls, Marion County, and at the head waters of Wilson River in Tillamook County. While on a brief trip just south of Elbe, Lewis County, the author found it in abundance along a stream at the foot of Storm King, and Thompson 8604 seems to constitute a first record for the State of Washington. AQUILEGIA VULGARIS L. While making a trip to the northeast corner of Mount Rainier in 1931, the author noticed a peculiar Aquilegia growing along the newly made road through the deep firs and miles from the nearest residence. It seemed very plentiful and scattered along the roadside for several miles, and a generous collection of it was made. It proved a baffling case for an isolated botanist, and a specimen was submitted to Dr. Edgar Anderson who reported that it was apparently A. vulgaris X olympica. This is an interesting find for both its pedigree and its unusual remote location along the new road to Yakima Park, Mount Rainier, near the entrance to the Park boundary, Thompson 7209. No other species of Aquilegia was found that day. RanuNcuLus CooLEYvAE Vasey & Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 289, pl. xxii (1893); see colored plate in Harriman Alaska Expedi- tion, vol. I: facing page 254. 10 Rhodora [JANUARY The finding of this species on the crest of a mountain peak in the extreme southwestern part of the Olympic Mountains has been one of the biggest surprises of the author’s career as a botanist. Never will he forget the hard trip of ten long weary miles of mountain trail which began near sea level and wound up and down and around until it reached the summit of Mount Col. Bob at 4750 feet. The trip began before daylight. It soon began to get foggy and all day the lower wooded slopes reminded one of approaching dusk. When the summit was reached, the sun was shining brightly, but everywhere below was a sea of fog and clouds. To the north the crown of Mount Olympus was thrust up through this sea like a rugged enchanted island. Occasionally a great mass of fog would suddenly detach itself from the mass below and come swishing upward to engulf everything for minutes at a time. With the thoughts ever uppermost in mind of the long ten miles back to camp that night, the author went hastily to work to explore the crest, and in a few minutes had picked up the following rare species: Polystichum Andersoni, Poa stenantha, Carex circinata, Lloydia serotina, Thlaspi glaucum, var. pedunculatum, Pinguicula vulgaris, Synthyris schizantha, and Erigeron Coulteri Porter. The Lloydia grows in the crevices of cliffs on the northern side, and while the author was collecting this for the first time, a brilliant yellow buttercup attracted his attention. The snow had melted away from the cliff for about twenty feet. Right against the cliff, the buttercup was passing from flower to fruit, and down toward the snow a few feet away, it gradually diminished in stage of growth until it was just coming up where the snow left the ground bare as it re- ceded away from the cliff. The author hastily gathered a few specimens in different stages and began a reluctant return towards the distant camp. It did not fit into any of the western floras, and I submitted a specimen to Mr. Lyman Benson who is studying the group for Abrams’ Illustrated Flora of the Pacific States. His first impression was that it was new to science, but on thorough investigation, he was surprised to find that it was Ranunculus Cooleyae of Alaska—but what a jump in range! It was originally named for Prof. Grace Cooley of Wellesley Col- lege who discovered it while spending a vacation at Juneau, Alaska, in 1891. The next year Gen. Funston found it in the St. Elias Alps above Disenchantment Bay. Dr. Greene, that incomparable splitter, 1934] Thompson,—The Flora of the State of Washington 11 placed it in the genus Kumlienia with another California buttercup; but conservative botanists prefer to let in remain a Ranunculus. The author’s collection, Thompson 7236, is the first record of this rare buttercup for the United States. DicENTRA UNIFLORA Kell. This dainty wee bleeding-heart has a wide range but because it is so small and blooms so early, it is seldom found. Mr. Clarence B. Seely, a promising young collector, found it last spring growing on the precipitous slopes of the picturesque Tum- water Canyon near Leavenworth, Chelan County. Prof. Flett and Mr. Suksdorf report collections from Mount Adams. This collection of Mr. Seely's extends the range considerably northward in this State, and at quite a low altitude of less than 250 meters; it is repre- sented in the author's herbarium as Seely 132. SPIRAEA CINERASCENS Piper. (Luetkea cinerascens Heller; Petro- phytum cinerascens Rydb.). This plant was originally found in the crevices of basaltic cliffs now known as Ribbon Cliff near where the road leaves the Columbia River to pass around the south end of Lake Chelan. It was found by Mr. Elmer in 1897, and not since, as far as the author knows. But in 1932, while driving along the cliff road a few miles north of Wenatchee, great patches of this rare Spiraea were found hanging from the bare cliffs. It prefers the shady side of the rocks, but even at that, the sun beats down there in the summer time at a terrific heat of about 130° F. It blooms quite late for such a warm situation, middle of August, and where it gets the moisture to sustain life is a mystery to the author. Its near cousin, Spiraea Hendersoni, also grows in the crevices of cliffs, but in a region of dense fogs and winter snows. The collection is Thompson 8526. Geum RIVALE L. This circumpolar plant has its range given in the North American Flora 22°: 407 as follows: “In swamps and low ground, from Labrador and Newfoundland to New Jersey, Missouri, New Mexico, and British Columbia; also in Europe and Asia." Last summer the author found it growing sparingly in a low alpine meadow between Tonasket and Republic in Okanogan County, 7 hompson 8637, associated with Petasites sagittata and Populus tremuloides. This is the first record for the State. ACOMASTYLIS DEPRESSA Greene. The type locality of this plant is Mount Stuart (not Stewart, as in North American Flora 22°: 413), and one of the big thrills of 1931 was to refind this plant several times on various slopes of Mount Stuart. The author was camped on the 12 Rhodora [JANUARY western base of the mountain, and when working up the almost perpendicular cliffs, he found a quantity of it growing in the shade of a moist nook at about 6000 feet. Later on in the day it was seen on the dangerous north side in deep shade, and again near the summit where it would have been death to try to reach it. It is a very showy plant when in bloom and reminds one of a cross between a straw- berry and a Potentilla. The collection was distributed under the name of Geum Rossii, the original collection having been cited by Piper! as Sieversia Rossii. Thompson 7628 is the second known collec- tion. VioLA SHELDONI Torr. The type was found at Yuba, California. It is common in Jackson and Josephine Counties, Oregon, and Suks- dorf found it in the White Salmon Valley, in this State. The author found it growing under the half prostrate branches of Purshia tri- dentata on a warm yellow-pine slope west of Cle Elum, Kittitas County, and Thompson 5949 extends the range many miles farther north. HACKELIA VENUSTA (Piper) St. John. This handsome Borage was found in the granitic slopes of Tumwater Canyon near Leavenworth by Mr. I. C. Otis. Prof. Piper described it as Lappula venusta,” but when Hackelia was restored, Dr. St. John? placed it in the right group. Dr. St. John revisited the locality whence it came, but was unable to find it. The author visited the locality on 21 May 1931, and found what he thought at first was a large Phlox, but which turned out to be the above. A large collection was made and sent to the various herbaria. A few weeks later, the author collected it in fruit, collections being Thompson 8266 and 8422, both from the exact type locality. Living plants have been sent to the New York Botanical Garden, where it is hoped that it will flourish and be introduced into cultiva- tion in the near future. CRYPTANTHA THompsonu I. M. Johnston, Contr. Arn. Arboretum 3: 88 (1932). This recently described species is one of several recently published, or in process of being published, and is included here perhaps from vanity on the part of the author; but it is quite a thrill to find such distinctive new species. This plant is another one of the several endemics of the Wenatchee Mountains around Mount Stuart, occur- ring below obsidian cliffs at the head of Beverly Creek, Mount Stuart region, Thompson 7663 and 8742. ! Piper. Flora of Washington, 344 (1906). ? Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 37: 93 (1924). 3 Research Stud. St. Coll. Wash. 1: 104 (1929). 1934] Wilson,—Spores of the Genus Lycopodium 13 ERIGERON LONCHOPHYLLUS Hook. Dr. Blake! gives the range of this species as “Saskatchewan to British Columbia, Nevada, and Colorado." Prof. M. E. Peck has found it in Oregon, and last sum- mer the author found it in an open boggy creek bottom near Tonasket, Okanogan County, Thompson 8665. ERIGERON Acris L., var. ASTEROIDES (Andrzej) DC. Dr. Blake gives the range for the species as follows: “Quebec to Alaska, south- ward to New Brunswick, Michigan, Colorado and Utah.” Two widely distant places in this State add it to its flora; base of Mt. Angeles, Thompson, 7358 and Fiker 1079 from Okanogan County. CLEVELAND HIGH SCHOOL, SEATTLE. THE SPORES OF THE GENUS LYCOPODIUM IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA? L. R. WirsoN (Plates 275-277) THE occurrence of certain Lycopodium spores as fossils in peat has led to the study of the modern spores of this genus in the United States and Canada. The study has shown that the various distinct species have characteristic spore types, which make their identification as fossils possible; also it has suggested the use of spores as another criterion of species and a method of determining phylogenetic rela- tionships. MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUE The spores studied were secured from fresh mature specimens of most of the American species of Lycopodium as well as from her- barium specimens from various parts of the world. Many slides were made of spores of each species and from these typical examples were chosen. A slight variation in size, shape, and pattern is found among the spores of the same species, but this is due mostly to the age of the spores (maturity and storage), the size of the sporanges from which the spores were taken, and the treatment given in preparing them for study. The smallest sporanges of a strobilus often have what appear to be immature or abnormal spores. Severe treatment will often ! Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25 (1925), ? Published with aid to RHopona from the National Academy of Sciences. 14 Rhodora [JANUARY collapse the spore or destroy its diagnostic characters so the prepara- tion must be uniformly and carefully made. It is possible to determine a number of Lycopodium species without subjecting the spores to any clearing process, but others (L. Selago, L. lucidulum, L. annotinum, L. cernuum, L. obscurum, L. inundatum and L. alopecuroides) have a material on the inside of the walls, which gives the appearance of papillation and must be removed in order that the species be definitely identified. The composition of this removable material has not been determined, but it may be a type of stored food. "The following schedule was used in preparing the spores: in a drop of 10% potassium or sodium hydroxide on a slide the spores were boiled for ten seconds, then removed with a scalpel or pipette to distilled water in a watch glass, washed several times by decanting and renewing water, after which they were mounted in glycerine jelly. Stains, such as gentian violet or Sudan 111, may be used, or green, red, and yellow light filters may be used instead to aid in study- ing the exine features. 'The spores were studied under a compound microscope, using a 3 x ocular and a 6mm. objective. The drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida and show only surface features. The surface upon which the germinating slits are seen is called the apical surface and the basal surface is that opposite. Direct views of both basal and apical surfaces have been drawn and have proved adequate for comparison except in the apical-surface-views of L. inundatum, L. alopecuroides and L. carolinianum. These species have concave apical sides that could not be rendered very satisfactorily; however, the ornamentation has been correctly recorded. DISCUSSION By the type and ornamentation of Lycopodium spores it is not only possible to distinguish the various species, but also to group the North American forms into sections, which coincide with those that have been made on other morphological structures. If the American and Canadian species of Lycopodium be grouped according to their gross morphological relationships the following three groups will be made: (1) species with a primitive strobilus hav- ing unspecialized green sporophylls (L. Selago and L. lucidulum); (2) species with a slightly to greatly advanced strobilus and slightly to greatly specialized sporophylls (L. alopecuroides, L. inundatum and 1934] Wilson,—Spores of the Genus Lycopodium 15 L. carolinianum) ; and (3) species with a distinct strobilus and highly specialized yellow, scale-like sporophylls (L. cernuum, L. annotinum, L. obscurum, L. clavatum, L. complanatum, L. sabinaefolium and L. alpinum). These progressive evolutionary movements have been discussed more fully by Schaffner, and the present findings agree very closely with the line of development described by Dr. Schaffner. There is, however, one minor point of difference found when a study is made of the peduncled strobilus. This will be discussed under group three. In the first group, composed of L. Selago and L. lucidulum, the spores are characteristically triangular with concave sides, when ob- served either on the apical or basal surface (see drawings). The spores of these species differ in size and quality of papillation. Usually L. Selago spores are about 5 mu larger in diameter than those of L. lucidulum; also, the papillation on the exine of the latter is finer. These spores must be treated as directed above or the material on the inside of the spore wall will appear as papillae masking those on the exine. In L. Selago these “false papillae” are usually quite regular while they are not always so in L. lucidulum. In an earlier paper? describing this group only the "false papillae" were described. With some practice it is possible to distinguish the two species without clearing the spores, but it is advisable to use a uniform technique. The drawings of these two species do not show the “false papillae.” Lycopodium inundatum, L. alopecuroides, and L. carolinianum com- pose the second group of Lycopodiums and, like the first, they have characteristic spores. The spores are larger than those of the other species. The germinating slits occur in a furrow that is unorna- mented. These three species appear to represent an ancient group. The probable antiquity of L. carolinianum has been pointed out.’ L. alopecuroides* appears to be confined to the Atlantic Coastal Plain and L. inundatum, while widespread in boreal regions, is probably a more recent offshoot from the same stock. Lycopodium carolinianum may be considered by some investigators as belonging to the next group, but though the sporophylls of this ! Schaffner, J. H. 1931. Characteristic Examples of accumulative progressive evolu- tionary Movements. Ohio Jour. Sci. 31: 346-349. ? Wilson, L. R. 1932. The Identity of Lycopodium porophilum. Ruovora. 34: 169-172. 3 Fernald, M. L. Ruopora 33: 46. 1931. * Lycopodium alopecuroides is sometimes treated as a variety of L. inundatum, but the spore differences would indicate that they are distinct species. 16 Rhodora [JANUARY species are yellow and highly specialized, the strobilus distinct upon a scaly peduncle, and the leaves of the stem of two types, the rela- tionship suggested by the spores, the type of rootstock, and the solitary cone upon a peduncle are here considered more fundamental than those characters which would place the species in the next group. The spores of The Atlantic Coastal Plain species have been re- ferred to as having a size relationship; also the basal surface is found to be wavy-reticulate. In a fourth species (L. cernuum) the same wavy reticulation appears. ‘The spore is not, however, nearly the size of those of the other species, but is the smallest of any belonging to the genus in this country or Canada. lt would be assuming too much, so few species of the genus having been studied, to construct a phylogenetic series that might illustrate the relationship of one type of Lycopodium species to another. Probably the greatest obstacle is the fact that the genus is of such great age that the species living today may represent the ends of long lines of evolution upon widely divergent branches. It is, however, interesting to note the geographic and spore-type relationship of the Atlantic Coastal Plain species. Here we have an ancient physiographic province with a type of habitat that may be of similar great age, and a flora upon it that suggests antiquity. That the Atlantic Coastal Plain species of Lycopodium should show relationship by their spores is of considerable interest. In the third group there are numerous spore types. In this respect it is unlike the others, for L. cernuum, L. annotinum, and L. obscurum appear to be less closely related to each other than are the species within each of the two previously discussed groups. L. obscurum spores are the nearest in type to those of L. clavatum and the L. com- planatum group, but differ from them in having an extremely delicate reticulation on the apical surface and coarser reticulation on the basal surface. In other words they have two distinct types of reticulation, while the others have only one. The two last named forms appear to be related to one another if spore type is a criterion. Lycopodium clavatum, however, may be separated from the L. complanatum group by its smaller reticulation. l The spores of L. complanatum, L. sabinacfolium, and L. alpinum at first appeared to be distinguishable from one another by diameter and the extent to which the reticulation nears the junction of the germinating slits, but these characters apparently are not constant and one is inclined to go back to the suggestion of Underwood! and 1 Underwood, L. M. 1882. Our Native Ferns and their Allies, ed. 2. pp. 118-119. 1934] Wilson,—Spores of the Genus Lycopodium 17 consider L. alpinum and L. sabinaefolium as forms of L. complanatum. If we interpret this condition of the spores as evidence for close rela- tionship within the Lycopods, it is possible that in this section of the genus is a group of plants that are either extreme ecological forms or which have evolved only slightly along certain trends. Recent treatments would favor the latter possibility.! Dr. Schaffner? considers the presence of a peduncle an advance over the sessile type of strobilus, which in all probability is a correct as- sumption. However, if the three species, L. complanatum, L. sabinae- folium, and L. alpinum, are studied it will be observed that though they are obviously related in their spores and foliage L. complanatum has a stout, scaly peduncle, L. alpinum has a leafy branch-like pe- duncle, and L. sabinacfolium is intermediate between the two, having a slender peduncle of varied length and with sparse spreading scales. It appears from this that the structure and length of the peduncle may be variable within a group. "This is further emphasized in L. clavatum and its varieties, for here there is a range in length of the peduncle from less than two centimeters to more than fifteen. The habitat of the plant appears to have much to do with the length to which the peduncle will grow, for among those plants occurring at high altitudes or in the extreme north will be found these short- peduncled forms. No distinction could be made between the spores of L. complanatum, L. flabelliforme and L. tristachyum. In Wisconsin these three forms merge into one another and appear to be ecologically controlled. Victorin? has suggested hybridization for the origin of many forms in this group, but this has never been demonstrated, and the difficul- ties which accompany the germinating of Lycopodium spores make such experimentation practically impossible. The following synoptic key is given as a brief review of the spore characters, the order of species being based upon spore relationship and gross morphology, and is subject to revision as other species are studied. ! Through the kindness of Professor M. L. Fernald the writer has recently been able to examine many more spores of Lycopodium alpinum. Measurements have been made of these and graphed to show size as compared with L. sabinaefolium and L. complanatum. From this study it appears that the spores of L. alpinum are slightly different from the others. The details are being reserved for further study. 2 Schaffner, J. H. 1. c. 3 Victorin, Frère Marie-. 1925. Les Lycopodinées du Quebec. Contrib. du Lab. de Bot. de l'Univ. de Montréal. No.3. p. 77. 18 Rhodora The writer wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. N. [JANUARY C. Fassett for his kindly criticism and interest and to Dr. G. S. Bryan for sug- gesting a terminology for spore characters. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LYCOPODIUM IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA A. Spores distinctly triangular and sides concave when seen on the apical surface; basal surface papillate; sporophylls unspecialized; strobilus primitive; plants gemmiparous; stems procumbent or erect; leaves flattened or appressed, little specialized.. . . . B. B. Spores 32 mu or more in diameter; papillation of exine uniform, evenly distributed; leaves appressed or spread- ing, widest below the middle, margins entire; stems erect or slightly procumbent...........0.0 00.00.0000 0 2c B. Spores 30 mu or less in diameter; papillation of exine delieate, often indistinet, sometimes irregular in dis- tribution; leaves spreading, widest above the middle, margins serrate or entire; stems procumbent .......... A. Spores triangular to round and sides convex when seen on the apical surface; basal surface reticulate; sporophylls slightly to greatly specialized; strobilus specialized; plants not gem- miparous; stems horizontal or erect; leaves flattened, in- curved, spreading, appressed, fused, or reduced, little to greatly specialized... ..C. C. Spores 43 mu or more in diameter, the germinating slits in a furrow, reticulation on the basal surface wavy; sporophylls green or yellow, slightly to greatly special- ized; strobilus distinct and solitary upon a leafy or scaly peduncle; rootstock superficial, creeping; no erect branches; leaves flat, spreading or incurved.. . D. D. Apical surface of spores papillate; sporophylls green and but slightly specialized; peduncle leafy; stem- leaves nearly uniform in size... . . E. E. Apieal surface of spores with ridge-like rows of papillae extending to the edge of the unornamented germinating furrow, where the papillae are larger and irregular; sporophylls very slightly broadened .. L. Selago. L. lucidulum. at the base... ... lille L. alopecuroides. E. Apical surface of the spores with uniformly distrib- uted papillae except in the unornamented ger- minating furrow; sporophylls distinctly broadened at the base... 0... RI L. inundatum. D. Apical surface of the spores not papillate; sporo- phylls yellow and greatly specialized; peduncle covered with small scale-like bracts; stem-leaves of two distinct sizes. ...... oe L. carolinianum. C. Spores 36 mu or less in diameter, the germinating slits not in a furrow, reticulation on the basal surface an- gular or wavy; sporophylls yellow and greatly special- ized; strobilus distinct, sessile or peduncled, one to several on a peduncle; rootstock subterranean or superficial with erect branches; leaves flat, incurved, appressed, fused, or reduced... F. F. Diameter of the spores 23 mu or less, reticulation on the basal surface wavy, apical surface un- ornamented; strobilus sessile; sporophylls small and spinulose; leaves linear and incurved....... L. cernuum. 1934, Fernald,—Transfers in Digitaria and Paspalum 19 F. Diameter of the spores 28 mu or more, reticula- tion on the basal surface angular, apical surface unornamented or angular-reticulate; strobilus sessile or pedunculate; sporophylls large, not spinulose; leaves flat, incurved, appressed, or fused. . .G. G. Spores unornamented on apical surface; upright branches tree-like................ L. obscurum. three times divided but not tree-like. ..... L. clavatum. superficial; upright branches usually ireelike.......: i r L. complanatum group. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 275-277 PLATE 275. Spores of Lycopodium Selago L., L. lucidulum Michx., L. annotinum L. and L. cernuum L.; FIGs. at left basal view, at right apical view. PLATE 276. Spores of L. inundatum L., L. alopecuroides L. and L. caro- linianum L.; Fras. at left basal view, at right apical view. PLATE 277. Spores of L. obscurum L., L. clavatum L. and L. complanatum L.; rias. at left basal view, at right apical view. DEPARTMENT OF Borany, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN. SOME TRANSFERS IN DIGITARIA AND PASPALUM M. L. FERNALD DIGITARIA FILIFORMIS (L.) Koeler, var. villosa (Walt.), comb. nov. Syntherisma villosum Walt. Fl. Car. 77 (1788). D. villosa (Walt.) Pers. Syn. i. 85 (1805). 20 Rhodora [JANUARY I am unable to find clear morphological differences to separate Digitaria villosa from D. filiformis. The latter occurs farther north in the East, ranging from Alabama to Texas and Mexico, thence pushing north in the interior to Michigan, Illinois and Iowa, and east of the mountains to southern New Hampshire. Tt is usually, but not always, the lower and more slender of the two, with filiform culms 0.5-9 dm. high, with racemes 1-15 em. long, the spikelets mostly in 3's and 1.5-2 mm. long. Var. villosa is often, but not always, coarser and taller (up to 1.4 m. high), with sheaths often more densely villous, the racemes sometimes more distant (up to 3 cm. apart) and 5-25 em. long, the groups of spikelets usually more distant, and the individual spikelets 2-2.5 mm. long. None of these characters is sufficiently constant to indicate that the plant is a definite species. It ranges from Florida to Texas, northward to Kansas, Missouri, Illinois and Virginia. PASPALUM CILIATIFOLIUM Michx., var. Muhlenbergii (Nash), comb. nov. P. pubescens Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 89 (1809). P. Muhlenbergit Nash in Britton, Man. 75 (1901). P. pubescens, var. Muhlenbergii (Nash) House, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. no. 243-244: 39 (1923). P. crziíaTIFOLIUM. Michx., var. stramineum (Nash), comb. nov. P. stramineum Nash in Britton, Man. 74 (1901). I fully agree with House, that there is no specific line between Paspalum | Muhlenbergii and P. pubescens. Mrs. Chase’s note, published at a later date by House, is to the point: “ Mrs. Chase (in lit.) points out that P. MuAlenbergii Nash is so closely related to P. pubescens, that no combination of characters holds, though extremes look quite different." Weatherby, in 1928, was "quite unable to distinguish between the New England plants determined . . . as P. pubescens and P. Muhlenbergii. . . . It appears necessary to unite the two under one species; and since P. pubescens is by far the earlier name and was (again according to information courteously furnished by Mrs. Chase) correctly interpreted by Nash, it must be used for the resultant group."? And in 1929, in her North American Species of Paspalum,’ Mrs. Chase merged the two outright. Wiegand & Eames had gone ever further, taking up P. ciliatifolium Michx. (1803) for the species, to which they reduced outright P. pubescens and P. Muhlenbergii, saying rightly: “The separation of 1 House, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. no. 254: 70 (1924). 2 Weatherby, RHODORA, xxx. 134 (1928). 3 Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxviii. 83 (1929). 1934] Fernald,— Transfers in Digitaria and Paspalum 21 species in Paspalum and Panicum on the basis of degree of pubescence is to be regretted. Fluctuation of pubescence is, at most, of only varietal importance." Although in 1928, in the discussion cited, Weatherby was "not yet prepared to follow them quite so far," I find myself, after struggling to get morphological differences, fully in agreement with Wiegand & Eames, except that I should recognize varietally the more strongly marked geographic trends. I should add P. stramineum to the series, as an inland variety showing a common response to semi-arid to arid inland conditions, a develop- ment of minute pubescence. The three variations of Paspalum ciliatifolium are separated (some- what unsatisfactorily) by the following tendencies: Surfaces quite glabrous...................... P. ciliatifolium (typical). Surfaces long-pilose or villous...................... Var. Muhlenbergüi. Surfaces minutely puberulent, otherwise either villous or nomvibus UN EET AM I AIME! Var. stramineum. Typical P. ciliatifolium occurs in dry or moist open places or in thin woods, from Florida to Texas, extending north to New Jersey, Tennessee, Missouri and Kansas. It is also in the West Indies and Central America. Var. Muhlenbergii extends farther north, to southern New Hampshire, southern Vermont, New York, Ohio, southern Michigan and southern Wisconsin. Var. stramineum is a plant of sandy soils in Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, extending north to Indiana, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Nebraska and Colorado. That the three lack what some of us would consider fundamental specific differences becomes clear on comparing the descriptions of them and the beautiful illustrations of them in Mrs. Chase's mono- graph: P. ciliatifolium with “spikelets 1.9 to 2.1 mm. long, minutely pubescent"; P. pubescens with them “1.7 to 2.1 mm. long, glabrous, . . . rarely sparsely pubescent"; P: stramineum with them “2.1 to 2.2 mm. long, . . . sparsely to rather densely pubescent or sometimes glabrous." However, although P. ciliati- folium differs from P. pubescens in having spikelets “1.9 to 2.1," instead of “1.7 to 2.1 mm. long,” “there are a number of specimens, otherwise typical or fairly typical P. ciliatifolium, in which the spike- lets are only 1.7 to 1.9 mm. long." As to pubescence, P. ciliatifolium is described with the “blades 1 Wiegand & Eames, Fl. Cayuga L. Basin, 83 (1926). 22 Rhodora [JANUARY . typically strongly ciliate . . . , but sometimes ciliate toward the base only, very rarely not at all ciliate, otherwise glabrous or pilose along the mid nerve below or minutely pubescent toward the apex, rarely throughout” and in some “the foliage is sparsely pubes- cent, approaching the less pubescent specimens of P. pubescens" ; P. pubescens itself is defined with “blades . . . from sparsely to conspicuously pilose on both surfaces, sometimes minutely puberulent beneath the long hairs on the upper surface” but “This species varies in the amount of pubescence. . . . The following specimens [with an enumeration] have foliage less pubescent . . . , approaching the sparsely pubescent plants of P. ciliatifolium" ; and P. stramineum is assigned “blades . . . puberulent on both surfaces, rarely ob- scurely so, and sparsely pilose as well, or the lower surface nearly or quite glabrous except for a few long hairs mostly along the mid nerve, the margins commonly papillose-ciliate."' When P. pubescens with spikelets 2.1 mm. long and “sparsely pilose” and with blades “less pubescent” is compared with P. ciliati- folium with spikelets 2.1 mm. long, “minutely pubescent” and with blades “sparsely pubescent” what is the specrric difference? When P. stramineum with spikelets 2.1 mm. long, “sparsely pubescent or sometimes glabrous” and with “blades . . . nearly or quite glabrous” is compared with P. ciliatifolium with “spikelets . . . 2.1 mm. long . . . minutely pubescent" and with blades glabrous where shall we look for sPECIFIC characters? The situation in Paspalum ciliatifolium is rather closely parallel to that in other species: P. laeve Michx., with essentially glabrous sheaths and blades, passing to var. pilosum Scribn. (P. plenipilum Nash), with them strongly pilose, and by numerous transitions to var. circulare (Nash) Stone (P. cireulare Nash), with more rounded and slightly larger spikelets; P. pubiflorum Rupr., with spikelets pu- bescent, passing into var. glabrum Vasey (P. laeviglume Scribn.), with them glabrous; P. floridanum Michx., with pubescent foliage, var. glabratum Engelm. glabrous or nearly so, glaucous and with racemes often longer. Parallel situations in Panicum are very numerous. RANGE EXTENSION IN MISSOURI FOR OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM.— In Missouri, as in many other states, Ophioglossum vulgatum is a rarity. Hitherto, this fern has been known in Missouri only from a 1934] Fernald,—The Name of the American Lotus 23 few of the lowland counties in the extreme southeastern portion of the state, namely, Bollinger, Stoddard, and Butler counties. In the spring of 1933 the writer visited a region west of F oley, Lincoln Co., north of the Missouri River. This region is of excep- tional botanical interest because of the occurrence here of a number of typical Ozarkian plants, ordinarily confined to the Ozark region south of or bordering the Missouri River, which reach their present known northeastern limit in the state.! In fact, this area is really a northeastern extension of the Ozarks both botanically and geographi- cally. Sandy Creek, emptying only a few miles away into the Missis- sippi River, has eroded in this area a long and narrow ravine bordered by bluffs of the St. Peter sandstone of Ordovician age. The valley of the ravine harbours a varied and luxuriant growth of trees and shrubs, and bordering the banks of Sandy Creek occur numerous species common to alluvial soils and low ground, such as Senecio glabellus, which is here near its northern limit in the state. In these rich shaded woods along the stream in the floor of the sandstone ravine the writer discovered three plants of Ophioglossum vulgatum, of which two bore fertile sporophylls. The discovery of this species in Lincoln Co. is an extension north- ward of approximately 150 miles over its previously known distri- bution in the state.—JULIAN A. STEYERMARK, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis. THE NAME OF THE AMERICAN LOTUS M. L. FERNALD NELUMBO pentapetala (Walt.), comb. nov. Nymphaea penta- petala Walt. Fl. Carol. 155 (1788). Nymph. Nelumbo Walt. 1. c., not L. (1753). Nelumbium luteum Willd. Sp. ii. 1259 (1799). Nelumbium pentapetalum (Walt.) Willd. l. c. (1799). Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. Syn. i. 92 (1805). Cyamus flavicomus Salisb. in Kon. & Sims, Ann. Bot. ii. 75 (1805). C. pentapetalus (Walt.) Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 398 (1814). C. luteus (Willd.) Nutt. Gen. ii. 25 (1818). Walter thought that he had specimens of two species: one, which he called Nymphaea Nelumbo (misidentified with the Old World species), was described foliis peltatis undique integris, calyce quadrifido, corolla multiplici alba, loeulis monospermis; the other, differing only in number of sepals and petals, his new Nymphaea pentapetala, was similarly described ! Steyermark, J. A. Notes on Missouri Plants. Ruopora 35: 283-291. 1933, 24 Rhodora [JANUARY foliis peltatis undique integris, calyce pentaphyllo, corolla magna pent- apetala alba, loculis pericarpii monospermis. The number of sepals varies in our American Lotus, being either 4 or 5; the number of petals (5) would be unusual for our plant. Its petals readily fall, however, and some herbarium-specimens have lost some or all of them. Furthermore, certain sheets of specimens show but few petals (MacDaniels, from Lake Erie, with 10; Lindheimer, no. 662, from Comanche Spring, with only 6); and, in transferring Walter's Nymphaea pentapetala to Cyamus, Pursh said: “ A specimen seen in the collection of a gentleman in Carolina ascertains the exist- ence of this formerly doubtful plant." Since we know only a single indigenous species of Nelumbo in Atlantic North America, it is prob- able that Walter had an unusual or a somewhat disintegrated flower. The identity of his two descriptions is otherwise apparent, even to “corolla alba” for both. I am told by those more familiar than I with the plant growing that the flowers are white, sometimes passing to a weak whitish yellow, so that Walter’s description of the color was as accurate as that implied in Willdenow's name Nelumbtum luteum. Walter, however, was not always precise in his descriptions of color. Dr. S. F. Blake calls my attention to Walter's original description of his Smyrnium cordatum, “floribus albis," for a plant which is the type of Zizia cordata (Walt.) DC., a species of the small genus known as “Golden Alexanders" because of the brilliant orange- yellow flowers. Since, however, Walter's inappropriate name for our Water Lotus antedates by 11 years the more appropriate one of Willdenow and since we are allowed no choice in the matter, but must retain the first, even though inappropriate, the name Nelumbo pentapetala must join the long list of often misleading but nomenclaturally correct names.! 1 A long list, in our own flora containing, among others, such cases as Phyllodoce coerulea for a shrub with crimson or purple flowers; Dirca palustris for a shrub of rich, often dry, upland deciduous woods; Aster nemoralis for a characteristic species of open sphagnous bogs, inundated pond-margins and peaty barrens; Solidago nemoralis for a plant of sun-baked, open habitats; Oenothera fruticosa for a short-lived herb; Ceanothus ovatus for a shrub with elliptic-lanceolate leaves; Gentiana quinquefolia for one of the leaflest of species; Lycopus uniflorus for a plant with several whorls of closely crowded flowers; Benzoin aestivale for a shrub flowering in March and April; Rhus Vernir for a species which is not the lacquer tree; Berberis canadensis and Ligusticum canadense for plants unknown within hundreds of miles of southernmost Canada; Lilaeopsis chinensis, Conioselinum chinense and Asclepias syriaca for species endemic in Atlantic North America! Volume 85, no. 420, including pages 387 to 425 and title-page of the volume, was issued 7 December, 1933. Rhodora Plate 275 L. cernuum L. SPORES OF LYCOPODIUM Rhodora Plate 276 L. carolinianum L. SPORES OF LYCOPODIUM Rhodora Plate : L. obscurum L. L. complanatum L. SPORES OF LYCOPODIUM C» .1934 Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FEANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY > Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. February, 1934. No. 422. CONTENTS: Pollination of Kalmia angustifolia. J. H. Lovell and H. B. Lovell... 25 Notes on Spring Flora of Coastal Plain of South Carolina. C. A. Weatherby and Ludlow Griscom......... ccc cece ee 28 Mosses of southern British Honduras and Guatemala. E. B. Bart- FOE Ee eee so oo Gs Baas cay FA D ue. ee 55 RUM canadensis in Hampshire Co., Massachusetts. A. L. De- ll ARERO OS ERU QUNM tec. 58 Epifagus virginiana, forma pallida. C. A. Weatherby............. 59 Additional Note on Branching in Polygonum. M. L. Fernald and QUE HN. ee a aa Aa TITEL 59 Moss Flora of North America (Review). J. F. Collins........... 60 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston: single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced . prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states. will be considered for publications to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms wiil be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more then two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, var- ieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, "ya Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 34 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. February, 1934. No. 422. THE POLLINATION OF KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA! Joun H. LovELL ann Harvey B. LOVELL THE explosive mechanism of Kalmia latifolia L. was described by Conrad Sprengel in 1793, but he supposed that it was designed to secure self-pollination. In 1863 Hasskarl? likewise was of the opinion that self-pollination occurs spontaneously in this species. The floral mechanism of K. angustifolia L. was discussed briefly by Rothrock? in 1867, who observed that the release of the stamens by insects not only threw pollen on the stigma of the same flower, but also üpon the stigmas of adjacent flowers. W. J. Beal* seems to have been the first to observe and describe the manner in which the flowers of Kalmia are cross-pollinated by insects. He observed the honey-bee and “other Hymenoptera” spring the stamens and become showered with pollen. Flowers covered with netting to exclude insects usually withered without the anthers being set free. None of the above writers collected or identified the insects which visit either species of Kalmia, and in many other respects their ob- servations are either incomplete or inaccurate. In particular the smaller and more northern sheep laurel (K. angustifolia L.) has been studied very little. At Waldoboro, Maine, the sheep laurel is very abundant in many neglected pastures, where it is associated with 1 Published with aid to RHODORA from the National Academy of Sciences. 2 Hasskarl, J. C. 1863. Uber Kalmia latifolia. Bot. Zeit. Leipzig. 21: 237-239. 3 Rothrock, J. T. 1867. The fertilization of flowering plants. Am. Natur. 1: 64-72. This account contains several errors. t Beal, W. J. 1867. Agency of insects in fertilizing plants. Am. Natur. 1: 254- 260. 26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY the earlier blooming rhodora (Rhododendron canadense)? Farmers often confuse the two shrubs and believe that a single bush bears both kinds of flowers. The umbel-like corymbs of numerous red flowers of K. angustifolia are borne on the shoots of the previous season. The corolla is saucer- shaped, about 12 mm. broad, with a very short tube. There is no noticeable odor. The upper flowers of a corymb may be imperfectly developed, the corolla being white, with no pouches, and the stamens and pistil standing erect and of equal length. At the beginning of anthesis a small opening appears at the end of the flower-bud, through which the style protrudes for about 3 mm. The capitate stigma is in a receptive condition, and at this stage Fia. 1. Bud and expanded flower of KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA, X 4. only cross-pollination is possible. Bees were frequently observed visiting the flowers for nectar at this stage. The pollen is not discharged until the flower is fully expanded. The ten dark purple anthers are held in ten pouches in the corolla- limb, so formed that they prevent the anthers from springing out prematurely. The filaments are white, flat, and strongly bowed up- ward, in a state of elastic tension. Many flower clusters, while still in bud, were placed in water, where insects could not have access to them, and kept under observation daily. Since none of the stamens became free, it is evident that the anthers can not release themselves spontaneously. In the field we have frequently seen the stamens sprung by Bombus ternarius and Andrena vicina, and more rarely by such small bees as 1 Lovell, J. H. and H. B. Lovell. Pollination of Rhodora. RHODORA, 34: 213-214. 1934] Lovell,—Pollination of Kalmia angustifolia 27 Andrena claytoniae. A large bee when alighting on the flower first touches the projecting stigma with the ventral part of its body, and as it inserts its proboscis between the filaments and the corolla tube to gather nectar, its legs set free the stamens and a cloud of pollen is thrown over its body. Upon microscopic examination the hairs on the ventral side of the body of such bees were found loaded with pol- len. The hairs on the base of the filaments may cling to the legs of the insects and aid in releasing theanthers. When a filament is touched with a needle, the anthers spring upward, scattering a little cloud of white pollen from two large pores at the apex of the anther. The stamens then stand erect for two or three hours, with their anthers in contact with the style, about three millimeters below the stigma, after which the filaments bend backward and the anthers again rest on the corolla. The light, dry pollen may be carried by a gentle breeze a distance of a foot or more to other flower clusters, so that cross-pollination by the aid of the wind may occur as in Erica and Calluna. Autogamy is not probable, but it is not excluded. Nectar is secreted sparingly between the base of the filament and the corolla tube. In a great number of flowers no trace of it could be discovered, but in a few flowers it was moderately abundant. This accounts for the comparatively small number of insect visits re- ceived by the bloom. Only 12 to 18 insects were usually captured during two hours of collecting. Though an apiary was located only a third of a mile away, not a single honey-bee was seen visiting the bloom, but in the same pasture many of them were gathering nectar from white clover. On the base of the corolla there are a dozen or more dark red triangular spots which possibly may serve as honey guides. Insect visits to the sheep laurel are so rare that a few observations might easily lead to the conclusion that they are not numerous enough to effect pollination. Not a single species of Diptera was captured, and there were only a few visits by butterflies. Diurnal clear-winged hawk-moths were seen to probe the flowers occasionally, but since they do not alight are probably of no assistance in pollination. The most common visitor is Bombus ternarius, and on a day fol- lowing a heavy rain they were so abundant that most of the fully expanded flowers were found to have had their stamens sprung. Andrena vicina was also a very common visitor. Long continued ob- 28 Hhodora [FEBRUARY servations show that the inflorescence of Kalmia angustifolia is effectively cross-pollinated by bees. | The following visitors were taken on the flowers from June 21 to July 12 at Waldoboro, Maine. APOIDEA: BOMBUS TERNARIUS Say 9 8; B. TERRICOLA Kirby 9; B. VAGANS Sm. 9 ; PsITHYRUS ASHTONI Cr. 9 ; ANDRENA VICINA Sm. 9 ; A. CLAY- TONIAE Rob. 9 ; A. SP. 9 ; AUGOCHLORA CONFUSA Rob. 9 ; NOMADA FLORILEGUS Lovell & Ckll. 9 ; CILISSA AMERICANA Sm. 9; COLLETES MESOCOMUS Swenck 9 o (This bee has been found only on this flower and at Waldoboro). LEPIDOPTERA--Butterflies: ARGYNNIS APHRODITE Fab.; COLIAS PHILO- pice Godt.; MELrTAEA NYcTrEIS Doubl. Moths: A clear-winged hawk-moth (not captured), probably HEMARIS DIFFINIS. COLEOPTERA—CERAMBYCIDAE: Leprura CHRYSOCOMA Kirby. WALDOBORO, MAINE. NOTES ON THE SPRING FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN OF SOUTH CAROLINA NORTH OF GEORGETOWN! C. A. WEATHERBY AND LUDLOW Gniscow? ATTRACTED by the glowing reports of a friend of the wealth of bird and plant life in the vicinity of Myrtle Beach, Horry Co., South Carolina, the junior author took a cottage there, and spent a month's vacation from April 4 to May 2, 1932. The senior author motored south via Wilmington, North Carolina, arrived at Myrtle Beach April 17th, and left on April 23rd for Charleston, collecting a few plants northeast of Georgetown en route, and examining a portion of the Elliott Herbarium at the Charleston Museum. On his return north he swung inland through Columbia, and collected a few addi- tional species, not found near Myrtle Beach, on the inner edge of the coastal plain, chiefly in Lexington Co.; and a few more on the outer edge of the Piedmont in Saluda Co. "These are listed in a separate section beyond. The junior author spent practically all day every day afield. The area chiefly investigated, however, was a narrow strip along the coast from the North Carolina line at Little River to the estuary at Georgetown, formed by the confluence of the Waccamaw, the Pee Dee and the Black Rivers. The limit inland was Conway on the Waccamaw River. The chief excuse for this paper is that no literature in existence 1 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. ? In type long prior to the publication of Small's Manual of the Southeastern Flora, and only partially revised to date. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 29 can give the prospective visitor to this little explored area any ade- quate idea of what he may expect to find and what he should look for. The works of those great early explorers Walter (according to Coker, chiefly the upper part of Berkeley Co.) and Elliott (chiefly nearer Charleston) are useful mainly in supplying a list of specialties, first class modern topotypical specimens of which are badly needed in practically all the herbaria of the country. Ravenel, for years the director of the historic Charleston Museum, published an unannotated and admittedly incomplete check-list of the plants of South Carolina in 1882, but scarcely any one living could translate this list correctly in terms of the modern segregates as now understood, and it would still be anybody's guess as to how many of them would occur along the coastal strip north of Georgetown. There is no evidence that Ravenel himself ever explored north of the Santee Canal just below Georgetown. Porcher's " Catalogue of Phaenogamous Plants and Ferns of St. John's, Berkeley Co.," though worked out with unusual care for its time, was published in 1847. Coker’s “Plant Life of Hartsville, Darlington County," 1912, though modern in nomenclature, thorough in most respects, and useful in distinguishing habitats, does not give times of flowering and, covering a small region only, is far from giving a comprehensive idea of the flora of the Coastal Plain. The most serviceable paper for our purposes proved to be the second edition of the flora of Wilmington, North Carolina (a region floristically similar), published in 1886 by T. F. Wood and Gerald McCarthy. The junior author copied from this list all the more southern herbaceous species recorded as blooming before May 1. It is an interesting commentary on our state of knowledge that, of the plants actually collected by us in South Carolina, less than 50% could have been expected on the basis of this list. For these reasons little attempt has been made in the systematic portion of the paper beyond to indicate the species previously un- recorded from the State. In most cases their occurrence could be inferred as a matter of common sense. In other cases we find old and fragmentary specimens in the Gray Herbarium. from South Carolina, though we are not aware of any definite published record, and often they were originally distributed under some other name. In the present state of our knowledge, therefore, whether or not a given species has been definitely recorded from the State has no significance 30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY unless a genuine range extension is involved or unless we are dealing with so rare and little known a plant that any additional collection deserves emphasis. We have endeavored to call attention to such cases. The outstanding feature of interest about the coastal plain of north- ern South Carolina is the extensive areas of a striking white sand pine barren, a formation which contains many peculiar and local species, some of them endemic. ‘This type of soil is best known bo- tanically around Wilmington, North Carolina, but extends south- ward to the Santee River in the form of a series of discontinuous islands, which contain both wet and dry areas. The famous Venus’ Photograph by Mary R. Walcott Fra. 1. South Island, Georgetown, showing SABAL PALMETTO. Fly-Trap (Dionaca muscipula) is probably the best known plant confined to these areas in wet portions, and Lupinus villosus and Robinia nana are striking species characteristic of the particularly dry areas of pure white sand. An important topographic feature in the South is the character of the coast line. Where the coast consists of a series of sounds or bays with a fringe of-outer islands and beaches, plants of a southern type tend to extend northward on these outer islands, which have a slightly more moderate winter climate. Thus the cabbage palm (Sabal Palmetto), so characteristic of the outer islands around Charles- ton, was growing luxuriantly on South Island, east of Georgetown 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 3l and on the south side of the estuary, but only three stunted trees were seen on the southern tip of North Island. Nestled in the hollows of the dunes on Pawley's Island, about half way between George- town and Myrtle Beach, we found the striking shrub, Osmanthus americana, which is apparently absent on the straight coast north of this point, but reappears on the outer islands of the North Caro- lina coast. Similarly, the saw palmetto, Serenoa serrulata, occurs on the islands in Back Bay, Virginia, but is unknown on the mainland. A few words can be devoted to the main habitats of the region and their more characteristic plants. The outer beaches can be dismissed with a brief mention, as they furnish practically no spring-flowering species. The striking sand-binding grass is Uniola paniculata, the dried panicles of which persist over the winter. Myrica cerifera was, of course, ubiquitous, varied with stunted clumps of Ilex vomitoria. Here and there patches of Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis offered a formidable barrier to further progress. It was in bud, but never actually in bloom during our visit. As a general statement the country might be described as open sandy pine woods, with or without an admixture of deciduous trees. Here and there were stretches of open pine lands normally wet, with many characteristic plants. Every mile or so along the coast was a depression with running water, the drainage in the majority of cases into ponds just back of the ocean. "These depressions were locally called swashes, draws or bottoms, and contained a much richer soil, with a richer and more varied woodland and dense thickets and tangles. "These bottoms and the wet pine lands provided the only showy displays of herbaceous plants in bloom. They furnished, however, an interesting reversal of the normal situation in the coastal plain of New Jersey and Massachusetts in that one ascends out of the richer draws to the white sand barrens above. It is apparent, therefore, that this special white sand for- mation is deposited upon and overlaps a more generally distributed type of soil below, which is exposed here and there by water action or some other agency. The other remarkable feature of these draws was the mingling of characteristic Austroriparian types with plants which we should regard as characteristic of the Piedmont belt farther inland, or of the north. Along the water courses, Cardamine bulbosa grew with Stel- laria uniflora and clumps of Ranunculus palmatus, shaded by Ben- 32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY zoin aestivale. Patches of Bloodroot and Pedicularis canadensis grew side by side with the showy Zephyranthes, shaded by thickets of southern species of [lex and Smilax. It is difficult to account for the presence of these plants in a region the drainage of which is not from the Piedmont Belt, and separated from it by the Austroriparian cypress swamps of the Waccamaw River. In the mixed pine and deciduous woods the spring display was afforded by shrubs and trees. Flowering dogwood was in full bloom the middle of April, preceded by the Plums (Prunus wmbellata and angustifolia). The lovely little Azalea (Rhododendron atlanticum) was generally distributed, its pink flowers resembling those of the northern nudiflorum and, like them, appearing before the leaves. Magnolia virginiana, an occasional bush of Vaccinium virgatum, and Lyonia nitida were conspicuous a little later. The only dominant violet was Viola septemloba. The chief Carex was C. nigromarginata. The chief grasses were Melica mutica and Stipa avenacea, which were just being replaced by Danthonia sericea at the end of the month. In the pure stands of dry pine woods at a slightly higher elevation the flora was much more restricted. The chokeberry (Pyrus arbuti- tifolia) was the only dominant shrub in bloom early in the month. All three lupines occurred rarely and locally in colonies, and a curious prickly little Euphorbiaceous species (Cnidoscolus stimulosus) was occasional to frequent the last week in April. Six to ten miles north of Myrtle Beach there was a remarkable area of white sand barrens that looked for all the world like a patch of desert. No pine grew here, but a gnarled and stunted oak in open stands. The species was indeterminable, as the tree was far behind the other kinds, and did not bloom or develop leaves during our stay. There was an occasional small tree of Vaccinium arboreum. ‘The curious Ceratiola grew only in this habitat. Underfoot there was practically no herbaceous vegetation of any kind. An occasional shrub of the dwarfed Vaccinium virgatum var. tenellum with either pink or whitish flowers, and a very few patches of the little Robinia nana with lovely flame-pink flowers provided a little color. There was an occasional plant of the decumbent Asclepias humistrata in bud, at this season chiefly reddish with no green chlorophyll ap- parent, and patches of a little pink-flowered Tradescantia just coming into bloom. But for the most part as one looked around, there was nothing but a waste of white sand under the stunted trees. We 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 33 should like to follow the seasons through in this most striking and peculiar habitat. In two respects we were unfortunate in the season. There had been no winter at all in South Carolina, and the spring vegetation had started abnormally early.. A severe cold wave in mid-March drove the temperature down to 14? and killed most of the vegetation, and it then remained abnormally cool until the end of April. The natives declared the spring to be about two weeks late the first week in April and certainly the bird migration was abnormally late and disrupted. A worse handicap was, however, the severe drouth; the country was dried up. The wet pine lands were mostly baked as hard as iron, in addition to being ditched, and the only plants to come up in places were on the edges of these drainage ditches. Undoubtedly the floral display in these wet pine lands was greatly reduced both in quantity and variety by these two factors combined. Moreover severe and destructive forest fires raged throughout the country, and some of the area will not return to normal for many years, if ever again. On April 7th the junior author was forced to suspend botanizing after lunch, as the town of Myrtle Beach was threatened with destruction. For five hours every able-bodied adult worked with desperation to prevent the fire from jumping from the woods to the beach. "Three times the fire, borne on a strong west wind, advanced through the woods in a column of flame 50 feet high and made a spectacular jump of 150 yards to the boardwalk, setting it and adjacent houses on fire. A week later the junior author made a first attempt to visit the marshes around Georgetown Landing. Several square miles were on fire here simultaneously, and making a turn in the woods we were startled to see a column of fire 8 feet high coming rapidly down the road to meet us. The car was turned around with barely a second to spare. In this particular fire 18 square miles were affected, and the botanizing was of course destroyed. The compensation was the relative accessibility of the cypress swamps, which ordinarily would have been 3-5 ft. under water. The Waccamaw River, instead of a raging torrent, was a placid stream on which we often went boating. We admired the stately cypress, the giant gums and other trees, and the floating patches of Nymphozanthus sagittaefolius. The banks of the river were overhung with Styrax americana and Leucothoe racemosa with extraordinarily elongated racemes. Here and there the scarlet berries of Smilax Walteri gleamed 34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY among the delicate greens, but the common Smilax was S. laurifolia with its persistent green berries and tough leathery leaves. The only flowers along the river banks that were not white were Wisteria frutescens and Bignonia capreolata. In the depths of the swamp there was little at this season but species of Carex just coming into condition and where there was a little sunlight a clump of Iris. None of the trees were in condition to collect. Even less can be said of the great marshes in the estuary of the Waccamaw River, with their abandoned rice fields. August and September would be the proper months to botanize these marshes. The cane brakes (Arundinaria) were varied with cat-tail marshes, but the dominant plant was Zizaniopsis miliacea. The Golden Club (Orontium) was practically the only aquatic in bloom. In the list which follows, stations not otherwise placed are in Horry County. The single exception is Georgetown, which may be assumed to be in the county named for it, It will be observed that two series of numbers have been used. For convenience, the junior author's numbers have been applied to all specimens collected by him or by us both; the senior author's numbers have been used for all collected by him after leaving Myrtle Beach. The first set of our collection is deposited in the Gray Herbarium. Duplicate sets have been sent to the New York Botanical Garden, the U. S. National Herbarium and the University of Pennsylvania. A set of the woody plants is in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum and a selected set of all groups, containing some unicates, in the herbarium of the junior author. BOTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM Spreng., var. OBLIQUUM (Muhl.) Clute. Dry open deciduous woods, near Myrtle Beach, no. 16,394. Plants all sterile, variable in leaf form, some individuals with ob- long-ovate and obtuse, others with linear-oblong and acute, seg- ments. The former condition has passed as f. oneidense (Gilbert) Clute, the latter as f. elongatum (Gilbert & Haberer) Weatherby. Pinus PALUSTRIS Mill. Frequent in white sand, often forming pure stands. The young seedlings, with their very long needles pro- ceeding from the ground level, resemble basal rosettes of a Xero- phyllum. Our specimen from near Myrtle Beach, no. 16,398. Pinus sEROTINA Michx. On normally wet barrens where such herbaceous plants as Pinguicula and Sarracenia flava flourish; less 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 35 common than the preceding. Our specimen from near Burgess P. O., no. 16,397. Pinus Tarpa L. Frequent in sand: our specimen from near Myrtle Beach, no. 16,399. Taxopium DISTICHUM (L.) L. C. Rich. Dominant in all swamps of the region; our specimen from marshes along the estuary of the Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,396. SAGITTARIA LANCIFOLIA L. Wet places, frequent; our specimen from marshes along the Waccamaw River, Longwood Landing, no. 16,395. PANICUM YADKINENSE Ashe (det. Hitchcock). Alluvial woods along Waccamaw River opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,412. PANICUM LANCEARIUM Trin. (det. Hitchcock). Sandy roadside ditch, 2 miles south of Georgetown, no. 16,418. PANICUM ROANOKENSE Ashe (det. Hitchcock). Wet pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,423. Not reported from South Carolina in Hitchcock & Chase’s Mono- graph. PANICUM CHAMAELONCHE Trin. Dry grass-land at edge of golf- links, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,406. Sandy roadside ditch, 2 miles south of Georgetown, no. 16,417. - Not reported from South Carolina in Hitchcock & Chase's Mono- graph of Panicum. In addition to our collections, there is in the Gray Herbarium a sheet collected near Charleston, B. L. Robinson, no. 64, May 4, 1912. PANICUM LAXIFLORUM Lam. Dry sandy roadsides, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, nos. 16,419; 16,420. Alluvial woods along Wacca- maw River opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,410. In no. 16,419 the leaves are quite as ciliate as in much of P. zala- pense, but the spikelets are even larger than the dimensions given for P. laxiflorum (mostly 2.5 mm. long). No. 16,410, growing in shade, is a more slender plant than the others, with leaves 5-7 mm. wide, but in other respects appears the same. The species is not reported north of Georgia by Hitchcock & Chase; it appears to us, however, that P. xalapense is doubtfully separable. PANICUM CONSANGUINEUM Kunth. Wet pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,422. PANICUM COMMUTATUM Schultes. Dry sandy pine woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,421. PANICUM OLIGOSANTHES Schultes. Dry sandy roadside in pine barrens, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,416. Panicum Joor Vasey. Dark rich wooded swamp, Longwood Landing, no. 16,403. 36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY ZIZANIOPSIS MILIACEA (Michx.) Doell & Aschers. Long abandoned rice-fields along Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,415. PHALARIS CAROLINIANA Walt. Sandy bank of causeway through old rice-fields, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,413. Stipa AVENACEA L. Dry pine barrens, 2 miles north of Conway, no. 16,401; south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,409. One of the commonest species of barren open woodlands. AGROSTIS SCABRA Willd. (A. hyemalis of recent manuals, not Walt. See Fernald, Ruopora 35: 207 (1933). Wet pine barrens, one mile south of Little River, no. 16,424. In the Gray Herbarium there is no material of this species from any point south of Pennsylvania; in view, however, of the scanty repre- sentation of the flora of the southeastern states, this extension of the range given by Prof. Fernald is probably not so startling as it appears. SPHENOPHOLIS. Edge of ditch in loose roadside soil, causeway through old rice-fields, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,411. A puzzling plant, combining characteristics of S. obtusata and S. pallens,! but not satisfactorily referable to either. "Typically, in S. obtusata, the first glume is obtuse, the second glume is 1.7-2.3, usually 2, mm. long, as seen in profile cuneate in outline, tapering evenly from the narrow base to the truncate apex where it is widest, and about half as broad as long—that is, when spread out, the glume is as broad as long. The margins are yellowish-white and chartaceous. The lemmas are obtuse and the paleas nearly or quite equal them in length. 'The spikelets are mostly short-pedicelled and the panicle therefore dense. In S. pallens, the first glume is typically acute. The second is 2.5-3, mostly about 2.5 mm. long, as seen in profile oblanceolate to obovate, acute, widest distinctly below the tip, less than half as broad as long (about 0.5-0.7 mm.),—i. e., longer than broad when spread out—and with a silvery white, hyaline margin. The lemmas are acute and sensibly longer than the paleas. The pedicels of the 1 Here used in a broad sense to include typical S. pallens (S. aristata (S. & M.) Heller) in which the upper floret is awned, S. intermedia Rydb., and the common plant with awnless lemmas which passes as S. pallens in current manuals and is perhaps Aira pallens mutica of Muhlenberg's Catalogue. See Scribner, RHODORA 8: 139 (1906) and Hitchcock, Bartonia 14: 34 (1932). Scribner’s guess that A. pallens mutica refers to S. pallens of manuals appears to us a priori more probable than Hitch- cock's that it refers to a specimen of S. nitida preserved in a cover of mixed material labelled A. pallens in the Muhlenberg herbarium, The cover also contains a speci- men of awnless S. pallens and Muhlenberg, who distinguished S. nitida (as Aira mollis) in his Descriptio, would not have been likely to confuse the two. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 37 spikelets tend to be comparatively long, producing a relatively loose panicle. Both groups vary. Many southern specimens of S. obtusata have the second glume proportionally narrower and less truncate than in typical material; and in S. pallens, the form described by Rydberg as S. intermedia has the second glume only 2 mm. long and broader and more obtuse than in the more usual and typical form. So far as the second glume is concerned, there is little but texture to separate these two extremes. The comparative length of lemma and palea is also variable and S. pallens may have nearly as dense a panicle as S. obtu- sata. Our plants are large for the genus, with stout, densely tufted culms 7-8 dm. high,! leaves up to 6 mm. wide and nearly 2 dm. long, and densely flowered panicles 14-16 cm. long. In the spikelets, the first glume is acute. The second is 2.5 mm. long, as seen in profile narrowly obovate, distinctly acute, widest below the apex, and 0.7-1 mm. broad (i. e. 1.4-2 mm. when spread out). Although the flowers are young (the stamens not yet exserted) the glumes already show a somewhat chartaceous texture. The lemmas are sharply acute and slightly longer than the paleas; in both florets of a spikelet their mid-nerves are excurrent into a short, straight awn, 1 mm. or less long. Geographic location, texture of second glume and rather long palea would suggest reference of our plant to S. obtusata. But in other characters it leans rather to S. pallens, which, to our minds, it most resembles.? In its terminal awns it is unique among the specimens we have seen. This character is of little taxonomic significance in most grasses; it happens, however, to be extremely rare in this section of Sphenopholis. Wherewith, and pending collection of further material, we leave our plant as a forma inquirenda. TRISETUM PENSYLVANICUM (L.) Beauv. Swampy wooded bottom, north of Conway, no. 16,400. DANTHONIA SERICEA Nutt. Dry pine woods, two miles north of Conway, no. 16,402. A frequent and handsome grass. 1 This vegetative vigor may be accounted for by the disturbed soil in which the plants grew. 2 Similarly, S. intermedia, originally described and named as falling between S. obtusata and S. pallens has most of the essential characters of the latter, differing chiefly in the smaller florets and more obtuse second glume. 38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Meuica mutica Walt. Rich pine woods south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,408. Occasional, often in large colonies. FESTUCA OCTOFLORA Walt., typical; not the plant of the northern states which has passed under this name. See Fernald, RHODORA 34: 209 (1932). Sandy roadsides, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,425. Poa AvTUMNALIS Muhl. Border of rich wooded bottom, north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,407. i HonmpbEUM PUSILLUM Nutt. Bank of causeway through old rice- fields, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,414. ARUNDINARIA MACROSPERMA Michx. Edge of cypress swamp near Longwood Landing, no. 16,405; old rice-fields along Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,404. ELEOCHARIS TRICOSTATA Torr. Dry sandy ground in little-used roadway, north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,452. ELEOCHARIS TUBERCULOSA (Michx.) R. & S. Ditch in wet pine- barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,432. l Scirpus pivaricatus Ell. Swampy bottom, south of Murrell’s Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,448. CAREX TRIBULOIDES Wahlenb. Edge of wooded swamp north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,434. CAREX INCOMPERTA Bicknell. Margin of pond at golf links, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,443. Material in the Gray Herbarium precisely similar to our specimen, collected at Aiken by Ravenel, has been named C. incomperta by both Mackenzie and Wiegand. It differs, however, from what may be called the norm of that species in its narrow leaves (c. 1 mm. wide) and its small perigynia (c. 2.5 mm. long) with beaks as a rule only 14-14 the length of the body, and ventral faces only finely and faintly, or not at all, nerved. In these latter respects it suggests C. interior; from that, however, it differs in the proportionally broader, more deltoid and more stipitate bodies of the perigynia. It is the sort of variant which, in a group where specific lines are clearer and more stable, might well be treated as a geographic variety. CAREX ATLANTICA Bailey. Wet swale in pine barrens, north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,466. Carex SEORSA E. C. Howe. Low woods along creek, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,454. CAREX BROMOIDES Schk. Edge of swamp, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,463. CAREX LAEVIVAGINATA (Kükenth.) Mackenzie. Edge of brook, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,459. Occasional. CAREX sTIPATA Muhl., var. UBERIOR Mohr. Swampy bottom, 3 miles north of Conway, no. 16,430; river swamp, Waccamaw River near Longwood Landing, nos. 16,440, 16,441. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 39 Larger in all its parts, but otherwise not separable from C. stipata and best treated, as originally by Mohr, as a geographic varlety of that species. In the last collection, kindly determined for us by Mr. Mackenzie, the leaves are deep bluish-green and the very young panicle almost as open and branched as in species of the section Indocarez, which superficially the specimens much resemble. CAREX LEPTALEA Wahlenb., var. HaRPERr (Fernald) W. Stone. Dark wooded swamp, Longwood Landing, no. 16,465; wet woods along creek, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 14,456. CAREX STRICTA Lam. In dense stools, swamp at Longwood Landing, no. 16,439. Not previously reported south of North Carolina. There is, how- ever, another extant specimen from the southern coastal plain. In the Kew Herbarium is a sheet labelled as collected by Asa Gray at Apa- lachicola, Florida, and the type of C. semicrinita C. B. Clarke, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Add. Ser. 8: 70 (1908). A photograph of this speci- men and perigynia from it were procured by Mr. Mackenzie in 1922; he then determined it as certainly Carex stricta. Dr. Gray apparently kept none of this collection; there is no trace of it in the Gray Her- barium now. CAREX NIGROMARGINATA Schwein. Dry mixed woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, nos. 16,461, 16,460; sandy pine barrens, 5 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,435. The last number, growing in the loose white sand which is a par- ticularly characteristic soil of long-leaf pine-lands, is not typical, showing a distinct transition toward var. floridana (Schwein.) n. comb. (Carex floridana Schwein. Ann. Lyceum N. Y. 7:66 (1824)), which appears to be only a variety with long stolons, pale scales, less fibrillose sheaths, and blunter pistillate scales. We find other tran- sitional specimens in the Gray Herbarium, in particular the material from southeastern Virginia which is the only basis known to us for records of C. floridana from the Gray's Manual region. CAREX TRICEPS Michx., var. Smitui Porter (C. caroliniana Schwein.). Alluvial woods along Waccamaw River, opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,447. In its extreme state appearing distinct from C. triceps, but connected with it by numerous transitions in the northern part of its range. CAREX DEBILIS Michx. Open woods at edge of rich creek-bottom, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,457; swampy woods along Wac- camaw River above Sandy Island, no. 16,446. 40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY South Carolina is the type locality of C. debilis; our material well represents the typical form. In Mackenzie’s recent treatments of Carex, the species is recorded north to New Jersey; but the northern specimens show a distinct approach to var. Rudgei. Small’s state- ment of the range of C. debilis “South Carolina to Florida and Louisi- ana” (Fl. s e. U. S. 2nd ed., 212 (1913)) seems better to represent the range of the strictly typical form. Carex OXYLEPIS Torr. & Hook. Rich woods at edge of creek- bottom, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,455. CAREX STYLOFLEXA Buckley. Swamp in rich bottom, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,437. CAREX STRIATULA Michx. Dry open mixed woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,458. CAREX AMPHIBOLA Steud. Open deciduous woods, Pine Island Road, west of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,426. In the Gray Herbarium there are no specimens of this species from any station between the District of Columbia and northeastern Florida. CAREX ABSCONDITA Mack. Open deciduous woods, Pine Island Road, west of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,428; rich wooded river bank, Waccamaw River, below Longwood Landing, no. 16,445. Carex WALTERIANA Bailey. In ditch, wet pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,433. CAREX VERRUCOSA Muhl. Roadside ditch in wet pine-lands near Burgess P. O., no. 16,438. Muhlenberg’s name is here applied, in accordance with Macken- zie's treatment in Small, Fl. s. e. U. S., ed. 2, 1324 (1913), to the stout, very glaucous plant with stiffly erect pistillate spikes and glaucous, nerved perigynia represented by our specimens. Macken- zie seems happily to have resolved the confusion hitherto attending the use of this name and of C. glaucescens Ell. There is no specimen of C. glaucescens in Elliott's herbarium. There is a specimen of our plant labelled “Carex Verrucosa Schkur flaccae affin: Flor. Aprile in fossis circiter 20 mil: Charleston juxta viam ad Jacksonborough." To this Olney, who at one time worked over Elliott’s Carices, has added: “C. verrucosa Muhl. glaucescens Ell.”; and he distributed South Carolina material like Elliott’s speci- men under the latter name with C. verrucosa as a synonym. This failure to distinguish C. glaucescens, definitely described by Elliott as with “spicis . . . . demum pendulis; corollis . . . . enerviis" has doubtless been responsible for some of the later confusion. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 41 As interpreted by Mackenzie, C. verrucosa is a species strictly of the southern coastal plain, ranging, as indicated by the specimens in the Gray Herbarium, from South Carolina to Texas (Wright, without no.). CAREX RIPARIA Curtis, var. IMPRESSA S. H. Wright. Marshes along estuary of Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,451. CAREX comosa Boott. Edge of artificial pond at Golf Club, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,453. CAREX INTUMESCENS Rudge. Rich river swamp, Waccamaw River below Longwood Landing, no. 16,442; open deciduous woods, Pine Island Road, west of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,429. CAREX SMALLIANA Mackenzie (C. folliculata, var. australis Bailey). Roadside ditch and in moist woodland, Pine Island Road, west of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,427; swampy alluvial woods, Ball Creek, Waccamaw River, no. 16,449. A striking species in the field, in aspect intermediate between C. folliculata and C. Collinsii. CAREX GIGANTEA Dewey. Swamp along Waccamaw River, opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,450. SABAL PArLMETTO (Walt.) R. & S. South Island and south side of the Georgetown estuary; three stunted trees on North Island, George- town Co. No specimens were taken, but a photograph was made by Mrs. Robert Walcott, and is reproduced in fig. 1, with her kind permission. OronTIUM AQUATICUM L. River marshes above Georgetown, no. 16,471. : ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM (L.) Schott. Edge of swamp 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach. Forms with the dilated portion of the spathe blackish-purple with- in, short-acuminate, not constricted below (no. 16,467); with green, acuminate spathes (no. 16,468); with green spathes abruptly con- tracted to a mucronate apex (no. 16,469); and with green spathe intermediate in shape between the two preceding (no. 16,470) grew together at this station. No. 16,468 with dilated portion of spathe 4 em. wide and 9 em. long, answers fairly well to the description of A. acuminatum Small, but here plainly passes into the common form of A. triphyllum which is well represented by our no. 16,467. Lemna cYcLosTASA (Ell) Chev. Shallow artificial pond on golf- links, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,472. ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Cypress swamp, Waccamaw River below Conway, no. 16,473. TRADESCANTIA ROSEA Vent. Dry, sandy oak-barrens, 6 miles north 42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,474. The narrow-leaved plant described as Cuthbertia graminea Small. Juncus ErLrorraü Chapm. Common in wet ditches throughout pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,475. AMIANTHIUM Muscarroxicum (Walt.) Gray. Edge of swampy depression in pine barrens, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, no. 16,482. NOoTHOSCORDUM BIVALVE (L.) Britton. Rich bottom, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,484; rich pine woods, Pine Island, no. 16,483. SuiLAX. BoNa-Nox L. Thicket along ditch near Georgetown Landing, no. 16,481. SMILAX ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Rich bottom woods, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,476. SMiLAX WALTERI Pursh. Rich bottom, near Socastee, no. 16,477; river swamp, Waccamaw River below Peach Tree, no. 16,478. SMILAX LAURIFOLIA L. Low woods along creek, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,479. SMILAX LAURIFOLIA L., var. BUPLEURIFOLIA Delile ex A.: DC. Banks of Waccamaw River below Peach Tree, no. 16,480. ALETRIS FARINOSA L. Wet pine barrens one mile north of Little River, no. 16,485. Hypoxis uresura (L.) Coville, var. LEPTOCARPA (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. Rich woods along road to Pine Island, no. 16,488; edge of creek, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,487. Hypoxis MICRANTHA Pollard. Wet pine-lands near Burgess P. O., no. 16,489. Apparently a rare and local species. ZEPHYRANTHES ATAMASCO (L.) Herb. Sandy pine woods south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,490. A characteristic and most attractive plant of moist creek-bottoms. Ius viRGINICA L. (det. Small). Swampy woods, Longwood Island, Waccamaw River, no. 16,493; edge of cypress swamp, Socastee, no. 16,492; river swamp, Conway, no. 16,495. Variable in color and shape of floral parts. SPIRANTHES GRACILIS (Bigel.) Beck. Wet pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,496. SPIRANTHES VERNALIS Engelm. & Gray. Wet pine barrens south of Socastee, no. 16,497. CALOPOGON BARBATUS (Walt.) Ames. (C. graminifolius . Ell.) Pine-lands, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, no. 16,498. A charming little plant. MaLaAxis UNIFOLIA Michx. Sandy pine woods, 6 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,499. SALIX NIGRA Marsh. Roadside ditch, Conway, no. 16,506. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 43 SALIX LONGIPES Anders, var. Wanpr (Bebb) Schneid. Open bushy swamp, Longwood Island, no. 16,517. Myrica CERIFERA L. Sandy swamp near beach, 10 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,505. One of the commonest shrubs of the region. CARYA CORDIFORMIS (Wang.) K. Koch. Edge of swamp near Longwood Landing, no. 16,503. ALNUS RUGOSA (Du Roi) K. Koch. Edge of swamp, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,511. CASTANEA PUMILA Mill. Edge of swampy depression, 10 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,504. QUERCUS LAURIFOLIA Michx. Cypress swamp, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,501. QUERCUS MARILANDICA Muench. Woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,509. QUERCUS VIRGINIANA Mill. Woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,512. QUERCUS VIRGINIANA Mill., var. GEMINATA (Small) Sargent (det. K. J. Palmer). QUERCUS RUBRA L., var. TRILOBA Ashe. Woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,510. A rather tall shrub or low rambling tree, sand-dune hollows, Paw- ley’s Island, Georgetown Co., no. 16,519. Morus RUBRA L. Rich woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,520. CELTIS LAEVIGATA Willd. Bank of river marsh, Georgetown Land- ing, no. 16,516. ASARUM ARIFOLIUM Michx. Rich open woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,500. Rumex nasrATULUS Baldw. Roadside weed, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,508. This and Linaria canadensis are the commonest weeds of the region on roadsides and in old fields. RuwEX vkERTICILLATUS L. River marsh, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,515. NYMPHOZANTHUS SAGITTAEFOLIUS (Walt.) Fern. Ditch in marshes, near Georgetown Landing, no. 16,529; Waccamaw River, off Long- wood Landing, no. 16,528. A water-lily so strikingly distinct in aspect as this local species of the southern coastal plain is a joy to the collector. SAGINA DECUMBENS (Ell) T. & G. A weed in waste ground at Longwood Landing, no. 16,524. STELLARIA UNIFLORA Walt. Edge of small stream by golf links, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,523. 44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY SILENE ANTIRRHINA L. Sandy roadside, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,522. RANUNCULUS PALMATUS Ell. Edge of water-course in swampy bottom, 3 miles north of Conway, no. 16,526. RANUNCULUS PUSILLUS Poir. Swampy bottom, 3 miles north of Conway, no. 16,527; damp ditch, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,525; river swamp, Longwood Landing, no. 16,531. A common species in suitable habitats throughout the region. CLEMATIS CRISPA L., var. WALTERI (Pursh) Gray. Edge of rich bottom along creek, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,530. MAGNOLIA VIRGINIANA L. Along roadside 3 miles east of Conway, no. 16,521. One of the most deliciously fragrant of North American flowers. SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS L., var. ROTUNDIFOLIA (Greene) Fedde. Dry mixed woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,533. This southern variety, characterized by the nearly or quite entire margins of the lobes of the leaf (which are sometimes narrowly ob- long) and by the coarse and inconspicuous venous reticulation of the under surface, is represented in the Gray Herbarium by the follow- ing collections in addition to ours: GEORGIA: rich woods west of Americus, Sumter Co., July 31, 1901, Harper, no. 1146 (type collection of S. rotundifolia Greene). FLORIDA: rich woods, limestone outcrops, near Marianna, Jackson Co., April 12, 1929, E. J. Palmer, no. 35,295. 'TENNESSEE: rich, wooded slope, Hollow Rock Je., Aug. 27, 1922, Svenson, no. 365 (leaves only). Missouri: woods in rich soil, near London, alt. 1400 ft., May 23, 1911, Lansing, no. 2945. ConvpALIS MICRANTHA (Engelm.) Gray. Sandy field south of Murrell's Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,532. In this region apparently occurs only as a weed in neglected fields. PopoPHYLLUM PELTATUM L. Rich bottom woods, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,534. LEPIDIUM viRGiNICUM L.? Sandy roadside near golf club-house, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,541. Radical leaves pinnate. Coronopus DIDYMUS (L.) Smith. Roadside, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,543. SISYMBRIUM ALTISSIMUM L. Dry sandy roadside, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,546. ARABIDOPSIS THALIANA (L.) Schur. Low depression in deep woods, Longwood Landing, no. 16,544. CARDAMINE BULBOSA (Schreb.) BSP. Wet woods, 2 miles south of Murrell's Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,542. CARDAMINE PENSYLVANICA Muhl. Swampy bottom, 2 miles south of Murrell's Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,545. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 45 DIONAEA MUSCIPULA Ellis. Pine-lands, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, no. 16,539. A small colony, the only one seen. Because of the drought and the frequent fires in the pine-lands, the species was apparently, and at least for the time being, nearly absent from the region visited. DROSERA BREVIFOLIA Pursh. Roadside ditch in pine-lands, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, no. 16,538. A neat and attractive little plant, the slender scapes rising from a small and very symmetrical rosette of leaves, the white flowers 1 cm. in diameter. SARRACENIA PURPUREA L. Wet pine barrens, 1 mile north of Little River, no. 16,536. SARRACENIA FLAVA L. Moist pine barrens, Georgetown Co., 10 miles southwest of Conway, no. 16,535; wet pine barrens, 1 mile north of Little River, no. 16,537. Frequent in wet pine-lands. S. rubra was also observed, but not collected. ForHERGILLA GARDENI Murr. Swampy depression in pine woods, 10 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,547; low pine-lands, 2 miles southwest of Georgetown, no. 16,548. At least at this season, when the leaves are undeveloped, we found it impossible to recognize the proposed segregate (F. parvifolia Kear- ney), which is supposed to occur in pine-lands of the coastal plain. PYRUS anBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f. Sandy pine woods, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,550. Ubiquitous and in full bloom the first week in April. PYRUS ANGUSTIFOLIA Ait. Rich pine woods, south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,552. PRUNUS UMBELLATA Ell. Rich pine woods, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,551. PRUNUS ANGUSTIFOLIA Marsh. Roadside near Longwood Landing, no. 16,549. LAUROCERASUS CAROLINIANA (Mill. Roem. In dense thickets in sand-dune hollows, Pawley's Island, no. 16,553. CROTALARIA ROTUNDIFOLIA (Walt.) Poir. Dry sandy pine barrens, weed in roadway, Golf Club, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,556. LUPINUS PERENNIS L. Dry oak barrens, 6 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,561. Lupinus DIFFUSUS Nutt. Dry loose sand, Sandy Island, George- town Co., no. 16,559; dry sandy pine-lands, 4 miles north of George- town Landing, no. 16,560. Lupinus viLLosus Willd. Dry loose sand, 1 mile north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,562. 46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY In its simple leaves and red flowers quite unlike the conventional lupine: and forming with the preceding and several similar species of southern Brazil a conspicuously marked section of the genus. TRIFOLIUM CAROLINIANUM Michx. Waste ground, Longwood Landing, no. 16,568. Roprnta NANA Ell. Sandy oak barrens, 3 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,555. « A low, straggling shrub with brilliant deep-pink flowers. ROBINIA ALBICANS Ashe. Dry sandy pine barrens, 6 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,565. Our specimens agree well with authentic material of R. albicans lent us from the National Herbarium through the kindness of Dr. Maxon. Especially and characteristically in the wand-like shoots unbranched except at apex, the sparse loose pubescence of pedicels, rachises and calyx, and the entire absence of bristles, do they accord with it. R. albicans was described from the mountain region of southwestern North Carolina and so far as we know has not hitherto been reported elsewhere. The occurrence of the same species in the Alleghanies and the coastal plain is not to be too confidently ex- pected, but is by no means without precedent. Doubt is cast on Rydberg’s surmise that R. albicans is a hybrid of R. Pseudo-Acacia and R. Boyntoni by the occurrence of the supposed hybrid at a locality where neither of its putative parents is known. WISTERIA FRUTESCENS (L.) Poir. Rich wet bottoms near Socastee, no. 16,554; thickets along Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,564. AMORPHA FRUTICOSA L. Roadside ditch near Burgess P. O., no. 16,563. VICIA ANGUSTIFOLIA (L.) Reichard, var. SEGETALIS (Thuill.) Koch. Roadside weed, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,557. OXALIS FILIPES Small. Dark rich swampy woods near Longwood Landing, no. 16,567. Plants weak, slender and delicate, partly decumbent. Oxauis stricta L. Abundant on sandy roadsides, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,568. Stout, erect, with large flowers. TAMARIX GALLICA L. Abundant on sand dunes, Pawley’s Island, Georgetown Co., no. 16,576. PoLvGALA LUTEA L. Sandy roadside excavation, 2 miles southwest of Georgetown, no. 16,569. CERATIOLA ERICOIDES Michx. In pure white sand in oak barrens, 4 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,574. 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 47 EUPHORBIA MARILANDICA Greene (pubescent form). One plant only among scattered individuals of FE. Ipecacuanhae, dry sandy roadside, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,573. Reported only from near the type locality in Anne Arundel Co., Maryland; there is, however, in the Gray Herbarium a fragmentary specimen collected near Augusta, Ga., Olney and Metcalf, no. 273, which apparently belongs here. EUPHORBIA IPECACUANHAE L. Dry sand, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, nos. 16,571 (an upright, large-leaved state) and 16,572. CNIDOSCOLUS STIMULOSUS (Michx.) Gray. Sandy pine barrens, rather common; our specimens from near Golf Club, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,570. CALLITRICHE PALUSTRIS L. Emersed plants, prostrate on mud, marshes of Waccamaw River, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,575. ILEX opaca Ait., f. suBINTEGRA Weatherby. Four miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,578. . ILex lucipa (Ait.) T. & G. Woods 1 mile north of Little River, no. 16,582; border of swamp in pine-lands, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,577. ILEX pECIDUA Walt. Edge of river swamp, Conway, no. 16,579; river swamp, Longwood Island, Georgetown Co., no. 16,580. ILEX vomitortia Ait. Rich woods south of Murrell's Inlet, George- town Co., no. 16,581. Rather common, especially just along the coast. Raus QUERCIFOLIA (Michx.) Steud. Roadside near Longwood Landing, no. 16,583. . AMPELOPSIS ARBOREA (L.) Koehne. Woody, high-climbing vine, thicket at edge of river marsh, Georgetown Landing, no. 16,566. AESCULUS Pavia L. Rich bottom, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,584. A conspicuous feature of the spring flora. HELIANTHEMUM CAROLINIANUM (Walt.) Michx. Dry open woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,585; sandy fields south of Murrell’s Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,586. VIOLA AFFINIS LeConte? Rich pine woods, south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,590. VIOLA SEPTEMLOBA LeConte. Sandy pine barrens, 5 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,593; rather small plants with leaves mostly three-lobed—the form described as V. vicinalis Greene and V. in- signis Pollard. Low damp place in long-leaf pine woods, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,588. Leaves with small basal lobes, otherwise uncut; flowers unusually large. V. septemloba appeared to be the commonest violet of the region. VIOLA TRILOBA Schwein.? Dry sandy pine woods, south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,589. VIOLA LANCEOLATA L. Wet roadside ditch in pine-lands ‘near Burgess P. O., no. 16,592; roadside ditch, 3 miles out of Socastee, no. 48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 16,591 (pubescent form) ; pine-lands, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, Georgetown Co., no. 16,587. Our material seems definitely to belong with typical V. lanceolata rather than with var. vittata,! which differs only in its linear aestival leaves, subulate bractlets and narrowly lanceolate sepals. It is none too clearly distinguishable and seems best treated as a southern variety of V. lanceolata. OPUNTIA HUMIFUSA Raf. Edge of road in sandy mixed woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach. A shade form with rather narrowly elliptic joints (see Britton & Rose, Cactaceae 1: 128). In this respect it resembles O. macrarthra Gibbes; but a plant brought back and, through the kindness of Mr. Lazenby, brought to flower at the Harvard Botanic Garden, pro- duced the characteristic blossom of O. humifusa. OENOTHERA LACINIATA Hill. Sandy field south of Murrell’s Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,594. OENOTHERA subglobosa (Small), n. comb., var. arenicola (Small), n. comb. Kneiffia subglobosa Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 23: 177 (1896). K. arenicola Small, Fl. s.e. U. S. 842 (1903). Recently burnt- over pine-lands near Burgess P. O., no. 16,595. The plant of the Coastal Plain, represented by our specimens, differs from typical Oe. subglobosa of the Piedmont only in its longer and denser pubescence and is apparently best treated as a variety. MYRIOPHYLLUM HETEROPHYLLUM Michx. Shallow water of arti- ficial pond, Golf Club, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,596. SPERMOLEPIS DIVARICATA (Walt.) Raf. Sandy roadside, near Georgetown Landing, no. 16,597. LILAEOPSIS CAROLINIANA Coult. & Rose. Shallow water of run and artificial pond, Golf Club, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,598. Our collection of this very local endemic species of the coastal plain helps to fulfill Coulter & Rose’s prediction that it would be found in the region intervening between the two localities known to them in 1900 and to Small in 1913—eastern North Carolina and Louisiana. In our young and mostly submersed material, the leaf-blades are not well developed and the fruit is immature, but the habitat of the plant in fresh water and the elongated leaves much exceeding the peduncles, place it definitely with this species. Nyssa SYLVATICA Marsh. Banks of Waccamaw River, below Peach Tree, no. 16,601. Nyssa BIFLORA Walt. River swamp, Waccamaw River, Longwood Island, Georgetown Co., no. 16,603. 1 VIOLA LANCEOLATA Var, vittata, n, comb, V. vittata, Greene, Pittonia 3: 258 (1898). 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 40 Apparently much less common than the other two species. Nyssa aquatica L. Bank of Waccamaw River, opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,600. Flowering one to two weeks later than N. sylvatica. Cornus FLORIDA L. Dry mixed woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,599. One of the most abundant species of the Southeast, vying in numbers with such weeds as Linaria canadensis. RHODODENDRON CANESCENS (Michx.) Sweet. High shrub in rich bottom, edge of stream 3 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,606. Seen only here. RHODODENDRON ATLANTICUM (Ashe) Rehder. Low shrub in sandy woods, 5 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,605; dry pine- lands, 5 miles south of Conway, no. 16,604. A frequent and characteristic plant of the pine-lands, often occur- ring in large colonies and attractive because of its large pink flowers which exhale a strong, carnation-like fragrance. First noticed in flower April 7, but not in full bloom till about the 20th. LEUCOTHOE RACEMOSA (L.) Gray. Swampy bottom in rich woods near Socastee, no. 16,611; swampy border of Waccamaw River near Conway, no. 16,612; bank of the Waccamaw River near Bull Creek, no. 16,613. The last two collections were remarkable for their extremely long racemes, up to 2.5 dm. In this respect they resemble L. elongata Small, but lack the technical characters of calyx, ete. on which that species is founded. LEUCOTHOE AXILLARIS (Lam.) D. Don. Low thicket along stream, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,609; rich pine woods, Pine Island, no. 16,608. XOLISMA LUCIDA (Lam.) Rehd. Roadside thicket, 2 miles north of Conway, no. 16,610; edge of swamp, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,607 (extreme form with large, broadly elliptie leaves, rather lax branching and few flowers). GAYLUSSACIA FRONDOSA (L.) T. & G. Dry sandy pine-barrens, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,614. VACCINIUM CRASSIFOLIUM Andrews. Prostrate and rooting at the nodes, the long shoots hanging over the sides of a roadside ditch, in pine-lands near Socastee, no. 16,622. A peculiar plant, appearing to New England eyes like an enlarged edition of the creeping snowberry. VACCINIUM NEGLECTUM (Small) Fernald. Dry oak barrens, 4 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,615. VACCINIUM ARBOREUM Marsh. Dry oak barrens, 4 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,617. 50 Rhodora [FEBRUARY VACCINIUM VIRGATUM Ait. Moist soil in pine woods, 5 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,619 (fls. white). VACCINIUM VIRGATUM Ait, var. TENELLUM (Ait.) Gray. Dry woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,620 (fls. white); same locality, no. 16,620a (fls. pink); dry swampy pine barrens, 10 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,621 (fls. pink). Low shrubs branched from the base only, mostly not more than 5 dm. high. Vaccinium Exuiorrm Chapm. Alluvial woods along Waccamaw River, opposite Sandy Island, no. 16,616. Vaccinium ATROCOCCUM (Gray) Heller. Dry sandy woods, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,618. Shrubs 1 m. high; flowers white or pinkish. STYRAX AMERICANA Lam. Waccamaw River bank below Long- wood Landing, no. 16,627 (f. GLABRA J. Perk.); river swamp, Wacca- maw River below Peach Tree, no. 16,628 (f. TYPICA). SYMPLOCOS TINCTORIA (L.) L'Hér. Small spreading tree, 5 m. high, in dry or moist mixed woods, Pine Island road, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,629. OSMANTHUS AMERICANA (L.) Benth. & Hook. Hollows in sand dunes, Pawley's Island, Georgetown Co., no. 16,635. Flowers with a faint fragrance of orange blossoms. CHIONANTHUS VIRGINICA L. Low woods, Longwood Landing, no. 16,625. GELSEMIUM SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Ait. f. Sandy pine barrens, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,626. Common. SAMOLUS PARVIFLORUS Raf. On brook-margins, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,624. Frequent in similar situations. ASCLEPIAS HUMISTRATA Walt. Sandy oak barrens, 6 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,630. SALVIA LYRATA L. Sandy roadside, 10 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,632. Not common near the coast, much more so farther inland. LAMIUM AMPLEXICAULE L. Sandy roadside, south of Murrell's Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,631. GRATIOLA VIRGINIANA L. (G. sphaerocarpa Ell.) Along brook, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,633. Flowers snow-white. PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L., f. PRAECLARA A. H. Moore. Rich bottom woods, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,634. CoNoPHOLIS AMERICANA (L. f.) Wallr. Parasitic on oak roots, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,623. Flora of South Carolina 51 1934] Weatherby and Griscom, BIGNONIA CAPREOLATA L. Border of rich swampy bottom, 2 miles east of Conway, no. 16,636. UrricuLaria SUBULATA L. Roadside ditch in pine-lands, 3 miles east of Conway, no. 16,638. PINGUICULA ELATIOR Michx. Wet pine barrens, Pine Creek, no. 16,637; near Burgess P. O., no. 16,639. PLANTAGO ViRGINICA L. Dry pine woods south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,642; deep, loose sand of roadside, 1 mile north of Georgetown Landing, no. 16,640. The latter collection with narrowly oblanceolate leaves. PLANTAGO ELONGATA Pursh. Sandy field, Longwood Landing, no. 16,641. Housronia PATENS Ell. Sandy pine-barrens, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,646. Flowers deep violet-blue. VIBURNUM DENTATUM L. Waccamaw River, below Peach Tree, no. 16,644. VIBURNUM RUFIDULUM Raf. Rich woods, 2 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,643. LONICERA SEMPERVIRENS L. Roadside thicket, 3 miles south of Conway, no. 16,645. SPECULARIA PERFOLIATA (L.) A. DC. Sandy bank at border of woods, Longwood Landing no. 16,647. ERIGERON QUERCIFOLIUS Lam. Roadside ditch, 2 miles north of Conway, no. 16,672; dry sandy field, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,649. ERIGERON VERNUS (L.) T. & G. Roadside ditches, 5 miles south- east of Conway, no. 16,651; wet ditch in pine barrens, south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,668; wet pine barrens, 1 mile north of Little River, no. 16,673. GNAPHALIUM SPATHULATUM Lam. Roadside weed, Myrtle Beach, no. 16,669. Frequent. GNAPHALIUM FALCATUM Lam. Dry sandy roadside, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,655. GNAPHALIUM PURPUREUM L. Dry sandy field and roadside, Myrtle Beach, nos. 16,650, 16,666. Flowers pink. CHAPTALIA SEMIFLOSCULARIS (Walt.) Robinson. Moist depressions in pine-barrens, 2 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,654; moist pine-barrens, 10 miles southwest of Conway, no. 16,048. Flowers pale rose. CHRYSOGONUM VIRGINIANUM L. Dry wood-margin and open woods at border of rich bottom, 4 miles south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,653. HErENIUM NurTALLUM Gray. Damp pine barrens south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,674; moist pine barrens, 10 miles south of Conway, no. 16,675. SENECIO GLABELLUS Poir. Swamp 7 miles north of Conway, no. 16,667. 52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY ARNICA ACAULIS (Walt.) BSP. Pine-lands, 10 miles northeast of Georgetown, no. 16,652. CrrsruM HORRIDULUM Michx., var. ELLIOTT T. & G. Dry sandy roadside, 5 miles south of Murrell's Inlet, Georgetown Co., no. 16,676. Very stout, hollow-stemmed plants about 8 dm. high; corollas purple. KniG1A viRGINICA Willd. Dry loose sand along roadway, 4 miles north of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,071; roadside, south of Myrtle Beach, no. 16,670. PYRRHOPAPPUS CAROLINIANUS (Walt.) DC. Wet pine barrens, | mile north of Little River, no. 16,677. One plant, the only one observed. The following lists, embodying the results of a day and a half of roadside botanizing by the senior author, are appended not because they have any significant connection with the lists from Myrtle Beach, but because, in the absence of any recent detailed account of the flora of South Carolina, almost any exact record of locality may be of interest to the student of distribution. PLANTS OF THE SAND-HILLS OF ORANGEBURG AND LEXINGTON COUNTIES SOUTH AND WEST OF COLUMBIA. PANICUM OLIGOSANTHES Schult. Dry roadside south of the Congaree River opposite Columbia, no. 6112. DaANTHONIA SERICEA Nutt. Dry open woods near Pelion, no. 6128. CAREX SMALLIANA Mackenzie. Dy water-course in open, near Swansea, no. 6125. ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Open and shaded muddy places at crossing of Congaree Creek, south of Columbia, no. 6123. TRADESCANTIA ROSEA Vent. Cuthbertia graminea Small. Thin dry woods, south of the Congaree River opposite Columbia, no. 6116. NouniNA GEORGIANA Michx. Dry pine woods near Swansea, no. 6127. Just coming into flower; perhaps not certainly determinable with- out fruit, but apparently this species rather than the Floridian N. atopocarpa Bartl. According to Bartlett, Ruopora 11: 80 (1909), records from South Carolina previous to that date rest only on the statement in Elliott's “Sketch.” l STIPULICIDA SETACEA Michx. Dry pine woods near Pelion, no. 6132. The thread-like scapes were almost invisible against the back- 1934] Weatherby and Griscom,—Flora of South Carolina 53 ground of brown pine-needles which covered the basal rosette of leaves. ARENARIA CAROLINIANA Walt. Dry pine lands north of Congaree Creek, no. 6117. SILENE CAROLINIANA Walt. Dry open mixed woods, south of the Congaree River opposite Columbia, no. 6114. Pubescent with long, matted hairs; radical leaves oblanceolate to broadly obovate, obtuse or mucronulate, the cauline oblong or linear- oblong, acute; petals white or tinged with pink; teeth of the glandular- viscid calyx red. This is apparently a pale-flowered phase of true Silene caroliniana Walt., which is described as with “foliis radicalibus tomentosis obtusis caulinis . . . acutioribus." Our specimens are well matched, except in color of flowers, by the following collections in the Gray Herbarium. SourH CAROLINA: Santee Canal, Ravenel; vicinity of Charleston, B. L. Robinson, no. 58. GEORGIA: near Waynesboro, Burke Co., Harper, no. 2075. The more northern, thinly pubescent plant with narrow, acute radical leaves, is S. pen- sylvanica Michx., and may well be varietally separable. Lupinus DIFFUSUS Nutt. Wood-margin near Raymond, no. 6107. Baptista ALBA (L.) R. Br. Dry open woods near North, no. 6111. Plants about | m. tall with long, slender spikes of white flowers, their keels tinged with greenish yellow. EuPHonRBIA GRACILIS Ell. Dry, thin woods, south of the Congaree River opposite Columbia, no. 6115. A pubescent state, most of the plants seen with geometrically linear leaves, 2.5-3 em. long and about 3 mm. wide, the sides precisely parallel and the apex abruptly truncate. EurHonRBIA Curtisi Engelm. Dry pine woods, with Stipulicida, near Pelion, no. 6133. A species rather well marked, in a difflcult group, by its tiny in- volucres and nearly sessile capsules. VIOLA PEDATA L., var. RANUNCULIFOLIA (Juss.) Ging. ex DC. Prod. 1: 291 (1824). V. ranunculifolia Juss. ex Poir. Encycl. 8: 626 (1808). V. digitata LeConte ex Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 171 (1814). Open dry woods, south side of the Congaree River, opposite Columbia, no. 6113. 'This variety, characterized by having leaves divided only to the middle, merely dentate or even entire, was carefully and well de- scribed by Poiret. The writers hope to discuss the variations of V. pedata in detail in a later paper. | 54 Rhodora [FEBRUARY VACCINIUM CAESIUM Greene. Dry mixed woods, near Raymond, no. 6108. STYRAX AMERICANA Lam. Low wet thicket near Swansea, no. 6124. AMSONIA CILIATA Walt. Dry pine lands south of Columbia, no. 6120. PHLOX AMOENA Sims. Dry open woods near Pelion, no. 6130. Purox NIVALIS Lodd. Similar habitat, near North, no. 6109. LrrHosPERMUM CAROLINIENSE (Walt.) MacM. Dry wood-margins near North, no. 6110. LINARIA CANADENSIS L. Roadside south of Columbia, no. 6118. In this region, as elsewhere in the southern coastal plain, a ubi- quitous weed. UTRICULARIA INFLATA Walt. Shallow pond near crossing of Congaree Creek, south of Columbia, no. 6121. BERLANDIERA PUMILA (Michx.) Nutt. Dry pine-lands, south of Columbia, no. 6119. Rays clear yellow; disk-flowers deep wine-color. COREOPSIS LANCEOLATA L. Dry, open woods near Pelion, no. 6131. MARSHALLIA OBOVATA (Walt.) Beadle & Boynton. Dry pine-lands, near Swansea, no. 6127. SENECIO SMALLII Britton. Dry, open woods, near Pelion, no. 6128. PLANTS OF THE OUTER BORDER OF THE PIEDMONT, SALUDA COUNTY. In this region there is little topographic difference to mark the passage from the coastal plain to the piedmont. Both exhibit a series of low hills and ridges; the transition is from a sandy to a hard, reddish and clayey soil, with a corresponding change in flora. All the plants in this list were collected in dry, open mixed woods in the piedmont soil, above described. Habitat data are therefore not re- peated under each number, but are to be understood for all. PANICUM DEPAUPERATUM Muhl. Northwest of Saluda, no. 6142. POTENTILLA CANADENSIS L. (P. pumila Poir.). Northwest of Batesburg, no. 6134. BaPTISIA BRACTEATA Ell. Northwest of Saluda, no. 6140. PsoRALEA PEDUNCULATA (Mill.) Vail. Northwest of Saluda, 6158. VICIA CAROLINIANA Walt. Climbing on low bushes, same locality as preceding, no. 6144. Corolla white, tinged with lavender; calyx brownish-pink. OXALIS VIOLACEA L. Northwest of Batesburg, no. 6137. Corolla varying from pink to violet. PHLOX AMOENA Sims. Northwest of Saluda, no. 6138. 1934] Bartram,—Mosses of British Honduras and Guatemala 55 A form with linear, “somewhat acuminate” leaves, answering to the description of P. Lighthipei Small but apparently differing from no. 6130 only in the shape of the leaves. SCUTELLARIA PARVULA Michx. Northwest of Saluda, no. 6139. PRUNELLA VULGARIS L., var. HISPIDA Benth. Same locality, no. 6141. HOUSTONIA LONGIFOLIA Gaertn. Northwest of Batesburg, no. 6135. HrkRACIUM VENOSUM L. Same locality, no. 6136. Leaves elliptic or obovate, cuneate-based, obtuse or acutish, 4—7 em. long, the upper surface thinly but evenly hirsute with stiff white or yellowish hairs having dark papillate bases which give a puncticu- late effect to the leaf when seen from above. MOSSES OF SOUTHERN BRITISH HONDURAS AND GUATEMALA! EpwiN B. BARTRAM THE moss flora of Central America is an exceedingly rich one and still very imperfectly known. It is only by recording the additions from time to time, as they appear, that the groundwork for a compre- hensive survey in years to come may gradually be laid. The species listed below represent two small collections. One by Mr. J. J. White from the vicinity of Punta Gorda, British Honduras which was received through Dr. Carroll W. Dodge from the Missouri Botanical Garden and the other by Dr. J. Bequaert from the Depart- ments of Solola and Chimaltenango, Guatemala, in connection with the Harvard Medical Expedition, which was sent by the Farlow Herbarium. British HONDURAS These collections are all labelled “ Punta Gorda, British Honduras” and were collected by Mr. J. J. White in October and November 1932. FISSIDENS HOOKERIACEUS (C. M.) Par. FissIDENS GARBERI Lesq. & James LEUCOLOMA CRUGERIANUM (C. M.) Jaeg. OCTOBLEPHARUM ALBIDUM Hedw. CALYMPERES DoNNELLII Aust. CALYMPERES NICARAGUENSE Ren. & Card. CALYMPERES LONCHOPHYLLUM Schwaegr. HyorniLA TonTULA (Schwaegr.) Hampe MNIoMattia viripis (Mitt.) C. M. ! Published with aid to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 56 x Rhodora [FEBRUARY I have referred this last collection here with very little hesitation. 'The plants are more slender than those from South America but the agreement in every other detail is complete. No important distinction is suggested by the description of M. Bernoullii C. M. and I suspect that they are conspecific. This must be an exceedingly rare and localized plant in Central America. In the numerous collections from this region that I have studied during recent years this is the first time the species has ap- peared. PIREELLA CYMBIFOLIA (Sull.) Card. METEORIOPSIS REMOTIFOLIA (Hornsch.) Broth. NECKEROPSIS UNDULATA (Palis.) Broth. NECKEROPSIS DISTICHA (Hedw.) F lsh. PILOTRICHUM CRYPHAEOIDES Schp. These plants appear to be inseparable from the last species which has previously been known only from Guadeloupe. ‘They agree in every essential particular with a specimen in my herbarium named by Bescherelle, Duss No. 945. It is a rather curious coincidence that both this species and P. spiculiferum should share the marked costal structure which distinguishes them from most of their congeners. VESICULARIA AMPHIBOLA (Spruce) Broth. GUATEMALA Dr. Bequaert advises me that all his mosses came from two lo- calities in the temperate forests, as follows: MocA, a finca (or coffee plantation) reached from the R. R. station Guatalon (also the P. O.), Dept. of Solola. Altitude 3000 ft. Sa. EMILIA, a small finca depending from the plantation Pacayal, near the P. O. Pochuta, Dept. of Chimaltenango. Altitude 3200 ft. From an accompanying sketch map these localities are shown to be about ten miles south of Lake Atitlan. BREUTELIA JAMAICENSIS (Mitt.) Jaeg. On shaded soil, Sa. Emilia, Feb., 1931. RuoposgyuM BrkvmricHiANUM (Hornsch.) Par. On rock in densely wooded, humid gorge, Mocá, April, 1931. PILOTRICHELLA PULCHELLA Schp. On tree trunk, Mocá, April, 1931. PaPrILLARIA DrPPE: (Hornsch.) Jaeg. On tree, Sa. Emilia, February, 1931. NECKEROPSIS UNDULATA (Palis.) Broth. Moca, April, 1931. POROTRICHUM COBANENSE C. M. Moca, April, 1931. 1934] Bartram,—Mosses of British Honduras and Guatemala 57 PrLorRICHUM spiculiferum Dartr. sp. nov. Fira. 1. Caulis se- cundarius ad 7 cm. altus, bipinnatus. Folia caulis secundarii late ovata, acuta, concava, 1.1 mm. longa, 0.6 mm. lata; marginibus toto ambitu denticulata, inferne revolutis; costis attenuatis, ad medium evanidis, dorso laevis; cellulis firmis, papillosis, 5 & latis, 10-15 u longis. Folia perichaetialia 2.2 mm. longa, capsula vix exserta, ovalis, fusca, calyptra pilosa. Caetera ignota. Fig. 1. PrLOTRICHUM SPICULIFERUM, n. sp. a, plant, X 1; b, stem leaf, X 27; c, branch leaf, X 27; d, perichaetial leaf, X 27; e, apex of branch leaf, X 400; f, capsule and perichaetial leaves, X 10. Dioicous. Male plants resembling the sporophyte bearing plants; flowers numerous along the upper part of the stem and the upper branches. Rather slender plants, dull brownish green. Secondary stems up to 7 cm. long, bipinnately branched, the branches rigid and blunt at the tips; stem leaves broadly ovate, acute, slightly concave, decurrent, 1.1 mm. long by 0.6 mm. wide; margins narrowly revolute below, erect above, denticulate all around; costae slightly divergent, attenuate, ending a little more than half way up, usually entirely smooth on the back and vanishing in the lamina but sometimes projecting in a very minute prickle; leaf cells about 5 u wide by 2-3 times as long, linear-rhomboidal, with firm but scarcely incrassate walls, papillose on both sides over the upper end of the lumen with short, sharp spicule-like papillae; branch leaves slightly smaller, more deeply concave. Inner perichaetial leaves longer and narrower than the stem leaves, up to 2.2 mm. long, costae short and weak, cells 58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY sharply papillose; seta short, 1.5-2 mm. long, erect or slightly curved; capsule ovoid, 1.5 mm. long, slightly exserted, the tips of the peri- chaetial leaves reaching about half way up the urn; calyptra sparsely pilose (capsules all too old or very immature); spores papillose, 18-20 y. in diameter. 'TvPE: on tree trunk, Moca, Dept. of Solola, Guatemala, April, 1931, J. Bequaert No. 68. | Resembling P. cryphaeoides Schp. but more slender and bipin- nately branched. The costae are also consistently shorter, the leaf cells more sharply and densely papillose and the capsules barely ex- serted above the tips of the perichaetical leaves. 'The smooth, attenuate costae ending in the lamina and not or scarcely tipped with a spine or tooth on the back is a peculiar char- acter in this genus that is shared by only two other species with which I am familiar, namely: P. cryphacoides Schp. and P. mexicanum Ther. The frondose habit as well as the larger, sharply papillose leaf cells and the minutely denticulate, rather than sharply serrulate, upper margins will at once separate it from P. mexicanum. MICROTHAMNIUM LAXULUM Bartr. Mocá, on tree trunk, April, 1931. Closely resembling the original collection from Costa Rica in habit and detail. PoLvTRICHUM ANTILLARUM Rich. BUSHKILL, PENNSYLVANIA. ANYCHIA CANADENSIS IN HAMPSHIRE COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS.— For the past three or four years I have been interested in a colony of what I supposed might prove to be some member of the Caryophyl- laceae, less than two dozen specimens by the side of a dirt road on the Holyoke Range in South Hadley, Massachusetts. Flowering speci- mens secured in 1933 were shown to Dr. Anderson of the Arnold Arboretum, who identified them as Anychia canadensis (L.) BSP. So far as I can learn, this species has not been reported from Hamp- shire County. It has been collected nearby, however, in Franklin (Mt. Toby) and Hampden Counties. As far as my observation showed, the plant seemed to be restricted, in the locality found, to a narrow strip of tuffaceous earth, called Granby tuff (pH. 5.84) 1600 feet wide, extending lengthwise on the south side of the Holyoke Range. A few other isolated specimens have also been found near the Connecticut River on the southwestern edge of the Range: and here 1934] Weatherby,—HFpifagus virginiana, forma pallida 50 again on Granby tuff. The plant is not found on the Triassic diabase talus-slopes nearby. The evidence seems to suggest that in this locality the species is restricted to the tuffaceous earth exclusively. A specimen, checked by Prof. M. L. Fernald, has been filed in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.—ALBERT L. De- LISLE, Biological Laboratories, Harvard University. EpiFAGUS VIRGINIANA (L.) Bart., forma pallida, n. f., planta omnino pallide brunnescens, nec rubro-tinctis, corollis albis supra pallidissime roseo-tinctis calicisque dentibus similiter tinctis ex- ceptis. Whole plant pale brownish, except for the white corollas very faintly tinged with dull pink above and the similarly tinged calyx- teeth.—Old beech and maple woods, Stratton, Vermont, Una F. and C. A. Weatherby, Sept. 3, 1933 (TYPE, in Gray Herb.). In the usual form of the species, the ground-color of stem and branches is much the same as in the form here proposed (nearly Ridg- way s" tilleul buff "), but they are abundantly striate with narrow lines of brown madder.' The corolla is white laterally, with a broad stripe of brown madder extending its whole length above and a narrower stripe below. "The calyx-teeth are also strongly tinted with the same color and the cleistogamous corollas and capsules spotted with it. In f. pallida the madder pigment is wholly lacking except for a faint trace on the corolla above and on the calyx-teeth. It is quite analogous to Corallorrhiza maculata, f. flavida (Peck) Farwell, in which likewise a red pigment, normally present, is lacking and a yellow one, ordinarily masked by the red, gives the color to the plant.—C. A. WeatTHersBy, Gray Herbarium. AN ADDITIONAL NOTE ON THE BRANCHING TENDENCY IN POLy- GONATUM.—Since our publication of Polygonatum pubescens (Willd.) Pursh, forma fultius Fernald & Harris and discussion of similar forms of the European P. multiflorum (L.) All.? Prof. J. A. Nieuwland has called our attention to P. commutatum (R. & S.) Dietr., forma ramosum MeGivney.? This plant, found in the vicinity of Notre Dame, Indiana and near Lake Christiana, Michigan, is even more branching than our form of P. pubescens. Prof. Nieuwland writes that the ! I here follow the careful color nomenclature of Schuyler Mathews's Field Book of American Wild Flowers. 2 M. L. Fernald and S. K. Harris, RHODORA, xxxv. 403-406 (1933). 3 Sister Vincent De Paul McGivney, Am. Midland Nat. ix. 663, 664 (1925). 60 Rhodora [FEBRUARY flowers of P. commutatum, forma ramosum are perfect and that the plants set seed every year, thus differing from the forms of P. multi- florum. and from what appears to be the case in P. pubescens, forma fultius. No indication is given in the description of the form that it was found growing in a locality which had recently been disturbed.— M. L. FERnNALD and S. K. Harris, Gray Herbarium. Moss Frora or Norra AMERICA. Another part (Grimmiaceae) of Grout’s Moss Flora has appeared. The text is almost entirely the work of Mr. Jones although Dr. Grout has edited it and contributed an “ Arti- ficial Key to the Grimmiaceae.” Eight genera are described: Glypho- mitrium with 1 species, Grimmia with 47 species and 22 varieties and forms, Scouleria with 2 species, Braunia with 2 species, Hedwigia with 1 species and 5 forms, Campylostelium with 1 species, Ptychomitrium with 5 species, and Rhacomitrium with 9 species and 9 varieties and forms. There are 25 excellent plates figuring about 63 species and varieties. As in earlier parts most of these illustrations are reproduced from many different sources: e. g., Bryologia Europaea, The Bryologist, Sullivant, Engler and Prantl, Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, Braithwaite, ete. There are 7 original illustrations by Mr. Seville Flowers and 1 by Miss E. L. Curtis. Seven species apparently have never previously been illustrated : these are, Glyphomitrium canadense, Grimmia atricha, G. coloradensis, G. hamulosa, G. heterophylla, G. Moxleyi, and Ptychomitrium Gardneri. About a dozen species figured in Grout's ** Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope" are not here re-illustrated. There are several new combi- nations and one description of a new form—Grimmia alpicola var. rivularis f. papillosa. A minor criticism is the lack of uniformity in the use of italics in listing “ Exsieeati." Text and plates are of the same high grade as in all earlier parts. The publication is indispensable to active students of North American Grimmiaceae.—J. F. C. 1 Moss Flora of North America, north of Mexico. Grimmiaceae by GEORGE NEVILLE Jones, M.Sc., edited by A. J. Grout, Ph.D. Vol. II, pt. 1, pp. 1-65, plates I-X XV. Published by A. J. Grout, Newfane, Vt., Nov., 1933. Volume 36, no. 421, including pages 1 to 24, 2 portraits and 3 plates, was issued 5 January, 1934. R 13 1934 Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. March, 1934. No. 423. CONTENTS: Realignments in the Genus Panicum. M. L. Fernald.......... 61 New Species of Euphrasia from northwestern Canada. HM: ROUD ie s LIUM IR EA MEE 2 87 Apios americana. Alfred Rehder.......... 2. ec c eee 88 Prunus virginiana, forma leucocarpa in New Brunswick. C. E. A000. 6 ee baa oe ee ee 89 Some Critical Plants of Greenland. M. L. Fernald............. 89 Hamamelis virginiana in Missouri. J. A. Steyermark.......... 97 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, reiating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, vc Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. March, 1934. No. 423. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CIII. REALIGNMENTS IN THE GENUS PANICUM M. L. FERNALD No large genus of the Monocotyledoneae in eastern North America can compare for difficulty of satisfactory classification with Panicum; and within the genus by far the most baffling aggregation is that strictly North American series which has been designated as the subgenus Dichanthelium Hitchc. & Chase, the heteromorphous series often called the Dichotomum-group, from P. dichotomum L., the type of the subgenus, to which at one time or another most of the species with small spikelets have been referred. After Linnaeus, the earlier systematists, mostly with conservative or orthodox conceptions of specific values, proposed, within this dominant Atlantie American group, a fair number of unquestioned species: P. depauperatum Muhl., laxiflorum Lam., ciliatum Ell., strigosum Muhl., aciculare Desf., con- sanguineum Kunth, angustifolium Ell., microcarpon Muhl., spretum Schultes, lanuginosum Ell., ovale Ell., sphaerocarpon Ell., polyanthes Schultes, tenue Muhl., ensifolium Baldw., chamaelonche Trin., lance- arium Trin. and commutatum Schultes, and several with larger spike- lets. With these well attested names to shuffle, the next two or more generations were mostly content to leave well enough alone and to recognize something as probably meant by these and some other names (now ranked as synonyms) of the same post-Linnean period. Then, with more intensive exploration, especially of the Coastal Plain, where Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium is dominant, Scribner, of 62 Rhodora [MARCH a conservative school, or Scribner and his associates proposed a few of our best-marked species: P. linearifolium, ovinum, Wrightianum, Thurowii, columbianum and equilaterale. There was, furthermore, no balking at the reduction of intergradient plants to varietal rank or to complete synonymy: P. Ashei reduced to P. commutatum, P. tennesseense to P. lanuginosum, and P. patulum treated as a variety of P. lancearium (as P. Nashianum patulum). Then, with the ultra- democratic or radical reaction against orthodoxy and good usage which found expression in such gems as “Asa Gray didn't know where he was at!" and “ Now the day of authority is ended," Panicum suddenly became a favorite source of proposed new species, especially by younger men with little or no background of general scholarship and with a minimum of experience in exact and judicious considera- tion of other groups, whose specific evaluations were of a conveniently mechanical uniformity not consistent with the behavior of plants in Nature. For several years Ashe and Nash held the field. The recog- nition of such species of the former as P. calliphyllum, annulum, mattamuskeetense, yadkinense, roanokense, lucidum, meridionale and subvillosum definitely clarifies our understanding of the group; but such remarkable names of Ashe as P. arenicolum, filiramum, Cahooni- anum, huachucae, orangensis, shallotte, parvipaniculatum and glabris- simum can, fortunately, be forgotten in synonymy. Similarly, our understanding of the genus is greatly helped by the recognition of Nash's P. perlongum, boreale, leucothrix, villosissimum and malaco- phyllum; but there is little intellectual or taxonomic satisfaction in attempting to keep apart as species his P. Clutei, paucipilum, at- lanticum and tsugetorum. American botanists have to thank Hitchcock & Chase for their very exacting and remarkably complete study of the genus which appeared in 1910 as The North American Species of Panicum.! The making of the very detailed keys alone must have required months of work; the trailing of types and the careful drawing of their spike- lets, with critical notes upon the type-specimens, are, surely, the result of years of careful research; furthermore, the very illuminating discussions after the descriptions aid tremendously in the inter- pretation of the specific concepts maintained. For all these features every close student of our flora must be grateful. It would, con- sequently, be most gratifying if the evaluations of species in the book 1 Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. (1910). 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 63 could all be accepted as they stand. But a close study of the work shows that two quite different groups of plants are accepted as species: Ist, the entities with sharply defined and constant or es- sentially constant characters in inflorescences or spikelets: P. flexile, Gattingeri, virgatum, verrucosum, consanguineum, fusiforme, boreale, caerulescens, praecocius, thermale, sphaerocarpon, polyanthes, ensi- folium, chamaelonche, Wilcoxianum, malacophyllum, Leibergii, xantho- physum, scoparium, scabriusculum, clandestinum, latifolium and Boscii; and 2d, a large series of plants which are separated as “ species ” on “more or less" differences of an inconstant nature. Illustrative of this second group are many plants which the older systematists would unquestionably have treated as variations of other species and which a gratifyingly large group of students today would still so treat: P. capillare and barbipulvinatum; P. longifolium and Combsii; P. anceps and rhizomatum; P. linearifolium and Werneri, P. laxi- florum and xalapense; P. mattamuskeetense and Clutei; P. dichotomum and barbulatum; P. meridionale and albemarlense; P. Lindheimeri and implicatum, huachucae, temnesseense, lanuginosum and languidum, with essentially identical spikelets and Ist glumes; P. villosissimum, pscudopubescens and scoparioides; P. Commonsianum and Addisonii; P. tsugetorum and columbianum; P. lancearium and patulum; P. Helleri, Scribnerianum and oligosanthes; P. Ashei, commutatum and Joorii In some cases active field-botanists have already protested the separation as species of members of some of these twins, triplets or sextets. Thus, in his scholarly Plants of Southern New Jersey, Dr. Witmer Stone speaks of “ P. albemarlense, a species which so far as New Jersey material goes I find it impossible to separate from P. meridionale," and also says “So many New Jersey specimens are regarded as intermediate between commonsianum and addisonii by Hitchcock and Chase, to whom they were submitted, that it seems more reasonable to regard them as subspecies rather than as full species." Wiegand & Eames, in their Flora of the Cayuga Lake Basin, feel that P. tsugetorum is “Perhaps only varietally distinct from P. heterophyllum |P. columbianum]'?; personally I can't get even a variety out of it. In 1929 the acute taxonomist of Indiana, C. C. Deam, in the main faithfully accepting the specific evaluations 1 Stone, Pl. So. N. J. 203 (1910). 2 Stone, 1l. c. 206 (1910). 3 Wiegand & Eames, Fl. Cayuga L. Basin, 89 (1926). 64 Rhodora [MAncH of Hitchcock & Chase, occasionally showed a wholesome independ- ence. "Our Indiana specimens show some variation and some have been named for me as Panicum barbulatum Michx. This species is separated from Panicum dichotomum L. by its more pubescent nodes, . I have studied our species carefully and I believe a division of them is not warranted.”! Of P. tennesseense he said: "I think all of my specimens could be safely referred to Panicum huachucae, regarding them as a glabrous form of that species" ;? and he specially noted his difficulty in separating P. tsugetorum from P. columbianum and P. Ashei from P. commutatum. In the same year Weatherby, Knowlton & Bean expressed a wide- spread feeling in regard to the group: As to Panicum, we are inclined heartily to second the remark of Pro- fessors Wiegand and Eames (Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. xcii. 83 (1926), that ‘the separation of species . . . on the basis of degree of pubescence is to be regretted.” Hitchcock and Chase have rendered invaluable service in patiently tracking down the types of all such pro- posed species and definitely placing them in a taxonomic scheme. Many of them they have reduced to synonymy. After a long pursuit of vanish- ing “characters” through a maze of slightly differing herbarium specimens, we suspect that the reduction might profitably be carried further. Are there any real specific lines between P. columbianum, P. tsugetorum, and P. subvillosum; P. meridionale and P. albemarlense? Where does P. columbianum, var. thinium leave off and P. meridionale begin? Was Bicknell, a keen observer and by no means averse to recognizing close species, right in reducing P. oricola to P. meridionale and in maintaining P. Owenae; or are Hitchcock and Chase, fortified by long monographie study of the genus, correct in reducing P. Owenae and retaining P. oricola? Such questions we have, for the most part, been unable to answer satisfactorily; we have, as the most practicable method, here maintained, at least as varieties, nearly all the species recognized in recent treatments, so far as we are able to make them out in the material at hand. We have, however, accepted with a good deal of relief Prof. Fernald's tele- scoping of P. Lindheimeri, P. huachucae, etc., into a single species. This arrangement gives, in New England, natural ranges; and it is conducive to ease in naming specimens, a quality which should appeal strongly to anyone condemned to struggle with this group. We have followed Dr. Hitchcock’s earlier reduction of P. Clutei to synonymy under P. matta- muskeetense in preference to his later re-separation of the two. P. oligosanthes we have omitted altogether. Material of it from the south- eastern states is at least varietally distinct from P. Scribnerianum, and the latter may stand as a species, as species go in Panicum; but the New England collections referred to P. oligosanthes appear to us to represent only slender states of P. Scribnerianum. New England reports of P. lucidum seem also to be erroneous.? 1 Deam, Grasses of Indiana, 265 (1929). ? Deam, 1. c. 275 (1929). 3 Weatherby, Knowlton & Bean, RHODORA, xxxi. 107 (1927). 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 65 Still more recently, Weatherby & Griscom, reporting on their field-experiences in South Carolina, found, as others have before them, the greatest confusion of the characters relied upon by Hitchcock & Chase to separate Panicum xalapense from P. laxiflorum and con- cluded: “it appears to us . . . . that P. xalapense is doubtfully separable."'! Somewhat earlier, as a result of attempting of understand certain tangled (“implicated”) groups in Panicum, I had “telescoped” some of the entities which Hitchcock & Chase accept as true species: P. barbipulvinatum reinstated as a variety, P. capillare, var. occidentale Rydb. (Surely, if Rydberg could see in it only a variety, its specific status might well be open to doubt); P. Werneri placed under P. lincarifolium as a glabrous variety? and P. Lindheimeri, huachucac, tennesseense, implicatum and languidum treated as a hopelessly inter- gradient series of variations. This treatment has found reflection in the work of several later students and in writing of the group in 1930 Dr. J. M. Fogg, Jr., noted specimens of what seemed to him one plant as identified for him, some as P. implicatum, some as P. huachucae, some as P. huachucae, var. silvicola; and he stated that in his judgment “there is a well marked meridionale extreme and an equally character- istic oricola one, but between them an almost complete series of inter- gradations.” 5 More recently, trying again to gain a clear conception of the genus in northeastern America, I have found myself wholly in accord with the conservative views of Stone, Wiegand & Eames, Deam, Weather- by, Knowlton & Bean and Weatherby & Griscom and other field- botanists who have written me of their judgments; and I have ac- cepted as a duty the quite unwelcome task of realigning several members of the genus, as discussed in the succeeding pages. In most of these cases, it will be noted, it is necessary only to study the very illuminating comments of Hitchcock & Chase in order to detect the confluent plants, the groups of variations which I have desig- nated as the 2d series which they recognize as true species. The recognition of mere tendencies or variations in response to edaphic or ecological conditions as species is too common but it completely obscures one of the most important and far-reaching laws 1 Weatherby & Griscom, RHODORA, xxxvi. 35 (1934). 2 See Fernald, RHODORA, xxi. 111 (1919). 3 Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 194 (1921). 4 Fernald, 1. c. 141 and 223-228 (1921). 5 Fogg, Ruopora, xxxii. 233 (1930). 66 Rhodora [Marcu of evolution, which should be at the bottom of all sound taxonomy; and, in view of the great need of scholarly and thoroughly trained taxonomists, so much emphasized in several public meetings in recent years, such a standard of values can hardly prove convincing to the really earnest and thoughtful young students whom we wish to enlist. Fortunately, they are still idealists and they are naturally attracted to the fields in which scholarly thoroughness is evident. When a plant or a series of specimens has no definite and constant character of the reproductive (conservative) structures, but differs only in having thinner or thicker leaves, weaker or stiffer culms, greater or less development of pubescence, or greener or more purple foliage, it is safe, judging from common experience of many good field-observers, to look to differences of habitat (of shade and sun- shine, of chemical reactions of the soil or of moisture and aridity) as largely controlling these simple responses. Nevertheless, upon just such ecological responses somewhat intensified and upon little or no difference in the shape of spikelet or of its Ist glume have P. languidum and P tennesseense been separated from P. huachucae and P. Lind- heimeri, P. albemarlense from P. meridionale, P. pseudopubescens and P. scoparioides from P. villosissimum, P. patulum from P. lancearium and P. Joorti from P. commutatum. The recognition of such tendencies as true species and the illogical disinclination to call them varieties (or merely forms or states in some cases) has had many advocates. One of the most consistent defenders of as yet not sharply differeniated plants as “species” was the late Dr. Rydberg. So consistent was Rydberg's attitude on this point, that it is almost startling to find an occasional variety desig- nated by him.! Rydberg’s philosophy, clearly expressed, was stated to the International Congress of Plant Societies at Ithaca: Until we have discovered and described all, or most, of the great number of yet unknown forms, and until the species have been tested by cultivation, breeding, changing of soil environment, etc., they naturally have to remain tentative. I leave it to others to find out whether the characters, prominent or trifling as they may be, on which they are based, are constant enough to place them as distinct species. I think that I have done a service to taxonomy if I have pointed out existing characters. I also think that a form that is worth describing, also should have a name. 1 Some years ago I chanced to overhear a bit of conversation at the Gray Herbarium, which others should enjoy. Miss Alice Eastwood was catechizing Rydberg regarding one of his segregations, which he defended as necessary in order that he should be consistent. Miss Eastwood retorted, ''Hang consistency!’’, to which came the rejoiner in Rydberg’s high-pitched voice: '' Some folks would call that female.” 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 67 I prefer à binomial. When I use a binomial I do not pretend that it means the same as a species in Hall-Clements style. I do not pretend to be able to pass on its rank, because in most cases it is impossible.! Somewhat earlier Rydberg had expressed his view of species in these words: "My intention is not to defend them [his own segre- gates] as species. The limitation between species and variety will always be arbitrary, so also between variety and form [therefore call every recognizable trend a *species"!]. . . . What he [Fernald] and many others call varieties, I call species." Some others with the same philosophy are readily recalled and the defenders of many of the "redundant? Panicums can hardly be called conservative. Nevertheless, although in some cases, especially of plants described from scrappy bits of specimens otherwise quite unknown to the phytographer, the constancy of characters cannot always be con- fidently asserted, it certainly cannot be rightly maintained that an experienced and careful taxonomist, after many years of study of plants in the field and in the herbarium, can “not pretend to be able to pass on its rank,” and that “in most cases it is impossible." Surely, when the common experience of really careful and thoughtful ob- servers and the large accumulation of specimens in our greater her- baria shows a plant essentially invariable in its fundamental re- productive characters, it is quite possible (even simple) to note its vast difference from a series which lacks stability in the same char- acters. Many justly honored taxonomists have clearly comprehended that there are such differences; and the differentiation between true or stable species, on the one hand, as opposed to inconstant or un- stable ones, on the other, is absolutely necessary if taxonomy is to hold its honored place in science. It is almost a truism that “ con- servative" and essentially unvarying species characterize the more ancient floras and faunas—the relic species persisting from the earlier geological epochs in the evolution of plants and animals. It is equally a truism, that in recently disturbed or altered areas a stimulation and multiplication of variations has occurred and that under such conditions inconstant and plastic species luxuriate. The members of Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium have their greatest de- velopment on the relatively youthful Atlantic coastal plain of North America, and the subgenus shows its youth, in the first place, by its 1 Rydb. in Proc. Intern. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii. 1544, 1545 (1929). ? Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxviii. 352-354 (1911). 3 See RHODORA, xxiii. 141 (1921). 68 Rhodora [Marcu multiplication of variations and its aggressiveness, in the second, by its restriction to North America, with most of its species on or near the geologically young coastal plain. The relative youth of Panicum subg. Dichanthelium is strikingly contrasted with the great age of some other members of the Paniceae. Valota, for instance, is a small genus (about 12 species) sharing warm parts of America with Australia; and Leptoloma has one very uniform species in North America, the other three in Australia. Since Aus- tralia was cut off from its connection with the other continents by mid-Cretaceous time, it follows that Valota and Leptoloma have had a tremendously long existence; their species are few and stable. Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium, restricted to North America, where it is chiefly developed in the most youthful regions, and without representation in the ancient flora of Australia, is, by inference at least, a more youthful group. Its behavior certainly so indicates. Is it not significant, therefore, that this group should contain so many poorly differentiated, so-called “species”? Failure to recognize that they belong to a different class from the stable and ancient species obscures one of the most illuminating demonstrations of evolution we have in our living flora. After Rydberg had expressed at Ithaca his inability to judge the validity of his own generic and specific segregations, Dr. Skottsberg made a trenchant and very sound reply. His telling examples and direct refutation of the weak attitude of the extreme “splitter,” es- pecially of genera, should be carefully studied by all who are not beyond redemption. It is impossible here to republish his complete rejoinder, but I may be pardoned for passing on certain pregnant passages, even though they deal primarily with generic, rather than specific, segregation. The principles involved are equally applicable to the segregation of confluent “species.” What do we gain by splitting? In some cases, in many perhaps, the operation is necessary. If we find a black sheep hidden in an otherwise natural genus, small or large, drive it out, of course, and make a new genus for it, if this be necessary. Nobody will fail to give you credit for that. . . . Butapart from such instances, what can,the reason be for these almost convulsive efforts to segregate everywhere? Some people say there is a good deal of personal vanity at the bottom of it, but that I refuse to believe. A serious taxonomist will do no such thing. No, as Dr. Rydberg told us in his paper: when a genus becomes “too large” it is time to split it up so that we may get a better oversight over it. I cannot see the point there. As if a large genus would become easier to handle only because we call its sections genera? Have we really got a 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 69 better and clearer idea of the genus Cereus after Britton and Rose cut it up into 75 pieces? "Those who think so, deceive themselves. We get lots of new names to remember and scores of new synonyms to keep a record of, that is about all—we do not gain a single thing by making genera sub-tribes and sections genera, but we lose a great deal. We lose the firm hold on good natural groups, we lose useful and pleasing associa- tions of minds, more so if we put, as is done so often now, equal weight on vegetative as on floral characters. We efface interesting facts regarding geographieal distribution. I think it is quite fascinating to observe how a genus like Viola, a very natural genus indeed, has developed, under different conditions, . . . Split up this genus, and that wonderful display of life-forms passes out of sight. Had the Hawaiian species grown in Oregon and the Andean in the Rocky Mountains they would not have been violets any more. For if the genus Pinus is split, anything may happen. Suppose we have a natural genus (taken in a wide, conservative sense) that has developed one section in Europe, another in Asia, a third in America, showing characters that give us certain hints as to the early history of the genus and at the same time so well separated from each other that the splitter has a fair chance to set to work, will it not appear to us that we know, as it were, less about the three new genera than about the single old one unless we are able always to remember that, once upon a time, the three used to be one? The limitation of genera is a matter of both good knowledge—and of the whole assemblage, not only of the species in one section of the area— and good taste. . . . It would be well if those who are less keen on changes for changes' own sake would join in an appeal to those who believe that change in taxonomy always means development, asking them, before they spoil a good old genus, to stop and ask themselves: what does botany gain? Are not, after all, these new genera like rockets, rising with brilliancy only to slump down and fall into oblivion, increasing the burden of synonyms that all of us curse?! As already stated, the conservative viewpoint, so well expressed by Skottsberg regarding genera, applies equally well to species. The inordinate segregation of species without sharp differentiations truly " effaces interesting facts." PANICUM LONGIFOLIUM Torr., var. Combsii (Scribn. & Ball), comb. nov. P. combsii Scribn. & Ball, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 24: 42, fig. 16 (1901). P. LONGIFOLIUM, var. pubescens (Vasey), comb. nov. P. anceps, var. pubescens Vasey, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Bot. Bull. no. 8: 37 (1889). Panicum longifolium Torr., originally described from New Jersey, has four usually well-defined but clearly confluent geographic va- rieties: var. tusketense Fern., RHopora xxiii. 192 (1921), known only ! Skottsberg, Proc. Internat. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii. 1554, 1555 (1929). 70 Rhodora [Marcu from the valley of the Tusket River in Nova Scotia; typical P. longi- folium, following the Coastal Plain from southeastern Massachusetts to Florida; var. Combsii, extending from southern Georgia and north- ern Florida to Louisiana; and var. pubescens occurring, likewise, from Florida to Louisiana. The diagnostic characters of the four varieties follow. a. Plants 2-9 dm. high; eulms 1-3 mm. broad at the 1st exposed node; principal sheaths 0.5-1.5 dm. long, 15-40-nerved at summit, glabrous (exceptionally villous); longer blades 1-3.5 dm. long, 3-6 mm. broad, glabrous (exceptionall mei «d ; larger panicles 0.3-2.3 dm. long, 0.1-1.5 dm. broad. branchlets appressed or subappressed. Spikelets 2-3 mm. long, the 2nd glume equaling or longer than the sterile lemma; longer branches of panicle 3-14 em. long................ P. longifolium (typical). Spikelets 2.6-3.4 mm. long, the 2nd glume usually shorter than the sterile lemma; longer branches of panicle 0.1-8 em. long. sisie sese ei. iiri ne i i Var. tusketense. b. Branches and branchlets of mature panicle strongly (often horizontally) divergent; spikelets 3-4 mm. long, with tips often sharper; 2nd glume equaling or slightly exceeding the sterile lemma; longer branches of panicle 5-10 cm. OU ASE PUTT EEEE ett Var. Combsii. a. Plants 8-10 dm. high; culms 3-6 mm. broad at the Ist ex- posed node; principal sheaths 1-2.5 dm. long, 25-50-nerved at summit, usually densely villous; longer blades 3-7 dm. long, often overtopping the panicle, 5-8 mm. broad, usually villous; larger panicles 2-4 dm. long, 1-2 dm. broad, in maturity with horizontally divergent branches and branch- lets; spikelets 2-2.5 mm. long...................... is Var. pubescens. Typical P. longifolium, described by Torrey from “the pine barrens of New Jersey," with “Culm about 2 feet high . . . . Sheaths . somewhat hairy at the throat" but otherwise the “whole plant very smooth," the * Panicle with few appressed branches," is the only variation of the species found north of Georgia, except for the super- ficially similar but isolated Nova Scotian var. tusketense. On the basis of pubescence of foliage (a most fickle vegetative character) the 51 sheets before me of typical P. longifolium and var. tusketense fall into the following grouping. FOLIAGE STRICTLY GLABROUS (except for ligule), 41: Nova Scotia, 12; Massachusetts, 4; Rhode Island, 7; Connecticut, 7; New Jersey, 5; Maryland, 2; Georgia, 1; Florida, 3. SPARSE VILLOSITY ON 1 OR MORE SHEATHS OR BLADES, 9: Connecticut, 1; New Jersey, 4; Delaware, 1; Virginia, 1; Georgia, 1; Florida, 1 ABUNDANT AND CONSPICUOUS VILLOSITY ON SHEATHS AND BLADES, l: Delaware, 1. From these figures it is clear that typical Panicum longifolium is an 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 71 essentially glabrous plant, “whole plant very smooth,” to use Tor- rey’s diagnostic phrase. Consequently, in vainly attempting to find the specific lines which separate from it P. Combsii, it is at least not reassuring to find them stated by Hitchcock & Chase as follows: This species [P. Combsii] is closely related to P. longifolium from which it may be distinguished by its shorter blades, longer spikelets, and usually by the lack of pubescence. In their key Hitchcock & Chase (N. Am. Pan., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 99) group P. longifolium and P. Combsii under the call: Ligules ciliate; basal leaves half as long as culm or more; panicle much exceeding the upper leaves. Certainly it is most difficult to detect any constant difference in the foliage of the two. We then hopefully turn to the stated diag- nostic characters: Spikelets not over 2.7 mm., usually 2.5 mm. long, the first glume less than half that length; ligules 2 to 3 mm. long..53. P. longifolium. Spikelets 3 to 3.5 mm. long; first glume two-thirds to three- fourths that length; ligule less than 1 mm. long........ 54. P. combsii. In the original diagnosis of P. Combsii, Scribner & Ball, likewise, described the "first glume . . . two-thirds to three-fourths the length of the spikelet"'; but their illustration of the plant might well have been drawn from a New Jersey, New England or Nova Scotian specimen of P. longifolium, for the artist showed the first glume only two-thirds the length of the spikelet, a proportion not difficult to find in specimens of P. longifolium all the way north to Nova Scotia. I have carefully measured characteristic spikelets and their first glumes in all three series with the result shown in the accompanying table. Pro- portion 1st (per Typical P. LONGIFOLIUM Glume. Spikelet. cent) Marion, Massachusetts, Fernald, no. 783 1.7 mm. 2.8 mm. .53 Dartmouth, Massachusetts, Eaton & Griscom 2 3 .66 Pasque I., Massachusetts, Fogg, no. 3787 1.9 3 .63 Hopkinton, Rhode Island, Collins & Fernald, no. 11,245 1.5 3 .50 Lake Worden, Rhode Island, Faxon 1.8 3 .60 Westerly, Rhode Island, Ware et al. 1.9 3 .63 Richmond, Rhode Island, Fernald & Collins L2 3 B Killingworth, Connecticut, Weatherby, no. 3763 1.4 3 .97 Killingworth, Connecticut, Weatherby, no. 2514 1.8 3 .60 Groton, Connecticut, Graves, no. 256 1.5 2 .55 Groton, Connecticut, Woodward 1.6 3 ,58 Southington, Connecticut, Bissell, no. 5529 1 2 .50 Long Branch, New Jersey, Wm. Boott 2 3 .66 Burlington Co., New Jersey, Parker bere 2.8 .60 Pine Barrens, New Jersey, A. Gray B5 2.8 258 72 Rhodora [Marcu Pro- portion 1st (per Typical P. LONGIFOLIUM Glume. Spikelet. cent) Cold Spring, New Jersey, Gershoy, no. 52 1.2 2.4 .50 New Lisbon, New Jersey, MacElwee 1.2 2.4 .50 Rehoboth, Delaware, Churchill 1.5 2.5 .60 Talleyville, Delaware, Commons 1.6 2.6 .58 Clinton, Maryland, Holm 2 3 .66 Cape Henry, Virginia, Am. Gr. Nat. Herb., no. 5O 1.8 2.8 .64 Sumter Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 1081 2 3 .66 Gainesville, Florida, Am. Gr. Nat. Herb., no. 51 1.2 2 .60 Range of 1st Glume: 37-66 (av. 58) per cent. of length of Spikelet. Var. TUSKETENSE Kemptville, Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 23,191 1.8 2.9 .63 Gilfilling L., Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 23,190 2 3 .66 Butler's L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,763 1.8 3.2 .56 Pearl L., Nova Scotia, Fernald & Linder, no. 19,761 1.6 2.6 .58 Tusket R., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,765 LE 8 .57 'Tusket L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,759 1.6 2.8 .53 Butler's L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,764 L8 8 .60 Range of 1st Glume: 53-66 (av. 60) per cent. of length of Spikelet. Var. COMBSII Coffee Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 2014 2.1 3.5 .60 Berrien Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 1679 2 2.8 WE Chipley, Florida, Combs, no. 583 (corvrkE) 2-2.2 8 .66-.73 Pensacola, Florida, Curtiss, no. 6919 2.5 4 .63 Gateswood, Alabama, Tracy, no. 8408 2.2 3.5 .63 New Orleans, Louisiana, 2 3.6 .55 Range of 1st Glume; 55-73 (av. 64) per cent. of length of Spikelet. . These measurements distinctly show the futility of attempting the separation of Panicum Combsii as a species distinct from P. longi- folium because the former has the “Spikelets 3 to 3.5 mm. long; first glume two-thirds to three-fourths that length,” while the latter has “Spikelets not over 2.7 mm., usually 2.5 mm. long, the first glume less than half that length." Of the comparatively few sheets seen of P. Combsii, 1 has the spikelets less than 3 (2.8) mm. long and only 2 have the glumes of the required length, the remaining sheets showing them well under two-thirds, and in one case only slightly more than one-half the length of the spikelets. All these sheets were labelled by Hitchcock & Chase P. Combsiv. In true P. longifolium, furthermore, it is a somewhat exceptional specimen which has the spikelets “not over 2.7 mm., usually 2.5 mm. long." Of the 23 measured (because well developed) 16 have spike- lets longer, 2.8-3 mm., the latter measurement being most frequent. As to the length of the Ist glume, it is significant that in only a single 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 73 collection have I found the Ist glume “less than half” the length of the spikelet, while in several cases it reaches the reputed “ two- thirds . . . that length” of P. Combsii. In the most northern ex- treme, P. longifolium, var. tusketense, furthermore, the spikelets stand midway in length between those of the very southern var. Combsii and of the geographically intermediate typical P. longifolium, while the glumes of the northernmost extreme average three-fifths as long as the spikelets. Similarly with the reputed difference in the ligule. Harper's no. 1679 from Berrien County, Georgia, is cited (from Tifton) by Hitch- cock & Chase as P. Combsii and the specimen in the Gray Herbarium so labelled by them has very orthodox glumes (71 per cent. the length of spikelet) but it is heterodox in having spikelets only 2.8 mm. long; and its ligules, which in P. Combsii should be “less than 1 mm. long," wholly break the bounds by measuring 3.5 mm. in length! On the contrary, in much northern material, for example Graves, no. 256, from Groton, Connecticut, cited as P. longifolium by Hitchcock & Chase, it is easy to find ligules not more than 1.5 mm. long. Although breaking down as a species, Panicum Combsii may be maintained as a geographic variety. Its glumes and sterile lemma are more attenuate at tip than in the other varieties and its mature panicle, as shown by the cotype and other mature specimens, has more horizontal branches and branchlets than in true P. longi- folium and var. tusketense. In its more divaricate branching var. Combsii simulates the coarser southern plant, var. pubescens. "That variety, however, has relatively small spikelets, and its very long leaves, as beautifully exemplified in Tracy, no. 6507a, may greatly overtop the panicles. Panicum ANCEPS Michx., var. rhizomatum (Hitche. & Chase), comb. nov. P. rhizomatum Hitche. & Chase, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 109, fig. 104 (1910). Only by those who recognize species which are confluent and which are separated solely on “more or less" difference in size and habit, without technical morphological characters, can Panicum rhizomatum be maintained as a species. Its leading diagnostic characters, as given by its authors, are found in their key: Panicle open; spikelets 3.4 to 3.8 mm. long (shorter in excep- tional specimens)... 0. «ERROR en 55. P. anceps. Panicle more or less contracted; spikelets not over 2.8 mm. long. 56. P. rhizomatum. 74 Rhodora [Marcu In their fuller discussion of Panicum anceps they note that the “open” panicle may be “occasionally narrower" or with “branchlets . approximate, producing densely flowered branches," while in P. rhizomatum “Tn occasional specimens the panicle is rather open but less so than in P. anceps; but the following three specimens, having all the characters of P. rhizomatum, have panicles as open as those of P. anceps, the small spikelets secund as in that species, and appear to be intermediates." There is sufficient evidence that they are intermediates. In spite of the spikelets of P. anceps being defined as “3.4 to 3.8 mm. long," there are “occasional specimens with smaller spikelets; . . . only 3 to 3.2 mm. long. Such . . . being nearly glabrous plants with open panicles, are referred here, though in the smaller spikelets they approach the next species [P. rhizomatum].”’ If additional evidence were needed that P. rhizomatum is only a variation of P. anceps, it appears in sheets sent out from the National Herbarium to illustrate the two. The plant from Maryland, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 54, distributed as P. anceps, * As described by Hitchcock & Chase," therefore conforming to their conception of the species, has the fully mature panicle of the same breadth but with slightly more ascending branches (less open panicle) than the mature panicle of their no. 56, distributed as an authentic representative of P. rhizomatum. In no. 54 the spikelets are only 3-3.2 mm. long, while the mature panicle of no. 56 displays some still persistent spikelets 3 mm. long. Again, compare Curtiss, no. 5747 and Biltmore Herb. no. 696^ from Florida. The former is cited in The North American Species of Panicum as good P. rhizomatum and from its freely de- veloped rhizomes and small spikelets is a good illustration of that plant. The latter (696) is cited without question as P. anceps ("spikelets 3.4 to 3.8 mm. long"). Nevertheless, the very full sheet in the Gray Herbarium, bearing the Hitchcock & Chase revision label, looks like the other and its spikelets range from 3.2 down to 2.5 mm. in length. PANICUM AGROSTOIDES Spreng., var. condensum (Nash), comb nov. P. condensum Nash in Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 93, 1327 (1903). Panicum condensum in its most extreme development is very differ- ent from the most ideal material of P. agrostoides; but, unfortunately, neither of them consistently stays close to the ideal. The beautifully clear key-characters published by Hitchcock & Chase would, if they held in a larger proportion of cases, be satisfactory. As stated by them the two differ as follows: 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 75 Spikelets 1.8 to 2 mm., in occasional specimens 2.2 mm. long; panicle branches ascending or spreading........ 50. P. agrostoides. Spikelets about 2.5 mm. long; panicle branches erect or nearly so. 51. P. condensum. Turning to their fuller accounts, contradiction is promptly dis- covered: the spikelets of P. condensum are there described, not as "about 2.5 mm. long" (the key-character), but as *2.2 to 2.5 mm. long," i. e. as over-lapping in measurement. Furthermore, many specimens placed under P. agrostoides “have rather turgid spikelets 2 to 2.2 mm. long, more or less crowded on the ascending but not appressed branches and appear to be intermediate between P. agro- stoides and P. condensum. These are not cited in the distribution given below."! Then follows an enumeration of such transitional plants from stations from the northeastern to the southeastern and the southwestern limits of the species; while in P. condensum *In oc- casional specimens . . . . the panicle branches are ascending, the panicle not contracted, thus approaching P. agrostoides.” In the representation of the species in the Gray Herbarium 63 per cent. of the specimens are characteristic P. agrostoides, 10 per cent. thoroughly good P. condensuwm; but 27 per cent. are admitted inter- mediates. That is too large a proportion of transitional specimens. The specifications, if they are desired by any student, will be gladly furnished; their detailed enumeration here would make a discussion so similar to those under P. anceps and P. longifolium as to seem un- necessary. P. LAXIFLORUM Lam., var. strictirameum (Hitch. & Chase), comb. nov. P.zalapense strictirameum Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 161 (1910). Although I am unable to find such definite trends as to keep Pani- cum zalapense HBK. (1816) apart from P. laxiflorum Lam. (1798), even as a variety or reasonably constant form, var. strictirameum, in its closer panicle of smaller and more rounded spikelets, is a striking departure from the commoner and wider-spread P. laxiflorum. The characters used by Hitchcock & Chase to separate P. xalapense from P. laxiflorum are the following: Blades ciliate and more or less pilose on the surface; spikelets 2 mma — wn 87. P. xalapense. Blades glabrous or nearly so on the surface and margin; spike- lets 22 mm OnE ———————e-.l-. 86. P. laxiflorum. 1 One cannot help calling to mind those trustful amateurs who, a generation ago, religiously cast into the waste-basket all specimens not conforming closely to ''the books.” 76 Rhodora [Marcu However, some cited specimens of the “glabrous” P. laxiflorum “have pilose blades like those of P. xalapense; the spikelets are 2.2 to 2.3 mm. long." Many of the specimens identified in the Gray Herbarium by Hitchcock & Chase and cited in their North American Species of Panicum as P. xalapense (presumably on account of a few trichomes or cilia on the foliage) have spikelets fully 2.2 mm. long and some of them actually 2.5-2.6 mm. long (larger than allowed for P. laxiflorum): Biltmore Herb., no. 2993a; Canby, no. 106, “exceptional in having almost glabrous sheaths”; Tracy, no. 7202; Curtiss, no. 6602; ete. Conversely, numerous collections treated authoritatively as P. laxiflorum depart uncomfortably from the specifications: Nash, no. 239 (type-no. of P. pyriforme Nash), with spikelets 2.4-2.5 mm. long and some leaf-blades pilose nearly to the tip; Churchill, from South Jacksonville, April 11, 1897, with spikelets 2.5 mm. long but specially noted on the sheet by Mrs. Chase as "exceptionally pu- bescent"; Tracy, no. 7388, with spikelets as small as in the most theoretical P. xalapense; etc. The type of P. xalapense, with “ spike- lets 2 mm. long" (H. & C.) came from Mexico, and Hitchcock & Chase restrict P. laxiflorum with spikelets larger (“2.2 mm. long") to Georgia, Florida and Alabama. Nevertheless, Pringle, no. 13,250, from Hidalgo in Mexico, has the well developed spikelets 2.2-2.3 mm. long; and Hitchcock's collection from the type locality, Jalapa (Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no 84), shows some spikelets 2.2 mm. long. Further discussion seems unnecessary. P. MERIDIONALE Ashe, var. albemarlense (Ashe), comb. nov. P. albemarlense Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xvi. 84 (1900). At best P. albemarlense seems to be only an extreme of P. meridio- nale. I have collected one or the other scores of times and am unable to find any morphological character to separate them; and it is sig- nificant that Hitchcock & Chase relied wholly on a habital tendency and on degree of pubescence: Autumnal form widely decumbent-spreading, forming a mat; vernal culms soon geniculate-spreading; plants olivaceous. 122. P. albemarlense. Autumnal form erect or leaning, never forming a mat; plants yellowish-green........... seen 121. P. meridionale. In the fuller discussion, however, they say of P. albermarlense: * Allied to P. meridionale, from which it differs mostly in the usually stouter, spreading culms, which often form large mats in the autumn, and in the softer, denser pubescence.” 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum - 77 My own interpretation is that P. columbianum thinium Hitchc. & Chase, Ruopona, x. 64 (1908) is inseparable from P. meridionale. The habit is identical, and in all technical points they seem the same: "blades 1.5 to 4 em. long, . . . long-pilose on the upper surface, . panicles 1.5 to 4 cm. long, nearly or quite as wide, . . . . spikelets 1.3 to 1.4 mm. long," etc. in P. meridionale; * blades rarely over 3 em. long, sparsely pilose with long hairs on the upper surface ; panicles 1.5 to 4 em. long, about as wide; spikelets 1.3 to 1.4 mm. long" in P. columbianum, var. thinium. By definition there should be a difference in the length of ligules: in P. columbianum “ligules less than 1 mm. long," in P. meridionale “ligules 3 to 4 mm. long." Nevertheless, on the sheet in the Gray Herbarium specially sent out by Professor Hitchcock as typical P. meridionale (Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 122) it is difficult to find ligules as much as 1 mm. long. P. LanucinosumM Ell., var. fasciculatum (Torr.), comb. nov. P. dichotomum, Q. fasciculatum Torr. Fl. No. and Mid. U. S. 145 (1824). P. nitidum, «. ciliatum and ò. pilosum Torr. l. c. 146 (1824). P. huachucae Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 51 (1898). P. ten- nesseense Ashe, l. c. 52 (1898). P. unciphyllum, forma prostratum Seribn. & Merr. Ruopona, ui. 124 (1901). P. lanuginosum, var. huachucae (Ashe) Hitche. Rnopona, viii. 208 (1906). P. huachucae, var. silvicola Hitchc. & Chase, Ruopora, x. 64 (1908). P. languidum Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 232 (1910). P. huachucae, var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Hubbard, Ruopona, xiv. 171 (1912). P. Lindheimeri, var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Fern. RHODORA, xxiii. 228 (Jan. 26, 1922, the number dated “October,” 1921). P. LANUGINOSUM, var. implicatum (Scribn.), comb. nov. P. impli- catum (Scribn.) U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. 11: 43, fig. 2 (1898). P. unciphyllum implicatum (Scribn.) Seribn. & Merr. Ruo- DORA, iii. 123 (1901). P. Lindheimeri, var. implicatum (Scribn.) Fern. Ruopona, xxiii. 228 (Jan., 1922, misdated Oct., 1921). P. LANUGINOSUM, var. Lindheimeri (Nash), comb. nov. P. Lind- heimeri Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 196 (1897). P. Lindheimeri, var. typicum Fern. Ruopora, |. c. 227 (1922). P. LANUGINOSUM, var. septentrionale (Fern.), comb. nov. P. Lindheimeri, var. septentrionale Fern. RHopora, xxiii. 227 (Jan., 1922, misdated Oct., 1921). When I reduced! to Panicum Lindheimeri many freely inter- gradient plants, I failed to go far enough. In its broad panicle with freely forking branches and long pedicels, in its obovoid, pubescent spikelets with characteristic short and broad Ist glume, in the shape 1 See RHODORA, xxiii. 141 and 223-228 (1921, 1922). 78 Rhodora [MARCH of its foliage and in its autumnal branching P. lanuginosum Ell. Bot. S. C. and Ga. i. 123 (1816) seems too difficult to separate specifically from the many plants enumerated in the preceding synonymy. The only strong tendency which separates it from them is the often denser and shorter pubescence. This, in the main, is good, but the leaf- margins often have the papillose-ciliate character of the others and the upper surfaces have a few of the long trichomes which character- ize some of the other variants. Without morphological characters of the spikelets or inflorescence, but distinguished only on its usually denser pubescence, P. lanuginosum seems hardly separable specifi- cally from the others. Ashe, who was not averse to recognizing any variant as a “ species,” could not clearly distinguish P. lanuginosum and P. huachucae (see Hitchc. & Chase, p. 221). Hitchcock, in 1906, treated the two as conspecific; and Scribner & Merrill, in 1901, merging P. implicatum with the plants which have been separated as P. huachucae, but, un- fortunately, under the confused name P. unciphyllum Trin., put P. tennesseense into P. lanuginosum and correctly said: “ Panicum lanuginosum is extremely variable and often can only be separated arbitrarily from the related species—it is possible that it should be considered only as a variety of the preceding species.” According to Hitchcock & Chase, in P. lanuginosum “ The vernal form . resembles P. huachucae silvicola but is larger and more velvety”; but, curiously, although P. lanuginosum is sharply separated in their key in The North American Species of Panicum by being “ velvety- pubescent,” while P. tennesseense, implicatum, languidum, huachucae, etc. are merely “ pubescent, often villous, but not velvety,” P. ciliosum Nash, referred definitely by them to the synonymy of the “velvety” P. lanuginosum, * differs in having blades glabrous on the upper sur- face or with a few long hairs only, but not velvety," and numerous other specimens, “because of the lack of velvety pubescence on the upper surface of the blades, may be referred to this form" (H. & C., p. 221). The instability of the other members of this aggregate-species was sufficiently elucidated in Ruopora, xxiii. 141 and 223-228 (1921, 1922). More than a decade of later experience has strengthened the conviction that they are not specifically separable. P. lanuginosum Ell. (1816) is, apparently, the oldest specific name for this particularly involved group. 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 79 P. viLLosisstmuM Nash, var. pseudopubescens (Nash),.comb. nov. P. pseudopubescens Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 577 (1899). P. VILLOSISSIMUM, var. scoparioides (Ashe), comb. nov. P. scoparioides Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 53 (1898). It is most difficult to find any constant character of the inflorescence to separate P. pseudopubescens and P. scoparioides from P. villosis- simum. The subappressed pubescence of the former sets off a large series of specimens and these may appropriately stand as a variety. Although maintaining P. pseudopubescens as a species, Hitchcock & Chase do not give very emphatic distinctions: Vernal form similar to that of P. villosissimum; . . . pubescence [of spikelets] as in P. villosissimum; winter leaves as in P. villosissimum. This species is very closely allied to P. villosissimum and occasional speci- mens are about as close to one type as to the other. Numerous specimens corroborate this opinion. As to P. scoparioides, it seems to differ chiefly in its smoother quality, with sparser and shorter trichomes and in a tendency to have less exserted primary panicles. It is also very localized and scattered in occurrence; and it is possible that it is not a well established type, but rather a series of sporadic colonies resulting from the crossing of one of the glabrous species with small and pubescent spikelets, like P. lanuginosum Ell., var. septentrionale Fern., with the slightly coarser P. oligosanthes Schultes, var. Scribnerianum (Nash) Fern. The very few collections at hand look like the result of such a hypothetical cross. P. COLUMBIANUM Scribn., var. oricola (Hitche. & Chase), comb. nov. P. oricola Hitche. & Chase, RHopora, viii. 208 (1906). Panicum oricola, as a coastwise variety of the wider-ranging P. columbianum (including P. tsugetorum Nash), seems to stand to that species in the same relation as P. albemarlense to P. meridionale: a more depressed and more pubescent extreme of the open sands, with- out significant difference in spikelet. I get no mental satisfaction from striving to keep P. tsugetorum apart from P. columbianum. In the 7th edition of Gray's Manual Hitchcock defined the almost inde- finable difference: in the former “spikelets 1.9 mm. long," “blades 5-6 cm. long”; in the latter “spikelets 1.7 mm. long,” “blades 5 em. long or less.” In The North American Species of Panicum, however, P. tsuget- orum is given “spikelets 1.8 to 1.9 mm. long" and “blades 4 to 7 cm. long," while these critical measurements in P. columbianum appear as “1.5 to 1.6 mm." and “3 to 6 cm.” respectively. Further clinching 80 Rhodora [Marcu their essential identity, Mrs. Chase collects and distributes, to stand as authentic P. columbianum with “spikelets 1.5 to 1.6 mm. long,” material (Am. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 148) with many spikelets well over 1.6 mm. in length. P. LANCEARIUM Trin., var. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.), comb. nov. P. Nashianum patulum Scribn. & Merr. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Circ. no. 27: 9 (Dec. 4, 1900). P. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.) Hitchc. Ruopora, viii. 209 (1906). Var. patulum was originally considered by Scribner & Merrill a variety of P. Nashianum Scribn. (1897), a species which Hitchcock & Chase identify with P. lancearium Trin. (1826). The evaluation of P. patulum by Scribner & Merrill seems to have been thoroughly justified: “ This variety is closely related to the species, intermediate forms occurring.” Hitchcock & Chase maintain P. patulum as a distinct species on what seem like minor ecological characters: Blades firm, glabrous above; culms stiffly ascending. . 164. P. lancearium. Blades lax, softly puberulent on both surfaces; culms decumbent. 165. P. patulum. Nevertheless, they assign the culms of the “stiffly ascending" P. lancearium “a more or less geniculate base," while in the description the leaves become “usually glabrous on the upper surface" and the autumnal culms are “geniculate-spreading.” “The following [7] specimens approach P. patulum in habit or in having papillose, more rounded spikelets, but the blades are not pubescent on the upper surface, or but one or two are pubescent”; while in the “readily dis- tinguished” P. patulum “the blades are sometimes only obscurely pubescent above.” Of the specimens of the two in the Gray Her- barium fully one-fourth are transgressors. [17 P. OLIGOSANTHES Schultes, var. Scribnerianum (Nash), comb. nov. P. Scribnerianum Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxii. 421 (1895). P. oLIGOSANTHES, var. Helleri (Nash), comb. nov. P. Helleri Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 572 (1899). Typical Panicum oligosanthes Schultes (1824), as interpreted by Hitchcock & Chase, is the plant of the southeastern Coastal Plain (but extending in the interior northward to Lake Michigan) with linear-lanceolate primary leaves mostly under 8 mm. broad and spikelets commonly 3.5-4 mm. long. Northward and westward it is represented by a plant of quite similar character (P. Scribnerianum) but with the primary leaves usually more lanceolate and slightly broader (up to 12 mm.) and the spikelets slightly shorter (usually under 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 81 3.5 mm. long); and southwestward the two pass by insensible transi- tions into P. Helleri which is commonly glabrous or appressed-pubes- cent, as in P. oligosanthes, thinner-leaved than in most material of the others, and with spikelets as small as in P. Scribnertanum. That P. oligosanthes, P. Scribnerianum and P. Helleri are not truly segregated species, in the sense used by most conservative taxonomists (such indubitable species, for instance, as P. verrucosum Muhl., P. depauperatum Muhl., P. microcarpon Muhl., P. dichotomum L. (including P. barbulatum Michx.), P. lucidum Ashe, P. xantho- physum Gray, etc.) is made sufficiently clear by the very illuminating critical comments of Hitchcock & Chase regarding them. "Their key does not sharply contrast the first with the other two, for that is separated from them and from P. Wilcoxianum (from which I am unable to distinguish P. Deamii Hitche. & Chase in Deam, Grasses of Indiana, 283, 284, t. 75 and fig. 18) on evasive shape of spikelets, shade of green of the plants and direction of trichomes. Spikelets narrowly obovate, subacute; plants olivaceous, ap- pressed-pubeséent. er n TeL E A Tu. ui dre N, 172. P. oligosanthes. Spikelets broadly obovate, turgid, blunt; plants green, pubes- cence, if present, not appressed. Blades lete] a een a TM M 168. P. wilcorianum. Blades ascending or spreading, rarely less than 8 mm. wide, usually wider; plants not hirsute throughout. Spikelets 3.2 to 3.3 mm. long; blades firm; sheaths or some of them more or less hispid.......... 171. P. scribnerianum. Spikelets not over 3 mm. long; blades rather thin; sheaths or some of them glabrous or sparsely hispid. 170. P. helleri. The key itself, when carefully checked, is sufficient indication that the quality ascribed to the blades of P. Helleri extends to the whole series of differential characters. Starting with the spikelets, the “narrowly obovate [i. e. obovoid], subacute” spikelet of the type of P. oligosanthes is illustrated by Hitchcock & Chase as their fig. 321; the “broadly obovate [obovoid], turgid, blunt” spikelet of the type of P. Helleri in their fig. 317. The very close similarity of outline of spikelets in figs. 317 and 321 is doubtless due to the facts that the autumnal state of P. oligosanthes has “spikelets . . . . commonly more turgid and blunt"; that some specimens of P. oligosanthes “appear to be intermediate between this and P. scribnerianum, having the narrow blades, appressed pubescence, and open, few- flowered panicles of P. oligosanthes, but very turgid, blunt spikelets, which, however, measure 3.5 to 3.7 mm. long"; and that in some 82 Rhodora [Marcu specimens of P. Helleri “The spikelets are 3 mm. long, too immature to show turgidity." As to length of spikelets, the very definite statements in key and diagnoses need emendation. P. oligosanthes by the diagnosis has “spikelets 3.5 to 4 mm. long," but “In this species the spikelets vary more in size than usual in this group. "The following specimens have spikelets only 3.2 to 3.3 mm. long." This is the exact size given in the key and the diagnosis for P. Scribnerianum; but in * A few Missis- sippi specimens" of the latter Hitchcock & Chase find “spikelets 3.2 to 3.6 mm. long." Spikelets 3.6 mm. long are the rule at the northeastern limit of the species, in southwestern Maine and southern New Hampshire (South Berwick, Me., Parlin & Fernald; York, Me., Fernald & Long, no. 12,547; Walpole, N. H., Fernald, no. 280); and upon such material from Massachusetts the range of reputedly true P. oligosanthes has been extended to the northeastern limit of P. Seribnerianum (see Hubbard, Ruopora, xv. 64). Furthermore, although P. Helleri has the “Spikelets not over 3 mm. long," in “a few specimens . . . . the spikelets are 3.1 to 3.2 mm. long; and Hitchcock 1233, with spikelets 3.3 mm. long, is referred here since the specimen shows the sprawling habit of P. helleri.” P. oligosanthes, which, as above shown, may, likewise, have the “spikelets only 3.2 to 3.3 mm. long," has the autumnal state “erect or spreading, some- times topheavy-prostrate." The specific differentiation now seems to hang on the distinction between “sprawling” and “topheavy- prostrate." I give up! As for the difference between "olivaceous" and "green," again I give up. The New England plant (P. Scribnerianum) is surely not a deep green, but rather pale. In the garden the depth of green in many plants is much altered by the increase or diminution of nitrates; P. oligosanthes and other species (P. xanthophysum, for instance) growing in open sterile sands and gravels are far less green than when they occur in richer soils. Unless supported by morphological characters, such differences in depth of green are not specific. In the " appressed-pubescent" P. oligosanthes the diagnosis calls for "the papillose pubescence ascending," but in many of the specimens it diverges at an angle of 60^, while in some it is almost horizontally spreading. In P. Helleri with “sheaths or some of them glabrous or sparsely hispid,” as opposed to P. Scribnerianum with “some of them more or less hispid," “little weight can be given to pubescence or lack H 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 83 of it"; while P. Scribnerianum “is very variable in the matter of pubescence. . . . Glabrous and hispid sheaths are commonly found on the same specimen." Ordinarily P. oligosanthes and P. Scribnerianum, growing in open sandy or rocky soil, have the firm leaves of ordinary xerophytic colonies of plants, while some of the woodland specimens of P. Helleri have them thinnish. Specimens of the latter species, however, such as Bush, no. 3893, Hitchcock, no. 1173, Reverchon, no. 2854 and Bush, no. 5399, growing in the open, have firm enough foliage; and in tracing P. Scribnerianum to its nomenclatural source (P. scoparium of Gray, Man. 613, not Ell.) Hitchcock & Chase designated “as the type of P. scribnerianum” a plant from Pennsylvania collected by John Carey in 1836. The type of P. Scribnerianum has leaves as thin as in the most extreme P. Helleri. It is quite unnecessary to amplify by further illustrations from abundant intergradient specimens the clear demonstration supplied by the critical comments of Hitchcock & Chase, that P. Seribnerianum and P. Helleri are not specifically separable from P. oligosanthes. By treating them as "species" on a par with innumerable true and constant species one of the simplest and most fundamental principles of evolution and of sound taxonomy is obscured. P. commutatuM Schultes, var. Ashei (Pearson), comb. nov. P. Asher Pearson in Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 35 (1898), excluding synonym. In their extremes P. commutatum and P. Ashei appear very differ- ent: such extremes, for instance, as the narrow-leaved stiff P. Ashei with wiry, slender culms grayish-puberulent, which abounds in south- ern New England, New York and New Jersey, appearing utterly un- like the coarser, large-leaved, glabrous plant of Florida and other southern states, true P. commutatum. Similarly, the firm-leaved and erect P. commutatum of open habitats, with comparatively pale foliage, looks, at first glance, amazingly unlike the weak and often depressed or reclining, thin- and dark-green-leaved plant of southern swamps and wet woods, which has been separated as P. Joorii Vasey, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Bot. Bull. 8: 31 (1889); but prolonged study of the plants referred by Hitchcock & Chase to these three categories and close checking of the variability of the characters emphasized by them and shown by abundant specimens fail to reveal the clear lines which we have learned, through years of experience, to look for in 84 Rhodora [Marcu true species. P. Joorii seems like P. commutatum venturing from the open sands and dry open woods into the rich southern swamps or wet woods and there displaying the simple edaphic responses which one would expect in such a habitat: deeper-green, thinner and more spreading leaves and weaker habit. I am unable to find in the material that striking asymmetry of leaf which is so emphasized by Hitch- cock & Chase as to become one of their key-characters. A very slight asymmetry sometimes occurs but similar asymmetrical foliage can easily be found on sheets of P. commutatum from the drier open habitats and of P. Ashei. To me P. Joorii is a weak and thin-leaved state of P. commutatum; and P. Ashei is a well defined but by no means constant variety which ranges generally more to the north than does true P. commutatum. In the latter decision I find myself heartily in accord with the conclusion of Scribner & Merrill in their very sound and satisfying study of The New England Species of the Genus Panicum! published in 1901, though I would unhesitatingly admit P. Ashei as a good geographic variety. Scribner & Merrill re- duced outright P. Ashei to P. commutatum, but they qualified the reduction by the note: “In the type [true P. commutatum] the culms are glabrous as are the nodes, but in the form which extends into New England ranging southward to Tennessee and Florida the culms, at least the lower internodes, are puberulent and the nodes often quite densely pubescent with erect, appressed hairs.”? On characteristic New England sheets of P. Ashei they recorded, at that time, their conviction as follows: “ Panicum Ashe? Pearson, a form or var. of P. commutatum Schultes.” Turning to the extended treatment by Hitchcock & Chase we find the most significant differences, as recognized by them, in the key: Culms crisp-puberulent; blades usually rigid, symmetrical, rarely over 10 mm. wide; spikelets about 2.5 mm. long....... 183. P. ashei. Culms glabrous or softly puberulent; blades firm or lax; spike- lets 2.7-3.2 mm. long. Culms erect, or autumnal form leaning; blades symmetrical, broadly cordate... .. 2... sse n eee 184. P. commutatum. Culms decumbent; blades usually asymmetrical and falcate, narrowed to the scarcely cordate base................+-- 186. P. joorüi. Turning to the fuller discussions by Hitchcock & Chase we find their key-characters modified. "The spikelets of P. Ashet become “2.4-2.7 mm. long," though in “Occasional specimens . . . . only 2.1-2.3 mm. long"; and the type has the leaves “less rigid than usual.” 1 Scrib. & Merr., Ruovora, iii. 93-129 (1901). 2 Scrib. & Merr. l. c. 116, 117 (1901), 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 85 The term rigid is pretty strong for a leaf which is easily bent by merely poking it against a neighboring object; and when the New England plant grows in the shade its leaves are thin and submembra- naceous. In the full description of P. commutatum the spikelets are defined as “2.6-2.8 mm. long," not very much larger than the “2.4-2.7” of P. Ashei; but “ Most of the Florida specimens . . . . have . spikelets 3 to 3.2 mm. long. This form can not be satisfactorily separated even as a subspecies, though extreme specimens differ sufficiently to be recognizable." In P. Joorii the spikelets are de- scribed as “3 to 3.1 mm. long," which should keep it apart from P. Ashei, but, unfortunately, there are some “doubtful” “specimens with spikelets only 2.2 to 2.5 mm. long." As to the culms, P. commutatum “is typically almost glabrous, . but puberulence occurs rather commonly and is not found to be as- sociated with any other character. . . . Some puberulent specimens have ordinarily wide blades and other specimens with wide blades are glabrous." Similarly with P. Joorii: “As a whole this species has glabrous culms, sheaths and blades, but occasional specimens more or less puberulent are found." Although the leaf-blade of P. commutatum is said in the key to be symmetrical as opposed to the “usually unsymmetrical” blade of P. Joorti, it seems that in P. commutatum the “Early autumnal specimens . . . sometimes appear very different from vernal speci- mens, owing to the somewhat unsymmetrical broadening of the middle of the crowded upper blades." Furthermore, *A few southwestern specimens . . . differ in appearance from P. commutatum . . . . and seem to approach P. joorii, but the spikelets are not over 2.8 mm. long." In P. Joorii, nevertheless, as pointed out in a preceding quotation, they may be as short as 2.2 and as long as 3.1 mm. Although Hitchcock & Chase find Panicum Ashe; an “unusually uniform species," it should be apparent from the contradictory state- ments above quoted that it belongs to that large group of so-called “species,” very much favored by some of our American botanists, in which stability of characters 1s not required: the geographically somewhat segregated tendencies which I believe in calling geo- graphic varieties. | On July 23, 1895, the late Thomas C. Porter collected at Chestnut 86 Rhodora [Marcu Hill, Easton, Pennsylvania, the freely branching late-summer or autumnal state of a plant which he called P. commutatum; the next June, on the 5th, he collected the same plant at Chestnut Hill in the vernal state, with simple culms and well developed terminal panicles. The two collections look as if they were from the identical colony; both have ashy-puberulent culms and submembranaceous leaves mostly 1-1.5 em. wide, the larger of the primary ones 57-63-nerved. The collection of July 23 (in the Gray Herbarium) is labelled by Hitchcock & Chase as unquestioned P. Ashei; the material of it in the vernal stage (June 5) as P. commutatum. The plants, to be sure, are embarrassing, for they have the puberulence of P. Ashez, with the leaves overstepping the prescribed limit of 10 mm. They belong in the intermediate group, a status likewise shown by the number of veins in the larger leaves. I have been over the better-marked plants of P. commutatum of the South and the clearly defined P. Ashei of the North and find that in the larger leaves of the former the nerves count up to 53-99, while in P. Ashei they range from 31-61. The Chestnut Hill material, which is authoritatively placed in both species, shows a count of nerves too near the border-line. Another Pennsylvania sheet, Heller, no. 4780, collected in Lancaster County, June 5, 1901, is cited in the North American Species of Panicum as perfectly good P. Ashei. Nevertheless, the specimens of this no. in the Gray Herbarium, specially renamed by Hitchcock & Chase P. Ashei (probably because of puberulence on the lower internodes), show plenty of leaves 1.8-2 cm. broad. If there is any clearly recognizable difference between the kinds of puberulence emphasized by Hitchcock & Chase (“Culms crisp- puberulent" in P. Ashei; “glabrous or softly puberulent" in P. commutatum) the soft puberulence or short pilosity is well displayed in Bush, no. 410, from McDonald Co., Missouri. The leaves of this no. (as represented in the Gray Herbarium) are 7-11 mm. wide; con- sequently it was relabelled * P. A4shei." But the “softly puberulent" lower internodes and the 75 nerves of the leaves remove it technically from that “species” as defined. It is unnecessary to multiply cases of the break-down of characters: there are before me a score or more of other examples and they in- clude quite inseparable collections called sometimes P. commutatum, sometimes P. Joorii: for instance Harper, no. 1623, from Brooks Co., Georgia and Nash, no. 1675, from Lake Co., Florida, both cited as P. 1934] Raup,—New Species of Euphrasia from Canada 87 commutatum; while Hitchcock, no. 477, from Alva, Florida and looking as if unretrievable if it became mixed with the other two, is cited as P. Joorü. Both identifications seem correct and they reemphasize the lack of specific differences between P. Joorii and P. commutatum. A NEW SPECIES OF EUPHRASIA FROM NORTH- WESTERN CANADA Hvan M. Rave (Plate 278) Euphrasia subarctica sp. nov. Planta 2-14 cm. alta; caulis gracilis, raro ramosus, atropurpureus, albo-pilosus, internodiis in- ferioribus 1-2.5 em. longis, et ramis brevibus divergentibus. Folia et bracteae glabra, vel tenuiter scabra praecipue ad margines, 7 mm. longa plerumque breviora crasse dentata 3-4 dentibus acutis aristatis; folia inferiora apice obtusa vel rotundata. Flores in axilli pluri- morum foliorum, conferti ad apicem caulis. Corolla 3-3.5 mm. longa; labium superius bilobatum, inferiore brevius; lobi laterales labii inferioris divergentes, medio angustiores; lobi emarginati vel undulati, basi flavescentes, ad apicem violacei, medio linea notati. Capsula oblongo-obovata, retuso-acuminata, calycis dentes aristatos aequans. Plant 2-14 em. high; stem slender, rarely branched, blackish purple, white-pilose, with the lower internodes 1-2.5 cm. long, and with branches short and spreading. Leaves and bracts glabrous or sparingly scabrous especially toward the margins, 7 mm. long, usually less, coarsely dentate with 3—4 teeth, the teeth acute and aristate-tipped, the apex of the lower leaves usually obtuse or rounded. Flowers borne in the axils of most of the leaves, gradually crowded toward the apex of the stem. Corolla 3-3.5 mm. long, upper lip bilobed, shorter than the lower, the lateral lobes of the lower lip divergent, narrower than the middle lobe; the lobes emarginate or undulate, yellowish at the base, violet toward the apex, with a greenish median line. , Fruiting capsule oblong-obovate, retuse-acuminate, as long as the aristate calyx-lobes.—Damp crevices in shore rocks just east of Sand Pt., Lake Athabaska, Sept. 6, no. 4633 (tyre). With flowers and maturing capsules. Specimens collected in “brush-land and open woods, near Fairbanks, Alaska," by L. F. Henderson, Aug. 2, 1932 (no. 15118) have also been studied and found to match the type material very closely. The strongly bilobed upper lip of the corolla and the aristate toothing of the leaves place this plant clearly with E. arctica and E. hudsoniana, but its small flowers (3-3.5 mm.) immediately distinguish it from these and their relatives. Further, it differs from E. hudsoniana 88 Rhodora |Marcu in having the rare branches short and spreading instead of long and erect, much smaller bracts (less than 7 mm. long), corolla-lobes yellow- ish at the base with a median greenish line instead of “ whitish with pale violet lines,” and the lateral lobes of the lower lip more divergent. From Æ. arctica it differs also in having the teeth of its bracts aristate instead of merely acute. The writer is indebted to Professor M. L. Fernald for first calling his attention to the outstanding characters which set off this species. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, Harvard University. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 278 Fig. 1, EuPHRASIA SUBARCTICA, 34 natural size; FIG. 2, upper stem-leaves and flowers, 3 X natural size; FIGS. 3, 4, side and top views of flower, about 10 X natural size. APIOS AMERICANA Med.—Though Apios americana is cited cor- rectly in Index Kewensis as published by Medikus in 1787 in Vorles. Churpf. Phys.-oekon. Gesellsch. II. 355, thus showing clearly that the name has priority over Apios tuberosa Moench. Meth. 165 (1794), the binomial Apios americana does not seem to have been adopted by any author, American or foreign. The only mention I find is by Taubert in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. III.—3, p. 365 (1894) who says under Apios: “5 Arten, davon A. tuberosa Mnch. und A. americana Med. in Nordamerika," apparently assuming that these names represent different species, since both appear in Index Kewen- sis as valid species. The reason for the neglect of this name is without doubt the great rarity of the periodical in which Medikus published Apios americana. It cannot be found in any American library, but there is a copy of Vorlesungen der Physikalisch-oekonomischen Ge- sellschaft, published in 5 volumes from 1784-1789, in the British Museum (Natural History) which I consulted last year when in London. Through the kindness of Dr. J. E. Dandy I have before me an exact copy of the description of Apios and Apios americana which is one of the 108 genera of Leguminosae treated by Medikus in a paper entitled “Versuch einer neuen Lehrart." The genus which is usually credited to Moench (1794) is well characterized by Medikus and there is also a full description of A. americana with the citation of Glycine Apios L. as a synonym. The generic name is cited by Medikus as “ Apios Corn." and in turning to Cornut one finds in his Canaden- Rhodora Plate 278 EUPHRASIA SUBARCTICA: FIG. 1, X 34; FIG. 2, X 3; FIGs. 3 and 4, flower from side and top, X 10. 1934] Fernald,—Some Critical Plants of Greenland 89 sium plantarum historia (1633) on p. 200 a description and good figure of the plant under the name Apios americana, the very name which Medikus adopted. The synonymy of the plant now stands as follows: APIOS AMERICANA Medikus in Vorles. Churpf. Phys.-oekon. Gesellsch. II. 355 (1787).—Glycine Apios Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 753 (1753).—A pios tuberosa Moench, Meth. 165 (1794).—Apios Apios Macmillan in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club XIX. 15 (1892). The generic name should be cited as Apios Medikus, l. c. 354 (1787). The genus will be proposed as a nomen conservandum against Bradlea Adans. (1763) which includes Apios Med., Wisteria Nutt. and Glycine L., but which by most authors has been treated as a synonym of Apios.—ALFRED REHDER, Arnold Arboretum. PRUNUS VIRGINIANA, FORMA LEUCOCARPA IN NEW BRUNSWICK.— On August 14, 1933, a clump of chokecherry bushes bearing light yellow fruit was observed near the Dominion Entomological Labora- tory, Fredericton, New Brunswick. Gray’s ““Manual”’ records this yellow-fruited shrub as Prunus virginiana L. var. leucocarpa Wats., but Professor M. L. Fernald, to whom a specimen was sent, has kindly pointed out that the correct name is P. virginiana, forma leucocarpa (Wats.) Haynie and that it has not been recorded from Canada. Further search has brought to light the presence of several other similar clumps in the immediate vicinity. The location is on the west side of the St. John, about one-half mile from the river, on a gentle slope. Further collecting will possibly show that the yellow-fruited form is present in other localities in the St. John Valley.—C. E. Arwoop, Department of Agriculture, Fredericton, New Brunswick. SOME CRITICAL PLANTS OF GREENLAND! M. L. FERNALD (Plates 279 and 280) THE remarkable series of plants, consisting of thousands of beauti- fully prepared specimens collected on the Crocker Land Expedition by Dr. W. Elmer Ekblaw, was recently presented by the American Museum of Natural History to the Gray Herbarium. The detailed 1 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 90 Rhodora [Marcu report upon his botanical studies in the northwestern corner of Greenland is being published elsewhere by Dr. Ekblaw, but it seems important to publish at this time a few nomenclatural and taxonomic items. These have been supplemented by notes on a recent collection received from Dr. Porsild. DESCHAMPSIA BREVIFOLIA R. Br. Suppl. App. Parry’s Voyage, 291— mispaged 191—(1824).! Aira arctica Spreng. Syst. iv.? (Curae Post.), 32 (1827), a renaming of D. brevifolia R. Br. (1824) presumably on account of the earlier and distinct A. brevifolia Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 76 (1814) and another A. brevifolia Bieb. Fl. Taur. Cauc. iii. 63 (1819); Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. VI. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. i. 56 (1831). A. cespitosa,? var. brevifolia (R. Br.) Trautv. Acta Hort. Petrop. i. 86 (1871), not Hartm. Scand. Fl. ed. 2: 25 (1832). D. arctica (Spreng.) Merr. Rnopoma, iv. 143 (1902); Ostenf. Medd. Grønl. lxiv. 167 (1923). A. cespitosa, var. arctica (Spreng.) Simmons, Rep. 2nd Norweg. Arct. Exp. Fram 1898-1902. No. 2: 173, t. 9, fig. 7 (1906). Poa evagans Simmons, |. c. 165, t. 8, figs. 2-7 (1906), acc. to Ostenf. l. c. 168 (1923). It will be noted that Merrill in 1902 and, later, Ostenfeld (in 1923) independently called Deschampsia brevifolia R. Br. (1824) D. arctica, based on Aira arctica Spreng. (1827) or Trinius (1831), because there had been species called Aira brevifolia prior to the publication of Deschampsia brevifolia by Robert Brown. Since, however, NEITHER the Aira brevifolia Pursh (1814) nor the A. brevifolia Bieb. (1819) HAD BEEN TRANSFERRED TO DESCHAMPSIA, D. brevifolia R. Br. is the correct name of the species under that generic name. If, however, the dwarf arctic species is treated as Aira, the situation becomes re- versed, for it cannot be called A. brevifolia because of the earlier homonyms; it would then have to be A. arctica Spreng. 1 Merrill, RHoponRa, iv. 143 (1902), says p. 291 and gives the date of issue as 1821; Index Kewensis gives the page as 191. The account of Parry's lst voyage was published in 1821 but the copy at the Gray Herbarium does not contain the botanical Supplement. A Supplement to the Appendix of Captain Parry's Voyage for the Dis- covery of a North- West Passage, in the Years 1819—20, containing an account of the Subjects of Natural History was published by John Murray in 1824. This supplement, containing Appendix xi. Botany or A list of Plants, collected in Melville Island r with . . . Descriptions of the new Species, by Robert Brown, F. R. S. and L. S., has an “Advertisement” signed by W. E. Parry, London, December, 1823, specially expressing his regret that it ‘‘ had not yet been completed.” As to the paging, the copy before me is correctly paged from cclxii to celxxxii; but from page celxxxiii to cexcviii the 1st c was omitted, after which the paging correctly continues as cexcix, ccc, ceci, etc. The misnumbering is evident, ? Linnaeus clearly called his species Aira cespitosa. It is needless to alter his spelling to caespitosa, as is commonly done; the original spelling was correct and no change is justified by the International Rules. The same trivial name under other genera was repeatedly spelled by Linnaeus cespitosa. 1934] Fernald,—Some Critical Plants of Greenland 91 CAREX MISANDRA R. Br., forma flavida, f. nov., a forma typica recedit squamis perigyniisque flavescentibus.—GREENLAND: seepage swale along small stream, Etah, lat. 78° 20’ N., long. 72° 30' W., July 30, 1915, W. Elmer Ekblaw of the Crocker Land Expedition, no. 201 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). C. misandra, forma flavida, departing from the common arctic C. misandra (with purplish-black or castaneous spikes) in its very pale tone, is a color-form which sooner or later was likely to be found. Such extremes, with pale instead of purple-black or castaneous spikes, have already been noted in most of the related species: C. nivalis Boott, forma cinnamomea (Boott) Kükenth.; C. atrofusca Schkuhr, forma flavescens Kükenth.; C. Banksii Boott, forma och- rostachya (Phil. Kükenth.; C. frigida All., forma flavescens Christ; and C. fuliginosa Schkuhr, forma ochrostachys Schur. CAREX ANGUILLATA Drejer, Revis. Caric. Bor. 36 (1841); Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. fasc. xlviii. 11, t. mmdecexlvi (1871); Pease, RHODORA, xxxii. 258 (1930). A sheet of material sent by Dr. Morten P. Porsild, collected in southern Greenland (Amitsarssüp Qingua, Agdluitsoq-Fjord, 60? 45' N., July 31, 1925, A. E. & M. P. Porsild) as a possible hybrid of Carex Goodenowti and C. rigida, is, except for its taller stature, a very satisfactory match for the Flora Danica plate of Drejer's species from Iceland. C. anguillata, treated by Kükenthal as a minor form of C. rigida, as C. rigida, forma anguillata (Drejer) Kükenthal, in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. 302 (1909), is certainly an extreme development on account of its very slender perigynia and narrow scales. It is not quite satisfactory to accept, without more study, Kükenthal's dis- position of it. Incidentally, the name C. rigida Good. (1801) is antedated by C. rigida Schrank (1789); the earliest available name for the common boreal C. rigida Good. seems to be C. concolor R. Br. in Parry, Voyage, App. 283 (1824). As indicated by Pease in the note cited, C. anguillata has been found outside Iceland, whence it was described, in northern Labra- dor, northern Ungava and on the northwest side of Hudson Bay; Pease added a station on Mt. Katahdin in Maine. It was, then, quite to be expected that the plant would be found in southern Green- land. The colony of C. anguillata on Mt. Katahdin could hardly have originated as a cross of C. concolor and C. Goodenoww, for in Maine the latter species is confined to the lowest altitudes and chiefly to the coast. The absence of C. Goodenowii from the more northern 92 Rhodora [Marcu regions of Labrador and Canada, where C. anguillata has been col- lected, also militates against the latter having had the origin suggested on Porsild’s label. Further study of the plant is needed to determine whether it is a good species or a rather marked variety of C. concolor. Juncus suBTILIS E. Meyer, Synop. Luzul. 31 (1823); Fernald, Ruopona, iii. 228 (1901); Brainerd, RHopora, iv. 128 (1902); Buchenau in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. 168, fig. 85 (1906); Rob. & Fern. in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 275, fig. 587 (1908); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. 476, fig. 1195 (1913). J. fluitans Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 191 (1803); Laharpe, Mon. Jone. 135 (1827); not Lam. (1789). J. uliginosus, B. subtilis (E. Meyer) Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 191 (1838). J. pelocarpus, var. subtilis (E. Meyer) Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad. ii. 456 (1866), 497 (1868). J. pelocarpus, var. fluitans (Michx.) Buchenau, Mon. Junc. 283 (1890). For some years the Atlantic European and Atlantic American (southeastern Newfoundland; Sable Island, Nova Scotia) Juncus bulbosus L. (J. supinus Moench) has appeared in enumerations of Greenland plants. Until very recently, however, I have been unable to learn upon just what plant the Greenland records rest, a point which has been of peculiar interest to settle in view of the very characteristic Atlantic range of the species: “ Europe, Algeria, Tunis, Madeira and the Azores"; also southeastern Newfoundland and Sable Island, and very doubtfully in Massachusetts.! This range, temperate Europe and northern Africa on the one hand, southeastern Newfoundland and Nova Scotia on the other, with or without inter- mediate Macronesian stations, is so typical and now so well known, that a departure from it, by an occurrence in Greenland, is, to say the least, worth investigating. It is gratifying, therefore, to receive from Dr. Porsild very char- acteristic material of the Greenland plant. 'The nine numbers before me were all collected well up the western coast of Greenland (between 64° 30’ and 70°). They are all sterile, but some of them bear the very characteristic (in fact, thoroughly distinctive) axillary propo- gating buds which at once show them to be, not the European-New- foundland J. bulbosus, but the strictly North American J. subtilis E. Meyer. Although this is as it should be, the local plant of western Green- land American, rather than European, it is particularly noteworthy that as yet J. subtilis is not known in America from north of lat. 51°. ! Fernald, RHopona, xxxiv. 117 (1932); see also Buchenau in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv*. 175. (1906). 1934] Fernald,—Some Critical Plants of Greenland 93 The number of species of western Greenland which with us do not extend far north of lat. 51°-53° is very extensive. A detailed study of this relationship now progressing indicates it for a fair proportion of the Greenland flora. For the present it is sufficient to refer to a brief discussion already published, with special note of Galium tri- florum, G. palustre, Utricularia intermedia, Subularia aquatica and Callitriche hermaphroditica.! The two species of Juncus here discussed are so typical of consider- able floras that I am appending a map of their very distinctive ranges, Mar 1. Range of Juncus BULBOSUS (1); of J. suBTILIS (2). J. bulbosus in the larger, chiefly European area (1), J. subtilis in the smaller (2).? RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS J. E. Sm., var. LEIOCARPUS (Trautv.) Fern, RHopora, xix. 138 (1917). R. affinis R. Br. in Parry, Ist Voy. Suppl. App. 265 (1824). R. affinis, var. leiocarpus Trautv. in Middendorf, Reise in Sibir. i. 62 (1847). The decisions of Dr. Britton? and, later, of Dr. K. C. Davis* and of 1 See Fernald, Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas, etc., Mem. Am. Acad. xv. 319—321 (1925). 2 The map is made on Goode's Polar Equal Area Projection, no. 201 Pc . copy- righted and published by the University of Chicago Press. Supplementary specimens loaned by Dr. Porsild show the species south to lat. 64° 30’ in Greenland and north to lat. 70°. 3 Britton, Bull Torr. Bot. Cl. xviii. 265 (1891). 4K. C. Davis, Minn. Bot. Stud. ii. 482 (1900). 94 Rhodora [Marcu myself that Ranunculus affinis is conspecific with R. pedatifidus is not acceptable to the Scandinavian botanists, who continue to call the circumpolar arctic-alpine species (Arctic America, Greenland, Arctic Eurasia, south along the Rocky Mts. to New Mexico, in the Hudson Bay area, in northwestern Newfoundland and on the Altai) R. affinis. In his Vascular Plants of Ellesmereland, Simmons gives in great detail his conclusion from studying his Ellesmereland ma- terial and the type material of R. pedatifidus. In his discussion of R. affinis he says (I can here quote only short passages from the 6- page, detailed discussion): It has been rather troublesome to ascertain which name the plant here in question should rightly bear. For a time I was inclined to think that it might be the R. pedatifidus of SwrrH. . . This seemed the more probable, as an american author . . . had adopted that name. But, during my stay in London, I had occasion to see the original description as well as the specimens in the Linnaean herbarium from which it was made. . . There are in the herbarium of LiNNAEUS, four individuals which doubtless belong to the same collection. . On the paper is written in the handwriting of Surrg himself: “R. pedatifidus Sm. in Rees’ Cyclop. no. 72," and at one point there is a sign*,! which seems to be older than the label of Smrru and here is added “Siberia” (in pencil by SurrH). Now the original specimens, as well as the description, show that SMITH has had in view, a plant very nearly allied to that which BRowN soon after described from Melville Island. There are, however, some differ- ences, that seem sufficient to separate the latter plant from that of SMrrH. The characters that especially separate R. pedatifidus from R. affinis are: the almost circular circumference of its basal leaves, that are very deeply cut in a great number of very narrow, or almost entirely linear, segments, with obtuse points, evidently grouped after a pedate design, with a smaller middle, and two larger lateral, main lobes. The middle lobe is only equipped with two lateral secondary lobes halfway from the base, and these show a tendency to be again cleft. The lateral lobes are deeply cut into at least three or four secondary lobes, that only cohere a little above the basis, and are again deeply cleft. The leaf is thus formed of a great number of narrow, or almost filiform, segments. The basal leaves are more or less equipped with sparse white hairs. The stem leaves are sessile or have a very short peduncle. The lower ones re- semble the basal leaves, but their segments are longer, do not stand so close together, and become fewer in the upper leaves, finally being only three. The sheath of the stem leaves half-embracing, not so white- membraneous as in R. affinis. The plant is smaller and more slender in all parts, the flowers are not inconsiderably smaller. The white hair- covering of the stem is more prominent, and not reduced only to the parts immediately below the insertions of the leaves. Especially the part of 18immons here mistook for an asterisk the symbol between the two specimens which, Mr. Pugsley informs me, ''indicates that it came from Siberia and was com- municated by Gmelin." This and the other signs used by Linnaeus were explained by the late Dr. B. Daydon Jackson in his Index to the Linnean Herbarium, 19 (1912). 1934] Fernald,—Some Critical Plants of Greenland 95 the stem below the lowest leaf is hairy. The flower-stalk is, in the dried specimens at least, prominently canaliculate. The true R. pedatifidus, Sm. is, as far as I know, only found in Asia, especially in Eastern Siberia and also in the islands of the Bering Sea. I think, however, that a new description, formed after my Ellesmere- land specimens, may not be out of place. R. affinis: perennis, plus minusve caespitosus, caule 15-25 cm. alto, glabro vel pilis parcis, subadpressis, brevisque, inferne longioribus, obsito; folia basalia longe petiolata, vaginis latis, membranaceis, albis, instructa, semper profunde pedatifida, petiolis parce pilosis; folia caulina brevissime petiolata vel sessilia, late membranaceo-vaginata, marginis vaginae pilis longis albis instructis, pedato-multifida, lobis 5-9 angustis, acutiusculis; flos 2-3 cm. latus; sepala purpurascentia, parce pilosa, petalis dimidio breviora; petala flava, violaceo-nervata, obovata; torus cum carpellis per anthesin ovatus, postea cylindraceus; achenia parce pilosa, rostro brevi recurvo. ` The only time I found this species, August 8, 1900, it bore flowers as well as fruit in all stages abundantly.! The series to which R. pedatifidus and R. affinis belong is most difficult and the intricate relationships and interrelationships can not satisfactorily be resolved in a single limited herbarium nor on the basis of knowledge of variation gained from a single field-experience. One of the type sheets of R. pedatifidus has been photographed through the great kindness of Dr. H. K. Svenson, who, while in Lon- don arranged with Mr. R. G. Pugsley at the Linnean Society for the photographing of it. This photograph (PLATE 279) shows the basal leaves more uniformly, deeply and numerously divided than in most of the Arctic plant. The original specimens, collected in Siberia by Gmelin, are very closely matched by the equally beautiful material (PLATE 280, FIG. 1) collected on Mt. Sinjucka in the Altai by Krylov on May 22, 1901, and originally called R. affinis R. Br., but later changed to R. amoenus Ledeb. Although this Siberian (Altai) plant, true R. pedatifidus, is not absolutely matched by American material, its only sharp difference, so far as I can make out from the photograph of the Gmelin material (the type) and from the Krylov sheet, is the more uniformly dis- sected foliage. Many North American and Greenland specimens are as pubescent; the sepals and their minute pilosity are closely matched by those of several Arctic American specimens and the carpels (in the Krylov material) are not, to me, different. In North America 1Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Ellesmereland. Rep. Second Norg. Arctic Exped. “Fram” 1898-1902. No. 2: 101—107 (1906). 96 Rhodora [Marcu the plant varies excessively in foliage, just as do many other species of the group. In the Rocky Mountain area the basal leaves may be very similar (PLATE 280, FIG. 2) to those of Smith’s type or they may be uncleft, R. pedatifidus, var. cardiophyllus (Gray) Britton. East- ward and in the Arctic the uncleft leaves are rare, but most of the basal leaves are less cleft than in the Asiatic type. So complete a series (PLATE 280, FIGS. 2-4), however, can be built up from speci- mens of North America (including Greenland) that I am at a loss to find anything more than geographic varieties, certainly not distinct species, among these plants. The Ellesmereland plant was beauti- fully illustrated by Simmons (his plate 4, figs. 2-5) and, although he states that R. pedatifidus “is smaller and more slender in all parts, the flowers not inconsiderably smaller," his plate (X 14) does not well sustain this differentiation. In unfavorable situations such as those of the type-collection (PLATE 280, Fic. 4) of R. affinis, it may mature with a total height of a few centimeters; in more favorable environment, it may be 4 dm. high, but without change of the morpho- logical characters. Until it is more convincingly demonstrated than has yet been done that R. affinis and R. pedatifidus are specifically distinct, I am compelled to consider them two geographic varieties of a very polymorphus circumpolar species. ARNICA ALPINA (L.) Olin, var. angustifolia (Vahl), comb. nov. A. angustifolia Vahl, Fl. Dan. ix. fasc. xxvi. 3, t. mdxxiv (1816). A. montana, B. angustifolia (Vahl) Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 330 (1834), at least as to name-bringing synonym. Although very close to the Lapland A. alpina, the plant of Green- land and adjacent regions differs almost consistently in the shorter teeth of the ligules. In the Scandinavian plant (true A. alpina), as shown especially by the beautiful modern specimens collected by Alm, but also by older and more fragmentary specimens of N. J. Anderson, Wickström, Ahrling & Brandelius, and others, the sharp teeth or lobes of the ligules are 2-6 mm. long. In the large series of Greenland specimens (A. angustifolia) the teeth or lobes are much shorter, 0.5-1.5, rarely -2, mm. long. The difference is well brought out in the photograph, showing tips of ligules, X 2, Lapland speci- mens, both from Torne Lappmark, of true A. alpina at the left (FIG. 1, July 9, 1926, Alm; FIG. 2, August 14, 1923, Alm); a Greenland specimens at right (FIG. 3). 1934] Steyermark,—Hamamelis virginiana in Missouri ' 97 Ligules, X 2, of ARNICA ALPINA (FIGs. 1 and 2); of var. ANGUSTIFOLIA (FIG. 3). EXPLANATION OF PLATES 279 AND 280 PLATE 279. Type of RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS J. E. Sm., from Siberia, coll. Gmelin, in Linnean Herb. (Photograph, X 1, presented by Dr. H. K. Sven- son, through Mr. R. G. Pugsley of the Linnean Society of London). Prate 280. Fic. 1, RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS from Mt. Sinjuck in the Altai, Siberia, May 22, 1901, Krylov; ria. 2, from Elbow River, Alberta, J. Macoun, no. 18,035; ria. 3, R. PEDATIFIDUS, var. LEIOCARPUS (Trautv.) Fern., from Disko, Greenland, July 1, 1929, R. T. Porsild; ria. 4, from Melville Island, 1820, John Edwards, 1soryrE of R. affinis R. Br. Photograph by Dr. L. B. Smith, all specimens X 1. HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA IN MISSOURI JULIAN A. STEYERMARK In 1911 Sargent described! under the name Hamamelis vernalis a new species based upon material from Missouri, northern Arkansas, and eastern Oklahoma. This new species was distinguished from the eastern H. virginiana with which it had been confused by the follow- ing characteristics, namely, (1) the period of anthesis occurred be- 1 Sargent, C. S. Trees and Shrubs. 2:137. 1911. 98 Rhodora [Marcu tween the last of January and the first of April instead of late autumn and early winter, (2) the inner surface of the calyx-lobes was suffused with reddish, whereas in H. virginiana it was entirely greenish or yellowish-green, (3) the youngest branchlets were densely stellate- tomentose, whereas they were less pubescent to finally glabrate or nearly so in H. virginiana, (4) the plants spread vegetatively by an extensive underground shoot system which resulted in thickets, and (5) the habitat was gravelly beds of streams or rocky bars along creeks instead of upland areas and wooded slopes. Moreover, in H. vernalis the bases of the leaf-blades tended towards subcuneate. In Missouri M. vernalis has hitherto been the only species known to the state, and is found only in the Ozark Region in the southern por- tion of the state, chiefly in the Iron Mountain and St. Francois Hills section of southeastern Missouri, and along the White River and tributaries in the southwestern part of the state. Its range extends north in the Ozark region to Pulaski and Jefferson counties. In the early part of November, 1930, the writer visited the so- called * Royal Gorge" in Iron Co., in the southeastern Ozark region , of Missouri. This “gorge” is one of many similar canyons in the granitic and porphyritic trachyte region which has been chiselled by stream erosion. In the narrow bouldery stream-bed grew thickets of fruiting Hamamelis vernalis with its characteristic bushy habit of growth; but on the lower rocky wooded slopes of the canyon above the stream-bed occurred numerous plants of another Hamamelis in full bloom! This was quite unusual, since the Ozark Witch Hazel, H. vernalis, blooms from January to April and grows in rocky stream- beds and along gravel bars; but none of the plants of H. vernalis in the stream-bed were in bloom, nor showed any signs of coming into bloom for a long time. An examination of the young branchlets of the season of the flowering plants growing on the wooded slopes re- vealed that their twigs were slightly pubescent to glabrate; also there was no reddish coloring on the inner surface of the calyx-lobes. Such evidence seemed to point to the fact that these late-flowering plants were H. virginiana rather than H. vernalis. Not until the latter part of February, 1933, did the writer have an opportunity to re-visit this interesting locality. "Then the situation was exactly the reverse to that of the previous visit. All the plants occurring in the rocky stream-bed were in full flower, and showed all the distinguishing traits of H. vernalis. On the other hand, none of » 1934] Steyermark,—Hamamelis virginiana in Missouri 99 the plants growing on the wooded slopes above the stream-bed were in flower. That they had already blossomed two or more months previously was shown by the fact that the petals had mostly fallen from the calyx, and in a few cases in which they were still attached they were mainly dried and brown. Moreover, the Hamamelis of the wooded slopes all showed the youngest branchlets to be slightly pubescent or glabrate, whereas those of the plants in the rocky stream- bed were densely tomentose. A comparison of material of the autumn-flowering Hamamelis from “Royal Gorge" with herbarium specimens of the eastern M. virginiana in the Missouri Botanical Garden Herbarium as well as with living plants of this species growing in the Missouri Botanical Garden likewise served to identify these plants with H. virginiana. At this season of the year, i. e., late February, the ovary of the autumn- flowering plants at “Royal Gorge" was very small, and was practi- cally no more developed than in anthesis. This fact was also borne out upon comparison of the ovaries with the living plants of H. virginiana in the Missouri Botanical Garden. The appearance of the inner surface of the calyx was likewise similar in both. The same locality was studied during the first week in November, 1933, and the situation was exactly as expected, that is, the Hama- melis vernalis of the rocky stream-bed was in the dormant winter-bud stage, and showed no signs of blooming for some months, whereas the H. virginiana of the rocky slopes and ground above and along the stream course was in full bloom with lemon-yellow petals and the inner surface of the calyx-lobes greenish or yellowish-green. With this evidence at hand it was expected that with careful search Hamamelis virginiana might be found in some of the surrounding counties of the state where granitic or porphyritic trachyte canyons abound. Accordingly, a trip was made the following week in Novem- ber to adjacent Reynolds county. Along the East.Fork of the Black River in southern Iron Co. and again in Reynolds Co. were many plants of H. virginiana in full bloom on the lower slopes of the hills and in the wooded valleys. It was interesting to note that where both H. vernalis and H. virginiana occurred in the same region there was a slight overlap in habitat, the former extending to the outer margin of the gravel bars and rocky stream-beds and the latter close to the rocky portion of the stream bar. However, the former kept to the rockiest portions of the stream barand never occurred on the adjacent 100 Rhodora [Marcu wooded slopes, whereas the latter was common on the rocky wooded slopes, and while descending to the wooded valley to the edges of the rocky stream-bed did not take to the rockiest portion of the bar as did H. vernalis. Although these two species may occur side by side in Missouri, there is no opportunity for natural crossing to occur, since the time of anthesis is quite different. Also the distinctive morpho- logical characters for each species have been maintained throughout. There can be no doubt, then, that both species of Hamamelis, i. e., H. vernalis and H. virginiana, occur in Missouri. It is not surprising to find H. virginiana in eastern Missouri, and especially in the south- eastern Ozark region, inasmuch as quite a number of eastern species are known in Missouri only from this southeastern area, such as Pedicularis lanceolata, Goodyera pubescens, Lycopodium complanatum var. flabelliforme, Dennstaedtia punctilobula, Thelypteris spinulosa var. intermedia, Asplenium pinnatifidum, Ilex verticillata var. padi- folia, Rhododendron roseum, Viola pallens, Frasera caroliniensis, Phlox maculata, and many others. Moreover, quite a few of these eastern species in the southeastern Ozark region are known only from the Iron Mountain section, such as Ilex verticillata var. padifolia, Pedicularis lanceolata, and Phlox maculata. Associated with the Hamamelis virginiana on the wooded slopes at “Royal Gorge" were such eastern species as Quercus coccinea, Acer saccharum var. glaucum, Acer rubrum, Ostrya virginica, Vaccinium arboreum var. glaucescens and along the stream-bed /lex verticillata var. padifolia, Alnus rugosa, and Gentiana quinquefolia. At the time of the influx or migration of many of these eastern species into the southeastern Ozark region Hamamelis virginiana probably appeared along with its associates, Quercus coccinea, Acer rubrum, Acer saccharum var. glaucum, Ostrya virginica, Ilex verticillata var. padifolia, and a number of others. This eastern invasion into southeastern Missouri may have occurred near the close of the Tertiary following the last uplift of the Ozark region, or it may have taken place following one of the retreats or advances of one of the Pleistoceneice-movements. The appearance of Hamamelis virginiana in this section of southeastern Missouri is therefore in accordance with the occurrence of a number of other eastern species which reach the Ozark region in limited distribution. Missouni BOTANICAL GARDEN, St. Louis. Volume 36, no. 422, including pages 25 to 60, was issued 1 February, 1934. Rhodora Piate 279 Type of RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS, X 1. Rhodora Plate 280 PU. N MX | KS RANUNCULUS PEDATIFIDUS, X 1; FIG. 1, from the Altai; ric. 2, from Alberta; FIG. 3, from Greenland; Fic. 4, from Melville Island (isorvrE of R. affinis). 10 1934 Hodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM CONTENTS: Antennaria in Arctic America. M. O. Malte................... Glottidium vesicarium in Oklahoma. G. J. Goodman. ......... Notes on Flora of Tennessee: the Genus Trillium. W- A Andersom 215 93.4. ee Gaultheria procumbens, forma accrescens. M. L. Fernald and 3T E OON. bon Gah. ui y ean ort sotto neal EE a eo AE Origin of the Name Lespedeza. P. L. Ricker.................. Hawaiian Mosses (Notice). J. F. Collins...............0 20005 Vol. 36. April, 1934. No. 424. New Primula from Grand Canyon of the Colorado. M. L. Fernald. 117 Lobelia Dortmanna in Aroostook County, Maine. M. W. Quimby 128 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can‘be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remiitances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, "cum Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Plate 281 Rhodora Type of ANTENNARIA ALPINA, X 1. m , Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. April, 1934. No. 424. ANTENNARIA OF ARCTIC AMERICA: M. O. MALTE (Plate 281) WHILE the Antennariae of Southern Canada, Newfoundland and the United States have been studied intensively and critically, particularly by Greene and Fernald, the forms of the arctic parts of the continent have so far attracted little attention. This is not sur- prising when it is taken into consideration that collections in the past have been largely made by casual visitors, often without any botanical training whatever. As a result, the earlier collections of arctic Antennariae are often very scanty, often badly collected, and fre- quently mixed, thus offering little attraction and generally great difficulties to the investigator studying them in herbaria. To base conclusions and new species on scanty and otherwise imperfect speci- mens serves really no good purpose, and the writer has therefore refrained from bothering with such material. The arctic American material investigated is that of the Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass., the United States National Herbarium, Washington, D. C., the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, New York, the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa., as well as that of the National Herbarium of Canada, Ottawa. 1 Published with the permission of the Director, National Museum of Canada, Department of Mines, Ottawa. This monograph formed part of the Flora of Arctic Canada in course of preparation by Drs. M. O. Malte and C. H. Ostenfeld, an important work left unfinished by the lamentable and untimely death of Ostenfeld in 1931 and of Malte in 1933. The labels of specimens and other internal evidence indicate that the manuscript on Antennaria was prepared by Malte, after the death of Ostenfeld.—Eps. 102 Rhodora [APRIL Does A. ALPINA (L.) GAERTN. OCCUR IN NORTH AMERICA? In order to ascertain if true A. alpina (L.) Gaertn., as some authors maintain, really occurs in North America, and particularly in the arctic parts, where of course it is more likely to be found than in any other section of the continent, the writer has examined the Linnean specimens, lying under the name of Gnaphalium alpinum, in the Herbarium of the Linnean Society, London. "There are two sheets, both marked in the handwriting of Linnaeus. One of the sheets, No. 70, has only the name alpinum inscribed on it. The other, No. 71, has in addition H. U. (Hortus Upsaliensis) and Lapp. (Lapponia). The specimens on both sheets are identical but, as No. 71 has the fullest information, it should be considered the type. The type (PLATE 281) is a pleicephalous plant with basal rosettes borne on well developed stolons; their leaves are narrowly spathulate, mucronate, green and glabrous above, silky flocculose-tomentose and silvery-lustrous underneath. The inner bracts of the involucre are about 7 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate, light brown. With the type thus precisionized it has been easy to ascertain that true A. alpina does not occur in North America. At least, the writer has seen no specimens matching the type. The description of A. alpina given by Britton & Brown (Ill. Fl. 3. 449) clearly indicates that their A. alpina embraces more than one element. What Rydberg's (Fl. Rky. Mts. ed. 2: 916) A. alpina is, can only be determined after an examination of the specimens so labelled by him. Similarly, to speculate over what Simmons' (Phytogeog- raphy, 127) A. alpina is, is futile. Only an examination of the speci- mens cited by him, can settle the question. Fernald asserts that typical A. alpina occurs in arctic America, south to Kangalaksiorvik Bay, Labrador (Owen Bryant), etc. The Bryant plant is A. angustata Greene. A note by Greene concerning the occurrence of A. alpina in North America has apparently been overlooked, or else no attention has been paid to it. Greene writes (Pittonia, 3, 1898, 284) that A. alpina “is not known to occur on the North American continent, unless perhaps a sheet of specimens (n. 11239) in Canadian Survey collection, said to have been obtained on the Arctic sea coast by Dr. Richardson, may represent it." The specimens referred to do not belong to A. alpina. They belong to A. angustata Greene or a species closely related to it. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 103 KEY CHARACTERS When Greene wrote his paper, entitled “Some northern species of Antennaria” (Pittonia, 3, 1898, 273-289), he had at his disposal the entire collection of Antennaria belonging to the National Museum of Canada—then called the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada. In this paper he divides the genus into two groups, as follows: 1. Tips of involucral bracts white or pink. 2. Tips of involucral bracts brownish or dark brown. Fernald (Ruopora, 26, 1924, 96-97) also lays particular stress on the colour of the bracts and uses this character as one of the leading ones in his key. When working up the Canadian arctic material, the writer found the colour character somewhat unsatisfactory. This is particularly the case in A. pygmaea. In this species the tips of the inner bracts vary from white to stramineous and, if the species is arranged in the key according to colour of the bracts, it may sometimes be placed in one group and sometimes in another. The writer has therefore sub- stituted the shape of the inner bracts for the colour, and has found this arrangement working smoothly. A. isolepis and A. pygmaea then fall into one group and A. canescens down to and including A. hud- sonica into another. An important character is the presence or absence of procumbent stolons. When such are present, more or less extended mats are formed; when they are absent, the individual plants grow separately. This is an excellent character in the field. When one has to deal with scrappy and haphazardly collected specimens, such as are often found in herbaria, the character is, of course, not so good, but that in no way detracts from its inherent value. It only emphasizes the fact that Antennarias, to be of real value as herbarium specimens, should be collected with extreme care and that, when the collections are made, field notes indicating the mode of growth should, whenever possible, be taken. A third set of characters, which at first did not seem very promising, has turned out to be of considerable value. "These characters are monocephalism and pleiocephalism. In normally monocephalous species, such as A. pygmaea, A. burwellensis, A. angustata, and A. hudsonica, specimens are found in which more than one head occur. At first glance this fact appears to diminish the value of monocepha- 104 Rhodora ` [APRIL lism and pleiocephalism as key characters considerably or even nullify it altogether. But this is really not the case. The apparent pleio- cephalism is in reality only pseudo-pleiocephalism. In real pleio- cephalism the several heads are arranged in a corymb without any bracts subtending the branches. In the case of pseudo-pleiocepha- lism the supernumerary heads emerge from the axis of the uppermost stem-leaves. Their pedicels are often much more slender than the top of the stem bearing the normal head, and their heads are very often overtopping the normal one. A beautiful example of such pseudo-pleiocephalism is furnished by A. ungavensis (page 110) which normally is monocephalous but frequently develops an extra head from the axis of the uppermost stem-leaf. This supernumerary head is borne on a very slender, almost filiform, pedicel up to 2.5 cm. long, and is much over-topping the normal head. SYNOPSIS OF ANTENNARIA IN ÁRCTIC AMERICA a. Basal leaves 4 cm. long or more, generally 3-nerved....1. A. pulcherrima. a. Basal leaves at most 2 cm. long, uae l-nerved....b. b. Rosette-leaves very sparsely pubescent underneath; stem MOON oc or abe sn 00's ce be weep ces 5 ee ee 2. A. nitens. b. Rosette-leaves densely pubescent underneath; stem pubes- cent; pappus-bristles of male flowers clavellate-dilated. . . .c. c. Involucre 4-5 mm. high; Bering Sea species. . . .d. d. Monocephalous; rosette-leaves glabrous above.3. A. monocephala. d. Pleiocephalous; rosette-leaves tomentose on both * Peete a 1 2l 4. A. alaskana. c. Involucre about 6 mm. high or more, only female plant known....e. e. Inner bracts of involucre obtuse or only slightly acutish. . . .f. f. Mature rosette-leaves densely white-tomentose on both sides; heads several, generally in an open corymbiform inflorescence...................-. 5. A. isolepis. f. Mature rosette-leaves green, glabrous or glabrate above; heads normally solitary................ 6. A. pygmaea. e. Inner bracts of involucre sharply acute to long-at- tenuate... .g. g. Basal rosettes borne on normally well developed, prostrate or ascending stolons... .h. h. Normally pleiocephalous. . . .?. i. Involucre bright green below, dark brown above. 7. A. canescens. i. Involuere inconspicuously green below, light brown ANbOYO. ater wens conr RERO 8. A. arenicola. h. Normally monocephalous. . . .j. j. Middle bracts of the involucre linear-lanceolate 9. A. Sornborgeri. j. Middle bracts of the involucre broadly lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate.................. 10. A. burwellensis. g. Basal rosettes sessile or subsessile, erect or suberect. . . .k. k. Tomentum of the mature rosette-leaves equally dense on both surfaces; pleiocephalous. . . .l. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 105 l. Rosette-leaves spathulate, rounded at apex; pappus white..... m. Tomentum white; inner bracts broadly lanceo- late, generally abruptly contracted toward the acute apex...................... 11. A. compacta. m. Tomentum greyish; inner bracts linear-lanceo- late, acuminate to attenuate...... 12. A. subcanescens. l. Rosette-leaves narrowly oblanceolate, gradually contracted toward the acute apex; pappus sub- ps SÉ oe pee 13. A. labradorica. k. Tomentum of the mature rosette-leaves in age be- coming much sparser on the upper surface than on the lower, or wanting... .n. n. Normally pleiocephalous.................. 14. A. congesta. n. Normally monocephalous. . . .o. o. Involucral bracts generally olivaceous, the middle ones lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, BOUtO: ea ie errea t CORE 15. A. angustata. 0. Involucral bracts generally light brown, the middle ones, like the innermost ones, linear to linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate. ...16. A. hudsonica. 1. A. PULCHERRIMA (Hook.) Greene, Pittonia, 3, 1897, 176. A. carpathica var. pulcherrima Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, 1834, 329, Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl., pt. 2, 1884, 237. A. carpathica, Macoun, |. c., 236, non Bluff & Fing. A. lanata (Hook.) Greene, Pittonia, 3, 1897, 288. A. sp., Ostenfeld, Gjoa Exp. Kristiania Vid. Selsk. Skr., 1910, 67.—' The whole plant white-tomentose; stem 1—5 dm. high, from a subterranean, branching caudex; radical leaves oblanceolate, acute, 4-12 cm. long, 3-nerved or, in dwarfed specimens, 1- or 2-nerved; cauline-leaves linear; heads several, in a corymb; involucre 5-7 mm. high; the outer bracts more or less dark coloured below, the inner white to umber at tip; those of the pistillate heads lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acute to long-attenuate; those of the staminate heads elliptic, obtuse; pappus bristles of the male flowers clavate; style long-exserted, 2- cleft.—QuEBEc: No. 116,979, Richmond Gulf, east coast of Hudson Bay, W. Spreadborough, July 1, 1896. Yukow Terrrirory: King Point, A. Lindstróm, 1906 (Oslo). When Greene raised Hooker's A. carpathica var. lanata to specific rank, his main reasons for doing so were that “the radical leaves in A. lanata, as compared with those of A. pulcherrima are small and nerveless (the italics are mine); the tips of its involucral bracts in the male are broad, obovate, and very obtuse, while in the female the herbaceous body of the bract is greatly narrowed and elongated, and with a narrow white tip." All the four specimens cited by Greene are in the National Her- barium of Canada. A close examination of the largest radical leaves reveals that in one of the specimens they are 1-nerved, in another 1-3-nerved, and in the two others 3-nerved, as in A. pulcherrima. The only difference is that in A. lanata they are hidden by the tomen- tum but, when the latter is removed, the nerves become quite plain. As far as the shape and colour of the involucral bracts are concerned, 106 Rhodora [APRIL the writer is unable to detect any essential difference between A. pulcherrima and A. lanata. The latter, in the writer’s opinion, is merely an ecological form or at most a variety of the former. 2. A. NITENS Greene, Ottawa Nat. 25, 1912, 42.—About 1 dm. high; basal rosettes erect, sessile or subsessile; their leaves about 1 cm. long, spathulately oblanceolate, mucronate, vividly green and gla- brous above, minutely and sparsely silky underneath; cauline leaves linear, glabrous, all tipped with a flat, glabrous, scarious, elliptic appendage about 2 mm. long; stem glabrous; heads solitary; in- volucre 6-7 mm. high, the bracts glabrous or nearly so, oblanceolate, with a dull brown, acute or acuminate, and serrulate tip. Pappus bristles strongly barbellate from below the middle to near the summit. Only the female plant known.—Norruwesr TERRITORIES, KEEWA- TIN: No. 79,269. Wager Inlet, northwest coast of Hudson Bay, Lat. 65° 15’ N., J. M. Macoun. 3. A. MONOCEPHALA DC., Prodr. 6, 1837, 269.—Dwarf, about 10 em. high or less, often forming large mats, basal rosettes short, erect or suberect, their leaves spathulate, on the average about 10 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, mucronate, floccose-tomentose below, green and glabrous above; cauline leaves 5-6, linear, loosely lanate, their tips with a flat, scarious, glabrous, brown appendage about 2 mm. long; stem loosely lanate; heads solitary; involucre 4 mm. high, the bracts dark brown to almost black in the middle, olivaceous to golden buff at tip, inner bracts of the pistillate heads linear-lanceolate, acuminate; those of the staminate heads elliptic, obtuse or acutish; corolla of the pistillate flowers about 0.2 mm. wide, that of the stam- inate flowers 0.6-1 mm. wide; pappus-bristles of the male flowers clavate; style long-exserted, 2-cleft.!—ArAsKA: Cape Nome, summer, 1910, H. E. Blaisdell (Gray); No. 1896, Vicinity of Port Clarence, Aug. 22, 1901, F. A. Walpole; vicinity of Port Clarence, Aug. 12, 1901, F. A. Walpole. It has been maintained by some authors that 4. monocephala DC. occurs in Arctic Canada, Labrador, and Greenland. To settle if that really is so, the writer has endeavoured to ascertain what the true A. monocephala of DeCandolle is. Through the good offices of Dr. F. T. Wahlen and Dr. W. Koch, Zurich, Switzerland, the information has been secured from Dr. A. Becherer, Assistant, Conservatoire Botan- ique de la Ville de Genéve, that in DeCandolle's herbarium there are four collections of 4. monocephala DC. made prior to 1837, the year the species was described. Three of these are by DeChamisso, one collected in 1825 and two in 1831, and one by Fischer, collected in ! Description drawn from field No. 154, Glacier River, Unalaska, Edwin C. Van Dyke, July 21, 1907 (two male individuals), and specimens from Cape Nome, Alaska, H. E. Blaisdell, Summer 1900 (five female individuals). Both collections are in the Gray Herbarium. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 107 1828, both cited as collectors of the original A. monocephala (DeCan- dolle, Prodr. 6, 1837, 269). When seeking information about 4. monocephala in DeCandolle's herbarium, the writer inquired if there was a specimen there which should be considered the type of the species and asked, if there was, to be supplied with a photograph of it. For reply, Dr. Becherer has kindly furnished an excellent and much appreciated photograph of the sheet holding de Chamisso's 1825 collection, made in Unalaschka. This, being the first collection of A. monocephala DC., should therefore be considered the type. A. monocephala DC. is entirely different from any of the Antennariae so far known from arctic Canada and adjacent parts of Labrador, and references to its occurrence there are due to misinterpretation of the species. A collection in the Gray Herbarium from Labrador, near Hebron, Lat. 58? 17’, no date, collector Mentzel (ex herb. J. Steetz), consisting of three specimens, has a label marked “Syn. Fl. N. Amer." One of the three individuals is called A. alpina de Cand. var. mono- cephala. It is a monocephalous form of A. canescens (Lge.) Malte. Porsild maintains (Medd. Groenl., 51, 1915, 271) that A. monoce- phala DC., considered as a synonym of A. alpina var. Friesiana Trautv., occurs in Greenland. This is exceedingly improbable. A collection from the southern district of Egedesminde, at Giesecke's Lake, Lat. 67° 44’, July 31, 1924, by A. E. Porsild, labelled A. alpina var. monocephala, is A. angustata Greene. A. monocephala DC. is a Siberian and northwest North American plant, apparently common in the Aleutian Islands and extending as far north as Port Clarence, Alaska, and perhaps still farther. Forms, either identical with it or closely related, have also been collected in northern British Columbia, e. g. by Mrs. Norman Henry, 1932 (Herb. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia). 4. A. alaskana, n. sp. Planta nana, 3-6 cm. alta; sarmentis brevibus, erectis vel suberectis; foliis radicalibus anguste spathulatis, ad 1.6 cm. longis, ca. 3 mm. latis mucronatis, utrinque dense tomen- tosis; foliis caulinis paucis, ca. 3-4, linearibus, laxe lanatis, apice plano scarioso glabro 1.5-2.5 mm. longo; caule laxe lanato; capitulis - 3 dense aggregatis subsessilibus; involucro ca. 4 mm. alto; squamis basin versus furvis apice subfuscis, eis capitulorum fertilium lanceo- latis acutis, eis capitulorum sterilium ellipticis obtusis, corolla rosea apice purpurea; pappo florum sterilium plus minus clavato; stylo valde exserto apice profunde bifido. Dwarf, 3-6 cm. high; basal rosettes short-peduncled, erect or 108 Rhodora [APRIL sub-erect, their leaves narrowly spathulate, up to 1.6 cm. long and about 3 mm. wide, mucronate, densely appressed-tomentose on both sides; cauline leaves 3-4, linear, loosely lanate, their tips with a flat, scarious, glabrous, brown appendage 1.5-2.5 mm. long; stem loosely lanate; heads 3, densely clustered, subsessile; involucre about 4 mm. high, the bracts dark brown at the middle, brown to golden buff at tip; inner bracts of the pistillate heads linear lanceolate, acuminate; those of the staminate heads elliptic, obtuse; corolla of the pistillate flowers about 0.2 mm. wide, that of the staminate flower about 1 mm. wide, rose-coloured below, purplish above; pappus-bristles of the male flowers slightly clavate; style long-exserted, deeply 2-cleft.—ArLASKA: Near Port Clarence, field No. 1496, F. A. Walpole, July 20, 1901. Tyre (herb. Gray), sub nomine A. monocephala DC. This species is closely related to A. monocephala DC. and has, like the latter, both male and female plants, whereas in all arctic American specles except 4. pulcherrima, only pistillate specimens have been observed. Like A. monocephala, A. alaskana is characterized by con- spicuously small heads, a character easily separating the two from all other arctic American species of Antennaria. Besides being pleiocephalous, A. alaskana differs from typical A. monocephala in having the rosette-leaves densely tomentose on both sides. In the true A. monocephala they are tomentose on the lower surface only. 5. A. ISOLEPIS Greene, Ottawa Nat. 25, 1911, 41.—About 1-1.5 dm. high; basal rosettes well developed, procumbent, their leaves up to about 12 mm. long, oblanceolate, mucronate, tomentose on both surfaces, more densely so underneath; cauline leaves numerous, linear-lanceolate, loosely floccose-tomentose, the lowermost mucronate, the middle and upper with a narrowly elliptic, flat, scarious appendage about 2 mm. long; stem floccose-tomentose; heads several; involucre 6—7 mm. high; inner bracts with an oblong, pale brown to whitish, obtuse or slightly acutish tip. Only the female plant known.— LasRADOR: Okkak, ex. Herb. John Ball, 1890 (neither date nor collector; No. 83a, Port Manvers, Aug. 11, 1900, E. B. Delabarre; No. 421, Head of Nachvak Bay, Aug. 17, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 155, Ramah, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, A. Stecker; No. 422, Head of Ryan's Bay, Aug. 24, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 592, Cape Harrigan, Aug. 12, 1928, H. Bishop; Kikkertaksoak, Saglek Bay, ` Aug. 10, 1931, E. C. Abbe. (Allin Gray). Saglek Bay, Aug. 23, 1925, R. A. Bartlett Norrawest TERRITORIES, KEEWATIN: No. 79,270, Cape Eskimo, west coast of Hudson Bay, Lat. 61? 5', J. M. Macoun; upper Maguse River, about Lat. 62? 40’, Long. 95° 10’, 1932, W. Gussow; Kingaryuaik, Lat. 61° 50’, Long. 95° 24’, 1932 W. Gussow. MawNrroBa: Long Point, Lat. 59° 21’, Long. 94° 40’, 1932, W. Gussow. 1 The Labrador localities are all in the Torngat Region. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 109 6. A. PYGMAEA Fernald, Ruopora, 16, 1914, 129. A. carpathica Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1, 1884, 232 (Labrador plant), non (Wg.) R. Br.—From 3 em. to about 1 dm. high; basal rosettes short, erect or suberect; their leaves oblanceolate, mucronate, from 8 to about 15 mm. long, 2.5-3.5 mm. wide, glabrous or glabrate above, loosely tomentose beneath; cauline leaves linear-oblanceolate, glabrous or glabrate above, lanate beneath, tipped with a flat, glabrous, scarious, deltoid appendage 1.5-2 mm. long; heads normally solitary; involucre 6-7 mm. long, innermost bracts with an oblong, obtuse, white to stra- mineous tip. Only the female plant known.—Laprapor: (ex Herb. J. Gay, Fratres Moravic.); Okak, Weiz; No. 419, Razorback Mt., Ryan’s Bay, Aug. 25, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 420, Head of Nachvak Bay, Aug. 17, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 558, Valley of the Twin Falls, Cape Mugford Peninsula, July 17, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 559, Rowsell Harbour, July 20, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 560, “K?” River, Kangalaksiorvik, Lat. 59° 18’, Long. 63° 45’, July 22, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 561, Base of *K-2," north side of Komaktorvik, July 24, 1931, E. C. Abbe’ (All in Gray). QUEBEC: Nos. 120,111, 120,108, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, M. O. Malte. 7. A. canescens (Lge.), n. comb. A. alpina (L.) Gaertn. B. canescens Lge. Fl. Dan., 16, fasc. xlvii, 1869, tab. 2786, fig. 1.—Plant up to 1.5 dm. high; basal rosettes borne on normally well developed, prostrate or ascending stolons; their leaves up to about 1.5 cm. long, spathulately oblanceolate, acute, densely permanently and grayishly appressed-tomentose on both sides; cauline leaves linear-lanceolate, less tomentose than those of the stolons, the middle and upper with a glabrous, scarious appendage; heads normally 3, in a dense corymb; involucre 7-10 mm. high, lanate and green below, glabrous and dark brown above; middle and inner bracts linear-lanceolate, long-attenu- ate; style long-exserted, 2-cleft. Only female plant known.— LABRADOR: Nos. 552 and 553, “K” River, Kangalaksiorvik, July 22, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 554, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalak- siorvik, Aug. 6, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 556 and 556a, Razorback Harbour, Lat. 59° 14’, Long. 63° 23’, Aug. 17, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 414, Razorback Mt., Ryans Bay, Aug. 23, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 413, North shore of Duck Bight, 1 km. north of Ryan’s Bay, Aug. 24, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; Port Manvers, Aug. 11, 1910, E. B. Delabarre; Okkak, Aug. 1911, F. C. Hinkley; no locality, 1865, Baush; No. 74, Nain, June 28-July 30, 1928, C. S. Sewall (Rawson- MacMillan Subarctic Expedition, 1927-28); No. 415, Head of Main Arm of Ekortiarsuk Bay, Aug. 20, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; near Hebron, Mentzel (ex. Herb. J. Steetz); No. 411, Head of Nachvak Bay, Aug. 17, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 412, Kikkertasak Island, Saglek Bay, Aug. 9, 1926, R. H. Woodworth.? QUEBEC: No. 120,087, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, M. O. Malte. BAFFIN IsnAND: No. 119,192, Lake Harbour, Aug. 25-26, 1927, M. O. Malte. The Labrador localities are a)l in the Torngat Region. ? All the Labrador localities are in the Torngat region. 110 Rhodora [APRIL Dwarfed specimens growing on exposed rocks often have the stolons poorly developed and may then be taken for A. congesta. In the latter, however, the rosette-leaves become glabrate or glabrous above in age; the involucre is uniformly dark brown and the middle bracts broadly lanceolate to ovate, acute. Sometimes monocephalous specimens are found. Such specimens differ from other monocephalous species as follows: from A. nitens in having a dense tomentum, from A. pygmaea in the dark-tipped, long- attenuate bracts, from A. Sornborgeri in the higher involucre, from A. burwellensis in the middle bracts which in the latter are broadly lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, from A. angustata in the same character, and in the rosette-leaves which in the latter become glabrate or glabrous above when mature, and form A. hudsonica in the rosette- leaves which in the latter become glabrate or glabrous above in age. 8. A. arenicola, n. sp. Planta 1-2 dm. alta; sarmentis prostratis vel adscendentibus, usque ad 4 cm. longis; foliis eorum lineari-ob- lanceolatis, mucronatis, strigoso-tomentosis, supra tarde glabris; foliis caulinis 6-8, distantibus, linearibus, lanatis, inferioribus mu- cronatis, superioribus apice scarioso, glabro, anguste oblongo; caule lanato; capitulis 3 vel pluribus; involucro ca. 7 mm. alto, basi lanato; squamis mediis intimisque linearibus, longe attenuatis, parte superiore subfuscis; stylo longe exserto, profunde bifido. Planta mascula ignota. Plant 1-2 dm. high; basal rosettes borne on well developed stolons; their leaves linear-oblanceolate, up to 1.5 cm. long, mucronate, dull strigose-tomentose, tardily becoming glabrous above; stem leaves 6-8, distant, linear, lanate, the lower mucronate, the upper tipped with a scarious, glabrous, narrowly oblong appendage; stem lanate: heads normally 3 or more; involucre about 7 mm. high, lanate at base; inner bracts linear, long-attenuate, light brown in the upper part; style long-exserted, deeply 2-cleft.—QvEBEc: No. 120,714 (Nat. Herb. Can.), Typr, Sandy flat, Port Harrison, east coast of Hudson Bay, Aug. 18-20, 1928, M. O. Malte. Occasionally monocephalous individuals occur. Such specimens are readily distinguished from A. Sornborgeri on the tomentum of the rosette-leaves which in the latter is appressed-pannose, not at all strigose, and from A. burwellensis on the shape of the bracts. In A. arenicola the inner ones are linear and long-attenuate; in A. burwellen- sis they mostly are lanceolate, acute or acuminate. A northern Labrador species, A. ungavensis! is somewhat similar to 1 A. ungavensis (Fernald), n. comb. A. alpina (L.) Gaertn. var. ungavensis Fernald, Ruopora, 18, 1916, 238. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 111 A. arenicola in general appearance. The most conspicuous differ- ences between the two are that in A. arenicola the rosette-leaves are dull strigose-tomentose below and become glabrous above very tardily, whereas in A. wngavensis the rosette-leaves are silky tomen- tose below and green and glabrous above practically from the begin- ning. A. ungavensis is known only from the type locality, Stillwater River, about half way between Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, and Ungava Bay, Hudson Strait, far to the south of the tree line. 9. A. SonNBonGERI Fernald, Ruopora, 18, 1916, 237.—Plant up to about 1 dm. high; basal rosettes on short, prostrate or ascending stolons; their leaves oblanceolate, 6-12 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, pannose-tomentose, narrowed at summit to the short-mucronate apex; cauline leaves linear, the upper with lanceolate, scarious tips; heads normally solitary; involucre 6-7 mm. high; outer bracts lance- olate, brown, the inner linear to linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate, light brown; pits of the denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad, about as wide as the blunt-edged intermediate ridges. Only female plant known.—Lasrapor: No. 156, Ramah, Lat. 58° 54’, Aug. 20- 24, 1897, J. D. Sornborger. 10. A. burwellensis, n. sp. Planta 5-8 cm. alta; sarmentis prostratis vel adscendentibus, usque ad 3 cm. longis; foliis eorum ca. 1 em. longis, oblanceolatis, utrinque laxe strigoso-tomentosis, mu- cronatis; foliis caulinis linearibus, sparse lanatis, apice plano scarioso glabro 1-2 mm. longo; caule lanato; capitulis solitariis; involucro ca. 6 mm. alto, basi lanato, fusco, parte superiore glabro, subfusco; squamis mediis late lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, acutis, intimis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis, acutis vel acuminatis; stylo parum exserto, bifido. Planta mascula ignota. Plant 5-8 cm. high; basal rosettes borne on prostrate or ascending stolons up to about 3 cm. long; their leaves about 1 em. long, oblanceo- late, loosely strigose-tomentose on both sides, mucronate; cauline leaves linear, sparsely lanate, tipped with a flat, scarious, glabrous, 1-2 mm. long appendage; stem lanate; normally monocephalous; involucre about 6 mm. high, lanate and dark or greenish brown at base, glabrous and pale brown at the top; the middle bracts broadly lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, acute, the inner ones linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute or acuminate; style little exserted, 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—Quesec: No. 120,125 (Nat. Herb. Can.), Tyre, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, M. O. Malte. 11. A. compacta, n. sp. A. candida Macoun & Holm, Rpt. Can. Arct. Exp. 1913-18, 5, Pt. A., 1921, 21; non Greene, Leaflets 2, 151.— Planta nana, 4-5 cm. alta albo-tomentosa; sarmentis numerosis, dense aggregatis, brevibus, erectis vel suberectis, foliis eorum spathu- lato-oblanceolatis, utrinque satis strigoso-tomentosis; mucronatis sed mucrone tomento abdito; foliis caulinis laxe tomentosis, apice scarioso 112 Rhodora [APRIL glabro ca. 2 mm. longo, eo foliorum inferiorum lineari-lanceolato, eo foliorum superiorum oblongo; caule lanato-tomentoso; capitulis 3, dense corymbosis; involucro 6-7 mm. alto, basi lanato, atro-olivaceo; squamis interioribus apice late lanceolato, serrulato, satis abrupte acuto; stylo exserto, profunde bifido. Planta mascula ignota. Dwarf, 4-5 cm. high, white-tomentose, basal rosettes numerous, densely crowded, short, erect or suberect; their leaves spathulately oblanceolate, densely and loosely strigose-tomentose on both sur- faces, mucronate, but the mucro completely hidden by the tomentum and the leaves therefore appearing obtuse; cauline leaves loosely tomentose, the lower with linear-lanceolate appendages, the upper with oblong ones, the appendages scarious, glabrous, about 2 mm. long; stem lanate-tomentose; heads3, crowded, short-stalked ;involucre 6-7 mm. high, woolly at base, dark olive; the tips of the inner bracts broadly lanceolate, serrulate, and rather abruptly acute; style ex- serted, deeply 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—NomrHwEST TERRITORIES, Mackenzie: No. 91,545, Bernard Harbour. Lat. 68° 47’ N., Long. 114° 46’ W., Fritz Johansen, July 6, 1915, TYPE (Nat. Herb. Can.; part of type also in Gray Herb.). 12. A. subcanescens Ostenfeld in sched., n. sp. A. alpina Macoun & Holm, Rpt. Can. Arct. Exp. 1913-18, 5, Pt. A, 1921, 21A, pl. xii. fig. 2, non Gaertn. Planta 5-12 mm. alta, subcano-tomentosa; sarmentis brevibus, erectis vel suberectis; foliis eorum satis late spathulato- oblanceolatis, usque ad 15 mm. longis 4 mm. latis, apice rotundatis obscure mucronulatis, mucrone tomento abdito, utrinque strigoso- tomentosis; foliis caulinis linearibus, apice plano, oblongo, scarioso, glabro ca. 2 mm. longo; caule sparse lanato; capitulis 3, dense corym- bosis; involucro ca. 7 mm. alto, basi sparse lanato, furvo; squamis interioribus apice clariore, lineari-lanceolato, acuminato vel attenuato; stylo exserto, profunde bifido; planta mascula ignota. Plant 5-12 cm. high, greyish- tomentose; basal rosettes short, erect or suberect; their leaves rather broadly spathulate-oblanceolate, up to 15 mm. long and 4 nm. wide, rounded and obscurely mucronulate at apex, the mucro hidden by the tomentum, strigose-tomentose on both surfaces; cauline leaves linear, tipped with flat, oblong, scarious, glabrous appendages about 2 mm. long; stem sparsely lanate; heads 3, in a dense corymb; involucre about 7 mm. high, slightly lanate and dark brown at base; tips of the inner bracts lighter, linear-lanceolate, acuminate or attenuate; style exserted, deeply 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—NortuHwest TERRITORIES, MACKENZIE: No. 91,546, Bernard Harbour, Lat. 68° 45’ N., Long. 114° 46" W., Fritz Johansen, Aug. 14, 1915, Tyre (Nat. Herb. Can.). 19. A. LABRADORICA Nutt., Trans. Am. Philo. Soc. 7, 1841, 406. A. angustifolia Elis; Ekman, Svensk Bot. Tidskr., 21, 1927, 53; non A. angustifolia Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 26, 1899, 546. A. Friesiana Elis. Ekman, Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 22, 1928, 416, as to plant discussed, not as to type, A. alpina var. Friesiana Trautv., 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 113. Acta Hort. Petrop. 6, 1878, 24.—Plant densely caespitose, from a few cm. to about 2 dm. high; basal rosettes sessile or subsessile, erect or suberect; their leaves up to about 2 cm. long, densely and somewhat silvery strigose-tomentose on both sides, linear-oblanceolate, mu- cronulate, but the mucro often hidden by the tomentum; stem and stem-leaves lanate, the latter tipped by a flat scarious, glabrous appendage 1-2 mm. long, or the lowermost mucronate; heads generally 3 in a corymb, when more then in a more open inflorescens; involucre lanate at base, about 7 mm. high; tips of the inner bracts linear to linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate, generally light chocolate brown, but sometimes more or less olivaceous; pappus subrufescent; style ex- serted, deeply 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—Lasrapor: No. 550, Valley of the Twin Falls, Cape Mugford Peninsula, Lat. 57° 50’, Long. 61° 50’, July 17, 1931, E. C. Abbe (Gray). BAFFIN ISLAND: No. 303, Rawson-MacMillan Subarctic Expedition, 1927-28, Fro- bisher Bay, Aug. 1927, C. S. Sewall (Gray); No. 52, MacMillan Expe- dition, 1922, Seal Harbour, July 31, 1922, R. Robinson (Gray); Nos. 119,194, 119,189, Pangnirtung, Cumberland Gulf, Aug. 21-22, 1927, M. O. Malte; No. 119,184, Arctic Bay, Admiralty Inlet, Aug. 12, 1927, M. O. Malte. MELVILLE IstANp: Parry's Ist Voyage, 1819-20 (ex Herb. Mus. Brit.) (Gray). NORTHWEST TERRITORIES, KEEWATIN: No. 79,268, Wager Inlet, Hudson Bay, Lat. 65? 15', Sept. 8, 1910, M. O. Malte. What A. labradorica Nutt. really is, has long been a mystery, and it was first in 1930, when a few fragments from Nuttall were found in the herbarium of the British Museum of Natural History, that its true identity became established. It is a strikingly distinct species, described in 1927 by Mrs. Elizabeth Ekman under the name of A. angustifolia (see Fernald, Ruopora, 33, 1931, 224). Discovering that the name A. angustifolia was invalid on account of an earlier A. angustifolia Rydb., and having examined Siberian material of A. alpina (L.) Gaertn., var. Friesiana Trautv., Mrs. Ekman later came to the conclusion that her A. angustifolia was identical with Trautvetter's variety. She therefore adopted Traut- vetter's name, at the same time raising the variety to specific rank (Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 22, 1928, 416). A. alpina var. Friesiana was described from specimens collected at the Kolyma River in North Siberia by I. Augustinovitsch. "Through the kindness of Dr. G. Samuelsson, Stockholm, Sweden, the writer has had an opportunity to examine a specimen of Augustinovitsch's Kolyma collection, deposited in the “Riksmuseum,” Stockholm, Sweden. This specimen is not identical with A. angustifolia Elis. Ekman. Neither is it identical, as far as the writer has been able to 414 Rhodora [APRIL ascertain, with any other Antennaria so far known, from either_N orth America or Greenland. It differs from angustifolia in several respects. In the first place, the tips of the inner bracts are broadly lanceolate, acute or acuminate, whereas in angustifolia they are linear to linear- lanceolate, long-attenuate. The basal leaves are linear, much nar- rower than in angustifolia, and with a tendency to become glabrate above in age, dull and not at all silvery as in the latter. Furthermore, they are very prominently mucronate, the mucro reaching a length of almost 1 mm. Lately Mrs. Ekman has realized that her A. angustifolia is identical with Nuttall’s A. labradorica, as is indicated by revision labels on the Stockholm material, written by Mrs. Ekman herself.. A. labradorica was much misunderstood by Greene. When de- scribing A. neodioica (Pittonia, 3, 1897, 184) he says that “there is a possibility that 4. neodioica may be the plant intended by Nuttall as A. Labradorica." This is a wild guess and far from the mark and perhaps dimly realized as unwarranted by Greene himself, for he qualifies his surmise by adding that “our plant does not answer to his (Nuttall’s) description.” A few months later, Greene (Pittonia, 3, 1898, 284) made another unfortunate guess at the identity of Nuttall's A. labradorica when he . identified it with specimens collected in 1896 by W. Spreadborough at Stillwater River, northern Labrador (now part of the Province of Quebec, Canada). These specimens No. 44,442, Nat. Herb. Can., are stoloniferous, which A. labradorica is not, and the broad rosette- leaves are green and glabrous above. Furthermore, they are mono- cephalous or falsely pleiocephalous (see page 000). The Stillwater River plant was described by Fernald (Rhodora 18, 1916, 238) under the name of A. alpina var. ungavensis and raised by the writer to specific rank (page 110). 14. A. congesta, n. sp. Planta 2-8 cm. alta; sarmentis sessilibus vel subsessilibus erectis vel suberectis; foliis eorum 1-1.5 em. longis, lineari-oblanceolatis, apice abrupte contractis, mucronatis, subtus laxe lanato-tomentosis, superne aetate glabrescentibus vel glabris; foliis caulinis linearibus, subtus lanatis, superne glabratis vel glabris, inferioribus mucronatis vel lineari-appendiculatis, superioribus apice scarioso,. plano, glabro, oblongo, 1.5-2.5 mm. longo munitis; caule lanato; capitulis plerumque 3, densissime corymbosis; involucro basi lanato, 7-10 mm. alto; squamis mediis lanceolatis interioribus lineari- lanceolatis, longe attenuatis, fere olivaceis apice pallidiore; stylo longe exserto, bifido. Planta mascula ignota. 1934] Malte,—Antennaria in Arctic America 115 Dwarf, 2-8 em. high; basal rosettes sessile or subsessile, erect or suberect; their leaves 1-1.5 cm. long, linear-oblanceolate, abruptly contracted towards the mucronate apex, loosely lanate-tomentose below, in age becoming glabrate or glabrous above; cauline leaves linear, lanate below, glabrate or glabrous above, the lowermost mucronate or with a linear appendage, the uppermost with a scarious, flat glabrous, oblong appendage 1.5-2.5 mm. long; stem lanate; heads generally 3, very densely congested; involucre lanate at base, 7-10 mm. high; middle bracts lanceolate, and inner ones linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate, almost olivaceous, with paler tips; style long-exserted, 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—QvEnsEc: No. 120,118, TYPE; Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, M. O. Malte. Occasionally occurring monocephalous specimens differ from A. hudsonica in having the rosette-leaves very abruptly contracted towards the apex and lanate-tomentose below, in the generally much shorter appendages of the uppermost cauline leaves, and in the broader middle bracts. ; 15. A. ANGUSTATA Greene, Pittonia 3, 1898, 284. Dwarf, 2—4 cm. high; basal rosettes sessile or subsessile; erect or suberect; their leaves about 1 cm. long, narrowly oblanceolate, mucronate, strigose- tomentose below; becoming glabrate or even glabrous above, cauline leaves linear-lanceolate, lanate below, glabrous above, the scarious, flat, glabrous, oblong appendage of the upper ones about 3 mm. long; stem lanate, heads solitary; involucre slightly lanate below, 8-9 mm. high; the lowest bracts oblong, rounded at apex, greenish to light brown; middle bracts ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute, irregularily toothed; innermost bracts linear, long-attenuate, often cuspidate, much exceeding the middle ones; both middle and inner bracts dark olivaceous; style included or short-exserted. Only female plant known.—LanBRADOR: Nos. 41614 and 416, Head of Ryan's Bay, Aug. 24, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 546, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik, Lat. 59° 18’, Long. 63° 40’, Aug. 6, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 548, Razorback Harbour, Lat. 59? 14’, Long. 63° 23’, Aug. 17, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 540 and 540a, *K" River, Kangalaksiorvik, July 22, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 542, Mt. Tetragona, July 26, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 539, Rowsell Harbour, Lat. 58° 58’, Long. 63° 15’, July 20, 1931, E. C. Abbe; Nos. 545 and 545a, Peak “19,” The Four Peaks, Lat. 59? 25', Long. 63? 55', Aug. 4, 1931, E. C. Abbe; Nos. 541 and 541a, Summit of * K-2," Komaktorvik, July 24, 1931, E. C. Abbe; Nos. 409 and 410, Nachvak Bay, Aug. 16 and 17, 1926, R. H. Wood- worth; No. 544, Scree slide from top of Precipice Ridge to Komak- torvik Lake, July 29, 1931, E. C. Abbe; No. 41014, Head of Main Arm of Ekortiarsuk Bay, Aug. 10, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; Kangaksiorvik Bay, Sept. 1-10, 1908, Owen Bryant (Bryant Labrador Expedition, 1908). Qursec: No. 11,248, Cape Chudleigh, Hudson Strait, Aug. 1 All the above localities are in the Torngat region. 116 Rhodora [APRIL 5, 1884, H. Bell; No. 62,999, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 29, 1904, L. E. Borden; No. 79,271, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 18, 1910, J. M. Macoun; Nos. 120,040, 120,079, 120,171, 120,095, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, M. O. Malte; No. 34,739, Cape Wales, Hudson Strait, about Long. 72?, no date, no collector's name; No. 23,012, opposite Digge's Island, Hudson Strait, about Long. 77°, Aug. 3, 1898, A. R. Low. Barrin Istanp: No. 18,744, North shore of Hudson Strait, Aug. 1897, R. Bell; No. 119,190, Lake Harbour Aug. 25-26, 1927, M. O. Malte; No. 121,370, Pangnir- tung Fiord, Cumberland Gulf, July 26, 1924, J. D. Soper; Nos. 119,187, 119,188, Pangnirtung, Cumberland Gulf, Aug. 21-22, 1927, M. O. Malte. 16. A. hudsonica n. sp. A. glabrata (J. Vahl) Greene, f. tomentosa Elis. Ekman, Sv. Bot. Tidskr, 21, 1927, 51. Planta 3-15 cm. alta; sarmentis sessilibus vel subsessilibus, erectis; foliis eorum ca. 1 cm. longis, lineari-oblanceolatis, apice satis gradatim contractis, mucro- natis, subtus strigoso-tomentosis, superne aetate glabrescentibus vel glabris; foliis caulinis linearibus, subtus lanatis, superne glabratis vel glabris, summis apice scarioso, plano, glabro, oblongo, vel anguste deltoideo, usque ad 4 mm. longo; caule lanato; involucro basi lanato, ca. 7 mm. alto; squamis mediis interioribusque linearibus vel lineari- lanceolatis, longe attenuatis, apice subfusco; stylo exserto, bifido. Planta mascula ignota. Plant 3-15 em. high; basal rosettes sessile or subsessile, erect or suberect; their leaves about 1 em. long, linear-oblanceolate, gradually contracted towards the mucronate apex, strigose-tomentose below, in age becoming glabrate or glabrous above; cauline leaves linear, lanate below, glabrate or glabrous above, the scarious, flat, glabrous, oblong or narrowly deltoid appendage of the uppermost one reaching a length of up to 4 mm.; stem lanate; involucre lanate at base, about 7 mm. high; middle and inner bracts linear to linear-lanceolate, long-attenu- ate, with light brown tips; style exserted, 2-cleft. Only female plant known.—Lasrapor: No. 417, Head of Main Arm of Ekortiarsuk Bay, Aug. 20, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 418, Razorback Mt., Ryan’s Bay, Aug. 23, 1926, R. H. Woodworth; No. 547, East Bay, Ikordlearsuk, Lat. 59° 55’, Long. 64° 24’, Aug. 12, 1931, E. C. Abbe and N. Odell; No. 549, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik, Aug. 6, 1931, E. C. Abbe (Gray). Quebec: Nos. 119,185 (TYPEN, 119,186, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, Aug. 30, 1927, M. O. Malte; No. 120,171, Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, July 25-28, 1928, Nos. 120,975 and 120,993, Wolstenholme, Hudson Strait, Aug. 26, 1928, M. O. Malte; Smith Island, east coast of Hudson Bay, Aug. 24, 1928, M. O. Malte. BarriN IstAND: Nos. 119,193, 119,191, Lake Harbour, Aug. 25-26, 1927, M. O. Malte; Nos. 120,332, 120,344, 120,382, Cape Dorset, Aug. 4, 1928, M. O. Malte. NonrHwEsT TERRITORIES, KEEWATIN: No. 120,507, Chesterfield Inlet, Aug. 8-11, 1928, M. O. Malte. 1934] Fernald,—New Primula from Grand Canyon, Colorado — 117 The writer believes that this species is identical with A. glabrata (J. Vahl) Greene f. tomentosa Elis. Ekman, a Greenland plant, a specimen of which has kindly been presented by Mrs. Ekman. The name tomentosa as given to a form of A. glabrata is of course quite appropriate but when applied to a species of such a genus as Anten- naria it certainly is not. The writer has therefore, with reluctance, when raising A. glabrata f. tomentosa to specific rank, decided to abandon Mrs. Ekman's name and select another one, a procedure against which there is no international rule. As the species is widely distributed in the Hudson Strait and Hudson Bay regions, the name hudsonica has been choosen. NATIONAL MUSEUM OF CANADA A NEW PRIMULA FROM THE GRAND CANYON OF THE COLORADO M. L. FERNALD (Plate 282) WnEN I studied! the North American species of Primula § Farinosae in 1928, the most southern member of the section then known in North America was the very distinct and highly localized P. specuicola Rydb., of cliffs of the Colorado River and its tributaries in southeastern Utah. Additional specimens have subsequently come to hand, including excellent flowering material supplied through the late Dr. Rydberg, but the range of the species has not been extended outside of the Colorado River area of Utah. Shortly after my publication on the group Mr. Francis Welles Hunnewell collected on the North Rim of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado in Coconino Co., Arizona, a plant with the leaves much as in Primula specuicola. This, quite naturally, was temporarily identi- fied with the plant from farther up the River; but now, a careful checking of its characters shows the plant from the Grand Canyon to be a second localized species with which it is a great pleasure formally to associate the name of its discoverer: Primuta ($ FAnimNosAE) Hunnewellii, sp. nov. (tab. 282), planta P. specuicolam simulans; foliis spathulatis membranaceis subtus plus minusve farinosis 4-9 cm. longis 0.7-1.5 cm. latis sinuato-dentatis apice rotundatis; scapo filiformi glabro nitido 5.5-11.5 cm. alto; 1 RHODORA, xxx. 59—77, 85—104 (1928). 118 Rhodora [APRIL involucri bracteis lineari-subulatis 2-4 mm. longis basi dilatatis vix gibbosis; floribus 3-10; pedicellis filiformibus adscendentibus vel arcuatis deinde 1.5-3 em. longis; calycibus chartaceis plus minusve farinosis campanulatis 3-4 mm. longis 2-3.5 mm. diametro, lobis lanceolato-deltoideis 2-2.4 mm. longis minute ciliolatis; corollae tubo gracili 5-6 mm. longo limbo ca. 7 mm. diametro purpureo (?), lobis emarginatis; capsulis cylindricis 5 mm. longis valde exsertis; seminibus angulatis 0.6-0.8 mm. longis fulvescentibus rugulosis.— ARIZONA: limestone cliffs, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Coconino Co., August 19, 1928, Francis Welles Hunnewell, no. 10,883 (TYPE in herb. F. W. Hunnewell, duplicate in Gray Herb.). PRIMULA HUNNEWELUII, as already stated, is nearest related to the rare P. specuicola Rydb., also of the Colorado Valley. From the latter it differs most strikingly in its very small calyx, only 3-4 mm. long, and its definitely exserted capsule; P. specuicola having the more herbaceous calyx 6-9 mm. long (FIG. 3), with more attenuate lobes and greatly exceeding the capsule. In P. specuicola, likewise, the involucre is better developed, up to 1 em. long. Whether there are any essential differences in the corolla can not yet be stated. Seeds from the type collection have been shared between Mr. Hunnewell, the Harvard Botanic Garden and the Royal Botanic Garden at Edin- burgh (where is found the world's greatest collection of living Primu- las). Should any of these germinate it will be possible later to report upon the fresh flowers. PLATE 282 from a photograph made by Pro- fessor J. Franklin Collins and presented to RHopora by Mr. Hunne- well, shows a single plant (rra. 1) of P. Hunnewellii, X 1, and beside it (rra. 2) a fruiting calyx, X 3; with a fruiting calyx of P. specuicola Rydb. x 3 (rra. 3) for comparison, from the type locality, Bluff City, southeastern Utah, Eastwood, no. 68. GLOTTIDIUM VESICARIUM IN OKLAHOMA.—Specimens of Glottidvum vesicarium (Jacq.) Harper were brought recently to the botany depart- ment by Dr. A. C. Shead. These plants were collected by Dr. Shead near Mannsville, Johnston County, October 8, 1933, where, according to the collector, they occur very locally, and chiefly near the highway. Johnston County lies just east of the south-central part of the state. 'To the writer's knowledge, this location constitutes the most north- westerly one known for the species, the previously known range being considered as from the Carolinas to Florida and west to Texas. Being annuals, these leguminous plants elicited the usual surprise 1934] Anderson,—Notes on Flora of 'Tennessee 119 because of their woody stems and unusual height—the specimens exceeding three meters. Whether the plants are native, and possess an intermittent range to the Gulf, or have been introduced, is still a conjectural matter.— GrorGE J. Goopman, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF TENNESSEE: THE GENUS TRILLIUM W. A. ANDERSON THE genus Trillium, including as it does some of the most attractive spring flowers, has always had considerable attention from botanists. More than a hundred years ago the greater number of eastern North American species had been introduced into Europe, where they were cherished as horticultural rarities. Illustrations, not only of the various species, but also of color-forms, appeared in the botanical and horticultural publications of the late 18th and early 19th centuries. As for the present day interest in Trillium, there have been within the past forty years four revisions of the genus or of sections of it;! two revisions of the Trilliums of particular regions; a series of studies of the California Trilliums, involving the life-history of the plants, their frequent sterility, and production of monstrosities;? and a vast number of short notices, mostly concerned with teratological forms. In spite of all this publication, several points seem to have been overlooked concerning the taxonomy and nomenclature of this interesting genus, and there are certain problems which as yet await solution. Though the genus Trillium is a small one, it is unusually complex. Many species exhibit a high degree of variability in size, in color, and in form. All the species with atropurpureous petals have light-colored allies, which may be recognized as forms or varieties, or which in some ! Small, J. K., The Sessile-flowered Trillia of the Southern States, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 169-175 (1897). Rendle, A. B., Notes on Trillium, Journal of Botany, xxxix. 321—335 (1901). Gleason, H. A., The Pedunculate Species of Trillium, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 387-396 (1906). Gates, R. R, A Systematic Study of the North American Genus Trillium, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. iv. 43—92 (1917). ? Peattie, Donald C., Trillium in North and South Carolina, Jour. Elish. Mitch. Soc. xlii. 193-206 (1927). Friesner, Ray C., The Genus Trillium in Indiana, Butler Univ. Bot. Studies, Papers nos. 2 and 3 (1929). 3? Goodspeed and Brandt, Notes on the Californian Species of Trillium, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vol. vii, nos. 1-4 (1916—1917). 120 Rhodora [APRIL cases are given specific rank. In the group of large, broad-leaved, sessile-flowered Trilliums, the specific lines are particularly hard to draw. Trillium Hugeri and the plant described by Harbison as T. luteum are, respectively, the deep-red and greenish-yellow, sessile- flowered Trilliums of the Tennessee and North Carolina Appalachians. In the Ozarks and vicinity are T. viride, a green-petalled species, and a purplish-flowered variety which has been given specific rank as T. viridescens. These two are described as having narrower petals than does T. Hugeri, and as being slightly pubescent near the tops of the stems and on the veins of the leaves, but some individuals are hard to separate from the Appalachian plants. In California is a series of sessile-flowered Trilliums which is almost identical with these of the Ozarks and of the Appalachians, and which includes atropurpureous-, greenish-yellow-, and white-flowered forms, also narrow-petalled and broad-petalled plants. McBride! suggests the possibility that these are identical with the Appalachian species. In view of the fact that the floras of the two regions are unrelated, this seems unlikely, yet more study will be needed before the relationships of these plants is satisfactorily explained. It is small wonder that Elliott, in 1817? wrote of the genus Trillium, “Under great simplicity and conformity of habit, . . . it contains and conceals many species." That field experience is desirable is an axiom of taxonomic procedure. Other lines of attack which might lead to a better understanding of the genus Trillium are:— 1. A study of growth in various parts of the plant during the flowering period, such as was made by Harbison? on 7. ludovicianum. 2. A study of rootstock- and fruit-characters. The present investi- gation reveals that one section of sessile-flowered Trilliums may be set apart on rootstock-characters alone. Fruits are rarely collected, and apparently little attention has been paid to them. 3. Studies in hybridization. Gates* suggests hybrid origin of many strains within certain species, and Goodspeed® suggests that terato- logical variations may result from the heterozygous condition. Ex- perimental proof of these statements should be attempted. 1 McBride, J. F., Contr. Gray Herb. n. ser. lvi 19 (1918). ? Elliott, Stephen, Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, i. 430 rae T. G., Biltmore Bot. Studies, i. 24 (1901). 4 Gates, R. R., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. T. erectum var. album, p. 54, and T. luteum, p. 46. 5 Goodspeed, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vii. 85 (1917). 1934] Anderson,—Notes on Flora of Tennessee 121 Tennessee has so many species of Trillium within its borders that a study of them involves nearly all the species of the eastern United States. The following key includes all known species within this region excepting the southern T. decumbens, T. ludovicianum, and T. pusillum, and the middle-western T. nivale. a. Flowers sessile... .b. b. Rootstocks slender, horizontal; petals distinctly clawed; anthers arching over the stigmas... .c. c. Leaves petioled; sepals reflexed.................. 6. T. recurvatum. c. Leaves sessile; sepals spreading.................. 7. T. lanceolatum. b. Rootstocks short and stout; petals variously shaped, but, if narrowed below, not into a distinct claw; anthers straight... .d. d. Stamens about half the length of the petals... .e. e. Petals about half the width of the sepals; stamens 1.5-2 INE DENIS I rn broke fs nee nrc rr RR 9. T. stamineum. e. Petals as wide as or wider than the sepals; stamens about Emm WIR Fels ice oe ena E es 1. T. sessile. d. Stamens not more than one third the length of the petals... .f. f. Petals broadly spatulate, at least one of them mucronate. 8. T. discolor. f. Petals linear to broadly oblanceolate, usually acute or acuminate, rarely obtuse, but not spatulate....g. g. Leaves lanceolate to ovate, acute............... 2. T. maculatum. g. Leaves broadly ovate to orbicular, acuminate. . . . h. h. Entirely glabrous; petals narrowly to broadly ob- lanceolate. . . .7. i. Petals atropurpureous.............. eese 3. T. Hugeri. ENSE VLU ATE IE eee oe eT ot, 4. T. luteum. h. Upper part of stem and veins on lower surfaces of leaves pubescent; petals linear.............. 5. T. viride. a. Flowers peduncled. . . .j. j. Ovary winged or angled; petals of one color... . k. k. Petals lanceolate to ovate, spreading from the base; ovary usually dark-colored... .1. l. Filaments 2-3.5 mm. long... .m. m. Petals atropurpureous...................004. 10. T. erectum. m. Petals white...................... 10a. T. erectum var. album. l. Filaments 5-10 mm. long................. sees 11. T. Vaseyi. k. Petals lanceolate to oblong or obovate, their bases ascend- ing, the upper part spreading; ovary light-colored... . n. n. Filaments and anthers slender; flowers usually raised above the leaves.................00.0000. 12. T. grandiflorum. n. Filaments and anthers stout; flowers on cernuous or declined peduncles, below the leaves. . . .o. o. Style present; stamens usually long and anthers curved; corolla revolute.................. 13. T. Catesbaei. o. Style absent; stamens short and straight; corolla spreading, not revolute... . p. p. Peduncle about as long as the flower, curved down- WAT o a ROS ree MEE d tS a 14. T. cernuum. p. Peduncle almost as long as the leaves, straight, but declined beneath the leaves.............. 15. T. Gleasoni. J. Ovary not winged or angled; petals white, with a purple spot near the DENEN se i ice cease ce TT 16. T. undulatum. 122 Rhodora [APRIL 1. TRILLIUM SESSILE L. Sp. Pl. i. 340 (1753). T. longiflorum Raf.! Med. Fl. ii. 97 (1830). T. rotundifolium Raf. l.c. T. tinctorium Raf. l.c. 98. T. tsanthum Raf. l. c. T. membranaceum Raf. l. c.—T. sessile grows in Pennsylvania, Virginia, Ohio, central Kentucky, Tennessee and Arkansas. In Tennessee it has been found only in the central part of the State. Kingston Springs, Svenson, no. 34. Nash- ville, Wilkinson; Lee's place (Nashville), Apr., 1878, Gattinger. While Linnaeus included at least two species in his Trillium sessile, Small? and Rendle? have shown that the name is more properly applied to this small plant of the middle States. Yellow- or green- flowered plants often are present in colonies of the ordinary red- flowered plants.* 2. T. MmacULATUM Raf. Med. Flor. ii. 103 (1830). Solanum tri- phyllon flore hexapetalo Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carol. t. 50. T. sessile L. in part. T. sessile Elliott, Sketch i. 426 (1817), as to plant described. T. discolor Chapman, Fl. Southern U. S. 478 (1860) and later editions, not Wray. T. Underwoodii Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 172 (1897) and in Fl. Se. U. S. 277 (1903). T. lanceolatum Boykin, var. rectistamineum Gates, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 48 (1917). T. recti- stamineum (Gates) St. John, Rnopona xxii. 78 (1920). Perhaps T. sessile, var. praecox Nuttall, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. v. 154 (1837).— Rhizome usually corm-like, erect or horizontal; stem 1-3.5 dm. high, smooth; leaves 6-11 cm. long, lance-ovate, with rounded base and acute tip, strongly mottled, mottling tending to form longitudinal ` stripes; sepals 2.5-5 cm. long, erect, lanceolate, acute; petals 3.5-6 cm. long, oblanceolate, acute; anthers about 13 mm. long, connective projecting; stigmas recurved. Though this plant has been known as long, perhaps, as any species of Trillium, and was one of the first to be illustrated, it has been the subject of a great deal of misunderstanding. Even after Small clearly demonstrated its validity as a species and gave it a name, 1 Many of the numerous species of Trillium proposed by Rafinesque are referable to the trivial variations which are so abundant in this genus. A number of them can be identified with well marked species, and where this is the case they are cited in synonymy in this paper. 2 Small, J. K., Sessile-flowered Trillia of the Southern States, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 169 (1897). 3 Rendle, A. B., Notes on Trillium, Jour. Bot. xxxix. 321 (1901). * Peattie, Jour. Elish. Mitch. Soc. xlii. 197 (1927), considers T. sessile, var. luteum Muhl. to be one of these rather than the larger T. luteum (Muhl.) Harbison of North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Harbison, however, makes it clear, from his study of plants in the Muhlenberg herbarium, that the name is properly applied to the more southern plant, and he published it properly in Biltmore Botanical Studies i. 22 (1901). Beyer, in Torreya xxvii. 83 (1927), publishes T. sessile, var. viridiflorum, a green- flowered form of T. sessile. That such forms have long been recognized is shown by the fact that in every edition of Gray's Manual except the first, the petals of T. sessile are described as '' purple varying to greenish.” 1934] Anderson,— Notes on Flora of Tennessee 123 Gates described it as a variety of T. lanceolatum, which it only super- ficially resembles, and St. John raised it to specific rank under Gates' varietal name. Among the numerous species of Trillium described by Rafinesque, this one is unmistakable, not so much by the description, as by the citation to Elliott. Rafinesque's description is as follows: 34. Tr. maculatum Raf. (Tr. sessile, Elliot.) Stem spotted, leaves sessile ovate acute, trinerve, spotted: calyx erect oblong,’ petals spatulate, twice as long, dark purple. In Carolina, &c. Elliott’s Latin diagnosis is a direct quotation from Pursh: “T. flore sessili, erecto; petalis lanceolatis, erectis, calyce duplo longioribus; foliis sessilibus, lato-ovalibus, acutis. Pursh, 1. p. 244." "This might apply to any one of several sessile-flowered Trilliums, but Elliott's careful supplementary description leaves no doubt as to the plant involved: Root thick, solid, with rings on the circumference, which, perhaps, indicate each years growth. Stem herbaceous, 6-12 inches high, glabrous, spotted, with small decaying sheaths at base. Leaves 3 at the summit of the stem, ovate, or oval, acute, 5 nerved, the 2 exterior obsolete, curiously spotted. Flowers sessile on the summit of the stem. Calyx 3 leaved, leaves oblong, ovate, erect, glabrous, green. Petals spathulate, lanceolate, erect or connivent, twice as long as the calyx, dark purple. Filaments flat, rigid, not half as long as the calyx, dark purple. Anthers linear, attached to the sides of the filaments, pale purple. Germ superior, ovate, 3 angled. Styles short, expanding. Stigma obtuse. Berry glabrous, depressed, dark purple. Grows in rich, high lands. "The only species found near the sea coast. Flowers March-April. It is clear that by “filaments” Elliott meant both filaments and connective, and that the stamens were only one fourth as long as the petals. This is the diagnostic character which sets off 7. maculatum and T. Hugeri from T. sessile. That Elliott’s plant was not T. Hugeri is indicated by the fact that the leaves were “ovate, or oval, acute, : curiously spotted.” T. Hugeri has broadly ovate, acuminate leaves which are not strikingly spotted. In addition to this Elliott gives the correct geographic data, —“ the only species found near the sea coast." There are no authentic records of Trillium maculatum in Tennessee. It is a plant of the coastal plain and piedmont regions from the Caro- linas to Alabama and Mississippi. 3. Trium Huceri Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 277 (1903).—A plant of the Appalachians of the Carolinas and Tennessee, which may be dis- 124 Rhodora [APRIL tinguished from T. maculatum by its broader, less mottled leaves, but is less readily separable from T. viride of the Ozark region, and perhaps should be included in that species. Knoxville, Scribner, no 7553; Lookout Mountain, Apr. 29, 1906, T. O. Fuller; wet ravine near Emory River, Wartburg, May 22, 1929, Jennison & Anderson (this specimen had petals pale toward the tips like T. viride, but is glabrous); Nashville, Wilkinson, and in Apr., 1878, Gattinger. 4. T. LUTEUM (Muhl.) Harbison, Biltmore Bot. Studies. i. 22 (1901). According to Harbison, T. sessile, var. luteum Muhl. Cat. p. 38 (1813). T. Underwoodii, var. luteum McBride, Contr. Gray Herb. lvi. 19 (1918). T. luteum, var. latipetalum Gates, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 46 (1917). T. Hugeri, forma flava Peattie, Jour. Elish. Mitch. Soc. xlii. 199 (1927).—Stem 2-6 dm. high from a short, thick rootstock; leaves 6-14 em. long, broadly ovate to orbicular, acuminate, mottled, smooth, or veins of lower surface scabrous; sepals 3-4 cm. long, lanceolate, blunt; petals 4-6 cm. long, narrowly to broadly oblanceo- late, sometimes almost linear, often somewhat twisted toward the tips, greenish-yellow to almost a buttercup-yellow; stamens 1-1.5 cm. long, filaments very short, connectives broad and slightly pro- jecting at the tip; flower delicately fragrant, lemon-scented. This plant is the most abundant Trillium in the valley of East Tennessee where it grows in pure stands unmixed with any red- flowered form. It does, however, show considerable range of varia- bility, and the extreme types approach other named "species" so closely that it becomes doubtful whether the distinction really exists ornot. T.luteum is closest related to T. Hugeri, to which it is similar in every respect except in color; every part of the plant shows the yellow pigmentation instead of purple. A specimen with wide petals would fall under Gates’ var. latipetalum. One with very narrow, greenish petals, if accompanied with scabrous veins on the leaves would pass for T. viride, and forms with twisted petals approach T. decumbens Harbison, at least in this respect. McBride described T. luteum as a variety of T. Underwoodii because he confused that species with T. Hugeri. Through the courtesy of Dr. J. K. Small the writer has been able to examine type material of T. Hugeri and representative specimens of T. Underwoodi. There can be no doubt that T. luteum is more properly associated with the former species. Near Wolf Creek, May 19, 1928, Jennison; Sevierville, Apr. 11, 1917, Ainslie; Love's Creek, Knox County, Apr. 1925, Galyon; Knox- ville, rich soil, common, May, 1895, Ruth; foot of Clinch Mountain, Corryton, Marjorie Shipe, no. 1; Harriman, Kearney, no. 107; Grand View, 1897, R. W. Taylor. A specimen of Gattinger’s, from 1934] Anderson,—Notes on Flora of Tennessee 125 Nashville, Apr. 1878, which is labelled T. sessile, var. discolor may belong to this species, though it is very faded, and could equally well be T. Hugeri or T. viride. 5. T. vIRIDE Beck, Amer. Jour. Sci. ix. 178 (1826). T. viridescens Nuttall, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. v. 155 (1837). T. sessile, var. Nuttallii Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. xiv. 273 (1879). As represented by specimens in the Gray Herbarium, plants from Missouri and Arkansas have stamens which are actually and propor- tionally longer than those of narrow-petalled specimens of T. Hugeri from Tennessee. The original description of T. viride states that the stamens are “half the length of the corol," but in specimens the writer has seen they are nearer one third. Most specimens of Trillium are mounted in such a way that the upper parts of the stems and the undersides of the leaves can not be seen. T. viride is described as being pubescent on these parts, but a study of fresh or unmounted specimens will be necessary in order to ascertain the constancy of this character. Small! recognizes T. viridescens as a separate species, with solidly purple-red petals. T. viride grows in Missouri and Arkansas, and according to Small, in North Carolina, Alabama and Mississippi. A specimen of Gattinger's, Nashville Apr., 1878, and one of Scribner’s, Knoxville, May 18, 1889, may belong to this species. 6. T. REcURVATUM Beck, Am. Jour. Sci. xi. 178 (1828). T. ungui- culatum Raf. Med. Bot. ii. 98 (1830). T. unguiculatum Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. v. 154 (1837).—1.3-3 dm. high from a slender horizon- tal rootstock; leaves 6-9 cm. long, narrowed into a petiole which is 0.8-2 cm. long, blade broadly lanceolate to nearly orbicular; sepals 1.5-2.2 cm. long, lanceolate, reflexed so they lie close against the stem; petals 2.2-3.2 cm. long, erect, clawed; blade varying in width but usually lanceolate and acuminate; filaments 3-4 mm. long, anthers 6-10 mm. long, incurved at the tip; stigmas erect with re- curved tips.? As in other species of Trillium there is great variation in the shape of the petals. In southeastern Iowa a robust form with broad, scarcely clawed petals and nearly sessile leaves is very common. It would pass for a distinct variety or almost as a separate species, if it did not intergrade with typical plants in the same colony. A yellow form, 7. recurvatum, forma luteum has been described by Clute? and also by Friesner.* 1 Small, Fl. Se. U. S., 278 (1903). ? Robertson, Charles, Bot. Gaz. xxi. 271 (1896), says this arrangement of stigmas and stamens is for self pollination, that these flowers have lost their power to attract insects other than occasional beetles which feed on the pollen. 3 Clute, Willard N., Am. Botanist xxviii. 79 (1922). * Friesner, Ray C., Butler Univ. Bot. Studies, Paper 3: 29 (1929). 126 Rhodora [APRIL T. recurvatum is a species of the Mississippi valley from Michigan and Wisconsin southward to West Tennessee and Arkansas. Low woods in river bottom, Clarksville, Apr. 23, 1919, Ainslie; rich woods, Bain, no. 174; Jackson, Apr. 1893, Bain; Brighton, Tipton county, Palmer, no. 17317. 7. T. LANCEOLATUM Boykin ex Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv 274 as syn. (1879); Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 174 (1897). T. re- curvatum var. lanceolatum Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. xiv. 273 (1879). —Differs from T. recurvatum in having lanceolate, sessile leaves; sepals spreading, not reflexed; plant taller and more slender. It may be regarded as the representative of T. recurvatum in the Gulf States. It is not found in Tennessee. 8. T. piscoLor Wray ex Hook. Bot. Mag. lviii, t 3097 (1831) has spatulate yellow petals, of which at least one is apiculate. 9. T. srAMINEUM Harbison, Biltm. Bot. Stud. i. 23 (1901) has a very pubescent stem. and pubescent veins on the lower surfaces of the leaves; petals which are much narrower than the sepals, and very large, broad, purple stamens, which are almost as large as the petals. Neither of these Trilliums has been reported from Tennessee. According to Small the former is found in the Carolinas and in Georgia, while the latter grows in Georgia, Alabama and Mississippi. 10. T. RECTUM L. Sp. Pl. i. 340 (1753). T. rhomboideum Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am. 215 (1803). T. acuminatum Raf. Med Bot. ii. 99 (1830). T. nutans Raf. l.c. T. flavum Raf. l. c. 100. The common, ill-scented Trillium of northeastern United States, ranges southward in the Appalachians to Tennessee. It is rare in the southern part of its range where it is replaced by the white-petalled var. album. Mt. Pisgah, May 27, 1928, Hesler; Shady Valley, May 4, 1928, Jennison; Rockwood, Galyon, no. 455; rich woods, Harriman, Kearney, no. 172. 10 a. T. ERECTUM, var. ALBUM (Michx.) Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 245 (1814). T. rhomboideum, Q. album Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. 215 (1803).— Differs from T. erectum only in the color of the petals, which are white, or creamy in age, and in having no scent. Farther north light-colored plants of T. erectum have been reported, some of them true albinos, with all parts of the flower white or green. In the Great Smoky Mountains these plants have dark ovaries, although the petals are white. In certain localities they grow by thousands.—Glade below Indian Grave Flat, Gatlinburg, Anderson & Jennison, no. 861; Roaring Fork, Gatlinburg, Anderson, no. 813 (one specimen approaches T. Vaseyi); Mt. LeConte, Gatlinburg, Galyon, nos. 467, 484; Cades Cove Mountain, Blount County, Anderson, no. 889; woods, Hiwassee Valley, Ruth, no. 457; Knoxville, Ruth, no. 456. 11. T. VasEvi Harbison, Biltm. Bot. Stud. i. 24 (1901). "This, the largest Trillium in America, is like a gigantic T. erectum, some stem 6 dm. high; leaves 2 dm. long; petals 8 cm. long, 5 cm. wide, crimson- 1934] Anderson,—Notes on Flora of Tennessee 127 . purple; filaments much longer than in T. erectum, 5-10 mm. long; anthers 9-15 mm. long. 7. Vaseyi, forma album House, Muhlen- bergia vi. 73 (1910) is the white-petalled form.—An endemic of the southern Appalachians, not common. Mt. LeConte, Gatlinburg, Galyon, no. 470; Gatlinburg, June 8, 1930, Sharp; low woods, Oliver Springs, Anderson & Jennison, no. 958; without locality, Gattinger. 12. T. GRANDIFLORUM (Michx.) Salisb. Parad. Lond. t. i (1806). T. rhomboideum y. grandiflorum Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 216 (1803). The common, large-flowered, white Trillium of the northeastern States, very variable, but easily recognized by the slender filaments and petals ascending at the base. The leaves are usually contracted into a very short petiole; the extreme form has been described as a distinct variety, var. lirioides (Raf.) Victorin.! T. grandiflorum is restricted to the mountains in Tennessee. Lem- on’s Gap, Cocke County, Kearney, no. 338; Thunderhead, Galyon, no. 453; Gatlinburg, Anderson & Jennison, no. 873, Anderson, no. 802; Cades Cove Mountain, Blount County, Anderson & Hesler, nos. 1219, 1220; Monroe County, head of Tellico River, Apr. 23, 1890, Seribner; rich bluffs on Emory River, Harriman, Kearney, no. 170; mountain sides, Sewanee, Kirby-Smith. 13. T. CarEsBAEI Elliott, Sketch Bot. S. C. & Ga. 429 (1817). T. stylosum Nuttall, Genera N. Am. Pl. i. 239 (1818). T. nervosum Ell., l. c. Delostylis cernuum Raf. (based on T. stylosum Nuttall) Jour. de Physique Ixxxix. 102 (1819). Constitutes the sub-genus Delostylium Raf. Med. FI. ii. 102 (1830). This beautiful species stands apart from all other Trilliums not only in that it has a distinct style, but that the anthers are large and curved, the filaments long and stout, and all segments of the perianth strongly revolute. A native of the mountains of North Carolina, Georgia and Tennessee, usually found in dry, sandy soil. In Tennessee it is more common at altitudes from 1200 to 2500 feet. The presence of a station at Mem- phis is a most unusual situation, though it points to a relation with the coastal plain which is by no means uncommon. T. nervosum Ell. is a slender form. This plant was illustrated by Catesby, and was included in T. cernuum by Linnaeus. Cades Cove, Anderson, no. 1152; Cades Cove Mountain, Anderson, nos. 907, 915; Sunshine, (Kinzel Springs), Andes, no. 68; on ridge among pines, Kinzel Springs, Anderson 1248; Ducktown, Kearney, no. 102; Albrecht Grove (?), “4 miles from here" (Memphis), Egeling. 14. T. cernuum L. Sp. Pl. 339 (1753). T. latifolium Raf., T. hamosum Raf., T. medium Raf., T. glaucum Raf., Med. Fl. ii. 101 ! Victorin, Fr. Marie, Contr. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montreal xiv. 30 (1929). 128 Rhodora [APRIL (1830).—Similar to 7. Catesbaei in that the flower is produced below the leaves on a curved pedicel, differing from it in having shorter, straight stamens, no style, and shorter petals which are not strongly recurved. The leaves are usually rhombic. The typical form of this plant has lanceolate, acute petals. It grows from Newfoundland down the Atlantic coast to Georgia. In- land it is represented by T. cernuum var. macranthum Eames & Wiegand! which is a more robust plant with obovate petals rounded at the tips. This stout plant is very much like T. Rugelit Rendle.’ The descriptions do not match as to color; the anthers and ovaries of T. Rugelii are described as deep purple. This character is more like that of T. erectum var. album, but Rendle’s excellent plate is very much like some specimens of T. cernuum var. macranthum in the Gray Herbarium. The only specimen seen from a Tennessee station is of var. macranthum. Ducktown, May, Gattinger. 15. T. GLeasoni Fernald, Ruopora xxxiv. 21 (1932). T. declina- tum (Gray) Gleason Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 389 (1906), not Raf. T. erectum, var. declinatum Gray, Man., ed. 5, 523 (1867).—This plant has a straight, declined petiole, not a curved one, the flower below the leaves; filaments short, about 2 mm. long. In Tennessee, according to Eames & Wiegand.’ 16. T. unpuLATUM Willd. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Neue Schr. i. 422 (1801). T. erythrocarpum Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 216 (1803).— The well-known Painted Trillium of coniferous forests of northeastern North America, which is near its southern limits in the mountains of Tennessee. It only grows at relatively high altitudes in the southern Appalachians, where it is associated with the Fraser’s fir-red spruce forest.—Rich mountain woods, Lemon’s Gap, Kearney, no. 337; Wolf Creek, May 20, 1928, Jennison; Shady Valley, May 4, 1928, Jennison; Mt. LeConte, Galyon, no. 468; Mt. LeConte, 5000 ft. elev., Anderson, no. 1250; Ocoe Valley, May, 1859, Gattinger. Tue STATE UNIVERSITY OF Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. LOBELIA DoRTMANNA IN AROOSTOOK CouNTY, Matne.—While on a botanical collecting trip in the northern part of Maine during the past summer I felt very fortunate in finding Lobelia Dortmanna Linné (Water Lobelia) growing in two localities. On August 20, 1933 I 1 Eames & Wiegand, Ruopona xxv. 191 (1923). ? Rendle, Jour. of Bot. xxxix. 33 (1901). 3 RHODORA xxv. 150 (1923). 1934] Fernald and Hodgdon,—Gaultheria procumbens 129 found the plant growing in considerable abundance in from two to three feet of water along the south-western margin of Madawaska Lake in Township xvi, Range 4. At this time some of the plants bore both flowers and fruits. On August 21, 1933 I also found this same plant growing under similar conditions in Eagle Lake, Township xvi, Range 6, near the mouth of Fish River. Specimens were collected at the former locality, and will be found in my collection under number 343. "These stations are north of the previously recorded limits of the species in Maine.—Maynarp W. Quimpsy, Ithaca, New York. GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS L., forma accrescens, f. nov. (TAB. 283), corolla persistenti accrescenti deinde 1 em. longa roseata.—Massa- CHUSETTS: oak and pine woods near the Hyannis pumping station, Barnstable, October 28, 1933, M. L. Fernald, A. R. Hodgdon, C. B. Ummanzio, et al., no. 2667 (TYPE in Gray Herb., isotype in herb. New England Botanical Club). This extraordinary form of the common Checkerberry is the dis- covery of a group of students on the annual field-trip of * Botany 7" to Cape Cod. The excessive rains of the summer and autumn had so raised the levels of the usually productive ponds that they were quite without the typical display of beach plants. Consequently, the drowning of the bordering thicket and a driving nor'easter combined forced our party back into the ordinarily uninteresting mixed oak and pitch pine woods, to gather mushrooms for dinner. Some of the stu- dents, still further departing from the serious purpose of the trip, began gathering and eating Checkerberries, when one of them found a plant with the large accrescent pink corolla. Search brought to light about 20 fruiting stems, all apparently from one mat, showing this peculiarity. All other colonies in the neighborhood were quite typical, having lost the white corolla. In typical Gaultheria procumbens the fruit, after the early loss of the corolla, becomes subglobose, with the closely appressed calyx- lobes tightly closed down over the summit of the capsule. In forma accrescens, due to the persistence and enlargement of the corolla, the fruit is campanulate, with the calyx-lobes straight and not arching. Through the kindness and interest of Professor J. F. Collins, who has made the photograph, and Dr. A. M. Waterman of the Providence Office of Forest Pathology, one of the flowers was frozen and sec- tioned but no sign of fungus infection was found.—M. L. FERNALD & A. R. Hopapon, Gray Herbarium. 130 Rhodora [APRIL THE ORIGIN OF THE NAME LESPEDEZA P. L. RICKER In the year 1803, a work was published on the flora of North America as a result of the explorations in this country of André Michaux and his son Francois André-Michaux between 1785 and 1796. In this work! was described a new genus of legume which was named Lespedeza and in a footnote it is given as named for * D. LEsPEDEZ, gubernator Floridae, erga me peregrinatorem officiossissimus," which may be translated as named for * D. LesPEDEz, Governor of Florida, on account of the greatest courtesy to me during my travels." This has been interpreted by later writers as protection furnished by the Governor, but Michaux's Journal apparently disproves this. There were no local conflicts with the Indians at that time and, according to the Journal, all of his trips were by boat with frequent landings and accompanied by his son, a negro purchased at Charleston, and two hired boatmen who were also armed with guns, which are mentioned on only one occasion when a salute was exchanged on approaching a settlement. "The courtesies extended, as far as mentioned, were entirely social, beginning with an invitation to dine with the Governor and ladies soon after his arrival. In connection with a study of the economic species of Lespedeza with Dr. A. J. Pieters of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, it seemed desirable to have a little more information regarding D. Lespedez and his relations with the elder Michaux. The Journal of the latter? indicates that he arrived at St. Augustine February 28, 1788, explored the immediate region to a distance of 50 to 100 miles radius, and left there May 27, 1788. In several places he refers to visits to or from “His Excellency the Governor," but in no place mentions him by name. The Governor took a great interest in his collections on the return from several trips, and visited him to see his material on at least one occasion. It would seem probable that some of the early histories of Florida or of the Spanish possessions in this country would make some mention of the name of the Governor of Florida during that period, but a search of those available at the Library of Congress failed to reveal any ! Michaux, André. Flora Boreali-Americana, 2: 70. 1803. ? Published in the original French by C. S. Sargent, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 26: 1-145. 1889. 1934] Ricker,—Origin of the Name Lespedeza 131 such reference. A bibliography at the end of one of the histories did however state that numerous early manuscripts were in the library of the Florida State Historical Society at DeLand, and I am indebted to the Secretary, Mr. James A. Robertson of Takoma Park, Md., for the following information. ; The Governor of East Florida from 1784 to 1790 was Vicente Manuel de Céspedes,! who resided at St. Augustine. Their earliest document mentioning him is from Havana and dated March 3, 1784, when he was governor elect and had not taken his post. Photostat copies of other documents written by him, from the Archives in Seville, are also in the library of the above Society.? The name Lespedeza was evidently so printed through an error of the printer, of Michaux’s son or of L. C. M. Richard of the Paris Museum who is generally credited with having done most of the botanical work on the collections of Michaux. This was possibly due to illegibility of some of Michaux's notes as the ship on which he returned to France was wrecked off the coast of Holland, but most of his collections and notes were recovered from the water. It would be exceedingly unfortunate and confusing after over one hundred years’ use of the name Lespedeza if a correction in spelling were made. Botanical rules do not require it. Confusion would also be caused on account of the name Cespedesia of the Family Ochnaceae described by Goudot in 1844,? and named for Juan Maria Céspedes, professor of botany at Santa Fé de Bogotá. Under the international botanical rules two generic names even if of similar origin but of a single letter difference in spelling, when it does not involve the gender of the terminating letter or letters, are valid. It is however hoped that no over-enthusiastic botanist will seize upon this case as an opportunity to make a new name or correction sufficiently different in appearance to think he is entitled to place his name after all of the new combinations involved. This has unfortu- nately been done in one or two cases in recent years but such a practice ! In the old spelling the letter c was z. I ? Later Dr. John Hendley Barnhart has called my attention to a short biographical note on Gov. Céspedez in Brevard, Caroline M. A history of Florida from the treaty of 1763 to our own times. Published by the Florida State Historical Society. 1924. 3 Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 2: 368. 1844, 132 Rhodora [APRIL is not ethical, and is not warranted under any written or unwritten rules of botany.! BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Washington, D. C. HawanaAN Mosses.? Mr. Bartram has rendered a notable service to bryologists in collecting into one compact octavo volume the hitherto widely scattered, and frequently almost inaccessible, information on the Hawaiian mosses. His descriptions are written from a study of authentic, often type, material and are models for completeness and detailed in- formation. The manual describes 198 species and 26 varieties, of which 195 species are illustrated by excellent text figures by the author, although Mr. Bartram modestly refrains from stating this fact. Like the deserip- tions these figures are made from authentic, often type, material. In the case of more or less cosmopolitan species both text and figures have been drawn, except in a few instances, from specimens collected in Hawaii. Thus the manual becomes, in a sense, a volume of original descriptions and drawings of all known Hawaiian mosses. The arrangement of families and genera follows closely that of Engler and Prantl: “Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien," edition of 1924-1925. The nomenclature is that adopted for mosses at the Cambridge Inter- national Congress of 1930, making Hedwig’s “Species Muscorum" (1801) as the starting point. Abundant keys to genera and species help make a very workable manual for the amateur or professional bryologist. As might be expected in the case of isolated tropical islands, with mountains reaching 6000 feet altitude, there are many endemic species—said to be more than 50 per cent. Twenty species and varieties are described as new. These are: Fissidens hawaiicus, F. insularis, Dicranella hawatica var. tomentella, D. rigidula, Holomitrium squarrifolium, Leucobryum gracile var. hamatum, Calymperes hawaiiense, Encalypta scabrata, Anoectangium haleakalea var. laxum, Trichostomum oblongifolium, Leptodontium brevicaule, Webera gracilescens, Bryum vino-viride, Daltonia pseudostenophylla, Fabronia degeneri, Thuidium plicatum var. brevifolium, Glossadelphus irroratus, G. acutifolius, Ectropo- thecium viridifolium, Isopterygium vineale.—J. F. C. Volume 36, no. 423, including pages 61-100 and plates 278-280 was issued 9 March, 1934. 1! Under the International Rules, as amended in 1930, a new name which is so similar to an older one as to cause confusion is not allowed.—Eds. 2 Manual of Hawaiian Mosses, by Edwin B. Bartram. Bulletin 101, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii. June, 1933, pages 1-275, figures 1—195. Rhodora | Plate 282 Fic. 1, Primuta HuNNEWELLII, X 1; FIG. 2, fruit, X 3. Fia. 3, P. seECUICOLA, fruit, X 3. Rhodora Plate 283 (GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS, forma ACCRESCENS, X 1. 161984 Hovora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY > Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. May, 1934. No. 425. CONTENTS: General Results of recent Norwegian Research Work on Arctic Gichens: B- Lyngen tee ee cee eC Mee es e 133 Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America. M. O. Malte....... 172 Occurrence of Littorella americana in New York. No Müstscher i Eon vsus s aia OI on ee 194 Four Forms of Massachusetts Plants. M. L. Fernald.......... 194 Notes on Rocky Mountain Plants. E. H. Kelso............... 195 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payableat par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remitiances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, pm Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora Plate 284 PROFUSE VEGETATION OF FLOWER HILL, NOVAYA ZEMLYA. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. May, 1934. No. 425. SOME GENERAL RESULTS OF RECENT NORWEGIAN RESEARCH WORK ON ARCTIC LICHENS! B. LYNGE (Plates 284 and 285) IN 1921 the writer joined the Norwegian scientific expedition to Novaya Zemlya. The botanical results have been published by the Norwegian Academy of Science in Oslo. In 1926 he worked in Spitsbergen (Bell Sound). His large collections from this expedition have in part been determined, but the results have not yet been published. In 1929 he worked in North East Greenland as a member of the expedition, which the Norwegian Svalbard-og Ishavs-under- sdkelser (the “Svalbard Office") equipped. In addition to his own collections he has also (entirely or in part) determined the Arctic lichen collections of Th. M. Fries from Bear Island and Spitsbergen in 1868 and from West Greenland in 1871, and he has determined the lichens from several Norwegian expedi- tions to the Svalbard region and to East Greenland. "Together with his friend P. F. Scholander he has worked up Scholander's lichen collections from North East Greenland from the Norwegian expedi- tion of the year 1930. He has also had full access to the large Arctic lichen collections in Copenhagen (from Greenland), Helsingfors (Bering Strait), Stockholm (Spitsbergen and Eastern Siberia), and Upsala (Spitsbergen). Compared with these Scandinavian herbaria the Arctic lichens of the other herbaria in the world are less important. And they are not 1 Published with aid of a gift to Ruopora from Mr. Bayarp Lona. 134 Rhodora [May always accessible, for several important herbaria have rules that restrict the loan of their material to other institutions. As a result of these studies he has arrived at some general results on the distribution of Arctic lichens, which he would like to present to an American public. For they imply some suggestions on the little known lichen flora of the North American high mountains, especially on the nivale lichen flora of the Rocky Mountains. Let us first consider the lichen flora of North East Greenland, from Scoresby Sound and northwards. The Second German Polar Expe- dition in 1870-71 was the first to collect lichens here. The expedition worked under extreme difficulties in this region, which was then very little explored. It was in reality almost unknown. Their lichens were determined by the German lichenologist G. W. Koerber, who iden- tified 52 species in the collection. The next botanist on the area was the Danish Dr. N. Hartz in 1891. He chiefly worked in Scoresby Sound, about 70°-72° N., south of the German field of exploration. Dr. Hartz’s very important paper, which has, perhaps, not been duly appreciated, contains interesting observations on the vegetation, the importance of the snow cover, and also on the lichens. His lichen results were remarkable. Deichmann Branth identified 190 species in his collections. During the Danish expedition in 1898-1902 Ch. Kruuse collected a few lichens near the outlet of Scoresby Sound, and especially in the Angmagsalik district, south of Scoresby Sound, about 66° N. His scientific interest was the vascular plants. The Swedish Nathorst expedition in 1899, in search of the aviator Andrée, completed our geographical knowledge of the large fjord system north of Scoresby Sound, now called Eirik Raude’s Land. Their extensive topographical work left them but a very limited time for botanical research. Their few lichens were determined by Malme. The Danish * Danmark" expedition in 1906-08, under the command of Mylius Erichsen, de- voted more time to lichens. Its botanist, Lundager, collected 68 lichens, identified by O. Gallge. The lichens were collected about Danmark Harbour, their headquarters (76° 25’ N.). Lichenological research was an important botanical object for the two Norwegian expeditions in 1929 and 1930. We worked in the fjord district be- tween the Liverpool coast in the south and Cape Wynn in the north, near the well known Sabine Island. The determination of crustaceous lichens requires an immense amount of microscopical work. "There are many of them in our 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 135 large collections, and we (i. e. Scholander and myself) have as yet only been able to work up a part of them. But the determination of our larger lichens has been published (Lynge et Scholander: Lichens from North East Greenland, collected on the Norwegian Scientific 2xpeditions in 1929 and 1930. Oslo 1932). We now have a fully representative collection of these lichens from North East Greenland. Its flora of “larger lichens," and also some genera of crustaceous lichens, is now so well known that it can be used as the basis for a comparison with the lichens of the same genera from other well explored Arctic regions. At the same time I have worked up the same genera in the almost inexhaustible treasures of undetermined Arctic lichens in the Oslo herbarium. I have also determined the same genera in Th. Fries’s West Greenland collections, and I have revised the Copenhagen Greenland material of them. In this way I hoped to obtain really comparable material from large parts of the Arctic. For the small and often very inconspicuous lichens can only be extensively collected by trained lichenologists. Other botan- ists overlook them, even if they are excellent observers. We now have good material of the larger lichens from the region between Ellesmere Land, west of Greenland (The Second Norwegian Arctic Expedition in the Fram, botanist: Simmons), across Greenland and Svalbard (the Spitsbergen region) to Franz Josef Land and Novaya Zemlya, and also from the Bering Strait district (the famous Vega expedition, botanist: Ernst Almquist, the lichens determined by Nylander and by Vainio). Future expeditions will bring to light many additional facts on the lichen flora of these regions, also on the larger lichens. I may thus mention that in 1931 Scholander found Physcia constipata and fertile plants of Dactylina ramulosa in the North East Land of Svalbard. But, as it is, the available facts from these regions are supposed to be fully comparable. Unfortunately our knowledge of the lichens of the Siberian coast west of the Bering Strait district is as yet insufficient. Several Swedish, Finnish and Russian expeditions have worked there. But much of the material still awaits determination, and other collections which have been determined are hardly large enough to be representa- tive. In spite of important papers by Elenkin, Savicz, and others, I am of opinion that our knowledge of the lichen flora of this immense coast is still so incomplete that it would be misleading to use it for comparisons with the above mentioned regions. 136 Rhodora [May Our knowledge of the lichens of the Canadian Arctic coast west of Ellesmere Land is so insignificant that we are obliged to pass over it in silence. In 1929 all the East Greenland expeditions had to force their way through heavy pack-ice. Every day we risked having our ship destroyed. Should we succeed in getting through it? If so, how should we get back again to the sea and to our home? Such were our thoughts. We succeeded. We were much astonished to find a land of almost constant sun- shine. The penetrating Arctic gales, and all the fog, sleet and the icy cold rain, which we knew so well in Svalbard and in Novaya Zemlya, were entirely lacking during almost the whole summer. There was only one attack, and a serious one, towards the end of August. The available data on the precipitation in North East Greenland are very incomplete. But we know that it is extremely low. Most probably there are many places in the desert of Sahara with a higher precipitation. "The reason for this is supposed to be the high atmos- pheric pressure over the inland ice. The winds rush down the high, bold shores like the foehns of the Alps. From well known physical causes it becomes ever drier downwards. In the lowlands it is so dry that there is very little rain. The little precipitation they have comes during the winter as snow. "There is hardly any rain during the time of vegetation. At the Norwegian meteorological station Myggbukta the annual precipitation is supposed to be about 300 mm. Through the spring the moisture in the soil is sufficient. But during the month of July the ground dries up, the moisture evaporates, or it disappears in the ground. During August the ground becomes so dry that in the continental parts of the fjords we often saw salts that had been precipitated on the open surface of the soil. I have no remembrance of a day in Spitsbergen or in Novaya Zemlya when I returned from my excursion with dry feet. In Spitsbergen we often had to paddle for miles along the beach in order to find a spot that was dry enough for a tent camp. In North East Greenland there was no trouble whatever about such things. The result of this dry climate is evident: a heath vegetation is developed. In July we find the beautiful flowers of Cassiope tetragona and Arctostaphylos alpina covering large areas, and Empetrum nigrum and Betula nana are common all over the land to the very shore 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 137 of the open sea. In the moist climate of Novaya Zemlya and Spitsbergen these plants are rare, in places lacking, plentiful only in some more continental parts, e. g. the inland end of Isfjorden (the Ice Fjord) in Spitsbergen. It is not the object of the present paper to discuss the distribution of the Arctic Vascular plants. But I may perhaps be allowed another digression. According to Ostenfeld we know 181 species of Vascular plants from the Angmagsalik district, at 66° N. He records 169 different species from the mighty Scoresby Sound district, between 707-72? N. Still farther north the two Norwegian expeditions in 1929 and 1930 obtained no less than 169 different species, exclusive of hybrids, in Eirik Raude's Land, between the Liverpool coast and Sabine Island, 73°-75° N. These figures are not in every detail comparable. In the Norwegian records the genus Draba has been split up into narrower species than in the Danish records. But this difference is, on the whole, insignifi- cant. The Vascular flora of the two southern regions has been quite as well explored as that of Eirik Raude's Land, by Kruuse and Hartz. Even with due allowance for the Drabae we find that the number of species is reduced by less than 10% from 66? N. to 73°-75° N., a distance that is about one-third of the distance between Angmagsalik and the North Pole. This shows that the conditions of life must be very uniform on this enormous coast. Furthermore we know that several plants, as well as animals (the musk-ox, the polar wolf), must have immigrated to East Greenland by the northern route, north of Greenland. Few of them have reached the Angmagsalik district. They accordingly represent an extra contribution to the flora (and fauna) of the two northern districts, as compared with the flora (and fauna) of the Angmagsalik district. On the other hand the latter district has re- ceived elements that have not reached the northern regions, such as Sedum acre and others. An Arctic traveller, who has had his experience in Spitsbergen and Novaya Zemlya, knows that the coast flora is poorer than is the flora of the more continental parts of the fjords. It will decrease again towards the inland end of the fjord if intensely glaciated. It is suffi- cient to compare the coast flora of Isfjorden (the Ice Fjord) in Spits- bergen with the rich flora of Sassen Valley and other continental valleys of the same fjord. We saw the same situation in Novaya 138 Rhodora [Mav Zemlya. This is true for the Vascular plants and to some extent also for the lichens. But we must not forget that many lichens have an extreme need of nitrogen, and are, accordingly, restricted to the bird- cliffs of the coast. It is chiefly the southern lichens that retire from the coast. It might be suggested that the relatively rich flora of vascular plants in the northern districts in Greenland is due to the great areas of ice-free land along the immense fjords. Compared with them, the largest in the world, the fjords and the ice-free land of the Angmagsalik district are very small. Arriving, with our former experience in the maritime eastern Arctic regions, we were much astonished to find a fairly rich flora along the coast in North East Greenland. Farther inland the flora varied in rich- ness, on the friable chalky sandstones behind the diabases a rich flora, on the hard rocks a very poor one. At the inland end of the fjords it was decidedly poorer than on the coast, evidently due also to the dry, almost desert climate. It is, therefore, not probable that the great number of vascular plants in the northern fjords is due to the greater extent of the ice-free land. In Novaya Zemlya these things are very different. We found 159 species of Vascular plants in Matotchkin Shar, a little more than 73° N., and only 70 species at Arkhangel Bay, just south of 76° N. We must take into consideration the greater difference in the con- ditions of life between Matotchkin Shar and the intensely glaciated Arkhangel Bay district in Novaya Zemlya, as compared with Ang- magsalik and Eirik Raude's Land in East Greenland. Yet I venture to suggest another factor, perhaps worthy of consideration: TIME. In the region covered by our work in Novaya Zemlya there was not a single northern species that was lacking in the southern districts. Geologists and botanists agreed in regarding the northern parts of Novaya Zemlya as a land that had risen much and received its vege- tation in relatively recent time, geologically speaking. We got the impression of a vegetation marching northwards. We do not know much of the rapidity of the migration of Arctic Vascular plants. Failure to produce seeds does not check migra- tion. In Novaya Zemlya I was much interested in that question. The summer was favourable, and generally I found ripe seeds as far north as I found the plants themselves. Plants that did not produce “diaspores” (sensu Sernander) locally were scarce and rare. The competition for the ground between related plants cannot be great. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 139 In the real Arctic a continuous plant cover is very rare. Almost every seed has a fair chance of finding a place for germination. But I have seen very few seedling plants there. Apart from Koenigia islandica, which is supposed to be annual also in the Arctic, we find the vivipa- rous grasses germinating, and some seedlings of the genera Draba and Saxifraga. Johannes Lid, the Norwegian expert on Arctic Vascular plants, has told me that he has seen seedlings of Carex ursina in Spitsbergen. Are the Arctic seeds not capable of germinating or do the young seedlings meet so severe conditions of life at their start that they succumb? The case may be individually different for each species. From my own observation I might suggest the latter answer to be the more probable one. But this question requires exact experiments in Arctic biological stations, like so many other interesting questions on the biology of Arctic plants. We are much in need of such stations. The rich development of runners of different kinds can only be of local importance for migration (grasses, Carices, Saxifraga flagellaris etc.). On the whole the propagation of the Arctic plants is supposed to be sufficient. But I find it probable that migration would be slow, as so many vital processes are in the Arctic. If that is so, the great number of species of Vascular plants in Eirik Raude's Land, North East Greenland, as compared with the Scoresby Sound district and Angmagsalik farther south, would suggest a considerable age for the North East Greenland flora. We must not forget that there is a great difference between the number of species and the number of individuals. Though the number of species is almost identical over this enormous distance, it is sufficient to read Hartz's descriptions from Scoresby Sound, and Kruuse's from Angmagsalik, to see that the plant cover is much richer southwards. The lichen vegetation is seriously influenced by the arid climate of North East Greenland. In the maritime Spitsbergen, and in Novaya Zemlya, the ground is full of brooklets and small and large rivers that drain the glaciers. Many lichens prefer these inundated places, especially Pyrenocarpous lichens. I have not yet determined our East Greenland aquatic Pyrenocarpous lichens, but the collection is very meagre. One of the few really common species is a Staurothele ( fusco- cuprea ?). Lichens that are characteristic of well drained fissures of vertical rocks, such as Lecidea rubiformis, develop mighty cushions on the naked soil, so dry is the soil in North East Greenland. 140 Rhodora [May The most interesting lichen in North East Greenland is perhaps Acarospora Schleicheri, in Europe a Mediterranean species. Hartz found it in Scoresby Sound, and Scholander in King Oscar Fjord, a little farther north (1930). It is quite probable that the dry, warm summers make its existence possible. It is, perhaps, a relic from the Post Glacial warmer time. In North East Greenland some lichen genera are represented by many species and by many common species, such as Gyrophora, Peltig- era, Solorina, Rinodina ete. Other genera, e. g. Parmelia, Rhizocarpon, perhaps also Lecidea, concentrate in a few, very common, almost inevitable species. Their other species are few, and much less common than they usually are in the Arctic. Many instances of this have been mentioned in the paper by Scholander and myself. Few crustaceous lichens were better represented in my Novaya Zemlya collection than the genus Rhizocarpon. I obtained 26 species, many of them common. In my North East Greenland collection I have only been able to find 8 species. Out of my several hundred Rhizocarpon plants about one-half belonged to one species, Rhizo- carpon disporum (= Rh. geminatum); and Rhizocarpon geographicum was about two-thirds of the rest. The same is the case with several other genera. This feature, that the vegetation concentrates in a few very domi- nant species, is well known from the heaths of Vascular plants. But I have formerly not been aware that the same would (or could) be the case with the lichens, also, in dry regions. As far as I know we have no exact investigations on the content of the available plant nutriment in the ground in the Arctic. But on account of the cold, generally frozen soil the roots can only utilize the uppermost strata. And on account of the insignificant supply of decaying organic substance and the violent denudation by the stream- ing water there is but little fertile humus in the soil. We can, therefore, understand the concentration of the Arctic vegetation in the bird-cliffs where sea-birds hatch in incredible num- bers, and also on prominent rocks and stones where land-birds like to rest. It will be seen from my previous works on Arctic lichens that the lichens are still more dependent on the supply of manure than are the vascular plants. Very many of them are nitrophilous, and a lot of them coprophilous. In the bird-cliffs of Arkhangel Bay, just under 76° N., in Novaya Zemlya, I collected 208 species of lichens in 8 days. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 141 And on Bear Island, where the sea-birds are so abundant, Th. M. Fries collected 185 species in 6 days (1868). North East Greenland is one of the most inaccessible parts of the earth. In 1929 we had to force our way through a zone of unbroken polar pack-ice, almost 200 km. broad. The following year was a good ice-year, but 1931 was still worse than 1929. It is evident that the sea-birds cannot successfully start breeding on a coast where they are in danger of having ice of that kind just outside of their nests. Foraging will be impossible. Danish scientists have told me that there is more open water near the outlet of Scoresby Sound. Here we find one bird-cliff on the Liverpool Coast, the northernmost in East Greenland. Farther north there are some land birds, and lichenologists will be glad to find the results of their droppings in the form of a rich lichen vegetation on prominent stones and rocks where they enjoy their siesta. There are also some scattered colonies of terns, who furiously attack every intruder. But the number of birds is equal to nothing as compared with the numbers in a bird-cliff, even if it is quite a small one. The lack of nutriment from the bird manure and the arid climate are, in my opinion, the great restraining factors of the lichen flora in North East Greenland. We never found the coprophilous Candel- ariella crenulata there. In Spitsbergen and in Novaya Zemlya Buellia coniops is so plentiful that it colours the rocks along the beach. I have not yet seen it in my East Greenland collections. "There are lots of other nitrophilous (coprophilous) lichens, common in other Arctic regions, but lacking in North East Greenland. Their number is so considerable that it much reduces the total number of lichen species in North East Greenland. In the accompanying list (TABLE I) I have enumerated all the lichens at present known of some genera from North East Greenland, i. e. from Scoresby Sound and northwards. I have omitted some records, which I have been able to check and which I have found incorrect, and also a few which I have not been able to check, but which I have found too improbable (some southern species, even in Norway). In the first column of the enumeration I have recorded the greatest elevation above the sea, in meters, where the lichen in question was found by the Norwegian botanist P. F. Scholander during our expedi- tion in 1930. In Novaya Zemlya and in Spitsbergen I did not climb much in the 142 Rhodora [May TABLE I. ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF SOME LICHENS OF NORTH EAST GREENLAND d E: [=| E " t iib R fas] ta o Nn a & 9 IN aD dH $ E ETE ER cd e o R zo |$ &|lzid m.s.m. 1. MycocaLicruM SUBTILE (Ach.) Vain. +/+ 2. SPHAEROPHORUS GLOBOSUS (Huds.) Vain. ae eT rs 3. FRAGILIS Pers. +/+]+ 4. DERMATOCARPON MINIATUM (L.) Mann. 900 +I +) +) + 5. SPHAEROSPORUM Lynge| 300} + 6. CINEREUM (Pers.) Th. Fr. ior it | fa + [^ DAEDALEUM (Kremplh.) Th. Fr. ^prT 4t 8. HEPATICUM (Ach.) Th. Fr. ^*blct-b4- Let + 9. ENDOCARPON PULVINATUM Th. Fr. +i tt + 10. ARCTOMIA DELICATULA Th. Fr. +}/+}+]4+ 4+ 11. LEPTOGIUM PULVINATUM (Hoffm.) Cromb. T fi aie Vie il Oe 12: LICHENOIDES (L.) Zahlbr. +] + + 13. SATURNINUM (Dicks.) Nyl. +] +F + + 14. LECIOPHYSMA FINMARKICUM Th. Fr. +i+] +i t+ 15. COLLEMA ARCTICUM Lynge +/+] +i t+ 16. PULPOSUM Ach. 700 +) +/+] + 17. POLYCARPUM (Schaer.) Krempelh. 900 +] - | +] + 18. RUPESTRE (Sw.) Rabh. +)/+)])+]+ 19. SOLORINA BISPORA Nyl. 1350]. + | +i +] + 20. SACCATA (L.) Ach. 3-400 +} +] +/+) + 2h OCTOSPORA Arn. 900 +I +/+) + 29; SPONGIOSA (Sm.) Anzi BOO 5b E pw 23, CROCEA (L.) Ach. 900 +/+] +] +/+ 24. NEPHROMA LAEVIGATUM Ach. TI 25. PELTIGERA VARIOLOSA (Mass.) Gyeln. 580 +/+] +] + | +? 26. VENOSA (L.) Hoffm. 300 +I +/+} +) + 27. SvoMzNsis Gyelnik 200 + | + 28. RUFESCENS (Weiss) Humb. 1350 + | +I +/+] 4+ 29, POLYDACTYLOIDES Nyl. + 30. POLYDACTYLA (Neck.) Hoffm. See tt |) t] +t 31. MALACEA (Ach.) Fr. 400 +} +) +) +] + 32. ERUMPENS (Tayl.) Vain. 350 +] +] +i] t+] + 33. LEPTODERMA Nyl. 1200 +/+ | Fc 34. SCABROSA Th. Fr. +i tl] tsi ti t+ 35. CLADONIA MITIS Sandst. +}+)/+]+)] +? 36. UNCIALIS (L.) Web. Ae l9 ier | rae 37. cocciFERA (L.) Willd. 1200 + | +I +] +]+ 38. SQUAMOSA (Scop.) Hoffm. mp p um + 39. CENOTEA (Ach.) Schaer. +/+ T 40. CARIOSA (Ach.) Spreng. 1200 +I +I --ldc- l| 41. ACUMINATA (Ach b Lynge 200 +] +] + + 42. ELONGATA (Jacq.) Hoffm. 580 +I +] +] +t] t+ 43. CORNUTA (L.) Schaer. +} + 44. LEPIDOTA Nyl. 300 +) +/+] Fd cu 45. CERVICORNIS (Ach.) Flot. +) + + 46. FIMBRIATA (L.) Fr. +] + + 47. PYXIDATA (L.) Fr. 1350 + | +I +] +7] + 48. CYANIPES (Somrft.) Vain. +] + + 49. STEREOCAULON ALPINUM Laur. 1350 + | +/+] +] + 50. RIVULORUM H. Magn. 1200 + | +] +] + 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 143 TABLE I. ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF SOME LICHENS OF NORTH EAST GREENLAND—(Continued) fas] IBCHEJEIE: Zs E | z 2| i 5B 2 alee te m.s.m. 51. STEREOCAULON FASTIGIATUM Anzi 900 + | +] ++ 52. DENUDATUM Flk. b +I+Ii+i+i+t 53. GYROPHORA VIRGINIS (Schaer.) Frey 1350 +I +) +) + 54. DECUSSATA (Vill.) Zahlbr. 1350 + | + | +] + 55. POLARIS Scholander 1350) + -+ 56. PROBOSCIDEA (L.) Ach. 1200 + | +/] +/+ /+ Die HYPERBOREA (Hoffm.) Ach.| 360) + | + | +] + |] + 58. ARCTICA Ach. +/+) +++ 59. TORREFACTA (Lightf.) Cromb. 1380 +} titi ti t+ 60. EROSA (Web.) Ach. 1200 +} +) +] +/+ 61. VELLEA (L.) Ach. +y+]/+yct+ 62. DEUSTA (L.) Ach. +) + +} + 63. CYLINDRICA (L.) Ach. 1600; + | + |] +7 + 64. PARMELIOPSIS AMBIGUA (Ach.) Nyl. +} + + 65. PARMELIA SUBOBSCURA Vain. 1600| + +I + 66. INTESTINIFORMIS (Vill.) Ach. | 450) + | + | +] + 67. PUBESCENS (L.) Vain. +/+ ],+)+)]ct+ 68. MINUSCULA Nyl. 1600 +} +] +/+] c 69. STYGIA (L.) Ach. +)/4+]+]+ 70. ALPICOLA Th. Fr. +/+/+/]+/]+ 71. GROENLANDICA Lynge. + 72. SOREDIATA (Ach.) Th. Fr. +14+]/+])+)])+ Ta: GRANULOSA Lynge. 1350 + | +/+] + 74. INFUMATA Nyl. 1350) + | +} +/+ 75. SAXATILIS (L.) Ach. +/4+/+/4+/]+ 76. OMPHALODES (L.) Ach. +) +]+)+]+ 77. SULCATA Tayl. SEE ees 78. CETRARIA HEPATIZON (Ach.) Vain. 900 + | +] +/+) ou 79. NIVALIS (L.) Vain. 1350 + | + |} +7 +/+ 80. CUCULLATA (Bell.) Ach. 400 + | +} 4+]/4+/+ 81. ISLANDICA (L.) Ach. 360; + | +) +7 +/+ 82. CRISPA (Ach.) Nyl. 900 + | +) o- | +I + 83. DeLuise (Bory) Th. Fr. 900 +} +] +;)+]+ 84. CORNICULARIA ACULEATA (Schreb.) Ach.| 1350) + | + | +] + | + 85. RACEMOSA Lynge. 360| 42") F 86. DIVERGENS Ach. +} +) +) + 87. EvERNIA MESOMORPHA Nyl. 220 + | + + 88. DACTYLINA RAMULOSA Hook. + +) +) + 89. ALECTORIA OCHROLEUCA (Ehrh.) Nyl. 400 + ^ +7 +7 4+) + 90. NIGRICANS (Ach.) Nyl. 580; + | +] +/+] + 91. JUBATA (L.) Ach. 1350) + | +] +/+ 92. NITIDULA Th. Fr. +| + 93. THAMNOLIA VERMICULARIS (Sw.) Ach. 1350| + | +/ +/+ | c 94. UsNEA SULPHUREA (König) Th. Fr. 1350| 4- +} + 95. XANTHORIA CANDELARIA (Ach.) Arn. 1350 + |} 4c | +/)/ +/+ 96. PHYSCIA TRIBACIA (Ach.) Hedl. 1350 + | o- || oL db dcn 97. TENELLA Bitter 1350| + | + 98. MUSCIGENA (Ach.) Nyl. . 1600 + | +/ TF c | c 99. CONSTIPATA Nyl. 650| +) + | c 100. SCIASTRA (Ach.) Du Rietz. 900 + | +) o | od + 101. CAESIA (Hoffm.) Nyl. 1850 Fert} +l +} + 102. INTERMEDIA Vain. +/+ ),+) + 144 Rhodora [May mountains. The work in the lowland was overwhelming, and the few ascents which I made did not induce me to do too much of it. The vegetation, including the lichens, rapidly diminished. It is possi- ble, from what I saw in Greenland, that I underestimated the alpine lichen vegetation in the eastern Arctic. At least in one place, at Ullafjell in Bell Sound, Spitsbergen, I found a rich lichen vegetation up to 500 m.s.m. However that may be, I was immediately surprised to find a luxuriant lichen vegetation in North East Greenland up to altitudes where I should not have expected to find much in the other Arctic regions. Unfortunately I was unable to follow up this observation myself. But the following year my friend, P. F. Scholander, joined the Nor- wegian East Greenland expedition. He was advised to give as much attention as possible to this problem, which he successfully did. His observations were supplemented by some by other members of the expedition. One short Arctic summer is certainly insufficient to clear up definitely a question of this kind, requiring equally much time and physical exertion. Most probably the altitudinal limit can be raised for many, perhaps for all, the species. But as it is, his results are really remarkable. About one-third of the lichen species which we have definitely determined (a little more than 90 species of these genera; we have no records for the other species) were found up to 1000 m.s.m. or more; 38 species were detected up to 900 m. or more; 23 species higher than 1350 m., and 3 species up to 1600 m. If we exclude the southern species not found north of Scoresby Sound, I venture the suggestion that in Eirik Raude's Land, between the Liverpool Coast and Sabine Island, more than half the number of the lichen species of these genera ascend to 1000 m.s.m., or even higher. It is well known that lichens have a greater vertical range than Vascular plants. We do not know with certainty the percentage of Norwegian Vascular plants that are found at an altitude of 1000 m. or more in our country. Our botanists suggest something like 25%. In my book, Studies on the Lichen Flora of Norway, I have enumerated about 220 lichen species. About 100 of them ascend to this altitude. We must, however, remember that this comparison is not quite just. Some of the 100 are alpine species that descend only to the forest line. Others are lowland species that ascend so high, recruited from the floras of the beach, the lowlands with their deciduous trees, and from the zone of Conifers. The same is the case with the Nor- 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 145 wegian Vascular plants. But in Greenland there is no zonation like this so far north. To make the comparison just, we should have to start from the timber line, in Southern Norway about 900-1000 m. above the sea level. Here the conditions of life are more comparable to those of the Greenland beach region. Unfortunately we do not know which of our Norwegian lichens ascend 1000 m. above the forest line. Itis not supposed to be a great number. In Norway only the highest peaks attain that altitude. And we know that the condi- tions of life are very different on isolated peaks from what they are on great massives, such as we have in Greenland. We will compare the lichen flora of Eirik Raude's Land, in North East Greenland, with the Norwegian alpine lichen flora. We find that out of these 102 lichens only 7 are lacking in Norway. The determination of the crustaceous lichens in our Greenland collections is not so far advanced that we can include them in this comparison. As far as I can see today it is hardly probable that the identity can be so great if we also include them. One of the 7 species, Peltigera polydactyloides, will most probably be found in Norway, to judge from its general distribution. (I am not quite convinced that it really is a good, true species). "Three of the other 6 have been described as new: Dermatocarpon sphaerosporum, Parmelia groenlandica and Gyrophora polaris. The distribution of the first two species is unknown. Gyrophora polaris Scholander is common in this part of Greenland. I have also identified it in Th. M. Fries’s collection from West Green- land, near Disko Island, and in Th. Wulff’s collection from the north- ernmost part of Greenland; furthermore, from a few northern Spits- bergen localities and also from Franz Josef Land (it has generally been united with Gyrophora proboscidea in literature). But I have searched for it in vain in the Vega collection from Eastern Siberia, in my own Novaya Zemlya collection, and in the Danish collections from South Greenland and from Iceland. It is not found in the Norwegian mountains. It is a species of very northern and of western distribu- tion in the Arctic. Should it not be found in the high American Rocky Mountains? It would be worth while to look after it there. If not, it is a strictly Arctic plant. Usnea sulphurea is also a species of northern and western Arctic distribution. Simmons collected it in Ellesmere Land. It is common in the northern parts of Greenland, but there is no plant from South 146 Rhodora [Max Greenland in the Copenhagen herbarium. The Norwegian lichenolo- gist, P. F. Scholander, an excellent observer, did not find it in South East Greenland, though he did his best to find it. It is so conspicuous that every botanist would have observed it. It is common in Jan Mayen, known from many places in Iceland (it was first described from Iceland), it is also common and widespread in Spitsbergen and in Franz Josef Land. But it is very rare in Novaya Zemlya, and it has never been collected east of Novaya Zemlya. It has never been col- lected on the European continent. It is very interesting that Usnea sulphurea is also represented in the Antarctic by a very nearly related species. We have such plants in the Oslo herbarium, collected by Borchgrevink. We cannot always maintain that all the Antarctic records of “ Usnea sulphurea” or “Usnea (Neuropogon) melaxantha” refer to the same species, for several other species of the Neuropogon section are more common in the Antarctic, and they are not always distinguished from the so-called “ Usnea sulphurea.” This remarkable distribution will be discussed later in this paper. Dactylina ramulosa is a circumpolar species of a remarkably northern distribution in the Arctic. It is also found in the American mountains and in the European Alps, but not in Scandinavia. Parmelia subobscura, the last of the 7 species, is a circumpolar Arctic species. It much resembles an esorediated forma of the well known Parmelia austerodes, which is quite common in Scandinavia. I am not quite convinced that it really is a proper species, distinct from Parmelia austerodes, for in the Arctic soredia are generally poorly developed, and it would be quite natural to regard Parmelia subob- scura as an Arctic esorediated forma of Parmelia austerodes. On the whole we find only a few North East Greenland species of these genera that are lacking in Norway. The resemblance is so great that it approaches identity. If we found in all 102 species of certain lichen genera on a Norwegian mountain it would be quite probable that 7 of them would be lacking on the neighbouring moun- tain. Professor Warming of Copenhagen maintained that the Denmark Strait between Greenland and Iceland was a line of distinction between a western American flora in Greenland and an eastern European flora, represented by its western outposts in Iceland. Professor Nathorst of Stockholm was of opinion that the line of distinction 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 147 should be the inland ice of Greenland. The flora of East Greenland is largely European, with some American immigrants, according to him. My results are strongly in favour of Nathorst's view, as far as the lichens are concerned. We should, however, remember that only a part of our lichen collections have as yet been determined. It is possible that the determination of the crustaceous lichens will modify this opinion. But I have already determined so many of them that an eventual modification seems improbable; anyhow it cannot be great. It is of much interest to know whether a conformity between the flora of North East Greenland and the flora of Norway can be proved for other plants also. A young Norwegian botanist, Mr. Reidar Jørgensen, has studied the Vascular plants of the highest mountains in Southern Norway, called Jotunheimen. His studies necessitated physical strain equally much as botanical knowledge. In Tas e II we find all the species of Vascular plants which he detected higher than 2000 meters above sea-level in these mountains. The first column records his highest find of the plant in question (in meters) in Jotunheimen, the second the number of finds down to the timber line which is here about 900-1000 meters above sea-level, expressing the frequency of the plant in the Jotunheimen, the third column the presence or absence (—) respectively in North East Greenland (Gr.), in the Svalbard region (Sv.), and in Novaya Zemlya (N. Z.). The data on their Arctic distribution have been supplied by the present author. It is evident from the enumerations that nearly all the plants which are found in the really high Norwegian mountains have a wide dis- tribution in the Arctic. If we could leave the history of the plants quite out of consideration, it would be a simple and reasonable explanation that we have here a number of plants that are exceptionally well adapted to the severe con- ditions of life in the Arctic and on the highest mountains in Norway. But, if we will also include their history in our considerations, we shall have to discuss two other possibilities. Did the ice-cover sweep away all plants from the Arctic and from the Scandinavian peninsula, or did it leave some refuges, nunataks or ice-free coasts of varying size where such hardy mountain plants could have persisted? If preference must be given to the former view it is very hard to explain why just the same selected number of plants should have made the same long migrations. The fundamental question can only be 148 Rhodora [May TABLE II. VASCULAR PLANTS ATTAINING 2000 METERS ABOVE SEA-LEVEL IN JOTUNHEIMEN, NORWAY i Number — of finds | Green- | Sval- | Novaya ataa M Jotun-| land bard | Zemlya heimen RANUNCULUS GLACIALIS 2300 264 Gr. Sv. N.Z Poa LAXA 2300 215 — -—- = FESTUCA VIVIPARA 2300 137 Gr. Sv. N. Z SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA 2300 42 Gr. Sv. N. Z DRABA FLADNIZENSIS 2300 25 Gr. — N.Z SEDUM ROSEUM 2200 154 Gr. Sv. N.Z SAXIFRAGA GROENLANDICA 2200 68 Gr. Sv. N.Z 'TRISETUM SPICATUM 2200 154 Gr. Sv. N.Z CERASTIUM ALPINUM 2200 132 Gr. Sv. N.Z ANTENNARIA ALPINA 2200 120 Gr. — — LUZULA SPICATA 2200 103 Gr. — — POLYGONUM VIVIPARUM 2200 127 Gr. Sv. N.Z SAXIFRAGA CERNUA 2200 41 Gr. Sv. N.Z LUZULA CONFUSA 2100 185 Gr. Sv. N.Z SALIX HERBACEA 2100 254 Gr. Sv. — SILENE ACAULIS 2100 141 Gr. Sv. N.Z OXYRIA DIGYNA 2100 Tii Gr. Sv. N.Z SAXIFRAGA RIVULARIS 2100 32 Gr. Sv. N.Z Poa ALPINA VIVIPARA 2100 10 Gr. Sv. N.Z SIBBALDIA PROCUMBENS 2100 115 Gr. Sv. N.Z ERIGERON UNIFLORUS 2100 139 Gr. Sv. N.Z MINUARTIA BIFLORA 2100 33 Gr. Sv. N.Z SAXIFRAGA NIVALIS 2100 28 Gr. Sv. N.Z SAUSSUREA ALPINA 2100 131 -= — -— POTENTILLA ALPESTRIS 2100 82 — -—— on RANUNCULUS PYGMAEUS 2100 46 Gr. Sv. N.Z CAREX RUPESTRIS 2100 17 Gr. Sv. N.Z TARAXACUM CORNUTUM 2100 6 — — — CARDAMINE BELLIDIFOLIA 2000 87 Gr. Sv. N. Z DESCHAMPSIA ALPINA 2000 63 Gr. Sv. N.Z CERASTIUM TRIGYNUM 2000 21 Jan — N.Z Mayen TARAXACUM CROCEUM 2000 45 — — — GNAPHALIUM SUPINUM 2000 37 South — — Greenl POA ALPINA 2000 27 Gr. Sv. N. Z. ANTENNARIA DIOICA 2000 18 — — — TARAXACUM COCHLEATUM 2000 T — -—— — solved by the geologists. We botanists can only say that out botanical evidence is in favour of the persistance theory. We can understand short migrations, but if the migrations had been really long, over the Oceans and over vast continents, how should we explain the uni- formity of the floras of such distant regions? It can be objected that the comparison is not quite just. We ought to have compared the whole North East Greenland flora with the 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 149 entire Norwegian alpine flora, growing higher than the timber line. There is a considerable number of plants in North East Greenland, not found in our mountains, perhaps American immigrants. On the other hand there are many plants in our mountains, which are lacking in North East Greenland. But such entire “floras” of vast regions are so heterogeneous things that statistical comparisons must necessarily be very problematical. There are several degrees of a lie, said the Danish botanist, W. Johannsen, the highest of which is biological statistics! However that may be, the plants from our highest moun- tains of Norway include just the plants which we must consider adapted to live in ice-free refuges during the different glaciations, and it is a very remarkable fact that these floras are so uniform over large areas. The difference between the lichen flora of North East Greenland and that of Svalbard (Spitsbergen and the adjacent islands) is con- siderably greater: 20 of these Greenland lichens are lacking in Svalbard, though it is possible that some of them will be found there. Scholander found Physcia constipata in Svalbard in 1931; it had been collected in Greenland, in 1930, also by Scholander, an addition to the Arctic lichen flora. But the lichen flora is now much better explored in Svalbard than in Greenland. Let us discuss the 20 Greenland lichens which are unknown from Svalbard. Firstly, two of the three new Greenland species are lacking in Svalbard. One of then, Gyrophora polaris, is found there. Five of the 20 are southern species in East Greenland, recorded as far north as Scoresby Sound, but not farther north, in Eirik Raude’s Land. It is not unreasonable to regard them as pilgrims that have wandered northwards from the fjords of the present Julianeháb dis- trict in Southern Greenland, the old Eystribygd, where the ancient colonists from Iceland and Norway held their position during many centuries, before they succumbed. It is the “ Riviera" of Greenland. If so, we should perhaps have to regard them also as relic plants from a warmer postglacial time. Svalbard is not connected with a southern region of a clement climate, from which a southern flora could have been recruited, and the present summer climate in Svalbard is not clement. There is only one of the 20 species which is fairly common in North East Greenland, viz. Peltigera Suomensis, nearly related to P. rufes- cens, if not identical. I have repeatedly found this species in Nor- 150 Rhodora [May way; it has been named Peltigera spuria in our literature. In Lapland it has a distinct predilection for the old fire-places of abandoned Lapponian camps. In Greenland I often found it in old Esquimaux residences, but it is not restricted to them. In Spitsbergen it should be looked after at the old Dutch settlements on Amsterdam Island; it would really be a satisfaction to find it there. As far as I can see all the other 19 species are more or less rare in North East Greenland. Though we paid special attention to the rare species, and collected them extensively, we have more material of almost any one of the common species alone in our Greenland collections than we succeeded in finding of these 19 species combined. There is, accordingly, a considerable difference in the species lists from the North East Greenland and the Svalbard region. But the common species are the same. And they are much more important for geographical considerations than isolated finds of rare species. If we are to find out the character of the Norwegian flora, we shall have to give more attention to Pinus silvestris and to Picea Abies (= P. excelsa) than to the rarest plants, even if the latter are so numerous that they count for much more in a simple enumeration. If a scientist, who was not a trained lichenologist, collected lichens in North East Greenland and in Svalbard, he would perhaps return with something like 60 species from either region, as such people generally do. If he did not work in the bird-cliffs of Spitsbergen, he would bring home almost the same lichens from either region. We further find that 20 of these North East Greenland lichens are lacking in Novaya Zemlya. And we find that out of these 20 13 are also lacking in the Svalbard region. The greater part of these species are southern plants. We should not be astonished to find them so far north in East Greenland, on account of its clement summers that must be more favourable to them than the maritime cold and moist ‘summers of the Eastern regions. It is quite natural that such species should be lacking in the Svalbard (Spitsbergen) region, also on account of its great isolation from southern regions; the distance from Spits- bergen to North Cape in Norway is a long one. Out of the 20 species two only are common in North East Green- land: Peltigera Suomensis and Gyrophora polaris. We have just dis- cussed the former species. The latter is a species of western and northern distribution, found as far east as Franz Josef Land. All the other 18 are "rari nantes" in North East Greenland. With the 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 151 exception of the two species just mentioned all the other common North East Greenland lichens of these genera are also found in Novaya Zemlya—each and every one of them. We must go far east to find the next region where the lichen flora is so well explored that we can draw comparisons: to the Bering Strait region, 150^ west of East Greenland, just on the other side of the polar basin. After an exceptionally favourable voyage the famous “Vega” froze in at Pitlekai, near the Strait, on the 28th of September, 1878. It was imprisoned until July 18th, 1879, when the ice broke up. It was a bitter disappointment to the members of the expedition to lose one year, but a mighty stroke of luck to botany, for their botanist, Dr. E. Almquist, brought home large collections of lichens from the winter quarters. There are about 60 species in common in his collections from the Bering Strait region and in our East Greenland collections of the genera treated in the present paper. We cannot state the number with absolute certainty without an examination of some critical species in the “ Vega" collections. Out of the about 40 North East Greenland species that are lacking in the Bering Strait region, several species are common in East Greenland. We will especially mention the interesting species Usnea sulphurea and Gyrophora polaris, which have a western Arctic distribution. But there are also other common species amongst them. On the other hand, the Bering Strait region (we here only consider the Strait itself and the adjacent part of the Siberian coast) contains eastern species that are lacking in East Greenland. The Strait must have been a gateway for plant immigration of the highest importance for, to judge from the lichens of the “ Vega" expedition, these regions must be among the richest in the Arctic, botanically speaking. The “Vega” expedition found about 400 different species of lichens, about the same number as the Norwegian Novaya Zemlya expedition brought home. It is only to be expected that the lichen flora of this remote region should be so different from that of North East Greenland. But in reality the difference is not so great as the figures suggest, for the vegetation is much more similar than are the lists of the flora. Let us first remember that the “Vega” expedition dates 50 years back. Since then science has advanced. Several new species have been described, and it is highly probable that a modern lichenologist 152 Rhodora [May would find some of them on the Arctic coast near the Bering Strait, as we have done in the western Arctic. Out of the 60 species common to both regions only 10 species are rare in North East Greenland. They are chiefly southern species. This again brings before us the well established fact that North East Greenland is an exceptionally favourable country for southern species, in spite of its high latitude. We find, accordingly, that about 50 of the common North East Greenland lichens out of these genera are also found near the Bering Strait. That is by far the greater part of the common species in our Greenland region. It is just one-half of the whole North East Green- land flora of these genera. And they more than counterbalance the other half with respect to frequency and importance in the Greenland vegetation. It can safely be said that if a non-lichenologist collected lichens in these regions, he would bring home a (small) collection from either region, consisting of almost the same species. Our result is that a very large percentage of the lichens (of these genera) that are common in North East Greenland have a wide Arctic distribution; the greater part of them are circumpolar. I will define as cireumpolar a lichen that is found in Greenland (in- clusive of Ellesmere Land), the Svalbard region, Novaya Zemlya and the Bering Strait region, north of the Strait. As long as the Siberian and the Canadian Arctic coasts are so insufficiently explored, we cannot, unfortunately, include the few scattered records from these immense ranges in our discussions. Out of the well over 100 species, which I have here considered, I now regard almost 50 as circumpolar. Undoubtedly further research will increase the number. And the circumpolar lichens are obviously those that are common in all the regions, or in several of them. Can we connect their frequency and their great distribution with special manners of dispersal, which we could suppose to be peculiarly effective? In Arctic lichens we find three possible manners of dispersal, viz. by means of spores, soredia and thallus fragments. The soredia are cer- tainly not important. They are found only in a few Arctic lichens, and, if found, they are often poorly developed, corticated and certainly inefficient. But we must confess that the circumpolar sorediated lichens are common where I have seen them, with the exception of the two Cladoniae. All the non-circumpolar sorediated lichens are rare. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 153 We can safely say that apothecia are either entirely lacking or very rare in each of the sorediated lichens. If their soredia really are so ineffective as I suppose them to be, they are chiefly propagated by thallus fragments, and they should then be added to the second column in the following enumeration (Tagues III anp IV). TABLE III. CIRCUMPOLAR LICHENS OF NORTH EAST GREENLAND ER Apothecia lacking or Soredia developed Apothecia well developed very rare (effective?) DERMATOCARPON CINEREUM |SPHAEROPHORUS GLOBO- |PELTIGERA ERUMPENS HEPATICUM| SUS CLADONIA COCCIFERA f. ARCTOMIA DELICATULA PELTIGERA RUFESCENS, PYXIDATA f. SOLORINA SACCATA POLYDACTYLA, MALA- |PARMELIA SOREDIATA more probably S. BiSPORA| CEA and SCABROSA GRANULOSA SOLORINA SPONGIOSA CLADONIA MITIS, UNCI- SULCATA CROCEA ALIS, COCCIFERA, CARI-|XANTHORIA CANDELARIA GYROPHORA PROBOSCIDEA OSA, ELONGATA, LEPI-|PHYSCIA TRIBACIA HYPERBOREA DOTA and PYXIDATA CAESIA ARCTICA STEREOCAULON ALPINUM TORREFACTA and DENUDATUM EROSA PARMELIA PUBESCENS, PARMELIA PUBESCENS MINUSCULA, ALPICOLA, ALPICOLA SOREDIATA, GRANULO- SAXATILIS SA, SAXATILIS and OM- CETRARIA HEPATIZON PHALODES CETRARIA HEPATIZON, NIVALIS, CUCULLATA, CRISPA, ISLANDICA and DELISEI CORNICULARIA ACULEATA ALECTORIA OCHROLEUCA and NIGRICANS 'lTHAMNOLIA VERMICU- LARIS PHYSCIA MUSCIGENA and SCIASTRA In these columns we find almost the same proportion for the wide- spread circumpolar Arctic lichens as for the less widespread or local species. We cannot conclude that any one of these manners of multi- plication is more effective for migration than another. We must find other causes. The number of species is not so great that a comparison between the percentages would be of interest. And even if it were larger, statistical considerations should be used with great care in biology. They easily conceal causalities. Let us compare those species, which are always, or nearly always, sterile in the Arctic, with the same species, when growing under more 154 TABLE IV. Rhodora GREENLAND [May NON-CIRCUMPOLAR LICHENS OF NORTH EAST Apothecia well developed Apothecia lacking or very rare Soredia developed (effective?) M YCOCALICIUM SUBTILE DERMATOCARPON MINIATUM SPHAERO- SPORUM DAEDALEUM LECIOPHYSMA FINMARKICUM ENDOCARPON PULVINATUM COLLEMA ARCTICUM POLYCARPUM PELTIGERA VENOSA SUOMENSIS STEREOCAULON RIVULORUM (often sterile) STEREOCAULON FASTIGIATUM (often sterile) GYROPHORA VIRGINIS POLARIS CYLINDRICA SPHAEROPHORUS FRAGIL- IS LEPTOGIUM PULVINATUM CoLLEMA PULPOSUM PELTIGERA VARIOLOSA and POLYDACTYLOIDES CLADONIA SQUAMOSA, CENOTEA, ACUMINATA, CORNUTA, LEPIDOTA, CERVICORNIS, FIMBRI- ATA, PYXIDATA and cv- ANIPES GYROPHORA DECUSSATA, VELLEA and DEUSTA PARMELIA SUBOBSCURA, INTESTINIFORMIS, STYGIA, GROENLANDICA and INFUMATA ALECTORIA JUBATA USNEA SULPHUREA PHYSCIA CONSTIPATA and INTERMEDIA PELTIGERA LEPTODERMA CORNICULARIA RACEMOSA EVERNIA MESOMORPHA PHYSCIA TENELLA favourable conditions in southern regions. We find that the greater number are sterile under all conditions of life. They are genotypi- cally sterile. But there are also some species, which we could not have placed in that category if we had been examining the lichen flora of a southern country, e. g. Peltigera polydactyla, P. malacea and P. variolosa, several Cladoniae, and Parmelia stygia. We can safely conclude that in some lichens the Arctic conditions of life make the formation of apothecia difficult, if not impossible. If such lichens had no other means of propagation they would be quickly eliminated from the Arctic flora. As it is, they are quite as common and as widespread as most other lichens. If the different distribution of these lichens cannot be explained by their different manner of dispersal, we might suggest that it could be due to their different rapidity of growth. That is possible. But lack of well established knowledge on that:point prevents us from giving much attention to that possibility. I do not, however, think it an important factor. We know that the rapidity of growth is very different in different lichens. Some Cla- doniae have a very slow growth. In the Arctic a Cladonia alpestris 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 155 would certainly require 50 years or more to become full-grown. Re- lated Cladoniae, such as C. rangiferina and C. silvatica (in the Arctic C. mitis) have a considerably quicker growth. And that is still more the case with other Cladoniae, such as C. coccifera and the other red- fruited species. The non-circumpolar Peltigerae cannot be supposed to have a slow growth. The same must be the case with the Stereocaulons, which we know to be quick growers. I cannot believe that the 3 non-cireumpolar Gyrophorae could be slow growers; a species such as Gyrophora deusta should, on the contrary, be a quick grower. Let us not forget the geographical factors. The distances between the continents are not so great in the Arctic as they are farther south. The distance between Norway and East Greenland is only one third of the distance between Norway and New York. The distance between East Greenland and Spitsbergen is much shorter still. The distance from the North East Land of Svalbard and Franz Josef Land is next to nothing, and from the latter archipelago to Novaya Zemlya it is also so short that many plant diaspores (sensu Sernander) must have been able to pass. Along the Siberian and the Canadian coasts there is a continuous way overland. The oversea distances have formerly been still shorter than they are today. During the greatest glaciation much water was frozen up in the enormous glaciers, and the sea-level was lower than today. One of our leading geologists has suggested to me that it could have been about 200 meters lower than it now is. That would have exposed much land, which is now under the sea. If we could venture a consideration of the Wegener hypothesis the great conformity of the lichen vegetation would be easily explained, on the supposition that the lichens were old enough, geologically speaking. Many facts are in favour of this fascinating hypothesis, others are against it. As long as it is so hypothetical, we should perhaps not use it too much as a platform for constructions. The same is the case with the supposed land-bridge between Green- land and Europe over Iceland and the Faeroes, which played an important part in the considerations of Nathorst. But can this narrow bridge really explain so general things as the uniformity of distant Arctic floras? There is but one genus of Crustaceous lichens, the distribution of which is so well known throughout the Arctic that we can use it for 156 Rhodora [May general discussions, viz. the genus Rhizocarpon (Taste V). We are in- debted to Dr. E. Almquist, the Vega Expedition, for our material from the Bering Strait, determined by Nylander and Vainio. The data on Rhizocarpons from Novaya Zemlya and from Spitsbergen are based on my own determinations; the plants are found in the Oslo Botanical museum. I have also revised the material of this genus from Green- land, found in the leading Scandinavian herbaria. Unfortunately, I have not seen the material from the Bering Strait region; it is possible that some of Nylander’s new species will prove to be identical with other Rhizocarpons, recorded from the other regions. Apart from these eastern plants I am responsible for all the determina- tions. They may be correct or not, but the same name stands for the same species throughout. We have the great advantage that the determinations are fully comparable. These lists tell a story very different from that of the larger lichens, the Foliaceous and Fruticulose lichens. We find a very small number of cireumpolar Rhizocarpons, only 6 species out of 48 acknowledged Arctic species. Some species have only been recorded from the At- lantic sector, others have their distribution in the eastern sectors. Out of the 48 species, 4 are (so far) only known from Greenland, 8 are restricted to Novaya Zemlya, and no less than 16 to the Bering Strait region. There is every reason to believe that a more intense exploration by competent lichenologists will to some extent bridge over such large regional differences. But I am fully convinced that these regions are so well explored, lichenologically, that there must be real, and large, regional differences. First, we find that the genus is much better represented in the eastern than in the western Arctic. The result from the Bering Strait region was obtained by one single expedition which collected 29 Rhizocarpons. The same is the case with Novaya Zemlya where the number is 27 Rhizocarpons. After about a century of exploration we have only 17 species of Rhizocarpon from immense Greenland and only 14 from Spitsbergen. Greenland is a large continent, rather than an island, covering 23 degrees of latitude, and with more than 1/7 of its area ice-free. Yet its entire known lichen flora is poorer in number of species than is the inconsiderable area along the west coast of Novaya Zemlya, 4 degrees of latitude, and the very small area of Bering Strait with its nearest surroundings westwards. It is not so remarkable that the 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 157 TABLE V. ARCTIC RHIZOCARPONS xs Tilo | S| E e TEIDE [" a > E mM © o ide zd CIRCUMPOLAR SPECIES. 1 (1). Ruiz. CorELANDII (Kbr.) Th. Fr. +}+)]+) 4+ 2 (2) DISPORUM (Naeg.) Müll. Arg. +I+Ii+I+ 3 (8) GEOGRAPHICUM (L.) DC. +/r}ti t+ 4 (4). GRANDE (Flk.) Arn. "sl ESSE 5 (5). HocnsTETTERI (Kbr.) Vain. +/+) +] 4 6 (6). POLYCARPUM (Hepp) Th. Fr. +/+ ]+)]+ WESTERN ARCTIC SPECIES (Greenland). 7 (1). Ruiz. CRYSTALLIGENUM Lynge + 8 (2). GROENLANDICUM Lynge + 9 (3). OCCIDENTALE Lynge + 10 (4). VIRIDIATRUM (Flk.) Kbr. E AncTO-ATLANTIC SPECIES (Greenland-Svalbard-Novaya Zemlya). 11 (1). Ruiz. BADIOATRUM (Flk.) Th. Fr. +) +i t+ 12 (2); CHIONOPHILUM Th. Fr. no erties Oo oa ws 13 (3). DISTINCTUM Th. Fr. + + 14 (4). JEMTLANDICUM Malme +) +i t+ 15 (5). OBSCURATUM (Ach.) Mass. ++I + 16 (6). RITTOKENSE (Hellb.) Th. Fr. +) + }]4+ ET): PSEUDOSPEIREUM (Th. Fr.) Lynge PEF NOVAYA ZEMLYA SPECIES. 18 (1). Ruiz. ALBIDUM Lynge T 19 (2). ALPICOLA (Hepp) Flagey + 20 (3). ANSERIS Lynge EE 21 (4). ATROFLAVESCENS Lynge T 22 (5): CINEREOFLAVESCENS Lynge F 23 (6). CINEREONIGRUM Vain. zn 24 (7). PETRAEUM (Wulf.) Mass. + 25 (8). VERRUCOSUM Lynge T Eastern Arctic Species (Svalbard-Novaya Zemlya- Bering Strait). 26 (1). Ruiz. cH1oNEUM (Norm.) Th. Fr. ses i-e 27 (2), EXPALLESCENS Th. Fr. +| + SIBERIAN Arctic Species (Novaya Zemlya-Bering Strait). 28 (1). RHIZ. CHIONOPHILOIDES (Vain.) Lettau meh as 29 (2). LAVATUM (Fr.) Arn. +] + 30 (3). PHALEROSPORUM Vain. | 31 (4). RORIDULUM Th. Fr. +| + AncTO-Paciric SpEcrEs (Bering Strait). 32 (1). Ruiz. ALBOPUNCTATUM (Vain.) A. Zahlbr. + 33 (2). “ ATROALBUM” Flot. (?) + 34 (3). ATROALBENS (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. ES 158 Rhodora [May TABLE V. ARCTIC RHIZOCARPONS—(Continued) p E [M S z|g|d E > > 5 N © e (do zi AncTO-Pacriric SpEciEs (Bering Strait). 35 (4). Ruiz. ATROCAESIUM (Nyl.)! + 36 (5). DECINERASCENS (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. c 37 (6). DETINENS (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. +r 88 (7). "EUPETRAEOIDES (Nyl.)" (?) + 39 (8). ‘“EXCENTRICUM (Ach.)" (?) + 40 (9). INFERNULUM (Nyl.) + 41 (10). LEUCOPSEPHUM (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. + 42 (11). MELANEIMUM (Vain.) A. Zahlbr. + 43 (12). OCHRODELUM (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. + 44 (13). POSTUMUM (Nyl.) Th. Fr. t 45 (14). PRAEBADIUM (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. + 46 (15). SEMOTULUM (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. + 47 (16). SUBALPICOLUM (Nyl.) A. Zahlbr. + AMERICAN ARCTIC SPECIES (Bering Strait-Greenland). 48 (1). RHIZ. SUPERFICIALE (Schaer.) Malme + + lichen flora of the isolated Svalbard islands, the most important part of which is the island Spitsbergen, should be so poor in number of species; we have here an attenuated Scandinavian alpine flora with an addition of some specially Arctic lichens, and very few peculiar, perhaps endemic, species. The difference might be due to historical causes. During the great Glacial epochs glaciation was much more intense in the western Arctic than in the East; as far as I know the Bering Strait region was not glaciated at all. Novaya Zemlya was certainly intensely glaciated. We do not know whether there were small ice-free refuges, or not. The botanical evidence is in favour of the former view, but the question can only be solved by the geologists. But however that may be, Novaya Zemlya was in easy connection with unglaciated areas through the Ural mountains and their slopes and the adjacent low- lands. 1 The four lichens, Rhizocarpon atrocaesium, infernulum, eupetroides and excen- tricum, were referred to the genus Lecidia by Nylander who did not admit Rhizocarpon as a valid genus. It is much to be desired that these highly critical lichens should be studied in detail by a competent modern lichenologist. The author has not had the opportunity to do it; therefore he is unable to give definite combinations of the names, and he has found himself obliged to use the above preliminary combinations, '' Lecidia parapetraea *atrocaesia”’ or '' Lecidia atrocaesia"" was described by Nylander in Flora, 1885, p. 446; ''Lecidia infernula” in Flora, 1885, p. 440; ''Lecidia eupetroides" in ` Flora, 1875, p. 12; ‘‘ Lecidia excentrica" was mentioned by Nylander in Enum. Lich. Freti Berh., 1888, p. 234. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 159 Biologically Greenland is isolated. Only along its highly Arctic north-west coast is there a narrow strait, separating it from Elles- mereland. But Ellesmereland is certainly no fertile Goshen. Farther south there are broad seas on all sides, separating Greenland from Labrador and Arctic Canada in the west; on the east there is the whole Atlantic Ocean. If any group of plants should be able to show a persistance from (or through) Glacial epochs, it certainly must be the lichens. In Novaya Zemlya I detected more than 200 different species of lichens, during 5 days of work, and only 70 different species of Vascular plants, on a very narrow strip of land just south of 76? N. between the glaciated land and the sea. And we know about 200 different species of lichens from the Antarctic continent and the nearest islands, in spite of an exceptionally intense glaciation. If this view is correct, Vascular plants must have an easier migra- tion than lichens, in spite of their heavier diaspores (diaspore is a term, introduced by Sernander, for any part of a plant by which it is propagated, a seed, a spore, a thallus-fragment, a soredium, and the like). The idea is not unreasonable. A seed is a wandering pantry, a spore or a thallus-fragment a poor beggar, immediately dependent on the food conditions of its place of germination, certainly no inviting position in the Arctic. I may add that Professor Carl Christensen, the well known Danish expert on ferns, once told me that there are very many tropical ferns with a very limited range of distribution, suggesting difficult migration, in spite of the easy dispersal of their small spores. We have found that parts of the Arctic flora are very uniform all over this immense area. The reason for this is a problem of such a generality that it demands an explanation of equally general character. I can only explain this great conformity of the lichen flora in so distant regions on the supposition that many of the species are very old in their present area, or in adjacent areas. Backwards our thought will naturally stop at the time of the great ice ages. We do not know the number of years that have rolled on since the days of the last great glaciation. Being a botanist myself and not a geologist I do not venture to write much on this intricate question. But my geological friends have told me that we have approximate ideas. According to the results of De Geer and his followers something like 40,000 years represent a probable time. 160 Rhodora [May We know that during the greatest glaciation immense areas were covered with mighty glaciers, resembling those of the present Antarctic continent. These areas were inaccessible to any vegetation. Since then a new vegetation has followed the retiring ice. In the present Arctic we find a vegetation of hardy plants, not covering the ground and not so great in number as farther south, but yet much more considerable than the average person supposes. Even trained botanists must be surprised to see it. Is it possible that so many lichens could have attained their present circumpolar distribution during the time that has elapsed since the days of the great glaciation? Of course these plants are wonderfully adapted to their present conditions of life; just go and see them. Otherwise they would not have been there. But we know the extreme slowness of all vital processes in the Arctic. Growth in general is incredibly slow there. A bud requires years to mature, and the result is a short shoot with a few leaves, or a flower. We must expect the same slow growth for the Arctic lichens, although we are obliged to confess that our exact knowledge on this interesting point is next to nothing. It is impossible to deny that many Arctic lichens can have migrated and spread extensively since the ice age. But on the other hand it is quite evident, from their present distribution, that many Arctic plants must be old plants on the earth. The circumpolar Alectoria nigricans reaches right down to the mountains of New Zealand where Du Rietz found it to be common. The West-Arctic Usnea sulphurea is found, almost identically, in Antarctic regions also. The distribu- tion of the two species of Dactylina will be discussed at the end of the present paper. Plants such as these must be old. "They could not have attained their present distribution in recent times. Remember the wide distances, the great Oceans, which their diaspores must have covered, the mountains and the deserts which they must have crossed. I may mention that these few species, which were chosen for ex- amples, have rather large diaspores. They have no soredia. Apo- thecia are either entirely lacking, or they are so rare that it is a great sensation to find them. So they have only thallus-fragments left for their diaspores. It would have been much easier to discuss the distribution of Arctic lichens if our knowledge of the alpine and nivale lichens had not been so sorely deficient outside of Europe. There is hardly an interesting 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 161 spot on the earth not visited by well equipped American expeditions. But what do we know of the lichens of the high Rocky Mountains? Our knowledge has not increased much since the days of Tuckerman. I am convinced that we should find a lot of Arctic lichens there. The best place to start the research work would perhaps be somewhere near the limit of the greatest glaciation. The same is the case with the Ural and the Altai, which must necessarily be quite as important as the Rockies. The habitats of some lichens in our own Norwegian mountains also suggest a great age. We have a considerable number of lichens that are either confined to places that have most probably been nunataks during the ice age, or that largely prefer such places. I may mention Gyrophora rigida, G. fuliginosa, G. vellea and Acarospora chlorophana. If this view is correct, we have here an interesting case of the persis- tence of plants. If we call these places “probable nunataks” we suppose the relief of the country to have been modelled out during the Ice Age(s), as it is today. One of our leading geologists, Professor Holtedahl, is of opinion that we cannot do so. He calls attention to the intense ero- sion in the mountains at the present time, and he regards their relief to be largely of recent origin. If such plants have not been able to migrate much from their former habitat, which they have so long occupied, we should expect to find them concentrated along or near the ancient front-line of the ice. The available palaeontological records suggest that the mésozoic flora was very uniform. We find much the same fossils from that time in Greenland, Spitsbergen and the northernmost Arctic islands as we find southwards in temperate and warmer regions. The uni- formity during the Tertiary Age was, perhaps, not so great, but it was much greater than at the present day, on account of the disturbances caused by the great glaciation. We have no palaeontological records of the Tertiary lichen flora. But there is every reason to suppose that it would have been equally uniform with the flora of Vascular plants over very wide areas. The advancing ice must either have entirely destroyed the vegeta- tion of the glaciated areas, driving the plants southwards, as it ad- vanced; or there must have been refuges where a certain nümber of alpine Tertiary plants could have persisted, eventually other plants also that were able to accommodate themselves to the altered conditions 162 Rhodora [May of life. These refuges must either have been nunataks or ice-free coasts of varying size. If the present Arctic regions were entirely covered with a continuous ice sheet during the great Ice Age, no plants could have lived there. The entire Arctic flora of today must, in that case, have obtained its present distribution during post-glacial time. That would have necessitated long migrations from south to north, and also across the waters to Spitsbergen and to Franz Josef Land and the other isolated islands. It seems to me that the other possibility is by far the more probable: that at least many lichens would have persisted along ice-free coasts, and in part also on some nunataks. The flora of the nunataks is a very interesting problem. We have some records on the nunatak flora, but they are far from sufficient. There are the famous records from Jensen’s nunatak in S. W. Green- land (63° N.), about 70-80 km. from the coast. Deichmann Branth mentions 26 species of lichens from it. In Novaya Zemlya I once climbed a nunatak east of Mashigin fjord, just south of 75? N. At the foot of the mountain, just over the glacier, I did not find a single plant. But higher up, in the upper part of the rock-fall, the vegeta- tion considerably improved. I here found some Drabae, Saxifraga cernua, and also a considerable vegetation of mosses and lichens. The number of lichens certainly surpassed the number on Jensen's nunatak. But unfortunately a dense fog surprised me, as soon as I had reached this interesting point. I had to retire immediately, and was glad to find my tent. A fog of that kind can last for weeks on an Arctic glacier. It is, accordingly, a well established fact that several hardy Arctic plants can live on the nunataks. Amongst the lichens I can especially mention the Gyrophorae, such as G. proboscidea, and a number of crustaceous lichens, such as Biatorella coracina and some Lecideace. My friend P. F. Scholander worked in the North East Land of Svalbard in the summer of 1931. He promised to give as much atten- tion as possible to the nunatak question, and we shall be glad to see his results, when published. But this low land is not so favourable for such researches as are the highlands of Spitsbergen proper and Greenland. From what I have seen it is difficult to attribute much importance to the nunataks as refuges for Arctic plants during a heavy glaciation. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 163 But I am quite overwhelmed with the richness of the flora of the ice-free coasts, which I have seen, even if the coast is very narrow. The necessary condition for a rich flora is that the coast is open during the breeding and hatching season of the birds. But even if there are few birds, we can find a good vegetation if the temperature during the few months of the growing season is sufficiently high, as in East Greenland. : Our meteorologists do not venture any suggestions on the tempera- ture during the Ice Age. Our geologists have much discussed the fundamental question whether ice-free coasts really existed during the Ice Age. As far as I understand, their opinion is more and more in favour of the view that they did exist, at least during the last glacia- tion. Even if the traces of the ice can be seen down to the very beach in many places, there can have been an ice-free coast strip outside of the present beach, now submerged. Geologists have suggested to me that the land would have been higher—or the sea lower—during the last glaciation than today. If so the lowlands of the old ice-free coast would not be accessible to study today, a very important point. In Greenland we have now a very severe glaciation, extending over 23 degrees, from 60°-83° N. Twenty-three degrees southwards from the Norwegian North Cape brings us down to Vienna or to Paris, far south of the old front line of the ice during the greatest glaciation. But in Greenland there are today large areas of ice-free land, about 1/7 of the whole island. We are not a little astonished to find that some of the largest of them are found along the north coast of the island, evidently on account of the low precipitation, the dry air, and consequently the great sublimation from snow and ice. It is highly probable that we had ice-free coasts in Europe during the last glaciation, sufficient for a vegetation that was quite as rich as that of any Arctic region today. We must confess that we are less entitled to reckon upon such ice-free coasts in the present Arctic islands at the same time. But it is hardly probable that these islands would have been entirely covered with ice. A glaciation of continental extent must depend on factors of a wide range. But along the fron- tiers of a glaciation many local factors considerably influence the front-line of the ice. There are the dry land winds, the foehns, de- termined by a high atmospheric pressure over the continents. They result in a low precipitation in the lowlands, and a rather high tem- perature during the summer, locally limiting factors for the glaciation. 164 Rhodora [May Let me devote a few words to the description of the flora of an ice- free coast. I will not describe the flora of North East Greenland, for the ice-free land is there so extensive. But in Northern Novaya Zemlya we have strips of open land, bordering large glaciated areas. I will first describe a “Flower Hill," which we found in Mashigin Fjord, Novaya Zemlya, about 74° 40’ N. The fjord is not long, about 35 km. It is divided into three basins. The innermost of them lies in an intensely glaciated area. It is surrounded by glaciers, which here and there reach the sea. Between the glacier and the sea there is only a narrow strip of moraines with very cold, often irrigated soil, and a very meagre vegetation. But in the middle basin there is a well ex- posed steep hill on the north side of the fjord, which we called the Flower Hill (Norwegian “ Blomsterbakken”’). We found about 60 species of Vascular plants on this small hill. Its south side was quite covered with the most beautiful flowers seen in the Arctic (PLATE 284). There were Cerastium Regelii, profusely flowering, Silene acaulis, 3 species of Ranunculus, a lot of Drabae, 9 Saxifragae, luxuriant Dryas, 3 species of Potentilla in full flower, Astragalus alpinus and Hedysarum obscurum, the beautiful Polemonium boreale, Myosotis alpestris and Eritrichium villosum, with its flowers blue as heaven itself, Erigeron ertocephalus and many, many others. This Flower Hill was a revela- tion of beauty; where are such flowers seen, except in the Arctic? And surrounding this splendid show of flower beauty on all sides was the glacier. Not an isolated glacier, but the mighty continental glacier itself, stretching across the island to the Kara Sea, and north- wards to the very end of Novaya Zemlya. The short distance from the Flower Hill to the glacier will be seen from the sketch map (mae 1). The cause for this remarkable vegetation is evidently first, the position to the sun, resulting in a relatively high temperature during the summer in the soil and in the air near the soil. The well drained ground is also of high importance. This “Flower Hill" was so far from the coast that there were no bird-cliffs. The Arctic sea-birds only hatch in the cliffs close to the open sea. We saw the influence of the birds on the vegetation in many places, but nowhere more clearly than in a great bird-cliff about 76° N., just south of Arkhangel Bay, in Novaya Zemlya. Though several mem- bers of our expedition had travelled much in the Arctic, not one of us had ever seen a bird-cliff of this size (PLATE 285). We regard it the greatest on the Arctic coasts. It was 200-300 meters high, and we 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 165 YY, HIM Ce ww Naut miles 0 SS ANY MASWAGIN FJORD FLoweEr HILL, MasnuraiN FJORD, NOVAYA ZEMLYA, SHOWING ITS PROXIMITY TO THE CONTINENTAL GLACIER. Mar 1. 166 Rhodora [May estimated it to be about 15 km. long. The number of hatching birds was far beyond our estimate. Clouds of birds were always on the wing; thousands of birds, and thousands again, were swimming on the sea. A shot against the cliff could not fail to bring down some birds, and it scared myriads of birds to leave it, like a mighty avalanche. The sound of their wings, and of their unmelodious cries, was deafen- ing. The odor of their excrement was penetrating. The surroundings of this bird-cliff were the most desolate piece of land which I have ever seen in the Arctic, moist, cold clayey soil, almost destitute of plants. On a large peninsula, called Pankratyeff Peninsula, I rambled about one whole day, and only found 14-15 species of Vascular plants, the poorest result of one day’s work in my Arctic experience. But the bird-cliff itself! A continuous cover of vegetation, a soft carpet of mosses, brilliant Caloplacae and other lichens on the rocks, and a number of fine flowers everywhere. A lot of Sazxifragae, of splendid development. I have never seen such plants of Saxifraga cernua, not even in Norway. I have never seen such plants of Coch- learia, mighty “cabbages” with few flowers. A goat would be highly pleased to see the meadows of Alopecurus alpinus, elsewhere growing as scattered individuals. There were lots of other plants, all of them profusely developed, really a * hot-bed" of great beauty. We found nearly 70 different Vascular plants on this bird-cliff. Of course my collections cannot be quite exhaustive, but the full number is not supposed to be much higher. An enumeration of the Vascular plants from these two localities would not differ much. But the cryptogamic vegetation is very different, on account of the large number of nitrophilous lichens and mosses on the bird-cliffs, and their development to associations that cover the ground. I may refer to my paper on the lichens of Novaya Zemlya. And, like the “Flower Hill" of Mashigin fjord, the bird- cliff was surrounded by large glaciers on all sides. It was only a very narrow strip of ice-free land. Just north of it we saw the glacier- front reaching the sea for miles. Scholander describes the same rich vegetation on the bird-cliffs of the North East Land, Svalbard, which he visited in 1931. I have also seen it on the bird-cliffs at Mitterhuken, Bell Sound, Spitsbergen. Every botanist, who has travelled in the Arctic, has seen it. It is a general feature in glaciated areas. See, for instance, the frontispiece 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 167 of Professor Seward's book, Plant Life Through the Ages. The author there shows us a photograph of a glacier of New Zealand, and there are tree ferns in the same photograph, growing less than 1 mile from the terminal face of the ice. It would be of much interest to know whether there are any plants, the distribution of which is best explained if we could regard them as relic plants, living now along the borders of the old ice-sheet. It seems to me that two species of the lichen genus Dactylina are such plants, viz. Dactylina ramulosa and D. madreporiformis. In Svalbard Dactylina ramulosa (MAP 2) is common along the north coast of Spitsbergen proper and of the North East Land. It is entirely lacking along the west coast, as well as in all the southern part of Spitsbergen. Much the same is the case in Greenland. It has re- peatedly been found along the north coast, and in addition to that we have finds from Disko on the west coast (about 70? N.), and another find from Danmark Harbour on the east coast (about 76? 25’ N.), but none from South Greenland. Evidently on account of the low precipitation there are large ice- free coasts in North Greenland, and much the same is the case in North Svalbard, though on a smaller scale. During the Glacial Epoch the climate must have been still more continental than at the present day, on account of the large frozen seas. It is quite possible that we have had ice-free areas, perhaps small ones, even during heavy glacia- tions, along the northernmost Arctic coasts. If so, we shall have to look after possible old relic plants just along the northernmost Arctic coasts, where there must have been the smallest amount of open water, also, during the Glacial Epochs. Dactylina ramulosa is a cireumpolar species, not common in Novaya Zemlya, scattered along the Siberian coast. It is much more common on the coasts of the Canadian Arctic, on the islands as well as the continent. It is entirely lacking in Fenno-Scandia, and we have no finds from Russia, and none from Siberia south of the coast. But we have several localities from the highest peaks in the Alps between Western Switzerland and Kürnthen-Steiermark. In the Rocky Moun- tains there are a few finds just north of the 50? parallel N. We do not know whether they are connected with the Arctic localities, for the flora of these regions is almost unknown to the lichenologists. The other species, Dactylina madreporiformis (MAP 3), cannot be called circumpolar. There is only one locality, Wijde Bay, in North 168 Rhodora [May Map 2. DISTRIBUTION oF DACTYLINA RAMULOSA. 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 169 Map 3. DISTRIBUTION oF DACTYLINA MADREPORIFORMIS. 170 Rhodora [May Spitsbergen, but is is common along the west coast of Novaya Zemlya; we have also a few finds along the Siberian coast. It is entirely lacking in Arctic America, apart from a few (not located) finds in Alaska. But we have a considerable number of localities far south in the Rockies, in Colodaro, Utah and New Mexico. In the Old World it is entirely lacking in Fenno-Scandia, but is has a continuous distribu- tion along the highest mountains from the Alps in the west over Tatra, the eastern Carpathians, the Crimea, Caucasus, Turkestan to the Sajan Mountains in the east. Professor Helmuth Gams, the well known expert on the post- glacial history of the European vegetation, has written to me: “most of the Dactylina localities in the Alps are typically nunataks.” Full particulars on the distribution of these two species, and a discussion of it, will be found in a paper, recently published by the present writer: “On Dufourea and Dactylina, three Arctic Lichens," Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavet, No. 59, Oslo 1933. If we are justified in regarding these two species as old relic plants, perhaps even of Tertiary Age, as the present author does, their history may be thus reconstructed: Very high alpine plants during the Ter- tiary age with its clement climate, driven to the lowland and south- wards by the increasing cold and the advancing ice. Perhaps per- sisting along ice-free refuges along the northernmost Arctic coast down to the present day. Exterminated in Fenno-Scandia by the ice, if we can suppose that they were found here, but persisting along the mountains south of the ice-frontier. During the alternating Glacial and Interglacial Epochs there must have been considerable oscillations in the distributions of such plants, as has been pointed out 1. a. by the English palaeontologists, Mr. and Mrs. Reid, in their well known paper: “ The Pliocene Floras of the Dutch-Prussian Border," in Mededeel. van de Rijksopsporing van Delfstoffen, No. 6, The Hague 1915. At present we are living in an Epoch corresponding to an Interglacial period, during which plants, such as the two Dactylinas, have to climb the highest mountains in order to find suitable localities. It is, therefore, only to be expected that they should be restricted to the highest Alps in Central Europe, down to about 1800 meters above sea-level. But why are they lacking in the Scandinavian mountains where excellent localities are so abundant? It is hard to explain. We do 1934] Lynge,—Results of Research Work on Arctic Lichens 171 not know whether they have ever been there. But let us suppose that they have. It is possible that the greatest glaciation was so complete that it destroyed all vegetation, and that the two Dactylinas have not been able to immigrate since that time. As far as I understand, geologists are of opinion that at the beginning of the Interglacial Epochs temperature must have risen considerably, and during rela- tively brief periods (geologically speaking) have attained heights which made successful attacks on the mighty ice-cap possible. It is not every species of plants which is able to migrate so easily that it can profit from the possibilities offered by rapidly retiring ice. On the contrary, we find that a great number of the plants which we know to be relic, for the reason that we know their geological history as well as their present distribution, have a very reduced power of distribution. Numerous such cases are so well known that it is unnecessary for us to give particulars in this brief summary. It is sufficient to refer to Professor M. L. Fernald's papers on the persist- ence of plants. The present distribution of Dactylina ramulosa in the Svalbard region suggests a species with a very reduced power of migration. Its distribution in the Alps and also the widely scattered areas of Dufourea madreporiformis likewise suggest a reduction of capacity to migrate. It will be seen that the study of Arctic botany brings before us problems of a very general character. One of them, the eventual per- sistence of plants, Arctic as well as others, can with great advantage be attacked by a careful study of the vegetation along the border line of the old glaciations. In America we have the classical studies by Professor Fernald on the persistence of Vascular plants. It is much to be desired that his work should be followed by investigations on the lichen vegetation of the high Rocky Mountains on either side of the old "ice-line." No other group of plants can throw more light on this great problem than the lichens which can grow in profusion close to the mightiest glaciers. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 284. Dense Vegetation of “Flower Hill," Mashigin Bay, Novaya Zemlya (see location on MAP 1): MYOSOTIS ALPESTRIS, ERIGERON ERIOCEPHA- LUS, TARAXACUM SP., ASTRAGALUS ALPINUS, POLYGONUM VIVIPARUM, etc. Photo. B. Lynge, August 4, 1921. PLATE 285. Part of the bird cliff south of Arkhangel Bay, Novaya Zemlya, with myriads of Urta Lomvia and other birds. Photo. B. Lynge, August 12, 1921. FARMASØITISK INSTITUTT, Blindern, Oslo, Norway. 172 Rhodora [May CRITICAL NOTES ON PLANTS OF ARCTIC AMERICA! M. O. MALTE [The late Dr. Malte (1880-1933), Chief Botanist of the National Museum of Canada, and the late Professor C. H. Ostenfeld (1873-1931) of the Uni- versity of Copenhagen left partially completed a monumental Flora of Arctic Canada. Much of the matter, consisting of summaries of records and state- ments of local occurrence of the species, can await later publication; much was in the form of memoranda and uncompleted revisions. A portion of the manuscript, from the Rosaceae through the Compositae, by Dr. Malte, con- sisting of critical notes on northern species should have immediate publication. mm with only very slight editorial modification, is here printed.— Eps. POTENTILLA NIVEA L., var. PALLIDIOR Sw. QuEBEC: Wakeham Bay (1927, 1928). KkEwarIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). The specimens from Chesterfield Inlet are, as a rule, much more luxuriant than those from Wakeham Bay and have the terminal leaflets often conspicuously long-stalked, thus giving them a different appearance. The peculiar habit of the Chesterfield Inlet plants is no doubt due to the conditions under which they were growing— gravelly patches among rocks frequented by dogs. The unusual length of the stalk of the terminal leaflet is taxonomically of no im- portance. Analogous long-stalked terminal leaflets are found in otherwise typical nivea from Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay, Hudson Strait determined as var. macrophylla Lehman by Rydberg. P. PepERSENII (Rydb,) Rydb., N. Am. Fl. 22, 33, 1908. P. sub- quinata var. Pedersenii Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club., 28, 182, 1901. P. Vahliana Macoun & Holm, Rpt. Can. Arct. Exp. 5, Pt. 4. 16, 1921, non Lehm. Mon. Potent., 172, 1820. P. rubricaulis Lehm. var. arctica Simmons, Rep. 2nd Norw. Arct. Exp. Fram 1898-1902, No. 2, 51, (1900). When Rydberg described P. subquinata var. Pedersenii, he had evidently no clear conception of what his new variety was, for he cited heterogenous material under it, as pointed out by Wolf (Mon. Potent., 239) and Ostenfeld (Medd. Groenl. 64 (1923) p. 186), and corroborated by the writer who, through the courtesy of Dr. M. P. Porsild, has had an opportunity to examine the specimens cited by Rydberg. Most of these specimens belong to P. nivea but, fortunately, the specimen designated as the type, No. 470, Assuk, Disco, leg. Morten Pedersen, July 25, 1898, is quite distinct from the latter. Its most outstanding characteristic is that the lower surface of the leaves 1 Published with the permission of the Director, National Museum of Canada, Department of Mines, Ottawa. 1934] Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 173 is both tomentose and silky long-strigose, the strigose pubescence often being so dense that it hides the tomentum completely or nearly So. In this respect P. Pedersenii closely resembles P. Vahliana Lehm. and, indeed, Wolf (l. c.) avers that the type of P. Pedersenii cannot be separated from P. Vahliana. Wolf, however, has apparently overlooked one character empha- sized by Rydberg, namely the shape of the calyx bracts. These are in P. Pedersenti “ very narrow, linear or linear lanceolate," whereas in P. Vahliana, as is equally strongly emphasized by Lehmann (Rev. p. 170), they are ovate or suborbicular. The difference in the shape of the calyx bracts constitutes, as far as the writer's experience goes, a reliable character for the separation of the two superficially very similar species. It should be mentioned, though, that in P. Pedersenii the calyx bracts should be described as narrowly elliptical rather than linear or linear-lanceolate. No doubt many of the records of P. Vahliana from the Canadian Arctic belong with P. Pedersenii. ELLESMERE lIsrtANp: Bache Peninsula (1927). NortH Drvon IstanD: Dundas Harbour (1927). BarriN Istanp: Arctic Bay, Ad- miralty Inlet (1927). SourHaAMPTON IsLAND: Coral Harbour (1928). P. Crantzi (Cr.) Beck. P. maculata Pourr., Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. I, 140; Rydberg, Mon. Pot., 58 and in N. Am. Fl., 22, 325; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl., 2, 254; Simmons, Phytog. 108. P. opaca La Peyr., Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., 355; Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, 191; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1, 440. P. alpestris Hall. fil., Wolf. Mon. Pot.; Porsild, Med Groenl., 47, 266. This species was found at Port Burwell (1928) in two main forms which, however, were grading into each other, probably due to inter- crossing. The one extreme has slender, ascending stems. The leaves are glabrous on the upper surface, pilose on the nerves below, and the petioles are glabrous. This is P. Crantzu (Cr.) Beck, var. vulgaris (Lge.), n. comb. P. mac- ulata Pourr. «. vulgaris Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl., 6, 1880. The other extreme is more robust with erect stems. The leaves are pilose on both surfaces, and the petioles are more or less densely hirsute. This is P. Crantzu (Cr.) Beck, var. hirta (Lge.) n. comb. P. mac- ulata Pourr. 9. HIRTA Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 6, 1880. P. Langeana Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl., 28, 199, 1901. This variety was also encountered at Port Harrison (1928). P. EMARGINATA Pursh. 174 Rhodora [May Much confusion, as is well known, has prevailed as to what this species really is, what its boundaries are, and what its systematic rela- tionship to other species is. This is perhaps largely due to the fact that monographers and other students of Potentilla have had no opportunity to observe in the field the whole group to which P. emarginata belongs. As the writer has had such opportunity, a few remarks based on field observations may be in order. When the writer, in 1927, visited Ellesmere Island, a Potentilla of the emarginata group was encountered at Craig Harbour. It grew on low gravel bars along a brook where the water table was close to the surface of the ground, forming dense cushions of a decidedly lustrous- grayish appearance. The flowers, which were in anthesis, were borne on stems which in most cases barely overtopped the basal leaves. Specimens identical with the Ellesmere Island ones and at the same stage of development were further collected at Albert Harbour, Eclipse Sound, northern Baffin Island, and at Dundas Harbour, North Devon Island. At these places they were found in small, moist depressions. At Dundas Harbour a similar Potentilla was found on small, dry gravel flats. It was past anthesis and the stems were much longer than the basal leaves. Although somewhat different in general appearance from the form growing in moist depressions, no doubt on account of the different habitat, the writer failed to find any essential differences between it and the latter. The two forms, as also later examination has shown, undoubtedly belong to the same species. This dry land form was also encountered at Arctic Bay, Admiralty Inlet, northwest Baffin Island, and at River Clyde, east coast of Baffin Island. Arriving, the same year, at Lake Harbour, south coast of Baffin Island, another Potentilla of the emarginata group was met with. It grew in small clumps and occupied rocky knolls and ledges. In ap- pearance it was so strikingly different from the Potentilla found farther north that it forcibly gave the impression of being a different species. The leaves were much less pubescent and, as a result, much greener in appearance than in the northern form. They were, furthermore, much firmer and somewhat coriaceous in texture. The leaflets were conspicuously wider and the teeth of the leaves were obtuse, not acute as in the northern form. The most outstanding characteristic, however, was furnished by the calyx bracts which, after anthesis, were much larger and wider than in the northern form, and horizon- tally spreading. 1934] | Malte,— Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 175 This form was, in 1928, found to be common in the Hudson Strait area. It was collected at Port Burwell, Wakeham Bay, and Wolsten- holme on the south shore of the Strait, at Cape Dorset on the south- west tip of Baffin Island, and at Chesterfield Inlet, northwest coast of Hudson Bay. From field observations the writer came to the conclusion that, in the eastern Canadian Arctic, there may be two elements in the P. emarginata group, one distinctly southern and one northern. Exami- nation of a large number of specimens in the Gray Herbarium, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts, the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, the United States National Herbarium, Washington, D. C., the herbarium of Academy of Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the herbarium of the Field Museum, Chicago, Illinois, and the Na- tional Herbarium of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, has amply confirmed the conclusion. Apart from the characteristics referred to in the preceding, the two elements can, almost without exception, easily be separated on the hairiness of the petioles of the adult basal leaves. In the northern element the petioles are hirsute with stiff, on well preserved specimens horizontally spreading hairs which are four or five times as long as the width of the petioles. In the southern ele- ment the pubescence is soft, and the hairs are of unequal length and generally irregularly ascending. Owing to the marked differences in the vegetative characters and to'the different geographical distribution the writer feels convinced that the two elements represent two distinct species. They have by most authors been united under the name of P. emarginata Pursh. They were first recognized as different by Abromeit (Bot. Ergebn. 8-9) who treated them as varieties of P. emarginata, a treatment followed by Wolf (Mon. 533-35). The nomenclature of the two species offers some rather perplexing problems. Abromeit (l. c.) maintains that his two varieties of P. emarginata are identical with P. fragiformis Willd. and—with a ques- tion mark—P. fragiformis Willd. b. parviflora Trautv., respectively. As Simmons (Fl. Ellesm. 57) has pointed out, however, and as has been elucidated by Wolf (l. c.), the East Asiatic and Bering Sea P. fragiformis does not occur in eastern North America. It is a plant having large flowers 20-30 mm. broad and a style once and a half to twice as long as the mature carpels, whereas in the two species of the East going under the name of P. emarginata the flowers rarely attain 176 Rhodora [May a width of 20 mm. and have the styles much shorter than the mature carpels. Erroneous is also Rydberg’s statement that P. fragiformis occurs in Greenland. The specimen cited by him from Cape York, Grinnell’s Arctic Exped., which the writer has examined, belongs to the northern species of the emarginata group. Forms of the emarginata group have also been identified with P. nana Willd., for instance by Hooker (Fl. Bor.-Am., 1, 194), Lehmann (Revisio, p. 161), Rydberg (p. 80). As Wolf (pp. 511-12) has shown, however, P. nana Willd. is merely a dwarfed form of P. fragiformis Willd. Like this, it does not occur in eastern North America. The Labrador plant named P. nana by the authors referred to belongs to the southern species of the emarginata group, as already suspected by Hooker (l. c.). And so do the specimens cited by Rydberg (l. c.) from Hudson Bay, which the writer has seen. As mentioned in the preceding, Abromeit (l. c.) recognized the two elements of the emarginata group as varieties. These were called vars. typica and elatior respectively. From his descriptions as well as from those given later by Wolf it seems abundantly clear that the var. typica is what the writer in the preceding has referred to as the north- ern species of the emarginata group, and that the var. elatior, as also indicated by its name, is what has been referred to as the southern species. Abromeit's contention that the northern species represents the typical P. emarginata Pursh can, however, hardly be correct. Pursh's species was based on specimens collected by Kohlmeister in Labrador. Where in Labrador, does not seem to be known. It may have been on the east coast or it may have been in the Ungava Bay region which Kohlmeister visited one summer. As far as is known to the writer, the only Potentilla of the emarginata group occurring in Labrador, and particularly in the Ungava Bay region, is the southern representative of the group. The plant-geographical evidence, therefore, strongly indicates that the southern element of the emarginata group and not the northern represents Pursh's original species. This contention is substantiated by Pursh's own description which contains the passage "stipulis ovatis integerrimis," a characteristic repeated by Hooker who (l. c. footnote) states that he has examined Kohlmeister's plant, 1. e. the one on which Pursh's description is based. Now, it is a fact that in the southern species the free part of the stipules is ovate, 1934] . Malte,— Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 177 whereas in the northern species it is lanceolate. The writer, therefore, does not hesitate to identify the southern species with Pursh’s original P. emarginata. P. EMARGINATA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 353, 1814; E. Meyer, Pl. Labr., 74; Lehm., Mon. Pot., 174; Lehm. apud Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am. 1, 194; Fl. Dan., fasc. 39, 4, pro parte, non Pl. 2291; Lehm., Rev. Pot., 161, pro parte; Lange, Consp., Fl. Groenl., 8, pro parte; Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl., Pt. I, 140, pro parte; Macoun & Holm, Can. Arct. Exp. 5, Pt. A., 16, pro parte; Rydberg, Mon. Pot., 81, pro parte; Rydberg, N. Am. FI., 22, 334, pro parte; Simmons, Phytog., 108, pro parte; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 2, 255, pro parte. P. nana Lehm. apud Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am., 194; Lehm., Rev. Pot., 161; Rydberg, Mon. Pot., as to the Labrador plant, non P. nana Willd. Herb. ex Schlecht. P. emarginata Pursh, var. elatior Abromeit, Bot. Ergebn., 8; Wolf, Mon. Pot., 535.—Perennial. Stems softly pubescent below, villous above, from a few cm. to 2 dm. high or more, 1-several-flowered. Petioles of basal leaves becoming conspicuously elongated after flowering, those of the adult leaves pubescent with soft, irregularly spreading but generally ascending hairs of unequal length. Free part of the stipules ovate, obtuse or abruptly acute at the apex. Leaf- blades distinctly coriaceous, ternate, pilose on both sides when young, glabrous or glabrate or occasionally pilose above when adult; the teeth generally very obtuse, evenly pilose along the edges; terminal leaflet broadly obovate, frequently almost as wide as long, from almost sessile to long-stalked. Calyx bracts elliptic, often broadly so, becoming about as long as the calyx lobes and horizontally spreading after anthesis. Flowers 18-20 mm. wide; the petals pale yellow, obcordate, emarginate; styles much shorter than the smooth carpels.— BarriN Istanp: Lake Harbour (1927); Cape Dorset (1928). QUEBEC: Port Burwell; Wakeham Bay; Wolstenholme (1928). KEEWATIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). P. hyparctica n. sp. P. emarginata Fl. Dan., Pl. 2291, descr. fasc. 39, 4, pro parte; Lehm., Rev. Pot., 161, pro parte; Lange, Consp. FI. Groenl., 8, pro parte; Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl., Pt. I, 141, pro parte; Rydberg, Mon. Pot., 81, as to specimens cited from Jones Sound and Greenland; Rydberg, N. Am. Fl., 22, 334, pro parte; Simmons, Fl. Ellesm., 56, as to specimens cited; Simmons, Phytog., 108, pro parte; Macoun and Holm, Can. Arct. Exp., 5, Pt. A, 16, pro parte. P. fragiformis Rydb., Mon. Pot., 78, as to Greenland plant cited, non P. fragiformis Willd; P. emarginata Pursh, var. typica Abromeit, Bot. Ergebn., 8; Wolf., Mon. Pot., 535.—Perennis. Caules inferiori parte molliter pilosi, superiori parte sat dense villosi, raro supra 1 dm. alti, plerumque 1-flori. Petioli foliorum radicalium breves, post anthesim haud elongati; illi foliorum matura aetate pilis rigidis longissimis plerumque horizontalibus instructi. Stipulae lanceolatae, acutae vel longe-attenuatae. Laminae non coriaceae, ternatae, etiam matura 178 Rhodora [May aetate utrinque pilosae, dentibus acutis raro obtusiusculis apice pilis fasciculatis conspicue instructis. Foliola terminalia anguste obovata plerumque circa duplo longiora quam lata. Bractaeae calycis anguste ellipticae, post anthesim laciniis calycis breviores. Flores illis speciei precedentis minores petalis saturate flavis obcordatis emarginatis. Styli carpellis maturis laevibus multo breviores. Perennial. Stems softly pubescent below, villous above, rarely ex- ceeding 1 dm. in height, mostly 1-flowered. Petioles of basal leaves short, not at all or inconspicuously elongated after flowering, those of the adult leaves pubescent with stiff, very long hairs which gener- ally, and particularly in the basal parts of the petioles, are hori- zontally spreading. Free part of the stipules lanceolate, acute to long-attenuate. Leaf-blades not coriaceous, ternate, pilose on both sides even when adult; the teeth acute or rarely obtusish, conspicu- ously tipped with a tuft of hairs; terminal leaflet narrowly obovate, generally about twice as long as wide, stalked. Calyx bracts narrowly elliptic, not conspicuously enlarged after anthesis, shorter than the calyx lobes. Flowers somewhat smaller than in the preceding species; the petals rich yellow, obcordate, emarginate; styles much shorter than the smooth carpels.—ELLESMERE IsLAND: Craig Harbour (1927). Norta Devon Istanp: Dundas Harbour (1927). BAFFIN ISLAND: Arctic Bay, Admiralty Inlet; Albert Harbour, Eclipse Sound; River Clyde (1927).! DRYAS INTEGRIFOLIA M. Vahl, f. INTERMEDIA (Nath.) Hartz. Porsild (Medd. Groenl., 58, 104-5) has made it abundantly clear that this is merely an ecological form of D. integrifolia occurring in well watered and somewhat shaded habitats. Particularly convincing is his figure (p. 104), showing specimens washed down from high land to river delta and anchored there. The old shoots of these specimens are those of typical D. integrifolia whereas the new ones, developed under wet conditions, are those of typical f. intermedia. The writer made a similar observation on Southampton Island. There the typical f. intermedia was found growing at the bottom of a moist depression, with typical D. integrifolia occupying the drier sides. Thus there is no ground for the assumption that f. intermedia is a hybrid between D. integrifolia and D. octopetala. This hybrid, which the writer has collected on Mt. Coliseum at Nordegg, Rocky Moun- tains, Lat. 52° 29’ N., Long. 116° 5’ W., is quite a different plant. Barrin Istanp: River Clyde (1927). SOUTHAMPTON ISLAND: Coral Harbour (1928). 1 Since Dr. Malte designated no type of his Potentilla hyparctica I have selected the following: ELLESMERE IsLAND: Craig Harbour, 76° 12’ N, 81° 20’ W., August 2, 1927, Malte, no. 119,077 (rype in Nat. Herb. Canada; paratype and topotype in Gray Herb )—M. L. F. 1934] Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 179 ASTRAGALUS ALPINUS L. Phaca astragalina Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. 1, 145. This species, which occurs on gravelly and sandy soil, varies some- what in the colour of the foliage, the leaves sometimes being decidedly grayish. The canescence, however, is not sufficiently well marked to warrant the separation of a variety on that account. The hairiness of the pods is also quite variable. While, as a rule, the pods are black-hairy, the hairs are sometimes brownish or even whitish but the variation in colour does not seem to furnish a stable character. BarriN Isuanp: Arctic Bay; Pond Inlet (1927); Lake Harbour (1927, 1928); Cape Dorset (1928). QuEBEc: Port Burwell; Wakeham Bay; Wolstenholme; Smith Island; Port Harrison (1928); SovrHn- AMPTON IsLtAND: Coral Harbour (1928). KkkwarIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). Oxytropis BELLI (Britton) Palibine. Concerning this plant, Simmons (Phytog. 111) remarks that it is only after long hesitation that he has decided to keep it as a separate species. Fernald (Rnopona, 30, 150), however, asserts that it is “a remarkably distinct species," and the writer fully agrees with him. When first observed the writer was struck with its peculiar general aspect, reminding strongly of low specimens of O. splendens. It was not found in bloom but the grayish colour and the general complexion of the foliage, the latter due to the leaflets being verticillate or sub- verticillate, were so characteristic that it could easily be spotted at a distance of twenty meters or more. For the synonymy and history of the name, which latter is rather peculiar, see Fernald, |. c., 150-51. KrEwarrIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. This species is rather variable in the eastern Canadian Arctic. Generally the branchlets and expanding leaves are glandular, but forms are sometimes found in which the branchlets are more or less white-pubescent and the expanding leaves both glandular and arach- noid-pubescent. An extreme of the latter type was found at Port Harrison. This particular form to a certain extent reminds of E. atropurpureum Fernald & Wiegand in the matter of pubescence, but the seeds are dark-coloured as in E. nigrum. As the seeds of E. atro- purpureum, according to information from Professor Fernald in a letter of Feb. 25, 1932, are always white, Prof. Fernald, who has 180 Rhodora [Max kindly examined the Port Harrison plant, considers it an unusually pilose extreme of E. nigrum. The Port Harrison specimens, as well as material from Lake Har- bour (1927) and Chesterfield Inlet (1928) were fruiting. These three collections are bisexual and are on that account referable to E. her- maphroditum Hagerup, a supposed species of its own. The taxonomic importance of the presence of bisexual flowers is, however, very problematical, to say the least. Hagerup himself says: * In specimens with normally bisexual flowers there are at times isolated flowers in which one sex is suppressed; thus we may often find some male flowers at the top of the shoots of E. hermaphroditum in the Faeroes,” and "Among . . . monoecious individuals—the two sexes may be mixed without any definite order. This I have only observed in West Greenland. . . . And the above-mentioned monoecious specimens from West Greenland seem from vegetative indications most like reduced forms of E. hermaphroditum." Discussing the taxomonic importance of bisexual flowers in Em- petrum with Prof. Fernald, he writes (Feb. 25, 1932): “As to her- maphrodite flowers—I find many of them in E. atropurpureum (a well marked species from Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island, and mountains of Maine, New Hampshire and possibly Vermont), though no plants with them predominant. Specimens with the fruit half- grown show very often perfectly clearly dried up stamens coming from beneath the ovary, but the majority of flowers are unisexual. Sim- ilarly, I have been over the eastern American material (from Green- land to New England) of E. nigrum and get the same result. Occa- sional specimens from anywhere in the range have some perfect flowers, while the majority are unisexual. I also find plants in which all the flowers seem to be pistillate, and others in which they seem to be staminate." In view of the above the writer has reached the conclusion that the existence of bisexual flowers is of no taxonomic importance in Em- petrum, an opinion shared by Prof. Fernald. Incidentally, the same view was held by Neuman who states that Empetrum may be referred to either Monoecia, Dioecia or Polygamia. Discussing the vegetative differences between E. nigrum and E. hermaphroditum, Hagerup lays stress on the differences in mode of growth, "the long slender red stems of E. nigrum along the edge of the tuft being prostrate and root-forming . . . E. hermaphrodi- 1934] | Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 181 tum on the other hand has fresh green stems on its youngest yearling shoots,—even the lowest shoots at the edge of the tuft are not creeping or root-forming." It may be that the stems of E. nigrum are prostrate and rooting in certain geographical areas (cfr. Blytt, Norges Flora, p. 1094, 1861), but this characteristic is not constant. In Maine, for instance, as Knowlton points out (Rnopona, 4, 196). “the prostrate habit is not particularly prominent, as most of the branches are sub- erect." Similarly, the Empetrum nigrum of Switzerland and France, countries where the northern E. hermaphroditum; judging from the distribution given by Hagerup, is not found, is described as decumbent with ascending branches (Gaudin, Fl. Helv. 6, 276, 1830; Rouy, Flore de France. 12, 188, 1910). It should also be pointed out that E. hermaphroditum not always has green yearling branchlets, as Hagerup maintains. In the hermaphrodite specimens from Lake Harbour, Chesterfield Inlet, and Port Harrison they are either red or reddish brown. Concerning the shape of the leaves, also employed by Hagerup to separate E. hermaphroditum from E. nigrum, the writer has been un- able to use it as a distinguishing character, particularly as it varies greatly in the same specimen. In treating E. nigrum and E. hermaphroditum as two separate species, Hagerup also attaches much importance to the fact that E. hermaphroditum has twice as many chromosomes as E. nigrum, the haploid number in the former being 26 and in the latter 13. A glance at Clausen's tables is, however, quite sufficient to demonstrate that variation in chromosome numbers alone cannot possibly be taken as a criterion of a species in a taxonomic sense. The case of Callitriche stagnalis Scop. is particularly illuminating. This comprises forms with 5 haploid chromosomes and forms with 10. According to Jørgensen the two forms “are almost identical—the plants with 5 chromosomes have slightly smaller fruits and are of a lighter green colour than the others” and, according to Hagerup, “ the two ‘species’ [citation marks by Hagerup] are morphologically alike, so that they cannot be directly distinguished one from the other." In other cases, as Bruun (Symbolae Bot. Upsal. 1, 156-157 and 162-163) has pointed out, different chromosome numbers are found in many species which are composed of different strains or races, morphological as well as geographical. Considering all the facts, as presented in the above, the writer is of 182 Rhodora [May the opinion that Empetrum hermaphroditum cannot be upheld as a taxonomic unit distinct from FE. nigrum. Barrin IsLAND: Pangnirtung; Lake Harbour (1927). QUEBEC: Port Burwell; Wolstenholme; Smith Island; Port Harrison (1928). SOUTHAMPTON IsLAND: Coral Harbour (1928). KkrEwarrIN: Chester- field Inlet (1928). PYROLA GRANDIFLORA Rad. Some authors maintain that this is only a variety of P. rotundifolia L. Thus, Rosenvinge (Medd. Groenl., 15, 68) asserts that it cannot be kept specifically distinct from P. rotundifolia, as it is connected with the main species by intermediates. Simmons (Fl. Ell., 40) holds a similar opinion, saying that “in the southern part of Greenland forms appear that link it together with P. rotundifolia var. arenaria Koch." The occurrence of the latter variety in Greenland is, however, rather problematical. Thus, Porsild (Medd. Groenl., 58. 117), com- menting upon P. rotundifolia L., var. arenaria Lange (an = var. arenaria Koch’), writes: “ Under this name is several times recorded a plant from Southern Greenland, ranging from 60° to about 69?. I doubt the identity of the plants seen in H. H. (Herbar. Hauniense) with this European form, and I should rather consider them to be forms of the preceding (P. grandiflora Rad.) grown in thickets.” It is rather significant, too, that Ostenfeld (Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selskab. Biol. Medd. 6, 3, 1926), dealing exhaustively with the flora of Greenland and its origin, mentions neither P. rotundifolia nor its var. arenaria. The writer's observations in the Canadian Arctic Archipelago and on the arctic North American mainland have not brought to light any evidence whatever of the occurrence of transitions between P. rotundi- folia and P. grandiflora. The latter is, indeed, a very well marked and remarkably constant species, easily separated from P. rotundifolia on a character not emphasized by Radius in the description of the species but beautifully illustrated in his Tab. III, Fig. 2. In P. rotundifolia the calyx-lobes are lanceolate-triangular, acute or acu- minate, with reflexed tips, whereas in P. grandiflora they are oblong, obtuse, and with straight tips.! 1 Considerable confusion in respect to the exact identity of P. grandiflora may be attributable to Warming who (Bot. Tidsskr. 15, 167) figures it as having triangular- lanceolate, sharply acuminate calyx lobes, a characteristic which, as stated, does not belong to P. grandiflora. Similar confusion has also been created by Lange (Consp. Fl. Groenl., 84) who, describing P. rotundifolia, 8. arenaria Koch as being a plant lower in stature than the typical form and having obtuse calyx-lobes, cites Fl. Dan. Tab. 1861, which depicts P. rotundifolia of normal stature, with narrowly lanceolate and very acute calyx lobes. 1934] Malte,— Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 183 BarriN Istanp: Pond Inlet; Pangnirtung; Lake Harbour (1927); Cape Dorset (1928). QuEnEc: Port Burwell; Port Harrison (1928). ARCTOSTAPHYLOS RUBRA (Rehder & Wilson) Fern. This differs from the ordinary black-fruited A. alpina in having red drupes. The writer did not see fruiting specimens of either A. alpina or A. rubra but the vegetative differences pointed out by Fernald (Rnopona, 16, 25) are quite sufficient to separate the two without difficulty. The most conspicuous vegetative differences are that in A. alpina the leaves are conspicuously marcescent; 7. e. remaining attached to the branches from one year to another after withering, and ciliate with long bristles, particularly towards the base, whereas in 4. rubra they are distinctly deciduous and without long bristles along the margins. Fernald maintains (l. c.) that A. rubra is restricted to cal- careous soils but it is questionable if this is always the case. Speci- mens of the species—sterile plants as well as berries of the previous year—were collected, June 30, 1932, at Long Point, about 60 miles north of Churchill, west coast of Hudson Bay, by William Güssow, assistant to Dr. L. J. Weeks, Geologist, Dominion Department of Mines, Ottawa. Dr. Weeks reports that the formation at Long Point is granite and that, to his knowledge, no outcrops of calcareous rocks are to be found there. VACCINIUM ULIGINOSUM L. var. ALPINUM Big. Commenting upon the great diversity of Vaccinium uliginosum in Kamtchatka and also in Scandinavia, Hultén (Fl. Kamtch. pt. 4, p. 40) admits that the North American and Greenland “var. alpinum Big. . . . seems to be a comparatively distinct, small-leaved type. " The writer would go a step farther and, with Fernald (Rnuopona, 25, 24) and Porsild (Medd. Groenl., 58, 135 sub. nom. M yrtillus. uliginosa var. microphylla) would consider it a well marked microphyllous variety, with the leaves glabrous on both sides. It may be worthy of note that the berries have a red pulp (Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 91) and, according to Porsild (l. c.) *are very juicy and palatable and are much coveted by Europeans in Greenland." In the European V. uliginosum the berries have a colourless juice and an insipid, watery flavour; consumed in large quantities they may cause headache and nausea (cfr. Lindman, Bilder Nord. Fl., 102, and Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel-Eur. 5, pt. 3, 1681). NonTrH Devon IsrANp: Dundas Harbour (1927); BAFFIN ISLAND: Pond Inlet; Lake Harbour (1927). QuvuEnEc: Port Burwell; Wolsten- holme; Smith Island; Port Harrison (1928). SOUTHAMPTON ISLAND: Coral Harbour (1928). KEkEwaTIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). 184 Rhodora . [May Among synonyms of V. uliginosum var. alpinum cited by Fernald (l. c.) is V. uliginosum Q. pubescens Lange. This, however, is a macro- phyllous variety differing from the ordinary uliginosum in having the leaves puberulent below. It is, as indicated by Porsild (Medd. Groenl. 50, 381), the same as V. pubescens Wormskj. Another synonym of var. alpinum cited by Fernald is V. uliginosum, subsp. microphyllum Lge. This dwarf-leaved plant was described as having the leaves the glabrous or rarely puberulent (Consp. Fl. Groenl., 91). It, therefore, includes two elements, the glabrous-leaved one being identical with var. alpinum Big. and the puberulent-leaved one representing an unnamed variety. For the latter the name Langea- num is proposed. According to the writer's views the trend of variation within V. uligonosum sensu ampl. in North America and Greenland may be expressed as follows: 1. Macrophyllous 2. Leaves glabrous on both sides. ........................ var. typicum 2. Leaves puberulent underneath.................... var. pubescens Lge. 1. Microphyllous 3. Leaves glabrous on both sides... var. alpinum Big. 2. Leaves puberulent underneath...................... var. Langeanum. V. ULIGINOSUM L. var. Langeanum, n. var. V. uliginosum L., subsp. microphyllum Lge. pro parte.—Folia pagina inferiore minute puberula; ceterum ut V. uliginosum L. var. alpinum Big. Dwarf shrub. Leaves up to about 1 cm. long, minutely puberulent underneath.—QuEBEc: Port Harrison, Aug. 18-20, 1928, No. 120,768. Tyre in National Herbarium of Canada. ARMERIA LABRADORICA Wallr. Simmons (Fl. Ellesm., 34) maintains that the Armeria (sub. nom. Statice) of the subsection Holotrichae of Boissier in arctic North America belongs to S. maritima var. sibirica. In his Phytog. Am. Arct. Archip., p. 120, he modifies his assertion by saying that “the usual arctic form . . . is var. sibirica.” The Canadian Arctic Armeria, however, as represented by numerous collections in the National Herbarium of Canada, including twenty of the writer's own, does not belong to A. sibirica. The latter, according to the original description in DC. Prodr., p. 678, has obtuse leaves, and the bracts slightly shorter than the fruiting calyx. All the Canadian Arctic Armeria material which the writer has seen has the leaves from sharply acute to acutish, and the bracts are as long as or longer than the fruit- ing calyx. It, as rightly pointed out by Blake (Rnopona, 19, 1-9) is 1934] Malte,— Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 185 A. labradorica Wallr. Concerning this species, Simmons (Fl. Ell., 36) says: "Specimens from Labrador lying in the Nat. Hist. Mus. her- barium (London) had the outer bracts of the involucre rather narrow and pointed, without membranaceous margin, which accords with the description. "Their most noteworthy character is not mentioned in the description, viz., that the calyx is so minutely and scarcely perceptibly pubescent as to be nearly glabrous on the ribs as well as between them." The latter part of the statement, however, is cer- tainly not applicable to A. labradorica in general. In all the specimens from the Canadian Arctic which have been examined—and they amount to several hundreds—the mature fruiting calyx is densely strigose with long, stiff hairs on the ribs and between them. What the pubescence on the calyx in A. sibirica is like, the writer is not prepared to say, on account of sufficient material not being available. Speci- mens from Waigatch and Nova Zembla, however, in the Kew her- barium, named A. sibirica, have the calyx softer, much shorter, and much more sparsely pubescent than has 4. labradorica. As Blake has shown (l. c.), A. labradorica is quite a variable plant. Two varieties are recognized under Statice labradorica, viz.: genuina! and var. submutica. In the former the calyx and lobes are long- cuspidate (the cusps 0.4-0.5 mm. long); in the latter they are acu- minute to short-cuspidate (the cusps 0.2 mm. long or less). All the collections made by the writer belong to the var. submutica. "This occurs in two forms, viz. f. glabriscapa and f. pubiscapa. A. LABRADORICA Wallr. var. submutica (Blake), n. comb., f. glabriscapa (Blake) n. comb. Statice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard & Blake, var. submutica Blake and f. glabriscapa Blake, RHODORA, 19, 7. 1917. Barrin Istan: Arctic Bay (1927); Cape Dorset (1928). QueBEc: Port Burwell (1927); Port Harrison (1928). KEEWATIN: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). A. LABRADORICA Wallr. var. suBMUTICA (Blake) Malte, f. pubiscapa (Blake), n. comb. Statice labradorica (Wallr. Hubbard & Blake, var. submutica Blake, f. pubiscapa Blake, Ruopora. 19. 7. 1917. NortH Devon Istanp: Dundas Harbour (1927). BAFFIN ISLAND: Lake Harbour (1927). Quesec: Port Burwell; Wakeham Bay; Wolstenholme (1928). | The two forms are listed separately chiefly because Wallroth's original description of A. labradorica is of a plant with pubescent scape (fide Blake, l. c. p. 4). In the writer’s opinion, however, the 1 ARMERIA LABRADORICA Wallr. var. genuina (Blake), n. comb. Statice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard & Blake, var. genuina Blake, RuoponRa, 19, 6, 1917. 186 Rhodora [Max presence or absence of pubescence on the scape is a quite insignificant character taxonomically. In some of the collections the pubescence is very conspicuous, but in others the scapes are better described as finely puberulent than as pubescent. As more material becomes available, it may even be difficult to uphold vars. genuina and submutica as separate varieties. There is a collection from Mt. Albert, Gaspé Peninsula, Que., by M. L. Fernald, L. Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie and L. B. Smith, July 24, 1923 (Gray Herb. No. 25,980; Nat. Mus. Can. No. 113,441) which Blake has referred to var. submutica f. glabriscapa. "This collection is represented in the Ottawa herbarium by two specimens. In one of them some of the fruiting calyces have the lobes cuspidate with true cusps up to 0.4 mm. long, as in var. genuina, while others, from the same head, have the calyx-lobes acuminate or very short-cuspidate as in var. submutica. CASTILLEJA PALLIDA (L.) Kunth. Kerrwatin: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). Judging from the records in. the National Herbarium of Canada, C. pallida (L.) Kunth, var. septentrionalis (Lindl.) Gray! is, in eastern and arctic British North America confined to the Gaspé Peninsula, eastern Quebec, adjacent parts of New Brunswick (and New England), Newfoundland, Labrador, the south shore of Hudson Strait, the east coast of Hudson Bay, and the east and south coasts of James Bay. The Castilleja of the pallida group which is found from the mouth of the Mackenzie River along the Arctic coast, and along the west coast of Hudson Bay down to Lat. 55? —60? N., is well marked from var. septentrionalis and is either the true pallida or a variety thereof. 'The two differ as follows: Bracts and flowers pale, leaves linear, entire. ......... sese C. pallida. Braets and flowers more or less purplish. Leaves lanceolate or broader; plant villose.............. C. unalaschkensis. Leaves linear, upper ones divided; plant slightly villous in the n s DOE E AED a O- DO QUO RURIURSP POET C Me C. elegans. 1 Britton & Brown give C. pallida var. septentrionalis only as a synonym, claiming that the proper name for the plant is C. acuminata (Pursh) Spreng. This species, which is based on Bartsia acuminata Pursh, was described from Unalaschka in the Aleutian Islands, off the southwest corner of Alaska. Nevertheless, Britton & Brown assert that plants previously referred to this species (C. acuminata) from west of Hudson Bay are now regarded as distinct from it. What the western plants in their opinion are is not stated. It is quite difficult to understand how the Castilleja from Eastern Canada and the White Mountains to Hudson Bay can be identified with Bartsia acuminata. Pursh's description contains the following: Bartsia ''foliis alternis praelongo-linearibus, floralibus ovatis longissime acuminatis 3-nervibus, omnibus indivisis'" (Fl. Am. Sept. 429). "That is to say, B. acuminata is a plant with entire and very long-acuminate bracts. Britton & Brown's description, as well as figure, of C. acuminata, however, is of a plant having the ''bracts oblong, oval, or obovate, obtuse, dentate or entire.” 1934] Malte,— Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 187 C. PALLIDA (L.) Kunth. Stem from almost glabrous to canescent below, lanate under the inflorescence. Leaves pubescent or puberulent, the upper more or less lanate, entire, or the upper cleft. Bracts pubescent, generally lanate on the nerves and margins. Galea densely crisp-pubescent on the back. Simmons maintains that specimens collected by Anderson and re- ported by Armstrong as C. pallida (determined by J. D. Hooker) from Banks Island and Victoria Island belong to var. septentrionalis. The geographical distribution of var. septentrionalis seems, however, to exclude them from that variety. C. PALLIDA (L.) Kunth var. sEPTENTRIONALIS (Lindl.) Gray. Stem glabrous or nearly so below, short pilose-hispid or slightly lanate above. Leaves glabrous, entire. Bracts glabrous, or ciliate on the nerves and margins, rarely finely pubescent all over. Galea finely puberulent. CasTILLEJA unalaschkensis (Cham. & Schltd.), nov. comb. C. pallida var. unalaschkensis Cham. & Schltd. in Linnaea 2, 1827, 581; Ostenfeld, Kristiania Vid. Selsk. Skr. 1910, 64. Perennial with as- cending stems, about 15 cm. puberulent and villose, especially densely above with long white hairs; leaves broadly lanceolate to lanceolate- ovate, densely puberulent, bracts only very little paler than the leaves; calyx and corolla dull-purple, galea about 8 mm. long, lower lip about 5 mm. not nearly as saccate as in C. pallida—YuKon: Herschel Island; (Yukon, Alaskan islands). CasTILLEJA elegans, nov. sp. C. pallida Can. Arctic Exp. Pt. A, 5, 1921, 19 (ex prin. parte), non (L.) H. B. K. Perennis; caulibus e rhizo- mate pluribus inferne glabris inflorescentiam versus villosis; foliis glabris linearibus; superioribus trilobatis, lobis lateralibus angustissimis, mediano majore; bracteis lanceolatis, plerumque foliorum situ divisis, vel integris, pallide purpureis; corolla ca. 2.5 cm. longa, puberulente pauloque sericea, pallide purpurascente, galea ca. 8 mm. longa, labio inferiore ca. 5 mm. longo, saccato. Perennial with several stems 15 em. high from a rootstock, glabrous below and on the leaves, villous toward the inflorescence; leaves linear, the upper divided into two very narrow lateral lobes and a large mid-lobe; bracts lanceolate, usually divided in the same way or entire, lanceolate, light purplish; corolla about 2.5 em. long, puberu- lent and somewhat silky, light-purplish; galea about 8 mm. long; lower lip about 5 mm. long, saccate.—NoRrHwEsT TERRITORIES: South coast of Coronatiom Gulf, Mouth of Tree River (ryPE in Nat. Herb. Canada, No. 98,899). ! Generally the bracts are entire or shallowly lobed, as in var. septentrionalis. A collection from the mouth of True River, south coast of Coronation Gulf, by J. R. Cor and J. J. O'Neill, July 19, 1915, has some of the lower bracts deeply cleft in linear to lanceolate segments which reach a length of 1 cm. or more. It may perhaps represent a new species. 188 Rhodora [Max PEDICULARIS CAPITATA Adams. ELLESMERE IsLAND: Bache Penin- sula (1927). Norra Devon Istanp: Dundas Harbour (1927). Barrin Isuanp: Arctic Bay (1927). SovurHAMPTON IsrAND: Coral harbour (1928). Britton & Brown (3, 222) state that the colour of the corolla is * described as white," and Simmons (Ell., 26) maintains that it is yellow. In all the flowering specimens seen by the writer the corolla was dull yellow with the top of the galea tinged with rose or purplish. According to Simmons (l. c. 27) the species “grows chiefly in marshy soil” but may also occur (l. c. 26) in dry places. The writer found it generally occupying small gravelly ridges or dryish slopes, often accompanied by such typical dry land plants as Elyna Bellardi (All.) Koch and Carex nardina Fr. P. LANATA Cham. & Schlecht. Barrin IsraNp: Arctic Bay; Pond Inlet (1927); Lake Harbour (1928). QurBEC: Wakeham Bay (1927, 1928). SOUTHAMPTON IsrAND: Coral Harbour (1928). According to Simmons (Ell., 31), P. lanata is on Ellesmere island found “mostly in rather wet places having a dense vegetation, but it was also found on gravelly bottom, along rivers together with Carices." In West Greenland, according to Porsild (Medd. Groenl., 58, 143), it occurs “in poor and open heath, often in gravelly barrens far away from other plants," and in western arctic America Johansen records it both from swampy depressions (Can. Arct. Exp. 5, Pt. C, 37) and from dry, sandy, or gravelly soil and ridges (l. c., 41 and 43). The writer observed it on barren, gravelly flats and on dry slopes and ridges. P. uigsvTA L. ELLESMERE IsrANDp: Bache Peninsula,. Craig Har- bour (1927). Norra Devon IsrtANp: Dundas Harbour (1927). BarriN Istan: Arctic Bay; Pangnirtung (1927); Cape Dorset (1928). QvEBEC: Wakeham Bay; Wolstenholme (1928). KEkwarIN: Chester- field Inlet (1928). On Ellesmere Island, Simmons (l. c. 29) observed this species “chiefly in grassy places, rock ledges as well as on evener loamy ground, by the side of brooks, etc., but also in more open gravelly places." On the other hand, Porsild (l. c. 143) asserts that in West Greenland it grows “on heath, gravelly barrens, seldom on open spots in bogs." The writer found it a plant of decidedly moist habi- tats. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L. QuEsEC: Port Burwell (1928); Wakeham Bay (1927, 1928); Port Harrison (1928). 1934] | Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 189 Witasek (Abh. Wien, p. 51) considers the Labrador Campanula of the rotundifolia complex a subspecies distinct from the typical C. rotundifolia and calls it C. Gieseckiana Vest ex Roem. & Schult.! The original description of C. Gieseckiana Vest ex Roem. & Schul, (5, p. 89) reads: "caule unifloro, calyce corolla quadruplo breviore dentibus subulatis tenuissimis, germino obconico." Witasek (p. 50) amplifies and modifies the original description by making the diag- nosis of C. Gieseckiana read, in part, as follows: “ Caules parte inferiore subtiliter sed dense puberuli, striati, 1-3 flori. Folia caulina . . . summa in bracteas setaceas reducta. . . . Re- ceptaculum breviter obconicum, ore lato; corolla sepalis erectis, lanceolato-subulatis duplo longior. i Claiming subspecific recognition for C. [ED Witasek lays particular stress on the shape of the ovary, which is described as broadly obconic. According to Simmons (Ark. f. Botanik, p. 19), however, the shape of the ovary, while rather constant in arctic her- barium material, becomes like that of typical C. rotundifolia when specimens are cultivated in lower latitudes, as is done at the Botanic Garden of Copenhagen (l. c., 19). Furthermore, in Fl. Dan., tab. 2711, C. rotundifolia, var. arctica, which Witasek considers belonging to C. Gieseckiana, 1s figured as having the ovary ovoid, rounded at the base, as in typical C. rotundifolia. In the original description of C. Gieseckiana the calyx-lobes are sald to be one-quarter the length of the corolla, while Witasek de- scribed them as half as long. To this modification of Witasek’s Simmons takes objection, emphasizing that the short calyx-lobes are particularly characteristic. The length of the calyx-lobes is, however, as Witasek herself points out, a quite unimportant character. The writer collected specimens from two colonies of Campanula, agreeing with the description of C. Gieseckiana, as given by Witasek, at Wake- ham Bay. In one of the colonies the calyx-lobes were about 5 mm. long, in the other about 8 mm. Furthermore, in a colony collected at Port Harrison the length of the calyx-lobes varied from 4 to 7.5 mm. Witasek describes C. Gieseckiana as having the lower part of the stem finely but densely puberulent. In the material collected by the writer the covering of the basal part of the stem is varying, ranging from rather densely puberulent to almost glabrous, and from very ! C. Gieseckiana is listed by Witasek as if it were a species but it is abundantly clear from her discussions (l. c. p. 51 and Bot. Not., 1907, p. 162) that she considers it a subspecies only. 190 Rhodora [May minutely puberulent to bristly-puberulent. The variation is on a par with that found, for instance, in the C. rotundifolia representatives occurring in the Ottawa district. These belong to C. intercedens Wita- sek. In this species (or “subspecies’’?), according to Witasek (p. 44), the stem has not the hairiness characteristic of the true C. rotundi- folia. That is to say, it is not uniformly hairy all around but the hairiness is restricted to the ribs; it is furthermore of a bristly charac- ter. In the Ottawa district the lower part of the stem of * intercedens " is finely bristly either all around or on the ribs only, or even is quite glabrous. The taxonomic value of the different types of covering of the lower part of the stem has, to the writer's mind, been much over- rated by Witasek. As far as the Labrador, Hudson Strait, and Hudson Bay plant is concerned the writer is of the opinion that it cannot be considered worthy of subspecific rank. As Witasek ( p. 51) points out, it is rather variable. Specimens collected at Port Burwell have the comparatively small and narrow corolla of typical C. rotundifolia and cannot, in the writer's opinion, be held taxonomically distinct from it. Specimens collected at Wakeham Bay and at Port Harrison differ in having noticeably larger and wider corolla and may be referable to C. rotundifolia, var. arctica Lge. Witasek ( p. 51) maintains that in this variety the stems are always one-flowered. This is not correct, as is quite plain both from Lange's Plate 2711 in Flora Danica and description, fasc. 46, p. 6. Plate 2711 figures three specimens, two of which have one-flowered stems; the third has two branches with four flowers each. Similarly, the specimens from Wakeham Bay are one- flowered, whereas in those from Port Harrison the stems vary from one- to three-flowered. Whether the two types referred to should be regarded as distinct varieties, separated on the size of the corolla, the writer is not prepared to say, sufficient material not being available. Judging from Kruuse's (Medd. Groel. 30, 257) records and Porsild's (Medd. Groenl. 58, 147) observations, however, the size of the corolla in the Greenland C. rotundifolia seems to be a character too variable to be of much value taxonomically. The same is very probably the case in the Labrador complex. ERIGERON UNALASCHKENSIS and ERIOCEPHALUS. As Rydberg (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 37, 1910, 318) has pointed out, 1934] Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 191 the real E. uniflorus L. has not been found on the North American continent. In what has been called E. uniflorus he says: “The in- volucre is more or less turbinate, tapering into the enlarged end of the stem, and black-hairy, while in the typical E. uniflorus the involucres are hemispheric, and more or less white-hairy, and the stem is not thickened.” The North American so-called E. uniflorus, thus de- scribed by Rydberg, is E. pulchellus DC. 8. unalaschkensis DC. Rydberg elevated it to specific rank but, in doing so, he overlooked the fact that the plant had already been designated as a species by Vierhapper (Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 21, 1906, 492). The correct name, therefore, is E. unalaschkensis (DC.) Vierh. and not E. unalaschkensis (DC.) Rydb., as given in Rydberg’s “Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains." Concerning E. eriocephalus J. Vahl, Vierhapper (l. c., 512) considers it a form of E. uniflorus, asserting that it is nothing but theend linkin a series of forms starting from the latter, and that the increased density of the pubescence in E. ertocephalus simply signified an adaptation to a severe climate. Lindman (Bot. Not., 1910, pp. 161-164, and Sv. Dan. Flora, 1918, 530), on the other hand, having examined authentic specimens of E. ertocephalus from Greenland labelled by Vahl himself, which Vierhapper had not (l. c. 513), maintains that E. uniflorus and E. eriocephalus are two different species. The main differences be- tween the two are as follows: In E. uniflorus the heads are as a rule not over 15 mm. wide, and the involucral bracts are closely appressed and hirsute, the pubescence becoming much sparser toward the tips. In E. ertocephalus the heads are about 20 mm. wide or more, except in small and apparently starved specimens, or in specimens existing under unfavourable con- ditions in general; the bracts are loosely appressed, often squarrose, and densely and conspicuously lanate all over, the heads having a peculiar, touseled appearance. Lindman also emphasizes that in Æ. eriocephalus the stem-leaves are longer than the internodes, whereas in E. uniflorus they are shorter, leaving the upper part of the stem bare. This character, however, is, judging from the rather large collections made by the writer, quite unreliable. Concerning the relationship between E. eriocephalus and E. una- laschkensis, there can be no doubt that the two are different species. Simmons (Phytog., 126) thinks differently or at least doubts whether that is so, basing his doubt partly on the fact that they often are found 192 Rhodora [May growing together. This is of course no argument. Indeed, to anyone who has had the opportunity of seeing them growing together it is abundantly plain that they are quite distinct. Porsild (Medd. Groenl., 58, 1920, 149) remarks that where they “are found together, e. g., on the coasts of Waygat, the differences in the colouring in the live state are very conspicuous.” An incident substantiating this statement may be related. When collecting at Cape Dorset, Baffin Island, 1928, the writer was ably assisted by a missionary, the Rev. H. A. Turner, a young Englishman who had had no botanical training whatever and who had not been in the Arctic before. Coming to a gentle, gravelly slope along a small rivulet, thousands of plants of Erigeron were found growing mixed. Pointing out that there were two kinds, one with dark purple and comparatively small heads and of low stature (E. unalaschkensis), and another with white woolly and decidedly larger heads (E. eriocephalus) and taller, the Rev. Turner was asked to collect a large number of specimens from the mixed stand and to keep the two kinds separate. This he did without making a single mistake. E. UNALASCHKENSIS (DC.) Vierh. Quersec: Port Burwell (1928); Wakeham Bay (1927, 1928). BarriN Istanp: Lake Harbour (1927); Cape Dorset (1928). E. ERIOCEPHALUS J. Vahl. QuEBEC: Wakeham Bay (1927). BAr- FIN ISLAND: Cape Dorset (1928). NorrHwest TERRITORIES: Chester- field Inlet (1928). MATRICARIA INODORA L., var. NANA (Hook.) Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 2, 1843, 412. Pyrethrum inodorum Q. nanum Hook., Fl. Bor.- Am. 1, 1833, 320 Chrysanthemum grandiflorum Hook., Parry's 2nd Voy., 1825, App., 398, non Bouss., 1804. M. inodora L. Macoun, Cat. Pt. 2, 1884, 254, pro parte; Simmons, Phytogeogr., 1913, 126. M. grandiflora Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl., 5, 1894, 340; non Poir., 1813. M. inodora, var. grandiflora Ostf., Skr. Vid-Selsk. Christiania, 1909, No. 8, 25, 1910. Chamomilla Hookeri (Schultz-Bip.) Rydb., N. Am. Flora, 34, Pt. 3, 1916, 231. This arctic and subarctic plant, which is characterized by being perennial, by its generally decumbent habit, by fleshy leaves, and by its broadly dark-brown- or black-margined involucral bracts, is very different in appearance from the ordinary M. inodora and has been regarded a species of its own, e. g. by Britton and Rydberg. Britton raised it to specific rank (Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl., 5, 1894, 459) under the name of M. grandiflora (Hook.) Britt. This name, however, is illigitimate, as there already was a M. grandiflora Poir. According 1934] | Malte,—Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic America 193 to Rydberg (N. Am. Fl. 34, Pt. 3, 1916, 231), the name of the plant, when considered a species, should be Hookeri. Rydberg places it under Chamomilla and makes the combination C. Hookeri (Schultz- Bip.) Rydb. (l. c.). Ostenfeld (Skrifter Vid.-Selsk. Christiania 1909 No. 8, p. 25, Christiania, 1910) considers it a variety of M. inodora and calls it M. inodora L. var. grandiflora Hook. Hooker’s Chrysanthemum grandi- florum, while the oldest specific name, is, however, not the oldest varietal one. This is Pyrethrum inodorum var. nanum Hook., Fl. Bor.- Am. 1, 320, 1833. It was transferred to Matricaria by Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am., 2, 1843, 412. The correct name fòr the plant as a variety is, therefore, M. inodora L. var. nana (Hook.) Torr. & Gray. While, as already stated, the plant is strikingly different from the common M. inodora, the writer, nevertheless, does not feel justified to treat it as a distinct species, the main reason being that similar forms of ordinary M. inodora from the shores of southern Sweden have been observed. "These forms, variously interpreted as var. borealis Hartm., var. maritima (L.) and subsp. maritima (L.) are perennial and more or less decumbent, with fleshy leaves and dark-brown to almost black involucral bracts. In their extremes they are very similar to the arctic and subarctic plant under consideration, but intermediates between them and ordinary M. inodora occur. QueBEC: Wakeham Bay (1928). Barrin Istanp: Cape Dorset (1928). SourHAMPTON IsLanp: Coral Harbour (1928). NORTHWEST TERRITORIES: Chesterfield Inlet (1928). ARNICA ALPINA (L.) Olin, Diss. II, 1799. The name of this plant is by some authors ascribed to Olin & Ladau—sometimes misspelled Laden or Ladan. According to infor- mation kindly supplied by Dr. G. Samuelsson, Stockholm, Olin was the author of the Dissertation where the name alpina, as a specific one, first appears. Ladau was only “respondent” and, consequently, the correct name is A. alpina (L.) Olin, a combination which is correctly used in all modern Scandinavian floras. A. alpina is quite variable in respect to the pubescence of the leaves. In some forms the leaves are glabrous or nearly so on both surfaces, in others they are prominently pubescent on both surfaces. QuEBEC: Wakeham Bay (1928); Wolstenholme (1928). BAFFIN IsLanp: Lake Harbour (1927). 194 Rhodora [May THE OCCURRENCE OF LITTORELLA AMERICANA IN New Yonk.—In 1879, Pringle collected on the Vermont side of Lake Champlain a rare little aquatic member of the Plantaginaceae, then identified with Littorella uniflora (L.) Aschers., more recently described by Fernald! as a new species, Littorella americana Fernald. The distribution of this species as recorded by Fernald is, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Maine, Vermont and Minnesota. On the basis of Pringle’s Vermont collection House? included Littorella americana in the Flora of New York State with the remark, “and hence to be expected in northern New York." Although the original Pringle collection was made 54 years ago, this species does not seem to have been collected in New York State. On August 24, and again on August 31, 1933, the writer, accom- panied by Mr. R. T. Clausen, collected Littorella americana along the south end of Long Lake, Hamilton County, New York. This locality is about 50 miles due west of Crown Point, New York, on Lake Champlain. The plants occurred in extensive grass-like areas on a muddy shore exposed by extremely low water and also submerged in shallow water to a depth of one meter, in association with Subularia aquatica L., Gratiola aurea Muhl., Eriocaulon septangulare With. and Sagittaria graminea Michx. The Long Lake material of Littorella americana has leaves from 2-9 em. long and peduncles of the staminate flowers from 1—4 cm. long. The maximum lengths exceed the measurements recorded for this species by Fernald. Specimens have been deposited in the herbarium of Cornell Uni- versity and in the Gray Herbarium.—W. C. Muenscuer, Cornell University. Four Forms or MASSACHUSETTS PLANTS. XYRIS CAROLINIANA Walt., forma phyllolepis, f. nov., bracteis sepalis petalis carpellisque omnibus foliaceis lanceolatis; seminibus nullis—MaAssacHUSETTS: one clump with normal and fertile X. caroliniana in a small quagmire in woods south of Sparrow Young’s Pond, Chatham, August 20, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,505 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 1 Fernald, M. L. The North American Littorella. RHopora 20: 61-62. 1918. 2 House, H. D. Annotated list of the Ferns and Flowering Plants of New York State. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 254. 1924. 1934] Kelso—Notes on Rocky Mountain Plants 195 Xyris caroliniana, forma phyllolepis is presumably a vegetatively reproducing form, quite comparable with the forms in Juncus pelo- carpus Mey., Cyperus dentatus Torr. and other species in which vegetative or leafy shoots replace the flowers. SALIX TRISTIS Ait., forma curtifolia, f. nov., foliis anguste cuneato- obovatis 1.3-3 em. longis 0.6-1.7 cm. latis, apice rotundatis subtus griseo-tomentosis, supra opacis subgriseis.—MASSACHUSETTS: dry open sand, Sandwich, October 23, 1922, Fernald (TYPE in Gray Herb.). An extraordinary departure, in its short round-tipped cuneate leaves, from ordinary Salix tristis, which has linear-oblanceolate elongate and acute or subacute foliage. Another striking departure from conventional S. tristis (with foliage opaque and grayish-pubes- cent above) is S. TRISTIS Ait., forma festiva, f. nov., foliis lineari-oblanceolatis subtus griseo-tomentosis supra laete viridibus glabris lucidis.— MassaACHUSETTS: along cartroads in dry oak and pine barrens, Bourne, August 21, 1919, Fernald & Long, no. 18,315 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). APIOS AMERICANA Med., forma cleistogama, f. nov., corollis minutis clavatis e calyce vix exsertis clausis.—M ASSACHUSETTS: along old road in woods and thickets bordering salt marsh along Herring River, West Harwich, August 16, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 17,002 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Apios americana, f. cleistogama formed a considerable tangle, uniform in having greenish, minute unexpanding corollas which scarcely protrude from the calyx. Neighboring colonies had the normal expanded flowers.—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium. Notes oN Rocky Mountain PrANTS.—SALIX PSEUDOLAPPONUM V. Seemen, var. subincurva, var. nov., ramis tenuioribus; folia angus- tiora, oblongo-oblanceolata, 11 x 45 mm., ad basin longe attenuata.— CoLonaADo: Above Lawn Lake, Rocky Mountain National Park, alt. 11,100 ft., August 5, 1931. L. Kelso 3503 (TYPE, in my collection). Uran: Bullion Canyon, in and near the Gorge, July 27, 1905, Rydberg and Carlton 7250. Branches more slender; leaves narrower, oblong-lanceolate, 11 x 45 mm., subincurved, long-attenuate at the base; otherwise similar to the typical form of the species. SALIX BRACHYCARPA Nutt. var. alticola, var. nov., planta 12-17 dm. alta, ramis tenuioribus; folia angustiora, anguste oblongo- oblanceolata, 6 x 24 mm., subincurva; ad basin longe attenuata; amentis laxis, oblongis, 2-2.5 em. longis.—CoronRaApo: Near Fairplay, 196 Rhodora [May alt. 10,500 ft., August 10, 1932. L. Kelso 3459 (TYPE, in my collec- tion). Plant 12-17 dm. high; branches more slender; leaf narrower, narrowly oblong-oblanceolate, 6 x 24 mm., subincurved, long-at- tenuate at the base; aments lax, oblong, 2-2.5 cm. long; otherwise similar to the typical form of the species. SALIX LUTEA Nutt., var. desolata, var. nov., ramis gemmis et foliis juvenilibus dense albescenti-villosis.—ARIZONA: Indian Gardens, alt. 3,800 x August 25, 1913. E. A. Goldman 2237 (TYPE, in U. S. Nat. Herb.). Young branches, buds, and leaves densely white-villous; otherwise similar to S. lutea var. ligulifolia Ball. X SALIX Solheimii, hybr. nov. (S. nivalis X S. Dodgeana), S. nivali similis sed ramis tenuioribus; folia adulta sicca per secundum annum vel plures annos persistentia; folia tenuiora, ovata vel elliptica, num- quam subrotunda, 6-12 mm. longa; pagina superior non inciso- reticulata, nervi primarii (sed numquam secondarii) satis incisi; subtus numquam albescentia, numquam elevato-reticulata; foliis juvenilibus ad apicem pubescentibus; amenta sessilia, floribus 2-3. S. Dodgeanae similis sed nervi primarii paginae superioris foliorum plus incisi, 6-12 mm. longa; ovaria pubescentia.—Montana: Yellow- stone Natl. Park, Electric Peak, alt. 10,000 ft., July 27, 1931. L. Kelso 3,3131 (TYPE, in my collection). Similar to S. nivalis but branches thinner; dead leaves persistent for two or more years; leaf thinner, ovate or elliptic, never rounded, 6-12 mm. long; upper surface of the leaf not incised-reticulate, only the primary nerves incised; below never whitish, never reticulated; young leaves pubescent at the apex; ament sessile, 2-3-flowered. Similar to S. Dodgeana but primary nerves more incised on the upper surface of the leaf. Schneider, in his key to this group, Journ. Arn. Arb. III, 107. 1921, says the leaves of S. Dodgeana are not persistent. My specimens show that they are as persistent as in S. phlebophylla or S. cascadensis. I am naming this hybrid after Dr. W. G. Solheim, Associate Pro- fessor of Botany at the University of Wyoming, who gave much assistance to Mr. Kelso when collecting in that state.—E. H. KELSO, Washington, D. C. Volume 36, no. 424, including pages 101—132 and plates 281—283, was issued 6 April, 1934. Rhodora Plate 285 BIRD-CLIFF SOUTH OF ARKHANGEL Bay, NOVAYA ZEMLYA, Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. June, 1934. No. 426. CONTENTS: Oedogonium in the Vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts. ACCUEIL U Jaa EDT say sca heat eds E 197 Some Features of the Flora of the Ozark Region in Missouri. LR CaN) a gd, eer ieee ho TIT ORBNER vor S 214 Double Flowers in Vaccinium corymbosum. H. F. Bergman..... 233 Small’s Manual of the Southeastern Flora [Review]. CPA Weatherby a a aa A Us pons store CA MENS 235 A Conical Sugar Maple. M. L. Fernald...............l.llsus. 238 Supposed Hybrid Oak. H. A. Allard. .... 0... ccc eee 239 Wolffia in Massachusetts. W. E. Manning..................... 240 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, rcm Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. June, 1934. No. 426. OEDOGONIUM IN THE VICINITY OF WOODS HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS! CHIN-CHIH JAO (Plates 286-288) Tue present investigation deals with the genus Oedogonium as represented in collections from Woods Hole and its vicinity in Barns- table Country, southeastern Massachusetts, assembled from 1931 to 1933, mostly by Miss Hannah T. Croasdale and the writer, but a few by Professors W. R. Taylor and G. W. Prescott, and Mr. M. W. Bosworth. To date, the writer has noted fifty species, varieties, and forms, of which eleven are new and forty are previously known kinds. This paper includes detailed descriptions and drawings of the new forms only, but points out some characteristics of the known species which either have not been described completely or exhibit some divergences from the typical forms. The stations which have yielded fruiting Ocdogonia to the writer, may be listed as follows: 1. Silver Beach Pond, West Falmouth. 2. Long Pond, East Falmouth. 3. Weeks’ Pond (Main Street), Salt Pond, Fresh Pond, and “Chara Pond"? (all Shore Road), in and near Falmouth. ! Papers from the Department of Botany and Herbarium of the University of Michigan, No. 448 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. ? The names in quotation marks pertain to ponds too small or too isolated to have generally known or authentic names. "They are either local designations or arbitrary names adopted by workers at the Marine Biological Laboratory. It is expected that a more precise localization and description will accompany a catalog of the fresh- water algae being compiled by Miss H. T. Croasdale. 198 Rhodora [JUNE 4. “Harper Pond" (Whitman Road), “Wood Pond" (Ganset Road at Whitman Road), “Endicott Hollow,” ‘Endicott Mire" (Endicott Road), and Iron Pond, in Woods Hole. 5. “Wall Pond,” “Stone Wall Pond,” “Sheep Pen Pond," ‘ Deer Pond,” ‘‘Center Pond, " and Fawn Pond, on Nonamesset Island, like the following, in the Elizabeth Island chain off Woods Hole. “Dune Pond," on Nashawena Island. 7 B Pasque 0,” “Pasque K,” and ‘‘Pasque J,” small ponds on Pasque Islanc 8. “Sheep Pond," Barmer Pond, “Club House Pond,” “Juncus Pond,” and “Juncus Pool," on Cutty hunk Island. 9. A small swamp on Buck Island, between Nonamesset and Naushon Islands. 10. A pond on Naushon Island. 1. OEDOGONIUM ACMANDRIUM Elfving. Wall Pond, Aug. 1, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 2. OEDOGONIUM ACROSPORUM De Bary. Juncus Pond, June 28, and Sept. 1, 1932, Harper Pond, June 26, 1931 and July 3, 1933, and Weeks’ Pond, Aug. 10, 1931 (Croasdale); Wall Pond, July 5, and Aug. 17, 1933 (Croasdale & Jao). This species was also reported from Grew’s Pond, Falmouth, July 20, 1895, by C. P. Nott in Collins, Holden and Setchell, Phycotheca Boreali-Americana No. 163. 3. OEDOGONIUM acRosPORUM De Bary var. BATHMIDOSPORUM (Nordstedt) Hirn. Wall Pond, Aug. 1, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 4. OEpoGoNIUM ARESCHOUGII Wittrock var. AMERICANUM Tiffany. Two forms were noted. The first is not exactly like Tiffany's varlety, in that the samples show a gynandrosporous habit, lesser dimensions of vegetative cells, and shorter basal cells. Professor Tiffany has suggested to the writer that this variety may be both gynandrosporous and idioandrosporous, and in the other characters also may vary into the range of the Woods Hole material. Full data of the local form are: Vegetative cells 6.4- 9.6 u diam., 23.0-78.4 y long. Oogonia 29.0-38.4 u diam., 25.6-41.6 y long. Oospores 21.0-28.8 u diam., 19.2-24.0 y long. Androsporangia 8.0- 9.6 u diam., 28.8-30.0 u long. Antheridia 6.4 u diam., 6.4- 8.0 (-9.6) u long. Basal cells 9.6-10.0 u diam., 28.8-30.0 u long. This form was collected in Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, 1933 (Jao). The second form of this plant is idioandrosporous in habit and the dimensions of all portions agree closely with Tiffany’s diagnosis, but the vegetative cells are rather shorter, commonly less than 25y. and the greatest length in only a very few cells reaches 61 u. Rhodora Plate 286 Ye ranar 4 4 SS SA R OEDOGONIUM SPIRIPENNATUM, figs. 1-3; OE. CYMATOSPORUM var. AREO- LIFERUM, figs. 4 and 5; OE. HYSTRICINUM var. EXCENTRIPORUM, figs. 6-8; Ok. TAYLoru, figs. 9-12. 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 199 This form was collected in a small pond on Pasque Island, July 7, 1933 (Bosworth). 5. OEpocoNiUM AmEscHOUGII Wittrock var. contortifilum, var. nov. (TAB. 287, FIGs. 22-25). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, gynandrosporum; oogoniis 2- vel 7-continuis vel singulis, depresso- globosis, raro subpyriformi-globosis, operculo mediano apertis, circumscissione latere altero lata, altero angusta; oosporis oogoniis conformantibus et lumen complentibus, vel raro partes polares non complentibus, membrana laevi; androsporangiis 1- vel 3(-?)-cellulis plerumque curvatis, subepigynis, raro subhypogynis vel dispersis; nannandribus oboviformibus, unicellulis, in oogoniis sedentibus; cellulis vegetativis capitellatis; saepe ea supra oogonium posita atque cellulis filamenti aliquot aliis curvatis vel spiralibus; cellula basali tumida, breviore quam aliis cellulis vegetativis, raro ad 64 u longa; cellula terminali apice obtusa. Cell. veg. 7.5-12 u diam., 30-65 y long. Oogonia 30.0-33 u diam., 26-30 y long. Oosporae 26.0-30 u diam., 24-26 y long. Androsporangia 7.0- Su diam., 6-12 u long. Nannandres 5.0- 7udiam., 9-12 y long. Cell. basales 9.6-16 u diam., 26-32 y long. Dioecious, nannandrous, gynandrosporous; oogonia 1-7, depressed- globose, rarely subpyriform-globose, operculate, division median, one side wide, oospore of same form as the oogonium and filling it, or rarely not filling it longitudinally; spore wall smooth; androsporangia 1-3 (-?), generally curved, subepigynous rarely subhypogynous or scattered; dwarf male obovoid, unicellular, on the oogonium; veg- etative cells capitellate, as a tule, the first vegetative cell above the oogonium and some portions of the filament curved or spiral in form; the basal cell enlarged and shorter than the vegetative cell, rarely elongate to 64 u long; terminal cell apically obtuse. Weeks’ Pond, Aug. 10, 1931, Center Pond. Aug. 12, 1931, Harper Pond, July 3, 1933, and Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale) ; Harper Pond, Aug. 27, 1933 (Jao). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 43, 87, and 89. The variety differs from the type and other varieties or forms chiefly by its curved to spiral filaments. 6. OEDOGONIUM AUTUMNALE Wittrock. Endicott Mire, Aug. 5, 1933 (Jao). 7. OEDOGONIUM BOREALE Hirn var. americanum var. nov. (TAB. 287, FIGS. 16-18). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, idioandro- sporum; oogoniis singulis vel 2- vel 4-continuis, frequenter terminalibus vel inter cellulas vegetativas sparsis, depresso-globosis vel late pyri- formibus, membrana usque ad 5 y crassitudine et lamellosa, solum in medio meridionaliter undulato-plicatis, operculo apertis, circum- 200 Rhodora [JUNE scissione lata, supra medium, margine paullulum undulato; oosporis subdepresso-globosis vel globosis, oogonia complentibus vel fere complentibus, membrana laevi; cellulis suffultoriis interdum tumidis, majoribus 25.6 u; filamentis androsporangiis paullulum gracilioribus quam femineis, androsporangiis singulis vel 2- vel 6-cellulis, interdum tumidis; nannandribus unicellulis, late oboviformibus, in oogonia positis; cellulis vegetativis capitellatis, inferioribus gracilioribus quam superioribus; cellula terminali apice obtusa, saepe substitutione oogonii aut androsporangii nulla; cellula basali tumida, non elongata. Cell. veg. plant. fem. — 12.8-19.2 (-22.4) u diam., 32.0-70.4 y. long. Cell. veg. plant. androsp. 12.8-19.2 u diam., 35.2-81.6 u long. Oogonia 41.6-54.4 u diam., 38 .4-54.4 y long. Oosporae 33.6-41.6 u diam., 32.0-40.0 u long. Androsporangia 12.8-16.0 u diam., 12.8-19.2 u long. Nannandres 8.0-12.8 y diam., 9.6-12.8 u long. Cellulae basales 19.2-22.4 y. diam., 32.0-57.6 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous,; idioandrosporous; oogonia 1—4, scattered or more often terminal, depressed-globose to broadly pyriform, wall up to 5 u thick and lamellose, with 16-22 longitudinally median folds, operculate, division supramedian and wide, margin slightly undulated; oospore subdepressed-globose, nearly or not filling the oogonium, spore wall smooth; suffultory cell sometimes tumid, reaching a diameter of 25.6 u; androsporangial plant slightly more slender than the female, androsporangia 1-6, often terminal; dwarf male unicellular, broadly obovoid, situated on the oogonium; vegetative cell capitellate, lower cells generally more slender than the upper; terminal cell apically obtuse, often an oogonium of andro- sporangium; basal cell enlarged, not elongated. Pasque J Pond, July 19, 1932 (Croasdale). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 107: 1, 2, and 3. The species Oc. boreale was discovered in Finland by K. E. Hirn, 1900. It is characterized by its large dimensions, thick- and lamellose- walled oogonium. The number of the folds of the oogonium dis- tinguishes it from its nearest relatives, Oc. megaporum Wittrock and Oc. oclandicum Wittrock & Hirn. In Hirn's description the idioandro- sporous habit is given as doubtful, the oogonium is solitary, rarely two, and the folds are from 16 to 19. This new variety is closely related to Oc. boreale, but clearly differs from it in having smaller dimensions of all cells, especially the reproductive cells, and the folds as many as 22 in number. 8. OrpoGontuM BortstanuMm (Le Clerc) Wittrock. In a swamp on Buck Island, July 24, 1921 (Taylor in Herb. Taylor No. 3658); Harper Pond, June 26, 1931, July 3, and July 26, 1933 (Croasdale), and Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao); Wood Pond, Aug. 29, 1931, and Endicott Hollow, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale). 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 201 The samples in Professor Taylor's Herbarium are nearly pure and very abundant. Dimensions of the vegetative cells are very variable either on different individuals or on same plant. Generally, the upper cells are broader (to 35.2 u) and shorter than the lower. In each collection two types of basal cells were noted, namely one form slightly tumid and elongate and the other more enlarged and shortened. 9. OrpocontuM Bosci (Le Clerc) Wittrock. In a small pond on Pasque Island, July 7, 1933 (Bosworth). 10. Oepoconium Boscu (Le Clerc) Wittrock var. OCCIDENTALE Hirn. Weeks’ Pond, Aug. 10, 1931, and Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, 1933, (Croasdale); Wall Pond, Aug. 1, and Aug. 8, 1933 (Croasdale & Jao). 11. OEDoGONIUM CILIATUM (Hassall) Pringsheim. In the writer's samples, the oogonia were usually solitary, rarely two together, division of the operculum was generally nearly supreme, the andro- sporangia were usually two, and the vegetative cell was small (8- 16.4 w diam., 48-86.4 y long). This plant was always very short, the whole filament usually less than ten cells in length. Wall Pond, June 10, and July 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 12. OEDOGONIUM CONCATENATUM (Hassall) Wittrock. "The local plants have ellipsoid, subobovoid-globose, or globose oospores, with the longitudinally arranged pits in about 40-62 series, the suffultory cell and its adjunct vegetative cells curved. "The antheridia show alternate unequal development of opposite sides, giving the antheridial series a wavy form. They form two sperms by horizontal division. The dimensions of all cells are a little smaller than those of the typical plant, except that the vegetative cells are shorter and slightly broader. Otherwise this material was like the type. Full data of the local form are listed: 64.0-160.0 u long. Vegetative cells — 25.6-44.8 u diam., .0 70.4-112.0 u long. Oogonia 64 .0—76.8 u diam., Oospores 57.6—73.6 u diam., 64.0- 83.2 u long. Suffultory cells 51.2-60.8 u diam., 115.2-134.4 u long. Androsporangia 27.2-32.0 u diam., 12.8- 32.0 u long. Male stipes 16.0-22.4 u diam., 52.8- 64.0 y long. Antheridia 9.6-12.8 u diam., 11.2- 22.4 y long. Endicott Mire, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale). 13. OEDOGONIUM CRASSIUSCULUM Wittrock var. IDIOANDROSPORUM Nordstedt & Wittrock. Club House Pond, June 28, 1932 (Croasdale) ; Barmer Pond, June 27, 1933 (Jao). The specimens collected in Barmer Pond have smaller dimensions of all cells and the oogonium very rarely is angular-globose in form. Full data of the form are: Vegetative cells — 19.0—30 u diam., 60-103 u long. Oogonia 42.0-54 uv. diam., 45- 60 y long. Oospores 38 .0-52 u diam., 41- 52 y long. Androsporangia — 20.0-26 y diam., 10- 206 y long. 202 Rhodora [JUNE Male stipes 9.5-15 u diam., 52- 62 y long. Antheridia 7.0-9 udiam., 10- 16 y long. 14. OEDOGONIUM CRENULATOCOSTATUM Wittrock forma CYLINDRI- cuM Hirn. Harper Pond, July 3, 1933 (Croasdale) and Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 15. OEDOGONIUM CRENULATOCOSTATUM Wittrock var. LONGIARTI- CULATUM Hansgirg. Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 16. OEDOGONIUM cRISPUM (Hassall) Wittrock var. GRACILESCENS Wittrock. Sheep Pen Pond, June 11, 1932, Pasque O Pond, June 7,1932, Iron Pond, June 26, 1933, Wall Pond, July 5, 1933 (Croasdale) ; Pasque K Pond and another small pond on the same island, June 7, 1933 (Bosworth). j 17. OkgpocoNIiUM cnisPUM (Hassall) Wittrock var. URUGUYAYENSE Magnus & Wille. Weeks’ Pond, June 28, 1932 (Croasdale). 18. Oedogonium Croasdaleae, sp. nov. (TAB. 288, FIGs. 31-35). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, gynandrosporum; oogoniis singulis vel bis vel septies continuis, plerumque in parte filamenti superiore positis, quadrangulari-ellipsoideis vel suboboviformibus vel subellipsoideis, operculo apertis, cireumscissione superiore, interdum lata; oosporis oogoniis conformantibus et lumen plane vel raro subtus vix complentibus, membrana triplici, episporio extus laevi, mesosporio crasso et lamelloso longitudinaliter costato (in sectione optica trans- versaliter undulato), costis anastomosantibus, irregulariter undulato, in medio oosporae circa 16-30; endosporio granulato; cellulis suf- fultoriis tumidis; androsporangiis saepe 8-seriatis, epigynis, raro hypogynis vel subhypogynis; nannandribus cyathiformibus, curvatis, in cellulis suffultoriis vel raro in oogoniis sedentibus, retinaculo irregulariter lobato; antheridiis singulis, interioribus; inferioribus cellulis vegetativis gracilioribus quam superioribus; cellula terminali obtusa saepe a oogonio aut a androsporangio supposita; cellula basali interdum paullulum tumida, retinaculo lobato praedita. Oogonium interdum deest, saepe ab androsporangiis suppositum, sed in filamentis iis absentia oogonii abnormalibus sunt cellulae sufful- toriae atque nannandres semper normaliter positi. Cell. veg. 20-30 u diam., 95.0-230.0 y long. Oogonia 56-77 y. diam., 80.0-116.0 u long. Oosporae 54-73 u diam., 77.0-105.0 u long. Cell. suffultoriae 39-72 u diam., 70.0-147.0 y long. Androsporangia 10-55 y diam., 6.4- 76.8 y long. Nannandres 10-15 u diam., 55.0- 63.0 y long. Dioecious, nannandrous, gynandrosporous; oogonia 1-7, gener- ally on the upper portion of the filament, quadrangular-ellipsoid, subobovoid, or subellipsoid, operculate, division superior, sometimes wide; oospore of the same form as the oogonium and filling it, rarely not reaching the lower end, spore membrane of three layers: outer layer smooth, median layer thick and lamellose, with 16-30 anastomos- ing, irregularly undulate, longitudinal ribs, inner layer granulate; Plate 287 Rhodora AMERI- 13-15; OE. BOREALE var. OEDOGONIUM RETICU LOCOSTATUM, figs. CANUM, figs. NOvAE-ANGLIAE, figs. 19-21; Ok. CONTORTIFILUM, figs. 22-25; OE. PLATYGYNUM var. 16-18; OE. OELANDICUM var. CEPS, figs. 20 and 27. AMBI- ARESCHOUGII var. 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 203 suffultory cell tumid; androsporangia to 8-seriate, epigynous, rarely hypogynous or subhypogynous; dwarf male goblet-shaped, curved, on the suffultory cell, occasionally on the oogonium, holdfast ir- regularly lobed, antheridium 1, interior; filaments tapering toward the base; terminal cell obtuse, often an oogonium or androsporangium; basal cell sometimes a little swollen, with a lobed holdfast. Oogo- nium occasionally absent or poorly developed, often replaced by androsporangia, but the suffultory cell and dwarf males in their usual positions. This is the only known species which is characterized by a granulate inner spore wall, and also the only nannandrous member of the genus possessing a gynandrosporous habit, superior operculum, longitu- dinally ribbed oospores, and interior antheridia. It bears some re- semblance to Oe. michiganense Tiffany. It differs, however, in having larger dimensions, the vegetative cells not being capitellate, in having quadrangular-ellipsoid, subobovoid, or subellipsoid oogonia and oo- spores, with a larger number of ribs, and granulate inner spore-wall. It also looks like members of the “cyathigerum” and “ Wolleanum" group. It is distinguished clearly by its operculate character and granulate inner spore-wall. Harper Pond, June 26 and Aug. 10, 1931, and July 3, 1933 (Croas- dale) and Aug. 27, 1933 (Jao); Wood Pond, Aug. 10 and 29, 1931, Wall Pond July 7, 1932, and Pasque J Pond, July 19, 1932 (Croasdale). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 40-45 and 87. 19. OkboGoNIUM CRYPTOPORUM Wittrock. Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931 (Croasdale); Chara Pond, July 23, 1933 (Jao); Pasque K Pond, July 7, 1933 (Bosworth); a pond on Naushon Island, July 17, 1917 (Taylor, in Herb. Taylor, No. 2565). 20. OEDOGONIUM CRYPTOPORUM var. VULGARE Wittrock. Stone Wall Pond, June 11, 1932, Iron Pond, June 26, 1933, Harper Pond, July 3, 1933, and Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Wall Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao); a pond on Naushon Island, July 17, 1917 (Taylor in Herb. Taylor, No. 2565). 'The dimensions of the Wall Pond specimens are rather larger than those of the plants which were collected from other localities. 21. OEDOGONIUM CYMATOSPORUM Hirn var. areoliferum, var. nov. (TAB. 286, FIGS. 4, 5). Oedogonium monoicum; oogoniis singulis, depresso-globosis, poro mediano rimiformi apertis; oosporis forma oogoniis similibus et ea complentibus, membrana triplici; episporio et endosporio laevi, mesosporio areolato (in sectione optica undulato); antheridiis 4- vel 7-cellularibus, subepigynis, subhypogynis vel dis- persis; spermatozoidiis singulis; cellula terminali obtusa. 204 Rhodora [JuNE Cell. veg. 6.4- 9.6 u diam., 25.6-64.0 u long. Oogonia 28.8-32.0 y. diam., 25.6-41.0 u long. Oosporae 25.6-28.8 y. diam., 19.2-25.6 u long. Antheridia . 6.4- 9.6 y. diam., 6.4- 9.6 (-12.8) u long. Monoecious; oogonium solitary, depressed globose, pore median, rimiform; oospore similar in form to the oogonium and filling it, the spore wall of three layers: the outer and inner smooth, the middle areolate; antheridia 4—7, subepigynous, subhypogynous or scattered; sperm single; terminal cell obtuse. This variety shows some characteristics of Oe. cymatosporum Witt- rock & Nordstedt, but is distinguished chiefly by its areolate median spore wall, constantly depressed-globose oogonia and oospores, and smaller dimensions of the fruiting cells. The illustration given by Hirn shows a foveolate rather than an areolate spore wall, and Tiff- any's figure conforms. In the familiar species of this genus which are characterized by monoecious habit and a median rimiform pore, no areolate spore types have previously been found. The only monoe- cious representatives of the genus with reticulate oospores are Oc. dictyosporum Wittrock and its forma Westii Tiffany. This new variety is distinguished from these in having the pore median, fruiting cells depressed, an areolate median spore-wall, and lesser dimensions. Wall Pond, June 10, and July 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). Types in the writer’s collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 67, 68, 90, and 91. 22. OEDOGONIUM ECHINOSPERMUM Braun. Wall Pond, Aug. 1, 1933, (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 23. OEDOGONIUM ELEGANS West & West var. americanum, var. nov. (TAB. 288, FIGs. 28-30). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, gynandrosporum vel (?) idioandrosporum; oogoniis singulis operculo apertis, cireumscissione medianis; oosporis depresso-globosis, oogonia complentibus; membrana laevi; androsporangiis 1-2, subhypogynis vel sparsis, paullulum tumidis; spermatozoidiis singulis; cellulis vege- tativis, androsporangiis, et oogoniis dense et minute granulatis, gran- ulis spiraliter dispositis; cellulis vegetativis expanse capitellatis; cellula terminali apice obtusa; cellula basali subhemisphaerica vel depresso-globosa; membrana verticaliter plicata. Cell. veg. 4.8- 8.0 y. diam., 25.6-67.8 u long. Oogonia 27.2-32.0 y. diam., 24.0-27.2 y long. Oosporae 20.8-28.8 u diam., 19.2 u long. Androsporangia 8.0- 9.6 u diam., 9.6-12.8 u long. Cell. basalis 14.4-17.0 y. diam., 11.5-13.0 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous, gynandrosporous or idioandrosporous (?); oogonium solitary, depressed-globose, operculate, division median; oospore depressed-globose, filling the oogonium or not, spore-wall 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 205 smooth; androsporangia 1-2, subhypogynous or scattered, generally a little tumid; vegetative cells, oogonis, and androsporangia densely and minutely granulate, the granules spirally arranged; vegetative cells broadly capitellate; terminal cell apically obtuse; basal cell sub- hemispherical to depressed-globose; wall vertically plicate. The species Oe. elegans is found only in Ceylon as reported by West. In the description and drawings only the vegetative cells are marked by minute granules and the capitellate character of the vegetative cells was not pointed out, though suggested by the slight lateral swelling of a few cells in his figures. This variety is clearly character- ized by its broadly capitellate vegetative cells and the granulate oogonia, androsporangia, and vegetative cells. Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931 (Croasdale). Types in the writer’s collec- tions and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 108: 1 — 5. 24. OEDOGONIUM GLOBOSUM Nordstedt. Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931, (Croasdale). 25. OEDOGONIUM GRANDE Kuetzing & Wittrock. This is one of the most common Oedogonia occurring in the region. Fresh Pond, Sept. 1, 1929, (in Herb. Taylor No. 15037); Stone Wall Pond, June 11, 1932, Harper Pond, June 26, and July 29, 1931 and July 26, 1933, Club House Pond, June 11, 1932, Wall Pond, July 7, 1932, and Endicott Hollow, Aug. 26, 1933, (Croasdale) ; Sheep Pond, June 27, and Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933, (Jao). This species was also reported from Long Pond, Falmouth, July 1895, by C. P. Cott, in Collins, Holden and Setchell: Phycotheca Boreali-Ameridana No. 519. 26. OEDOGONIUM GRANDE Kuetzing & Wittrock var. ANGUSTUM Hirn. Harper Pond, July 3, 1933, Stone Wall Pond, July 7, 1933, and Endicott Hollow, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933, (Jao). 27. OEDOGONIUM HYSTRICINUM Transeau & Tiffany var. excentri- porum, var. nov. (TAB. 286, FIGs. 6-8). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, (?) idioandrosporum; oogonio solitario, oboviformi- globoso, poro supra medium aperto; oosporis subglobosis vel globosis, oogonia complentibus, raro vix complentibus, membrana triplici: mesosporio et endosporio laevi, episporio dense echinato; cellulis suffultoriis tumidis; nannandribus paullulum curvatis, in cellulis suffultoriis sedentibus, stipite interdum bi- vel tricellulari; cellula basali interdum subtumida non elongata; cellula terminali obtusa. Cell. veg. 6.0- 8.0 u diam., 40.0-94 y long. Oogonia 22.0-35.0 u diam., 38.0-48 u long. Oosporae (C. echin.) 27.0-32.0 u diam., 32.0-35 u long. Cell. suffultoriae 12.0-19.5 u diam., 47.0—54 u long. Nannadrium stipes Cell. inferior 5.0- 6.5 y. diam., 10.0-21 y long. Cell. superior 3.5- 6.5 u diam., 9.5-26 u long. Cell antherid 5.0- 6.0 y. diam., 5.0-12 u long. 206 Rhodora [JUNE Dioecious, nannandrous, (idioandrosporous ?); oogonium solitary, obovoid-globose, pore supramedian, oospore subglobose to globose, filling the oogonoium, rarely nearly filling it, spore-wall of three layers: median and inner layers smooth, outer layer densely echinate; sufful- tory cell swollen; dwarf male slightly curved, on the suffultory cell, stipe 1- to 3-celled; antheridium 1, exterior; basal cell sometimes a little tumid, not elongate; terminal cell obtuse. This variety distinctly belongs to Oe. hystricinum Transeau & Tiffany in having the densely echinate oospore and swollen suffultory cell, but is clearly differentiated from the type, by the smaller dimen- sions of its vegetative cells, pore not median, male stipes 1- to 3-celled, and basal cell not elongated. Harper Pond, June 3, 1933 (Croasdale) and Aug. 17, 1933, (Jao). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 43 and 47. 28. OEDOGONIUM INTERMEDIUM Wittrock. Wood Pond, Aug. 10, 1931 and Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931 (Croasdale). 29. OEDOGONIUM INVERSUM Wittrock. Deer Pond, July 7, 1932 (Croasdale); Chara Pond, June 23, 1933 (Jao); a pond on Naushon Island, July 17, 1917 (Taylor in Herb. Taylor No. 2565). 30. OEDOGONIUM MACRANDIUM Wittrock var. PROPINQUUM (Witt- rock) Hirn. Long Pond, June 14, 1933 (Croasdale). 31. OEDOGONIUM MAMMIFERUM Wittrock & Nordstedt. Sheep Pen Pond, July 5, 1931, Deer Pond, July 7, and Sept. 11, 1932, and Wall Pond, June 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Chara Pond, June 23, 1933 and Sheep Pond, June 27, 1933 (Jao). 32. OEDOGONIUM MINUS Wittrock. The dimensions are a little smaller than those of the typical forms. The oospore sometimes fills the oogonium, and the vegetative cells are distinctly capitellate. ‘The full data are: Vegetative cells 4.8-12.8 u diam., 25.6-84.0 u long. Oogonia 32.2—44.8 y. diam., 35.2-41.6 u long. Oospores 28.8-38.4 u diam., 22.4-35.2 u long. Antheridia 12.0-13.0 y. diam., 3.2- 9.6 u long. Wall Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 33. OEDOGONIUM MITRATUM Hirn. Chara Pond, June 22, 1933 (Jao). “ 34. OEDOGONIUM NOBILE Wittrock var. Minus Hirn. The dimen- sions of this local form are not exactly like the typical plants with respect to the reproductive cells. The antheridia range up to 6-seriate. The full data are: Vegetative cells 12.8-22.4 y. diam., 114.0-173.0 y. long. Oogonia 57.6-60.8 u diam., 96.0- 80.0 u long. Oospores 54.4—57.6 u diam., 70.4- 73.6 u long. Antheridia 16.0-17.6 y. diam., 6.4- 12.8 u long. Endicott Mire, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale). 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 207 35. OEDOGONIUM OELANDICUM Wittrock & Hirn var. Novae- Angliae, var. nov. (TAB. 287, FIGs. 19-21). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, gynandrosporum; oogoniis 2- vel 4-continuis vel singu- lis, depresso-globosis, in medio plicatis, plicis ?-16 aequatorialibus verticillatis, nondum regionem polarem attingentibus, operculo supra medium circumcisso, margine undulata; oosporis oogoniis conforman- tibus et lumen plane complentibus, raro (praecipue longitudinaliter) non complentibus, membrana laevi; cellulis suffultoriis saepe tumidis; androsporangiis 2- vel 7-cellularibus vel unicellularibus, subepigynis, hypogynis, vel sparsis; nannandribus oboviformibus, unicellularibus, in oogoniis sedentibus; spermatozoidiis binis, divisione horizontali natis; cellulis vegetativis capitellatis; cellula basali tumida; cellula terminali apice obtusa, interdum quam cellulis vegetativis tenuiore. Cell. veg. 9.6-16 u diam., 32.5-86.0 u long. Oogonia 40.0—51 u diam., 33.0-43.2 y. long. Oosporae 35.043 u diam., 30.0-36.0 u long. Cell. suffult. 13.0-20 u diam., 30.0-64.0 y. long. Androsporangia 11.0-14 y. diam., 9.0-17.0 u long. Nannandres 8.0-10 u diam., 9.5-13.0 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous, gynandrosporous; oogonia 1— 4, de- pressed-globose, with ?—16 longitudinal median plicae, operculate, division supramedian, margin undulate; oospore of the same form as the oogonium and filling it, rarely a little shorter and not filling it completely, spore-wall smooth; suffultory cell sometimes tumid; androsporangia 1—7 (-?), subepigynous, hypogynous, or scattered; dwarf male obovoid, unicellular, seated on the oogonium; sperms 2, division horizontal; vegetative cells capitellate; basal cell enlarged; terminal cell apically obtuse, sometimes more slender than the vege- tative cells. This variety is characterized by its large dimensions, especially of the fruiting cells, which serve to distinguish it from the type form of the species and from f. minus Børge. It also bears some resemblance to Oe. megaporum Wittrock, Oc. costatum Transeau, and Oe. boreale Hirn. It differs, however, from the first by its larger oogonia and oospores, from the second by the lesser dimensions of its female fruiting cells, the oogonium 1- to 4-seriate, and in that the verticillate folds of the oogonium do not reach to poles, and from the third in having lesser dimensions, and the oogonial wall not thick and lamel- lose. Harper Pond, July 3, 1933, and Endicott Mire, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale), and by Jao at the first station, Aug. 27, 1933. Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 40-50 and 87. 36. OEDOGONIUM PLATYGYNUM Wittrock. Silver Beach Pond, Sept. 1, 1933 (Croasdale). 208 Rhodora [JUNE 37. OEDOGONIUM PLATYGYNUM Wittrock var. ambiceps, var. nov. (TAB. 287, FIGs. 26, 27). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, gynan- drosporum; oogoniis singulis, depresso-globosis, in medio plicis 8—10 verticillatis, elongatis, obtuse rotundatis instructis, operculo apertis, circumscissione infra medium, margine undulata vel recta; oosporis subglobosis vel globosis, interdum depresse lateque costatis, costis brevibus verticillatis; oosporis oogoniis conformantibus, oogonia omnino vel raro vix complentibus (plicationibus oogonii exceptis); membrana laevi; androsporangiis 1—vel 2-cellularibus, subepigynis vel subhypogynis; cellula vegetativa distincte utrinque capitellata. Cell. veg. 9.6-12.8 y. diam., 22.4—41.6 y. long. Oogonia 32.0-38.4 y. diam., 22.4—28.8 y. long. Oosporae 19.2-25.6 y. diam., 19.2-22.4 y long. Androsporangia 11.2-12.8 y. diam., 3.2 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous, gynandrosporous; oogonium solitary, de- pressed-globose, with 8—10 long rounded projections arranged in a whorl about the middle, operculate, the division inframedian, margin undulate or straight; oospore subglobose to globose, sometimes with low projections like those of the oogonium, quite or rarely nearly filling the oogonium exclusive of the projections, spore-wall smooth; androsporangia 1-2, subepigynous or subhypogynous; vegetative cells distinctly capitellate at bothends. This variety is characterized chiefly by the large dimensions of its oogonia and oospores and in that its vegetative cells are capitellate at both ends, in these points differing from the type and the other form and variety. Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, and Wall Pond, June 5, 1933 (Croasdale) ; Wall Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ, Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 89-91. 38. OEDOGONIUM PRATENSE Transeau. Pasque K Pond, June 7, 1933 (Bosworth); Wall Pond, July 5, 1933 (Croasdale). 39. OEDOGONIUM PUSILLUM Kirchner. Sheep Pen Pond, July 5, 1933 (Croasdale). 40. OEDOGONIUM PUNGENS Hirn. Weeks’ Pond, Aug. 10, 1933 (Croasdale). 41. OEpoaoNiUM REkivscuu Roy. Sheep Pond, June 27, 1933 (Jao). 42. Oedogonium reticulocostatum, sp. nov. (TAB. 287, FIGs. 13-15). Oedogonium dioicum; oogoniis 2- vel 8-continuis vel singulis, globosis, vel subglobosis, vel suboboviformi-globosis, superne circum- scissis, operculo minimo, interdum latiusculo; oosporis globosis, maturitate aurantiacis, oogonia complentibus, interdum longitu- dinaliter non complentibus, membrana triplici; episporio et endo- sporio laevi, mesosporio longitudinaliter costato (in sectione optica undulato), costis denticulatis et incrassatis, in medio oosporae 10-22, inter se transverse costulatis, interdum anastomosantibus reticula- 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. — 209 tionem distinctam formantibus, pro parte marginem disci polaris non attingentibus, regione polari reticulata disciformi, axe transverso vel obliquo; cellulis suffultoriis tumidis; cellulis vegetativis paullum capitellatis, cum acutis angulis superioribus; cellula terminali obtusa vel anguste conica; cellula basali tumida. Planta mascula ignota. Cell. veg. 8.0-16.0 u diam., —44.8-86.4 u long. Oogonia (25.8—) 28.8-36.7 u diam., — 32.0-46.0 (-72) u long. Oosporae (23-) 27.2-32.0 u diam., — 27.2-32.0 u long. Cell. suffult. 22.4-25.0 uw diam., — 44.8-57.6 u long. Dioecious; oogonia 1-8, globose, subglobose, or subobovoid-globose, operculate, division supreme, narrow; oospore globose, orange at maturity, filling the oogonium, except sometimes the length, spore- wall of three layers, the outer and inner smooth, the median layer with 10-22 longitudinal, toothed and thickened ribs, connected by transverse, sometimes anastomosing lines to from coarse reticulations; polar region reticulate, disc-shaped; polar axis transverse or oblique to the axis of filament; ribs in part not reaching the margin of the polar disk; suffultory cell swollen; vegetative cells slightly capitellate the upper angles acute; the terminal cell apically obtuse to sharply conical; the basal cell enlarged. Male plant unknown. This species is characterized by the supreme position of the opercu- lum, and by the longitudinally toothed ribs which join directly to the margins of the discoid polar areas and are connected by transverse lines to form a reticulum, which serves to distinguish these plants from the group of O. monile, to which this species is probably most nearly related. Collected in a small pond on Pasque Island, July 7, 1933 (Bosworth). TyPE in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole No. 64. 43. OEDOGONIUM RUGULOSUM Nordstedt. Details additional to the description in Tiffany's monograph are: this species is gynandro- sporous, androsporangium usually solitary, hypogynous, a little swollen, 6 — 7.5 v. diam., and 10 — 11 y long, terminal cell apically obtuse, or replaced by an oogonium; the basal cell slightly enlarged; commonly epiphytic on other species of Oedogonium or other algae. Iron Pond, June 26, 1933, Wall Pond, July 19, 1932, and Endicott Mire and Juncus Pond, Aug. 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Harper Pond, July 3 and 26, 1933 (Croasdale and Jao). The specimens collected in Harper Pond were slightly larger than those collected from other stations. 44. OEDOGONIUM SANCTI-THOMAE Wittrock & Cleve (?). Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 45.. OEDOGONIUM SEXANGULARE Cleve. Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931, Weeks’ Pond, Aug. 10, 1931, and Harper Pond, June 26, and July 29, 1931 and June 3 and July 26, 1933 (Croasdale); Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 210 Rhodora [JUNE 46. OEDOGONIUM SEXANGULARE Cleve var. MAJUS Wille. Harper Pond, June 26 and Aug. 29, 1931, June 3 and July 26, 1933 and Iron Pond, June 26, 1933 (Croasdale); Harper Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 47. Oedogonium spiripennatum, sp. nov. (TAB. 286, FIGS. 1—3). Oedogonium dioicum, nannandrium, (?) idioandrosporum; oogoniis singulis, subglobosis vel oboviformi-globosis, poro mediano apertis; oosporis globosis vel subglobosis, oogonia complentibus, membrana triplici: episporio subtiliter granulato-costato, costis, 5--7 spiralibus dentatis membranaceo-alatis, ad polos inter se anastomosantibus; axe semper transversali; cellulis suffultoriis tumidis; nannandribus paul- lulum curvatis, in cellulis suffultoriis sedentibus, stipite 1- vel 2- cellulari; antheridio exteriore, unicellulari; spermatozoidiis singulis; cellulis vegetativis inferioribus gracilioribus quam superioribus; cellula basali paullulum tumida, retinaculo lobato; cellula terminali obtusa. Cell. veg. 16.0—22.4 y. diam., 44.8-89.6 u long. Oogonia 48.0—57.6 y. diam., 48.0-61.0 u long. Oosporae 44.8-54.4 y. diam., 41.6-51.2 y long. Cell. suffult. 25.6-32.0 y. diam., 64.0-80.0 u long. Nannand. stipes Cell. superior 6.4- 8.0 y. diam., 38.4-48.0 y. long. Cell. inferior 9.6-12.8 u diam., 35.2-44.8 u long. Antheridia 6.4- 9.0 u diam., 5.0-16.0 u long. Cell. basalis 19.2 u diam., 60.8 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous, idioandrosporous (?); oogonium solitary, subglobose to obovoid-globose, pore median, oospore globose or sub- globose, filling the oogonium, spore-wall of three layers: the median and inner smooth, the outer layer finely granulate, with 5 — 7 spiral, toothed, membranous-winged ribs uniting at the poles; the polar axis always placed in a transverse position, never parallel with the filament; the suffultory cell swollen; the dwarf male a little curved, on the suffultory cell, rarely on the oogonium or near by the suffultory cell; stipe cells 1 — 2; antheridium 1, exterior; sperm 1; lower vegetative cells of the filament generally more slender than the upper, but the basal cell slightly enlarged, with a lobed holdfast; terminal cell apically obtuse. This species is near Ov. illinoisense Transeau and Oe. spiralidens Jao. It differs, however, from the first in having membranous-winged ribs on a granulate outer spore-wall, the male stipe cells 1 — 2, antheridium 1, vegetative cells larger, and reproductive cells rather smaller, es- pecially the cells of the dwarf male plants, and from the second, in having membranous-winged ribs, male stipe 1- to 2-celled, anther- idium 1, and in its larger dimensions. Wall Pond, June 10 and July 5, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). Types in the writer’s collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 67, 68, 90, and 91. Rhodora Plate 288 AGA eth ie NG bare S aya aS OEDOGONIUM ELEGANS var. AMERICANUM, figs. 28-30; On. CROASDALEAE, figs. 31-35. 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. — 211 48. OEDOGONIUM suUECICUM Wittrock. Dune Pond (south), June 24, 1931, Iron Pond, June 26, 1933 (Croasdale); Wall Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). The specimens from Iron Pond are a little smaller than the typical form. 49. OEDOGONIUM TAPEINOSPORUM Wittrock. Wall Pond, Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). 50. Oedogonium Taylorii, sp. nov. (TAB. 286, FIGs. 9-12). Oedo- gonium dioicum, nannandrium, idioandrosporum; oogoniis singulis vel 2- vel 3-continuis, globosis vel ellipsoidali-globosis, poro superiore apertis; oosporis globosis, raro subellipsoidali-globosis, oogonia com- plentibus vel partes polares non complentibus, membrana triplici: episporio etiamque endosporio laevi, mesosporio longitudinaliter costato (in sectione optica transversaliter undulato), costis crenulatis vel dentatis, in medio oosporae 22-28, inter se costulis distinctis transversalibus, interdum anastomosantibus conjunctis, costis paucis ad polos non attingentibus, regione polari disciformi et reticulata, axe cum eo filamenti directione fere continente; cellulis suffultoriis tu- midis; androsporangiis 1- vel 4-seriatis, terminalibus; nannandribus in cellulis suffultoriis sedentibus, stipite paullulum curvato, antheridiis exterioribus, unicellulis, globosis, prope apicem operculo dehiscentibus; spermatozoidiis singulis; cellulis vegetativis latiusculis capitellatis; cellula terminali obtusa, in filamentis femineis frequenter substitu- tione oogonii nulla; cellula basali tumida, retinaculo irregulariter lobato substrato affixa. Cell. veg. 8.0-19.2 u diam., 38.4-112.0 u long. Oogonia 35.2-51.2 y. diam., 46.4- 73.6 u long. Oosporae 32.0-46.2 y. diam., 32.0- 51.2 wu long. Cell. suffult. 32.0-33.6 u diam., 54.4- 73.6 u long. Androsp. 16.0-17.6 u diam., 16.0- 22.8 y long. Stip. nannandr. 9.6-12.8 y. diam., 48.0- 51.2 u long. Antheridia 6.4(-16) u diam., 4.8- 6.4 y long. Cell. basalis 12.8-19.2 u diam., 48.0- 89.6 u long. Dioecious, nannandrous, idioandrosporous; oogonia 1-3, globose or ellipsoid-globose, with superior pore; oospore globose, very rarely subellipsoid-globose, partly or completely filling the oogonium, spore- wall of three layers: the outer and inner smooth, the middle with 22-28 crenulate to slightly dentate, longitudinally continuous ribs, connected by transverse, sometimes anastomosing lines, some ribs not continued to the polar regions; polar regions disc-shaped and reticulate in structure, polar axis nearly parallel to the filament; suffultory cell enlarged; androsporangia 1-4 (-?), mostly terminal on the fila- ment; dwarf male a little curved, on the suffultory cell; antheridium 1, exterior, globose, dehiscing by an operculum near the apex; sperm single; vegetative cell capitellate, not very broad; terminal cell obtuse, on the female plant sometimes becoming an oogonium; basal cell en- larged, with an irregularly lobed attachment. In this genus only Oe. michiganense Tiffany is characterized by y i 212 Rhodora [JUNE possessing a capitellate vegetative cell, a subapical operculum, and longitudinally ribbed oospores. The new species is distinguished from this, however, in having an idioandrosporous habit, peculiar features of spore-wall and dwarf male, and smaller dimensions of all cells. Fawn Pond, June 18, and July 14, 1933 (Croasdale); Aug. 17, 1933 (Jao). Types in the writer's collections and Herb. Univ. Mich., Woods Hole Nos. 95-97. 51. OEDOGONIUM UNDULATUM (Brebisson) Al. Braun forma SENE- GALENSE (Nordstedt) Hirn (subforma). This Oedogonium was found in a pool near West Chop, Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts by W. J. V. Osterhout in 1883. In Hirn's “ Monographie der Oedogonia- ceen" (p. 261, Tab. XLV, Fig. 277) this type is described as a sub- form of f. senegalense. It differs from the latter in having the vegeta- tive cell with four deep constrictions, the three median swellings secondarily constricted and the terminal two entire, and oogonia 1- to 5-seriate, The Woods Hole specimens are exactly like Hirn’s de- scription and figure, except that the oogonia are 1- to 2-seriate and the dwarf males are shorter (26-33 y. long). Sheep Pen Pond, July 5, 1933 and Salt Pond, Aug. 11, 1931 (Croas- dale); Pasque K Pond, June 7, 1933 (Bosworth). This investigation was initiated at the Marine Biological Labora- tory, Woods Hole and carried to completion in the Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, under the direction of Professor Wm. R. Taylor, to whom the writer is deeply grateful for his advice; the writer wishes also to thank the collectors for material, especially Miss H. T. Croasdale, and Professor L. H. Tiffany for his valuable suggestions as to the new forms. LITERATURE CITED (1). De Toni, G. B. 1889. Sylloge Algarum omnium hucusque congni- tarum. I. Chlorophyceae. pp. 31-91. (2). Hirn, K.E. 1900. Monographie und Iconographie der Oedogoniaceen, Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicae XX II: 1-394, Tab. I-LXIV. (3). Hirn, K. E. 1906. Studien ueber Oedogoniaceen, Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicae XXXIV: 1—63, Tab. I-IV. (4). Jao, C. C. 1934. New Oedogonia collected in China. Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. XVII: 83-92, Pl. 5-7, (1933). (5). Tiffany, L. H. 1930. 'The Oedogogoniaceae. 253 pp. (6). West, W. and G. S. West. 1902. A contribution to the freshwater raa of Ceylon. Trans. Linn. Soc. of London. VI: 123-215, Pl. 17-22. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 286 Fias. 1-3. OEDOGONIUM SPIRIPENNATUM Jao, sp. nov. Fita. 1, part of the filament, with two oogonia containing oospores in lateral view (upper) 1934] Chin-Chih Jao,—Oedogonium from Woods Hole, Mass. 213 and polar view (lower), and the dwarf males on the suffultory cells ( 315); FIG. 2, part of oospore, showing the granulate outer spore-wall with the toothed and membranous-winged ribs in polar view (X 630); FIG. 3, same as FIG. 2, in lateral view (X 630). Fias. 4, 5. OEDOGONIUM CYMATOSPORUM Hirn var. AREOLIFERUM Jao, var. nov. Fia. 4, part of the filament, with one oogonium and two series of antheridia in the subhypogynous and scattered positions (X 315); ria. 5, an oospore, showing the areolate median spore-wall (X 630). Fias. 6-8. OEDOGONIUM HYSTRICINUM Transeau & Tiffany var. EXCENTRI- PORUM Jao, var. nov. Fia. 6, part of the filament, with one oogonium and six dwarf males on the swollen suffultory cell, two of these have the stipes 2- or 3-celled (X 315); FIG. 7, part of the filament, showing one oogonium, two dwarf males, and a slightly tumid basal cell ( 315); ria. 8, an upper part of the filament, showing the obtuse terminal cell (X 315). Fias. 9-12. OrxpoaoNiUuM TavLoni Jao, sp. nov. Fia. 9, part of the fila- ment, with three oogonia and six dwarf males, two of which are immature (X 315); ria. 9b, an oospore, showing the characteristics of the median spore-wall (X 630); Fie. 10, upper part of the filament, showing the ter- minal oogonium and three dwarf males (X 315); ria. 11, terminal cell (X 315); FIG. 12, basal cell (X 315). PLATE 387 Fies. 13-15. OEDOGONIUM RETICULOCOSTATUM Jao, sp. nov. Fia. 13, part of the filament, showing three oogonia either in lateral view (upper two) or polar view (lower one), and the swollen basal cell ( 315); ria. 14, oospore in polar view (X 630); ria. 15, oospore in lateral view (X 630). Fras. 16-18. OEDOGONIUM BOREALE Hirn var. AMERICANUM Jao, var. nov. (X 315). Fia. 16, upper part of the filament, showing a series of terminal oogonia, two broad unicellular dwarf males on the oogonia, and a vegetative cell in a division stage below the suffultory cell; rra. 17, part of the filament, with two series of androsporangia; FIG. 18, basal cell. Fias. 19-21. OEDOGONIUM OELANDICUM Wittrock var. NovAE-ANGLIAE Jao. var. nov. (X 315). Fie. 19, part of the filament showing two series of oogonia, the subepigynous androsporangia, and the dwarf males, one of which contains two sperms; FIG. 20, part of the filament, with an oogonium, a mature dwarf male, and two hypogynous androsporangia; FIG. 21, ter- minal cell. Fies. 22-25. Orpocontum AnEsCHOUGI Wittrock var. CONTORTIFILUM Jao, var. nov. (X 315). Fia. 22. Part of the filament, with six oogonia, two series of androsporangia, and five dwarf males on the oogonia, showing the curved cells; ria. 23, part of the filament, showing the curved portion above the oogonia. This form is very commonly found with fruiting filaments; Fic. 24, part of the filament, showing the spiral characteristic; FIG. 25, basal cell. Figs. 26, 27. OfDOGONIUM PLATYGYNUM Wittrock var. AMBICEPS Jao, var. nov. (X 360). Fia. 26, part of the filament, showing four solitary oogonia and two subepigynous and one subhypogynous androsporangia; FIG. 27, oospore in polar view, showing the projections on both the oogonium and oospore. PLATE 288 Fias. 28-30. OEDOGONIUM ELEGANS West & West var. AMERICANUM Jao, var. nov. (X 315). Fra. 28, part of the filament, with two solitary oogonia and a subhypogynous androsporangium; ria. 29, upper part of the filament showing the terminal cell and an isolated androsporangium; ria. 30, basal ibd ws filament, showing the depressed-globose and vertically plicate basal cell. 214 Rhodora [JUNE Fias. 31-35. OEDOGONIUM CROASDALEAE Jao, sp. nov. (X 315). Fia. 31, upper part of the filament, with two oogonia, six epigynous androsporangia, and three dwarf males, one of which is immature; FIG. 32, upper part of the filament, showing the terminal oogonium; Fic. 33, median part of the oospore seen in polar view, showing the thickened, lamellose, and undulate median wall between smooth outer and finely granulate inner walls; FIG. 34, upper part of the filament, showing a poorly developed oogonium and the suffultory cell, dwarf males, and androsporangia in their usual condition. SOME FEATURES OF THE FLORA OF THE OZARK REGION IN MISSOURI! JULIAN A, STEYERMARK To the student of phytogeography the area comprised in the state of Missouri offers a field of exceptional interest mainly on account of the great diversity of its physiographic features, which are the re- sult of its long geological history as a land area. Within the limits of the state are found the low-lying swamp region of the southeast, the comparatively smooth or slightly rolling prairie mostly north of ` the Missouri River, and south of that great watercourse the vast semi- mountainous, heavily forested Ozark Plateau. The geology of the region is equally diverse. The area to the north of the Missouri River is covered by a nearly continuous sheet of glacially transported soils, clays and gravels, mostly of Kansan drift material, whereas to the south of this stream lies an ancient unglaciated region, the Ozark Plateau, consisting of sedimentary rocks of Paleozoic age with an ancient igneous core of Pre-cambrian origin, the entire Ozark region being one of the oldest land areas on this continent. The Ozark area, together with the Boston Mountains of northern Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma and the Ouachita Mountains of western Arkansas and central Oklahoma, become conspicuous, consequently, as the only prominent series of elevations lying between the Appalachians and the Rocky Mountains to the east and west, and between the Great Lakes and the Gulf of Mexico to the north and south. It is thus apparent that Missouri should possess a flora of exceed- ingly diverse elements. It is a cosmopolitan area, botanically speak- ing, both as a result of this diversity and also because it lies within a definite transition zone where several distinct floristic provinces meet. The Prairie and Great Plains floras enter the region from the west and north; the Coastal Plain and swamp floras from the south and 1 Published with aid to RHopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 215 southeast penetrate the southeast corner of the state; the semi-arid flora of the southwest protrudes slightly into the southern portion; some of the ancient southern Appalachian upland floras appear in various places in the Ozark Plateau; and finally, some of the elements of the Canadian flora from the north and northeast descends into the state, intermixed with the more common Alleghanian element, con- stituting a truly heterogeneous assemblage of floras of widely diverse origins in time and place. A general survey of the flora within this area reveals the still more striking and interesting fact that a considerable portion of the flora is a restricted one from the standpoint of distribution within the state. Of course, many of the species have a more or less general range in Missouri; nevertheless, for a large number of them the area of dis- persal is restricted. Such limited distribution is often associated di- rectly with a definite type of habitat. Some of the more important ex- planations that may account for the restriction in habitat and distri- bution of a species living under its present environmental conditions are that (1) the habitat was selected because the species found in it the optimum conditions for survival—perhaps a definite relation- ship between soil and water, chemical or physical nature of the substratum, evaporation-exposure ratio, percentage of relative light and shade, etc.; (2) present climatic and physiographic zones— affected by prevailing winds, distribution of rainfall and temperature, relief features, proximity to the sea, altitude, types of substrata, and many other factors; resulting in turn from the past geological history of the land—may have influenced or even forced the species to adapt itself to the conditions and to establish itself there; (3) past geological history may have determined its present known range by the effects of glaciation, diastrophism and orogeny, flooding by continental seas, etc.—that is, a restricted species may be living in territory geologi- cally youthful or may be a relic or endemic because it has been con- fined within an area geologically more ancient which escaped glaciation or which was not encroached upon by continental seas, or was not influenced, as were surrounding areas, by various forces of diastro- phism, orogeny, etc., or it may be an ancient endemic because it survived in a nunatak region; or it may be localized because it is too old to move and has lost its aggressiveness, a fact often shown in many of Dr. Fernald's studies, particularly in his treatise! “The 1 Fernald, M. L. Persistence of plants in unglaciated areas of Boreal America. Mem. Am. Acad. 15: 239-342. 1925. 216 Rhodora [JUNE Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas" etc. In the case of a given species one or all of these explanations may be needed to ac- count for the present habitat and distribution. In many cases, the geological history may have served as the basic reason for isolating the species in certain areas; in other cases, the geological history may have been the primary cause in isolating the species in a general region, but subsequent causes, such as changes in climatic and physio- graphic zones, or soil relationships, etc., may have been the secondary and, perhaps, final issue in further limiting the habitat and distribu- tion. "There are so many phases to this subject that but a few can be briefly discussed in the present paper. In connection with the flora of the Ozark region it would appear that geological history has fundamentally determined the broader relationships of the floristic elements, but that other factors have secondarily modified and confined to narrower limits the present native flora. One of the seemingly most important reasons in account- ing for certain types of distribution of species found in the Ozark region as well as elsewhere is the chemical nature of the substratum and its associated phenomena. Where other conditions in the en- vironment remain relatively constant in a given region, the soil factor often becomes the deciding one, particularly in regions of residual soils. Dr. Wherry has often brought out the strong correla- tion existing between the distribution of a species and the chemical nature of the substratum in his numerous studies on soil acidity. Dr. Fernald has often emphasized the chemical nature of the soil as important in the study of plant distribution, and in the case of certain North American species of alpine and subalpine plants has correlated their present distribution with lithological factors.! Again, in the area of residual rocks in the Mineral Springs region of Adams County, Ohio, Dr. E. L. Braun? found a very striking correlation be- tween the distribution of the various species and the underlying rock component. The summary of this work is as follows: “The most striking correlation between vegetation and any environmental feature of the Mineral Springs region, is the relation of plant com- munities to underlying rock. The physical and chemical properties of the soils—the available water, the colloidal content, the H-ion, ! Fernald, M. L. The soil preferences of certain alpine and subalpine plants. Ruopora 9: 149-193. 1907. ? Braun, E. L. Vegetation of the Mineral Springs region, Adams county, Ohio. Ohio Biol. Surv, Bull. 15: 513. 1928. 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 217 and perhaps, indirectly, the nitrogen content—are affected by or are derivatives of the original rock materials. The primary classification of the vegetation on a geological basis is an acceptance of the import- ance of this influence which remains apparent throughout all succes- sions." The famous soil chemist, Hilgard,! defined a calcareous soil as one which supported a calcicolous vegetation, and one of his chief claims was that the type of soil becomes an important and frequently a decisive factor in determining the distribution of a particular species. Field geologists often recognize the importance of the vegetational covering, and are able frequently to locate definite sub- strata and horizons by noting certain plant species. 'The unglaciated Ozark region in Missouri is one of residual soils arranged in belts of varying width which conform to each geological formation represented. Briefly stated, the southeast portion of the state contains the Archaean rocks which are the oldest in the Missis- sippi Basin; these rocks are chiefly granites, rhyolites, and porphy- ritic trachytes. These igneous rocks are found nowhere else in Missouri except for an isolated occurrence in Camden County. Around this ancient igneous core, which forms the nucleus for later formations, occur successively younger and younger sedimentary strata, comprising limestones, dolomites, shales, sandstones, and cherts. These younger rocks surround the igneous core in ring-like belts of varying width and irregularity. The youngest rocks ex- posed around the margin of the Ozark belt are those of Pennsylvanian age, whereas the oldest, lying immediately about the igneous core, date back to Cambrian. This concentric character of the distribu- tion of Paleozoic formations surrounding the igneous mass is much better developed on the east than on the west slope of the crystalline area. A subordinate center around which the rings are deflected lies in Camden and Laclede counties. Rocks of Cambrian and Ordivician age occupy most of the area of the Ozark Dome in Missouri. Due to this concentric arrangement of the formations the distances by which similar types of rock are separated from each other may be quite marked. Sandstones of one age may be isolated from those of an- other by intervening outcrops of other types of rocks. For example, a straight line drawn in the southeastern Ozark region in Missouri, from Perryville, Perry Co., southwest to Eminence, in Shannon Co., reveals the occurrence of limestones, dolomites, chert, sandstone, ! Hilgard, E. W. Soils: their formation, properties, composition, and relations to plant growth in the humid and arid regions. p. 593. New York. 1907. 218 Rhodora [JUNE and porphyritic trachyte, which, because of their general concentric arrangement in relation to the igneous core, appear in restricted belts. As found in many other areas of residual soil, rocks of diverse chemical composition result in chemically dissimilar soils, and these, in turn support divergent types of plant associations. However, the occurrence of various species on a definite substratum is well marked in Missouri only when the plant is closely associated with the substratum, i. e., when the residual soil is thin and thus retains the marked chemical properties of the substratum. Conversely, a re- sidual soil which, as a result of much disintegration by weathering and sufficient accumulation of organic matter, has reached a certain depth where it ceases to be little or not at all influenced by the chemical nature of the rock substratum, usually supports species of a more general range whose occurrence is not necessarily limited to the under- lying substratum. Soils of this type, often occurring in the deeper de- posits of woods, fields, meadows, etc., are frequently circumneutral, and may result from rocks of very dissimilar chemical properties. In such types of soils the factor of acidity or alkalinity in limiting the vegetation is mostly eliminated, or, at least, decidedly counter- acted by other factors associated therewith. On these mostly circum- neutral types of soils occur many of the common Missouri plants of fields, meadows, and woods. Such woodland species as Krigenia bulbosa, Dentaria laciniata, Dicentra Cucullaria, Anemone virginiana, Sanicula canadensis, Uvularia grandiflora, etc., are in this class, and they frequent circumneutral soils which are sufficiently deep, rich, moist, and shaded, regardless of whether the area is one of limestone, sandstone, chert, or granite. Such species, as well as many others of similar habitat, have a more or less general range over the state, probably because the conditions under which they develop are them- selves widespread. It is in connection, however, with the species in Missouri which in their distribution within the state occur locally, irregularly, or in conformation to a particular kind of substratum that the soil factor assumes importance. As stated elsewhere, rocks of either basic or acidic properties may give rise to circumneutral soils. Alkaline soils in Missouri result from limestone areas, whereas the acid soils are derived from sandstone, chert, granite, or porphy- ritic trachyte. Depending upon the degree of leaching which has occurred, both acidic and basic types of soils may result from dolomite or magnesian limestone areas. The acidic condition is produced by 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 219 extensive leaching, whereby most, if not all, of the calcium carbonate is washed out, leaving the magnesium element in excess. When there is no pronounced amount of leaching the resulting substratum is mostly alkaline. In Missouri, but in the Ozark region in particular, two main types of distribution of species in relation to certain soils are found. One large group comprises the oxylophytes, or, in other words, those confined to or favoring areas of acidic rocks. The other group includes the calciphiles, or those which occur in areas of lime- stone or other calcareous rocks, and which seem to favor or be re- stricted to such rocks. The oxylophytes make up a large proportion of the flora of the sandstone, chert, granite, and porphyritic trachyte areas, especially of the barrens formed by the weathering of these rocks. A list of some typical oxylophytes in Missouri comprises the following:— Polypodium virginianum L. Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Hier. var. pseudocaudatum (Clute) Maxon Cheilanthes lanosa (Michx.) Watt Asplenium pinnatifidum Nutt. Asplenium Trichomanes L. Asplenium Bradleyi D. C. Eaton Thelypteris palustris (Salisb.) Schott var. pubescens (Lawson) Fernald Thelypteris marginalis (L.) Nieuwl. Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Müll.) Nieuwl. var. intermedia (Muhl.) Nieuwl. Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore Osmunda regalis L. var. spectabilis (Wild.) Gray Osmunda cinnamomea L. Lycopodium lucidulum Michx. Lycopodium complanatum L. var. flabelliforme Fernald Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring Isoétes melanopoda J. Gay Pinus echinata Mill. Erianthus divaricatus (L.) Hitehe. Andropogon Elliottii Chapm. Andropogon saccharoides Sw. Andropogon ternarius Michx. Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash Digitaria villosa (Walt.) Pers. Paspalum stramineum Nash Panicum depauperatum Muhl. Panicum perlongum Nash Panicum linearifolium Scribn. Panicum dichotomum L. Panicum sphaerocarpon Ell. Panicum Scribnerianum Nash Panicum scoparium Lam. Aristida dichotoma Michx. Aristida basiramea Engelm. Aristida ramosissima Engelm. Aristida longespica Poir. Aristida intermedia Seribn. & Ball Aristida lanosa Muhl. Aristida oligantha Michx. Aristida purpurascens Poir. Muhlenbergia tenuiflora (Willd.) BSP. Muhlenbergia capillaris (Lam.) Trin. Sporobolus Drummondii (Trin.) Vasey Agrostis Elliottiana Schultes Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv. Festuca octoflora Walt. Ena ambiguus (Michx.) Tricuspis elongatus (Buckl.) Nash Cyperus inflexus Muhl. Cyperus retrofractus (L.) Torr. Cyperus filiculmis Vahl var. macilentus Fern. Fimbristylis Vahlii (Lam.) Link Scirpus carinatus Gray Hemicarpha micrantha (Vahl) Pax Rynchospora capitellata (Michx.) Vahl Scleria pauciflora Muhl. Scleria ciliata Michx. Carex hirsutella Mack. Carex varia Muhl. Juncus polycephalus Michx. Juncus aristulatus Michx. 220 Luzula campestris (L.) DC. var. bulbosa A. Wood Smilax glauca Walt. Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville Habenaria peramoena Gray Spiranthes gracilis (Bigel.) Beck oodyera pubescens (Willd.) R. Br. Carya alba (L.) K. Koch Carya ovalis Sarg. var. obovalis Sarg. Carya Buckleyi Dur. var. arkansana Sarg. Quercus marilandica Muench. Quercus coccinea Muench. Quercus stellata Wang. Quercus velutina Lam. Alnus rugosa (Du Roi) Spreng. Rumex hastatulus Baldw. Rumex Acetosella L. Polygonum tenue Michx. Polygonum sagittatum L. Polygonella americana Mey.) Small Froelichia floridana (Nutt.) Moq. Froelichia gracilis Moq. Anychia polygonoides Raf. Geocarpon minimum Mack. Cerastium arvense L. var. oblongifolium (Torr.) Hol- lick & Britton Cerastium viscosum L. Talinum parviflorum Nutt. Talinum calycinum Engelm. Portulaca retusa Engelm. Portulaca pilosa L. Ranunculus Harveyi (Gray) Britton Selenia aurea Nutt. Sedum Nuttallianum Raf. Sullivantia renifolia Rosendahl Saxifraga pennsylvanica L. var. Forbesii (Vasey) Engl & Irmsch. Saxifraga virginiensis Michx. — NE rotundifolium (Michx.) (Fisch. & Desmodium sessilifolium (Torr.) T. Desmodium rigidum (Ell.) DC. Desmodium obtusum (Muhl.) DC. Lespedeza procumbens Michx. Lespedeza repens (L.) Pers. Lespedeza striata (Thunb.) H. & A. Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem. Clitoria mariana L. Galactia volubilis (L.) Britton Rynchosia latifolia Nutt. Polygala verticillata L. Linum sulcatum Riddell Linum striatum Walt. Rhodora [JUNE Crotonopsis elliptica Willd. Acalypha gracilens Gray var. monococca Engelm. Tragia cordata Michx. Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray var. padifolia (Willd.) T. & G. Ilex opaca Ait. Vitis rotundifolia Michx. Ascyrum hypericoides L. Hypericum petiolatum Walt. Hypericum gentianoides (L.) BSP. Hypericum Drummondii (Grev. & Hook.) T. & G. Helianthemum Bicknellii Fern. Lechea villosa Ell. Lechea tenuifolia Michx. Viola pedata L. Viola sagittata Ait. Viola pallens (Banks) Brainerd Rhexia mariana L. Rhexia interior Pennell Oenothera linifolia Nutt. Chaerophyllum Tainturieri Hook. var. floridanum Coult. & Rose Spermolepis echinata (Nutt.) Heller ynosciadium pinnatum DC. Daucus pusillus Michx. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Nyssa aquatica L. Monotropa uniflora L. Monotropa Hypopitys L. Rhododendron roseum Rehder Vaccinium arboreum Marsh. var. glaucescens (Greene) Sarg. Vaccinium stamineum L. Vaccinium virgatum Ait. var. tenellum (Ait.) Gray Vaccinium vacillans Kalm var. crinitum Fern. Steironema quadriflorum (Sims) Hitche. Polypremum procumbens L. Frasera caroliniensis Walt. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Phlox bifida L. Isanthus brachiatus (L.) BSP. Trichostema dichotomum L. Hedeoma hispida Pursh Pyenanthemum incanum (L.) Michx. Pyenanthemum albescens T. & G. Cunila origanoides (L.) Britton Linaria vulgaris Hill Linaria canadensis (L.) Dumont var. texana (Scheele) Pennell Chelone glabra L. Misi i grandiflora (Benth.) Pen- ne var. serrata (Torr.) Pennell (Loisel. ) 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 221 Aureolaria flava (L.) Farw. Solidago hispida Muhl. var. macrantha Pennell Solidago nemoralis Ait. Aureolaria calycosa (Mack. & Bush) Solidago radula Nutt. Pennell Solidago leptocephala T. & G. Aureolaria pectinata (Nutt.) Pennell Aster patens Ait. var. ozarkensis Pennell Aster anomalus Engelm. Agalinis heterophylla (Nutt.) Small Aster pilosus Willd. Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell var. demotus Blake Agalinis viridis (Small) Pennell Aster linariifolius L. Plantago aristata Michx. Erigeron pulchellus Michx. Plantago virginica L. Erigeron divaricatus Michx. Plantago elongata Pursh Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Galium arkansanum Gray Richards. Galium pilosum Ait. Antennaria fallax Greene Diodia teres Walt. Gnaphalium purpureum L. Mitchella repens L. Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. Houstonia caerulea L. Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. Houstonia patens Ell. var. micradenium Weatherby Houstonia minima Beck Ambrosia bidentata Michx. Houstonia ciliolata Torr. Coreopsis pubescens Ell. Valerianella longiflora (T. & G.) Helenium tenuifolium Nutt. Walp. Artemisia caudata Michx. Liatris squarrosa Willd. Senecio plattensis Nutt. Chrysopsis camporum Rydb. Krigia Dandelion (L.) Nutt. Solidago petiolaris Ait. Krigia virginica (L.) Willd. var. Wardii (Britton) Fern. Hieracium scabrum Michx. Solidago caesia L. Hieracium Gronovii L. There is a considerable amount of difference in the degree of tolera- tion of various plants to acidity, and some of the species listed as oxylophiles above may in other places be found extending their range into areas of circumneutral soils. More rarely are the oxylophytes in this flora confined to one type of rock or to a particular geological formation. So far as is known, Lycopodium lucidulum and var. porophilum, Saxifraga pennsylvanica var. Forbesii, Thelypteris palustris var. pubescens, and others occur only in sandstone regions. Even more unusual are those oxylophytes confined to but one geological formation. For example, Viola pallens, Goodyera pubescens, Dennstaedtia punctilobula, and Lycopodium com- planatum var. flabelliforme have been found only on the La Motte sandstone, a formation which occurs chiefly in a few counties around the crystalline area in southeast Missouri. Saxifraga penn- sylvanica var. Forbesii and Sullivantia renifolia are known only from the St. Peter sandstone area, which circumscribes a narrow but continuous belt along the eastern and northeastern border of the Ozark Dome. The various sandstone areas, particularly the St. Peter and La Motte formations, seem to harbor a more peculiar and restricted flora, species of great rarity or localized occurrence in Missouri, than either the chert or igneous areas. The Roubidoux 222 Rhodora [JUNE sandstone, which is the most widely distributed sandstone formation in the Ozark region, occupies a large area in the central Ozark region and persists as the surface rock over some large areas. It is the pre- vailing surface rock over the extensive sandstone plateau of Dent and adjacent counties. It is the formation which underlies much of the pine forest area in many of the southeastern Ozark counties. Being so widely distributed as a surface or near-surface formation in the Ozark region, it is the chief factor in extending the range of many oxylophytes over a larger area. It is very significant that many calciphiles which in Missouri are found only on limestone or dolomite areas are absent from this area underlain by Roubidoux sandstone. Grindelia lanceolata is a typical calciphile, and in Missouri is con- fined to the Ozark region, but is known only from limestone or dolo- mite glades or rocky prairies. Abundant on the limestone areas that cap the surface in southwestern Missouri, particularly on the Joachim and Jefferson City limestones, it occurs locally elsewhere in the Ozark region only on limestone north to Camden Co. and east to Jefferson Co. In between, in the portion of the central Ozark Plateau underlain by Roubidoux sandstone, it is entirely absent. Grindelia lanceolata is a good example of this sort of interrupted distribution because of intervening sandstone areas occupying the surface for- mation, and a considerable number of other species in the Ozark region show a similar restriction. Similarly, the areas of calcareous rock in the Ozark region support a definite and restricted flora. The best examples of this calcicolous type of vegetation are found on the limestone glades and bald knobs. These edaphic areas maintain a characteristic xerophytic flora, some of the species of which are found on the limestone glades of the southern Alleghanies and adjacent plateau regions, limestone areas in Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma, and on portions of the Edwards Plateau and adjacent plateau sections of Texas. A number of species exhibit this type of distribution, as, for example, Grindelia lanceolata and Ophioglossum Engelmanni. Many of the species occurring on the limestone and dolomite barrens in Missouri are also found on circum- neutral to calcareous soils of the prairies of Kansas, Nebraska, Okla- homa, Iowa, Illinois, and adjacent areas. An enumeration of such species includes many of the Leguminosae, Compositae, and Gra- mineae, such as Liatris scariosa, Bouteloua curtipendula, Koeleria cristata, Silphium laciniatum, S. integrifolium, Brauneria pallida, 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 223 Solidago rigida, Astragalus distortus, A. mexicanus, Petalostemum purpureum, P. candidum, Amorpha canescens, Psoralea tenuiflora var. floribunda, P. esculenta, ete. The flora of the limestone glades comprises two heterogeneous elements. One group consists of the typical calciphiles. These are the species having, for the most part, deep roots which penetrate the unleached lower portions of the calcareous substratum and are, con- sequently, influenced directly by the chemical nature of the rock itself. This group of species is characteristic of the calcareous barrens in Missouri and the prairies in other states. The second group is not at all typical of the limestone barrens and knobs; its component species are those which possess, for the most part, shallow root systems that do not penetrate the deeper portions of the substratum but merely occur within the superficial leached areas of the glade. Such root systems do not penetrate the chemically active parts of the sub- stratum, and are therefore not influenced by alkalinity. This second group of species, then, really comprises true oxylophytes which are characteristically found on the acidic chert, sandstone, or igneous barrens in Missouri, but which also occur on the sterile, leached-out, superficial portions of the calcareous substratum. Such, for example, are Talinum calycinum and Crotonopsis elliptica. The same sort of situation has been recorded in a number of other areas. For example, in the account of his botanical expedition in Newfoundland, Dr. Fernald,? writing of the Blomidon talus-slopes, states, “The freshly broken talus was slightly calcareous and had some of the common calciphiles, but the weathered rock from which the soluble lime had leached was carpeted in patches with the plants we are used to on our granitic mountains, and Phyllodoce caerulea was here seen for the first time in the entire summer, and Stipa canadensis was apparently new to the island." A list of typical calciphiles in Missouri includes the following:— Adiantum Capillus-veneris L. Ophioglossum Engelmanni Prantl Notholaena dealbata (Pursh) Kunze Isoëtes Butleri Engelm. Cheilanthes Feei Moore Juniperus virginiana L. Pellaea atropurpurea (L.) Link Muhlenbergia cuspidata (Torr.) Pellaea glabella Mett. Rydb. Asplenium resiliens Kunze Spartina Michauxiana Hitchc. Asplenium cryptolepis Fernald Bouteloua hirsuta Lag. Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link Bouteloua gracilis (HBK.) Lag. Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh. Melica mutica Walt. 1 Fernald, M. L. A botanical expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador. Contr. Gray Herb., N. S. 40 [or Ruopora 13]: 133. July, 1911. 224 Carex eburnea Boott Carex Crawei Dewey Zygadenus chloranthus Richards. Allium stellatum Ker. Allium mutabile Michx. Yucca glauca Nutt. Agave virginica L. Nemastylis acuta (Bart.) Herb. Juglans nigra L. Quercus macrocarpa Michx. Oxybaphus albidus (Walt.) Sweet Arenaria patula Michx. Hepatica acutiloba DC. Anemone cylindrica Gray = carolinensis (Walt.) ai Clematis Fremontii Wats. Aquilegia canadensis L. Delphinium Treleasei Bush Delphinium Nortonianum Mack. & Bush Draba cuneifolia Nutt. Lesquerella gracilis (Hook.) Wats. Leavenworthia uniflora (Michx.) Brit- ton Arabis hirsuta (L.) Scop. Arabis laevigata (Muhl.) Poir. Descurainia intermedia (Rydb.) Daniels Erysimum asperum DC. Heuchera puberula Mack. & Bush Heuchera parviflora Bartl. Parnassia grandifolia DC. Ribes odoratum Wendl. Malus coronaria (L.) Mill. Acacia angustissima (Mill.) Kuntze var. hirta (Nutt.) Robinson Baptisia australis (L.) R. Br. Cladrastis lutea (Michx. f.) Koch Psoralea tenuiflora Pursh var. floribunda (Nutt.) Rydb. Psoralea argophylla Pursh Psoralea esculenta Pursh Petalostemum purpureum (Vent.) ydb. Petalostemum candidum Michx. Astragalus mexicanus A. DC. Astragalus distortus T. & G. Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Oxytropis plattensis Nutt. Croton capitatus Michx. Andrachne phyllanthoides Muell. Arg. Euphorbia zygophylloides Boiss. Euphorbia dictyosperma Fisch. & Mey. Cotinus americana Nutt. Ilex decidua Walt. Sapindus Drummondii H. & A. (Nutt.) Rhodora [JUNE Rhamnus lanceolata Pursh Rhamnus caroliniana Walt. Cissus incisa (Nutt.) Des Moulins Oenothera missourensis Sims Oenothera serrulata Nutt. Gaura coccinea Pursh Stenosiphon linifolius (Nutt.) Britton Mentzelia oligosperma Nutt. Lomatium daucifolium (Nutt.) Coult. & Rose Eryngium yuccifolium Michx. Polytaenia Nuttallii DC. Zizia aurea (L.) Koch Taenidia integerrima (L.) Drude Bumelia lanuginosa (Michx.) Pers. Diospyros virginiana L. Diospyros virginiana var. platycarpa Sarg. Gentiana puberula Michx. Gentiana Andrewsii Griseb. Centaurium texense (Griseb.) Fern- ald . Asclepiodora viridis (Walt.) Gray Acerates viridiflora Ell. Evolvulus argenteus Pursh Lithospermum canescens (Michx.) Hitchc. Heliotropium tenellum (Nutt.) Torr. pasaring rka subsetosum Mck. & Bush Onosmodium hispidissimum Mack. Seutellaria Bushii Britton Satureia glabella (Michx.) Briquet Pentstemon Cobaea var. purpureus Pennell Galium virgatum Nutt. Houstonia angustifolia Michx. Campanula rotundifolia L. Viburnum rufidulum Raf. Liatris scariosa Willd. Grindelia lanceolata Nutt. Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh) Dunal Gutierrezia dracunculoides (DC.) Blake Aplopappus ciliatus (Nutt.) DC. Solidago Gattingeri Chapm. Solidago Drummondii T. & G. Solidago rigida L. Aster oblongifolius Nutt. Aster sericeus Vent. Aster laevis L. Aster azureus Lindl. Aster ptarmicoides T. & G. Silphium laciniatum L. Silphium terebinthinaceum Jaeq. Silphium integrifolium Michx. Berlandiera texana DC. Parthenium integrifolium L. Parthenium repens Eggert 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 225 Rudbeckia fulgida Ait. Palafoxia callosum T. & G. Brauneria pallida (Nutt.) Britton Thelesperma trifidum (Poir.) Britton Brauneria paradoxa Norton Thelesperma gracile (Torr.) Gray Marshallia eaespitosa Nutt. Cacalia tuberosa Nutt. Rarely do the calciphiles occur on acidic rocks. Aquilegia canaden- sis, Carex eburnea, Cystopteris bulbifera, Adiantum Capillus-V eneris, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, and other calcicolus species have been found on the highly siliceous St. Peter and La Motte sandstones, but in these cases some calcium carbonate may have been introduced extra- neously, perhaps washed down from above, brought in from seepage- water, or otherwise introduced. The foregoing discussion has called attention to some obvious general relationships existing between various species in Missouri and the underlying substratum. There is another aspect of this relationship which should be suggested, namely, the frequent as- sociation of a species at or near the margin of its range with a definite habitat. The interesting feature observed here is that a number of such species in Missouri are found on a marginal habitat at variance with that in which they occur in the other portions of their range which are near the dispersal center. This divergence between a marginal habitat and one near the center of dispersal for the species is well brought out in the following cases. The most common ex- amples are species which in their usual and most abundant areas of distribution grow in acid swamps, wet woods and meadows, boggy ground, and the like. Species frequenting such habitats in their normal areas of distribution inhabit in Missouri regions of moist shaded cliffs or wet ledges of an acidic nature. The acid substratum usually selected by these species is sandstone. The following species ex- emplify this point:—1) SAXIFRAGA PENNSYLVANICA var. FORBESII.— Typical Saxifraga pennsylvanica of the northern and eastern states is a plant of wet woods and meadows. On coming south into Illinois, and Missouri it is replaced by the closely related Saxifraga pennsylvanica var. Forbesti which appears only on moist shaded sandstone cliffs. 2) VIOLA PALLENS—A common enough species of wet springy ground and brooksides in the northern and eastern portion of its range, it appears in Missouri at.the southwestern limit of its dispersal in but one place known, that on moist La Motte sandstone cliffs. Other examples illustrate the occurrence of species which appear in the swampy lowlands of southeastern Missouri and persist in 226 Rhodora [JUNE scattered areas north of this region on acidic substrata. Osmunda cinnamomea and O. regalis var. spectabilis both are species common in wet woods, meadows, or swamps in the greater portion of their range. In Missouri they are found in such habitats in the lowlands of the southeastern portion of the state; yet northward in the state the only places where they seem to thrive are crevices and pockets of moist shaded or mossy sandstone, granitie, or porphyritie trachyte cliffs, or along rocky streams of these substrata. Polypodium poly- podioides, a species of the lowlands of the South Atlantie states, Gulf Coastal Plain, and Mississippi Embayment dispersal, is common on trees in the southeastern lowland region of Missouri: north and west of this area it protrudes frequently further on various sandstone, granites, and porphyritic trachytes, reaching its northernmost known occurrence in the state on a shaded bluff of St. Peter sandstone. Mitchella repens, a common plant either of dry sterile acid woods, thickets, and pastures, or acid peaty places in the northern and eastern portions of its range, and frequently in swampy localities in the Gulf Coastal Plain and Mississippi Embayment regions, extends up the Mississippi Valley as a characteristic plant of the lowlands of south- eastern Missouri. Although northward in eastern Missouri it has been found locally in a number of places, these again and again are moist sandstone bluffs or banks of an acidic nature. Hypericum petio- latum and Cardamine bulbosa are additional examples of species which are common in swampy places both in southeastern Missouri and in other portions of the dispersal area, and northward in the state in- habit moist sandstones or other acidic rocks. Lycopodium lucidulum is an interesting example of a species which in the northern and eastern portions of its range is common in usually shaded woods. On coming southwestward into Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, and Missouri it is found only on shaded sandstone bluffs; likewise, its variety, Lycopodium lucidulum var. porophilum, appears in similar situations. There is yet another relationship found to exist between the occur- rences of various Missouri species and the underlying rock substratum, namely, the range extensions effected by the substratum. Cases are numerous where certain types of rocks, particularly sandstones, pro- vide in Missouri extensions of ranges for species which are rare or local, boreal or austral, or for ancient types—those with geologically ancient types of dispersal. Species of great rarity in Missouri, such as 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 227 Sullivantia renifolia, Saxifraga pennsylvanica var. Forbesii, and others, are known to occur only on St. Peter sandstone. Species of more northern affinities which extend southward into Missouri in the Ozark region on certain types of rocks are Galiwm boreale var. hyssopi- folium, Campanula rotundifolia, Zygadenus chloranthus on limestone; Goodyera pubescens, Viola pallens, Lycopodium complanatum var. flabelliforme and Dennstaedtia punctilobula on La Motte sandstone; Thelypteris palustris var. pubescens, Lycopodium lucidulum var. porophilum, Polypodium virginianum, Thelypteris spinulosa and var. intermedia, on various sandstones and other acidic types of substrata. Of species of more southern affinities which extend northward into the Ozark region on particular rock substrata may be mentioned Hypericum petiolatum and Polypodium polypodioides. The species limited to the unglaciated southern Appalachian and Ozarkian region and therefore of particular interest as representing ancient types of dispersal are Parnassia grandifolia, Trautvetteria carolinensis, Cheilanthes alabamensis, Ophioglossum Engelmanni, Isoëtes Butleri, Nemastylis acuta, Baptista australis, Heliotropium tenellum, Grin- delia lanceolata, Solidago Gattingeri usually on limestone exposures in the Ozark region, and Berberis canadensis, Asplenium Bradleyi, Houstonia patens on sandstone exposures. The examples brought out in the foregoing discussion illustrate a few of the interesting distributional relationships of various species with the substratum, and emphasize the fact that the type of under- lying substratum is one of great importance in the distribution of these species in a region of residual soils such as that of the Ozark region of Missouri, and therefore becomes greatly significant in dis- cussing the phytogeographical problems in the region concerned. The last feature of great phytogeographic interest in Missouri to be discussed is the relative antiquity of the Ozarkian flora. Dr. Fer- nald' emphasizes this point in his introduction concerning some phytogeographic features of the eastern North American flora as follows: “ Viewed from the standpoint of availability for occupation by flowering plants, the oldest large section of the region is the south- ern half of the Appalachian Upland, extending from central New York to northern Georgia and northern Alabama, and west of the Mississippi represented by the Ozark Plateau. Never, since it was first occupied by angiosperms, has the Appalachian Upland of the ! Fernald, M. L. Specific segregations and identities in some floras of eastern North America and the Old World. Ruopora 33: 25-27. 1931. 228 Rhodora [JUNE United States been invaded by seas; and, except for its northern ex- tension, it lies wholly south of the limits of the Pleistocene glaciation. During the Cretaceous, while this southern half of the Appalachian region was covered by land-vegetation, the lower marginal country, east, south and far to the west and northwest, was submerged under the Cretaceous seas. In the Tertiary, likewise, much of the low- lying Coastal Plain was again covered by shallow seas; and, further- more, the outer margin of the Coastal Plain is often of very modern or Quaternary origin." Map I of his article illustrates the ancient southern Appalachian-Ozarkian portion of eastern North America as one exposed since the close of the Paleozoic and available for plant occupation in eastern North America since the close of this era. The Ozark Plateau of Missouri and Arkansas, with minor extensions into southern Illinois, southeastern Kansas, and adjacent eastern Oklahoma, has, like the southern half of the Appalachian Upland, been exposed as a land area since the close of the Paleozoic era. Like this Appalachian area, the Ozark region was uplifted at the close of the Cretaceous period, but during early Tertiary became peneplained following a long period of erosion. Over much of the Tertiary period the Ozark region was a plain of low relief covered by a luxuriant forest flora, and similar again to the peneplained southern Appa- lachian area this Ozark region of low relief was in Tertiary only slightly above sea-level, while the region to the south, east, and west was covered by shallow seas. At this time the great northern extension of the Gulf, known as the Mississippi Embayment, lay south and east of the Ozark area. The Mississippi Embayment be- came obliterated, however, towards the close of the Tertiary when another and final uplift elevated the Ozark region, which destroyed or pushed south the lowland forest that had previously occupied it. Some of this forest persists today in the lowland region of south- eastern Missouri.! The same uplift near or towards the close of the Tertiary which hastened the extinction or migration south of much of the mesophytic flora which had covered the peneplained Ozark area, ushered in conditions making for a xerophytic or semi-xero- phytic environment. These significant geological data have a very important bearing upon the explanation of the restricted and limited ranges of a number of species in eastern North America. Both the southern Appalachian 1 Palmer, E. J. The forest flora of the Ozark region. Jour. Arn. Arb. 2: 229-232. 1921. 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 229 Upland and the Ozark Plateau have had somewhat similar geological history. Since the close of the Paleozoic era, each has remained an area of land standing above sea-level; each has experienced its uplifts and peneplanations, these sometimes occurring at the same geological epoch; each has witnessed its changes in flora, mesophytic types being succeeded by xerophytic ones, and vice-versa. Following the close of the Paleozoic, at times (during Mesozoic and Tertiary) when adjacent areas to the south, east, and west were flooded or submerged by continental seas, and again in the Pleistocene when areas to the north were being glaciated, the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian areas enjoyed a continuous land history. As such, both areas were able to harbour many species at times when adjacent areas were not available. Some of this flora may have had a broad dispersal from the Appalachians west to the Ozark area, but later became restricted to the southern Appalachians and the Ozark area when the flooding in adjacent areas led to exterminations. Cretaceous and Tertiary submergence of some adjacent regions, and Pleistocene glaciation of others necessarily limited the areas of distribution, and the species common to the southern Appalachian-Ozark region either have per- sisted there as relics or remants of an older dispersal or were forced to migrate to these land areas from other regions, or both. It appears probable that the species restricted to the southern Appalachian- Ozarkian territory, in all probability representing relics, originated in Mesozoic time, perhaps at the close of the Cretaceous period, follow- ing the uplift over the Appalachian Upland Ozark Plateau. Cer- tainly, the species common to these two areas must have been occupy- ing them before the Tertiary intrusion of the Mississippi Embay- ment, which all but broke up the territory of dispersal which formerly bridged the gap between the southern Appalachians and the Ozark Plateau. At present, only a narrow strip of the old land mass of the Ozark area remains in southern Illinois as a bridge over this other- wise enormous gap caused by the embayment. It would appear, then, that in the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian region is to be found a center of dispersal of ancient types of species, which are as old as any in eastern North America. An investigation of the flora of this ancient area shows that there have been at least three definite centers of origin and dispersal of these old types—of relic groups of species originating or persisting on this old land mass. These centers comprise: (1) species common to both the southern 230 Rhodora [JUNE Appalachians and the Ozark Plateau and restricted thereto or also represented south and west of these two areas from which they have probably spread; (2) species restricted to the southern Appalachian area—old types which have originated in this area and are still per- sisting therein; and (3) species restricted to the Ozark Plateau and region southwest and west of it. Since only the first and third of these areas include Missouri species, discussion will be limited to these regions. The list of species common to both the southern Appalachian Up- land and the Ozark Plateau area include the following. It should be noted too that some of the species listed here occur somewhat south, north or west of the main area, since the original dispersal from the distributional center. Cheilanthes alabamensis (Buckley) Kunze Asplenium Bradleyi D. C. Eaton Asplenium pinnatifidum Nutt. Ophioglossum Engelmanni Prantl Isoétes Butleri Engelm. Paspalum circulare Nash Panicum xalapense HBK. Panicum polyanthes Schultes Aristida Curtissii (Gray) Nash Aristida ramosissima Engelm. Sporobolus eanovirens Nash Cyperus refractus Engelm. Cyperus ovularis (Michx.) Torr. Carex mesochorea Mack. Juncus diffusissimus Buckley Luzula campestris (L.) DC. var. bulbosa A. Wood Stenanthium robustum 8. Wats. Trillium viride Beck Agave virginica L. Iris cristata Ait. Nemastylis acuta (Bart.) Herb. Habenaria peramoena Gray Salix longipes Shuttlw. var. Wardii (Bebb) Schneider Ulmus alata Michx. Celtis pumila Pursh var. georgiana (Small) Sarg. Trautvetteria carolinensis (Walt.) Vail Magnolia acuminata L. Berberis canadensis Mill. Draba brachyearpa Nutt. Leavenworthia uniflora (Michx.) Britton Arabis virginica (L.) Trel. Cardamine rotundifolia Michx. Sedum pulchellum Michx. Sedum Nevii Gray Heuchera parviflora Bartl. Heuchera puberula Mack. & Bush Parnassia grandifolia DC. Aruncus sylvester Kostel. Gillenia stipulata (Muhl.) Trel. Agrimonia rostellata Wallr. Potentilla canadensis L. var. villosissima Fernald , Baptisia australis (L.) R. Br. Cladrastis lutea (Michx. f.) Koch Psoralea Onobrychis Nutt. Psoralea pedunculata (Mill.) Vail. Robinia Pseudo-Acacia L. Desmodium ochroleucum M. A. Curtis Lespedeza simulata Mack. & Bush Cotinus americana Nutt. Rhamnus caroliniana Walt. var. mollis Fernald Vitis rupestris Scheele Tilia heterophylla Vent. var. Michauxii (Nutt.) Sarg. Viola emarginata (Nutt.) Le Conte Passiflora lutea L. Eulophus americanus Nutt. Ligusticum canadense (L.) Britton Vaccinium arboreum Marsh. Mito aeg neglectum (Small) Fern- a Vaccinium melanocarpum Mohr Vincetoxicum carolinense (Jacq.) Britton Vincetoxicum Baldwinianum (Sweet) Britton Phacelia dubia (L.) Small Phacelia bipinnatifida Michx. Heliotropium tenellum (Nutt.) Torr. Monarda Bradburiana Beck 1934] Steyermark,—Flora of the Ozark Region, Missouri 231 Lobelia leptostachys A. DC. Eupatorium sessilifolium L. Grindelia lanceolata Nutt. Solidago petiolaris Ait. Solidago Gattingeri Chapm. Silphium Asteriscus L. Rudbeckia fulgida Ait. Verbesina virginica L. Coreopsis grandiflora Hogg. Coreopsis pubescens Ell. Cirsium virginianum (L.) Michx. Satureia glabella (Michx.) Briquet Pyenanthemum albescens T. & G. Cunila origanoides (L.) Britton Galium virgatum Nutt. Houstonia minima Beck Houstonia purpurea L. Houstonia angustifolia Michx. Houstonia patens Ell. Lonicera flava Sims Viburnum rufidulum Raf. Triosteum angustifolium L. A study of the habitats of the various species in this first category shows that over half of this flora (60 percent) grows in a xerophytic environment—barrens, dry bluffs, dry rocky hillsides, prairies, and similar exposed and semi-arid situations. The herbaceous types com- prise about 80 percent of the species represented. The other great developmental center of relatively ancient types is the Ozark Plateau and the adjacent area to the west and south- west. In some instances species originating in this area are repre- sented slightly to the east or southeast of the main area, but have spread mostly westward and southwestward; some of this class are found as far south as the Mexican plateau or as far west as Arizona. The following list comprises species restricted to the Ozark area and the region west and southwest (some of these are known only from the Ozark region) :— Notholaena dealbata (Pursh) Kunze Panicum obtusum HBK. Panicum malacophyllum Nash Sporobolus asper (Michx.) Kunth var. pilosus (Vasey) Hitche. Sporobolus Drummondii (Trin.) Vasey Carex austrina (Small) Mack. Wolffia papulifera C. H. Thompson Yucca arkansana Trelease Sisyrinchium flaviflorum Bicknell Quercus velutina Lam. var. missouriensis Sarg. Castanea ozarkensis Ashe Celtis laevigata var. texana Sarg. Geocarpon minimum Mack. Arenaria stricta Michx. var. texana Robinson Talinum calycinum Engelm. Nymphaea ozarkana Miller & Stand- ley Ranunculus Harveyi (Gray) Britton Clematis versicolor Small Clematis Fremontii Wats. Delphinium Treleasei Bush Delphinium Nortonianum Mack. & Bush Corydalis crystallina Engelm. Lesquerella gracilis (Hook.) Wats. Lesquerella angustifolia (Nutt.) Wats. Selenia aurea Nutt. Sedum Nuttallianum Raf. Saxifraga texana Buckley Hamamelis vernalis Sarg. Crataegus coccinioides Ashe Crataegus lanuginosa Sarg. Prunus hortulana Bailey Rynchosia latifolia Nutt. Acacia angustissima (Milk) Ktze. var. hirta (Nutt.) Robinson Andrachne phyllanthoides (Nutt.) Muell. Arg. Euphorbia zygophylloides Boiss. Sapindus Drummondii Hook. & Arn. Aesculus glabra Willd. var. leucodermis Sarg. Cissus incisa (Nutt.) Des Moulins Callirhoë digitata Nutt. Callirhoë Bushii Fernald Viola Lovelliana Brain. 232 Rhodora [JUNE Oenothera missouriensis Sims Ruellia pedunculata Torr. Opuntia macrorhiza Engelm. Galium arkansanum Gray Cynosciadium pinnatum DC. Valerianella stenocarpa (Engelm.) Lomatium daucifolium (Nutt.) Krok Coult. & Rose Valerianella longiflora (T. & G.) Chaerophyllum texanum Coult. & Walp. Rose Vernonia crinita Raf. Sabbatia campestris Nutt. Gutierrezia dracunculoides (DC.) Centaurium texense (Griseb.) Fernald Blake Centaurium ealyeosum (Buckl.) Fern- Solidago radula Nutt. ald Solidago Drummondii T. & G. Onosmodium subsetosum Mack. & Solidago Lindheimeriana Scheele Bush Chaetopappa asteroides DC. Scutellaria Bushii Britton Boltonia latisquama Gray Physalis missouriensis Mack. & Bush Aster anomalus Engelm. Amsonia illustris Woodson Erigeron tenuis T. & G. Collinsia violacea Nutt. Berlandiera texana DC. Pentstemon Cobaea Nutt. Parthenium repens Eggert var. purpureus Pennell Brauneria paradoxa Norton Pentstemon tubiflorus Nutt. Polypteris callosa (Nutt.) Gray Pentstemon arkansanus Pennell Gaillardia lutea Greene Aureolaria pectinata i Artemisia mexicana Willd. var. ozarkensis Pennell Centaurea americana Nutt. Aureolaria calycosa (Mack. & Bush) Krigia occidentalis Nutt. Pennell Marshallia caespitosa Nutt. An examination of this list also reveals results similar to those of the preceding, but showing more striking differences. Here about seven-eighths of the species comprising this flora grow under a xero- phytic type of environment. Moreover, the herbaceous component amounts to 85 percent of the whole. From an examination of the preceding lists it 1s evident that herbs comprise by far the majority of the species limited to the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian area of dispersal as well as to the Ozarkian Plateau and adjacent region. The herbaceous species which comprise the majority of the flora peculiar to the Ozark Plateau region repre- sent at present the characteristic and dominant xerophytic flora of that region. These types seem either to have originated in the Ozark Plateau or to have spread into it on the dry uplands and barrens as a response to the xerophytic conditions occasioned by the last uplift of this region, which probably occurred either in late Tertiary or slightly later.', ? Since the Cretaceous sea-bottoms underlying the Great Plains region were uplifted in early and again in late Tertiary times more or less coincident with the last Ozark diastrophism, it is likely that favorable opportunities were brought about for an incur- sion of the prairie flora into the Ozarks, during Tertiary times and ! Keyes, C, R. Age of Ozark Uplift. Mo. Geol. Surv. Ann, Rept. 7: 351-352. 1895. 2 Keyes, C. R. Myth of the Ozark Isle. Science N. S. 7: 588-589. 1898. 1934] Bergman,—Double Flowers in Vaccinium corymbosum 233 vice-versa, resulting in the intermingling of the prairie and glade flora that we at present encounter. It is probable that most, if not all, of the species restricted to the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian area were in the Ozark region long before the other species of the prairies and glades which originated in the Ozark Plateau itself or spread into it from adjacent regions to the west or southwest. As has already been stated, the flora peculiar to the Ozark Plateau or to it and adjacent region west and southwest either originated in the Ozark region or spread into it when the last Tertiary uplift through that region resulted in elevated rocky glades and prairies in a drier and more semi-arid environment which favored the occupation by mostly xerophytic types of plants. Long before this uplift, however, the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian floristic element must have been dispersed before the northern intrusion of the Mississippi Embayment had all but severed its common connection. We have already seen that the southern Appalachian-Ozarkian flora probably originated sometime in the Mesozoic, perhaps following an uplift over these areas towards the close of the Cretaceous period. This latter flora, therefore, is probably the most ancient to be found in the Ozark region today. Thus, it may be concluded on the basis of the foregoing discussion that two geologically diverse floras occur in the Ozark region, (1) an ancient relic flora common to the southern Appala- chians and Ozark region, and dating back in all probability to the uplift that occurred at the close of the Cretaceous, and (2) a younger flora, characteristic of the uplands and barrens of the Ozarks, a flora which probably originated in Tertiary times when this region was re-elevated in late Tertiary. Missourt Botanical GARDEN, St. Louis, Missouri. DOUBLE FLOWERS IN THE WILD SWAMP BLUEBERRY, VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM H. F. BERGMAN (Plate 289) ABNORMAL flowers in any species of Vaccinium are almost unknown. The only cases reported by Penzig (3) are adesmie of the corolla in V. dialypetalum J. J. Sm., and tetramery or occasional trimery in V. uliginosum L., which are minor abnormalities. Weatherby (5) has 234 Rhodora [JUNE reported dialysis of the corolla in V. pennsylvanicum Lam. In the summer of 1926 a single plant of Vaccinium corymbosum L., bearing double flowers, was found growing wild in New Jersey but too late in the season to secure good specimens. No further attempt was made to obtain flowers until 1930 when specimens were collected,! photo- graphed, and an examination of the flowers made. The area in which the plant grew was later burned over, so that the plant may have been destroyed unless it grows again from the roots, which cannot at present be determined. The flowers did not appear to be different from those of any other plant of this species unless seen at close range. The calyx and corolla were of the normal form. Stamens of the normal form were lacking but in their place was a series of corolloid whorls, each enclosing successively another (rra. 1). The size of the whorls diminished in- wardly until in the center of the flower only small scale-like structures were found (ria. 2). Each segment of the transformed stamens form- ing the corolloid whorls was tipped by an imperfectly developed brown anther. Some of the anthers contained a very limited amount of highly defective, much deformed, pollen. No vestige of a pistil was observed in any of the flowers examined. A similar stamen condition is reported by Wilson (6) in double flowers of Epigaea. Double flowers due to petalody and pleiomery of the stamens have been reported by W. W. Bailey (1) in Epigaea repens, by Masters (2) in Erica hiemalis, and by Rehder (4) in Rhododendron albiflorum. The double flowers of Epigaea repens described by Bailey seem to be very similar in structure to those of the blueberry here described except that Bailey found an apparently normal pistil in the flowers of Epigaea which was completely lacking in the speci- mens here described. In the double flowers described by Masters (2) the stamens and pistil were absent but in place of the latter a short shoot covered with scale-leaves was found. No statement was made by Masters as to the presence of anthers on the supernumerary corollas. With these exceptions the condition described by him in the flowers of Erica hiemalis corresponds very closely to that found in the blueberry flowers. DIVISION oF FRUIT AND VEGETABLE CROPS AND DISEASES, Bureau OF PLANT INDUSTRY, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Amherst, Mass. 1 Grateful acknowledgement is made to Mr. R. B. Wilcox, Pemberton, N, J., for sending material for examination. Rhodora Plate 289 wood. VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM, X 2. Fia. 1 (above). The two specimens at the left in the upper row show a normal blossom as seen externally and in longitudinal section; the specimens at the right the corresponding view of a double flower. In the bottom row, at the extreme left, is the corolla of a double flower; successive whorls of corol- loid stamens are shown in order to the right. Fic. 2 (below). Upper row left to right, the pistil of a normal flower; pistil of an abnormal flower showing absence of style and ovary; corolloid stamens; the same split lengthwise and opened out. The bottom row shows different views of normal stamens. 1934] — Weatherby,—Small's Manual of Southeastern Flora 235 LITERATURE CITED . Bailey, W. W. A double Epigaea repens. Bot. Gaz. 6: 238. 1881. . Masters, M. T. Vegetable Teratology. London. 1869. . Penzig, O. Pflanzen-Teratologie. 2 Aufl. 3 Bd. Berlin. 1921-1922. < Rehder, A. Rhododendron albiflorum with double flowers. Bot. Gaz. 43: 281-282. 1907. . Weatherby,'C. A. A teratological form of Vaccinium pennsylvanicum. Rhodora 29: 237-238. 1927. . Wilson, Kate E. Double flowers of the Epigaea repens. Bot. Gaz. 15: 19. 1890: [97] or A OO bo SMALL’s MANUAL OF THE SOUTHEASTERN FLomA.—To botanists of eastern North America, Dr. Small’s work needs no introduction. They have long respected it and found it indispensable; they will have a cordial welcome for this latest addition to it. A reviewer’s function is sufficiently performed if he make some comparison of this Manual with the Flora which preceded it. Certain changes are at once obvious. Although the number of pages is actually larger, thin paper has reduced the thickness of the volume by nearly one-third. The geographic area covered has been made smaller and more homogeneous by leaving out the states west of the Mississippi River. Each genus and in the case of Carex each section now has one clear and useful little illustration of floral parts and fruit. The longer keys have been recast into the two-story form generally used in the North American Flora—a primary key to groups of species, which are given series-names, and secondary keys to the individual species of each group. This arrangement has the advantage of bringing the main key-headings close together and, while retaining the visual clarity of the indented key, avoiding the successive steppings-back which sometimes reduce the letter-press to a narrow band at the right of the page. Many de- scriptions have also been skilfully and profitably rewritten,? and, of course, much new matter has been added from the accumulations of twenty years. On the other hand, users of the Flora will find the general method and taxonomic point of view of the Manual wholly familiar. It affords added evidence of Dr. Small's ready hospitality to the work of others. Beside many revisions incorporated into his text, acknowledgment is made of direct aid from eighteen colleagues. Mr. Mackenzie's excellent and finely illustrated revision of Carex deserves especial mention here. Familiar, too, will be the continued use of the American Code. "That certain practices not now sanctioned should be kept up after the accord happily reached at the Cambridge Congress is regrettable. Apology is made for some coadjutors who are now following the International Rules ! Small, John Kunkel. Manual of the Southeastern Flora, being Descriptions of the Seed Plants growing naturally in Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, eastern Lousiana, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. New York. Published by the Author. 1933. pp. xxii, 1554. Ill. ? [n preparing our notes on the spring flora of eastern South Carolina, Mr. Griscom and I, then using the 1913 edition of the Flora, had occasion to point out some de- ficiences in its statements. These passages had to be deleted when the Manual appeared; it had anticipated and adequately met our criticisms. 236 Rhodora [JUNE on the ground that their contributions were already in type in 1930. The same might be said for Dr. Small's own work; the difficulties of changing nomenclatural habits in a work well under way are considerable. And in his case it could be added that this is his personal publication in which individual views can more fittingly be maintained than under the imprint of an institution. Nevertheless, it is a pity. Nomenclature is, after all, only a convention; convictions are out of place in it. The one thing worth striving for is unanimity—with common sense if possible, but, anyway, unanimity. There is little occasion for a die-hard attitude among former partisans of the American Code. They need labor under no deep sense of defeat. If they have failed to persuade the botanical world to abandon custom altogether for a rigid priority, they have yet written into the now accepted rules much of that for which they have contended. The rules of 1930 are more like the American Code than like those under which the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual and the earlier of the great floras emanating from Kew were prepared. The step to them ought not to be difficult. The nomenclatural feature of the book hardest to regard with com- placency is the unquestioning acceptance of changes in typification made under the American Code purely to satisfy its academic theory of selection of types and resulting in confusing shifts in the application of familiar names. An extreme example is Solidago rigida. This has been abundantly discussed by Mr. Mackenzie and me;! it is enough to recall that this name has been applied, ever since 1753 and with practical, if not complete, unanimity, to a certain well-marked species, represented by specimens in the herbaria of Linnaeus and of Clifford. It is now moved and made to displace another well-known and well-fixed name, simply because an individual interpretation of a dubious plate cited (unluckily) by Linnaeus is preferred to the specimens mentioned as a basis for typifieation. To one who holds the view of nomenclature outlined above, such abandon- ment of achieved definiteness for incurable indefiniteness is the reductio ad absurdum of the type method. The choice of one name appears to follow no rule. Lyonia Ell. (1818), taken up for the more familiar Seutera of the Asclepiadaceae, is antedated by Lyonia Raf. Med. Repos., Hex. 2, v. 352 (1808). The latter is wholly illegitimate, being a direct substitute for Polygonella Michx., but it is correctly published and would seem to prevent any later use of the name, except by conservation. The dividing up of genera proceeds, logically, a few steps farther than before. Clintonia and Streptopus, for instance, at first sight not partic- ularly promising subjects for segregation, become two genera each; Polygala appears as five; Gaylussacia is dissolved into three; and the disintegration of Vaccinium is completed by the setting up of Herpo- thamnus for V. crassifolium. In his preface, Dr. Small disclaims any title to the appellation of "splitter"; he has, he says, endeavored ‘‘to make the genera, as far as possible, correspond in rank to the great major- ity of groups of species now recognized as genera by most present-day botanists." Granting that there is a tendency toward microgenera, it is still possible to doubt if a general poll of present-day botanists would really show a majority in favor of quite such finely-drawn divisions as many of Dr. Small's. ! RHoDoRA xxviii. 29-31; 138-145; xxix. 26-32. 1934] Weatherby,—Small’s Manual of Southeastern Flora 237 Some newly-launched genera run at once on nomenclatural rocks. Buxella and Lasiococcus Small, of the Vacciniaceae are antedated re- spectively by Buxella van Tieghem (Buxaceae), Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 8, v. 326 (1897) and Lasiococca Hook. f. (Euphorbiaceae) Icon. Pl. t. 1587 (1887); and Rotantha of the Campanulaceae is a later homonym of Rotantha Baker (Lythraceae), Journ. Linn. Soc. xxv. 317 (1890). If one dislikes subgenera, he will naturally have an equal dislike for varieties; only occasionally, as in the case of the purple-flowered var. Elliottii of Cirsium horridulum, does Dr. Small give one incidental mention. As before, he gives full specific rank to any form which he finds deserving of recognition at all. One result is that, with additional material, even Prof. Burgess's far from conservative 95! asters are increased to 106; and Iris, with J. verna and I. cristata removed to another genus, is ex- panded from 8 to 96 species. It should be said at once, however, that this latter is no haphazard description of slightly different herbarium specimens. The remarkable iris-beds of Louisiana, from which most of the novelties came, have had prolonged study, plants have been grown at New York and seedlings watched to maturity. The interpretation, as Dr. Small rather attractively calls it, rests, then, on well-fortified conviction and treats of an unusual natural phenomenon. Even so, as one contemplates Bicknell’s 36! Sisyrinchia. of 1913 reduced to 12 by Mr. Alexander and Beadle's 180! Crataegi shrunk to 33 under Mr. Tide- strom's hand, one is perhaps to be pardoned for wondering what the genus Iris will be like in the edition of 1953. The taxonomic outline, then, of the Manual shows, in general, close resemblance to that of the Flora, but it is to a much greater extent and to the notable and praiseworthy broadening and improvement of the work, filled in with correlative information. Much more attention is paid to phytogeography. Like other eastern botanists, Dr. Small has found that Merriam's life zones do not work well here as units of plant distribution. He takes instead Fenneman's physiographie divisions and obtains thereby clear and reasonable geographic provinces. With Dr. Wherry's aid, the divisions in which each species is found are given, so far as present in- formation permits.? There are especially detailed and careful statements of habitat; soil-preference is indicated when possible. And the interest of the work is not a little enhanced by the further addition of miscellaneous notes on local uses of plants, vernacular names and the like and of critical observations drawn from Dr. Small’s long and mature experience. There may well be differences of opinion as to the limits of genera and the worth of species. No doubt there should be until our knowledge is perfect. There can be none as to the value of a work like this, the fruit of many years' labor in a field which the author has made peculiarly his own. The Manual will be for long a standard; it will always remain one of the notable American floras.—C. A. WEATHERBY. 1 These figures are arrived at by deducting from the total in the Flora of 1913 those species which occur only west of the Mississippi. ? [n a few cases, a still more detailed statement of range would have been desirable. Leptochloa filiformis and Aristida oligantha are credited to Massachusetts and Hordeum pusillum to Maine, as if they were native there. They are actually known in these states only as waifs in mill-waste at one or two stations separated by considerable distances from the really natural range of the species. 238 Rhodora [JUNE A ContcaL Sugar Map ie (Text Fro.).—In 1917, while spending the summer with my family at North Woodstock, New Hampshire, I was much surprised, as others have been, by a remarkable tree of Acer saccharum Marsh., growing in a rocky pasture on the land of George C. Cook, Esq. I first visited the tree because, from a distance, I took it to be a White Spruce, Picea glauca, considerably south of its known range in New Hampshire. Upon getting near I found that the broad cone (30 feet or 9.15 m. high) was a Sugar Maple. Mr. Cook informed me that the tree was then, in 1917, approximately 70 years old, that it has never been trimmed nor browsed, that it does not flower and 1934] Allard,—Supposed Hybrid Oak 239 that in autumn it becomes a russet-brown, without the brilliant yellow tone of ordinary sugar maples. The branches are strongly as- cending and the foliage is all borne at the tips of the branchlets, so that from without the tree appears densely leafy, but close to, when viewed from below, it has an open ladder-like appearance. The tree is one of the curiosities of the region,! sometimes reproduced on picture post-cards, one of which Mr. Cook supplied me in 1917. In attempt- ing to clear off accumulations of specimens from past seasons I find the material and the photograph and, since the tree seems not to have a definite name, I am calling it ACER SACCHARUM Marsh., forma conicum, f. nov. (fig. ). Arbor conicus ramis adscendentibus apice foliosis.—NEw HAMPSHIRE: open, rocky pasture, North Woodstock, specimens collected Sep- tember 18, 1917, M. L. Fernald, rYeE in Gray Herbarium.—M. L. FERNALD. A SUPPOSED HYBRID BETWEEN THE OAK SPECIES Q. RUBRA AND ILICIFOLIA H. A. ALLARD Tue Red Oak, Quercus rubra L., and the Bear Oak, Q. ilicifolia Wang., are very common elements in the flora of the area embraced by the Shenandoah National Park in Virginia. Both species produce a dominant cover in some sections of this area, and are found on the highest peaks of the Skyline drive, namely Marys Rock, 3514 ft., Stony Man, 4010 ft., and Hawksbill, 4049 ft. On the high peaks, at least, the former sometimes appears to pass into the variety ambigua (Michx.) Fernald, with much deeper and more turbinate cups. Specimens of this type may be found on the Hawksbill near its highest point. In the same vicinity and elsewhere individuals occur producing the flat saucer-shaped cup of typical rubra. Both the Red Oak and the dwarf Bear Oak grow in close proximity in many localities, even on the highest peaks. On September 23, 1933 the writer found on Little Stony Man several dwarf specimens of an oak bearing all the ear-marks of a hybrid involving rubra and ilicifolia parentage. The shrubs had the low scraggy growth of ilicifolia and were fruiting heavily. The ! On May 25, 1934, passing through North Woodstock with a class of students, we noted the roadside sign “Tue Mysrery Tren” pointing to the conspicuous tree whicb looked vigorous and as perfect in form as in 1917. 240 Rhodora [JUNE leaves, of the general shape of ilicifolia but larger and with more bristle points on the lobes, are nearly smooth and green beneath as in rubra, not having the close persistent white-downy pubescence of ilicifolia. The twigs, likewise, are smooth and reddish in color as in the case of rubra. The fruit is somewhat larger than that of ilici- folia, with the shallow flat cup of rubra. The acorn is more of the shape of rubra, but with the light and dark longitudinal stripes or bands often present on typical ilicifolia acorns. Large quantities of acorns were secured from these dwarf individuals, and planted to observe the genetic behavior of this interesting form. Specimens have been placed in the United States National Herbarium. A number of supposed hybrids between the Bear Oak and other species of the Black Oak group have been recognized, involving crosses with velutina (X Q. Rehderi Trel.); with phellos (X Q. Giffordi Trel); with marilandica (X Q. Brittonii Davis); with coccinea. (X Q. Robbinsii Trel.); with rubra var. ambigua (X Q. Lowellii Sarg.), the latter having been found at Seabury, York Co., Maine. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Washington, D. C. Wo.rriA IN MassacHUsETTS.—Last August, while collecting specimens of Zizania in a small marsh near Northampton, I noticed a green coating on the surface of the water which was apparently due to some member of the Lemnaceae. This proved to be almost a pure colony of Wolffia columbiana. The marsh is located in the Northampton-Easthampton meadows (Mt. Tom Station) along a small tributary of the Connecticut river oxbow; although the plant may be present in the oxbow itself, I have not seen it there. Wolffia has been reported from several places in Connecticut and from Lake Champlain, but this seems to be the first record of the genus in Massachusetts. It may have been very easily overlooked in other localities.—WAvNE E. Manning, Smith College. Volume 36, no. 425, including pages 133-196 and plates 284 and 285, was issued 12 May, 1934. Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol..36. July, 1934. No. 427. CONTENTS: Draba in temperate Northeastern America. M. L. Fernald ...... 241 Past Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity. Clarence Cottam............. 261 New Variety of Glyceria grandis and Key to its Allied Species. Leon LOLS dd i EE EUER EIL SM ES COMER Sa ws cite 264 Three Interesting New Plants from Wallowa County, Oregon. M Ug ud Rr NEU EE A cu i. JAM ME 266 Synonymy of Phyllanthus brasiliensis. L. B. Smith............ 268 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payableat par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remitiances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, i Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rbodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. July, 1934. No. 427. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CV. DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Plates 290-319) INTRODUCTION IN the northeastern United States the genus Draba is only slightly developed and without taxonomic difficulty; but northeastward, on the Gaspé Peninsula, in western Newfoundland and on the Labrador Peninsula, the genus begins to show some of the diversities and complexities which, in cordilleran North America, Europe, boreal and alpine Asia and the Arctic, render its satisfactory classification most difficult. The recent studies of types of arctic American species by Mrs. Elisabeth Ekman,' the studies of Asiatic species by Pohle? and the ostensibly world-wide (but chiefly Eurasian) monograph of Draba by O. E. Schulz? have made it opportune, or at least desirable, to attempt to set our own Drabas in order. For her very painstaking 1 Elisabeth. Ekman: Nomenclature of some North-European Drabae, Arkiv. f. Bot, xii. no. 7: 1-17, t. 1 (Nov., 1912); Hvad ar Draba hirta L.?, Bot. Notiser (1913), 183- 192 (1913); Zur Kenntnis der Nordischen Hochgebirgs-Drabae, Kgl. Svenska Vet.- Akad. Handl. lvii. no. 3: 1-68, tt. 1-3 (1917), ser. 3, ii. no. 7: 1—56, tt. 1-3 (1926) ; Studies in the Genus Draba, Svensk. Bot. Tidskrift, xxiii. 476—495 (1929); Contribution to the Draba Flora of Greenland, II, ibid, xxiv. 280—297, t. iii (1930); Contribution, etc. III, ibid, xxv. 465—495, t. v (1931); Contribution, etc. IV, ibid, xxvi. 431—447 (1932); Contribution, etc. V, ibid, xxvii. 97-103 (1933) ; Contribution, etc. VI, ibid, xxvii. 339— 346 (1933). ? R. Pohle, Drabae asiaticae, Fedde, Repert. Beiheft, xxxii. 1-225 (1925). 3 O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!95 (1927). 242 Rhodora [JULY search for the historic type-specimens of the Greenland and other arctic species and for her critical discussions of them we owe gratitude to Mrs. Ekman, who has been able to clarify many formerly obscure situations. The inherent difficulty of the group, however, coupled, it would seem, with lack of clarity in definition, is peculiarly emphasized by Schulz’s treatment. To use his keys, whether to the sections or within the sections, with possibility of arriving at even a doubtfully satisfactory identification, one needs to have had much experience in following down false leads and in successively trying another and another, until eventually some sort of “identification” is achieved. Such misleading and carelessly constructed keys are altogether too familiar in the work of certain Americans; they are not at all confined to European taxonomy, although the sum-total of inadequate and discouraging keys in Das Pflanzenreich is disproportionately large. A few illustrations, taken chiefly from species of our eastern American flora, will clearly bring out the inadequacy of these keys. In the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé there occurs a densely humifuse and matted, glabrous plant (PLATE 292)! with naked, filiform scapes a few centimeters high, which has erroneously passed as Draba fladnizensis Wulfen or as the closely related D. lactea Adams or D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball (PLATE 291). The plant is one of four scapose species found (thus far) about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the others being the well-known stellate-pubescent D. nivalis Liljeblad (PLATE 295, FIGs. 1-3), another but apparently undescribed species (PLATE 295, FIGs. 4-7) also with stellate pubes- cence, as yet known only from a single collection, and the strongly hispid D. rupestris R. Br. (PLATE 293), likewise known near the Gulf of St. Lawrence from a single station only. In the present connection the important point to note is, that these plants are normally scapose, only very exceptionally with 1 or 2 small bracteal leaves, the filiform scapes usually only 1-10 cm. high. Consequently, a botanist without uncanny intuition or without special forewarning would inevitably look for them all under the 1st main division of the genus in Schulz’s treatment. A. Caules floriferi aphylli, scapiformes. But, alas, not one of them, nor the species to which Schulz refers them, is treated by him in the scapiform group! On the contrary, all 1 This paper being originally published in parts, the plates may not occur in the installments where occasionally cited. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 243 four of the species to which these tiny scapose plants have been referred are found extensively treated under B. Caules floriferi + foliosi. This is the more disconcerting since the monographer correctly describes D. nivalis with “ Caules filiformes, . . . aphylli vel mono- phylli," D. rupestris with “ Caules tenuissimi, aphylli vel monophylli " and D. fladnizensis with * Caules . . . aphylli vel sub flore imo folio unico praediti" ; and in his fig. 28,J he shows the latter with 5 entirely naked scapes and 2 with a bract subtending the lower pedicel; while in his fig. 25,H he correctly illustrates D. lactea with absolutely leaf- less scapes. The only species of our area (in northern Labrador) admitted by Schulz to his “A. Caules floriferi aphylli, scapiformes " is D. alpina L. (PLATE 290); but its very remote segregation in the key from the others is not made clear by the essentially identical descriptive phrase, in the specific treatment, “ Caules . . . plerumque aphylli, rarius monophylli." The fundamental trouble, of course, is the altogether too common one of trying to build mutually exclusive keys upon a single inconstant character, without giving warning of exceptions, as a careful systematist would endeavor to do. This reliance upon single inconstant characters is found, also, in the keys to species within the artificially separated sections. One other illustration, this based on undoubted members of group “B,” is illuminating. One of the comparatively frequent species of easternmost Quebec, Newfoundland and Labrador is the biennial D. incana L. (PLATE 299), often with excessively leafy flowering stem, the crowded leaves up to 95 in number: “foliis numerosis (usque ad 90 vel etiam ad 95 . . . ) valde approximatis "—Schulz, |. c. 285. One would, therefore, promptly key it (Schulz, 1. c. 19) to I. Caules foliis multis densifolii . . . Sec. XII. Phyllodraba, a section in which Schulz places our D. aurea M. Vahl (PLATE 296), with "Caules . . . crebre (8-16-) foliati” (which is not a very large number) but, also, the Japanese D. Sakuraii Makino with "Caules . . .. 3-6-phylli,” the Colorado D. erassa Rydb. (D. chrysantha Wats., 1882, not C. Koch, 1847) with “Caules floriferi - . . paucifolii" (the specimens have 1-5 leaves), the Californian D. corrugata Wats., well illustrated by Schulz, his fig. 23, showing the few leaves of the primary axis (as in Watson's type) 0.5-1 em. or more apart (not well described by Schulz’s sectional “Caules foliis multis densifolii") and, finally, the New Mexican D. mogollonica 244 Rhodora [JULY Greene, with "Folia . . . caulina . . . pauca (1-3), re- mota"!! But, D. incana "foliis numerosis (usque ad 50 vel etiam ad 95 . . .) valde approximatis" is not placed by Schulz in $ Phyllo- draba. Instead, it is exhaustively treated and over-divided in $ XIV. Leucodraba, under the call II. Caules foliis paucis remotis paucifolii. The preceding instances illustrate the difficulty of interpreting correctly Schulz's sectional groupings of Draba, at least those rep- resented in North America. Similar difficulties, most unfortunately, are met in coordinating the specific diagnoses with the key-characters given by him. For example, in sect. Leucodraba the key to subsect. Holarges (pp. 204-206) is of vast importance to students of the boreal floras. The first division is a. Siliculae ellipsoideae, as opposed to b. Siliculae oblongae vel lineares. Nevertheless, species covered in the key only under “a. Siliculae ellipsoideae" (nec “oblongae vel lineares") are further defined as follows: D. hirta, “Siliculae ex ovato lanceolatae" (p. 204); D. sub- amplexicaulis, “Siliculae . . . . oblongae" (p. 273); D. daurica, *Siliculae . . . oblongae" (p. 274); D. arabisans, "Siliculae lineari-lanceolatae, semper acuminatae" (p. 275); D. Hen- neana, “Siliculae . . . oblongae vel ex ovato oblongae" (p. 276); D. mongolica, *Siliculae . . . ovoideae vel anguste lanceo- latae, acutae" (p. 278); D. sachalinensis, "Siliculae ovato-lanceo- latae, . . . ad apicem in stylum . . . attenuatae" (p. 281); D. incana, “Siliculae . . . lanceolatae vel oblongae" (p. 283): etc. The inclusion in the key of numerous species as having siliques ellipsoid, as opposed to oblong or linear, and then the further definitions of them as having the siliques oblong, ovoid, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate and acuminate or attenuate (surely not ellipsoid) is such evident contradiction and leads to such inevitable perplexity that one wonders if the many European admirers of Schulz's work have actually faced the problem of using his keys. Schulz’s descrip- tions of species and his bibliography are of remarkably high quality; it is, therefore, the more to be regretted that his keys are so misleading. To some of us, who have long worked in taxonomy, the test of mono- graphie work is the accurate construction of the keys; unless the keys unlock the doors it is impossible to enter. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 245 This extreme difficulty or impossibility of arriving surely at a correct identification by trying to follow the keys in Schulz's mono- graph is not the only reason for my boldness in attempting to work out some sort of recognizable classification of our Drabas. The group is a most interesting element in the more localized or isolated floras of northeastern America and its geographic as well as taxonomic relation- ships are important to understand. Furthermore, the full content of the Draba flora of the temperate latitides of eastern North America has been most inadequately appreciated. The greatest development of the genus in America is, of course, in the cordilleran region, with the Arctic next; but in the area covered by Gray’s Manual, thence east to Newfoundland and north across the Labrador Peninsula or south into Georgia, we now know at least 25 true species, and several more are doubtless present. The utter inadequacy of treatments of Draba for the area just defined becomes emphasized when it is noted that in Schulz’s mono- graph ONLY 135 sPECIMENS in the entire genus are cited from the area above defined, and those are largely of the well known annual and biennial species of the South (D. caroliniana Walt., D. cuneifolia Nutt., D. brachycarpa Nutt., etc.). However, in the Gray Herbarium alone (to say nothing of the Canadian National Herbarium, the herbarium of the University of Montreal, the United States National Herbarium, and numerous other large herbaria in the Eastern States, which would more than double the number) the single species, D. arabisans Michx., is represented by 154 sheets; while D. glabella Pursh (D. hirta of most eastern American authors, including D. Henneana of Schulz’s treatment and D. daurica of Mrs. Ekman’s) has 137 sheets. For all of North America (excluding Greenland) Schulz cites only a single atypical (and apparently not conspecific) number (PLATE 303, FIG. 1) from the Gaspé Peninsula to represent D. norvegica Gunner (PLATE 301); yet the Gray Herbarium alone exhibits 87 sheets or numbers of D. norvegica from Newfoundland and Quebec Labrador! Again, D. rupestris R. Br. (PLATE 293) is recognized by Schulz only from Scotland and the Faeröes. Nevertheless, had he done what a monographer of a world-wide genus should be expected to do, namely, visited the larger American herbaria before writing with quasi au- thority on American plants, the author would have found at the east- ernmost of the great herbaria (the Gray Herbarium) plants from New- foundland (PLATE 293, rrc. 2) and Labrador (FIG. 3) which seem quite 246 Rhodora [JULY inseparable from authentic specimens (FIG. 1) from the type-locality of D. rupestris, Ben Lawers in Scotland, except that they are sturdier. Unfortunately, one can hardly feel that the treatment of Draba in Das Pflanzenreich shows any more understanding of American plants than has been indicated for other groups by writers of certain treatments in some other volumes in the series. The prevalent European assumption that American plants can be adequately known and understood without visiting and studying the large American herbaria, where the bulk of American specimens are, naturally, pre- served and where European visitors would be most cordially wel- comed, is one of the greatest fallicies of much Old World taxonomic publication, ostensibly of world-wide scope. It is, I realize, a thank- less and unappreciated, if not quite useless task for a mere American to point out weaknesses in the work of some European taxonomists (and other botanists); but, surely, the publications in Europe on American groups would be less open to just criticism if their sponsors would see to it that only the most scholarly work, based upon a truly adequate understanding of the plants and upon ability clearly to present the results, were published. It requires a degree of assur- ance, which most of us lack, and an opportunity to study extensively in the greater herbaria all over the world, an opportunity which comes to few, properly to prepare the specialist for a monograph of world- wide scope. Such a fortuitous combination of requirements is not common and, perhaps, has never been achieved, but it is certainly not too much to expect that those who undertake cosmopolitan monographs should make some effort to meet these elementary requirements. Some years prior to the World War, the author of one of the vo- luminous German monographs (of a genus with 400-500 species in North America) wished, what was obviously out of the question (as wholly crippling work at the lending institution), to borrow many thousands of irreplaceable sheets (including all types) of his assigned group from the Gray Herbarium. Being then a bachelor, with a 1 The late Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S., F.L.S., one of the most prolific writers on the Cyperaceae, once wrote: ‘‘ All papers, at least of a systematic kind, prepared in Asia, Africa, or America, must be, as literary work [he omitted to say ‘‘as systematic work''], very poor performances in the eyes of botanists in the herbaria of London, Paris, and Geneva [for some reason omitting Berlin]."—4C. B. Clarke, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxi. 2 (1884). To one who has some familiarity with Carex in North America it is appalling to see how thoroughly the more technical groups of American Carex (like the Ovales) were misidentifled and with what notes of assurance they were mislabelled by Clarke in the herbarium at Kew. .1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 247 larger proctorial suite of rooms than I needed, I invited my German colleague to spend two or three months in Cambridge as my personal guest. His reply intimated a reason which, unfortunately, limits the possibilities of broad outlook everywhere: “Mit besten Dank bescheinige ich Ihren den Empfang Ihres Briefes. . . . Lebhaft bedauere ich vorerst nich persónlich Ihre Bekanntschaft in Cambridge machen zu koennen, wir haben in Deutschland Geld für alles, nur nicht für die Wissenschaft." Even the best of European taxonomic work on groups largely American, conscientiously done by a master of the group, loses much of its implied completeness and authority when, owing to neglect of all except a few continental herbaria, its author fails to study many thousands of American specimens which would clarify his under- standing and make his work more truly cosmopolitan. Thus, in Niedenzu's potentially great monograph of the largely American family (seven-eighths American) Malpighiaceae there is, as Gleason has already clearly pointed out, "extraordinary and astounding neglect of American material.” As Gleason, further, quite justly says, "a visit to America is certainly not too much to expect of the author of a volume for such a dignified and ostensibly authoritative work as the Pflanzenreich. . . . . Finally, it seems that the present author would be informed and all future authors in the Pflanzenreich warned that there are two large herbaria in London and several large herbaria in the Americas, all of which contain much material of importance in the monographing of any group of plants.’”! Dozens (on the average) of American taxonomists annually visit the larger herbaria of Europe for study of types and authentic material. The European taxonomist, one would suppose, would find it abso- lutely essential to visit the greater American herbaria, if he expects adequately to understand American plants or if he hopes to have his outputtings on American groups respected by American botanists 1 Gleason, Review of Niedenzu's Malpighiaceae, Torreya, xxx. 101—103 (1930). The very natural and human but unfortunate tendency to attempt world-mono- graphs from a wholly provincial viewpoint is not new, The pantropical genus Smilax has great development in southeastern Asia (including French Indo-China) and in eastern America. In view of the amazingly important and voluminous collections from these areas accumulated at the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris (and elsewhere), the following passage, written in Geneva in 1878, by Alphonse and Casimir DeCandolle is significant: ‘‘Les Smilacées ont étó l'object de deux trés-bons travaux, . Kunth, dans le cinqui&me volume de son Enumeratio, publié en 1850, a décrit trés-soigneusement les espèces, du moins celles qu'il voyait dans son herbier, dans celui de Luca ou dans l'herbier royal de Berlin, car il ne mentionne aucune des autres grandes collections, pas méme celles de Paris ot il a résidé si longtemps."—A. & C. DC., Mon. Phan, i. 2 (1878). 248 Rhodora [JuLy as satisfactory world-treatments. By crossing the Atlantic and making use! of our important herbaria he would, also, give us an opportunity to reciprocate the many courtesies and attentions we so regularly receive when we visit the Old World botanical centers. Greater intercourse between the taxonomists of the Old World and the New would do much further to remove or to modify the once disdainful attitude toward American herbaria and botanical publica- tion and the once frequent assumption of finality of botanical knowl- edge and of its monoply in limited areas, above referred to. With a less restricted conception of the physiographic, consequently bo- tanical, diversity of regions outside Eurasia the following incident of a not very distant past would hardly recur. A sumptuous Old World monograph of a large boreal genus recognizes but 2 species in New- foundland, each represented by a single specimen seen. We now know 9 species in that country, represented by nearly 100 numbers in the Gray Herbarium alone. Twenty years after the publication of the monograph I wrote its author, offering to send material of additional species. The reply was: “Ich fürchte dass ich nicht 6-8 Arten aus Newfoundland werde anerkennen kénnen. Ich habe bis heute, obwohl ich viel neues Material in der Hand hatte, keinen Grund gefunden, von dem in meiner Monographie angenommenen Artenumfang abzugehen." If the perfectly frank author here quoted had seen the larger American herbaria, his outlook would have been quite different; at least, he would have had the opportunity for new light. After openly regretting the weaknesses in the work on American species of the most prolific writer on the Cruciferae, it is perhaps un- seemly to venture a paper on so difficult a group as Draba. It is, however, with full realization of the difficulties but with the hope of at least somewhat clarifying our understanding of our own plants that the present synopsis is presented; only by painstakingly working out the species in natural areas can we attain the proper bases for world-monographs. The lines drawn between species, for instance between D. rupestris (PLATE 293) and D. norvegica (PLATES 301, 302), when fuller experience justifies, may have to be modified or abolished. In a group where morphological characters of flower and seed are almost wanting and where habit and character of pubescence are more than usually depended upon that is inevitable. 1 I do not mean to imply that the bulk of specimens in American herbaria can be divided and shared, as one European visitor has repeatedly requested. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 249 The names, likewise, may eventually need some alteration. With- out the most intensive understanding of the plants and the most intelligent comparison of adequate series of specimens with the type- specimens, when they can be located, there is constant danger of going astray. In many cases I have been forced, at least for the present, to accept the verdicts of others, especially Mrs. Ekman, Pohle and Schulz, regarding such identities. As pointed out, however, in the discussion of D. glabella (PLATES 307-312) Mrs. Ekman re- cently (1917) asserted with some confidence that the boreal plant which has oftenest (but erroneously) passed as D. hirta L. is not that Linnean species, but is a series of boreal subspecies and varieties of the Patagonian D. magellanica Lam.; the plants with pubescent siliques being D. magellanica, subsp. cinerea (Adams) Elis. Ekm. with its var. dovrensis (Fries) Elis. Ekm.; those with glabrous siliques D. magellanica, subsp. borea Elis. Ekm. Very soon, however, she with- drew two of the boreal plants from the Patagonian, her D. magellanica, subsp. cinera again (and rightly, it seems to me) becoming (1929) D. cinera Adams (1817) and her D. magellanica, subsp. borea identified (1930), correctly, with D. daurica DC. (1821); but D. magellanica, var. dovrensis was left unchanged, except that Mrs. Ekman finally considered it a hybrid of D. daurica and D. cinerea, an origin hardly probable for the true Patagonian D. magellanica. Through the generosity of my former student. Mr. J. Francis Macbride, I have a photograph and detailed account of the type of D. daurica DC. (1821), PLATE 308, FIG. 3. Through the great kindness of Prof. J. Milbraed, Curator of the Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem, the actual type (PLATE 308, FIG. 2) of D. Henneana Schlechtendal (1836) is before me. Through Mrs. Ekman and Dr. Porsild I have many sheets identified by Mrs. Ekman as D. daurica (1821) and as D. magellanica, var. borea (1917). So far as I can make out they are conspecific; but a still earlier name has been overlooked. D. glabella Pursh (1814), with an unfortunately misleading name for a plant with stellate pubescence on rosette-leaves, stem, cauline-leaves and sometimes the siliques!, was based on a specimen in the Banks Herbarium, from Hudson Bay. The excellent photograph (PLATE 308, Fic. 1) of it kindly supplied by Mr. Ramsbottom, Keeper of Botany in the British Museum, with detailed notes on all technical characters by his associate, Mr. Exell, leaves no question that D. glabella (1814) is conspecific with the others and antedates them all, except D. magel- lanica Lam. (1786), with which I am not convinced that the boreal plants are conspecific. 250 Rhodora: [JULY I have, unhappily, been obliged to point out the inadequacy of certain European work upon the American species of Draba and some other groups. Another disconcerting tendency, especially of some Swedish students, is to see hybrids in every plant they do not promptly understand. Floderus, following this wholly hypothetical and very dubious course, has treated nearly all Greenland Salices as hybrids. Few representatives of species are found, according to him, in Green- land. It is, consequently, astounding that so many of the Greenland specimens of Salix should be inseparable from common plants of the coast of Labrador, northwestern Newfoundland and Gaspé, where at least one of the hypothetical parents assigned by Floderus for the Greenland plants does not occur. Along the same line, Mrs. Ekman has marked a large proportion of the specimens, which she did not understand, in the National Herbarium of Canada as hybrids or probable hybrids of far-distant parents. As an illustration of this easy but specious method of solving the identity of a plant I may cite no. 1920 of the Canadian National Herbarium, originally distributed as Draba aurea M. Vahl, from sand and gravel, Little Charlton Island, James Bay, July 14, 1887, J. M. Macoun. The three plants on the sheet at Ottawa are passing from flower to fruit, showing the short and thick, strictly terminal racemes, the long soft pilosity of the 20 + crowded cauline leaves and the stems, the characteristic retrorse villosity of the silique, the long style (1 mm. long) and the golden petals which at once characterize D. minganensis (Victorin) Fernald (PLATES 297, 298), a species with three areas of extreme localization: the Mingan Islands, north of Anticosti; cliffs of Bic, Rimouski Co., Quebec; and limestone islands of James Bay. Yet Mrs. Ekman, not knowing Canadian Drabas from field-experience, labels the Little Charlton Island plant “ Draba aurea M. Vahl, f., potius hybrida: D. aurea X daurica (an — D. arabisans Michx.)." The white-flowered Draba daurica (ie. D. glabella), with closely pannose-stellate pubescence on leaves and stems and with only 1-5 cauline leaves, and glabrous to sparsely stellate-hirtellous siliques with styles barely 0.5 mm. long (see PLATE 307), occurs in all the areas of D. minganensis but its relationship to that species is merely geo- graphic. JD. arabisans (PLATES 314, 315) is an endemic of eastern North America, with the pubescence of basal foliage and stem minutely stellate-pannose, the 3-12 cauline leaves scattered, the siliques glabrous and the petals white. It has no close relationship to D. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 251 minganensis nor has it ever been found either on the Mingan Islands or about James Bay, where it should be expected if it has there produced stable and fully fertile offspring. As for D. aurea, that very characteristic species of the North (PLATE 296), is the only one of the three hypothetical parents of Mrs. Ekman's supposed hybrid which is related to D. minganensis. It is at once distinguished, however, by the slender and very elongate, leafy-bracted raceme. Furthermore, it is quite unknown about the Gulf of St. Lawrence and, consequently, can hardly have helped give rise to the Mingan and Bic colonies of the very characteristic D. minganensis. Just as this is going to press another of Mrs. Ekman's interpreta- tions of an endemic American species comes to hand. Lest to those who do not know the plants concerned or American geography or who do not check the statements of fact it may seem that I am over- stressing the absurdities which the hybridophile will fail to see, I am here quoting Mrs. Ekman's complete statement. Draba arabisans Michx. In the year 1911, on my first visit to the Copenhagen Herbarium, the late Professor OSTENFELD had the kindness to show me a specimen of D. arabisans Michx. which had been obtained from MicHAUx' countryman, DESFONTAINES, and might possibly be regarded as a second-type. It was not until 1927 that I had an opportunity to see and examine MICHAUX’ type in the Musée du Jardin des Plantes in Paris. I then found, that the type-specimen in every respect agreed with DEsroNTAINES's plant and that the two plants probably had once belonged to the same tuft. The stalks of MicHAUX' own type were perhaps a little taller, at least one of them, which was somewhat branched at the top. When examining the specimens of D. aurea in the Copenhagen Herb., in 1931, I was struck by the correspondence which I found to exist between certain of the aforesaid hybridous forms of D. aurea and the specimen of D. arabisans Michx. donated by DEsroNTAINEs. Through a microscopical examination of the latter I have been convinced of the identity of this form with the hybrid of D. aurea x daurica. To the naked eye the fruits of D. arabisans looked glabrous, but under the microscope a few hairs were found in the margin of the valves of some of them. The cruciate hairs on the leaves of D. arabisans are shorter and more branched than those of D. aurea. The style is shorter than that of D. aurea but longer than that of D. daurica, the pedicels longer and more spreading than in the latter species and the raceme consequently broader; the pods are slightly twisted. The cauline leaves are of an intermediate number, viz. 6-7 on each stalk, and the stalks are bare between the upper cauline leaf and the lowest pedicel. . . . . MicHAUX' diagnosis is very incomplete, but one characteristic deserves to be remembered, viz. the pointed styles. This may mean that the pods are pointed at the apex; a characteristic which agrees with the pods of both D. arabisans and D. aurea. D. arabisans was collected by MICHAUX 252 Rhodora [Jun in the Hudson Bay area (“Hudson Strait") and there both D. aurea and D. daurica are to be found. It is a pity that no distinct proof can be given of the hybridogenity of D. arabisans. One has only to study all intermediate forms between D. aurea and D. daurica, and among them there will probably be found some that agree with the type of D. arabisans. Some forms, labelled D. arabisams by American botanists, resemble closely D. daurica, and are possibly derived from a second crossing, viz. between D. arabisans and D. daurica. In the specimens found by Messrs A. E. & R. T. Ponsirp in 1928 at the Great Bear Lake, the characteristics from D. aurea were, however, present, though latent and not obvious. And finally I only wish to propound: E. GnEENE described D. praealta with white flowers in Pittonia III (1898), p. 306. In the Manual of Botany of Centr. Rocky Mountains by J. M. COULTER and Aven NErsow (1909), p. 222 D. lapilutea (which according to RYDBERG and Scnurz is the same plant) is deseribed with yellow flowers. Is this plant possibly also a form of the hybrid of D. aurea X daurica, of which D. arabisans seems to be one? D. praealta has been regarded as an annual or biennial plant, but some specimens in the herbaria, for instance no. 22875 in the National Her- barium of Ottawa, which was collected by J. W. BELL in 1900, are ob- viously perennials.! It is most distasteful to be unable always to agree with others; it is most unfortunate that some whom we should like to accept as authoritative students fail to check their own statements and so easily reach important decisions with inadequate understanding of the plants they discuss. Michaux’s complete discussion of Draba arabisans was as follows: ARABISANS. D. caule folioso, simplici vel rarius ramoso: foliis radicalibus cuneato-lanceolatis; caulinis lanceolatis; omnibus acutis: siliculis stylo acuminatis. Obs. Affinis D. incanae; minus ramosa; racemo fructifero minus elongato: siliculis longioribus: foliis caulinis dissitis. Hab. in rupibus ripariis ad lacum Champlain et in Nova Anglia. Nevertheless, in a paper on GREENLAND Drabas, Mrs. Ekman states, without a word of qualification, that “D. arabisans was collected by Michaux in the Hudson Bay area (‘Hudson Strait’).”’ A glance at Michaux's own statement is sufficient to show the com- plete inaccuracy of this assertion. Lake Champlain, about 125 miles (200 km.) long, separates the states of Vermont and New York, extending slightly into southernmost Quebec. It has an altitude of 96 feet (29.4 m.) and a flora of Alleghenian type, slightly verging on warm-Canadian. Its northernmost shore is MORE THAN 1100 MILES (1770 KM.) SOUTH OF THE NEAREST POINT OF HUDSON STRAIT. Mi- chaux's routes are perfectly well known;? the nearest he ever got to 1 Elis. Ekman, Contribution to the Draba Flora of Greenland, VII: Draba arabisans Michx., Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxviii. 79—81 (1934). ? See Journal of André Michaux. 1787-1796, with an Introduction and Notes by Charles Sprague Sargent. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxvi. no. 129 (1889). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 253 Hudson Strait (except possibly in crossing the ocean) was the northern bend of Rupert River, 700 miles (1125 km.) to the south. Mrs. Ekman's misstatement of the source of the type of Draba arabisans and her mistranslation of the very simple diagnostic phrase, “siliculis stylo acuminatis" as “the pointed styles" (“MicHaux’ diagnosis is very complete, but one characteristic deserves to be remembered, viz. the pointed styles”) seriously shake a faith which, I had hoped, could be placed in her precision; and her confidence, from study of a single fragmentary specimen, that D. arabisans is a hybrid of D. aurea and D. glabella (D. daurica) as seriously disturbs my high estimate of her scientific judgment. Briefly summarized, the chief diagnostic characters and the geo- graphic ranges of the three plants under discussion are as follows: D. aurea: Short-lived perennial (sometimes biennial?), with few basal rosettes; stems simple or rarely forking, very leafy, densely stellate- pubescent and pilose; rosette-leaves canescent-pilose; cauline leaves 7-25, oblong- or ovate-lanceolate, with broad sessile bases, pilose; racemes mostly 10-60-flowered, with the lower 4-12 flowers leafy-bracted, in maturity elongating to 14-4 the total height of the plant; sepals pilose; petals golden-yellow; siliques 0.7-2 em. long, densely pilose, with style 0.5-1.8 mm. long; seeds 30-50, about 1 mm. long. Greenland; northern Labrador; southwestern Ungava (no specimens seen from Hudson Strait); Black Hills and Rocky Mts. See PLATE 296 and map 8. D. GLABELLA, var. TYPICA (D. DAURICA): Suffruticose long-lived peren- nial, forming extensive mats of rosettes; stems simple or sparsely branched, remotely leafy, minutely stellate-pannose; rosette-leaves minutely stellate-pannose; cauline leaves 0-5, mostly rounded at base, stellate- pilose or glabrate; racemes strictly terminal, long-peduncled, mostly 5-15-flowered and rarely, if ever, elongating to 1/2 the height of the plant; sepals pilose to glabrous; petals white; siliques glabrous or hirtel- lous, conspicuously veiny or rugose, 6-13 mm. long, with thick style obsolete or up to 0.5 mm. long; seeds 18-36, 0.7-1 mm. long. Arctic and subarctic regions, south to Newfoundland, Quebec, Lake Champlain (a single known station), New York, and shores of Hudson Bay. See PLATES 307 and 308, and Map 17. D. ARABISANS. Suffruticose long-lived perennial, forming extensive mats of rosettes; stems mostly branching, remotely few-leaved, glabrous or sparingly stellate-pannose; rosette-leaves minutely stellate-pannose or glabrate; cauline leaves 3-12, cuneate or but slightly rounded at base, glabrous or stellate-pannose; racemes strictly terminal, long-peduncled, the primary ones 7-25-flowered, in fruit 14-14 the height of the plant; sepals glabrous or sparsely hirtellous; petals white; siliques glabrous, lustrous and scarcely veiny, 5-15 mm. long, with slender style 0.5-1 mm. long; seeds 12-36, 1.1-1.7 mm. long. St. Lawrence basin and adjacent northern New England, Newfoundland to the Great Lakes. See PLATES 314 and 315 and map 21. Draba arabisans, familiar to every botanist who knows its type- region, ledges about Lake Champlain, and the dry slates, schists and 254 Rhodora [Junv limestones of most of the St. Lawrence basin, has so few traits of the arctic and subarctic D. aurea that it is almost unbelievable that any one should have imagined that it has any relationship to that short- lived golden-flowered plant, with leafy-bracted, very elongate ra- cemes, numerous pilose leaves, pilose, mostly simple stems and pilose many-seeded siliques. Is it not apparent, if D. aurea ever were, by the most improbable long-distance transfer of pollen, a parent of D. arabisans, that something of the habit, pubescence, leafiness and color of flower ought to crop out in the "hybrid"? If such a far- fetched explanation were defensible, should not D. arabisans show something of the broad-based cauline leaves of D. aurea and of D. glabella; should it not occasionally have more ovules and seeds (the maximum number in D. arabisans and in D. glabella or D. daurica being near the minimum in D. aurea), and if D. aurea, with seeds 1 mm. long, should fortuitously cross with D. glabella with even smaller seeds (0.7-1 mm. long), why should their *hybrid" have the seeds consistently larger than in either (1.1-1.7 mm. long)? Further- more, how was the hypothetical cross accomplished? "The northern- most station of D. arabisans in the East (there, in the neighborhood of D. glabella) is 425 miles (684 km.) from the nearest colony of D. aurea; its northwesternmost station even more remote (450 miles or 772 km.) from the nearest D. aurea and quite as far from the nearest D. glabella. It would have required a relay of more than 400 un- swerving and consecrated bees to transfer the requisite single pollen grain; bees are often cited as models for humans, but they have not this degree of altruism! As to Mrs. Ekman's second proposition, that the Rocky Mountain Draba praealta Greene is another hybrid of D. aurea and D. glabella (D. daurica), little need be said. D. pracalta is a winter-annual or very short-lived perennial of the group with D. nemorosa. Its north- ernmost area is more than 1000 miles (1600 km.) from the nearest D. glabella and in no character (except in being a Draba) does it suggest either D. aurea or D. glabella. It would be quite as sensible to argue that D. nemorosa is a hybrid of D. aurea and D. verna. No one who did so would be taken seriously. The above cases in Draba and Salix are very typical of much of the space-filling guess-work which is too often passing as science, vagaries which suggest that when the hybridophile becomes too obsessed he is in danger of becoming the victim of hybridomania. Of such assumptions in case of Rubus, Professor L. H. Bailey thus speaks: 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 255 We do not elucidate the blackberry problem by the assumption of miscellaneous hybridity as if the species themselves were known and all the puzzles were mixed progeny: our work takes a new direction the mo- ment we cease to invoke crossing as a way of escape from difficulties. The fact that certain forms are puzzling and of doubtful specific validity does not make them hybrids. Hybrids there may be, but the first effort is to determine the species which are supposed to spawn into mongrels. Hybridity is to be accepted only on evidence; it can not be determined by the examination of usual herbarium specimens. If sexual mixtures in blackberries are as common and widespread as has been imagined, then the systematology of the group is hopeless, as if hybridity were the order of nature and species were minor phenomena. From his wide experience with Rubus under field conditions, Fernald long ago (Rhodora xxii, 185) exposed the danger of easily assuming hybridity. The determination of hybridism in Rubus is not so simple and easy as one might suppose: consult, for example, the posthumous resumé of the work of Bengt Lidforss in Zeitschrift für Induktive Ab- stammungs und Vererbungslehre, vol. 12, 1-13, Berlin 1914. Note, also, the studies of Crane and Darlington in Genetica, ix, 1927. It is important that the systematie treatment of Rubus in North America be kept simple enough so that others than batologists (black- berry particularists, and they usually do not agree among themselves) may be able to use the information; other ways should be found to record the minor variations and to satisfy the insistent urge to nominalize; otherwise, nomenclature loses its utility. Perhaps Rubus is one of those genera, as Bacigalupi has recently said of Cuphea (Gray Herb. Contr. xev.) “whose many technicalities render it particularly fitting that it be left in the hands of a specialist." ” Along a similar line of reasoning, Professor Einar Du Rietz, dis- cussing the attitude of “the Swedish school of salicologists," says: if I have not misunderstood FrLopERUS' recent papers, many of his species never form pure populations of any extension, those species thus being known only as single individuals or very small populations accident- ally found here and there in the highly polymorphic syngameons classed by FLopERUS as hybrids. In those cases it may well be asked whether we are not on a dangerous road that may easily lead to complete dissolution of any practically applicable species-concept in those populations. This method of treatment, of course, involves the theory that the species distinguished are the primary units and the main population classed as hybrids is younger than those. This, however, is not proved. It appears quite possible that the smaller and more uniform populations classed as species are secondary units differentiated from the highly polymorphie syngameon classed as a complex of hybrids, or even only extreme forms accidentally appearing, disappearing and reappearing within this syngameon. In such a highly polymorphic syngameon any form of sufficient vitality may simulate a primary species if isolated, and to some extent even if not isolated.? 1 Bailey, Gentes Herb. ii. 272, 273 (1932). ? Du Rietz, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. xxiv. 381, 382 (1930). 256 Rhodora [Junv In our Draba population of northeastern America hybridization doubtless sometimes occurs, but, just as in most of our groups of vascular plants, the hybrids are quite obvious to those who are familiar with the true species. They do not make up a significant element in the flora, and, being chiefly sterile, they are taxonomically insignificant. The constant and freely fertile plants of definite and highly characteristic ranges surely are not demonstrated hybrids of taxonomically unrelated and geographically remote parents. In groups like Draba, mostly dependent on insect-pollination, * absent- treatment" hybrids must be demonstrated before they can be ac- cepted. In getting at types, some of which have not been discussed by others, I have met with universal kindness and courtesy. The most generous sending by Prof. Milbraed from Berlin of the actual type of Draba Henneana Schlechtendal has been noted. Similarly, with his well known liberality Sir William Wright Smith, Director and Regius Professor, has sent me from the Royal Botanic Garden at Edin- burgh the type of D. crassifolia Graham. Mr. Ramsbottom and Mr. Exell, as noted, have supplied a photograph of and very detailed notes on the type of D. glabella Pursh preserved at the British Museum. Dr. Becherer and Mr. Macbride have sent as a gift photographs of and critical notes on four types of species described in DeCandolle's Systema. To all these gentlemen I here express my keen appreciation of their courtesies and aid. In the present study, in which the problems have chiefly concerned plants of eastern Canada, Newfoundland and Labrador, I have been able to supplement the 892 sheets from this area in the Gray Her- barium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club with the remarkable collection in the National Herbarium of Canada, a collection made doubly valuable on account of the beautiful material from the shores of Hudson Straits and Hudson Bay secured by the late Dr. Malte and put at my disposal by Dr. R. M. Anderson. I have, furthermore, had the great advantage of receiving as a loan through Brother Marie-Victorin the invaluable collections of speci- mens of the Province of Quebec belonging to himself and to the University of Montreal. I have also, through the kindness of Drs. Merrill and Gleason, been able to study the material of the New York Botanical Garden and to borrow for closer examination many critical specimens. To all the gentlemen who have thus put irreplaceable collections at my disposal I extend my sincere thanks. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 257 In view of the difficulty of the group and the admittedly tentative classification of it, at certain points, it has seemed important to illustrate very fully the more technical species, especially those which have been misinterpreted. Much obscurity and misunder- standing would have been avoided in the past if proper illustrations had accompanied the original descriptions of all species of the genus. The photographs have been most carefully and generously made by my life-long friend and a co-editor of Ruopora, Professor J. FRANKLIN CoLuiNs, the expenses of the photography and the making of the blocks met in part through the Wyeth Fund of the Division of Biology of Harvard University, in part through the Milton Fund for Research of Harvard University. With his accustomed great gener- osity and encouragement of accurate illustration, another friend of many years, who has aided me in the collection of many of the cited specimens, Mr. Bayarp Lona, has assumed the entire cost of re- production of the half-tone blocks. Synopsis OF DRABA IN TEMPERATE EASTERN NORTH AMERICA (east of the Great Plains and Hudson Bay) a. Petals rounded or emarginate at summit: flowering stems with 1 or more leaves above the basal rosette, or, if scapose, with perennial bases, mostly branching caudices and mar- cescent remnants of old leaves along the caudices below the rosettes... .b. b. Flowering stem a slender scape (very exceptionally with a basal leaf or bract), including the mature raceme 0.1-1 (rarely -2) dm. high, rising from a basal rosette: rosettes solitary to numerous, at the summits of short crowns or of elongate branches or branchlets of the caudex; leaves of the rosette 0.3-2 cm. long, 1-5 mm. wide: siliques 2.7-9 (very rarely -10) mm. long. (Very exceptional speci- mens under the next “b” might be sought here)... .c. c. Leaves and scapes bearing simple or elongate and forking (as well as sometimes sessile and stellate) trichomes, or leaves merely ciliate or even glabrous... .d. d. Leaves conspicuously villous-ciliate: rachis and pedi- cels copiously villous-hirsute: sepals ovate to rounded-oblong, 1.5-3 mm. broad, villous-hirsute, rarely glabrous: petals yellow, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5- 4 mm. broad: anthers 0.5-0.7 mm. long: seeds 1.3- 1.5 mm. long.........:.. e 254552 2] 80] 1. D. alpina. d. Leaves stiffly short-ciliate or eciliate: rachis and pedi- cels glabrous, short-hirtellous or stellate-tomentu- lose: sepals oblong, 0.5-1.8 mm. broad, glabrous or sparsely short-pubescent: petals white or becoming white in age, 2-5 mm. long, 1-4.5 mm. broad: anthers 0.2-0.5 mm. long: seeds 0.7-1.5 mm. long m 1 e. Midribs of leaves becoming firm and prominent beneath, persisting as erowded subulate remains 258 Rhodora [JULY on the multicipital caudices: scapes and pedicels labrous or essentially so. xpanding leaves with more or less stellate or urcate pubescence on the surface near the tips: sepals broad-oblong, 1.2-1.8 mm. broad: petals 3.5-5 mm. long, 2-4.5 mm. broad: anthers 0.5 mm. long: siliques oblong to nar- rowly ovate, 5-10 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad; valves only obscurely or scarcely reticulate; septum without conspicuous median fold: seeds 16-20, often m 1-1.5 mm. long. D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha. Expanding leaves with Gates surfaces: sepals narrowly oblong, 0.5-1 mm. broad: petals 2-3 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad: anthers 0.2 mm. long: siliques oblong-lanceolate, 2.7-7 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad; valves reticulate-veiny; septum with broad median fold: seeds 10-16, rarely apiculate, 0.7-1.1 mm. long............ 3. D. Allenit. e. Midribs soft and evanescent: old leaves soon wilting, if persistent remaining as marcescent shreds, not as subulate remnants. Perennial with multicipital caudex and long- persistent shreds of old leaves: leaves hispid with simple and variously forking trichomes: scape, rachis and pedicels hirtellous with simple or forking trichomes................ Short-lived perennial (sometimes biennial or annual?), with simple or but slightly branch- ing caudex: leaves glabrous, rarely sparsely ciliate: scape, rachis and pedicels glabrous or scape sparsely hirtellous only at base...... 5. D. crassifolia. c. Leaves and scapes canescent-pannose with minute stellate trichomes, simple elongate trichomes wanting or very sparse. Leaves cuneate-obovate to broadly oblanceolate, obtuse: siliques glabrous: style 0.3-0.4 mm. long: seeds 14-28, 0.7-I mm. long.................... 6. D. nivalis. Leaves linear or linear-oblanceolate, acute: siliques stellate-hirtellous: style 0.8-1 mm. long: seeds 8-10, RI a Side Ss aE bine’ cs WEN RR 7. D. Peasei. b. Flowering stem with 1—-many leaves above the basal rosette, 1 em.-5 dm. high: basal leaves in the perennial species 0.5-9 em. long, 0.1-1.8 em. broad: siliques 0.25-2 cm. long. (Very exceptional specimens of nos. 1-7 might be sought here)... .f. f. Perennial, or nos. 8-10 biennial, with often branching caudex, the branches commonly terminating in rosettes of leaves: the biennial often simple-crowned nos. 8-10 very leafy (leaves 7-95) and with racemes often leafy-bracted at base... .g. g. Flowering stem simple or with erect or strongly ascend- ing branches: ves entire or toothed, rarely laciniate: style many times shorter than the silique. at most 1.8 mm. long: seeds 10-50, 0.7-1.4 (rarely 1.7) mm. long. ...h. h. Petals deep yellow (fading in drying): cauline leaves of principal flowering stem 7-25: ovaries and siliques densely pilose; siliques lanceolate to linear-oblong, 0.7-2 cm. long, usually twisted. » D. rupestris. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 259 Lower 4-12 flowers of the primary raceme com- monly subtended by leafy bracts: pedicels erect, the lowest 5-15 mm. long in fruit......... 8. D. aurea. Lower flowers bractless, the lowermost only rarely subtended: pedicels spreading to arched- ascending, the lowest only 2-4 mm. long in (ove ip CLE ELEME SAT ee 9. D. minganensis. h. Petals white: cauline leaves 1-95: ovaries and siliques glabrous or variously short-pubescent; siliques linear-laneeolate to ovate or short- oblong, 2.5-12 (rarely-15) mm. long, if strongly twisted and more than 12 mm. long, glabrous or minutely stellate-tomentulose. . . . i. i. Biennial (rarely slightly perennial by brief per- sistence of basal offshoots): lower leaves of the rosettes shriveling soon after anthesis, the rosette-leaves not strongly contrasting with the lower cauline: the subspherical rosette of the 1st year loosening and elongating to form the very leafy (up to 50, rarely to 95, leaves) flower- ing stem: axis of raceme and pedice's densely pilose-tomentulose to villous with simple or forking hairs or with both intermixed........ 10. D. incana. i. Perennial, with branches of the caudex usually invested below with fibrous shreds of old leaves: new basal rosettes usually well developed at flowering time; their leaves unlike the cauline foliage: axis of raceme and pedicels glabrous, sparsely hirtellous or stellate-pubescent. . . .7. j. Foliage with all or many of its trichomes simple or elongate and irregularly forking, with or without admixed sessile or subsessile regu- larly stellate hairs... . k. k. Leaves glabrous except for sparsely ciliate margins, membranaceous, becoming trans- lucent and conspicuously veiny (by trans- mitted light) in drying: plant otherwise glabrous except for hirtellous sepals: pedicels 4-10 mm. long, the lower nearly equaling the oblong-lanceolate siliques. oh OUP Rc 11. D. Sornborgeri. k. Leaves hirtellous to stellate-pubescent, firm, opaque: stems hirsute at least on the lower internodes: pedicels 0.5—7 (rarely-10) mm. long, mostly much shorter than the elliptic, oblong or lanceolate siliques. . . .l. l. Foliage with numerous simple or elongate and furcate trichomes: rosette-leaves linear-oblanceolate to narrowly spathu- late or narrowly obovate, 1-6 mm. broad: mature fruiting stems 0.1-2.5 dm. high, with 1 (rarely 0)-13 (average 6) leaves: sepals 0.4-1.5 mm. broad: petals 3-4.2 mm. long: primary fruiting racemes 1/3- d the full height of the plant: seeds 14— Cauline leaves ovate, 3-10 mm. broad: sepals 1.8-2.6 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad: petals 2-3 mm. broad: siliques oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 2-3.8 mm. Rhodora [JULY broad; the lowest on pedicels 1-5 mm. 2 RERBA. UNUS UR 12. D. norvegica. Cauline leaves linear-lanceolate to nar- rowly ovate, 1.5-6 mm. broad: sepals 1.6-2 mm. long, 0.4-0.9 mm. broad: petals 1-1.5 mm. broad: siliques linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-2.5 mm. broad; the lowest on pedicels 4-10 mm. long. D MIT e VIN DU TE 13. D. clivicola. n. Siliques glabrous or only sparsely hirtellous or scabrous, strongly flattened: racemes usually bractless. .. . 0. o. Cauline leaves mostly rounded at base, oblong, ovate or obovate: mature siliques usually definitely veiny, flat- tish, plane or only slightly twisted: style obsolete or thick and short (u to 0.5 mm. long): fruiting pedicels stoutish, short; the lowest 1—6 (rarely -8) mm. long. Stems hirsute, especially on lower internodes, with abundant simple divergent trichomes over-toppin the stellate hairs: cauline leaves (3 6-25 (average 10)...........14. D. laurentiana. Stems closely stellate-pannose, sparse- ly or not at all hirsute on lowest internodes: cauline leaves 1 (rarely 0)-8, rarely-14 (average 4)...... 16. D. glabella. o. Cauline leaves narrowed or only slightly rounded at base, oblanceolate, oblong or narrowly obovate: mature siliques scarcely or only obscurely veiny, often- 1934] Cottam,— Past Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity 261 est twisted, sometimes flat, very thin: style slender, 0.5-1 mm. long: fruiting pedicels slender; the lowest 3-15 mm. long: stems glabrous or minutely stellate-pubescent............... 17. D. arabisans. n. Siliques densely stellate-tomentulose, only slightly compressed, hardly flat: racemes usually leafy-bracted at base...... 18. D. lanceolata. g. Flowering stem with strongly divergent branches: leaves laciniate or subpectinate: style filiform, 1.5- 3 mm. long, 4-% as long as the spirally twisted stellate-pubescent silique: seeds 7-15, 1.2-1.8 mm. HOU cM a 19. D. ramosissima. f. Annuals, winter-annuals or biennials, with bractless racemes: flowering stems leafy or with at least 1 pair of leaves above the basal rosette... . p. p. Siliques 1.7-6 mm. long, 6-16-seeded: petals (when developed) 2-3 mm. long: stems simple, or branching nearly to summit, with the numerous small leaves strigose with variously forking trichomes. Stems with abbreviated corymbiform branches from the middle and upper axils: siliques linear- ellipsoid, 4-6 mm. long, minutely penai ouai lent: seeds 1-1.5 mm. long... 252 22 20. 20. D. aprica. Stems mostly with elongate or leafy branches (or simple): siliques oblong-ellipsoid, 1.7-5 mm. long, glabrous: seeds 0.5-0.8 mm. long.......... 21. D. brachycarpa. p. Siliques 5-18 mm. long, 15-80-seeded: petals (when well developed) 2-5 mm. long: stem simple or forking only below, hispid, at least below, like the leaves. Flowers uniform, with yellowish (finally whitish) narrowly cuneate petals about 2 mm. long: leaves scattered nearly to the slender and elongate ra- cemes: siliques 3-13 mm. long............... 22. D. nemorosa. Flowers heteromorphie, some with broad white petals 3.5-5 mm. long, others with reduced petals, others apetalous and cleistagomous: leaves mostly near the base: flowering stems and branches sub- scapiform: racemes comparatively short and thick: siliques 6-18 mm. long. Leaves obviously dentate, hispid with stipitate and sessile forking trichomes: fruiting raceme elongate, its rachis and pedicels pubescent.23. D. cuneifolia. Leaves entire or only obscurely dentate, hirsute- ciliate with simple trichomes, stellate-pubescent on the lower surface: fruiting raceme short and umbelliform, its rachis and pedicels glabrous. .24. D. reptans. a. Petals deeply cleft: annuals or winter-annuals: flowering stems naked scapes arising from basal rosettes.......... 25. D. verna. (To be continued) PAST PERIODS OF EELGRASS SCARCITY! CLARENCE CoTTAM FRAGMENTARY bits of evidence have been obtained which clearly indicate that there have been past periods of eelgrass (Zostera marina) 1 Published with aid to Ruopona from the National Academy of Sciences. 262 Rhodora [Jurnv scarcity, probably however not to be compared in intensity or com- pleteness with the present catastrophe. In the Shooting Journal of George Henry Mackay from 1865 to 1922,' page 351, he records under date of March 18, 1894, “ There is a great scarcity of shellfish food in this locality [Muskeget Island, Massachusetts] at present, and large quantities (acres) of the eelgrass on which the Brant feed have been killed during the past winter. Still there is a good deal left." So far as the writer has yet found, this is the only published record of an exact date when there was a scarcity of the plant; however, from many places along the coast, old time hunters or fishermen have been met who recall a time, “ years ago," or “about 40 years ago," or “nearly 50 years ago," or “about 25 years ago," etc., when the plant partially or largely died out in a given section. At Penobscot Bay, Maine, a fisherman told of a time “about 40 years ago" when practically all the “ grass” disappeared in the bay so that several years elapsed before it was again abundant. Forty years back would place the date in the winter of 1893-94. Further corroborative evidence that the eelgrass was greatly reduced along much of our Atlantic coast at about this same time is contained in a letter received from Mr. H. E. Perkins of Shelter Island, New York. Mr. Perkins reported that he has records (in- cluding those of his father and others) covering a period of 80 years. Under date of January 17, 1933, he wrote that in 1894 at Penobscot, Maine, on the northern branch of the Bagaduce River“ . . . the mud flats were smooth with no grass on them, but from then on the grass kept growing longer and thicker until it got so you could not row a boat through it." He further writes, “Last year [winter of 1931-32] here [New York coast] it died out as it did in most places along the Atlantic coast. As a boy I talked with the old residents about the eelgrass dying out and they told me that about 1854 (it) . . . died but grew again. According to my own observa- tion and that of others, the eelgrass in this particular part of Maine coast has died out three times in the last eighty years." Other evidence strongly suggests that the winter of 1893-94 was one in which the eelgrass was more or less diminished along much of the coast. A guide from the Honga River Gunning Club on the Chesapeake, Dorchester County, Maryland, remarked that the eel- grass died out almost completely in his section “about 40 years ago” (1893-94) and that it was “several years" in returning. A similar account was received from a gunner on Grassy Bay, New Jersey. Reports from different sections indicate that somewhere about 1908 there was also a subnormal growth of the plant at least over a considerable portion of the New England coast. State Warden Babson of Newburyport, Massachusetts, spoke of a serious diminu- tion of the plant at the mouth of the Merrimac River and a fish warden from Portland, Maine, mentioned a similar scarcity over much of that coast at about that same time (1908). 1 Edited and printed privately by Dr. John C, Phillips. The Cosmos Press, Inc., Cambridge, Mass. 1934] Cottam,—Past Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity 263 From a number of sources it seems evident that there have been local periods of scarcity at many places along the Atlantic seaboard. Many of these reports were indefinite as to date. Mr. William Harrison, a member of the Maryland Game Commission, informed me that in 1889 (at the time of the Johnstown flood) the eelgrass almost died out in the Chesapeake area and that it was upwards of 25 years before the maximum growth had returned. Two fishermen at Cape Cod, Massachusetts, stated that the eelgrass was noticeably scarce in Paponesset Bay 18 years ago (1915). Supt. Geo. Snook of the Haynes-Laster Game Preserve, Portsmouth Island, North Carolina, informed me that there was a noticeable reduction in the eelgrass crop in Pamlico Sound in 1917. A crop report from France indicates that 1913! was a year in which but little eelgrass was pro- duced, and that in consequence the price nearly doubled. A number of fishermen and coastal sportsmen reported that while there never before was a time of such widespread eelgrass scarcity as now, in one or more years the supply has been much below normal. Such reports of scarcity were heard along all sections of our coast. Many, and perhaps the majority of coastal sportsmen and fishermen, maintain that there has always been at least a fair supply of eelgrass. The above information, though fragmentary, seems to point to the fact that in the memory of man there has been no period of scarcity at all comparable with the present one. The fact, however, that there have been periods of marked reduction gives considerable encouragement to the hope that this period of serious diminution will gradually pass. The present eelgrass catastrophe abruptly became evident and widespread along most of the North American coast in 1931 and 1932, with some evidence of the trouble in a few restricted localities late in 1930. It seems that in midsummer of 1931, in most localities from North Carolina to New England, the leaves of the eelgrass became somewhat darkened, broke from their roots, and washed ashore in great windrows. Before that summer was over, less than one per- cent of a normal stand of the plant existed in most affected areas. The Canadian coast south of the Gulf of St. Lawrence was denuded by the fall of 1932 and when the ice cleared away in the spring of 1933 practically the entire area of the plant’s regular range in that region was 99 percent devastated. Most of the European coast from the Mediterranean to Sweden is known to be similarly affected. The disease appeared first along the French coast during the winter season of 1931-32 and rapidly spread from that point. Our Pacific coast appears to be unaffected. A recent survey of the Atlantic coast shows a most perplexing condition. Some areas have made a definite progressive improve- ment since the first onslaught of the disease; others have produced a new growth only to be laid waste a short time later, while still other 1 Daily Consular and Trade Reports, June 30, 1914, No. 152, pp. 1988—1990, Dept. of Commerce. 'The Seaweed Industry of France. 264 Rhodora [JULY sections have grown progressively worse until practically every plant has been destroyed. With a few exceptions, those areas with a re- duced salinity are making the best return, notable among these are portions of Chesapeake Bay, Maryland, Shinnecock Bay and Mecox Bay, Long Island, New York, and Swanquarter, North Carolina. Areas that show little or no improvement include Woods Hole, Massachusetts, South Oyster Bay, Long Island, New York., and portions of the more open and salty bays of New Jersey. Considering our entire (Atlantic U. S.) coast as a unit there appears to be some improvement although it is altogether too soon to predict what the future of the eelgrass will be.! SUMMARY 1. From available evidence the eelgrass largely disappeared over the major portion of our Atlantic coast in 1893 and 1894 and it required several years before it had come back to normal abundance. 2. At least in the New England section a subnormal crop seoms to have been produced in 1908. 3. Evidence clearly indicates that there have been a number of local periods of eelgrass scarcity along the American Atlantic and European coasts. 4. In most sections the present catastrophe became abruptly evident in 1931 and 1932 with some evidence late in 1930; on the Euro- pean coast, which is seriously affected, the malady was noticed first in France in the winter of 1931-32. 5. The eelgrass at present shows a perplexing condition; some areas show improvement while others do not. 6. It is much too soon to predict what the future of the eelgrass will be, although the fact that there were previous periods of scarcity or limited production of the plant, offers some encouragement to the hope that the malady will gradually pass. UNITED STATES BIOLOGICAL SURVEY, Washington, D. C. A NEW VARIETY OF GLYCERIA GRANDIS AND A KEY TO ITS ALLIED SPECIES? LEON KELSO WHILE studying the new form of Glyceria grandis here described the writer had occasion to note the distinguishing characters of the allied species in northwest America and all Asia. Since no key has hitherto ! A number of short papers have appeared dealing with the recent eelgrass scarcity. As examples see Taylor, W. R., Ruopora, Vol. 35, pp 152-154 and 186; also see Cottam, C. Plant Disease Reporter, Vol. 17, No. 6, pp 46—53. ? Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences, 1934] Kelso,—A New Variety of Glyceria 265 been published of all these together, and because of the difficulty of the group, the following is offered. a. Lemma distinctly 7-nerved.. . .b. b. Second glume more than 2.9 mm. long... .c. c. Second glume nearly equaling the lowest lemma ion it, but little longer than the first glume... .G. paludificans Komarov. c. Second glume not nearly equaling the lowest lemma above it, % or more longer than the first glume... .d. d. Panicle not drooping; all nerves of lemma except two outermost reaching to near apex; stems not decumbent at base....e. e. Branches of panicle not widely spreading, or, if widely spreading, the spikelets green and 7- or fewer- ered: SE f. Lemma firm, 3-4 mm. long, obtuse or truncate at apex; second glume moderately acutish; sheaths not numerously and conspicuously septate. G. maxima (Hartm.) Holmb. f. Lemma thin, 3.8-4.5 mm. long, acutish at apex; second glume strongly acutish; sheaths numer- ously and conspicuously septate....... G. leptolepis Ohwi. e. Branches of panicle at length widely spreading; spike- lets 7-10-flowered; lemma entirely purple. G. grandis var. Komarovit. d. Panicle drooping; only midnerve of lemma reaching to apex; stems decumbent at base...... G. alnasteretum Komarov. b. Second glume less than 2.9 mm. long... .g. g. Lemma less than 4.2 mm. long; sheaths not numerously and conspicuously septate and not closely clasping stem... .h. h. Lemma not both pale green and papillose-scabrous under a lens, and not dentate at apex; stems not decumbent at base, except in G. lithuanica and rarely in G. grandis. . . .?. i. Lemma not broadly scarious-margined. . . .j. j. Panicle, at least in upper half, drooping... . k. k. Lemma 3-4 mm. long, not concave at apex; second glume 1.5-2 mm. long; stems decumbent at base....l. l. Spikelets greenish........ G. lithuanica (Gorski) Lindman. l. Spikelets purplish....... G. lithuanica f. violacea Neumann. k. Lemmas 2.2 mm. long or less, concave at apex; second glume 1.5 mm. or less long; stems not decumbent at base. .G. striata var. eirca (Seribn.) Fernald. j. Panicle not drooping in upper half. . m. Panicle less than 15 cm. long; lemma ga 8 nerves excurrent at Apexi... 3.55... Tet G. natans Komarov. m. Panicle more than 15 em. long; nerves of lemma not excurrent at apex.... n. Spikelets 5-7 mm. long, bd . G. grandis S. Wats. n. Spikelets 7-10 mm. long, 7-10-flowered. G. grandis var. Komarovii (intermediate forms). i. Lemma broadly scarious-margined. . . .o. o. Panicle more than 18 cm. long; branches not nod- ding; stem stout and rigid... .G. arundinacea (Bieb.) Kunth. o. Panicle less than p cm. long; its branches nodding; stem slender... . p. Panicle not decidedly nodding; glumes obovate, finely erose; stem erect. "G pulchella (Nash) K. Schum. p. Panicle decidedly nodding; glumes ovate, entire; stem deeumbent......... G. lithuanica (Gorski) Lindman. 206 Rhodora [JULY h. Lemma pale green, shiny, papillose-scabrous under a lens and dentate at apex; stems decumbent or creeping at base... .q. q. Stems with branches at lower nodes; lemma 3-4 mm. a. DM p MEME C G. viridis Honda. q. Stems not branched at lower nodes; lemma 2-3 mm. DURS RAS MIR S G. pallida (Torr.) Trin. g. Lemma 3.8-4.5 mm. long; sheaths numerously and conspic- uously septate and closely clasping stem....... G. leptolepis Ohwi. a. Lemma Sune KREIS boo Oe G. pauciflora Presl. GLYCERIA GRANDIS var. Komarovii, var. nov., spiculis 7-10 mm. longis, 8-10-floris; lemmatibus 2.8-3.5 mm. longis.—Spikelets and lemmas larger, deep rich purple; sheaths strongly purple-tinged, otherwise similar to the species, into which it intergrades. YUKON TeRriToRY: Dawson, July 17-19, 1909, A. S. Hitchcock no. 4362 (TYPE in U. S. Nat. Herb.); White Horse, July 14, 1909, A. S. Hitch- cock no. 436114. ArasKaA: Fairbanks, open swamp along road, Aug. 2-10, 1909, A. S. Hitchcock no. 4596; Salcha Slough, June 24, 1922, 0. J. Murie no. 309. I take pleasure in naming this plant after Dr. V. L. Komarov, who has done more than any other to clear up the taxonomy of the Asiatic members of the genus Glyceria. WasniNGTON, D. C. THREE INTERESTING NEW PLANTS FROM WALLOWA COUNTY, OREGON! M. E. Pecx THE northeast corner of Oregon, which includes the Wallowa Mts. and the western wall of the Snake River Canyon, has yielded a large number of interesting endemic species, and its resources in this particular are apparently not yet exhausted. During the past season (1933) the writer spent a month collecting in this section of Oregon, which is no less remarkable for the richness of its flora than for the magnificence of its scenery. The three following species were among the botanical rarities secured. BoraNpRA imnahaansis, sp. nov., caule e rhizomate parvo bulb- ulis cireumdato, gracile infermo erecto vel languescente 2.5-5 dm. alto glanduloso-puberulo; foliis reniformibus tenuibus fere glabris, infimis 3-7 cm. latis in petiolis 2-2.5 em. longis 5—7-sectis, lobis pauci- dentatis dentibus rotundis vel acutis, foliis caulinis inferioribus brevi- petiolatis stipulis magnis foliosis, superioribus sessilibus amplectenti- bus profunde dentatis; floribus multis laxe paniculatis in pedicellis ! Published with aid to Ruopona from the National Academy of Sciences. 1934] Peck,— Three New Plants from Wallowa Co., Ore. 267 longis filiformibus; calyce 10-14 mm. longo tubo brevi-cylindraceo in fructu haud urceolare breviore quam lobis longo-acuminatis; petalis longioribus quam lobis calycis acuminatis a basi valde nervosis ob- scure rubescentibus; filamentis circiter 3 mm. exsertis; stylis paullum filamenta excedentibus; carpellis maturis circiter 1 mm. conjunctis. Tyre Peck 17495, wet wall of a small canyon along the Imnaha River, 3 mi. above Imnaha, Wallowa Co., July 4, 1933. The genus Bolandra includes, in addition to the present, two rare local species of the western United States, B. californica Gray, of the Sierras and B. oregana Wats., of the Columbia Gorge and lower Willa- mette Valley. B.imnahaensis is more nearly related to the latter, from which it differs, among other characters, in the more numerous flowers, the narrower calyx-tube not becoming urceolate, and in the nearly separate carpels. SAXIFRAGA incompta, sp. nov., caulibus e stolonibus inconspicuis brevibusque foliis minutis spathulatis tectis, plerumque solitariis erectis simplicibus vel ramosis 3-7 cm. altis minute glanduloso- pubescentibus; foliis ad basin confertis, his spathulatis vel obovatis in petiolum incertum contractis 2-3-lobatis vel infimis integris, lobis ob- tusis vel rotundis, foliis caulinis paucis angustis omnibus glanduloso- puberulis et paullum ciliatis; floribus paucis laxe cymosis; tubo calycis campanulato vel fere hemispherico cum ovario ad summum coalescenti 2.5-3 mm. alto, lobis purpurascentibus erectis ovatis obtusis 1.5 mm. longis; petalis 3-3.5 mm. longis anguste obovatis vix ungulatis albis 3-nervatis; filamentis anguste subulatis paullum brevioribus lobis calycis; stylis brevissimis erectis in stigmata spathulata dilatatis; seminibus minimis numerosis.— TvPE Peck 18034, moist north slope of Peet's Point, Wallowa Co., July 29, 1933. A small inconspicuous species but of particular interest on account of its close relationship to S. Nuttallii Small (Cascadia Nuttallii Johnson), comprising the second known species of this section, or if we accept Johnson's segregation, of the genus Cascadia. Rvusvus Bartonianus sp. nov., frutex erectus ramosissimus cortice conciso, ramulis gracilibus badiis minute puberulis; foliis 3-5 cm. longis late ovatis vel orbiculatis plus minusve profunde cordatis 3—5- sectis, lobis acute incisis dentatis supra glabris subtus minute puberu- lis; floribus solitariis numerosis; lobis calycis 1-1.5 em. longis abrupte longo-acuminatis vel interdum foliaceis dentatisque; petalis late obo- vatis albis circiter 2 cm. longis; stylis dense pubescentibus; fructu nigro-rubescente vel purpurascente depresso-hemispherico 1 cm. lato. —TYyre Peck 17611, margin of Snake River Canyon, Wallowa Co., Ore., opposite Hell Canyon, Idaho, July 12, 1933. The writer first became acquainted with this extremely interesting shrub through fragments sent by Mrs. Ralph Barton, of Wallowa Co., 268 Rhodora [JULY about two years ago. It was then tentatively determined as R. deliciosus James, its nearest relative known to us, and apparently con- fined to Colorado. Specimens collected in July of the current year (1933) proved, on careful comparison with a series of specimens from the Rocky Mountain Herbarium, kindly loaned by Dr. Aven Nelson, to represent a clearly distinct species. R. Bartonianus differs from R. deliciosus in the erect habit, the more slender, much less pubescent twigs, the absence of distinct hairiness on twigs and leaves, and very conspicuously in the form of the leaves. These for the most part are broadly ovate instead of prevailingly orbicular-reniform, and sharply cleft and irregularly dentate in contrast to the broad shallow sinuses and broad rounded lobes with evenly serrate-dentate margins of the leaves of the Rocky Mountain plant. It is a pleasure to dedicate this fine species to its real discoverer. WILLAMETTE UNIVERSITY, Salem, Oregon THE SYNONYMY OF PHYLLANTHUS BRASILIENSIS.—Phyllanthus brasiliensis (Aubl.) Poir. is the correct author-citation for the well known fish-poison which has passed in literature and herbaria as P. Conami Sw., P. acuminatus Vahl, or P. brasiliensis Muell. Arg. Poiret, Swartz and Mueller Argoviensis based their names on Conami brasiliensis of Aublet, published in 1775, while Vahl’s name, though based on a different type, is generally admitted to be conspecific with the others. For some reason, probably the misidentification of specimens by Poiret, Mueller Argoviensis refused to recognize Poiret’s combination as valid, referred it to another species, and made the same combina- tion again on the same basis but in his own name. This action doubt- less is responsible for the neglect of Poiret’s name by later botanists. The essential literature is as follows: PHYLLANTHUS BRASILIENSIS (Aubl.) Poir. Encycl. v. 296 (1804). Conami brasiliensis Aubl. Guyan. ii. 926, iv. t. 354 (1775). Phyl- lanthus Conami Sw. Prodr. 28 (1788). P. acuminatus Vahl, Symb. Bot. ii. 95 (1791). P. brasiliensis Muell. Arg. in DC. Prod. xv. pt. 2, 383 (1866).—L. B. Smrt, Gray Herbarium. Volume 36, no. 426, including pages 197-240 and plates 286-289, was issued 1 June, 1934. ^ Uu ] 4 1934 Hodova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY > Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. August, 1934. No. 428. CONTENTS: Cornus Amomum and C. candidissima. H. W. Rickett........... 269 Plants collected in the southern Region of James Bay. David Potter 274 Draba in temperate Northeastern America (continued). s ae a s Bild, hae ree ee co RT CERT 285 Distribution Notes concerning certain Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana. Bassett Maguire........ eee 305 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, reiating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, vw Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. August, 1934. No. 428. CORNUS AMOMUM AND CORNUS CANDIDISSIMA! H. W. RICKETT THE name Cornus Amomum Miller is generally applied to a species of dogwood of the eastern United States, characterized by a rusty- brown silky pubescence of the leaves and twigs, and by blue fruits which contain compressed, longitudinally ridged stones. A closely related species or variety, common in the central states, differs in its somewhat narrower leaves, and in its pubescence, which is of a white or yellowish color; close examination discloses also that the lower surface of the leaves is covered with minute papillae. In listing the plants of Columbia, Missouri, I was undecided (Univ. Mo. Stud. 6:57. 1931) what name should be used for the latter form. This led to an examination of the nomenclatural history of C. Amo- mum, with results which may be of general interest. Miller, in describing C. Amomum (Gard. Dict. ed 8. 1768), gave as a synonym the species described by Plukenet (Phyt., tab. 169, fig. 3. 1691) as Cornus americana sylvestris, domesticae similis, bacca caerulei coloris elegantissima, Amomum Novae-Angliae quorundam. Later (Almag.: 120. 1696) Plukenet characterized the same species as Cornus foemina, laurifolia, fructu nigro caeruleo, ossiculo compresso, Virginiana. In the earlier editions of the Dictionary, Miller used the latter descrip- tion. In the seventh edition (1759) all the species were rearranged and redescribed; that in question became Cornus arborea foliis ovatis petiolatis, floribus corymbosis terminalibus. In the eighth edition the specific epithet (Amomum) was inserted. ! Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 270 Rhodora [AUGUST There is nothing in all this to indicate with certainty which of the blue-fruited species of Cornus was actually meant. The descriptions of species, however, are followed, in all editions of the Dictionary, by a general section which deals mainly with the propagation and uses of the dogwoods. In the eighth edition we read: “The shoots of the fifth sort 'C. Amomum) are of a beautiful red colour in winter; and in summer the leaves being large, of a whitish colour on their under side, and the bunches of white flowers growing at the extremity of every branch, renders this shrub valuable; and in autumn, when the large bunches of blue berries are ripe, they make a fine appearance." Of this Farwell (Rnopona 33:68. 1931) says “I was puzzled to under- stand how such a good description of Cornus stolonifera could apply to the current understanding of C. Amomum.” Although I cannot claim an acquaintance with Cornus comparable with that of this author, I was myself puzzled that a description involving blue fruits should be considered so readily applicable to C. stolonifera In fact, the above description seems to make matters worse in attempting to interpret C. Amomum. A study of the earlier editions of the Dictionary obviates the neces- sity for this confusion. The sentence quoted appears first in the sixth edition (1752), differing only in that it begins: “The shoots of the sixth sort are of a beautiful red colour " The species so numbered is not C. Amomum but Cornus foemina, candidissimis foliis, Americana (C. candidissima of ed. 8). In the seventh edition the species were renumbered, and the sentence in question was trans- ferred from one species to another (curiously enough, no change was necessary. in the wording of this particular observation, for the species to which it referred retained the same number). We may con- clude that the transfer was an accident, which might easily pass un- noticed in a work of the scope of the Dictionary. The eighth edition, as far as concerns Cornus, was a reprint of the seventh, with the in- sertion of specific epithets. It is possible, therefore, to disregard the offending sentence in interpreting C. Amomum. It is perhaps worthy of note that in the sixth abridged edition of the Dictionary (1771), the epithet Amomum was applied to C. alba L., the “wild Tartarian dog- wood," which goes to show that Miller was not incapable of such slips in compiling the successive editions of his great work. As Farwell says, specimens which would authenticate the older ! I am indebted to Dr. Fernald for confirming my supposition that the fruits of C. stolonifera are regularly white; with at most a slight tinge of violet around the base. 1934] Rickett,—Cornus Amomum and C. candidissima 271 descriptions of C. Amomum are unfortunately not to be found. Since the descriptions themselves are inadequate to fix its identity, we may perhaps rely on the usage of Miller's time. Lamarck (Encycl. 2: 116. 1786) was apparently the first to describe in unmistakeable terms the rusty-pubescent species known today as C. Amomum. He named it C. caerulea, quoting the description by Plukenet used by Miller as a basis for C. Amomum. | L'Héritier, who described it (Cornus: 5. 1788) under the name C. sericea L., Ehrhart, who named it C. rubiginosa (Beitr. 4:15. 1789), and Moench, who called it C. cyanocarpus (Meth.: 108. 1794"), cited C. Amomum as a synonym. Pursh treated it (Fl. Amer. Sept. 1: 108. 1814) as C. sericea Willd., identifying it with the above names and with C. alba Walt. His specimen in the Hooker herbarium at Kew, labeled C. alba, is our C. Amomum. The older collectors represented in the Hooker herbarium mostly designated this species as C. sericea L.; I have seen no specimen of any other species labeled C. Amomum. The best procedure is therefore to let C. Amomum Mill. stand in the sense in which it has been almost universally used, excluding the reference to red shoots, white leaves, etc. The probability that Miller's species was actually that which is so designated today is increased by the existence in the Linnaean herbarium of a specimen of C. Amomum as currently understood, and so labeled (not, however, in Linné’s hand).? The name Cornus sericea L. has had a chequered career. The original description (Linn. Mant. 2: 199. 1771) agrees well with C. stolonifera Michx., except for the reference to Plukenet and the color of the fruit ("simillima C. sanguineae et albae, ut difficile distingatur, sed Baccae atro-purpureae"). The specimen, moreover, in the Lin- naean herbarium is, as Farwell discovered, and as Gray noted on the sheet itself, C. stolonifera Michx. Linné was perhaps working from the dried specimen only, and wrongly identified it with Plukenet's blue- fruited species. Murray (Syst. Veg. ed. 13: 134. 1774) excluded the synonym and interpreted it in accordance with the specimen. Will- denow, however (Sp. Pl. ed. 4: 663. 1798) took the other course, and ! Moench published C. cyanocarpus in an earlier work (Verzeichn.: 26. 1785), but without adequate description, and in addition to C. Amomum Mill. In the later publication he united both these under the former name. ? If C. Amomum is rejected as a nomen dubium, or applied to another species, the legitimate name of the species now so designated is C. caerulea Lam. Moench's previous C. cyanocarpus (besides being somewhat ambiguous) cannot be adopted, since in this publication he did not use the binomial system consistently (see Rep't. Bot. Exch. Club 10: 305. 1933). 212 Rhodora [AUGUST identified it with C. Amomum Mill. and C. rubiginosa Ehrh. Most collectors seem to have followed Willdenow in this, and since this name, which might otherwise be applied to C. stolonifera Michx., has come to be very generally regarded as a synonym of C. Amomum Mill., I propose that C. sericea L. be included in the list of nomina ambigua. For the related form with whitish pubescence and narrower, micro- papillose leaves, the earliest specific name seems to be C. Purpusi Koehne (Gartenfl. 48: 338. 1899). Certain collectors have recently taken up C. obliqua Raf. (West. Rev. 1: 229. 1819). The description of the latter is of a shrub with leaves yellowish-glaucous beneath, quite smooth on both surfaces, and oblique at the base; the berries blueish white. The glabrous leaves and pale fruits do not agree well with C. Purpusi Koehne, but suggest rather C. stricta Lam. The obliquity of the leaves at the base is a very variable character, and occurs in several species. C. obliqua. Raf. must therefore share the fate of many species of Cornus which he proposed (Alsogr.: 58 et seq. 1838) differentiated chiefly by leaf and twig characters. Wangerin (Engl. Pflanzenr. 4, 229: 91. 1910) lists several of these as nomina dubia. It is noteworthy that C. obliqua was not maintained by Rafin- esque himself in the Alsographia. In any case, it is questionable whether this form should be treated as a distinct species. I have seen specimens from Texas and Oklahoma which resemble C. Amomum in pubescence but C. Purpusi in leaf shape and in the presence of papillae. Many specimens of the latter show a tendency toward a rusty pubescence, especially on the veins and buds;-this is a rather variable character in several species. Leaf characters are notably unstable in Cornus. It seems preferable, there- fore, to treat C. Purpusi as a variety of C. Amomum. The first varietal epithet is that of Meyer (Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. 6. 1845), who described it as C. sericea L. y Schuetzeana.” The descriptive matter excluded from the interpretation of C. Amomum may throw some light on the identity of C. candidissima Mill., to which it was originally applied. Systematists have been generally undecided whether this was the species currently known as C. racemosa Lam. (C. paniculata L'Hér.), or the more southern C. stricta Lam. Coulter and Evans (Bot. Gaz. 15: 88. 1890), united 1 In the Index Kewensis the name C. obliqua Raf. is referred to Ann. Nat.: 13 (1820). This, however, is not the place of first publication; nor is it as full a description as the earlier one. 2 Var. albescens Farwell, 1. c.: 70, thus being superfluous. 1934] Rickett,—Cornus Amomum and C. candidissima 273 them under the name C. candidissima Marsh. Wangerin (l. c.: 57) treats them as C. femina Mill. Most collectors of today seem to have little difficulty in separating the two, and the intergradations may be due to hybridization. Farwell (l. c.: 71) argues that C. candidissima Mill. is C. paniculata L’ Hér. The species was founded on Plukenet’s Cornus foemina, candidissi- mis foliis, Americana (Almag.: 120. 1696), and appeared first in the sixth edition of the Dictionary (1752). In the seventh edition it became Cornus arborea foliis lanceolatis, acutis, glabris, umbellis involucro minoribus, baccis ovatis. Gronovius (Fl. Virg.: 17. 1739) described a Cornus foemina, floribus candidissimis umbellatim dispositis, baccis caeruleo-viridibus, ossiculo duro compresso biloculari, and quoted as synonym Plukenet's species identified by Miller with C. candidissima. Clayton’s specimen (No. 23), upon which this species is based, is in the herbarium of the British Museum. It consists of several well-preserved flowering shoots of C. stricta Lam., with leaves pale and glabrous beneath, sparingly pubescent above, and twigs of a deep red color. If we take into con- sideration Miller's and Gronovius’ citations from Plukenet, this con- stitutes about as good evidence as can be expected that C. candidissima Mill. is the same as C. stricta Lam. This interpretation is supported by the sentence referring to its red shoots and blue fruits, which are characters more applicable to C. stricta than to C. racemosa. Certainly if C. stricta and C. racemosa are treated as one species, C. candidissima Mill. is the best name for it, since it can be thus associated with a definite specimen. Farwell discusses, and dismisses as of no significance, the trouble- some wmbellis involucro minoribus of Miller's description. It is interesting to notice that on Clayton’s specimen appears Cornus arborea, umbellis involucro destitutis, periantho minimo. Is it possible that Miller saw this specimen or a duplicate of it, or that the descrip- tive phrase was communicated to him, and that destitutis somehow became minoribus? On the sheet also is written “Flowers of a Shrub called here Swamp Dogwood.” It may be significant that Miller used the same common name for his C. candidissima. Whether or not C. foemina Mill. can be interpreted as C. racemosa Lam. (C. paniculata L'Hér.) is a matter of opinion apparently unsup- ported by critical descriptions or specimens. My understanding of the species discussed above may be sum- * marized as follows: 274 Rhodora [AvausT C. Amomum Mill, Gard. Dict. (1768); C. caerulea Lam., Encycl. 2: 116 (1786); C. rubiginosa Ehrh., Beitr. 4: 15 (1789); C. cyanocarpus Moench, Meth.: 108 (1794); C. sericea Willd., Sp. Pl. ed. 4: 663 (1798). C. AMomum Mill. var. Schuetzeana (Meyer), comb. nov.; C. sericea L. y Schuetzeana Meyer in Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. 6 (1845); C. cyanocarpus Moench var. albescens Farwell in Rnopona 33: 70 (1931); C. Purpusi Koehne in Gartenfl. 48: 338 (1899). C. cANDIDISSIMA Mill., l. c.; C. stricta Lam., l. c. This study was made possible by the courtesy of many persons connected with the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, with the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History), and with the Linnaean herbarium in Burlington House, Piccadilly; also by a leave of absence granted by the University of Missouri. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY or MISSOURI PLANTS COLLECTED IN THE SOUTHERN REGION OF JAMES BAY! Davip POTTER Tue following list of plants collected by the writer during the sum- mer of 1929 is published with the hope that not only will it furnish additional information concerning the geographical ranges of the plants herein enumerated, but also will serve as an aid to anyone who, at a later date, may explore for plants in this general region. Certain interesting phytogeographical problems suggested by the occurrence of some of the plants listed have already been discussed by the writer.’ The general regions botanized are indicated by Arabic numerals and the approximate collecting points are shown on the accompanying map by the same legend plus the letters as indicated in the following key. 1. ABITIBI Rrver:—from Coral Rapids to its mouth. A. Lone RAPIDS B. BLACKSTONE RAPIDS C. Nine Mire RAPIDS D. ALLEN IsrAND, at the mouth of the river. 2. Moose River:—from the mouth of the Abitibi River to the mouth of the Moose River. 1 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 2 Potter, David, Botanical Evidence of Post-Pleistocene Marine Connection Between Hudson Bay and the St. Lawrence Basin. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, XCIX. (Ruopora, 34, May and June, 1932.) ~J I 1934] Potter, —Plants Collected in the Region of James Bay 27: ; — gi ` T9* 18° AKIMISKI R j IS. 25 \ E EASTMAN ec a. BAY Pat: Me? \ a ; J Ia CHARLTON IS. 52° “GE 9 MOOSE |) aq “NM x " FACTORY), E E vl ; qj ' o si* Q o/c Ye 5o* FRED o 25 -— ui gi A. Near the mouth of the Abitibi River. B. Many islands near the mouth of the Moose River including Moose, Saw Pit, Bushy, Willowy and Hasey. 3. CHARLTON IsLAND:—along the coast five miles southeast and three miles northwest of the Hudson Bay Post and two miles inland. 4. Rupert River:—from its mouth to two miles above the Hudson Bay 73° Post. S 9. Mr. SHERRICK:—from the coast to the top of the mountain, altitude 700 feet. 6. EAsr Coast:—from Mt. Sherrick to the mouth of the Eastmain River. A. Ten miles south of the mouth of the Eastmain River. B. Nine miles south of the mouth of the Eastmain River. C. Ditty DALLY IsrAND. 276 Rhodora [AUGUST 7. EASTMAIN RIVER:—from its mouth to two miles above the Hudson Bay Post. 8. Sourn Coast:—from the mouth of the Rupert River to the mouth of the Moose River. . MIDDLETON ISLAND. . CABBAGE WILLOWS. Pornt COMFORT. . 15 miles west of Point Comfort. Twin ISLANDS. HANNAH Bay. OmHEOEP Moose River. . Approximately half way between Hannah Bay and the mouth of The plants are listed by families following the system used in Gray's Manual of Botany, seventh edition. In all cases a mounted specimen has been deposited in the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. POLYPODIACEAE THELYPTERIS DRYOPTERIS (L.) Slosson............. SPINULOSA (O. F. Müller) Nieuwl.. SPINULOSA, Var. AMERICANA (F isch.) - Weatherby....... eere ela a PrERETIS NODULOSA (Michx.) Nieuwl............... OPHIOGLOSSACEAE BorRvcnuruM LuNaniA (L.) Sw... 2.0... eee eee EQUISETACEAE IBOUDISDPOIEABVENSR Gi so. iis coe eue beds AES BADOR fig oe, oot eae RI AH VARISEBOATUM Sohlsleh. 7. uma veles pO OD NDS cs cae Yale eee LDMDEDM D 2 hi a-< hoeck caw es oie otk LYCOPODIACEAE TyepoPODIBM MELAIGOJTA. 0. naka eire verd om UGOUBIDULUM Miohx.- ....2.99 024 col. oe OBSCURUM L., var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx. EO BRLORS S over des mir ANNOPMINUM Dj... 2 oes. amore ANNOTINUM, var. PUNGENS Desv.. x CLAVATUM L., var. MEGASTACHYON Fern. SELAGINELLACEAE SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES (L.) Link... ......... PINACEAE Pinus BANKSIANA Lamb.............0..00 00 cee e eae LARIX LARICINA (DuRoi) Koch...................-. Picea GLAUCA (Moench) Voss................0 0055 MARIANA (Mill.) BSP.................-.0000- — DC ERs XX XX X Me Ae JA. XX c [o 1934] Potter, —Plants Collected in the Region of James Bay 277 PINACEAE—(Continued) ABIES BALSAMEA (L.) Mill......................... THUJA OCCIDENTALIS L............... 000.0000 ee eee JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS L., var. DEPRESSA Pursh..... . COMMUNIS, Var. MONTANA Ait............ HORIZONTALIS Moench.................. TYPHACEAE HIYYPHA BATIFOLIA Di © 3.6, os a. eas ee SPARGANIACEAE SPARGANIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx................. NAJADACEAE POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers., var. Macountu Mo- PONG S qo R tee e E aA FILIFORMIS Pers. var. BoREALIS (Raf.) Si Jobn MEL orh Co UU JUNCAGINACEAE TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA L................... sess ALISMACEAE SAGITTARIA CUNEATA Sheldon...................... GRAMINEAE HIEROCHLOE ODORATA (L.) Wahlenb................ ORYZOPSIS PUNGENS (Torr.) Hiteche................. CANADENSIS (Poir.) Torr... .............. PHLEUM PRATENSE L.................... suse ss. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. (A. alba of authors). ...... CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Nutt., var. RO- BUSTA Vasey.................04. NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Beherbo Ar Er te. . cee es vs INEXPANSA Gray, var. AMERICANA (Vasey) Stebbins................. DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA (L.) Beauv., var. GLAUCA (Harbm.) Lindm.. 6.5. sk. es ce CESPITOSA, var. LITTORALIS (Reut.) Rüchter ees re EMI PALUSTRIS (95.2.0 ee EU GLYCERIA STRIATA (Lam.) Hitchc., var. STRICTA (Seribn.) Fernald...................... BRESTUGA RUBRA Dj. a ee es RUBRA, Var. ARENARIA (Osbeck) Fries...... RUBRA, Var. MEGASTACHYS Gaudin.......... X x x XX ENS as XX XX XX - "s XX XX 278 Rhodora [AuGUST GRAMINEAE—(Continued) iilosnqu sre EA a ELYMUS ARENARIUS L., var. VILLOSUS E. Meyer...... CYPERACEAE ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS (L.) R. & S., var. rYPICA Rouy. UNTaLUMIE (Roth) R. & Bi... ees oe PAVOMIDORA DIBERU.. cer res ee rna aN es hy Lud ko bate SCIRPUS CESPITOSUS L., var. CALLOSUS Bigelow... .... HUDSONIANUS (Michx.) Fernald............. RUFUS (Huds.) Sehrad................. sse PE ici ul Mq NM ww eh OE EET TIBUS esas credo ee RUBROTINOTUS Fernald .. ois aer EnriorHonuM CuHamissonis C. A. Meyer..........--- OPACUM (Bjornstr.) Fernald............ BSBINEDM Barmald. .... oss eoo xri als VIRIDI-CARINATUM (Engelm.) Fernald. . . Chnnx CRAWFORD Pérnald.......oezush eh seas’ SE I a cine tiled tmed eee: sts cen AMGTEPIOW MOGKODS...... 0.006 enhn CRMC, iin kos os cd ka pes ae 5 CANESCENS, Var. SUBLOLIACEA Laestad........ ÜÉSONNESRCENB EOIE, |... re es ERES BRUNNESCENS, var. SPHAEROSTACHYA (Tuck.) ESI ee 6k ove s T eso M MMA DONBY Il... ia plete ek > os don aig incon Wn 7 70. COURT Y GLAREOSA Wahlenb., var. AMPHIGENA Fernald. MRNA DOWEE. wa rrr bays nS onions o. TUR MAEEEERENS SI 0. 20 POET uio. ee ia ssa eek eee P PALEACEA Wahlenb., var. TRANSLANTICA Fer- nald (C. maritima of Am. authors) ......... SALINA Wahlenb., var. KATTEGATENSIS (Fries) SN ROS re aE eee ree Ce PDA xoay WREIGDD... 6.0 c. cs cy ra ease lid ano bI eg 5c. 0k GAs toe aw et D. RENO EN us I a ca co secet Fie se oS PATI BAIA, os os oo ccm rn eis PREP ATA Wallenb.,......5. 242 2 Pas OS T: LIVIDA (Wahlenb.) Willd., var. GRAvANA (Dew- ee rer rin PE Arte eee IM ss. og te Se PEROBDA MHODE 2... ez 20k vues ea eu c n ubt eee Uu Ed ewes d a E (V oru n d corri |... sc ye Oe se 1 tao: GEI T A INTEL bb aa as a PMO A. ee ka bok we dd d MUTI eS ee a CONS HOBGHEBUNI Tort.. a bos ss been sees Sse a SAXATILIS L., var. MILIARIS (Michx.) Bailey... SAXATILIS, Var. RHOMALEA Fernald........... ROSTELTA BOOKROS. 501 e e's a ee a EN MIGROGLOCHIN Wahlenb... .. sessies dad X XXXX X XXX XX AACA A XX XXX | ee TUE. e f | o x 1934] Potter, —Plants Collected in the Region of James Bay 279 JUNCACEAE Juncus Grnanpi Loisel........................... : x BALTICUS Willd., var. LITTORALIS Engelm.....|x x PLPR e Cesena lr eid x > = " Z 4 un < XXXX d z 3 © gz á un > 5 S = " 3 E = m (s J Q XX IRIDACEAE UEIS W ORSI COLOR di, ai o n a oe ee XIxIx xIx VIRIDIS, var. INTERJECTA Fern........... x HYPERBOREA (LO R Bri... |... 5 03 DOLO xX DILATATA (Pursh) Gray, var. MEDIA (RYUN AE o a ossi x E 4 = z » Q S 4 e > [5 d ee) "t XXX SALICACEAE SALIX LUCIDA Muhl., var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Anders...... BONGIFOMA Muhl..... 7. 0 x XX Q ps > q [o] [s] "d x ne pr E S| o el mn = g 5 = e Na XO XC XX PRANIFOLIAJDUTRHOD ONCE Don s o RE x HUMILIS Marsh., var. KEWEENAWENSIS Farwell.| - PEDICELLARIS Pursh, var. HYPOGLAUCA Fernald. x BRACHYCARPA Nutt.....................0000. x CORDIFOLIA Pursh, var. CALLICARPAEA (Trautv.) ZEITEN HI xX X XX XX XX TACAMAHACCA, var. MicHAUXI (Dode) Far- tok, oe EPA ERE. Q © E: c - = > z = = E, CC X DC 280 Rhodora [AUGUST MYRICACEAE Nen CG Lo S ie is ok oes e RR REA nm d BETULACEAE BETULA PAPYRIFERA Marsh........... eee PAPYRIFERA, Vàr. CORDIFOLIA Regel......... PAPYRIFERA, Var. MINOR Tuckerm........... GLANDUDORA MODR l.l err nens MIGBOPHYLLA Bunge..........« nne ALNUS CRISPA (Ait.) Pursh............. ees INCANA (G) Moench............ eee URTICACEAE Oon GRAGIUIS Ab... errat rt pees Y s SANTALACEAE GEOCAULON LiVIDUM (Richardson) Fernald (Comandra liga: RichardB.)- 2... duo ck exor m POLYGONACEAE RuMEX OCCIDENTALIS Wats...... eee n MEXIDANUS Meilh.. irri bs aude ea n Ur De ae nt PD) el Oe ee rrr rtm ema POLYGONUM AVIGUDARD L........... ere ce eee eee Me OT is iss i «0 00 3 ak oe eed DONNVOLVULUB Uc. ccc stents m sce’ CHENOPODIACEAE GEBNOPODIUM-ADBUM T4552 6.5. rne tea oie rm Fe oR AOL BETULA Tí... Recette Le Seno MITT CARYOPHYLLACEAE ARENARIA LATERIFLORA L.. 5.12 eere isss MT OTIS Lise dl oe no bo ro eoe d S STELLARIA BOREALIS Bigel.............. eee ORABSTPOLTA -Ehrh.; uen po irme n LONGIPES Goldie, var. LAETA (Richards.) MEDIA (L.) Cyril]... 2.6... 6.2 eee eee eee CHBASHOM ARVENBR Liz. Geek ke we cee wee ee BSHLOERMOL ec cs oo ocak ace oie meee t $E EN ae oo. bc be eb oe T NYMPHAEACEAE NYMPHOZANTHUS VARIEGATUS (Engelm.) Fernald. .... RANUNCULACEAE RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS L., var. CAPILLACEUS DC... .. CvMBALARIA Pursh..............50085 Ponsun Richards......... sees I oh. ag bi) o nl.dex ae wx E eR THALICTRUM CONFINE Fernald..............-+-+55: POLSORMUM Mubl..-. uri oie eo vENULOSUM Trelease.............. eee ANEMONE PARVIFLORA Michx..........---00000000055 XXX XXX KAA X x XX XX XX XX ee OR x xx 1934] Potter, —Plants Collected in the Region of James Bay RANUNCULACEAE - (Continued) ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poir.................. usus. CANADENSIB Lo 6020.8. n Ln wes QUINQUEFOLIA Ty... ce cece ees CALTHA PAHUSTRIS Lie 07 a LUN PETIERE COPTIS GROENLANDICA (Oeder) Fernald............. ACTARA RUBRA (Ait) Willd... ee ee ee CRUCIFERAE BUPEBTRIS IU BES o 80. e a A EA CAPSELLA BuRSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic............... Braya HuwiLIS (C. A. Mey.) Robinson ............. RoniPPA PALUSTRIS (L.) Moench................... ARABIS HUMIFUSA (J. Vahl) S. Wats. ............... DROSERACEAE DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. coMosa Fernald... . . LONGHOLER Roo. uiv CU ve ee Oe SAXIFRAGACEAE MrITELLA NUDA L...............ssssesesee eene PARNASSIA MULTISETA (Ledeb.) Fernald............. RIBES LACUSTRE (Pers.) Poir....................... GLANDULOSUM Grauer....................... LII MAPS pe SU | Pie ela HIRTELLUM, Michx., var. cALCICOLA Fernald... . ROSACEAE PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS (L.) Maxim.............. PYRUS AMERICANA (Marsh.) DC. ................... AMELANCHIER SANGUINEA (Pursh) DC............... BARTRAMIANA (Tausch) Roemer....... FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne..................-. VIRGINIANA, Var. TERRAE-NOVAE (Rydb.) Fern. & Wieg..............0... 0.0000. POTENTILLA NORVEGICA L., var. HIRSUTA (Michx.) PALUSTRIS (L.) Scop e 006-0.) .5 5 eee DRIDENTATA Ait ques edn EON T CER e ERUDICOBASIDOO | (D DE ANSERINA d | ne GEUM MACROPHYLLUM Willd....................... BTRICTUM AI k oe LLLA E RIVALESDUM SU E RUBUS IDAEUS L., var. strigosus (Michx.) Maxim... . IDAEUS, var. CANADENSIS Richardson......... CHAMANMORUS [4^ 50 9) DR TRIFLORUS Richards......................-- ARCTICUS [5:2 c PEN PCr Cosme edly MAREA UN IUNTHENC S RHosA-AcIOUDAMIS DLuindb- 7 1... eee ree rens PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA L. f.......... leeren KOO ROK XX XX x XXX X XX XX XX XXX XXX XXX xX KX x XX XX XX x XXX XX 282 Rhodora [AUGUST LEGUMINOSAE OXYTROPIS JOHANNANSIS Fernald................... Jui D PEE nE E Shi sss red ee o Da r i so oc osc do YR Ue hs PALUSTRIS L., var. LINEARIFOLIUS Seringe. . LINACEAE TAPIA Dol) IB IT ROO, ees ek ccc occas cas dvi POLYGALACEAE PPT CARA NOG, A cc cas so bcc ea ns des xn To EMPETRACEAE BMPERTBONONIGBEDNE TA: oe cee spec ces ae bee ES RHAMNACEAE PENMOCNOB- ALUMNA LMOP a aeree rette VIOLACEAE VIOLA PALLENS (Banks) Brainard................... NEBHROPRHYLILA Greene....... cic eem caves LÀABBADORIGA PODPRI... .. o.ae cc bees oo eres ONAGRACEAE EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM L............... ce cece ANGUSTIFOLIUM, var. INTERMEDIUM (Wormsk.) Fernald ... i. caasa TEC d PATE a euet vim one LAODINDORUM Haüssk.......: 2... 5 BATEENEIENISEE. oce ooo ouput err ep is CCV WUORIDATATIE reel. rre ie x CONG UEENEBS esercita HALORAGIDACEAE MyYRIOPHYLLUM EXALBESCENS Fernald.............. HEPPURIS VULGERIS UG... callin. ss AR Re CR e ARALIACEAE AMALIA NONGOL Lo UL uL eL. eere ee we nem ep UMBELLIFERAE SANICULA MARILANDICA L., var. BOREALIS Fernald... . CARER CSUL ANS OS oo ie UI ero ca Dm CANTE SI ELE I i.v he ee ka RIDM BUA VED WIGS EUR S llle eher en LIGUSTICUM SCOTHICUM L................... eese. HpRACLEUM LANATUM Michx...........:.....-ec00> ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA L............. eee bo XX e XX XX A XX XX XX XX X XXXX XX AUC E 1934] Potter,—Plants Collected in the Region of James Bay 283 CORNACEAE CORNUA CAWADEN EEE oe oe LC I veu ERICACEAE MONESES UNIFLORA (Li) Gray................sss FYROLA Me a a Aa GRANDON ORA Ród: -i.s eee ASARIFOLIA Michx., var. INCARNATA (Fisch.) WS A A 5, LT KALMIA POLIFOLIA Wang....................0c000 ANDROMEDA GLAUCOPHYLLA Link................... CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) Moench........... ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Umva-umsri (L.) Spreng., var. CoAC- TILIS Fernald & MacBride....... RUBRA (Rehder & Wilson) Fernald. . CHIOGENES HISPIDULA (LJ T. & G.................. VACCINIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Ait., var. MYRTILLOIDES («Miebx.) House............: S 022000 CANADENBE Knlm.............. 2) 3M ULIGINOBUM L.............. S. ee VITIS-IDAEA L., var. MINUS Lodd......... Oxvooeous L.. ..,.........55 eee PRIMULACEAE PRIMULA MISTASSINICA Michx...................... EGALIRSENRBIS Wormskj.. . ras 222204 LYSIMACRIA TRYREIPLORA L............; esi 5. V3 TRIENTALIS AMERICANA (Pers.) Pursh............... GLAUX MARITIMA L., var. OBTUSIFOLIA Fernald....... GENTIANACEAE MENYANTHES TRIFOLIATA L., var. MINOR Michx. ..... BORAGINACEAE MERTENSIA PANICULATA (Ait.) G. Don.............. LABIATAE SCUTELLARIA EPILOBIIFOLIA A. Hamilton............ ci OR L............. (24 102€ MENTHA ARVENSIS L., var. GLABRATA (Benth.) Fernald SCROPHULARIACEAE VERONICA AMERICANA Schwein.................-..4. BUCUTERIATAT, ioe. oc oe ee HUMIFUBA Diekson.........225: 000005 CASTILLEJA PALLIDA (L.) Spreng., Var. SEPTENTRION- ALS (Lindl) Gray....., 3:2 eee PEDICULARIS GROENLANDICA Retz................... XX XX XX XX XX XXX AX c X X XX XX 284 Rhodora [AUGUST LENTIBULARIACEAE UTRICULARIA VULGARIS L., var. AMERICANA Gray..... PINGUIQULA VUDBARUN L aa deese n xA PLANTAGINACEAE DULANTAGOMAJORULu 12 a aa a RAN MAJOR, Var. INTERMEDIA (Gilibert) Dene.. . JUNCOIDES Lam., var. DECIPIENS (Barneoud) A EARE A E a nec eee OLIGANTHOS R. & S., var. FALLAX Fernald. . RUBIACEAE PINE TOOTOO o AOTT : I es ake TABRADORICUM. Wieg... o er tee no Ama MER. eee rrr Wa TRUNDORUM O o.oo cewetsteda das rs CAPRIFOLIACEAE LONICERA deg (Michx.) R. & S., var. TYPICA Fer- Na i iU aE anne d er a INVOLUCRATA (Richards.) Banks .......... LINNAEA BOREALIS L., var. AMERICANA (Forbes) Rehder VIBURNUM PAUCIFLORUM RAL... i Si esate v. ARIS CAMPANULACEAE CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA 1..... oe oe leer res COMPOSITAE Euüparontom MACOULATDUM Le 4 ov 60s rhet YS SOLIDAGO MAOROPHTUEA: Pursh 7.1... ene egets ULIGENOSA NEU joc) seca eer ro n MIS GRAMINIFOBIA (L) Salisb... Pee baie LEMIBERDDO 3 I et aes eet Nitta MS ASTID LONGHEOUEUM EAE oa eer es ri E QN ERIGERON HYSSOPIFOLIUS Michx.................. PHIDADPELEOEDOUR Lice ves Sie edie es ANTENNARIA APPENDICULATA Fernald............... PULCHERRIMA (Hook.) Greene.......... WOHIDDRA DANOBORAUNHUL T 66 4a Sou EC cites CHRYSANTHEMUM ARCTICUM L... onre 'l'ANAOETUM HUBONZENSE Nutt....:..5: eb el. a ee ARTEMISIA CANADENSIS Michx................00-05: BOREALIS Pall., var. Pursuit Bess......... LI( 0: Yo. MMC es ieee PETASITES PALMATUS (Ait.) Gray...........0 000 eee SAGITTATUS (Pursh) Gray..............-. Smnworo PALUBTRIS (L[ Hook................ cee NYT MPO EO TD coe eae X 2C QE OK XX XXX XX MOLOQX DEUX X XX XXXXX XX XX XX XX XX -1 o XX XX XX KACA XE CLARK UNIVERSITY, Worcester, Massachusetts 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 285 DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continned from page 261) 1. Draba ALPINA L. Densely cespitose, the caudex forming several crowded crowns with masses of dead marcescent foliage below the living rosette: leaves flat, elliptic-lanceolate, oblanceolate or narrowly oblong, obtuse to subacute, entire or nearly so, 0.7-2 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, glabrous or more or less pubescent with simple or forking trichomes on one or both surfaces, conspicuously villous-ciliate with simple trichomes about 1 mm. long, rarely with forking hairs intermixed: flowering stem a naked scape, rarely with a leafy bract subtending the lowest flower, 3-15 (rarely -20) em. high, hispid with simple and forking trichomes; raceme at first corymbiform, in fruit. corymbose- racemose, 4—20-flowered: rachis and slender pedicels (up to 1 em. long) copiously villous-hirsute; sepals oblong to oblong-ovate, rounded at summit, 1.5-3 mm. long, more or less villous: petals yellow, obovate, shallowly emarginate, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm. broad: anthers 0.5-0.7 mm. long: ovary glabrous or sparsely hispid; style 0.5-0.7 mm. long; siliques narrowly to broadly ovate, elliptic or oblong, 4-9 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad, glabrous or sparsely hispid, with 12-20 seeds 1.3-1.5 mm. long.—Sp. Pl. ii. 642 (1753); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv’, 84, fig. 8 (1927); Elis. Ekm. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxv. 479 (1931).—Aretic and subarctic regions, south on calcareous areas to Hudson Strait and the northern shores of Hudson Bay; northern Eurasia. LABRADOR: Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chidley, C. Schmitt, no. 289; crevices of rock, Cape Chidley, August 6, 1884, R. Bell. Unaava: Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,069, Malte, no. 119,988. PLATE 290, FIGs. 1—4; MAP 1. Var. NANA Hook. Leaves with numerous VAR . . = So long and simple or vari- [t @ s AZ ously forking trichomes E “ae si VE on the surfaces, 0.3-1 em. ` Ez long: scapes 0.5-7 cm. ? c b. high.—Trans. Linn. Soc. & NS xiv. 363 (1825). D. Belli ý " Holm in Fedde, Repert. p- 5 i iii. 338 (1907); Macoun, |y Geol. Surv. Can. t. 1 j » (date unknown); Pay- son, Àm. Journ. Bot. iv. X 4 A ek Aen Mapa Range in eastern America of ARNICA 469 (1931). D. alpina, var. Bellii (Holm) O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!9», 89 (1927).— 286 Hhodora [AuGusT Arctic regions, south to Hudson Strait. UNcGava: Port Burwell, Hud- son Strait, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,072 (mixed with D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha); crevices of rocks, Mansfield Island, August 30, 1884, R. Bell. PLATE 290, ries. 5-7. I am not convinced by the treatments of either the late Dr. Payson or of Mrs. Ekman that Draba Bellii is a species distinct from D. alpina. It seems to me an extreme arctic development, with the regular reduction in size and the increase of trichomes which one would expect under most xerophytic conditions. The beautiful series of plants collected by Dr. W. Elmer Ekblaw on the Crocker Land Expedition of 1913-16 in northwestern Greenland contains quantities of material bearing out this interpretation. It is also significant that on the sheet of the isotype of D. Bellii in the Gray Herbarium the late Professor Ostenfeld, who certainly understood Draba in the Arctic better than most botanists, wrote “only D. alpina.” Numerous names have been proposed for the dwarf arctic extreme and Schulz recognizes in arctic and subarctic America the following, besides typical D. alpina: var. nana Hook., which he makes include var. glacialis Th. M. Fries (1869), not other authors; var. Adamsii (Ledeb.) O. E. Schulz, based upon D. Adamsii Ledeb. (1842), which Mrs. Ekman, l. c. 466, has identified, by comparison with the types, with the wholly different D. micropetala Hook. (1825); var. Pohlei O. E. Schulz, cited from Cape Chidley, and differing only in its narrow siliques (2-2.5 mm. wide); var. Bellii (above discussed); var. corymbosa (R. Br.) Durand (1856), based on D. corymbosa’ R. Br. (1819), which, as Mrs. Ekman has shown (I. c. 493), was based on the identical type of Cochlearia fenestrata R. Br. to which genus and species D. corymbosa actually belongs; and var. pilosa (Adams) Regel, based on D. pilosa Adams, the type of which, according to Mrs. Ekman (l. c. 484) is a wholly different plant from any form of D. alpina, with “linear, carinate leaves, which are keeled on the underside and ciliate in long, hispid, simple hairs. The upper part of the stalk is glabrous like the pedicels” etc. For our dwarf extreme of Draba alpina the name var. nana Hook. seems safe, at least. 2. D. FLADNIZENSIS Wulfen, var. HETEROTRICHA (Lindblom) Ball. Loosely to densely cespitose, the many branches and branchlets of the caudex closely invested below the living rosettes with pale, marces- cent subulate midribs of former leaves: leaves oblanceolate, thin, 0.5- 1934) Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 287 1.5 em. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide, entire or sparingly toothed, with firm and finally prominent midrib, ciliate with simple or bifurcate trichomes, the surfaces glabrous except for simple, forking and stellate pubescence toward the tips of the expanding leaves: flowering stems very slender, filiform, scapose, very rarely with a small. leaf, glabrous or sparsely hirtellous, 1-10 cm. high: raceme at first corymbiform, becoming short-racemose, with mature rachis 0.5-4 cm. long, 2-13-flowered: flowering pedicels up to 6 mm. long: sepals oblong, rounded at summit, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.2-1.8 mm. broad, sparsely hirsute or glabrous: petals white, obovate, emarginate, 3.5-5 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad: anthers 0.5 mm. long: ovary glabrous, with a very short style; siliques oblong to narrowly ovate, 5-10 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad, glabrous, only obscurely or scarcely reticulate; septum without median fold or with slight basal fold: seeds 16-20, often apiculate, 1-1.5 mm. long.— Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. vii. 230 (1860). D. lactea Adams, Mém. Soc. Nat.Mosc. v. 104 (1817); DC. Syst. ii. 347 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!?. 261, fig. 25, H-L (1927). D. androsacea Wahlenb. FI. Lapp. 174, t. 11, fig. 5 (1812) and vari- ous Am. auth., not Willd. (1800). D. Wahlenbergii Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. 249 (1820) and many later authors. D. lapponica DC. Syst. ii. 344 (1821) and many later authors. D. Wahlen- bergii, B. heterotricha Lindbl. Linnaea, mE z xii. 324 (1839). D. fladnizensis Wats. |. Map igs Parthos Exten- in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. i'. 109 (1895) NIZENGIS, VAF, HATENEEREE and other Am. auth. in part, not Wul- fen (1778). D. fladnizensis *lactea (Adams) and *lapponica (Willd.) Dahl in Blytt, Haandb. Norges Fl. ed. Dahl, 382 (1906).—Arctic regions, south to the Torngat region of Labrador, Hudson Bay and the Canadian Rocky Mts.; northern Eurasia. LABRADOR: on slaty talus slope, Rowsell Harbor, lat. 58° 58’, Abbe & Odell, no. 373; moist, mossy, northern face of Ridge (ca. 320 m.) extending south from East Bay, Ikordlearsuk, lat. 59° 55’, Abbe & Odell, no. 382; steep, wet, cold bank of “K” River, Kangalaksiorvik, lat. 59° 18’, Abbe, no. 375; spur on southwest side (1140 m.), Mount Tetragona, lat. 59? 18', Abbe, no. 379; lower slopes, north side of Komaktorvik, lat. 59? 16’, Abbe, no. 376; top of ridge north of harbor, Razorback Harbor, lat. 59° 14’, Abbe, no. 384; scree slide from top of Precipice Ridge to Komaktorvik Lake, lat. 59° 12’, Abbe, nos. 380, 381; on granitic rock, North Shore of Duck Bight, north of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no. 239: Okkak, Moravian Bros.; Ramah, A. Stecker, no. 212x; East Summit of Bishop’s Mitre, lat. 57° 56’, Abbe, no. 386; West Summit of Bishop's Mitre, Abbe, no. 387. Uncava: Port 288 Rhodora [AUGUST Burwell, Hudson Strait, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,072 (mixed with D. alpina, var. nana), Malte, nos. 120,038, 120,062, 120,136, 120,136a. PLATE 291; MAP 2. Although some recent European authors keep Draba lactea Adams (D. Wahlenbergii Hartm.) apart as a species from D. fladnizensis, it is significant that the characters relied upon are not of the first importance. Lange, Ostenfeld and numerous others have united them and in Hultén's Flora of Kamtchatka, where Draba was worked up by Mrs. Ekman, she says of D. lactea: These specimens from Kamtchatka have some simple hairs even on the surface of the leaves and seem like most Siberian material somewhat infected with D. fladnizensis WULF. D. lactea ApAMs has been identified by Scuurz with D. Wahlenbergii Harr. and D. lapponica DC. This identification is probably right, as the specimens in Herb. De CANDoLLE given to DC. by Srevens and I'iscHER belong to these species, . From the diagnosis of ADAMS (loc. cit.) [of D. lactea] one must. also conclude that D. fladnizensis is meant. ApAMs thus describes the leaves as “superne fere glabra subtus et ad marginem pilis simplicibus hispida " and mentions nothing about the stellate hairs that are characteristic of D. Wahlenbergii. This contradiction between the diagnosis and the second-type plants can only be explained under the assumption that, when making the diagnosis, ADAMS has had in view such impure, some- what intermediate specimens as these here mentioned from Kamtchatka.! Since, as would appear from the above and numerous other pub- lished items, much of the Siberian (as well as Arctic) material is transitional from D. fladnizensis to D. lactea and since all the Kamt- chatkan material is called D. lactea “somewhat infected by D. flad- nizensis," although the latter is not known from Kamtchatka, I find myself beyond my depth in attempting to separate them as species. Further doubt of the specific distinctions of D. fladnizensis and D. lactea is encountered in Schulz's treatment of the Gaspé plant. The only relative of D. fladnizensis in southeastern Quebec is a common, densely matted species (PLATE 292) of the Shickshock Mountains, with strictly glabrous leaves, very narrow sepals and petals, lance- acuminate siliques mostly 4 or 5 mm. long and only 1-2 mm. wide, septum with a conspicuous and broad median flange, seeds only 10-16 in number: in other words a plant quite different from either D. fladnizensis or D. lactea. Nevertheless, upon one collection of this completely isolated and endemic Shickshock species Schulz extends D. lactea to Gaspé: “ Lower Canada: Table-Topped Mts., Gaspé Co. (J. A. Allen 1881)." Upon another collection of the same plant he 1 Elis. Ekm. in Hultén, Fl. Kamtch. ii. 163 (1928). Rhodora Plate 290 DRABA ALPINA: FIG. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Norway; ric. 2, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Torne Lappmark; ric. 3, portion of rosette, X 10, from fig. 2; FIG. 4, summit of scape, X 10, from fig. 2. D. ALPINA, var. NANA: FIG. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, from Mansfield Island, Hudson Bay (isotype of D. Bellii); ria. 6, flowering plant, X 1, from Thule, northwest Green- land; ria. 7, leaves, X 10, from fig. 6. Rhodora Plate 291 DRABA FLADNIZENSIS, Var. HETEROTRICHA: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from l'hule, northwest Greenland; ric. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from Labrador; FIG. 3, tips of leaves, X 10, from fig. 1; rigs. 4 and 5, valve and septum, X 10, from Torne Lappmark. Rhodor: Plate 292 DRABA ALLEN, n. sp.: FIG. 1, portion of flowering plant, X 1; FIG. 2, portion of fruiting plant, X 1; Fria. 3, leaves, X 10; riG. 4, flowers, X 10; FIGs. 5 and 6, valve and septum, 10; all from Shickshock Mts., Quebec. Rhodora Plate 293 DRABA RUPESTRIS: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from type locality, Ben Lawers, Scotland; ric. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ric. 8, flowering plant, X 1, from Labrador; FIG. 4, leaves, X 10, from fig. 2. Rhodora Plate 294 DRABA CRASSIFOLIA: FIG. l, small flowering plants, X 1, from original collection of Drummond; ria. 2, flowering and fruiting plants from Labrador; Frias. 3 and 4, fruiting and flowering plants from Greenland, X 1; Fic. 5, leaf and base of scape, X 10, from fig. 2; FIG. 6, flower, X 10, from fig. 4. Ithodor: Plate 295 DRABA NIVALIS: FIG, 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Greenland; ria. 2, fruiting plant, x 1, from Greenland; ric. 3, leaves, X 10, from Newfoundland. D. PEAsEI, n. sp.: FIG. 4, fruiting plant (TYPE), X 1, from Gaspé Co., Quebec; ria. 5, tips of leaves, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 6, valve, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 7, septum and seeds, X 10, from the TYPE. Rhodora Plate 296 DRABA AUREA: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from Greenland; Fic. 2, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Greenland; ric. 3, fruiting plant, X 1, from Alberta. Rhodora Plate 297 DRABA MINGANENSIS, n. sp.: FIGS. 1, 2 and 3, small flowering plants, X 1, from Archipel de Mingan, Quebec (isotypes of D. luteola, var. minganensis); FIG. 4, flower, X 10, from fig. 1; ric. 5, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Bie, Quebec. D. LuTEOLA: FIG. 6, fruiting plant, X 1, from Colorado; ria. 7, silique, X 10, from fig. 6. Rhodora Plate 298 DRABA MINGANENSIS: FIG. 1, well developed fruiting plant, X 1, from Bic, Quebec; Fics. 2 and 3, flowers and tip of silique, 10, from Bie. 1934] — Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 289 bases his single record of the strictly Eurasian D. fladnizensis for all North America: “Kanada: Quebec, Matane Co., Mt. Mat- taouisse, Siidseite des Fernald Passes, 915-1000 m ii. M. (M. L. Fernald, Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie, A. S. Pease, L. B. Smith 1923, n. 25779, hb. Deless.) —Schulz, p. 257. If the uniform and wholly isolated Gaspé plant is both D. lactea and D. fladnizensis (which it is not), it would seem that fuller demonstration is needed before D. lactea and D. fladnizensis are accepted as distinct species. The Malte collections from Hudson Strait have been identified by Mrs. Ekman as D. lactea and as D. lactea, crossed with various other species (D. nivalis, D. rupestris, ete.). See comments on p. 250. 3. D. Allenii, sp. nov. (TAB. 292), planta valde humifusa stragula 0.3-2 dm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque fili- formibus albescentibus confertis, inferne nervis mediis foliorum emortuorum persistentibus subulatis albidis nitidulis squamatis, superne foliis rosulatis cespitem laxum 0.5-2 dm. diametro formanti- bus; foliis tenuibus oblanceolatis 0.5-1.5 em. longis 1-3 mm. latis subacutis integris vel subintegris enascentibus margine pilis simplicibus 0.2-0.5 mm. longis erectis deinde deciduis raro ciliatis caeterum gla- BS wc. bris nerviis mediis subtus promin- a entibus; caulibus filiformibus sim- e plicibus scapiformibus vel raro imo folio unico praeditis glabris nitidis 1-8 cm. altis; racemis floriferis con- d P. fertis fructiferis parum elongatis AT (rhachi 0.2-2.5 cm. longo) 2-8- TAE floris; pedicellis imis fructiferis 1.5— Be 5.5 mm. longis; sepalis anguste ob- if longis 1.2-2 mm. longis 0.5-1 mm. (ig latis submembranaceis glabris; Map 3. Range of DRABA ALLENU. petalis lacteis obovatis emargi- natis 2-3 mm. longis 1-2 mm. latis; antheris 0.2 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 10-16-ovulatis; siliculis glabris oblongo-lanceolatis acutis vel acuminatis 2.7-7 mm. longis 1-2 mm. latis stylo 0.2-0.6 mm. longo coronatis, valvis reticulato-nervosis, septi medio valde plicato; semini- bus a funiculis 0.2-0.5 mm. longis pendulis ovoideis brunneis 0.7- 1.1 mm. longis.—Alpine areas of the Schickshock Mountains, Gaspé and Matane Cos., QUEBEC: on rock, at about 915 m. (3000 ft.), Table-topped Mountain, August 10, 1881, J. A. Allen (distributed as D. androsacea); abrupt, western calcareous slopes, alt. 1000-1100 m., Table-topped Mt., August 5, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 226 (dis- tributed as D. corymbosa); calcareous cliffs, facing north, alt. 900- 290 Rhodora [AUGUST 1125 m., Table-topped Mt., August 7, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 581; mossy hornblende-schist at about 915 m. (3000 ft.) near eastern end of the basin, northeastern slope of “Mt. Logan” [later determined to be Mt. Mattaouisse], July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, nos. 25,097, 25,101, 25,102; cold chimneys and rock-shelves at about 915-1000 m. alt, south side of Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 8, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,779 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); cold schistose walls at head (alt. about 1070 m.) of Big Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 14, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Pease & Smith, no. 25,783; boggy openings in Fernald Pass, alt. about 885 m., between Mts. Mattaouisse and Fortin, August 20, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 27,780; moist turfy chimneys at about 850-1000 m. alt., southern slope of Mt. Fortin, July 12, 1923, Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 25,781; gravelly and turfy slides and chim- neys at about 850-1000 m. alt., in the steep schistose southern face of Mt. Fortin, August 21, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,784; cold, mossy chimneys (alt. about 800-1050 m.) at head of Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, July 13, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,782. All distributed, unless other- wise noted, as D. fladnizensis. Map 3. Draba Allenii, like Ranunculus Allenii Robinson, commemorates the pioneer botanical explorations of the Shickshock Mts. by Jonn ALPHEUS ALLEN, 1863-1916. Although obviously related to D. fladnizensis Wulfen and D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball (D. lactea Adams; D. Wahlenbergii Hartm.), PLATE 291, it differs from them both in important characters. Schulz, as noted in the discussion of D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha, cites the two specimens of D. Allenii, which had come to his attention, one as the only basis in North America of D. fladnizensis, as var. laxior (Gaudin) O. E. Schulz, based on D. sclerophylla Gaud., @. laxior Gaudin; the other as the only eastern Canadian representative of D. lactea. Whether D. sclerophylla, 8. laxior Gaudin is properly referable to D. fladnizensis is a question for students of the alpine flora of Europe : to determine; but from D. Allenii it is very definitely distinguished by the following points specially noted in Gaudin's original and very detailed description: *Rosulae sessiles, densissime caespitosae, aggregatae et quasi confluentes" (in D. Allenit the rosettes ter- minating loosely elongate caudices and themselves very lax); ^F olia dura, . . . lineari-igulata, . . . obsolete uninervia, pilis mere marginalibus, rigidis" (in D. Allenii leaves thin and membranaceous, oblanceolate, very prominently costate beneath, mostly eciliate, but rarely with a few flexuous cilia); “Flores per exsiccationem ochroleuci” (in D. Allem?$ with no 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 291 obvious yellow after 10-12 years); “Siliculae . . . pedun- culum aequantes, . . . ovale, . . . stigmate sessili" (in D. Allenii siliques much shorter than pedicels, lance-acuminate, with definite style). In general one does not expect in Gaspé local plants of the Swiss Alps, unless they have been found to have a broad circumpolar dispersal; and Schulz's account of his D. fladnizensis, var. laxior contains a point not mentioned by Gaudin, which is inconsistent with D. Allenii being the European plant: “Pedicelli . , inferiores (1-2) saepe ex axilla folii prodeuntes” (never in D. Allenü). , Draba fladnizensis, as shown in the original plate and in other excellent illustrations as well as in specimens from the Tirol and from the Rhaetic Alps and other continental European mountains, is, as well described by Schulz, a densely cespitose plant, with closely crowded short crowns, the oblong leaves very conspicuously and permanently ciliate with long stiff divergent trichomes, the siliques ellipsoid or oblong, obtuse, with valves scarcely reticulate, the septum without a long fold, the seeds 12-20. D. Allenii in its humifuse habit, with elongate freely forking filiform caudices, its leaves, when rarely ciliate, with few short, soft and erect (not divergent) cilia, its lance-acuminate or acute siliques with distinctly veiny valves, strong longitudinal fold of the septum and fewer seeds, is abundantly distinct. Whether or not Draba lactea (PLATE 291) is maintained as a species or is treated as a variety (var. heterotricha) of D. fladnizensis, it has little in common with D. Allenii: cespitose habit; coarsely ciliate and variously pubescent leaves; much larger flowers; oblong to narrowly ovate siliques averaging twice as large as in D. Allenii and with vein- less valves, plane septum and more numerous and larger seeds. Draba Allenii is presumably on Mt. Katahdin, Maine. On Sep- tember 21, 1926, Dr. G. L. Stebbins, jr. found at 4000 feet in the Chimney of Mt. Katahdin two plants of a strange Draba. Dr. Stebbins's published memorandum follows: While looking at the plants of Saxifraga Aizoon L. in the chimney, I noticed among them two plants of a Draba which I did not recognize, and which did not correspond to any of the Drabas described in Gray's Manual. Although I searched the surrounding rocks, I failed to find . more than two plants, so I dared to take only a stalk with the seed pods. When I showed this to Professor Fernald, he identified it as Draba flad- nizensis Wulfen, an arctic-alpine species which had not been found before south of the Shickshock Mountains of Quebec, and is therefore new to New England. Although both the Draba and the Saxifrage are normally 292 Rhodora [AuGUsT lime-loving, they were growing here on granite rocks in an acid soil region, and seemed quite healthy. There may be a little rich pocket in that particular spot, and it would certainly be interesting to find the soil reaction there.! Under date of January 6, 1934, Dr. Stebbins writes: “I have visited the spot where I found them three times since, and in each case as diligent search as I was able to make failed to reveal the two plants or any others. I have, of course, been very much on the lookout for it on other parts of the mountain, but it hasn't turned up yet. The only hope for a real stand of it is in a narrow ravine that branches off the chimney to the right at its base, and looks wicked for climbing, though I have no doubt that the same band of softer, presumably more calcareous rock traverses it that is found in the chimney itself, which harbors quite a little Saxifraga Aizoon, and where I found the two plants mentioned. ””? 'The much denuded fruiting raceme (with the valves gone) which Dr. Stebbins brought back seems to be that of Draba Allenii. With- out seeing the foliage, however, it would be unwise to identify it with positiveness. 4. D. RUPESTRIS R. Br. Densely to loosely cespitose, the multicipal caudex with the short branches retaining marcescent leaves or their shreds and terminating in rosettes: leaves membranaceous, linear- oblanceolate to oblong, acutish, 5-15 mm. long, 1-3.3 mm. broad, 2—4-toothed or entire, hispid with simple or variously forking trichomes, the midrib delicate and evanescent: flowering stem capillary, naked (or rarely with 1-3 small leaves), 1-11 (-*25," Ekm.) em. high, hirtellous with simple and forking trichomes or rarely glabrous: raceme during anthesis corymbose, in fruit elongating and with rachis up to 6 cm. long, 3-20-flowered; pedicels hirtellous with simple or forking tri- chomes, in maturity 1-4 mm. long; sepals narrowly oblong, 1.5 mm. long, hirtellous: petals white, obovate, 2.5-4 mm. long: ovary glabrous or hirtellous with simple and forking trichomes, 12-30-ovuled; siliques on suberect or strongly ascending short pedicels, oblong, 3-8 mm. long, hirtellous with simple or forking trichomes or glabrous (var. LEIOCARPA O. E. Schulz), with very short style: seeds oval, 1G. L. Stebbins, jr., RHODORA, xxix. 15, 16 (1927). 2 Dr. E. T. Wherry, reporting on soil from the base of the Saxifraga Aizoon from Mt. Katahdin, “found it to be exactly neutral. The lime producing this condition in the soil may have come from a local concentration of calcium minerals in the granite—which is well known to occur elsewhere in Maine, especially on Mt. Desert | Island—or may have been set free by unusually thorough decomposition of the humus at this point. The thing most difficult to account for would seem to be the manner in which the seeds of these circumneutral soil species managed to ‘find’ this favorable spot in the middle of a vast area of soils too acid to permit the plants to thrive.— Wherry, RHODORA, xxix. 139, 140 (1927). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 293 brown, 1-1.3 mm. long.—R. Br. in Hort. Kew. ed. 2. iv. 91 (1812); DC. Syst. ii. 344 (1821) and Prodr. i. 169 (1824); Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, lvii. no. 3: 53, t. 3, figs. h and o (1917); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!^». 223 (1927). D. hirta Sm. Fl. Brit. ii. 677 (1800) and Engl. Bot. xix. t. 1338 (1804), not L. (1759). D. hirta, x rupestris (R. Br.) Wahlenb. Fl. Suec. 399 (1824).—Northern Europe, Greenland, Lab- rador, Ungava and Newfoundland, very local. LABRADOR: Ramah, July 15-August 20, 1894, A. Stecker (distributed as D. hirta, var. arctica) ; Eastward side of East Summit of Bishop's Mitre, lat. 57? 56’, August 21, 1931, Abbe, no. 385; Okkak, Weitz (Brit. Mus.); Battle Map 4. Eastern Amer- Harbor, August 3, 1913, W. E. Ekblaw. !càn Range of DmaBA UNcaava: crevices of rock, Cape Chudleigh, m ds R. Bell, no. 2027. NEWFOUNDLAND: limestone barren, near sea-level, Pointe Riche, August 4, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3455, siliques glabrous = var. LEIOCARPA O. E. Schulz, l. c. 224 (1927). PLATE 293; MAP 4. Draba rupestris is obviously very rare in eastern America. The plants cited are fair matches for material from the type station, Ben Lawers (Fic. 1). Most of the plants, common in western and northern Newfoundland, with a marked variety in Gaspé, which have been passing as D. rupestris are better referred to the coarser and usually more leafy D. norvegica Gunner. Should it prove on further observa- tion, as seems not unlikely, that D. rupestris and D. norvegica are confluent, the earliest name, D. norvegica Gunner (1772), should be used for both. I am here maintaining D. rupestris out of deference to the opinion of European students, although I expect that further study in the field will demonstrate it to be only an extreme phase of D. norvegica. 5. D. CRASSIFOLIA Graham. — Short-lived perennial (biennial or annual ?) with simple or slightly branching caudex forming solitary rosettes or mats up to 5 em. broad, glabrous throughout or the leaves sometimes ciliate: leaves somewhat fleshy, drying thin and subtranslu- cent, oblanceolate, obtuse or subacute, entire or essentially so, 0.4- 1.5 em. long, 1.5-5 mm. broad, glabrous throughout or frequently sparsely ciliate with simple (rarely bifurcate) trichomes 0.5-1 mm. long: scapes filiform, including the raceme 1-10 cm. high, naked or rarely with 1 or 2 leaves, glabrous: raceme at first corymbiform, elongating in fruit to 1-7 cm., 3 (rarely 1)-10-flowered, the lower 1-2 flowers remote: pedicels filiform, glabrous, the lower in fruit becoming 4-10 294 Rhodora [AUGUST (rarely —22) mm. long: sepals oblong or oblong-elliptic, 1.5-2.3 mm. long: petals yellow, drying whitish, rarely white from the first, often purple-tinged, narrowly spatulate-obovate to cuneate-oblanceolate, emarginate, 2-3 mm. long, 0.7-1.2 mm. wide: anthers 0.2-0.3 mm. long: ovary glabrous, with 16-20 ovules and sessile stigma: siliques on spreading or arched-ascending pedicels, elliptic-lanceolate to oblong, glabrous, 3-9.5 mm. long, capped by the sessile stigma; the valves scarcely nerved: seeds 0.75-0.8 mm. long.—Edinb. New Phil. Journ. (Apr.—June, 1829), 182 (1829); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 54 (1830); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838); Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 38 (1880); Wats. in Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. i!. 108 (1895), mostly; ME kA lc poen Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, ii. no. 7:32 (1926); O. E. Schulz in Engler, pea e —— Pflanzenr. iv!9», 325 (1927).—Greenland; Labra- dor; northernmost Ungava; Rocky Mountains of Alberta and British Columbia, south in alpine areas, very locally, to Colorado; Arctic Europe. LABRADOR: steep, wet cold bank of “K” River, Kangalaksiorvik, lat. 59? 18', Abbe, no. 374: Ramah, Sornborger, no. 175 (mostly). Uneava: Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, Malte, no. 120,092. PLATE 294; MAP 5. In western America passing into the following varieties: Var. ALBERTINA (Greene) O. E. Schulz, l. c. 327 (1927). D. albertina Greene, Pittonia, iv. 312 (1901).—Leaves more or less pubescent with stellate as well as simple and bifurcate trichomes; the cilia often numerous and 0.7-1.3 mm. long; racemes up to 17-flowered.—Alberta and British Columbia to Colorado and California. Var. PAnRYrI (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz, |. c. 327 (1927), as to type, but excluding Schulz’s description and the Labrador plant. D. Parryi Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 241 (1902).—Leaves linear-oblance- olate, 1-2.5 em. long, 1-2.5 mm. wide, acutish, glabrous or ciliate only at base: flowering stems up to 1.6 dm. high, with racemes up to 25-flowered.—Colorado and Wyoming. PraATkE 300, Frias. 4 and 5. Although Draba crassifolia is often said to be sometimes annual (“annual or biennial "—Watson; “Herba annua, dein perennans"— Schulz), I have seen few specimens which seem to be unquestionably annual; most of them have remnants of the last year's leaves below the fresh rosette. Those who have known the species best all treat it as perennial. Graham had before him the living plants which he had himself raised at Edinburgh from seeds "presented by Mr. Drummond in February 1828." "These began flowering and fruiting 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 295 in 1829, and under date of “10th June 1829" Graham described his species: “ Plant densely caespitose, perennial." That it is a perennial which begins flowering very promptly is, however, indecated by Graham's statement: “It flowers most freely, . . . produces abundance of seed, and has come up in many of the neighbouring pots in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden without any change of char- acter." If by the latter statement Graham meant that the cultivated plant had, in slightly more than one year, seeded, scattered its seeds and produced a second crop which had matured far enough to justify his saying “without any change of character," then, in cultivation in a temperate climate, D. crassifolia may evidently become annual. Mrs. Ekman, who seems to have studied the Greenland and European plants very thoroughly, says, “ Planta saepe caespitosa.” On the other hand, specimens of Drummond's original material (FIG. 1), which had once belonged to Jacques Gay but which are now in the Gray Herbarium, bear Gay’s comment: “Févr. 1851. La plante est évidemment annuelle! Hooker et Asa Gray la classent à tort parmi les espéces vivaces." Rydberg, in his Flora of the Rocky Mountains, ed. 2: 350, 353, reduces D. albertina Greene, without qualification, to D. crassifolia and he defines the latter as having “leaves oblanceolate to spatulate, hirsute" as contrasted with the “leaves narrowly linear-oblanceolate, glabrous" of his own D. Parryi (PLATE 300, FIGS. 4 and 5), which he maintains as a species. In view of the doubts raised as to the duration of Draba crassifolia and by the definition of it by Rydberg as having the leaves hirsute, it has seemed desirable to examine Graham's own specimen. This, most happily, has been possible through the kindness of my good friend, the Regius Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, Sir William Wright Smith (to whom I here reexpress my sincere appreciation); and I now have before me the original specimen pre- served by Graham: “Draba crassifolia Graham, Hort. Bot. Edin. 1829. Seeds from Arctic America."! This is, as Graham himself stated, identical with Drummond's material (PLATE 294, FIG. 1). 1 Drummond collected the plant, as shown on the label of one of his specimans in the Gray Herbarium (sent by Hooker, with whose specimens Graham’s cultivated plant is identical) on ‘‘Summits of the Rocky Mountains between lat. 52? and 57°.” The assumption, very general in the reports on botanical explorations in British America in the 1st half of the 19th century, that all points slightly north of the international boundary were ‘‘arctic’’ has led to endless confusion, by the citation, by Hooker and others, of plants growing from 52?—57? as coming from '' Arctic America." 296 Rhodora [AvGUST It is the northernmost extreme of the species adequately and clearly described by Graham with “ Leaves (5 lines long, 2 broad), much crowded, subcarnose, smooth, veinless [when fresh, although clearly veiny by transmitted light when dry], indistinctly keeled, sub- denticulate, rather sparingly ciliated with simple spreading hairs.” Rydberg’s description of his Draba Parryi (which I am treating as a Colorado variety of D. crassifolia) was Annual, perfectly glabrous, except a few cilia on the petioles: stems several, usually less than 1 dm. high, seapiform or rarely with a stem leaf: basal leaves numerous, linear or narrowly linear-oblanceolate, 1.5- 2.5 em. long—; ete. The Colorado material of var. Parryi (PLATE 300, FIGs. 4 and 5) has at most (so far as I have seen) about 24 seeds in a silique, the leaves are at most 2.5 mm. wide and the tallest stem seen is 1.6 dm. high. Schulz, however, in transferring D. Parryi to varietal rank, gives it a characterization so unlike that of Rydberg’s species that it Is apparent that he has confused something with it: Planta altior et ramosior, fructifera usque ad .20 em longa. Caules interdum 3-4-phylli. Folialongiora, usque 3 emlonga. . . . Ovarium 24-36-ovultum. Pedicelli inferiores saepe valde elongati, usque 2, 5 em longi. Schulz, furthermore, begins his citation of specimens with Labrador; and of the tall (up to 2.5 dm.), branching, large-leaved (leaves 3-8 mm. broad), leafy-stemmed plant from Ramah (Sornborger, no. 61), which may have as many as 48 ovules and which has petals twice as large as in D. Parryi, he specially comments: “ August fruchtend, besonders luxuriós mit beblütterten Ästen.” Schulz’s description of var. Parryi was, apparently, derived chiefly from the wholly distinct plant of Labrador (our no. 11, PLATE 300, FIGs. 1-3). I have not seen the other Labrador specimens cited by Schulz under var. Parryi; they may be like the Sornborger material. It should be noted, however, that “Cumberland Inlet," cited under Labrador, is presumably the well-known Cumberland Sound of Baffin Island. 6. D. uivAnis Liljebl. Densely to loosely cespitose, forming mats 1-10 em. across; the branches of the multicipital caudex clothed with marcescent shreds of dead leaves and ending in compact subglobose rosettes 3-15 mm. in diameter: leaves cuncate-obovate to broadly oblance- olate, obtuse, entire or essentially so, subcoriaceous, 3-11 mm. long, 14.5 mm. broad, with the firm subulate midrib prominent beneath, the surfaces canescent-pannose with minute sessile or subsessile stellate 1934] — Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 207 trichomes: flowering stem naked and scapose, very rarely with a single small leaf, filiform, 1-10 em. high, stellate-tomentulose: raceme sub- capitate at flowering, in fruit elongate into an open or lax raceme with rachis up to 6 em. long, 1-13-flowered: pedicels stellate-tomentu- lose, very short in flower, elongating in fruit to 1-8 mm., then spread- ing or subascending: sepals narrowly oblong or narrowly ovate, 1.5-2 mm. long, stellate-pilose; petals white, cuneate-obovate, 2.5-3 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. broad: anthers about 0.3 mm. long: ovary minutely stellate, 14-28-ovuled; siliques strongly flattened, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, narrowed to the short (0.1-0.4 mm.) style, glabrous, 4-9 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad; seeds 14-28, 0.7-1 mm. long.—Vet.- Akad. Handl. (1793) 208 (1793), Utkast til Sv. Fl. ed. 2: 269, fig. 35 (1798) and Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. vi. 47, t. II, fig. 2 (1799); Wat- son in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i'. 109 (1895); Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, ii. no. 7: 26, t. II, figs. 2, 7, 8, 10, 13 and 16 (1926); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflan- zenr. iv.!, 209 (1927); Elis. Ekm. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxvii. 339 (1933). D. muricella Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 174 (1812); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 52 (1830); Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 104 (1838). D. Liljebladii Wallm. in Liljebl. Sv. Fl. ed. 3: 350 (1816). D. stellata, x. nivalis (Liljebl.) Regel, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxxiv?. 192 . s. Mdb * (1861); Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 50 na A ur (1883).—Arctic regions and mts. of Eurasia and North America, south to the Straits of Belle Isle, New- foundland, the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec and shores of Hudson Bay. LABRADOR: talus slope, west side of the lower lake, Valley of the Bryant Lakes, Kangalaksiorvik, lat. 59? 23', Abbe, no. 383; spur on southwest side (alt. 1140 m.), Mount Tetragona, lat. 59° 18’, Abbe, nos. 377, 378; Kangalaksiorvik Bay, September, 1908, Owen Bryant; on granitic rock, Head of Main Arm of Ekortiarsuk Bay, Woodworth, no. 240; margin of solid polygon, upper ridge (ca. 840 m.), Cape Mugford Peninsula, lat. 57° 50’, Abbe, no. 372; Okkak, Moravian Brothers; steep rocky hillside, Percoliak Island, Nain Bay, lat. 57?, Harlow Bishop, no. 324; Anatolak, Sewall, no. 516; Nain, Lundberg (Brit. Mus.); moist crevice near top of hill, Rodney Mundy Island, Indian Harbor, lat. 54? 27', Abbe & Hogg, no. 369; rocky places, Dead Islands, lat. 52° 48’, July, 1882, J. A. Allen. Unaava: Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, Malte, nos. 120,098, 120,159. NrwFrouNDLAND: rocky crests, Cape Dégrat, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,344, 28,345; dry slaty crests of hills, Little Quirpon, Fernald & Long, no. 28,343; open 298 Rhodora [AUGUST peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,346; crevices of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,347; gravelly shelves, crests and talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mountain, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,342. QUEBEC: calcareous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, slightly west of Marten River, Gaspé Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 25,100; roches humides des falaises, Ruisseau Sorel, Gaspé Co., Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,675; on bare hornblende-schist near the summit, about 1100 m. (3600 ft.) alt., Mt. Fortin, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,099; moist turfy chimneys at about 850-1000 m. alt., in steep schistose southern face of Mt. Fortin, Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 25,786, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,788; cold chimneys and rock-slides at about 915-1000 m. alt., south side of Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,785; cliffs and chimneys at about 800-1050 m. alt., east of Big Cascade, Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, Dodge & Pease, no. 25,787. PLATE 295, rias. 1-3; MAP 6. 7. D. Peasei, sp. n. (TAB. 295, FIGs. 4-7), planta laxe cespitosa stragula 6 em. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis filiformibus albescentibus nitidis inferne foliis emortuis vix fibrillosis squamatis, superne foliis rosulatis cespitem laxum 6-13 mm. diametro formanti- bus; foliis linearibus vel lineari-oblance- qo r olatis acutis crassis 3-6.5 mm. longis iu ri 1-1.5 mm. latis integris valde costatis ^ E utrinque laxe stellato-pannosis stellis 0.3-0.4 diametro, foliis maturis glab- ratis subcoriaceis nitidis; caulibus fili- formibus scapiformibus 2 cm. altis E stellato-hirtellis; floribus ignotis; ra- ^ cemis fructiferis parum elongatis (rhachi E 1-2 cm. longo); pedicellis fructiferis a stellato-hirtellis imis 4-6 mm. longis; ANE m siliquis stellato-hirtellis 3-6 ellipticis Map7. Rangeof DnaBA PEasgi, acutis 3-5.5 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis stylo 0.8-1 mm. longo coronatis, valvis reticulato-nervosis; seminibus 1.2-1.8 mm. longis 4—5 in utroque loculo a funiculis 0.3-0.6 mm. longis pendulis.—QUEBEC: talus slope near Cape Rosier, Gaspé Co., July 18, 1928, A. S. Pease, no. 20,194 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Map 7. Draba Peasei, with which it is a great pleasure to associate the name of its discoverer, ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE, distinguished classical scholar and keen amateur botanist, was at first identified by me as D. oligosperma Hook. of the Rocky Mountain region and under that name was reported by Pease, RHopora, xxxi. 55 (1929). It is, however, quite distinct from D. oligos perma in several characters, although the few and very large seeds and the long style at once 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 299 suggest that species. But D. oligosperma has much narrower and rigid leaves with more pronounced keel, usually smoother scape, longer raceme, pedicels strongly thickened at summit, inequilateral siliques often subtended by marcescent sepals, the valves (when pubescent) bearing simple or bifurcate, rather than stellate trichomes. In its flattish leaves D. Peasci is nearer to D. incerta Payson, of the northern Rocky Mountains, but that likewise has the siliques with simpler pubescence (or glabrous), longer, and with a strongly marked inequilateral tendency and usually longer pedicels (lowest in maturity 5-15 mm. long). Fuller and younger material of D. Pease? is needed, especially in flower and younger fruit. Its cordilleran allies have yellow petals. 8. D. aurEA M. Vahl. Short-lived perennial, or perhaps sometimes biennial, the simple to several-crowned caudex covered below with marcescent leaves and their hardened bases: new rosettes 2-7 cm. broad; their leaves oblanceolate to narrowly spatulate-obovate, narrowed to petioles, entire or obscurely dentate, 1-3.5 cm. long, 2-7 mm. broad, canescent-pilose on both surfaces with mixed simple, variously forking and stellate trichomes: flowering stems simple to freely branching, 1—4 dm. high, pilose-hirsute with mixed pubescence, : WS leafy: cauline leaves 7-25, (f ls $ AT 3 lanceolate, oblanceolate d SES à or oblong, entire or with : < low dentation, with pu- 5 EA. bescence similar to that of p Eb c rosette and stem; raceme : \ at first crowded, finally p m : much elongated and occu- adi pying 14-44 the total height of the plant, chiefly » 10-60-flowered, the lower 4-12 flowers of the prim- Map 8. Range in eastern America of DRABA ary raceme usually leafy- ogg. bracted: pedicels erect, the lowest becoming 5-15 mm. long in fruit: sepals oblong or narrowly ovate, obtuse, pilose, 2-4 mm. long; petals deep- to sulphur-yellow when fresh, narrowly cuneate-obovate, rounded or but slightly emarginate at sum- mit, 4-6 mm. long: anthers about 0.5 mm. long: ovary densely pubes- cent, with 30-50 ovules; style elongate (up to 1 mm. long): siliques lanceolate to linear-oblong, 0.7-2 cm. long, 1.5-3 mm. broad, usually twisted, with style 0.5-1.8 mm. long; valves with dense mixed pilosity: seeds 30—50, about 1 mm. long.—Vahl in Hornem. Fors. Dansk Oecon. Plantel. ed. 2: 599 (name), in Hornem. Fl. Dan. ix. fasc. xxv. 3, t. meecelx (1818) and in Hornem. Fors. Dansk Oecon. Plantel. ed. 3, 300 Rhodora [AuGustT i. 696 (1821); DC. Syst. ii. 350 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1. 55 (1830); Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 107 (1838); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. it. 110 (1895) in large part; O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. 1v!9», 175 (1927) as to main form. D. aureiformis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 278 (May, 1901). D. Bakeri Greene, Pl. Baker. iii. 6 (Nov. 18, 1901). D. uber Nelson, Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 366 (1902). D. aurca, var. aureiformis (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz, l. c. 176 (1927). D. aurea, var. aureiformis, forma uber (Nelson) O. E. Schulz, l. c. 176 (1927).—Greenland, Labrador and Ungava; Alberta and British Columbia, south to South Dakota and Utah. LABRADOR: Ramah, A. Stecker, no. 216; Hebron, Erdmann, no. 63 (Brit. Mus.) ; Okkak, Moravian Bros.; Port Manvers, E. B. Delabarre, no. 93. UNGAva: south of Fort George, James Bay, A. P. Low, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. nos. 63,145, 63,146. PLATE 296; MAP 8. 'The report of Draba aurca from Michigan (Walpole, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. vi. 313. 1926) was based on a fruiting specimen of D. arabisans. Although it is customary in the Rocky Mountain region to consider Draba aureiformis Rydb. a species apart from D. aurea of Greenland and Labrador it would seem that those who do so have seen in- adequate material of true Greenland D. aurea for comparison. Ryd- berg, in publishing it said This species is nearest related to D. aurea, but characterized by the small light yellow petals [in the description “sulphur yellow, 3-4 mm. long"], the slender style [about 1 mm. long’’], the less dense pubescence, and slender stem. Schulz, in separating it, as var. aureiformis, gives the same general characters, which, had he seen fuller material from the Rocky Moun- tains, he would have found unreliable: Var. AUREIFORMIS: Planta saepe gracilior. Flores minores. Sepala 2-2,5 mm longa [in typical D. aurea ‘3 mm longa"]. Petala dilutiora, sulphurea, 3-4 mm longa [in D. aurea “aurea, 5 mm longa"]. Siliculae 7-15 mm longae, 2,5-3 mm latae, stylo breviore 0,5-1 mm longo coronatae [in D. aurea “1,2-1,6 em longae, 2-3 mm latae, . . . apice stylo tenui 1-1,5 mm longo coronatae"]. ` As for the more "slender" cordilleran plant, it may be pointed out that most of the Greenland plants in the Gray Herbarium have the flowering stems (1—4 dm. high) only 1-1.5 mm. in diameter at base, although the stoutest of the 61 stems of the Greenland plant before me has a maximum diameter of 3.5 mm. Macoun's no. 10,276 from Waterton Lake, Alberta (FIG. 3), has the stems 2-2.5 mm. thick; these measurements are repeated by the cotype of D. uber Nelson (a low and compact form), by Wolf & Rothrock’s no. 634 from Colorado, 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 301 by Patterson's no. 7 from Colorado, by Goodding's no. 1404 from Utah and by several other American specimens. Conversely, I fail to find a single cordilleran specimen “more slender" than the run of slender Greenland plants (FIGs. 1 and 2). As for the smaller sepals (3 mm. long in the Greenland plant, 2-2.5 in the American), these measurements must have been optimistically made. 3 mm. is a good average for the Greenland specimens, but it is easy to find Greenland sepals 2.5 mm. long and not difficult to find them up to 3.5 mm. Although many American specimens have sepals only 2.5 mm. long, others show them longer: Rydberg’s no. 516 from South Dakota, Burke's Rocky Mountain specimens, Wolf & Rothrock’s no. 634 from Colorado and J. R. Churchill’s collection of June 13, 1918 from Colorado all have them 3 mm. long; and such a beautifully prepared plant as Patterson’s no. 7 from Gray’s Peak shows many 3.2-3.3 mm. long, while Payson & Payson’s young material, no. 5024, has them up to 3.4 mm. long. Similarly with the petals, it is not difficult to find plenty of petals of the cordilleran plant 4.5 mm. long (Payson & Payson, no. 5024, Wolf & Rothrock, no. 634, Butters & Holway, no. 40, etc., etc.), while a length of fully 5 mm. is easily measured in the Churchill and the Patterson speci- mens. Although Schulz indicates that the siliques of the cordilleran plant are shorter (7-15 mm. long) than in the Greenland plant and that the styles are shorter, 0.5-1 mm. long, against 1-1.5 mm. in the Greenland plant, it is not without significance that the Patterson material so much cited and the Macoun plant from Waterton Lake (FIG. 3) should have siliques longer (17 mm. long) than Shulz allows for the Greenland plant; it is also important to note that the style in Greenland specimens (Upernavik, July 14, 1929, Porsild, our Fic. 2) may be well under 1 mm. in length, while in some cordilleran speci- mens (Patterson, no. 7, and Butters & Holway, no. 40) they are well over 1 mm. long. With a residue of “sulphur yellow” against “ aurea” as the specific or varietal difference between D. aureiformis and D. aurea it hardly seems worth while to attempt to keep them apart. As a Greenland and Labrador plant with a large cordilleran representation, D. aurea is consistent and is one of a large group of species with similar dis- ruption of range. In the cordilleran region the group has greatly segregated and we get the fairly distinguished D. luteola Greene 302 Rhodora [AuausT (PLATE 297, FIGS. 6 and 7), D. surculifera Nelson (treated by Schulz as a form of D. aurea), D. spectabilis Greene, D. neomexicana Greene, D. Helleriana Greene and D. pinetorum Greene. On the limestone shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence in eastern Quebec and on the calcareous islands of James Bay the group of D. aurea is represented by the following localized species. 9. D. minganensis (Victorin), comb. nov. Biennial or perennial, with simple to multicipital caudex: new rosettes 1-17 cm. across; their leaves oblanceolate, entire or sparingly dentate, 0.5-9 cm. long, 1.5-17 mm. broad, green to canescent, the surfaces more or less densely covered with stalked and few-rayed irregularly stellate trichomes: flowering stems 1-very many, simple to abundantly branched, 0.44 dm. high, pilose-hirsute with simple, forking and stellate trichomes, leafy: cauline leaves 7-25, oblong to narrowly ovate, rounded to the sessile base, entire or dentate, 0.5-4.2 cm. long, 0.2-2 cm. broad, densely to sparsely stellate-tomentulose: racemes corymbiform in anthesis, soon loosening and becoming in fruit 3-9 cm. long, 1.5-3.5 cm. in diameter, standing well above the foliage (very rarely with 1 basal P sal 4 1 "S ' al e i E Thos Å - Ls) ' y. 1 y : P. D» E a H i BT D po E "d Map 9. Range of DRABA MINGANENSIS. bract), mostly 10—30-flowered: pedicels spreading to arched-ascending, with pubescence as on the stem, the lowest becoming 2—4 mm. long: sepals 2.3-3.3 mm. long, oblong to oval, the herbaceous back villous, the broad margins hyaline: petals yellow, when fresh, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, narrowly cuneate-obovate, shallowly emarginate: anthers 0.3-0.4 mm. long: ovary strongly villous-hirsute, with 30-40 ovules and definite style: siliques lanceolate to linear-oblong, usually twisted, 1-1.8 em. long, 2-4 mm. broad, densely hirtellous with long divergent to retrorse unequally 2-3-pronged or sometimes simple trichomes mostly 0.5-1 mm. long; style 1-1.5 mm. long: seeds brown, with conspicuous black hilum, 1 mm. long.—D. luteola Greene, var. minganensis Victorin, Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. sér. iii. xxii. (Sec. v.) 174, t. iv. (1928). Local, QUEBEC: Mingan Islands, July, 1882, Linden; sur le cailloutis nu et les lichens, sur la Pointe entre la Petite Île et “La Montagnaise," Archipel de Mingan, 29 juillet 1926, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,828 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 303 (cotype in Gray Herb.); among boulders by the St. Lawrence, north base of Cap Enragé, Bic, July 8, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald (erroneously reported as D. borealis DC., in Ruopora, vii. 267 (1905); cold limy cliffs, north side of Cap Enragé, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 577 (erroneously reported as D. aurea Vahl, in Ruopora, ix. 161 (1907)) ; crevices of limestone-conglomerate, north side of Cap Enragé, Bie, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1064, 1065; sur le conglomérat nu, au nord du Cap Enragé, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,582 (reported as D. luteola Greene, by Victorin, l. c.); talus, north slope, and beach under Cap Orignal. Bie, Fernald & Collins, nos. 578, 579; sur les schistes emittés, Pointe sud-ouest du Cap à l'Orignal, Bie, Rousseau, no. 31,007; sandy shore, Brushy Island, James Bay, David Potter, no. 546; sand along freshwater creek, 2-5 miles north of The Post, Charlton Island, James Bay, Potter, no. 247; sand and gravel, Little Charlton Island, J. M. Macoun, no. 1920 (see discussion on p. 250). PLATE 297, FIGS. 1—5 and PLATE 298; MAP 9. Draba minganensis belongs to the yellow-flowered and leafy group of biennials and short-lived perennials which includes D. aurea M. Vahl and D. luteola Greene, with both of which it has been identified. From D. aurea, as clearly pointed out by Victorin, it differs in the strictly terminal racemes and the short pedicels. D. aurea (PLATE 296), furthermore, has the mature (fruiting) raceme very elongate, occupying 14-4 the entire height of the plant and, on account of the suberect pedicels, only 0.8-2.5 cm. in diameter. D. minganensis, with its shorter and thicker, strictly terminal racemes, with shorter and more spreading pedicels, is well separated from it, although its pubescence, especially of the siliques, is essentially the same. Victorin left the plant of Bic (PLATES 298 and 297, FIG. 5) with the Rocky Mountain Draba luteola (PLATE 297, rias. 6 and 7) but separated from them the Mingan Island material (PLATE 297, FIGS. 1-4) as D. luteola, var. minganensis: A typo differt: parvo habitu (4-9 mm. [em.] long., raro 16 mm. [em.]); caulinaribus foliis anguste ovo-lanceolatis (8-12 mm. long., 2 mm. lat.; raro 20 mm. long. et 5 mm. lat.), pubescentibus, ut caule stellaeformibus pilis densissimis longissimisque, praesertim inferius cum magnis dentibus spretis; foliis rosularibus generaliter integris. I an unable, however, to separate on very fundamental lines the Mingan and Bic material. Most of the former (the type no.) is very small individuals (PLATE 297, Fias. 1-3) from bare rocks and lichen-crust (one of the most sterile of habitats), conforming to Victorin's description in its low stature (4-9 cm.) and small leaves (8-12 mm. long, 2 mm. wide), but the Linden plant from the Mingans 304 Rhodora [AvausT (exact locality unknown) is better-grown and presumably from a more favorable habitat, 1.6 dm. high (very immature), with numerous branches. When fully grown it would have had considerable stature. At Bie Draba minganensis occurs either in the most sterile of dry gravels or in the most fertile of guano-enriched or cool and fog- moistened limy slopes and cliffs. In the driest gravel (Fernald & Collins, no. 578) the fully ripe fruiting plant (PLATE 297, FIG. 5) may be only 9 em. high, with densely pubescent leaves only 5-10 mm. long. On rich and moist spots, however, it (PLATE 298) may be 4 dm. high, in the most luxuriant plants with as many as 20 freely branched flowering stems, with rosette-leaves up to 9 cm. long and 1.7 cm. broad and cauline leaves up to 4.2 cm. long and 2 em. broad. These luxuriant plants, growing in cool and moist, highly enriched (with guano) habitats at Bie, certainly exceed in all points the starved type-material of D. minganensis and as a further response to their most favorable habitat their fleshy and brittle leaves have the pubes- cence more scattered than in the xerophytic type. The dwarf individuals (PLATE 297, FIG. 5) at Bic, however, growing in semi-arid conditions, have a stature as low, the leaves as small and the pubes- cence as dense as the type-collection (PLATE 297, Frias. 1-3) from the Mingans. In many of the Bic specimens, furthermore, the cauline leaves show as appreciable toothing as in the Mingan plant, while some individuals of the latter series have nearly all the leaves entire. In the characteristic pubescence of the siliques, PLATE 298, FIGs. 2 and 3 (young in the Mingan material), and of the stems and pedicels I can find no difference. These characters seem to me more funda- mental than the stature and the degree of toothing of the leaves. Although the plant of Bic and the Mingan Islands has been placed with D. luteola Greene, of the Rocky Mountains, it differs from the cordilleran species in so many important characters that I cannot feel that the two are conspecific. D. luteola, as shown by a sheet of the type-collection and by others from the same region of Colorado (PLATE 297, FIGs. 6 and 7), has the pubescence of the entire plant very much finer than in D. minganensis, the stems and pedicels, as Greene correctly described them, “cinereously stellate-pubescent throughout, with only a scanty and dimly perceptible villous pubes- cence of simple hairs mixed with the stellate"; in D. minganensis the stems and pedicels are as pilose-hirsute as in D. incana. In D. luteola, as originally described, the racemes are “narrow and rather strict," 1934] Maguire,— Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana 305 the specimens showing them only 1.2-2 cm. in diameter (in D. min- ganensis 1.5-3.5 em. thick); in D. luteola the slender and short- tomentulose lower pedicels are 4-8 mm. long (in D. minganensis thick, long-pubescent and only 2-4 mm. long). In D. luteola the siliques are pubescent with ascending to barely spreading and chiefly simple trichomes mostly less than 0.5 mm. long (in D. minganensis villous with divergent to retrorse mostly 2-3-pronged trichomes 0.5-1 mm. long). habital character, furthermore, is apparently a singificant one. The primary racemes of D. luteola when mature make up, as in D. aurea, a large portion of the plant, occupying L4-24 its full height; in D. minganensis the thick spike is, in maturity, only 15-2; the full height of the stem. The material from James Bay is both in anthesis and in fruit. It is all rather slender and with narrow leaves, but it has the pubescence of stems, leaves, pedicels and siliques which characterize D. minganen- sis. In the James Bay area alone does D. minganensis occur near D. aurea, which on the mainland near-by seems perfectly typical. For consideration of Mrs. Ekman's interpretation of D. minganensis as a hybrid see p. 250. (To be continued) DISTRIBUTION NOTES CONCERNING CERTAIN PLANTS OF GLACIER NATIONAL PARK, MONTANA Bassett MAGUIRE From July 15th to August 15, 1932, the writer had opportunity to make observations on and collection of plants in Glacier National Park, Montana. These notes constitute record of certain plants which seem to establish new records for or extend our knowledge of distribution of several rare or unusual plants within this area. EQUISETUM PALUSTRE L.: Occurring quite commonly along the shaded banks of the outlet of Lower St. Mary Lake. Reported by Standley from Belton, on the west side of the Park.! EQUISETUM syLvaTicuM L.: Found in damp woodland at the head of Two Medicine Lake. Larix Lyarnu Parl.: A fine grove of this alpine larch occurs at timber line in Preston Park under the west slope of Siyeh Pass. *SPARGANIUM MINIMUM Fries.: Locally abundant about a shallow pond 1 mile south of John's Lake (near Lake McDonald). 1 Standley, P. C. Flora of Glacier National Park, Montana. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. Vol. 22, Part 5, 1921. *The asterisk designates those plants which seem hitherto to have been unreported from the Park. 306 Rhodora [AvGusT *POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers.': Common in the bays about the inlet of St. Mary Lake, and near outlet of Lower St. Mary Lake. *POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers., var. BOREALIS (Raf.) St. John.: This pond weed is common and generally distributed in shallow lakes and pond bottoms, and slow stream beds, particularly in the Swift Current and St. Mary drainage. *POTAMOGETON VAGINATUS Turez.: Locally abundant in Lower St. Mary Lake and Lower Two Medicine Lake. These two lakes support the finest development of pond-weeds to be found in this area. *PorawoaGETON Frriestt Rupr.: Common about outlet to Lower St. Mary Lake, and in pools above Lower Two Medicine Lake. *POTAMOGETON PANORMITANUS Biv., var. MINOR Biv.: Very abun- dant in shallow pond near outlet to Lower St. Mary Lake, and in bays at outlet of this lake. Rare in Two Medicine Lake. *POTAMOGETON OBTUSIFOLIUS Mert. & Koch.: Collected and re- ported common by Dr. A. S. Hazzard and Mr.. Marion Madsen in Howe Lake. POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS L., var. MUCRONATUS (Fieber) Graebner.: Common about inlet of St. Mary Lake and stream bed between Lake Josephine and Swift Current Lake. POTAMOGĖTON PUSILLUS L. *var. POLYPHYLLUS. Morong. Lake Josephine. POTAMOGETON EPIHYDRUS Raf., var. NuTTALLII (Cham. & Schlecht.) Fern.: Abundant in shallow ponds one mile south of John Lake. (According to Fernald? P. epihydrus is reported by Standley from Glacier Park as P. compressus L. The writer did, however, find a floating fragment of P. zosteriformis Fern., the P. compressus of Am. Auth., in Lower St. Mary Lake. This species should be sought there.) PoraMoGETON TENUIFOLIUS Raf. (P. alpinus of Am. Auth.): Abundant in Lower Two Medicine Lake, and common in lakes and streams of the Swift Current drainage. (This is possibly the P. lucens L. reported by Standley.) PoTAMOGETON GRAMINEUS L., var. GRAMINIFOLIUS Fries.: Occurs abundantly in Lower 'Two Medicine Lake and commonly in Lake McDonald. (The P. heterophyllus Schreb. of Standley's Flora of Glacier Park.) *POTAMOGETON PRAELONGUS Wulf.: Sterile material was found abundantly in Lower Two Medicine Lake and in deep water of St. Mary and Lower St. Mary Lakes. STIPA COLUMBIANA Macoun.: Found growing as a weed in the Public Camp at Many Glaciers. *Poa PAUCISPICULA Scribn. & Merr.: This arctic blue grass was found occurring occasionally in more protected pockets of deeper, The determinations of all Potamogetons and Carices reported in this paper were kindly verified or made by the Gray Herbarium. 2? Fernald, M. L. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares. Mem. Gray Herb. III, July 1932. 1934] Maguire,— Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana 307 more moist soil on the rocky slopes of Piegan Pass, well above the timber line, at an altitude of 7300 feet. *Poa STENANTHA Trin.:! This interesting grass was collected along the dry, grassy, sparsely wooded north slopes near the outlet of St. Mary Lake. *GLYCERIA GRANDIS S. Wats.: Growing in marshy areas near outlet of Lower St. Mary Lake. *Bromus ciLIATUS L.: In meadows near outlet of Lower St. Mary Lake. *CAREX AQUATILIS Wahlenb.: Growing in marsh below Two Medi- cine along with the abundant C. Kelloggii W. Boott. *CAREX PSEUDO-SCIRPOIDEA Rydb.: Occurring in marshes about inlet to Grinnel Lake. . *CAREX OEDERI Retz., var. PUMILA (Cosson & Germain) Fernald.: Growing in bog at John's Lake. CAREX VESICARIA L., *var. DISTENTA Fries.: In marsh about Swift Current (McDermott) Lake. *JUNCUS NODOSUS L.: About low lying marsh near outlet to Lower St. Mary Lake. . TOFIELDIA PALUSTRIS Huds.: Abundant in sphagnum bog at Preston Park. *SALIX MONOCHROMA C. R. Ball®?: This small willow occurs com- monly at timber line about Gunsight Lake. SALIX COMMUTATA Bebb, *var. DENUDATA Bebb22 Occurring com- monly with the species about the shores of Gunsight Lake. *STELLARIA LONGIFOLIA Muhl.:3 Occurring in marsh near outlet to Lower St. Mary Lake. *DraBa McCa iar Rydb.:* This plant was collected along shaded banks on the trail above Gunsight Lake. PorENTILLA PaLUsTRIS (L.) Scop.: Occurring: plentifully in the marshes of Mirror Pond, above St. Mary Lake. CALLITRICHE PALUSTRIS L.: Growing abundantly on mud about pond near outlet to Lower St. Mary Lake, and in marsh south of John's Lake, occurring perhaps less commonly than C. autumnalis L. which is found generally in the quiet waters of the Park. HiPPunis vuLcanis L.: The submerged form was found quite widely distributed in the Park; in St. Mary Lake, Lower St. Mary Lake, Swift Current Lake (McDermott Lake), Lower Two Medicine Lake, and elsewhere. MYRIOPHYLLUM EXALBESCENS Fernald (M. spicatum L. of Stand- ley's Flora of Glacier Park.): This aquatic also occurs generally in the waters of the Park, sometimes to a depth of 8 meters: John's Lake, Lake McDonald, Lower Two Medicine Lake, St. Mary Lake, Lower ! [dentifled by Dr. A. S. Hitchcock. ? Determined by Dr. C. R. Ball. * Verified by Dr. K. M. Wiegand. ‘Dr. K. M. Wiegand kindly compared this collection with a duplicate type de- posited at the Cornell Herbarium. 308 Rhodora [AUGUST St. Mary Lake, Flat Top Lake, Swift Current Ridge Lake (Bath Tub), and a small pond near Many Glaciers Hotel. ECHINOPANAX HORRIDUM (J. E. Smith) Decaisne & Planch.: This handsome shrub was observed commonly along the woodland trail to Gunsight Lake (not collected). CORNUS CANADENSIS L.: Growing in the woodland about Mirror Pond, above St. Mary Lake. i *SrEIRONEMA CILIATUM (L.) Raf.: Found abundantly in swampy woodland about outlet, Lower St. Mary Lake. *GCUTELLARIA EPILOBIIFOLIA Hamilt. (S. galericulata of Am. Auth.): Locally common in marshes south of John's Lake. LIMosELLA aquatica L.: This delicate little mud plant was found abundantly along the banks of Swift Current Creek, near its passage into Lake Sherburne. VIBURNUM PAUCIFLORUM Pylaie.: Occurring in thickets on the sand beaches, inlet of St. Mary Lake. *GOLIDAGO DILATATA A. Nels.:!° Occurring on banks in the vicinity of Many Glaciers Checking Station. *SoLIDAGO SCOPULORUM (Gray) A. Nels.! The alpine form was collected in the meadows above Cracker Lake, and on rocky slopes at Piegan Pass. ARNICA DIVERSIFOLIA Greene: Is splendidly developed in the woods, margin about Lake Josephine. Here and particularly in meadows about Elrod Lake is an exceedingly interesting form of the Diversi- folia group which is not placeable in the above species. The Section Alpinae of the Genus Arnica seems to be particularly well developed in the higher regions of the Park, yielding many varied forms which should be given more intensive field studies. There occurs here abundantly A. alpina of Am. Auth. (which is possibly not A. alpina (L.) Olin on the authority of Dr. Aven Nelson). About timber line occurs a plant referable to A. Rydbergii Greene, and in the rocky slopes at Piegan Pass (7500 ft.) was found a beautiful little member of this group which seemingly is not referable to any of the known species from North West America. Mention here may possibly be made of a fine, large-leaved Arnica, probably of the Foliosae group, found in the low-lying swampy woodland at the outlet end of Lower St. Mary. Unless otherwise noted, all specimens recorded in this paper are on deposit in the Herbarium of the Utah State Agriculture College. UTAH STATE AGRICULTURE COLLEGE, Logan. Volume 36, no. 427, including pages 241—268, was issued 2 J uly, 1934. ! Determined by Dr. Aven Nelson. Hovdora JZJOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. September, 1934. No. 429. CONTENTS: Botanical Notes. Ivar Tidestrom..... 0.0.0.0. cc cceeceeeeeses 309 Potamogeton panormitanus in the Sudbury River. R. J. Eaton and Ludlow Griscom. ..... 6... cc cece cece 312 A Grass new to Missouri. J. A. Steyermark................. 313 Draba in temperate Northeastern America (continued). M. L. OPO ANDARE KEEN MM AU is ates Ce ee OLE Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: Dioscorea. W. A. Anderson. 344 Some Inadequately Characterized Species of George Vasey. M. L. Fernald ondi C: A: Weatherby. «oui m umi 346 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, "y Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. September, 1934. No. 429. BOTANICAL NOTES Ivar TIDESTROM ACONITUM LUTESCENS A. Nels., Bot. Gaz. 42: 51. 1906. When the Flora of Utah and Nevada was in preparation, this species pre- sented some difficulties. First of all, there was scarcely any material in our herbaria to support the validity of the species; secondly, the material at hand resembled too much that of Aconitum columbianum Nutt. Yet the writer included it in the flora as a full fledged species, hoping later to be able to clear the status of the “species.” During the last three years the active field workers of the Forest Service have forwarded to Washington for determination a number of specimens which would naturally be referred to Aconitum lutescens except for other characters interfering. Our two most common species in the Rocky Mountain region are: A. columbianum and A. bakeri. These two species differ principally as follows: Front line of hood nearly straight, the beak more or less prominent.......-. ceo esiste io E A. columbianum. Front line of hood curved, the beak nearly horizontal........ A. bakeri. The material forwarded by the Forest Service falls into these categories. That is, the material of A. lutescens with a straight beak agrees in all particulars with A. columbianum except as to the color of the flowers. A like condition exists in respect to A. bakeri. The writer is therefore inclined to place the material with ochroleucrous flowers in these two groups respectively. Let us see how the species in the sister genera, Delphinium and Aquilegia behave with respect to variations in the color of their flowers. 310 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER The writer has been acquainted with AQUILEGIA VULGARIS L. since early boyhood. In 1894, he observed this species in the pastures of his home region. Within seeing distance he observed specimens with blue, pink or white flowers. "This variation in color in species of Aquilegia had been observed by botanical writers long before the time of Linnaeus. Both Carl Hartman and Professor Lindman, not mentioning a host of others, maintain this view. Hartman does not evidently consider the variation in color of this species as any departure from the accepted concept of the species. On the other hand, he states: “Var. med hårig stjelk" which, translated into English, means “ varying with hairy stalks.” In the case of Aquilegia caerulea albiflora A. Gray, there are other characters besides that of color which entitle this form to varietal rank. i; DELPHINIUM BARBEYI Huth is a second example of variation in color only. The writer, while riding over large forest areas in the Rocky Mountain region, has observed plants with pink or white flowers amid a "veritable sea of purple-blue-flowered individuals." As much as ten acres in extent may be seen adorning the high plateau of the Wasatch Mountains in central Utah, here and there and with scarcely a handful of pink or white-flowered specimens among these on any one area. Most of the species of Delphinium growing in France present variations in color similar to those existing in Del- phinium barbeyi and other larkspurs of our own country. It is evident, therefore, that botanists generally do not consider color variation in the three sister-genera as of specific importance and, unless these variations are accompanied by other and real botanical characters, they are never considered as varietal determinants by field botanists. LATHYRUS POLYMORPHUS Nutt. Gen. Pl. 2: 97. 1818. Nuttall described this species and gave as synonyms Lathyrus decaphyllus Pursh and Vicia stipulacea of the same author. He discarded the names of Pursh as being “inexpressive and deceptive.” In their “Studies in certain North America Species of Lathyrus”! Butters and St. John discuss the somewhat involved case of Lathyrus polymorphus. They also refer Pursh's species Vicia stipulacea to the Nuttallian name, but they insist on taking up Pursh's descriptive adjective *stipulaceus" and bring the species under the name Lathyrus stip- ulaceus (Pursh) Butters & St. John. 1 RHODORA 19: 156. 1917. 1934] Tidestrom,— Botanical Notes 311 In 1819, Dr. Torrey published his Catalogue of Plants,! wherein Lathyrus stipulaceus Leconte is described (p. 92). Dr. Torrey later reduced this species to a synonym of L. myrtifolius Muhl. (L. palustris myrtifolius (Muhl.) Gray). In 1828, Dr. Torrey published “Some Accounts of a Collection of Plants made during a journey to and from the Rocky Mountains” by Edwin P. James? wherein an account is given of two species of Lathyrus collected by Dr. James, U.S. A. Torrey calls one of them Lathyrus polymorphus Nutt., giving as synonyms L. decaphyllus and Vicia stipulacea. The other species described is given the name Lathyrus myrtifolius Muhl. In 1838? Torrey and Gray published another Nuttallian species, Lathyrus ornatus, and gave as a synonym L. polymorphus Nutt. (including L. decaphyllus as a synonym). In this later publication Torrey and Gray have Lathyrus polymorphus Nutt. follow L. ornatus, while Vicia stipulacea Pursh appears again as a straight synonym under L. polymorphus Nutt. Torrey and Gray kept L. ornatus Nutt. and L. polymorphus Nutt. distinct, the former being published here for the first time. Butters and St. John, who combine the two species of Nuttall, give the following: Mr. Bayard Long, after comparing the type specimens of Vicia stipulacea Pursh and Lathyrus ornatus Nutt. in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy, reports to us, *I should say that they are unquestionably identical." Rydberg, in his new Flora of the Prairies and Plains of Central North America, has accepted the name Lathyrus stipulaceus (Pursh) Butters & St. John, citing L. ornatus Nutt. as a synonym, but does not mention L. polymorphus Nutt. Under the Vienna Code the name Lathyrus stipulaceus (Pursh) Butters & St. John is valid for the plants in question. Under the American Code as well as under the International Code of 1930, a homonym of later date is inadmissable and Vicia stipulacea Pursh should properly be referred to Lathyrus polymorphus Nutt. RANGE EXTENSION OF TWO PLANT IMMIGRANTS. A great number of European plants are now adventive and established within the limits of the United States. Long before the establishment of a “pure seed policy," seeds of many of our European weeds came in with grain, in emballage and by other means, and have become fully established and listed in nearly all of our floras. Of these immigrants, CONIUM 1 Catalogue of Plants of New York. ? Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:180. 1828. 3 Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. 1: 277. 1838. 312 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER MACULATUM L. and DIPLOTAXIS TENUIFOLIA (L.) DC. deserve some mention. Both species have been listed in the floras of the Eastern states for many years, and both have appeared on the Pacific Coast for some time. Conium maculatum was recorded from California by Brewer & Watson in Botany of California (1: 258. 1876) as *sparingly introduced in waste places in the neighborhood of the older towns." Jepson reports it as “widely distributed" (Manual of Flowering Plants of California 706. 1925). The writer collected the species at Carson City, Nevada, in 1919 (Tidestrom 10,215). Since that time the species has been discovered in Colorado. Mr. L. C. Shoemaker of Forest Service collected Conium maculatum on the Holy Cross National Forest, November 8, 1931, at an elevation of 2,400 meters. DIPLOTAXIS TENUIFOLIA (L.) DC. is another species with a history of migration similar to that of Conium maculatum. Long established in eastern North America from Canada to Alabama, it has also been recorded from Pasadena and Santa Ana, California. On April 25, 1930, Forest Ranger A. M. Cusick collected the species (U. S. For. Serv. 65,457) on Lemhi National Forest, Custer County, Idaho, at an elevation of 1,500 meters. The illustration of the species given by Bonnier (Flore de France, Suisse et Belgique 1: pl. 32. f. 139) applies well to the Idaho specimen. Generally D. tenuifolia is glabrous, but occasionally specimens with simple or branched hairs have been observed, as in the case of D. muralis. Our California specimens are glabrous. Some of the specimens from the Eastern States are sparingly hirsute as in the Idaho specimen. The variation in the species as to pubescence was noted by Bonnier, who describes the leaves as “un peu glauque, sans poils ou presque sans poils." LaNGLois HERBARIUM, CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA, Washington, D. C. PoTOMOGETON PANORMITANUS IN THE SUDBURY River.—Collecting Potamogeton is a diversion from which the average amateur botanist at last may derive some intellectual satisfaction. Thanks to Professor Fernald's extraordinarily lucid monograph on the linear-leaved North American species, there is now a good sporting chance of making 1 Fernald: The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares: Mem. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. XVII, Part I, July 1932. 1934] Steyermark,—A Grass new to Missouri 313 satisfactory determinations. Moreover, there is a certain element of suspense, well maintained from the moment the slimy strings are picked off the rake to the final curtain when the specimens are gleefully submitted to High Authority for verification. The chances of turning up something worth while are always excellent. For example, the authors of this note spent a brief twilight hour on the Sudbury River at Wayland, Massachusetts, last summer (August 8, 1933) and in due course discovered themselves to be the proud collectors of authentic P. panormitanus Biv., var. major G. Fischer in young fruit. With the exception of Nantucket and Marthas Vineyard, this species apparently has not been reported as occurring in southern New England east of the Berkshires. According to Fernald it shows a very striking preference for basic or slightly alkaline (or brackish) waters. Consequently it seems somewhat out of place in a sluggish river noted for its peaty meadows. A specimen has been filed at the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.— Ricnanp J. EATON AND LupLow GRriscom. A Grass NEW TO Missourt.—During the month of September, 1933, while in Forest Park in the city of St. Louis, the writer noticed a strange-looking grass growing about the margins of the northeast portion of the Lagoon at the base of “Art Hill." Superficially, the ovate-lanceolate leaves with strongly clasping bases, papillose-hispid nodes and sheaths, and ciliate margins towards the base of the blades suggested an abnormal-appearing Panicum clandestimum, but the long slender awns protruding from each of the spikelets and the habit of creeping at the nodes added puzzlement to the situation. The grass was determined at the U. S. National Herbarium, and found to be Arthraxon hispidus (Thunb.) Merr. var. cryptatherus (Hack.) Honda, a species of the tribe Andropogoneae, but, according to Mrs. Agnes Chase, “an exception of all the keys except Professor Hitch- cock’s, and his is not yet published.” It is a native of China, Japan, and Korea, and is a recent introduction in the United States, having been collected in this country previously from half a dozen states. Although it has been collected from Arkansas, this is its first record from Missouri.—JULIAN A. STEYERMARK, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. 314 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 305) 10. D. iNcANA L. Biennial (rarely slightly perennial by the brief persistence of basal offshoots), with a simple or more or less multi- cipital ascending to decumbent caudex: lower leaves of the rosettes shriveling soon after anthesis, the rosette-leaves not strongly contrasting with the lower cauline; the subspherical rosettes of the 1st year loosening and elongating to form the usually leafy (up to 50, rarely to 95 leaves) flowering stem: rosette-leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate, 0.5-3 cm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, mostly ciliate with long simple or bifurcate trichomes and glabrous to hirtellous on the surfaces; cauline leaves few to very many, the lower narrow, the upper gradually broader and oblong to ovate, usually remotely dentate, hirsute with variously mixed simple, bifurcate and stellate trichomes: flowering stem 0.15— 5 dm. high, simple to much branched, usually densely leafy, pilose- hirsute to tomentulose or villous, especially above, and on the axis of the raceme with long simple and variously forked and implicated tri- chomes: raceme at first dense, elongating in fruit, becoming 1-15 em. long, few-100 (or more)-flowered; the lower 1-6 flowers of the primary raceme usually leafy-bracted: pedicels densely pilose to villous, the lowest becoming 1-5 mm. long: sepals oblong to elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, pilose on the back, white-margined: petals white, narrowly cuneate-obovate, emarginate or obtuse, 2.5-5 mm. long: anthers 0.3-0.5 mm. long: pistil glabrous, with 16—40 ovules and with a very short style: siliques oblong or elliptical to lanceolate, 4-14 mm. long, 1.5-3 mm. broad; style obsolete or thick and up to 0.3 mm. long: seeds 0.7-1 mm. long.—Sp. Pl. ii. 643 (1753); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 107 (1838), in part; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 54 (1830); Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 63, t. 60, figs. 1 and 2 (1905); Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, ii. no. 7: 36 (1926); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!», 282 (1927). D. contorta Ehrh. Beitr. vii. 155 (1792); DC. Syst. ii. 348 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824). D. incana, 6. contorta (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. vi. 57 (1799).—Greenland; Labrador, Newfoundland and Saguenay and Gaspé Cos., Quebec; shores of James Bay; islands of Lake Superior, Michigan; boreal Eurasia. The following are characteristic. LABRA- por: Titterasuk, C. S. Sewell, no. 40; Nain, Sewall, no. 79; shore, Rigoulette, Sornborger, no. 70, Bowdoin College Exped. 1891, no. 269, R. H. Wetmore, no. 102,959; wet rocky hillsides, Indian Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 327. NEWFOUNDLAND: gravelly limestone shore, Cape Norman, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 28,348; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3452; headlands of Cape St, George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,089". QUEBEC: grassy gully, Île Kécarpoui, Archipel 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 315 de Kécarpoui, Saguenay Co., St. John, no. 90,477; Anticosti, June 23, 1861, Hyatt, Shaler & Verrill; sur le talus du rivage, Pointe de l'Est, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,032; aux alentours au phare sur le cailloutis calcaire, Pointe de l'Est, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie, no. 21,479; sur les graviers calcaires, Baie du Renard, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie, no. 21,467; gravier du barachois, R. au Saumon, Anticosti, Victorin et al., nos. 21,468, 21,173; sur les graviers du barachois, R. Dauphine, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,310; graviers, Lac à la Croix, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,311; bord de la lagune, Lac Salé, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 24,864, 27,192; Baie Ste.-Claire, Anticosti, Victorin, no. bie "DX A n N eo. pus EG. 4139; sur les cailloutis calcaire du sommet, Cap Gaspé, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,381; turfy crest of sea-cliffs, Cape Gaspé, Pease, no. 20,219; Anse-a-l'Indien, prés du Cap Gaspé, Victorin et al., no. 17,384; conglomerate (calcareous) sea-cliffs, Bona- venture Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1082, Victorin et al., no. 17,386; crests of calcareous sea-cliffs, Cap Blanc, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; July 26, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 88; schistes, Chloridorme, Rousseau, nos. 31,214, 31,222; turfy roadside bank, Cap Chat, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,089. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: dry crevices or talus of East Cape, Coffin Island, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7505, in part (mixed with var. confusa). ONTARIO: Fort Severn, Hudson Bay, August 8, 1887, J. M. Macoun. MICHIGAN: Gull Islands, Lake Superior, W. S. Cooper, no. 112 (as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa); rock crevices, Passage Island, near Isle Royale, Povah, Brown & McFarlin, no. 3671B (Univ. Mich.). Map 10 (in- cluding vars.). Var. coNFUSA (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Siliques pubescent.—Nov. Act. Soc. Map 10. American Range of DRABA INCANA. 316 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Sci. Ups. vi. 57 (1799); Poir. Encycl. Suppl. ii. 524 (1811); Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 64 (1905): O. E. Schulz, l. c. 285 (1927). D. confusa Ehrh. Beitr. vii. 155 (1792); DC. Syst. ii. 348 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824), mostly. D. incana Q. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 331 (1839). D. incana, subsp. confusa (Ehrh.) Elis. Ekm. l. c. 36 (1926).—Greenland and Labrador to Newfoundland, Magdalen Islands, northeastern New Brunswick and James Day, generally more common than the glabrous-fruited plant. LABRADOR: Okkak, Moravian Bros.; Nain, C. S. Sewall, no. 77, in part; Hopedale, Sewall, no. 169; edge of “The Park," Hopedale, Abbe, Hogg & Forbes, no. 370; on a roof, Fox Harbor, J. A. Allen, no. 76; West Point at mouth of Red Bay, September 6, 1923, A. G. Huntsman. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,350; springy swales and turfy shores, Boat Harbor, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,351; turfy slope near mouth of Big Brook, Fernald & Long, no. 28,349; turfy limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,352; turfy limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,715; peaty pockets in limestone ledges, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 26,706-26,708; turfy shore, Bard Harbor, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,353; turfy limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,354; turf over- - lying limestone, Grassy Island, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1729; dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1730; turfy limestone shore, Sandy Cove, Ingorna- : choix Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,709; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Fernald, Wiegand & Kitt- redge, no. 3454; turfy crests of calcareous cliffs and ledges, Cow Head, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3453; abundant on roof of shanty, mouth of Barachois Brook (near Robinson Head, Bay St. George), AK. B. Kennedy, nos. 1-3. QUEBEC: grassy shore, Îles Boisées de Cap Blanc, Washtawouka, Goynish, St. John, no. 90,481; grassy places, Archipel de Kécarpoui, St. John, nos. 90,478-90,480; turfy ledges, fle Triple, Archipel Washicouti, St. John, no. 90,482; sur un ílót de gneiss laurentien, llets de la Baie à Jean, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,249; sur le gneiss laurentien, flóts à Charles, Natashquan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,250; vielle prairie au bord de la mer, Pointe-aux- Esquimaux, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,247; sur le cailloutis calcaires au bord de la mer, Ile à la Vache Marine, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,248; sur le gravier calcaire, fle Ste.-Généviéve, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 21,465, 21,475; shore of Salt Lake, Anticosti, J. Macoun, no. 19; limestone detritus, crest of Cap Barré, Percé, August 16, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease, July 23, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 89, August 1, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1080; calcareous. sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1081; clay soil, river-bank, Rupert House, James Bay, David Potter, no. 548. Mac- 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 317 DALEN IsLANDs: dry sandy summit of Great Bird Rock, St. John, no. 1893; dry sandy headland, Brion Island, St. John, no. 1890; dry crevices or talus of East Cape, Coffin Island, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7505, in part; sur le sommet du Cap-de-l’Est, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9485; Entry Island, June 23, 1861, Hyatt, Verrill & Shaler; Pointe-aux-Vaches-Marines, Ile de la Grand-Entrée, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9486; turfy crests of headlands and dry gravelly beach, Grindstone, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, nos. 7503, 7504; sur les alluvions prés de l'eglise, Ile du Havre-aux-Maisons, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9584; Amherst, Frits Johansen, no. 93,671. New BRUNSWICK: grass plain, Grande Plaine, Miscou Island, S. F. Blake, no. 5590. PLATE 299. Draba incana, in the regions where it abounds, is often weed-like, taking possession or recently exposed gravels, humus of rotting roofs, litter from the sea and the fisheries and other quite modern habitats. It is equally at home on the driest of gravels, ledges and sands and in the manure pile. D. incana, consequently, behaves in western New- foundland and eastern Quebec just as it does in Greenland: “ Draba incana L., the commonest species in the southern section [of western Greenland], is nitrophilous and often found on manured spots.’ In such spots, of course, it is what O. E. Schulz calls * var." luxurians or “var.” robusta. D. incana, therefore, as a quick-growing species, usually a biennial or winter-annual, varies extremely in size and habit. On the most xerophytic spots it may come to complete maturity with a stature of only 1.5-2 cm;? in rich humus, decaying litter or fertilized spots it may be 3-5 dm. high, either simple or freely branch- ed, and with the almost innumerable leaves (the many leaves of the large 1st-year rosettes carried up by elongation of the axis) crowded or loosely imbricated. In single colonies individuals from a single sowing of seeds may be quite simple or may form loosely to densely cespitose mats with multicipital caudices, obviously dependent on food-supply and moisture; and single individuals of the latter habit may have either very densely leafy flowering stems (derived from vigorous primary rosettes) or almost leafless ones (derived from weaker secondary offshoots) springing from the identical base. In some individuals in arid habitats the subspherical cabbage-like rosettes of the Ist year, deprived of moisture, scarcely lengthen to flower and fruit, producing low conical fruiting plants with closely crowded leaves and capitate racemes. Upon selected individuals 1 Porsild, Meddel. om Grénl. xcii. No. 1: 30 (1932). 2 Fernald, RHODORA, xxxv. 127, t. 239, fig. 5 (1933). 318 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER (FIG. 2) such as these (from Cap Barré, Percé) is based var. conica O. E. Schulz, l. c. 285 (1926); but other individuals (ria. 5) from the same spot, especially those collected in a succeeding and wet, instead of dry, summer, with stems up to 3 dm. high, with leaves 1-2 cm. apart and with racemes elongate to 8 cm. or more (the tips still in anthesis), clearly demonstrate that var. comica is of absolutely no taxonomic value and would better have been suppressed. Similarly, the other “varieties” and "subspeciés," based merely on height, degree of branching, leafiness and other every-day responses to poverty or to richness of soil, seem too artificial for serious con- sideration; it would be as illogical to treat as varieties and subspecies the short or tall, simple or branched, small-leaved or large-leaved individuals of Chenopodium album or any other annual or biennial weed of neglected fields and disturbed soils. The minor edaphic responses of this nature proposed in Draba incana include the fol- lowing (and several others, not accredited to North America), which make a most unnecessary and unwelcome load which must be carried along eternally in synonymy. Var. nana Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 332 (1839); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 284 (1927). “Planta pusilla. Caules 1, 5-10 cm longi, simplices vel ramosi, paucifolii, rarissime aphylli." [Fra. 4 and 2 stems of rra. 1]. Var. stricta Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 2: 178 (1832); O. E. Schulz, l. e. 285 (1927). "Caulis strictus, simplex vel apice tantum ramosus, foliis numerosis (usque ad 50 vel etiam ad 95 . . . ) valde approxi- matis imbricatis apicem versus sensim minoribus (igitur planta in adspectu conica!) obsessus. Flores paulo minores." [Fta. 6]. Var. conica “O. E. Schulz (n. var.)—D. incana ie ernald et Knowlton! in Rhodora VII. 76. (1905) 63, t. 60, Fig. 1 et 2, non L.—Habitu varietatis strictae, sed humilior, 2-14 cm. alta. Racemus fructifer + capitato- confertus. Siliculae minutae, 5-8 mm longae [in typical D. incana “6-12 mm longae", pedicellis 3-1 mm longis [in typical D. incana “4-2 mm longis"] insidentes." [Selected starved individuals (ric. 2) from Cap Barré, above discussed. Other individuals (rra. 5) from the same lot of seed are “var. stricta.” All of them, however, having copiously stellate- Poe miques, are the earlier-published var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 1799). Var. luxurians Aug. Berlin, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Fórhandl. Stockh. (1884), no. 7: 25 (1884); O. E. Schulz, l. e. 285 (1927). “Planta elata, 35 cm alta, viridula. Caulis densifolius, superne ramosus. Racemus terminalis basi bracteatus [typical incana ''0,10-0,35 m alta plerumque foliis multis (usque ad 55!) dense foliosi, . . . Racemus floribus imis (1-6) saepe in axillis foliorum supremorum "]. Siliculae infimae pedicellis elongatis usque ad 4 cm. longis flexuosis insidentes (quasi corymbi racemorum lateralium ad silieulam unicam d ” [Aberrant individuals such as are likely to occur in almost any species 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 319 Var. robusta “O. E. Schulz (n. var)— . . . Draba incana Smith and Sowerby, Engl. Bot. VI. (1797) t. 388, non L. Planta robusta, usque ad 50 em alta, viridula. Folia caulina numerosa, obovato-cuneata, acuta, utrinque dentibus acutissimis inaequalibus utrinque 2-5 inciso-dentata, inferiora 3,5 em longa [typical D. incana with “Folia basalia ; 1-2,5 cm longa; folia caulina . . . oblongo-ovata, acutiuscula, utrinque dentibus manifestis 1-3-dentata "]. An besonders fetten Stellen und in Kultur." The statement of habitat shows that Schulz’s last variety is merely luxuriant plants of cultivation or of unusually rich soil. Smith, whose plant of the English Botany is cited, had sufficient under- standing not to call his plant different, simply because it was in the garden: “The root is biennial, flowering early in the second summer. The specimen here represented was sent from Scotland young, and being planted in a garden, flowered more luxuriantly than is usual on rocks or walls; but the plant often grows in rich moist spots even on its native mountains. The specimen in Flora Danica is a starved one."! The publication or the maintaining of such individual responses as true varieties in this day and generation (more pardonable a century ago), when a systematist, in order to qualify as competent, should be required to show at least elementary understanding of the simplest and most common edaphic responses of plants, is not worthy taxonomy; it is merely a mechanically artificial imitation of it. When one witnesses such matter put out as ostensibly serious and scholarly publication on page after page of elaborate books, he cannot help regretting that the obligation to maintain in our greater botanical libraries complete series of taxonomic works has made it necessary to pay for this single 396-page part of a volume $11.75 (gold), precious money which ought to have been available for a higher type of science. Such cases, as we say in America, “hit the pocket-nerve"; and they make one seriously doubt the economie wisdom of the priority- principle in nomenclature, the principle which, unfortunately, has established a paying market for any so-called taxonomic publications which, regardless of how padded they may actually be, can display an occasional “n. sp.," “n. var." or “n. comb." in their pages. The “new deal,” the world over, calls for scrupulous inspection. and editing before publication. 11. D. Sornborgeri, sp. nov. (ras. 300, rics. 1-3), planta peren- nans denique pluricaulis fructifera 1.5-2.5 dm. alta; caudiculorum ! Smith, Engl. Bot. vi. t. 388 (1797). 320 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER ramis lucidis albescentibus foliis emortuis persistentibus tectis; caulibus simplicibus vel imo ramosis glaberrimis lucidis; foliis caulinis rhomboideo-lanceolatis vel oblongo-oblanceolatis membranaceis gla- x Map 11. Range of DRABA SORN- BORGERI. berrimis 1-2.3 em. longis integris vel sparse dentatis pilis simplicibus vel furcatis remote ciliatis; racemis floriferis corymbiformibus fructi- feris elongatis (rhachi 2-12 cm. longo) 2-24-floris; pedicellis 4-10 mm. longis glabris erecto-patenti- bus; sepalis oblongis obtusis sparse pilosis 2.5-3 mm. longis 1.2-1.7 mm. latis; petalis lacteis obovatis emargi- natis valde unguiculatis 3.5-4 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis; antheris 0.3 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 28-40- ovulatis; siliculis glabris oblongis subacutis 6-10 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis stylo brevissimo (0.1-0.2 mm. longo) coronatis, valvis reticu- _ lato-nervosis; seminibus a funiculis 0.3-0.5 mm. longis pendulis ovoideis 0.8 mm. longis.—LaABRADOR: slope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a field of snow, at about 500 m. alt., Ramah, August 20-24, 1897, J. D. Sornberger, nos. 61 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), 175 in part; originally distributed as D. stenoloba Ledeb. Ma» 11. Draba Sornbergeri, erroneously reported as D. stenoloba by Fernald & Sornberger, Ott. Nat. xiii. 100 (1899), is unique among our leafy perennial species in its almost wholly glabrous character. From D. stenoloba it differs at once in its leafy and usually more branching stems, D. stenoloba having them simple and naked or with 1-3 re- mote leaves; by its glabrous character, the leaves and at least the bases of the stems in D. stenoloba being obviously hispid with simple and forking hairs; by the shorter racemes (the longest barely half the height of the plant) with shorter ascending pedicels and shorter and broader siliques, the northwestern D. stenoloba having the mature racemes one-half to two-thirds the entire height of the plant, the divergent to reflexed fruiting pedicels 7-15 mm. long and the linear siliques 1.2-2 cm. long. Schulz treats Draba Sornborgeri as D. crassifolia, var. Parryi (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz, the latter based nomenclaturally on D. Parryi Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 241 (1902); but in describing the variety Schulz was more influenced by the plant of Labrador than by true D. Parryi (PLATE 300, FIGS. 4 and 5) of Colorado and Wyom- 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 321 ing. D. Parryi or D. crassifolia, var. Parryi, briefly considered in this paper under D. crassifolia, is an extreme of D. crassifolia with linear-oblanceolate, acute rosette-leaves and nakes scapes, the fully mature plants rarely up to 1.6 dm. high and with racemes up to 25- flowered. Rydberg's original description of it was clear: Annual, perfectly glabrous, except a few cilia on the petioles: stems several, usually less than 1 dm. high, scapiform or rarely with a stem leaf: basal leaves numerous, linear or narrowly linear-oblanceolate, 1.5-2.5 em. long; pedicels spreading, in fruit 5-8 mm. long: flowers small; petals scarcely 2 mm. long, white or light yellow: pods erect, oblong, 5-8 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, glabrous: style obsolete. Flowering and fruiting plants from the type-locality (Gray’s Peak, Colorado) of Draba crassifolia, var. Parryi (Patterson, no. 6) are shown in PLATE 300, Fics. 4 and 5. How different are they from the characterization of Schulz of var. Parryi: Planta altior et ramosior, fructifera usqe ad 20 em longa. Caules interdum 3-4-phylli. Ete. a characterization based not on D. Parryi but on D. Sornborgeri! From Draba crassifolia (PLATE 294), which, of course, D. Sornborgeri suggests in its glabrous character, it is at once separated by its tall and usually branching and leafy stems; its broader leaves; its larger flowers, with sepals 2.5-3 mm. long (in D. crassifolia 1.5-2.3 mm. long); its petals 3.5-4 mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. wide (in D. crassifolia 2-3 mm. long, 0.7-1.2 mm. wide) and its more numerous (28-40) ovules and seeds (in D. crassifolia 16-20). Although I have seen Draba Sornborgeri only from the slopes near Ramah, it is probably of more general occurrence in northern Lab- rador and is presumably on Baffin Island. This extention of range is suggested by Schulz's citation under D. crassifolia, var. Parryi: "Labrador: Cumberland Inlet (comm. W. Hans [Cumberland Inlet or Cumberland Sound is in Baffin Island], Ramah (J. D. Sornborger 1897, n. 61—20-24 August fruchtend, besonders luxuriós mit beblütterten Asten, als D. stenoloba), Hebron (Wenck 1851)." 12. D. NonvEGICA Gunner. Cespitose perennial, forming mats 0.3-1.5(-2) dm. broad, with slightly to freely branching caudex: rosettes few to very numerous, 1.5-3 cm. across; their leaves narrowly oblanceolate, oblong-lanceolate or narrowly obovate, 2-6 mm. broad, subacute or obtuse, entire or with 1-3 teeth on each margin, hispid with numerous simple, bifurcate and stellate trichomes: mature fruiting stems 0.1-2 dm. high, simple or forking, hirsute especially below, with 322 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER divergent simple and variously forked trichomes, with 1 (rarely 0)-5 ovate hispid leaves 3-10 mm. broad, with margins entire or 1-3-dentate: racemes in anthesis with the lower flowers often remote; the primary ones in fruit elongated to 1/;-®/; the full height of the plant, 5-25- flowered; pedicels short, often stellate-hirtellous, the lowest in maturity 1-5 mm. long: sepals oblong, obtuse, 1.8-2.6 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad: petals white, 3-4.2 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad: ovaries glabrous, with 14-28 ovules and very short style: siliques oblong or oblong- lanceolate, 5-9 mm. long, 2-3.8 mm. broad, acutish to obtuse, with style 0.2-0.5 mm. long; the valves veiny and glabrous or promptly glabrate: seeds 0.9-1.2 mm. long.—Fl. Norveg. ii. 106 (1772); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 220 (1927). “An? D. pyrenaica " Oeder, Fl. Dan. i. fasc. iii. 6, t. exliii. (1764), not L. (1753). D. hirta, var. norvegica (Gunner) Liljebl. Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. (1799) 56; DC. Syst. ii. 343 (1821) and Prodr. i. 169 (1824). D. hirta, B. alpicola Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 175, t. xi. fig. 1 (1812). D. scandinavica a. legitima Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 322 (1839). D. laxa, a. legitima Lindbl. l. c. 326 (1839). D. rupestris, B. stricta a. lejocarpa Lindbl. Bot. Notis. (1841) 221. D. rupestris Liebm. Fl. Dan. xiv. fasc. xli. 7, t. mmeccexxi. (1845) and many subsequent authors, not R. Br. (1812). D. hirta, ò. incisa Lange, Meddel. Grønl. iiit. 43 (1880) and Fl. Dan. xvii. fasc. li. 9, t. mmmxxxiii. (1883). (For further citations see Schulz).—Northern Europe; Newfoundland, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, southeastern Quebec and shores of Hudson Bay, Ungava and Quebec. NEwrouNDLANDp: St. Anthony Harbor, September 10, 1923, A. G. Huntsman; near seaward edge of Fishing Head, St. Anthony, Abbe & Brooks, nos. 366, 368; exposed rocks, crests of Castle Rock, Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 5460; turfy and rocky crests, Twillingate, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5459; cliffs, Exploits, Notre Dame Bay, Waghorne, no. 27; Red Rocks, Brigus, July 31, 1931, A. M. Ayre; damp pocket, rocky crests, Cape Dégrat, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 28,402; dry slaty crests of hills, Little Quirpon, Fernald & Long, no. 28,401; crevices of trap cliffs, Sacred Island, Fernald & Long, no. 28,404; dry trap cliffs south of Ship Cove, Sacred Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,406 (mixed with D. glabella); crevices of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,405; shelves, crests and talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Point, Fernald & Long, no. 28,396; shelves, crests and talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Mountain, Fernald & Long, no. 28,400 in part; trap ledges, Piton Point, Ha-Ha Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,395; limestone ledges and barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,382, 28,384, 28,386, 28,388; limestone ledges, Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no. 28,390; dry limestone rock-barrens, Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,391; turfy seashore east of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,377; dry 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 323 limestone ledges, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,703; dry gravelly limestone barren, Savage Point, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,374; turfy and shingly limestone shore, Capstan Point, Flower Cove and peaty pockets in limestone ledges, Nameless Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 26,710, 26,711; turfy limestone shores and headlands, Flower Cove, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, no. 28,372, Pease, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,373; turfy limestone barrens, Deadman Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,376; limestone barrens near Ice Point, St. Barbe Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,375; peaty or turfy pockets in limestone barrens, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,704; crests of dry limestone, Dog Peninsula, St. Margaret Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,411; limestone cliffs and ledges on western : , ` ^ It a * S c f d 2 and Map 12. American Range of DRABA NORVEGICA. face of Bard Harbor Hill, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,389; exsiccated spots in quartzite barren near summit, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,392; wet escarp- ments on calcareous sandstone, western face, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,409, 28,410; dry limestone cliffs and talus, western face, Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,408; dry gravelly limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,393; shaded shelves of limestone cliff, Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1743; turfy and gravelly upper border of limestone sea-beach, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1745; turfy borders of limestone beach, Gargamelle Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1741; shaly sea cliff, north side, Keppel Island, Abbe & Pease, no. 363; turfy crevices and talus of trap sea-cliffs, French (or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 281. Querrec: calcareous cliffs, Blanc Sablon (* Labrador"), Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,413 (as D. arabisans); bare hillside about 3 miles north of Long Point, Brest, E. C. Abbe, no. 1262, as D. megasperma. | UNGAVA: Richmond Gulf, 324 Rhodora [SEPTEMBEK A. P. Low, no. 63,140; stony beach, 10 miles south of East Main, James Bay, David Potter, no. 549. Nova Scorra: crevices of rocks, Big Intervale, Margaree, Cape Breton Island, J. Macoun, no. 18,987. All the preceding nos., unless otherwise noted, were distributed as D. hirta or as D. rupestris. PLATE 301; MAP 12. Var. HEBECARPA (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz. Flowering stems hispid to the summit: siliques permanently hispid with simple, bifurcate and sometimes stelliform trichomes.—O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. ivi*. 222 (1927). D. trichella Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. Alt. 40 (1839) and Summa Veg. Scand. i. 149 (1846) acc. to Schulz. D. scandinavica, B. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 322 (1839). D. rupestris B. stricta b. hebecarpa Lindbl. Bot. Notiser (1841) 222 (1841). D. rupestris, * trichella (Fries) Nyman, Consp. it. 53 (1878). D. hirta, * trichella (Fries) Hartm. Handb. Skand. Fl. ed. 11: 206 (1879). D. hirta, B. hebecarpa (Lindbl.) Strömfelt, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. 1884, no. 8: 110 (1885).—Northern Europe; Greenland; northwestern Newfoundland. | NEwrouNpLANp: turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,385, 28,387; upper border of limestone gravel-beach and shaded limestone escarpments, Burnt Cape, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,397, 28,398; turfy limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,712, in part (mixed with glabrous-fruited plant); gravelly talus of lime- stone sea-cliffs and dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1742, 1744; all distributed as D. hirta L. (see discussion under D. glabella) or as D. rupestris R. Br. Var. pleiophylla, var. nov. (TAB. 302), caulibus fructiferis 0.5- 2.7 dm. altis; foliis caulinis 6-18; siliquis glabris.—Northwestern Newfoundland and adjacent Quebec Labrador. NEWFOUNDLAND: shelves, crests and talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Mountain, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,399, 28,400 (in part; mixed with typical D. norvegica); turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape, July 17, 1925, Fernald, Wie- gand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,380 (rvPE in Gray Herb., some specimens misnumbered 20,380), 28,383; turfy limestone slopes near the sea, east of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 28,407; limestone escarpments on the Highlands Map 13. Range of Draga northeast of Big Brook, Pease & Griscom, NORVEGICA, Var. PLEIOPHYLLA. no. 28,378; peaty and turfy pockets in limestone barrens, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,705; dry gravelly limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,394; dry limestone cliffs and talus, western face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 325 Long, no. 28,408*; gravelly limestone barrens near the sea, Eddy's (or Old Man's) Cove, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1748; turfy and gravelly shore, Back (or Bustard) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1747; limestone ledges in dry clearing, Port au Choix, F ernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1746; turfy talus of limestone sea-cliffs at base of Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1750. QUEBEC (* LABRA- DOR"): limestone and calcareous sandstone terraces and crests, Blanc Sablon, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3460, 3461 (as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa), 3462, 3463, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,412 (transi- tional). All (unless otherwise noted) distributed as D. hirta L. (see discussion under D. glabella) or as D. rupestris R. Br. Map 13. Although European (PLATE 301, Fic. 1) and Greenland material of Draba norvegica has few (and sometimes no) cauline leaves, the plant of Newfoundland and adjacent Quebec varies from individuals (PLATE 301, FIGs. 2-5) inseparable from authentic European speci- mens and from the beautiful plate in Flora Danica (t. mmmxxxiii.) to a more leafy extreme (PLATE 302), such as seems to be unknown in Europe, var. pleiophylla. In this leafy extreme D. norvegica approaches a number of species of the Gulf of St. Lawrence area. The plant of the Shichshock Mountains (PLATE 303), however, is separable by its narrower cauline leaves, smaller flowers, narrow siliques and longer pedicels. The stout D. laurentiana (PLATES 304, 305), occurring in much the same area as D. norvegica and its var. pleiophylla, is coarser throughout, with the foliage essentially lacking the simple trichomes which characterize the leaves of D. norvegica, usually more numerous leaves, larger flowers in relatively shorter racemes and more numerous seeds. In some of its forms D. norvegica approaches D. glabella, one of the commonest and most variable species about the Gulf of St. Lawrence; but D. glabella (PLATE 307) mostly lacks the simple pubes- cence on leaves and stems, being stellate-pannose- As already noted, the distinctions between the larger plants (PLATE 293) of Draba rupestris R. Br. (1812) and the smaller plants of D. norvegica Gunner (1772) with 1 cauline leaf (or with this lacking) are not wholly satisfactory. D. rupestris is more delicate or slender; but I anticipate the merging of the two when the latter extreme has been more collected and studied on our northern barrens and shores. We should then have a species characterized by very narrow and hispid rosette-leaves, hispid stems, and hispid, ovate cauline leaves varying from 0 to 18, awkward for key-making, to be sure, but rather typical of the vagaries of Draba. If, furthermore, we were to abandon the characters of pubescence now relied upon, D. norvegica, as the oldest 326 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER name, would be applicable likewise to a large series of stellate-pannose plants of the boreal regions now maintained as distinct species. Schulz, who recognized no true Draba norvegica nor its pubescent- fruited var. hebecarpa from North America, cited a single collection (PLATE 303, FIG. 1) from the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé (Dodge, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,773) as belonging to his D. norvegica, var. laxa (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz, of the Dovre Alps of Norway. Lind- blom's D. laxa a. legitima, upon which Schulz's variety was based, was, apparently, not essentially different from D. norvegica Gunn. and described “scapis 1-2-phyllis.” Lindblom explicitly cited D. nor- vegica “ (descr. vitiosa)" and also cited the identical plate upon which Gunner had based D. norvegica: “Fig. Dr. an pyrenaica Fl. Dan. t. 143 (mala).” This illustration, although properly character- ized by Lindblom as “mala,” shows no cauline leaves and the Flora Danica plate of it cited by Schulz for D. norvegica, var. laxa has 0-4 cauline leaves. The sheet of the Gaspé plant (no. 25,773) preserved in the Gray Herbarium has more numerous (8-13) and narrower cauline leaves, much smaller flowers and more slender siliques on longer pedicels than in D. norvegica and, consequently, than in D. laxa, which was based in part on D. norvegica. It seems to represent an endeniic species, which I am calling D. clivicola. 13. D. clivicola, sp. nov. (TAB. 303), planta humifusa stragula 3-15 cm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque pallidis inferne foliis emortuis plus minusve fibrillosis squamatis, superne folis rosulatis cespitem laxum 1.3-3 cm. diametro formantibus; folis rosulatis lineari-oblanceolatis acutis 0.4-1.5 cm. longis 1-5 mm. latis integris vel marginibus utrinque 1—3-incisis plus minusve hirtellis pilis simplicibus furcatis stellatisque; caulibus floriferis filiformibus flexuosis simplicibus vel ramosis, fructiferis 0.3-3 dm. altis basi hirtellis; foliis caulinis 3-13 (av. 7), lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis 0.5-1.7 cm. longis 1.5-6 mm. latis hispidulis inciso-serratis vel integris; racemis floriferis confertis fructiferis elongatis laxis 2-13 cm. longis 5-19-floris; pedicellis imis fructiferis 4-10 mm. longis, saepe bracteatis; sepalis oblongis 1.6-2 mm. longis 0.4-0.9 mm. latis glabris vel sparse hirtellis; petalis lacteis anguste obovatis 2.8-4 mm. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis; antheris 0.3 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 16-26- ovulatis; siliculis glabris linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis stigmato capitato coronatis 7-12 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis, valvis obsolete reticulato-venosis; seminibus a funiculis 0.2 mm. longis pendulis ellipticis 1-1.3 mm. longis.—Shickshock Mts., Matane Co., QUEBEC: wet hornblende-schist at base of Big Chimney, altitude 400-600 m., Mt. Mattaouisse, July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,096 (distrib- uted as from “Mt. Logan”); schistose talus and wet shelves at base 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 327 of Big Chimney, July 10, 1923, Dodge, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,773 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); cold schistose walls at head (alt. 1070 m.) of Big Chimney, July 14, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Pease & Smith, no. 25,789; cold chimneys in the schist at about 900-1000 m. alt., south of Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, August 20, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,777; talus of mica-schist, chimney east of Razorback Nin, Ridge (alt. 850-1000 m.), Mt. Logan, July 13, 1923, Pease & Smith, no. 25,774; schistose à talus at about 800-950 m. alt., [47 Pease Basin, between Mts. : os a Logan and Pembroke, July 13, Au Ae: 1923, Pease & Smith, no. 25,771 [ l1 I (exceptionally broad-leaved, cauline leaves to 6 mm. broad); cliffs and chimneys at about 800-1050 m. alt., east of Big Cascade, Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, Jul y 16, 1923, Dodge & Pease, no. 26,130; dry talus and ledges of green schists, at about 900-1125 m., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, July 16, 1923, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,775, 25,776, August 24, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,778. All distributed as D. rupestris. Map 14. Draba clivicola, which was distributed as D. rupestris R. Br., differs quite obviously from that species in its very leafy stems, D. rupestris being typically scapose. Its reference to D. norvegica by Schulz has been noted in the discussion of the latter species; but it is sufficiently clear from that in its narrower cauline leaves, smaller flowers, more slender fruit and longer lower pedicels. So far as yet known, it is confined to the somewhat calcareous schistose upper slopes of the Mt. Logan region in Gaspé, a peculiarly notable area, where D. clivicola is associated with other endemic or near-endemic species: Festuca prolifera (Piper) Fern., Draba Allenii (see above), Saxifraga gaspensis Fern. and Vaccinium nubigenum Fern.? and such species, separated by hundreds or thousands of miles from their specific allies, as Draba nivalis Liljebl., Potentilla emarginata Pursh,* Euphrasia Williamsii Robinson, Campanula uniflora L.5 Arnica Louiseana Farr* and Senecio resedifolius Less." Map 14. Range of DRABA CLIVICOLA. 1 RHODORA, xxxv. 133, map 14 (1933). 2 RHODORA, xix. 141 (1917). 3 See RHODORA, xxxv. 279, map 23 (1933). * The plant identifled and reported as P. fragiformis Willd. in Mem. Amer. Acad. xv. 280 (1925) is, according to the late Dr. Malte, P. emarginata. 5 See Mem, Amer. Acad. xv. 338 (1925). 5 See RHODORA, xxxv. 369, map 30 (1933). : 7 See RHODORA, xxvi. 113 (1924); also Mem. Amer. Acad. xv. 260, and map 29, p. 259 (1925). 328 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 14. D. laurentiana, sp. nov. (Tass. 304, 305), planta humifusa stragula 3-15 cm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque albescentibus nitidis inferne foliis emortuis fibrillosis squamatis, superne foliis rosulatis cespitem 1.5-7 cm. diametro formantibus; foliis rosulatis cuneato-oblanceolatis 0.7-3.8 cm. longis 4-9 mm. latis crassis firmis acutis vel subacutis vel marginibus utrinque 1—3- dentatis stellato-pannosis; caulibus floriferis crassis simplicibus vel sparse ramosis, fructiferis 1-3.5 dm. altis imis piloso-hirsutis pilis simplicibus furcatis stellatisque admixtis; foliis caulinis (3) 6-25 (av. 10) oblongis plerumque 1-3 cm. longis 3-11 mm. latis argute 2-4-serrato-dentatis stellato-pannosis; racemis floriferis corymbi- formibus fructiferis laxe elongatis 3-15 cm. longis 6—30-floris; pedi- cellis imis fructiferis 1.5-6 mm. longis ebracteatis vel rare bracteatis; sepalis ovalibus vel late oblongis late albido-marginatis 2.3-3 mm. longis 1.3-2.3 mm. latis; petalis lacteis late obovatis emarginatis 4.5-5 mm. longis 2.5-4 mm. latis; antheris 0.4 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 20-40-ovulatis; siliculis glabris oblongis ellipticis vel oblongo- lanceolatis planis vel tortis stylo «4 2. j brevissimo (0.1-0.4 mm. longo) “WS, 5 coronatis 5-14 mm. longis 2-4 uy A mm. latis, valvis valde reticu- / > N lato-venosis vel rugulosis; UM seminibus a funiculis 0.3 mm. ; longis pendulis ellipticis 1-1.3 \ 1 mm. longis.— Shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Straits Hie i 2 of Belle Isle, Newfoundland Ms eg and eastern Quebec. NEw- Am FOUNDLAND: limestone ledges, P. - Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Mar 15. Range of DRABA LAURENTIANA. Pistolet Bay, July 18, 1925, Pease & Long, no. 28,359; dry rocky and gravelly limestone barrens, Cape Norman, July 18, 1925, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 28,360; turfy seashore east of Big Brook, July 15, 1925, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,357; Green Island, Straits of Belle Isle, July 24, 1925, Griscom, no. 28,364; fields and meadows, Flower Cove, July 12, 1920, M. E. Priest, no. E1; turfy limestone shore, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, July 10, 1925, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, no. 28,355; limestone ledges and gravel near the sea, St. Barbe, August 4, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,713; turfy upper margin of limy gravel beach, Brig Bay, August 6, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,714; turf overlying limestone, Grassy Island, St. John Bay, August 5, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). QuEnEc: “Labrador,” Martin; sur un ilót de cal- caire, riche en guano, Íslets de la Baie à Jean, 25 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,256 (as D. arabisans) ; sur les rochers calcaires, Ile Ste. Généviéve, Mingan, 17 juilliet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. Rhodora Plate 299 i ic E > Boere n EN = b y b >» } LI 3 5 DRABA INCANA (var. CONFUSA): FIG. 1, small fruiting plant, from Archipel de Kécarpoul, Quebec; ric. 2, dwarf plant, from Percé, Quebec (isotype of var. conica); FIG. 3, flowering plant, from Cow Head, Newfoundland; FIG. 4, small fruiting plant, from Newfoundland; ric. 5, slender plant, from same station as fig. 2; FIG. 6, leafy plant, from Baie à Jean, Quebec; all x 1. Rhodora Plate 300 DRABA SORNBORGERI, n. $p.: FIG. l, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Ramah, Labrador (TYPE); FIG. 2, flower, X 10, from Ramah; ria. 3, valve, X 10, from the TYPE. D. CRASSIFOLIA, var. PARRyI: FIGS. 4 and 5, flowering and fruiting plants, X 1, from Gray’s Peak, Colorado. Rhodora Plate 301 DRABA NORVEGICA: FIG. 1, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Norway; ria. 2, dwarf flowering plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; rra. 3, small flowering plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 4, fragment of flowering plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 5, fragment of fruiting plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 6, tips of rosette-leaves, x 10, from Newfoundland. Rhodora Plate 302 DRABA NORVEGICA, Var. PLEIOPHYLLA, n. var.: FIG. 1, portion of fruiting plant, X 1; FIG. 2, flowering plant, X 1 (TYPE); FIG. 3, rosette-leaves and lowest internode, X 10; rra. 4, silique, X 10; all from Newfoundland. Rhodora Plate 303 DRABA CLIVICOLA, n. sp.: FIGS. 1 and 2, flowering and fruiting plants, 1 (TYPE); FIG. 3, portion of internode, X 10; ria. 4, tip of rosette-leaf, X 10; 5, flowers, X 10; FIG. 6, valve of ripe silique, X 10; all from Shickshock Mts., Quebec. Rhodora Plate 304 E Ky DRABA LAURENTIANA, n. Sp.: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; FIG. 2, portion of tall flowering plant (divided), X 1, from Archipel de Mingan, Que- bec; ric. 3, portion of internode, X 10, from Newfoundland (TYPE); FIG. 4, valve of ripe silique, X 10, from the TYPE. Rhodora Plate 305 DRABA LAURENTIANA, n. Sp.: FIG. 1, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. E , , 8 , J b , 2, portion of basal rosette, X 10, from the TYPE; ria. 3, flower, X 10, from Newfoundland. Rhodora Plate 306 DRABA PYCNOSPERMA: FIG. 1, small fruiting plant from Ile Bonaventure, Quebec; FIG. 2, rosette-leaves, X 10, from same station; FIG. 3, portion of internode, X 10, from Percé, Quebec; FIG. 4, septum and seeds, X 10, from Percé; ria. 5, valve, X 10, from Percé. Rhodora Plate 307 DRABA GLABELLA: FIG. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; ria. 2, flowering plant, X 1, from Labrador; Fra. 3, fruiting stems, X 1, from near Nain, Labrador (type region of D. Henneana); ric. 4, portion of basal rosette, X 10, from Newfoundland; FIG. 5, portion of internode, X 10, from Labrador; FIG. 6, tip of silique, X 10, from New- foundland. Rhodora Plate 308 DRABA GLABELLA: FIG. 1, TYPE, X 1, in Herb. Brit. Mus. (photograph from the Keeper, Mr. J. RAMSBOTTOM); FIG. 2, type of D. Henneana, X 1, in Herb. Bot. Mus. Berlin-Dahlem (photograph by L. B. Smith, from original specimen loaned by the Curator, Professor JOHANNES MILBRAED); FIG. 3, type of D. daurica, X 1, in Herb. De Candolle, Genève (photo- graph presented by Dr. ALFRED BECHERER and Mr. J. F. MACBRIDE). Rhodora Plate 309 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. ORTHOCARPA: FIG. 1, TYPE, X 1, from Bic, Quebec; FIGs. 2 and 3, septum with seeds, and valve, X 10, from TYPE. Rhodora Plate 310 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. BRACHYCARPA: FIG. 1, fruiting stems, X 1, from Greenland; ria. 2, flowering plant, X 1, from Greenland; rias. 3 and 4, silique and septum with seeds, X 10, from fig. 2. Rhodora Plate 311 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. MEGASPERMA: FIG. 1, portion of flowering plant, from Archipel Ouapitagone, Quebec; FIG. 2, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Archipel de Mingan, Quebec; Fic. 3, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Forteau, Labrador; all X 1. Rhodor: Plate 312 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. MEGASPERMA, details from the TYPE, X 10, from Paspébiac, Quebec: ric. 1, rosette-leaves; ria. 2, portion (fractured, overripe) of lowest internode; FIGS. 3 and 4, valve, and septum with seeds. Hhodora Plate 313 DnaBA McCarrak: FIG. 1, flowering plant (TYPE), X l5, from Alberta; ria. 2, fruiting stem, X 15, from Alberta; ria. 3, rosette-leaves, X 10, from Alberta; FIG. 4, lower internode, X 10, from Alberta; ria. 5, flower, X 10, from TYPE; FIG. 6. silique, X 10, from fig. 2. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 329 18,253; sur le cailloutis calcaire, Cóté du Large, fle Ste. Généviéve, 9 août, 1925, Victorin & Rolland, 21,477; rivages calcaires, [le Nue, Mingan, 29 juillet, 1926, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,863; sur le cail- loutis calcaire, Île à la Vache Marine, Mingan, 16 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,251, as D. arabisans; sur les corniches calcaires, Ile Quin, Mingan, 28 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,244, as D. arabisans, var. canadensis (small bushy-branched and small-fruited extreme); sur les corniches calcaires, Ile du Fantome, Mingan, 28 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,246; sur le cal- caire couvert de guano, Ilets Perroquets, Mingan, 5 août, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,252, as D. arabisans; without statement of locality, Anticosti, June 26, 1861, Hyatt, Shaler & Verrill. Unless otherwise stated, distributed as D. megasperma. Map 15. Draba laurentiana is one of the coarser species of eastern America. Although confused in the herbarium with D. glabella Pursh, var. megasperma (Fern. & Knowlton) Fern. (PLATES 311, 312) and some- times with D. arabisans Michx. (PLATES 314, 315), it stands apart from them both in the abundant spreading and simple pubescence of the lower internodes of the coarse flowering stems; D. megasperma, which is better treated as a large extreme of D. glabella Pursh, having the stems coarsely stellate-pannose, D. arabisans having them more finely stellate. The cauline leaves of D. laurentiana are commonly very numerous, usually 6-25 (average 10), those of D. glabella and its varieties few, 0-8, very rarely to 13 (average 4), and in D. arabisans they are much more narrowed at base and only 3-12 in number. The flowers of D. laurentiana are very large and the siliques distinctly rugose-veiny, with almost no style, while the silique of D. arabisans is veinless and long-styled. D. glabella, var. megasperma, in its largest development, is very similar to the less leafy plants of D. laurentiana and the two probably cross. In view of the marked difference in the pubescence of their lower internodes they are here treated as different species. It may later seem wiser to unite them as varieties of one variable species. In northwestern Newfoundland and on the Mingan Islands Draba laurentiana has its greatest development, the material thought to be from Anticosti possibly having been actually collected elsewhere. In sharing the Gulf coast of Newfoundland and the Mingan Islands and, though only locally or doubtfully, Anticosti, it becomes one of a large series of species of similar occurrence: Listera borealis Morong, Lesquerella Purshii (Wats). Fern., Arctostaphylos rubra (Rehder & Wilson) Fern., Arnica chionopappa Fern., Taraxacum laurentianum 330 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Fern., etc., which are each found on two or more of these segregated areas. 15. D. PvcNosPERMA Fern. & Knowlt. Cespitose perennial, forming close or loose mats 0.2-2.5 dm. across: the pale slender mostly forking caudices retaining shreds of dead old leaves and often with persistent bases of stellate trichomes, ending in prostrate rosettes 1.5— 10 cm. across: rosette-leaves cuneate-spatulate to narrowly rhombic, 0.7-5 cm. long, 2-15 mm. broad, entire or shallowly 1-3-dentate above the middle on each side, finely and closely stellate-pannose: flowering stems simple or with long ascending branches, in fruit 0.5- 3.3 dm. high, very slender, loosely to densely stellate-pubescent, often with admixture of forking and simple trichomes: cauline leaves 1-4, oblong to ovate, 0.5-3 cm. long, 0.2-2 cm. broad, entire or 1-3-dentate on each margin, sparsely hirsute with simple, bifurcate and stellate tri- chomes or glabrate: racemes in fruit very slender and lax, 0.15-2 dm. long, 0.6-1.8 em. in diameter, with pedicels mostly 3-12 mm. apart, with 5—40 siliques: pedicels finally loosely as- cending, filiform, the lower 2-8 mm. long: sepals oblong, glabrous or hispid, 1.5-2 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; petals white, obovate, 2.7-3 mm. long, 2 mm. broad: anthers 0.2-0.3 mm. long: Mar 16. Rangeof DRABA pyc- OValy glabrous: siliques plump, com- NOSPERMA. pressed-ovoid, -ellipsoid or -oblong, 2.5-10 mm. long, 1.8-3.3 mm. broad, glabrous, with very short (0.1-0.4 mm. long) but definite style: seeds 10-32, closely imbricated and often turned oblique to the septum, 1-1.4 mm. long.—Ruopora, vii. 67, t. 60, figs. 13-15 (1905); Ibid. xxviii. 201 (1926). D. canadensis, var. pycnosperma (Fern.) O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®, 277 (1927).—Highly localized on limestones of northwestern Newfoundland and of eastern and northern Gaspé County, Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: dry limestone cliffs and talus, western face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,369. QUEBEC: dans l'Anse-à-l' Indien, sur les calcaires, Cap Gaspé, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,379, 17,380, as D. arabisans, var. ortho- carpa; wet limestone cliffs, Le Coulé, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, no. 5450); crest of calcareous sea-cliffs, Cap Barré, Percé, August 16-20, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 7361, 7359); sommet des “ Trois Soeurs,” Percé, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,375; dry calcareous rock, summit of Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; in a cold dark cave, near permanent snow, Mt. Ste. Anne, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; Bonaventure conglomerate 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 331 (calcareous), summit of Mt. Ste. Anne, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1071, 1072; sur les faces nues du conglomérate Bonaventure, vers 350 m. d’alt., Mt. Ste.-Anne, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,387; dry cliffs, Mt. Ste. Anne, Pease, nos. 19,239, 20,242; crests of calcareous sea-cliffs, Cap Blanc, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease, TYPE collection (Pease, no. 5437); steep face of Cap Blane, Collins & Fernald, no. 94; Bonaventure conglomerate (cal- careous) sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1073, 1074; blocs de conglomérat, fle Bonaventure, Victorin, Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,376, 17,377; falaise de grés, Tourelle, Rousseau, no. 31,150. PLATE 306; MAP 16. In its very plump siliques with crowded and usually obliquely- imbricated seeds and in its small flowers Draba pycnosperma should not be confused with any other species. Although Schulz reduces it to varietal rank, as D. canadensis, var. pycnosperma, it is very evident that he has completely misunderstood D. canadensis. D. canadensis Brunet (PLATE 315, FIGS. 3, 4 and 6) is a rather unimportant variation of D. arabisans Michx., differing from typical D. arabisans only in having slightly broader and flatter siliques (ovate and flat rather than lanceolate and twisted). It has all the technical characters of D. arabisans: oblanceolate entire or sparingly toothed rosette-leaves; flowering stems merely pannose-stellate (without elongate simple and bifurcate trichomes); cauline leaves narrow, merely stellate-pinnose (not hirsute) on the surfaces and rather numerous (6-9); pedicels divergent; sepals 2.5-3 mm. long; petals 4 mm. long; fruiting racemes compact, with subapproximate fruits, subcorymbiform to short- cylindric, 1.5-5 cm. long; siliques very flat; seeds not imbricated, lying flat against the septum. In contrast D. pycnosperma has broader rosette-leaves, flowering stems with simple and bifurcate trichomes mixed with the stellate ones, the 1-4 round-based cauline leaves often sparsely hirsute, the pedicels more ascending and rela- tively shorter, the sepals and petals definitely smaller; the fruiting racemes very slender and much elongate, with fruits becoming remote, the siliques very plump (14-24 as thick as broad), the crowded or imbricated seeds usually turned oblique to the rachis. The reasons for Schulz's reduction of D. pycnosperma to D. canadensis were, obviously, his unfamiliarity with the latter plant, coupled with his reliance solely upon the inconstant outline of the silique: *Silieulae acutae, raro acuminatae. {Semina 1-1,2 mm longa. Siliculae acutae. tiSemina vix 1 mm longa. Siliculae acuminatae....205. D. arabisans. 332 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER **Siliculae obtusiusculae vel rotundatae. t{Siliculae parvae, 2,5-7 mm longae, ovoideae, apice ro- DENM abo essor ie See TT 208. D. canadensis. It will be noted that by ascribing to D. canadensis in his key “ovoid " (rather than flat and ovate) siliques Schulz was giving it a fundamental character of D. pycnosperma. Incidentally, Schulz made it clear that he did not personally know D. canadensis, his diagnosis of it, between quotation marks, being a latinization of the brief varietal description of D. arabisans, var. canadensis published by Knowlton and myself, with the siliques correctly described *Siliculae elliptico-ovatae"; whereas D. pycnosperma, of which I had sent duplicates to Berlin, was accurately described: * Racemus fructifer elongatus, laxus. Siliculae . . . . ovoideae, valvis convexis subinflatae . . . . . Semina . . . den- sissime conferta." Draba pycnosperma, known only from the region of Cape Gaspé and Percé, at the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula, where it is a very common and definite species, and from a single cliff-wall farther west and a single wall of the Doctor Hills of northwestern Newfoundland, has the peculiarly restricted relic-localization which characterizes most of the endemics of the region. In many cases, however, the endemics of the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence are found over extensive areas of either Gaspé, Anticosti, the Mingan Islands or western Newfoundland and also on one or another of the other areas (some- times also the Magdalen Islands or St. Paul Island): such plants as Draba laurentiana (of western Newfoundland, the Cóte Nord, the Mingan Islands and, perhaps, Anticosti), Amelanchier Fernaldii Wieg. (of western Newfoundland, Gaspé, the Magdalen Islands and St. Paul Island), Primula laurentiana Fern. (of Newfoundland, southern Labrador, the Mingan Islands, Anticosti, Gaspé and adjacent areas and the Magdalen Islands, with outlying colonies westward in Quebec and southward in Nova Scotia and Maine) and Gentiana nesophila Holm (of western Newfoundland, the Mingan Islands and Anticosti). But D. pycnosperma, although dominant at the extreme eastern end of the Gaspé Peninsula (Percé region, Bonaventure Island and Cape Gaspé), is otherwise known on the Gaspé Peninsula only from a single station more than 100 miles to the west; it is quite unknown from Anticosti and the Mingan Islands; and in Newfound- land it has been found only on a single cliff. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 333 16. D. GLABELLA Pursh. Loosely to densely cespitose perennial, forming mats 0.2-2 dm. across: the pale slender mostly forking cau- dices retaining shreds of dead leaves, ending in depressed rosettes 1.5-8 dm. across: rosette-leaves cuneate-oblanceolate, oblanceolate- oblong or spatulate, dentate to entire, attenuate to the petiolar base, 0.74.5 em. long, 2-10 mm. broad, closely stellate-pannose, in age some- times glabrate: flowering stems simple to freely forking, 0.5-4 dm. high, stellate-pannose, only rarely with a few simple spreading tri- chomes, often glabrate at summit: cauline leaves 1 (rarely 0)-14, ovate to oblong, tapering to rounded or subamplexicaul at base, 1-3(—5)- dentate on each side or sometimes entire, 0.8-4 cm. long, 2-12 mm. wide, more or less stellate-pilose or glabrate: racemes corymbiform in flower, in fruit elongate, usually lax, the principal ones 0.3-1.5 dm. long with 5-35 subdistant siliques: pedicels finally ascending, stoutish (rarely very slender), the lowest 1-6 (rarely -8 or even 10) mm. long: sepals oblong, pilose to glabrous, 2-3 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, white- margined: petals white, broadly obcordate, unguiculate, 3-5.5 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad: anthers about 0.4 mm. long: siliques glabrous or more or less hirtellous with stellate and bifurcate trichomes, narrowly lanceolate to ovate-oblong, 6-13 mm. long, 1.5-4 mm. broad, with obsolete to short (up to 0.5 mm. long) and thick style, compressed, flattish, rarely twisted, the valves definitely veiny: seeds 18-38, oblong to rounded, 0.7-1.3 mm. long.—A highly variable cireumpolar species, represented in our area by four geographic varieties: a. Siliques narrowly to broadly lanceolate, acute or subacute, 1.5-3 mm. wide: seeds 0.7-1 mm. long. Cauline leaves 1 (rarely 0)—5: longer racemes mostly with b-15 (rarely —20) slliques. ............5-. 223309 3 E99 Var. typica. Cauline leaves 5-8: longer racemes mostly with 10—35 MAJUR. ie sco Ex ECHTE P o Var. orthocarpa. a. Siliques elliptie to oblong-ovate, obtuse, 2.5-5 mm. wide: seeds 1-1.3 mm. long. Cauline leaves 1-4: plant of Greenland, Baffin Land and Hudson Strait 2. 8 ss ec oe oes ee a 0 T Var. brachycarpa. Cauline leaves 5-14: plant of Newfoundland, south- eastern Quebec and eastern New Brunswick....... Var. megasperma. Var. typica. D. glabella Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 434 (1814); DC. Syst. ii. 355 (1821) and Prodr. i. 172 (1824); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®, 275 (1927), in part only. D. hirta of Authors generally, not L. (1759), acc. to Elis. Ekman, Kgl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. lvii*. 13 (1917) and Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 281 (1930); Reichenb. Ic. Pl. Crit. viii. t. declxviii (1830); Sv. Bot. xi. t. 768, fig. 1 (1838), very characteristic; O. E. Schulz, l. c. 267, in large part, incl. fig. 29, A-J (1927). A. daurica DC. Syst. ii. 350 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 274, at least in part (1927); Elis. Ekm. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 285, t. iii. figs. 1-6 (1930). D. Henneana Schlechtend. Linnaea, x. 100 (1836); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 276 (1927), in part, excl. at least the synonyms D. incana, var. arabisans Wats., 334 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER D. Longi Schweinitz, D. McCallae Rydb. and D. stylaris Fern. & Knowlt. D. dahurica Fisch. ex Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. (1838) No. 1: 87 (alteration of name). D. magellanica Lam., subsp. borea Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. lvi?: 44 (1917), in part (excl. at least the syn. D. arabisans Michx.). D. hirta borea (Elis. Ekm.) Ostenf. acc. to Ekm. in Hultén, Fl. Kamtch. ii. 161— Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, v?. 161 (1928) as synonym.— Of wide range in the Arctic and Subarctic, extending south with us to Newfoundland, Quebec, Lake Champlain, New York, and shores of Hudson Bay. The following are characteristic. LABRADOR: on zs qmm 2a SAS ch = “hard : [P i E So Dr » LY v e =e 9 ^ 2 M í * d rus \ n ^ 3 i D m AX i fd Nr ( 1 b^ L1 "t zx DU Mar 17. Range in eastern America of DRABA GLABELLA (TYPICA). granitic rock, old sea-beaches, Northwest Bank at Head of Ryan's Bay, Woodworth, no. 240.5; Valley of the Twin Falls, Cape Mugford Peninsula, Abbe, no. 371; Okkak, Moravian Bros., Sornborger, no. 173 in part; Port Manvers, Gardner, no. 317a; Anatolak, C. S. Sewall, no. 519; gravelly moraine, Mouth of Frazer River (near Nain), Harlow Bishop, no. 325; Nain, Henne, TYPE of D. Henneana Schlech- tend. in Herb. Mus. Bot. Berol. (see PLATE 308, rra. 2); Hopedale, Gesner; rocks at base of cliff, Dead Islands, J. A. Allen, no. 25; rocky hillsides, Battle Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 326. NEWFOUNDLAND: conglomerate-rock crests and crevices, shore of Dildo Run, New World Island, Notre Dame Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5457; rocks, shores of Pike's Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5458a; near seaward edge of Fishing Head, St. Anthony, Abbe & 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 335 Brooks, nos. 364, 365, 367; peaty and turfy brookside, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 28,370; brookside on slaty hills back of Little Quirpon, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 28,365, as D. megasperma: slaty talus of Noddy Point, Mauve (or Noddy) Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,356; dry trap cliffs south of Ship Cove, Sacred Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,406, in part (mixed with D. norvegica); open peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,403; turfy or gravelly shelves, crests or talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,379; gravelly limestone barrens near the sea, Eddy’s (or Old Man's) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 174814, transition to var. megasperma; dry gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1737, transi- tion to var. megasperma; limestone cliffs near Stanleyville, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1751; high sea-cliffs, Chimney Cove, Waghorne, no. 19, as Arabis hirsuta; dry limestone barrens, local, Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,079. QuEnEc: limestone sea-cliffs, Ile au Marteau (Eskimo I.), Mingan Islands, St. John, no. 90,476; sur les rochers calcaires, Ile Ste.-Géné- viéve, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,353; cailloutis calcaire du cóté du large, Île Ste.-Généviève, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,471, as D. megasperma; sur les graviers et le cailloutis calcaires à l'embouchure, Rivière Vaureal, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis- Marte, no. 21,474; cliff-shores of Gaspé Bay, Douglastown, August 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 7350, 7353), as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; Les Murailles, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 7357, 7358), as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; cold cliff, at 550 feet, Grande Coupe, Percé, August 19, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; shaded calcareous cliffs of Little River, west of Percé, August 16, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, no. 5094), as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; schistes nus, La Madeleine, Rousseau, no. 31,072; talus slope east of Rivière à Claude, Kelsey & Jordan, no. 65, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; falaises escarpées et humides, Marsouins, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,676, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; summit of talus and bases of calcareous cliffs west of Rivière aux Marsouins, Fernald & Weath- erby, no. 2448; cliffs near Cap au Renard, Pease, no. 19,227; calcareous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Christie, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,095; shaded cliffs, Cap Tourelle, August 19- 21, 1905, Collins & Fernald, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; cal- careous headlands by the St. Lawrence, Grosses Roches, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,093; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1076, 1076*; sur le conglomérat nu, Cap aux Corbeaux, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,442; prés du Cap Enragé, Bic, Victorin, no. 9587; sur le con- glomérat nu, Cap Enragé, Rousseau, nos. 26,503, 26,508, as D. arabi- sans, var. orthocarpa; mouth of Murray R., Robt. Campbell in Herb. 336 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Geol. Surv. Can., no. 66,722, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; Mt. St. Hilaire, Rouville Co., Victorin, no. 1052, as D. arabisans. New Yonk: on limestone, Garden Island, Lake Champlain, near Valcour, July, 1892, Brainerd. UNcavA: Ungava Bay, L. M. Turner, nos. 4842, 6316; Wakeham Bay, Hudson Strait, Malte, nos. 120,203, 120,209; “In Hudson's Bay. ©. v. s. in Herb. Banks," Pursh, l. c., TYPE of D. glabella at Brit. Mus. (see PLATE 308, Fic. 1); Richmond Gulf, Spreadborough, no. 16,272, Low, no. 63,144; Great Whale River, Hudson Bay, Low, no. 63,143. KkEwariN: Fullerton, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,066, as D. hirta, var. lejocarpa Lindbl.; Chesterfield Inlet, Gardner, no. 377. Extending w. to Alaska. PrATES 307, 308; MAP 17. Var. orthocarpa (Fern. & Knowlt.), comb. nov. D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. Rnopona, vii. 66, in part only, but as to cited type, t. 60, fig. 11 (1905); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 276 (1927).— Quite like var. typica but móre leafy, the cauline leaves 5-8, and with fuller racemes (siliques of well developed racemes 10-35).—Quebec and Keewatin. QuEsBEc: rocky limestone headland, Pointe-aux- Esquimaux, Mingan, St. John, no. 90,485, transitional to var. typica; sur les corniches calcaires, Grande fle, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,469; cold rocks by permanent snow, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; schistes, Chlori- dorme, Rousseau, no. 31,223; ledges near Pte. du Gros Male, Pease, no. 20,159; at base of cal- careous slaty cliffs and talus, Cap Pleureuse, Fernald & Weath- erby, no. 2447; dry calcareous cliffs, Cap Tourelle, Fernald & Map 18. Range of DRABA GLABELLA, P case, no. 25,094 in part (mixed var. ORTHOCARPA. with var. typica); calcareous cliffs, west of Méchins, Fernald & Collins, no. 582; low headland near the wharf (the old wharf), Bic, July 15-18, 1904, Collins & Fernald, TYPE of the var.; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Cari- bou, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 1212; rocher, Bic, Rousseau, nos. 24,831, 26,353, 26,389 and 26,548; island-headland north of Cap au Massacre, Bic, July 16, 1904, Collins & Fernald; rocky banks (con- glomerate), Trois-Pistoles, Victorin, no. 30; rocks near the shore, L/Islet, Victorin, no. 3203; Îles Pelerins (Le Gros), Temiscouata Co., Victorin, no. 573. KEEwarrN: Churchill, J. M. Macoun, nos. 79,065, 79,068. PLATE 309; map 18. Var. brachycarpa (Rupr.), comb. nov. D. hirta, var. brachycarpa Rupr. Fl. Samojed. Cisural. in Beitr. Pflanzenk. Russ. Reiches, Lief. 2: 22 (1845); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 271 (1927).—A marked extreme of northernmost Russia and Siberia, Greenland, Baffin Island and the 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 337 Hudson Strait region. UNGAva: 2 SMS Wakeham Bay, Hudson Strait, Mi d ; Malte, nos. 118,919, 120,198, (Qj aU Be 120,243. PLATE 310; map 19. | T ^ Var. megasperma (Fern. & i Knowlt.), comb. nov. D. mega- TM sperma Fern. & Knowlt. RHODORA, e vii. 65, t. 60, figs. 6-8 (1905); O. E. E^ k 22 Schulz, l. c. 277 (1927), excluding Mar 19. Southeastern Extension var. leiocarpa O. E. Schulz, l. c. in America of Draba GLABELLA, var. which is a form of D. arabisans.— BRACHYCARPA. ; Southern Labrador, Newfoundland, eastern Quebec and northeastern New Brunswick. LABRADOR: cliffs by waterfall near shore, Forteau, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3457. NEWFOUNDLAND: rocks, shores of Pike's Arm, Fernald, Wie- gand & Bartram, no. 5458; damp peaty tundra, Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no. 28,362; damp turfy hollows in limestone barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 28,361; springy swales and turfy shores, Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,263; turfy slope near mouth of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 28,358; dry limestone cliffs and talus, western face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,371, transition to var. typica (distrib. as D. hirta); conglomerate limestone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges, Cow Head, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3456, as D. hirta; shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1752, transition to var. typica (distrib. as D. hirta); banks, Rope Cove, Waghorne, no. 14, as D. in- cana. QUEBEC: upper slopes and crests, calcareous tableland, east of Blane Sablon (“Labrador”), Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3458; rock- crests, Vieille Romaine, Archipel Ouapitagone, St. John, no. 90,484, uec "s Rapes oi rap m as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; Wolf Bay, long. 60? 13', Abbe, no. 1261; top of limestone shingle, fle Ste.-Généviéve, Mingan, St. John, no. 90,475; sur les graviers calcaires, Ile Ste.-Généviéve, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 18,245, 21,476 and 24,861 (as D. arabisans); rivages, Ile à la Chasse, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,867; sur les rochers calcaires, fle St.- Charles, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,254, 18,255; sur les corniches calcaires, [le Téte à la Baleine, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 21,466, 21,472; sur les cailloutis calcaires, Ile à la Vache Marine, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,257; lieux herbeux sur un ílót 338 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER d'oiseaux, Ile Nue, Mingan, Victorin & Holland, no. 24,866 (very lax state); sur les déserts caillouteux du côté ouest, Île Nue, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,869 (dwarfed state); prairie naturelle, lle aux Cal- culeaux, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,478; rivages calcaires, fle à Marteau, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,862 (as D. arabi- sans); sur les graviers calcaires, Grande Ile, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,481 (transition to var. orthocarpa); sur les graviers du Barachois, Lac à la Croix, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,312; sur les graviers du Barachois, Riviére Dauphine, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,313; sur les bords d'alluvion de la Rivière Belle, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,314; sur le Barachois, Crique de la Chaloupe, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,865; low islands near Becsies River, Anticosti, Victorin, no. 3140 (as D. arabisans); Anse au Sanatorium, Anticosti, Victorin, no. 4134 (as D. arabisans); rocks near the sea-shore, Tourelle, July 13, 1881, J. A. Allen; sea- cliffs east of Ste. Anne des Monts, Tourelle, Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 25,770; grès denudés, Tourelle, Rousseau, no. 31,151; dry . sandstone sea-cliffs, Capucins, Fernald & Collins, no. 583; limestone- conglomerate boulders in woods, Gros Crépaud, Fernald & Collins, no. 580; gravelly beach at Paspébiac Lighthouse, July 26, 1902, Williams & Fernald (rvPE of D. megasperma); dry gravel-beach, Paspébiac, Collins & Fernald, no. 91, July 27, 1902, Churchill; same station, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,774. NEw BRUNSWICK: dry gravel-pavement back of the beach, Belledune Point, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,092; near Bathurst (probably the preceding station), July, 1881, C. Linden. PraATES 311, 312; MAP 20. Draba glabella is the most variable of our species, embracing not only much of the D. hirta of authors but many variations which have sometimes been given specific rank and scores of proposed subspecies, varieties and forms. As to the Linnean D. hirta, Mrs. Ekman has clearly shown that the primary type was material of the plant sub- sequently described as Braya alpina Sternb. & Hoppe. Conse- quently, the next available name must be taken up. Mrs. Ekman at first united the boreal plant with the subantarctic D. magellanica Lam., but afterward withdrew it in large part and treated it, appar- ently correctly, as D. daurica DC. (1821). She made the mistake, however, of uniting with it D. arabisans Michx. (PLATES 314, 315), and she suspected, what, unfortunately she did not follow up, that D. daurica (1821) was inseparable from D. glabella Pursh (1814): “Die D. glabella müsste wohl ihrem Namen gemiiss der leiocarpen 1 This Old World species should, of course, be called Braya hirta (L.), comb. nov. Draba hirta L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, ii. 1127 (1759) and Sp. Pl. ed. 2, ii. 897 (1763). B. alpina Sternb. & Hoppe, Denkschr. Regensb. i!. 66 (1815). For detailed exposition of the typification see Elis. Ekman, Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad.-Handl. lvii.: 13 (1917) and Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 281 (1930). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 339 Unterart, subsp. borea [of D. magellanica], entsprechen" (Ekm., Kungl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. lvii’. 49); “I have not seen the type of D. glabella Pursh which is derived from Arctic America, but it would not surprise me if this plant were identical with a glabrous form of D. daurica” (Ekm. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 287). The latter surmise of Mrs. Ekman was correct. Pursh explicitly stated that his type of Draba glabella was in the Banks Herbarium (at the British Museum). A photograph (PLATE 308, Fria. 1) of this type, most generously supplied by Mr. J. Ramsbottom, with a detailed description of it by Mr. A. W. Exell, settles that point; and, so far as I can find, D. glabella Pursh is the earliest name for the variable cir- cumpolar “D. hirta." The name given by Pursh, D. glabella, was misleading in its connotation, so much so that practically all students, refraining from an examination of the readily accessible type, have quite misinterpreted it. Thus Hooker, who probably knew the original material and who correctly described it, made a comparison of the leafy-stemmed and comparatively large D. glabella with the scapose and pygmy D. crassifolia (PLATE 294) which threw later students off guard: “This has more the habit of D. crassifolia than of the following [the excessively leafy and villous D. confusa]; but it is three or four times the size, and has flowers as large as any in the genus." Hooker's comparison of Draba glabella with the really very different D. crassifolia was repeated by Torrey & Gray and its reiteration by others has tended further to obscure the true identity of Pursh's species. As a matter of fact, the specific name used by Pursh should be taken in the sense he presumably meant it and with appreciation of the almost microscopic character of the trichomes in his species. He enumerated three species with leafy stems: the very distinct D. arabisans Michx., D. incana L., described “ D. foliis caulinis numerosis incanis, pilis implexis," and the much less obviously pubescent new species, D. glabella “foliis . . . glabriusculis.” As compared with the villous D. incana, D. glabella has, to use Daydon-Jackson's definition, SOMEWHAT GLABROUS (glabriusculus) leaves. Mr. Exell's close examination of the type material, however, results in the fol- lowing diagnosis: rosette-leaves stellate-pubescent; stem and cauline leaves with stellate and very short forked trichomes; pedicels mostly stellate-pubescent; siliques stellate-pubescent. In other words, in- 1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 54 (1830). 340 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER stead of being essentially glabrous, the type of D. glabella is stellate- pubescent throughout under a lens! Had he understood D. glabella, Schulz would hardly have treated it as a species wholly apart from “D. hirta," D. daurica, D. Henneana and D. megasperma. In his key (his pp. 204 and 205) he places D. hirta, D. daurica and D. glabella under a section **Siliculae acutae, raro acuminatae," while D. Henneana and D. megasperma are set off from them by *' **Siliculae obtusiusculae vel rotundatae," although in the fuller treatment (p. 275) this key-differentiation becomes confused by the “acute”- fruited D. glabella being assigned “Siliculae oblongo-ellipsoideae, apice obtusiusculo." “D. hirta" is correctly assigned, in the key, * Caules et folia pube stellata minuta obtecta," while D. glabella, the type (PLATE 308, ria. 1) of which is also stellate-pubescent throughout, is separated merely by “Caules et folia glabrescentia," a difference which would be wholly unimportant even if it were so. As to Draba daurica DC., which Schulz separates from “D. hirta" in his key because it has “ Folia caulina superiora basin versus mani- feste cuneatim angustata," while “D. hirta" was placed under the leading division “Folia caulina superiora basin versus dilatata vel vix cuneata," it is apparent from the type of D. daurica (PLATE 308, FIG. 3) that Schulz could not have taken the trouble to check that important specimen at Geneva. The type, for the photograph of which I am greatly indebted to Dr. Alfred Becherer and Mr. J. F. Macbride, clearly shows the uppermost leaf “basin versus dilatata," the character ascribed by Schulz to D. hirta. The type thus agrees with DeCandolle’s original description of D. daurica, “ Folia caulina pauca, ovata, subacuta," and not very satisfactorily with Schulz's key-character for D. daurica: “basin versus manifeste cuneatim angustata." Incidentally, the type of D. daurica has the young siliques lance-acuminate, a character not sharply brought out by the “Siliculae . . . oblongae" of Schulz’s diagnosis. In his detailed diagnosis DeCandolle said “ Caulis . . . pilis simplicibus basi confertioribus apice raris subpuberulus" and Mr. Macbride independently writes that the leaves have unequally forked stellate trichomes and that the leaf-margins and the stems (below densely, above very sparsely) are pubescent with long simple and once-forked weak hairs interspersed, at least below, with unequally stellate trichomes like those of the leaves. In their relative abundance on the base of the stem D. daurica somewhat departs from the typical 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 341 eastern American D. glabella. It seems, however, to be one of the variants of that species. Draba Henneana Schlechtendal was based on a plant collected at Nain, Labrador by the Moravian missionary, Henne. It was given the very detailed and wholly accurate description which characterized the work of Schlechtendal and distinguished him as one of the really great German phytographers. In his account of the type of D. Henneana, Schlechtendal described the young fruits: "siliculis pedicello suo longioribus anguste ellipticis brevissimo stylo apiculatis et ut omnes reliquae partes plantae pilis stellatis simplicibusque obsessis." The type specimen of D. Henneana (PLATE 308, FIG. 2), now unfortunately much broken, has most liberally been sent to me from Berlin by Dr. Milbraed. So far as I can see it is inseparable from the pubescent-fruited individuals of “D. hirta,” from the common run of Labradorean D. glabella (the type of which is also stellate throughout) and from D. daurica. Although the type of the latter has quite glabrous ovaries, while those of the types of D. glabella and of D. Henneana are pubescent, this character alone is so very fickle in the species that I am inclined to ignore it. The siliques throughout the series of North American varieties range from quite glabrous, through an intermediate series with scabrous or hirtellous surfaces, to a few which are more positively stellate-hirsute. There seems to be no geographic nor taxonomic significance to the character in this particular species. For some reason, which I am wholly at a loss to explain, Schulz segregates from his true Draba Henneana (originally described by Schlechtendal “siliculis . . . pilis stellatis simplicibusque ob- sessis") the individuals with pubescent siliques as a separate Var. McCallae (Rydberg) O. E. Schulz [spelled by Schulz Mac Callae]— D. McCallae Rydberg in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club XXIX. (1902) 241. D. stylaris Fernald and Knowlton in Rhodora VII. 76. (1905) 64, pro parte, non Gay.—Siliculae pilis brevibus simplicibus bifurcis intermixtis obsitae. As conceived by Schulz, therefore, his var. McCallae differs from true D. Henneana, accurately described by Schlechtendal * siliculis pilis stellatis simplicibusque obsessis," by having the almost identical character: “Siliculae pilis brevibus simplicibus bifurcis intermixtis obsitae." Further to elucidate his understanding of the matter, Schulz, under his glabrous-fruited D. Henneana cited the sin- gle type specimen as belonging to both!: “Nain (Missinar Henne, auch var. Mac Callae)"! Although the description and at least the 342 Rhodora ! [SEPTEMBER Labrador specimens cited by Schulz as showing his conception of his Draba Henneana, var. McCallae belong to typical D. Henneana, there- fore to D. “hirta,” to D. daurica and to D. glabella, they have no close relationship to D. McCallae Rydb. The latter species is a very clear-cut plant of the northern Rocky Mountains. The type of it (PLATE 313, FIGS. 1 and 5), which Dr. Gleason has most kindly allowed me to have photographed, has very softly pilose stems, with few if any of the sessile or subsessile stellate trichomes which so closely cover the surface in D. glabella (including Henneana); instead, the lower inter- nodes (PLATE 313, FIG. 4) are copiously pilose to villous with long and soft spreading or retrorse simple hairs. The leaves (Fic. 3), too, have a sparser but longer and mostly simpler (or merely bifurcate) pubescence than in D. glabella. The flowering raceme is promptly, instead of tardily, elongate, and in full maturity (as shown by ripe fruiting plants, FIG. 2) it is 24 the full length of the stem (much as in D. aurea), with very slender and elongate pedicels. The siliques (ric. 6), both in the type and in ripe material of D. McCallae, are oblique or semilunate and covered with more spreading pubescence than in D. glabella. D. McCallae, in the abundant spreading and mostly simple pubescence of the siliques and in its elongating flowering raceme, is very near the Asiatic D. dasycarpa C. A. Meyer, so beauti- fully shown in Ledeb. Icon. Pl. Fl. Ross. iii. t. 264 (1831). Its identi- fication with D. Henneana, the type of which is *also var. MacCallae (auch var. MacCallae)" could have resulted only from complete misunderstanding of it. As to the citation under Schulz’s var. McCallae of * D. stylaris Fernald and Knowlton . . . pro parte," this was apparently due to the inclusion, erroneously, by Knowlton and myself of the synonym D. Henneana, about which we then knew nothing but the description, under D. stylaris. One or two other synonyms of D. Henneana given by Schulz demand a word of clarification. Under his typical D. Henneana he includes in the synonymy D. arabisans Michx., Q. Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838) and D. Longii Schwein. ex Torr. & Gr. l. c. as syn. Without entering now into specifications, it should be noted that the original sheet in the Torrey Herbarium of D. arabisans, 8. 'T. & G. (based on the manuscript D. Long5) bears very detailed notes by Torrey and is a characteristic Great Lake form of D. arabisans, just as 'Torrey & Gray correctly decided. It does not belong to D. glabella (including D. Henneana). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 343 As to numerous other synonyms placed by various authors under Draba “hirta,” D. glabella, D. daurica and D. Henneana, I am not situated to judge correctly of their status. The unwisdon of guessing at the identities of Drabas (or any other plants) by descriptions alone should be evident. The failure to recognize this elementary principle of sound taxonomic and nomenclatural study has been sufficiently emphasized in the preceding discussion. Without knowing from actual study of the types or of undoubted authentic specimens, I must pass by varietal names which, ultimately, may have to replace some which I am here using. With the exception of one (var. brachycarpa), the names used under D. glabella have been verified by examination of the taxonomic and nomenclatural types. As already stated, the occurrence of slight pubescence on or its absence from the siliques in the wide-ranging D. glabella does not seem to me sufficiently constant to be used in breaking the species into its geographic varieties. The four marked trends which I have recognized in eastern America pass more or less into one another but they have their own primary centers of distribution and seem to be fairly definite geographic varieties. Var. typica (PLATES 307, 308), with few cauline leaves, acute or acutish, lanceolate siliques and relatively small seeds, is generally dispersed around the North and extends southward into the area of two of the varieties. In the region of the Lower St. Lawrence and the Gulf and to some extent in the Hudson Bay area there occurs a more leafy extreme (cauline leaves up to 8) which, when well developed, has more numer- ous flowers and fruits than the more boreal type. This is var. ortho- carpa (PLATE 309). When it was first published as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. our understanding of Draba was most rudimentary. Some of the cited specimens belong to D. arabisans as I now conceive it, others were very typical D. glabella and a few, including the TYPE-specimen (PLATE 309), were of the leafier varia- tion of D. glabella. It becomes necessary, therefore, to recast the very confused conception which was originally expressed by D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa. Var. brachycarpa (PLATE 310) barely reaches our area. The eastern American material I have seen is abundant specimens from Green- land, a few from Baffin Island and one collection from northern Ungava. I have seen no authentic material identified by Ruprecht, but his description was so good that I have followed Schulz in placing in var. brachycarpa the broad-fruited Greenland plants. 344 : Rhodora [SEPTEMBER . Var. megasperma (PLATES 311, 312), although originally put out as a species and so maintained by Schulz, clearly passes into var. ortho- carpa and in fruit alone is scarcely separable from the more boreal var. brachycarpa. It differs from the latter in its greater size and more numerous leaves and is, doubtless, a Newfoundland and Gulf of St. Lawrence representative of the Greenland plant. Closely simulating var. megasperma but even more leafy is the newly pro- posed D. laurentiana (PLATES 304, 305). This plant, localized in much the same area as var. megasperma, differs from it, not only in its greater leafiness but in the abundant simple spreading pubescence of the lower internodes. Eventually it may seem right to treat it as another extreme variety of D. glabella. If, however, we abandon the character of pubescence in the classification of Draba, the whole structure must collapse. This dependence on the character of the trichomes is one of the least insecure reliances in the group; and, for the present, I am hopefully clinging to it! One more name must be noted. This is Draba megasperma, var. leiocarpa O.: E. Schulz, l. c. 277, based on Collins & Fernald, no. 93, from Bic, Quebec (PLATE 315, Fics. 1 and 5). "This material was originally included in the mixed D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa, but it differs from the cited type (PLATE 309) in actually having all the significant characters of D. arabisans with plane siliques: the long pedicels, long style and the smooth (not veiny) surfaces of the very thin and acute siliques. It does not belong with D. megasperma (PLATES 311, 312), which has the obtuse siliques much broader, on shorter and thicker pedicels and with nearly obsolete style, the less flattened siliques with veiny or rugose surfaces. (To be continued) NOTES ON THE FLORA OF TENNESSEE: DIOSCOREA W. A. ANDERSON From the time of publication of Gray's Manual, first edition, until the appearance of Bartlett's revision! of Dioscorea in 1910 all the native yams of the eastern United States were grouped under one species, D. villosa L. Bartlett recognized five species of which three 1 Bartlett, H. H., The Source of the Drug Dioscorea, with a Consideration of the Dioscoreaceae found in the United States. Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. no. 189 (1910). 1934] Anderson,—Notes on the Flora of Tennessee 345 are of interest in a study of the Tennessee flora. The other two, which he described as new, are restricted to the southeastern coastal States. Bartlett quite properly separated the widely dispersed northern species from the Alleghanian species. Unfortunately, however, he rejected the name D. villosa and applied D. paniculata to the northern species, while he recognized two species in the Appalachian region where there is probably only one. These two are described as alike in having verticillate leaves and in having much larger fruits than the widespread northern plant. According to Bartlett there is a form restricted to the mountains which has coarse, knotted, much-branched, rootstocks and leaves which are glaucous beneath, while a more southern lowland form differs from it in having relatively unbranched rootstocks and green leaves. The former he identifies with D. glauca of Muhlenberg's Catalogue and the latter with D. quaternata (Walt.) Gmel. The distribution-map which accompanies the description of the latter species shows it to be a plant, not of the lowlands, but of the foothills, which belong to the Alleghanian floral region. Study of specimens from all parts of this region fail to show any great differences in leaf surface. The writer has not had opportunity to examine many rootstocks, but the fruits and seeds were alike in all specimens which had them. It seems better to adopt the conservative treatment of all these Alleghanian plants as one species, the name of which is D. quaternata. Walter! described two species with verticillate leaves, Anonymos (Dioscoreae affinis ?) quaternat., and Anonymos (Dioscoreae affinis ?) quinat. The latter has frequently been cited as a synonym of D. villosa. It is probably the same as D. quaternata which usually has more than four leaves in a whorl. Blake has shown that the Linnean species D. villosa need not be rejected, as there is a specimen in the Clayton herbarium which fixes its identity.? The two well-marked species of Dioscorea which appear in our manuals under D. villosa may be separated as follows: DIOSCOREA QUATERNATA (Walt.) Gmel. Syst. 581 (1796). Anonymos quaternat. Walt. Fl. Car. 246 (1788). D. glauca Muhl. Cat. 92 (1813) as defined by Bartlett l. c. 13 (1910). D. villosa, var. glabra C. G. Lloyd, in King & Lloyd, Suppl. Am. Dispens. 81 (1880). Rootstock thiek and much branched; stem twining, glabrous; lower leaves 1 Walter, Flor. Carolin., 246 (1788). 2 Blake, S. F., Notes on the Clayton Herbarium, RHODORA xx. 48 (1918). 346 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER verticillate, the upper in pairs or alternate, blades of the larger ones often 10 em. long, petiole often villous at the junction with the blade, blade more or less puberulent beneath, or glabrous, glaucous on lower surface, usually repand; inflorescences one in the axil of each leaf; ripe capsules 20-30 mm. long; seeds, exclusive of wing, 5-6.5 mm. broad.—Pennsylvania to western Florida, Missouri, Arkansas and Oklahoma. It has been found in all parts of Tennessee. The following is a representative, but not a complete list of stations. Woods, rocky ridge, Cades Cove, June 15, 1928, Anderson & Jennison; White Cliff Springs, Monroe County, June 29, 1890, Scribner; along Clinch River between Tate and Tazewell, May 12, 1929, Hesler & Jennison; Knoxville, Scribner, no. 7345; ledges, Lookout Mountain, Chattanooga, May 22, 1911, Churchill; sandy woods along creek, Daysville, Jennison, Hesler & Anderson, no. 1408; Cowan, July 14, 1867, Gattinger; Kingston Springs, Svenson, no. 280; Haywood County, June 6, 1893, Bain. DrioscorEA viLLOSA L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1033 (1753). D. paniculata Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 239 (1803). Rootstock little branched (Bartlett); stem twining; none of the leaves verticillate, blades rarely more than 8 em. long, densely pubescent on lower surface, petiole glabrous; inflorescence a small panicle or raceme, one in the axil of each leaf; ripe capsule 15-20 mm. long; seeds, exclusive of wing, 34.5 (usually 4) mm. broad.—Connecticut to New Jersey, west to Minne- sota and Oklahoma. Var. glabrifolia (Bartlett) Stone, Pl. So. N. J. 358 (1912) (D. paniculata, var. glabrifolia Bartlett, l. c. 15 (1910)), has glabrous leaves, otherwise as in the species. One specimen from Haywood County, Tennessee, Bain, no. 321, is cited by Bartlett. This specimen has no capsules or lower leaves by which it can be positively identified. It bears the same data as a specimen of D. quaternata from the same region, and the same number as one of D. quaternata collected the year before. It is probable that this is a fragmentary duplicate of one of these specimens, and that D. villosa has not been collected in Tennessee. THE STATE UNIVERSITY oF Iowa Iowa City, Iowa SOME INADEQUATELY CHARACTERIZED SPECIES OF GEORGE VASEY M. L. FERNALD AND C. A. WEATHERBY In 1907, the late Theodor Holm clearly described a new grass as Glyceria paupercula Holm in Fedde, Repert. iii. 337 (1907), stating, correctly, that “It is a member of the section Atropis Rupr.” A definite type was cited and afterward an exquisite heliotype plate 1934] Fernald and Weatherby,—Species of George Vasey 347 of it with the diagnostic details was published: Geol. Surv. Can. PI. x. Everything essential to ideal diagnosis and publication of a new species was there, except the actual date of issue of the plate, a matter beyond the control of its author.' Consequently, viewing Glyceria § Atropis as constituting a genus, Puccinellia, we transferred Holm’s species to it, making the combination Puccinellia paupercula (Holm) Fernald & Weatherby, Ruopora, xviii. 18 (1916). Typical P. paupercula is essentially eastern, but a larger and wide-spread variety, var. alaskana (Seribn. & Merr.) Fern. & Weath., |. c., based on P. alaskana Scribn. & Merr. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78 (1910), abounds on Vancouver Island. It now seems that in 1888 George Vasey got hold of something of the sort. In a running account of a number of new grasses he wrote? without any paragraphing of the separate entities, without any differentiation of them as new, and for the most part without any statement of really diagnostic characters, a rambling summary of them, thus: A considerable number of other new or interesting forms have been received . . . and I wish here briefly to give a short account of them. Mr. J. Macoun botanized in Vancouver Island the past season . . . he sends the following: Deyeuxia Vancouverensis, a small species, 10 or 12 inches high, with spicate panicle 11 to 2 inches long, approaching D. strigosa, Kth.; . . . Deschampsia caespitosa, variety maritima, 6 to 8 inches high, growing on the seashore; . . . Glyceria pumila, about 4 inches high, panicle small, mostly of three to five approximate sessile spikelets with a lower branch 14 to 1 inch long; Bromus Macounii, closely resembling B. erectus, Huds., but with a smaller, purplish panicle. Mr. G.C. Nealley . . . has discovered several new species, among which are T'riodia Nealleyi, of similar aspect to T. avenacea, and another Triodia of which, unfortunately, too little for full characterization was collected and which may be called T. repens; . . . Sporobolus Nealleyi, a dwarf, erect species, with small, open panicle; etc., etc. Naturally, such names are published as names but they are not accompanied by any characters which are specifically diagnostic; at best the brief and inconsequential phrases accompanying them merely describe habit and not the details of glumes, lemma, palea, ligule or other parts which Dr. Vasey knew to be fundamental in separating species of grasses. It is most likely that he was merely publishing what nowadays would be called a preliminary announce- ment, intending later to give proper diagnoses; as some of his other 1 For data regarding this series of plates see RHODORA, xxx. 151 (1928). : ? Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. 48, 49 (1888). 348 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER work shows he regularly prepared diagnoses in his more serious papers. Such entities as Vasey had, if they can be found, for he cited no actual types or specimens, may be identifiable; but it seems to us a very doubtful and needlessly disturbing policy to take up their names to displace those of species which had been carefully characterized and accurately illustrated. Nevertheless, we now have an effort made to displace the beautifully definite Puccinellia paupercula by the woefully indefinite P. pumila (Vasey) Hitche. Am. Journ. Bot. xxi. 129 (1934). Vasey's original description of the habit, “about 4 inches high, panicle small," etc. has already been fully quoted. There are many species which may be “about 4 inches high” and with “ panicle small." Vasey gave not a single word about the size of the anther and the grain nor the characters of glume, lemma and palea, all of which are highly important in Puccinellia. Furthermore, he did not even give a clue and presumably did not know that it was a Puccinellia; to him it was simply another Glyceria. Taxonomy has reached a low ebb when such inadequately defined names can be taken up to dis- place those which had perfect definition. Quite aside from the un- important question of the authorship of Puccinellia paupercula, we feel that the important cause of sound and convincing nomenclature would be seriously set back by accepting such names of Vasey (and others) as those above noted. At best they are nomina subnuda. Volume 36, no. 428, including pages 269—308 and plates 290—298, was issued 10 August, 1934. [3 1934 Hovdora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. October, 1934. No. 430. CONTENTS: Notes from Herbarium of University of Wisconsin—XI. N. C. PMI ERE LECRRZRETTERETETOREEREOE IE es ee We Epifagus virginiana in Missouri. J. A. Steyermark............ Draba in temperate Northeastern America (continued). M. L. IFEPHOHITUCOE PERSIUS Deeg REI Rd eiie Sis da Host Plants of Cuscuta Gronovii. H. L. Dean................ Recent Additions to the Flora of St. Louis County, Missouri. J. MISICVEHHOGFE T o lU a TURIS a. occ ag Antennaria plantaginifolia with Rosy Involucres. Ruth Peabody. . Trillium grandiflorum in New Hampshire. A.R.Hodgdon...... 376 376 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Dav. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No.III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, row Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. October, 1934. No. 430. NOTES FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN—XI' Norman C. FassETT ExrENsIONS OF RANGES or Aquatic PLants. In recent years the activities of collectors of aquatic plants in Wisconsin have resulted in several extensions of known ranges. The three men who have contributed most in this field have been Mr. John H. Steenis, working with the Wisconsin Land Economic Survey, Mr. L. R. Wilson, collect- ing in conjunction with his studies at the Trout Lake laboratories of the Geological and Natural History Survey, and Mr. Neil Hotchkiss of the U. S. Biological Survey. One of the most remarkable finds was that of Potamogeton confervoides in Langlade County, extending its known range westward from eastern New York and Pennsylvania.’ This pondweed was collected by Wilson and Steenis in Greater Bass Lake, near Summit Lake P. O. The lake lies in drift of the Fourth Wisconsin glaciation. Identification of this species has been confirmed by Professor Fernald. Another eastern pondweed found near Summit Lake was P. Oakesianus, which was collected in Greater Bass Lake and in the nearby First Lake, and whose range is given is Gray's Manual as “Anticosti to n. N. Y. and N. J.” This was also collected by Steenis in the northwest corner of Juneau County, in the bed of Glacial Lake Wisconsin. In the same lake bed is Wisconsin Rapids, where the plant was collected in 1894 by L. S. Cheney. Mr. Cheney also collected it at Stevens Point, just north of the limits of this now extinct lake. Najas gracillima has until recently been un- 1 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 1 See Fernald, Mem. Am. Acad. of Arts & Sci. xvii. pt. 1: 33 (1932). 350 — Rhodora [OCTOBER known west of eastern New York;! it was collected by Hotchkiss and by Steenis in 1931 in Little Sissabagama Lake, near Stone Lake P. O., Sawyer County. The following summer it was collected by the writer in a small muddy pool west of Wisconsin Dells (formerly Kilbourn); this pool lies in an ancient abandoned channel of the Wisconsin River. Later in the same season it was again found by Mr. Hotchkiss and the writer, this time in the terminal moraine east of Wisconsin Dells, in Kittleson Pond, once close to the waters of Glacial Lake Wisconsin. Littorella americana enjoys a reputation for great rarity. It comes as something of a surprise, then, to find that it is a characteristic and abundant plant in many lakes of northern Wisconsin. Due to the efforts of the collectors named above, we now know it from the following Lakes. Sawyer County: Ham Lake, Round Lake, Ashegan Lake, all near Hayward. Douglas County: Round Lake near Gordon. Vilas County: Crystal Lake, Muskellunge Lake, Little John Jr. Lake, all near Trout Lake P. O., Langlade County: Town Line Lake, Summit Lake, Lower Clear Lake, Long Lake, Lower Bass Lake, all near Summit Lake P. O. Shawano County: Shawano Lake? With one exception, only submerged and sterile plants were found. "Those at Muskellunge Lake were exposed by lowering of the water-level, and were flowering. It may be that the apparent rarity of Littorella is due simply to the infrequency of its flowering, and to the fact that sterile individuals, in deep water, are easily overlooked. "They are ordinarily to be found only by dredging, which was the method used by Steenis and by Wilson. Urrer Hotty Lake. This little lake, 12 miles south of Hayward, Sawyer County, was found by Mr. Steenis to be one of the most interesting in the state. The water is very soft (pH 6.5), but while the flora of most soft-water lakes in the region consists of such small and rigid plants as Elatine, Eriocaulon, Isoetes, Lobelia Dortmanna and the like, with larger plants absent or rare, Upper Holly Lake has an abundant growth of Elodea, Potamogeton, Nymphozanthus, ete. It is the only very soft-water lake in the region in which muskellunge are found.? There are four species of Utricularia: U. vulgaris, common in medium- to hard-water lakes in the region but usually not in soft water; U. gibba and U. minor, both very rare in Wisconsin; and U. 1 Fernald, Ruopona xxv. 109 (1923). ? Mr. Steenis tells of bathing in Shawano Lake and finding the leaves of Littorella stiff and sharp and abundant enough to cause discomfort. * Data concerning Upper Holly Lake from Steenis, in Land Economic Inventory of northern Wisconsin: Sawyer County, p. 63 and table XIII (1932). 1934] Fassett,—Herbarium of University of Wisconsin 351 purpurea, unknown elsewhere in the state. Potamogeton pulcher, whose range Gray's Manual gives as “s. Me. to Fla.; and near St. Louis, Mo.," was collected in Upper Holly Lake. It is also repre- sented in the Gray Herbarium, collected at Taylor's Falls, Minnesota, by F. P. Metcalf. Eleocharis Robbinsii, recorded in Gray's Manual as occurring “w. to Mich. and Ind.," is abundant on the shores of Upper Holly Lake, and has also been recently collected by Mr. Hotchkiss in Burnett, Polk, Barron and Oconto Counties. ELATINE TRIANDRA IN Wisconsin. This occurrence was recently reported by the writer, and related to a now extinct glacial lake. Since this report it has again been collected by Mr. Neil Hotchkiss and the writer in Kittleson Pond, 5 miles east of Wisconsin Dells, which, like the pond in which the earlier collection was made, borders on glacial Lake Wisconsin. A collection from Round Lake, 5 miles east of St. Croix Falls, Wisconsin, September 5, 1927, Fassett & Wilson, no. 15290, proves also to be this species. This is of special interest because Round Lake bears much the same relation to glacial Barrens Lake? that the two neighboring lakes in southern Wisconsin bear to glacial Lake Wisconsin. The three lakes where the Elatine has been found are all kettleholes in terminal moraines, and are all so small that each is little more than a large mud-puddle. 'The habitat of E. triandra seems to be quite different from that of the commoner E. minima. The latter species, in the Middle West at least, is always on sandy shores or in shallow water with sandy bottom. ŒE. triandra, at its three known stations in Wisconsin, is on muddy shores or in shallow water underlain by soft mud. At its only known station in New England, at Coburn Park, Skowhegan, Maine, which was visited by the writer in 1931, it is also in shallow water and is rooting in a muddy bottom. Since the banks of the pool are overhanging and grassy, so that there is no opportunity for the Elatine to grow on the shore, the only form occurring there is the submerged f. callitrichoides. Incidentally, an inspection of this locality is sufficient to convince the writer of the correctness of the suggestion? that E. triandra is not native at that place. SILENE CsEREII IN THE MrppLE West. For some time the writer was puzzled by the presence in the herbarium of two quite different plants, each of which could with Gray's Manual be identified as 1 Trans. Wis. Acad. xxv. 200 (1930). ? See McLaughlin, Ecological Monographs ii. 357 (1932). 3 Fernald, RHopona xix. 12 (1917). 352 Rhodora [OCTOBER Silene latifolia. Upon their being taken to the Gray Herbarium, the two species were at once recognized by Mr. Weatherby as S. latifolia and S. Csereii,! respectively. The latter is a native of the Balkan Peninsula and Asia Minor. A study of American material shows the following distinctions: S. LATIFOLIA: calyx campanulate, at maturity only slightly narrowed at summit, rounded at base or in age depressed about the pedicel, the nerves mostly weak, much branched and freely anastomosing; upper bracts of the inflorescence scarious and glabrous throughout. S. CsrnEI: calyx ovoid, strongly narrowed at summit, tapering at base, the nerves very little if at all branched; upper bracts of the inflores- cence firm and ciliate. S. Csereii is represented in the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin as follows: Minnesota: Pigeon River, Cook Co., August, 1927, M. R. Shaw, no. 470. Wisconsin: Amnicon Lake, Douglas Co., July, 1927, Shaw, no. 483; Centuria, July 19, 1924, J. J. Davis; Fountain City, July 7, 1922, H. H. Smith, no. 7078; Camp Douglas, July 1, 1926, Davis; railroad tracks, Lyndon Station, June 30, 1917, Davis; Portage, August 10, 1926, Davis. INDIANA: on ballast, Gary, June 29, 1909, L. M. Umbach, no. 3685. Also recently reported from Linden, Indiana.” It is represented in the Gray Herbarium as follows: Montana: near Westby, July 7, 1927, Esther L. Larsen, no. 74. Iowa: dry gravelly ground, Estherville, September 22, 1925, B. O. Wolden; in dry gravelly ground along railroad right-of-way, Esther- ville, June 15, 1926, Wolden, no. 1219. Onro: ballast, Erie R. R. dump, Phalanx, July 6, 1924, Almon B. Rood; pier track, Sandusky, August 14, 1920, E. L. Moseley. MapniSON, WISCONSIN. EPIFAGUS VIRGINIANA IN Missourt.—The absence of Beech-drops in Missouri has long been a puzzle. Beech trees (mostly Fagus grandifolia var. caroliniana) occur in Missouri only in the southeastern portion of the state, chiefly on Crowley's Ridge, the only area of topographic relief in the lowlands. Over some portions of Crowley's Ridge in southeastern Missouri and on adjacent hills in the Ozark region bordering the southeastern lowland area, as in Perry and Cape Girardeau counties, there are some good stands of beech groves. It would be expected that, as in other areas east and north of Missouri, the beech-drops (Epifagus virginiana) could be found in any fair- sized grove of beech trees. However, there have been many attempts ! Baumg. Enum, Stirp. Transs, iii. 345 (1816); Williams, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxii. 49 (1896); Ascherson & Graebner, Syn. Mitt.-Eur. Flora v. pt. 2: 62 (1929). 2 Deam, Proc. Ind. Acad, Sci. xlii. 48 (1933). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 353 in the past to locate Epifagus under beech groves in Missouri, and each has been fruitless. The writer several times searched diligently in late autumn in beech groves in southeastern Missouri without locating the elusive beech-drops, and hope for discovering it in the state had been almost forsaken. During the month of October, 1933, Mr. J. H. Kellogg was collecting on Crowley Ridge in Scott Co., and in a fair-sized stand of Fagus grandifolia var. caroliniana found Epifagus virginiana in plentiful numbers. A number of eastern and southeastern species are known in Missouri only from the Crowley Ridge and adjacent hill section of southeastern Missouri, and the discovery of Epifagus virginiana adds still another eastern species to the list —JuL1an A. STEYERMARK, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 344) 17. D. ARABISANS Michx. More or less cespitose perennial, forming simple or freely forking mats 0.2-2.5 dm. across, the drab or pale- brown mostly forking caudices retaining fibrous shreds of dead leaves, ending in depressed rosettes 1.5-14 cm. across: rosette-leaves oblanceo- late or spatulate, entire or somewhat dentate, attenuate to a petiolar base, 0.7—7 cm. long, 0.2-1.6 cm. broad, thin, closely and minutely (in shade more sparsely and less minutely) stellate-pannose, in age some- times glabrate: flowering stems 1—40, slender, simple to freely branch- ing, with often fleruous loosely ascending branches, 0.5-4.5 dm. high, glabrous or sparingly to closely stellate-tomentulose, rarely with a few spreading and simple trichomes, often glabrate at summit; cauline leaves 3-12, oblanceolate, oblong or narrowly obovate, cuneate to but slightly rounded at base, serrate-dentate to entire, 0.5—4.5 cm. long, 0.2-1 em. broad, stellate-pubescent to glabrous: racemes corymbiform in flower, elongating in fruit and rather lax; the primary ones 7-25- flowered, in fruit becoming 2-12 cm. long and 1.3-3 em. in diameter: pedicels slender, glabrous or sparsely stellate-pilose, divergent or arched-ascending, the lowest 3-15 (rarely —25) mm. long: sepals oblong, obtuse, 1.8-3 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad, glabrous or sparsely hirtellous, white-margined: petals white, broadly obovate, emarginate, unguiculate, 4.5-6 mm. long, 2.8-3.8 mm. broad: anthers 0.5 mm. long: ovary glabrous, with a distinct slender style: siliques very thin, strongly compressed, glabrous, narrowly lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or ovate, commonly acuminate, usually twisted but sometimes 354 Rhodora [OCTOBER plane, 5-15 mm. long, 1.5-3 mm. broad, with slender style 0.5-1 mm. long; the valves smooth and veinless, often lustrous: seeds 12-36, oblong or rounded, 1.1-1.7 mm. long.—Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 28 (1803); DC. Syst. ii. 349 (1821); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838), in large part; Gray, Gen. i. 160, t. 68 (1848); Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 65, t. 60, fig. 9 (1905); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 275 (1927). D. Arabis Pers. Syn. ii. 190 (1807). D. incana, var. glabriuscula Gray, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 223 (1835). D. Longii Schwein. ex Torr. & Gray, l. c. (1838) as synonym. D. incana, var. arabisans (Michx.) Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 260 (1888). D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. l. c. 66 (1905), in part only and excluding the cited type.—Cliffs and exposed ledges of argillaceous, basic or calcareous Mar 21. Range of DRABA ARABISANS. rock, Newfoundland to the Lake Superior region of Ontario, south, rather locally, to New Brunswick, Maine, Vermont, New York, Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota.—NEWFOUNDLAND: dry cliffs and talus, Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 5463; dry rocks, Snook’s Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 2462; ledges and talus, north bank of Exploits R., Grand Falls, no. 5461; calcareous cliffs, ledges and talus, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,367, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,368; dryish limestone talus, Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,366; limestone near crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1739, 1740; limestone ledges and talus, Shag Cliff, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1738; dry limestone shingle and talus, Penguin Head, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1736; dry limestone talus, Druid’s (or Raglan) Head, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1735; slaty cliffs, McIver's Cove, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1732; sea-cliffs, John’s Beach, Bay of 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 355 Islands, Waghorne, no. 22; cliffs along shore, near Frenchman's Cove, Bay of Islands, Mackenzie & Griscom, nos. 10,268, 10,289; talus slopes of marble region between Mt. Musgrave and Humbermouth, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3459; dry limestone ledges and shingle, Hannah's Head, lower Humber Valley, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1733. QUEBEC: on shingle, West Point, Anticosti, J. Macoun no. 20; dry (inland) calcareous cliffs near Cape Gaspé, Pease, no. 20,205; rochers calcaires de la Montagne St.-Alban, vers 300 m. d’alt., Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,382, 17,383; talus of calcareous cliffs near Cape Rosier, Pease, no. 20,208; calcareous cliffs, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, August 18, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 7355, 7356), Fernald & Collins, no. 1070, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,378, Pease, no. 20,241; rocky slope, Round Rock, Grand River, Gaspé Co., June, 1903, G. H. Richards, June 30- July 3, 1904, Fernald; dry slaty talus of cliffs east of the head of Lac Pleureuse, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,772; sur les cailloutis caleaires prés du Lac Pleureuse, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,437; calcareous cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Christie, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,090, 25,091; trap cliffs at 1800-1900 feet, Tracadigash Mt., Carleton, July 24, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (some fruits with 3 carpels); calcareous ledges and cliffs, Bic, many collections, July 16 and 18, 1904, Collins & Fernald, July 17, 1904, Collins & Fernald, Fernald & Collins, nos. 92, 93 (cotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocarpa O. E. Schulz), 1066, 1067, 1069, Rousseau, nos. 24,833, 26,487, 26,613, 26,695, 26,703, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,586; crevices and talus of limestone sea-cliffs, alt. 200-275 m., east of St. Fabien, Fernald & Collins, no. 1068; rochers, Ile à Deux Tétes, Victorin, no. 24,839; argilite, Ile aux Grues, Rousseau, no. 24,841; Cap à la Branche, lle-aux-Coudres, Victorin, no. 4128; sur les roches cambriennes, Grosse-Ilse, Victorin, nos. 15,638, 15,639; dry calcareous cliffs near the shore, Baie St. Paul, Stebbins, no. 783; rochers abrupts, Mt. St.-Hilaire, Victorin, no. 3867; dry, calcareous cliffs, Gibraltar Point, Lake Memphremagog, Pease, no. 11,981. New Brunswick: slaty bank, junction of Restigouche and Matapedia Rivers, Quebec-New Brunswick boundary, Rousseau, no. 32,335. Maine: Mt. Kineo, September, 1887, G. G. Kennedy; moist ledges, at 1300 ft., Day Mt., Avon, July 24, 1903, Knowlton, August 31, 1904, Knowlton & Chamberlain. | VERMONT: cliffs and summits about Willoughby Lake (Mt. Annance, Mt. Hor, Mt. Pisgah, etc.), many collections from 1854 (Wm. Boott)—date; Smuggler’s Notch, many collections from 1877 (Faxon)—date; “in rupibus ripariis ad lacum Champlain et in Nova Anglia," Michaux (rvPE in herb. Michx., Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris); Gardiner’s Island, L. Champlain, June 17, 1881, Faxon, July 2, 1898, Eggleston; Four Brothers Island, L. Cham- plain, June 12, 1908, N. F. Flynn; dry ledges, Shelburne Point, L. Champlain, June 25, 1913, Knowlton; Charlotte, June 9, 1876, Pringle; dry ledges, Mt. Philo, Charlotte, June 5, 1908, Kennedy, May 28, 356 Rhodora [OCTOBER 1922, Knowlton; Snake Mt., Addison, Eggleston, no. 132; limestone cliffs, Cobble Hill, South Bristol, May 28, 1878, Brainerd; Mt. Eolus, Dorset, September, 1901, E. H. Terry. New York: southeast face of Wallface Mt., above southern end of Indian Pass, at 3200 ft. alt., Essex Co., House, no. 9436; rocky banks of lakes in St. Lawrence and Jefferson Counties, 1833 and 1834, Asa Gray (type of D. incana, var. glabriuscula); on rocks, Trenton Falls, June, , no. 72 (herb. Torrey); Sackett's Harbor, W. A. Wood; Burdick's Glen, Lansing, June 16, 1885, Dudley; dry rocks, small ravine north of Esty's Glen, Lansing, A. J. Eames, no. 12,081; near Akron, Erie Co., 1864, Clinton. ONTARIO: sand-dunes, Picton, June 26, 1886, Fowler; plentiful on Lake Muskoka, June, 1916, N. Tripp (Herb. Univ. Mich.); North Shore, Lake Superior (between Sault Ste. Marie and Michipicoten), Loring; Jack Fish, June 26, 1898, J. Fletcher; very abundant on cliffs and gravel, Jack Fish, Pease, no. 23,487; dry cliffs, Northern Slate Island, Thunder Bay Distr., Pease, no. 23,633; Mt. McKay, Sep- tember 7, 1889, Britton, Britton & Timmerman; Lake Nipigon, July 8, 1884, J. Macoun. Micnican: Fort Gratiot, Dr. Z. Pitcher (type of D. arabisans B. Torr. & Gray and of D. Longii), in herb. Torrey; bluffs and ledges, Mackinac Island, July 2, 1897, E. T. & S. A. Harper, and numerous later collectors; limestone rocks, Prentis Bay, Mackinac Co., Ehlers, nos. 1103, 1352, C. & E. Erlanson, no. 648; Isle Royale, 1868, G. A. Marr, A. E. Foote, also W. S. Cooper, no. 40, in part (partly var. canadensis); base of Monument Rock, Isle Royale, McFarlin, no. 2174; island in Rock Harbor, Isle Royale, McFarlin, no. 2246; rock-crevices, Passage Island, August 25, 1930, Povah & Brown; wind-swept sandstone-conglomerate crest of Lookout Mt., Keweenaw Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3316.! WiscowsiN: bluffs on Point Washington, Door Co., June 21, 1891, Schuette. MINNESOTA: Grand Portage, 14 mile southeast of the village, Rydberg, no. 9666; talus below calcareous cliff, Grand Portage, Butters & Buell, no. 367. PLATE 314 and 315, Frias. 1, 2 and 5; map 21. Var. CANADENSIS (Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. RHopona, vii. 67, t. 60, fig. 12 (1905). D. canadensis Brunet, Cat. Pl. Can. 21 (1865); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 277 (1927), excluding var. pycnosperma.—Low, 0.7-1.5 dm. high; siliques elliptic-ovate, 3-8 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad.—Scattered locally through the range, perhaps better treated as à form. NEWFOUNDLAND: limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker’s Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1749. QuEnEc: rocher, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,322 (as var. orthocarpa); crevices of rocks, St. Joachim, Cap Tourmente, 1864, Ovide Brunet (TYPE collection), Rolland, no. 15,640. MicnicAN: Isle Royale, Cooper, no. 40, in part (mixed with typical D. arabisans) ; wind-swept sandstone-conglomerate crest of Lookout Mt., Keweenaw Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3317, ctearly an extreme of the p'ant with lanceolate siliques. PLATE 315, FIGS. 3, 4 and 6. 1 This station, discovered since map 21 was engraved, should be indicated by a dot near Keweenaw Point. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 357 Draba arabisans is one of the clearest-cut perennial species of temperate eastern America, and its confusion with others has arisen through inadequate understanding of it or reliance upon mere out- lines of siliques rather than upon its more significant characters (sufficiently emphasized in the key and the description above). The tortion of the silique (PLATE 314, Fics. 2, 3 and 4), which is frequent or usual, may be quite lacking (PLATE 314, FIGs. 1 and 5 and PLATE 315) and similar tortion occurs in many other species. D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa, as already explained, in the discussion of D. glabella, as originally conceived was a mixture, the type-collec- tion (PLATE 309) belonging with D. glabella. The remnant left in D. arabisans is not worthy special recognition, being merely plants with the siliques little or not at all twisted, a very inconstant character. Var. canadensis (PLATE 315, FIGS. 3, 4 and 6) is, presumably, not a very significant extreme. It seems to be a minor variety with siliques of shorter and broader outline than usual. Its retention as a species by Schulz has been discussed, under D. pycnosperma; Schulz very evidently not understanding D. canadensis but giving under it a very full and accurate account of the wholly distinct plump-fruited D. pycnosperma (PLATE 306). In view of the great range of shape and size of the siliques (PLATES 314, 315), from narrowly lanceolate to elliptic or ovate and either twisted or plane, Schulz's description of them (his p. 275) as “lineari-lanceolatae” is peculiarly inadequate. Although the characterization of Draba arabisans in Das Pflanzen- reich assigns the species "Semina minora, vix 1 mm longa," I am unable, in the many hundreds of fruiting specimens now before me, to find well-developed seeds as short as 1 mm.; all good seeds are at least 1.1 mm. long and they range up to a length of 1.7 mm. In fact, flat-fruited D. arabisans can quickly be distinguished from D. glabella and its var. orthocarpa, with which it has been confused, by the seeds alone: in D. arabisans 1.1-1.7 mm. long, in D. glabella and var. ortho- carpa 0.7-1 mm. long. For discussion of Mrs. Ekmans quite untenable opinion that D. arabisans is a hybrid of D. aurea and D. glabella (D. daurica) see p. 251. Ehlers, no. 1103, from limestone rocks, Prentis Bay, Mackinac Co. (Herb. Univ. Mich.), in mature fruit was recorded as D. aurea by Walpole, Proc. Mich. Acad. Sci. vi. 313 (1926). 18. D. LaANCEOLATA Royle. Perennial, with simple to multicipital caudices, forming tufts or mats 0.2-1.5 dm. across; the caudex or its branches retaining many marcescent leaves or their shreds: rosettes 358 Rhodora [OCTOBER 1.5-8 cm. across; their leaves crowded, oblanceolate or spatulate, entire or remotely dentate, 0.7-4 cm. long, 1-8 mm. broad, cinereous with dense and. soft stellate tomentum: flowering stems 1—30, simple or branching, 0.5-3.5 dm high, stellate-tomentulose and very short-pilose: cauline leaves 2-10, lanceolate, oblong or narrowly ovate, entire, denticulate or coarsely dentate, somewhat stellate-tomentulose and often short-pilose, 0.5-3 em. long: racemes dense to lax, often leafy- bracted at base, in maturity elongating to 44-46 the full height of the plant: pedicels strongly ascending in fruit: sepals narrowly oblong, pilose, 2-3 mm. long: petals white, obovate, emarginate, 3-5 mm. long: ovary stellate-pilose: siliques linear-lanceolate to ellipsoid-ovoid, plump, with convex valves, 4-14 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. broad, densely stellate-pannose, twisted or plane; the style very short (up to 0.75 mm. long): seeds 20-48, 0.7-1 mm. long.—lllustr. Bot. Himal. Mts. i. 72 (1839); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 296 (1927). D. incana Reichenb. Ic. Pl. Crit. viii. 28, t. 769, fig. 1031 (1830); Gray, Man. ed. 5: 71 (1867),.in large part; not L. D. confusa of many Asiatic authors, not Ehrh. D. stylaris Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 64, t. 60, figs. 3-5 (1905) and later Amer. authors; N. Busch, Fl. Sib. iii. 375 (1919); Pohle in Fedde, Repert. Beih. xxxii. 52 (1925); not J. Gay (1818), acc. to Schulz. D. cana Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 241 (1902); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 298 (1927). D. valida Goodding, Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 55 (1904); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 294 (1927).—Northern and alpine regions of Asia and North America; in America from east- ern Quebec to Yukon, locally south to New Brunswick, northern New Map 22. Eastern American Range of DRABA LANCEOLATA. Hampshire, northern Vermont, Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin, Colo- rado and Utah. The following are the eastern American specimens seen. QUEBEC: lower dry calcareous slaty talus of Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé Co., Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2446; cold and shaded lime- stone-conglomerate ridge from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 1077; crevices of dry calcareous rock, Cap Enragé, Bic, Collins & Fernald, no. 90; sur le conglomérat nu, au nord du Cap Enragé, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,585; talus of limestone- 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 359 conglomerate sea-cliffs, alt. 200-275 m., east of St. Fabien, Fernald & Collins, no. 1078 (lax state); exposed crests of limestone sea-cliffs, east of St. Fabien, Fernald & Collins, no. 1079. New Brunswick: dry rocks, Nashwaak, 1881, J. Moser in herb. N. B. Nat. Hist. Soc. New HawrsHiRE: dry cliff, Diamond Peaks, Dartmouth College Grant, Pease, no. 20,614. Vermont: dry cliffs, Willoughby, Horace Mann, Edw. Tuckerman and many others; dry alpine cliffs, Smuggler’s Notch, Mt. Mansfield, August 2, 1893, Eggleston. ONTARIO: lime- stone boulders, foot of cliffs, Smoky Head, north of Lion's Head, Bruce Co., Stebbins et al., no. 143; limestone ledges near shore of Georgian Bay, north of Dyer's Bay, Bruce Co., Stebbins et al. no. 144. MicHIGAN: crevices and talus of limestone cliff, Burnt Bluff, Delta Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3318.! Wisconsin: summit of cliff, Fish Creek, Door Co., Fassett, no. 15,566 (lax state). Mostly dis- tributed as D. incana or D. stylaris. Previously cited specimens from Labrador and Newfoundland were erroneously identified. PLATES 316, 317, 318; MAP 22. Draba stylaris J. Gay, to which our plant was referred by Knowlton and me when we pointed out its differentiation from the chiefly annual and biennial long-pilose D. incana, is, according to Schulz, one of the variants of D. incana, confined to continental Europe and the Caucasus. That being admitted it is necessary to seek the next available name for the perennial, matted, canescent plant of Asia and North America. Although Schulz keeps apart as species D. lanceolata Royle (1839) (PLATES 317, FIGs. 1 and 2, and 318, FIG. 2) as strictly Asiatic, and D. cana Rydberg (1902) (PLATES 316, 317, rias. 3 and 4, and 318, FIG. 1) and D. valida Goodding (1904) (PLATE 317, FIG. 5) as strictly North American, I can get no satisfactory distinctions between them. They all show, furthermore, the well known arctic-alpine dispersal on the two continents and it is significant that, although Schulz maintains both D. cana (TYPE shown in PLATE 318, rra. 1) and D. valida (TYPE shown in PLATE 317, FIG. 5) as species, Rydberg, who was not averse to maintaining weak species, has regularly united them in his later work. It is also significant that Schulz’s description of D. cana consists merely of a comparison of it with D. lanceolata. The few differences pointed out by him, slight divergences in size of leaves and siliques, do not hold either in the Asiatic specimens before me nor in the larger American series (see PLATES 316-318). DRABA CINEREA Adams, Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc. v. 103 (1817) (D. 1The Michigan station should be added to Map 22, on the peninsula 1 mm. (on the map) northeast of the Wisconsin station. 360 Rhodora [OcroBER arctica J. Vahl, Fl. Dan. xiii. fasc. xxxix. 5, t. 2294 (1840)), has been found on the western side of Hudson Bay, as far south as Cape Henrietta Maria. It is likely to be found on the Labrador Peninsula. From D. lanceolata it differs in its few (1—4) remote cauline leaves, its fruiting racemes barely half the height of the plant and borne far above the upper leaf, and the seeds fewer (at most 36). 19. D. ramosissima Desv. Perennial, forming broad mats (up to 2 or 3 dm. broad); the elongate humifuse branches and branchlets of the caudex covered below with marcescent shreds of old leaves and ending in rosettes 2-10 cm. across: rosette-leaves membranaceous, cuneate-oblanceolate, 1-5 cm. long, 2-15 mm. broad, minutely pilose, with 1-5 pairs of frequently horizontally divergent narrow teeth (sometimes with secondary teeth), or merely low-serrate: flowering stems 0.7—4.5 dm. high, diver- 7 em me gently branched above, forming N d nd corymbosely paniculate inflor- escences, pubescent with short mu b branching, substellate and Leyi simple trichomes intermixed, ( * leafy: cauline leaves 2-24 à (rarely almost wanting), lan- ; ceolate, oblong, elliptic or ovate, acute, coarsely serrate to deeply pectinate, 0.5-4.5 cm. long, 0.1-2.2 cm. broad: racemes corymbosely panicu- late, becoming very loose: pedicels filiform, elongate: i ; sepals oblong or narrowly | dc ovate, 2-3.3 mm. long: petals EN white or whitish, narrowly ob- Map 23. Range of DRABA RAMOSIS- SIMA. ovate or broadly spatulate, 5-7 mm. long: anthers about 0.5 mm. long: ovary pubes- cent: siliques long-pedicelled, linear-lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, usually spirally twisted, stellate- pubescent, 3-11 mm. long, with filiform style 1.5-3 mm. long: seeds 7-15, 1.2-1.8 mm. long.—Journ. de Bot. iii. 186 (1814); DC. Syst. ii. 355 (1821) and Prodr. i. 171 (1824); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. it. 111 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Brown. Ill. Fl. ii. 142, fig. 1761 (1897); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!ó. 187 (1927). D. arabisans Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 434 (1814), as to Virginia plant, not Michx. Alyssum denta- tum Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii. 63 (1818). D. dentata (Nutt.) Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. i. 192 (1834); Hook. Icon. Pl. i. t. xxxi. (1837).—Cliffs and rocks, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Tennes- 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 361 see and North Carolina, highly variable in size and toothing of leaves. The species is so very distinct and of such isolated range (as compared with the other and more northern perennial species) that it is un- necessary to cite the numerous specimens. Those examined come from the following counties. VirRGINIA: Page, Shenandoah, Rocking- ham, Rockbridge, Roanoke, Giles and Pulaski Cos. West VIRGINIA: Jefferson, Hardy, Grant and Pendleton Cos. Kentucky: Fayette Co. (and doubtless elsewhere). TENNESSEE: Cocke Co. Norru CAROLINA: Madison and Buncombe Cos. Well illustrated, as D. dentata (Nutt.) Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Icon. Pl. i. t. xxxi (1837). Map 23. Draba ramosissima is one of the most distinct species of eastern North America. Although varying greatly in stature, size and depth of toothing of leaves and length of siliques it stands well apart from other American species. Schulz places it, along with D. aurea, D. aureola and other species with orange or yellow petals in his section Phyllodraba and includes it in his key under the call: *I. Flores flavi" (pp. 173, 174), though in the fuller description (p. 187) he slightly reduces the shock by saying "Petala dilute flava." The petals, according to those who have collected the plant, are the white of those of D. arabisans, D. incana, D. glabella and the others of Schulz’s section Leucodraba (“Flowers white"—*'Torr. & Gray, Fl. No. Am. i. 106; “flowers white"—Gray, Man. ed. 2: 36; “flowers white"— Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 142; “petals white"—Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 480). So white are the petals that when Pursh (Fl. : ; Am. Sept. 434) “collected esl hgh Se M specimens on the rocks near 3 Ge at Harper's Ferry " (very possibly : aV the type-station of D. ramosis- "aded 2 cg sima) he mistook it for the i À } white-flowered D. arabisans SEWER Michx. f pA j 20. D. APRICA Beadle. An- uos DEN. EN "ual or winter-annual: stems M uv 0.5-3.5 dm. high, simple below or loosely branched and stel- \e late-puberulent; rarely with : elongate branches above, but / with abbreviated or subsessile pet pane y short corymbs in the middle and upper axils: lower leaves obo- x vate to rhombic-oval, coarsely Map 24. Range of DRABA APRICA. 362 Rhodora [OcroBER 2-4-dentate, thin, petioled, 0.7-2 cm. long, minutely strigose-hirtellous with irregularly stellate trichomes; cauline leaves remote, up to 17 in number, sessile, narrowly obovate to narrowly oblong or the upper linear-lanceolate, 0.5-2 cm. long, entire or sparsely dentate: flowers apparently hermaphrodite, some apetalous, others petaliferous: pedicels stellate-puberulent: sepals narrowly oblong, 0.8-1 mm. long: petals, when present, white, spatulate, 2.5-3 mm. long (acc. to Beadle): siliques linear-ellipsoid, 4—6 mm. long, minutely stellate-puberulent, tipped by a minute slender style: seeds 6, oblong-oval, 1-1.5 mm. long.—Beadle in Small, Fl. Se. U. S. ed. 2, Append. 1336 (1913); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv», 339 (1927).—GkonaGi1a: “common” on Kenesaw Mt., near Marietta, May 9, 1901, Biltmore Herb. (rype, Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); dry, open northern and northeastern slope, near the top, Kene- saw Mt., May 5 and 12, 1934, L. M. Perry & M. C. Myers, nos. 750, 751. PLATE 319, Frias. 8-10; MAP 24. Draba aprica is little known. Until its rediscovery by Dr. Perry and Mr. Myers in the spring of 1934, the only material I had seen was the type sheet, which contains three fruiting specimens, two of them with the stems simple except for the abbreviated upper branches (ria. 8), the third a taller plant which might well have been 3.5 dm. high (the terminal raceme broken off) and bearing a few elongating axillary racemes, apparently g response to the breaking off of the top. The original label states that it is “common”; but Dr. Pérry's experience indicates that, in 1934 at least, it is not abundant. I quote from her letter of May 28, 1934. On May 5th I took the train [from Athens, Georgia] for Marietta, was joined by Mr. Myers, a former student of mine, and we proceeded to Mount Kenesaw. It is a rugged and rough hill in two parts. We were able to cover but one part that day between trains, and I must own that I was somewhat discouraged. We were almost to the top of the northeast slope before Mr. Myers, who was some ten feet ahead of me, stopped and said, “here it is, Dr. Perry," and handed me a specimen. We had been made so confident by the “common” on the label which you described that I couldn't understand what was the matter with my eyes. There were ten to fifteen plants in that spot. We found one other spot and that is all. The mountain is pretty open on top but I believe it had been burned over either early this spring or very late last fall. Anyhow, a job half done isn't done at all, and to convince you that I was painstaking about it, on my own I hired a car the next Saturday and that day we covered the other part of the mountain, somewhat more leisurely as we had no train to make. In all we probably found 50 good specimens, so I can assure you that the little Draba is very rare, this season at any rate. Dr. Perry further informs me that Draba aprica is closely asso- ciated with Viola Rafinesquit Greene and Oxalis violacea L. Schulz suggested that Draba aprica 1s to be compared with D. Rhodora Plate 314 \ DRABA ARABISANS: FIG. l, portion of flowering branch, X 1, from Ontario; FIG. 2, fruiting branch, X 1, from type region, Lake Champlain, Vermont; ria. 3, fruiting branch, X 1, from Quebec; FIG. 4, fruiting raceme, X 1, from type region, Lake Cham- plain; Fra. 5, silique, X 10, from type region; FIG. 6, small rosette-leaf, X 10, from Newfoundland. Rhodora Plate 315 DRABA ARABISANS: FIG. 1, portion of fruiting branch, X 1, of short-fruited plant (isotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocarpa O. E. Schulz) from Bie, Quebec; ria. 2, short fruiting raceme, X 1, from Percé, Quebec; ric. 4, small plant, X 1, approaching var. CANADENSIS, from Newfoundland; ria. 5, silique, X 10, from rra. 1. DRABA ARABISANS, Var. CANADENSIS: FIG. 3, fruiting raceme, X 1, of isotype, from Cape Tourmente, Quebec; ria. 6, silique, X 10, from FIG. 3. Rhodora Plate 316 DRABA LANCEOLATA: FIG. 1, portion of slender fruiting plant, X 1, from Quebec; FIG. 2, portion of slender fruiting plant, X 1, from Ontario; ric. 3, center of rosette, X 10, from Quebec; Fic. 4, portion of internode, X 10, from Quebec; ria. 5, silique, X 10, from Vermont. Rhodora Plate 317 wj A E iP E ^ NL. DRABA LANCEOLATA: FIG. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Ajan, Siberia; ria. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from Songaria; FIG. 3, flowering stem, X 1, from Vermont; FIG. 4, fruiting plant, X 1, from Quebec; ric. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, from Utah (isotype of D. valida Goodding). Rhodora Plate 318 DRABA LANCEOLATA: FIG. 1, low branching plant (type of D. cana Rydb.), X 1, from Alberta; ric. 2, flowering plant, 1, from eastern Siberia. Rhodora Plate 319 DRABA BRACHYCARPA: FIG. 1, fruiting plant, X 1, from Indiana; ric. 2, small-flowered plant, X 1, from Tennessee; ric. 3, large-flowered plant, X 1, from Virginia; FIG. 4, large-flowered plant, X 1, from Missouri; ric. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, from Tennessee; FIG. 6, silique, X 10, from FIG. 5; FIG. 6, septum and seeds, X 10, from ria. 5. DRABA BRACHYCARPA, Var. FASTIGIATA: FIG 11, TYPE, X 1; FIG. 12, siliques, X 10, of TYPE. DRABA APRICA: FIG. 8, TYPE, X 1; FIGS. 9 and 10, silique and septum with seed, X 10, from TYPE. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 363 brachycarpa Nutt., var. fastigiata Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838) and he published the needless binomial “ Nuttall 1825 als Draba fastigiata msc. in hb. Delessert!"—Schulz, l. c. 339 (1927). D. brachycarpa, var. fastigiata was separated from typical D. brachycarpa as "more pubescent; stem mostly simple; radical leaves mostly 4- toothed; silicles pubescent.” Whether Draba aprica should include D. brachycarpa var. fastigiata is at present not wholly clear. The type sheet of D. brachycarpa from the Torrey Herbarium is before me. It consists of the original Nuttall material from Arkansas, four plants at the top of the sheet; and at the bottom the plants from Millidgeville, Georgia, Boykin and from Macon, Georgia, Loomis, originally cited for D. brachycarpa, and a third and different specimen without designation of locality but presumably from near St. Louis, Missouri, the fourth locality given by Torrey & Gray. The four specimens of the original Nuttall collection from Arkansas are two branching plants which must stand as the type of Nuttall's species and which are thoroughly typical of that species as understood. Alternating with them on the sheet are two unbranched individuals, one with the raceme gone, the other (FIG. 11) with a compact terminal raceme of a few stellate-pubescent oblanceolate siliques (Fra. 12). The two simple specimens are marked in Nuttall's hand D. fastigiata and must stand as the type of D. brachycarpa, var. fastigiata. In view of the fact that the larger speci- men of the two has lost its raceme, I refrain from opening one of the immature siliques of the remaining individual. The seeds of this plant, if mature, would quickly settle whether it is a very unusual variation of D. brachycarpa (PLATE 319, FIGS. 1-7), which otherwise has oblong and glabrous siliques, or a very dwarf and atypical rep- resentative of the highly localized D. aprica. The collections in the Gray Herbarium and at the New York Botanical Garden show no D. brachycarpa with pubescent siliques; and, in view of the presence on Nuttall's sheet of specimens of typical D. brachycarpa from two Georgia stations, it is not impossible that the two plants of var. fastigiata came, not from Arkansas, as supposed, but from Kenesaw Mt. in Georgia, which is easily reached from Atlanta. Students of the Arkansas flora should watch for and, if possible, collect material to settle this dilemma. 21. D. BRACHYCARPA Nutt. Annual or biennial (forming rosettes the first year): stems simple or more commonly bushy-branched either from the base or from the upper axils, stellate-hirtellous or -strigose, 364 Rhodora [OCTOBER 0.4-2 dm. high: basal leaves elliptic, oval or obovate, petioled, 0.5-2 cm. long, stellate-pubescent; cauline leaves 3-12, smaller and narrower, sessile, the upper nearly linear: racemes at first dense, in fruit becoming lax and up to 7.5 cm. long: pedicels spreading-ascending, glabrous to stellate-hirtellous, the lower becoming 1-5 mm. long: flowers di- morphic or trimorphic, the smaller apetalous, others with small narrow petals, others with conspicuous white petals: sepals oblong to ovate (in larger flowers), 1-1.5 mm. long, glabrous or sparsely pilose: larger petals obovate, 2-3 mm. long: pistils glabrous, with 10-16 ovules: siliques oblong-ellipsoid, 1.7-5 mm. long, glabrous: seeds 0.5-0.8 mm. long.—Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838); Darby, Man. Bot. ii. 24 (1841); Gray, Man. ed. 2: 37 (1856); Chapm. Fl. So. U. S. 29 (1860); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i.! 107 (1895); Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 143, fig. 1762 (1897); Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 480 (1913); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 338, fig. 32 (1927). ? Discovium gracile Raf. Journ. de Phys. Ixxxix. 96 (1819). ?Discovium Ohiotense DC. Syst. ii. 700 (1821). Alyssum bidentatum Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray, l. c. (1838) as syn. Abdra brachycarpa (Nutt.) Greene, 1“'This humble white flower is at this season very abundant on the grassy hills about town, associated with Draba Caroliniana, the pretty Houstonia minima, with Androsace occidentalis, Plantago pusilla, Ranunculus fascicularis, Myosurus minimus, and the completely naturalized Capsella. In ordinary or in wet springs the flowers are all regularly formed and comparatively large, having a diameter of about 2 lines; in very dry springs, however, such as the present one, a form with very inconspicuous flowers becomes common, which in isolated specimens in the herbarium might be taken for a distinct species, but, studied on its native hills in thousands of specimens, clearly proves to be nothing but a depauperate or abortive state and not even a clearly defined variety. During a late excursion to our commons in company with Dr. Hilgard, he ascertained that on the northern slopes of hills and sinkholes, and near the edge of ponds, the plant had the ordinary appearance, but on the sunny and dry or even arid southern slopes not a single one among the thousands of specimens could be found the flowers of which were not quite inconspicuous; in intermediate situations the size and or- ganization of the flowers were also intermediate. These incomplete flowers are smaller in all their parts than the regular ones; the sepals are erect and rather persistent; the petals always shorter than the sepals, but variable in size, shape, and number, or even entirely absent; the stamens always abor- tive and often reduced in number; the ovary shorter but fertile. The petals ordinarily broadly obovate-spatulate, retuse, over 1 line long, are here linear-spatulate, entire, emarginate or bilobed, 1/6—1/3 line long, 2 or 4 in a flower, often of unequal size in the same flower, or entirely absent. The slender filaments bear a bilobed cellular head, often not more than 0.05 line long, representing the anther, but without any regular structure. He found in single flowers 4, and often 5 or 6 of them, without petals, or associated with 2 or 4 rudimentary petals. It appears that in some incomplete tetrandrous flowers the pairs of stamens adhere to the base of the corresponding exterior, and the pairs of petals to that of the interior sepals; the 8 organs forming rather one than two cycles. How these female plants, as they must be called, which, this spring at least, form the immeasurably largest part of the whole crop, can be fertilized by the few complete ones growing in the neighborhood, is not easy to understand. ; Does not this dimorphism obtain in other species of this genus, in Lepidium and other Cruciferae, and would not several so-called species fall, if correctly understood, under other fully developed ones as incomplete forms?''—Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, ii. 154 (1862). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 365 Pittonia, iv. 207 (1900). D. brachyc., vars. apetala and grandiflora Engelm. ex O. E. Schulz, l. c. 339 (1927) as syns. D. bidentata Nutt. ex O. E. Schulz, l. c. 339 (1927) as syn.—Dry to moist open soil and waste ground, northern Florida to Texas, north to Virginia, southern Ohio (?), Indiana, Illinois, Missouri and Kansas; also (adventive?) in Oregon. Flowers late winter and early spring. PLATE 319, FIGS. 1-7. For discussion of the problematical Draba brachycarpa, var. fastigi- ata see notes under D. aprica. Draba brachycarpa is inclined to be a weed of roadsides and waste places and its present northern limits have doubtless been extended beyond its primitive range. There are two names earlier than Draba brachycarpa (1838) which need explanation. Here possibly belongs Discovium gracile Raf. (1819), “ Trouvé en juin sur les rives de l'Ohio, prés de Gallipolis.” Rafinesque’s description, save for “Fleurs jaune” (an error inde- pendently committed by some later authors) and for the month June, which is rather late, strongly suggests that he had Draba brachycarpa, although I know of no evidence of the species now being found in Ohio (it is in Tennessee, Indiana and Illinois). I have seen none of Rafinesque’s material but it is apparently preserved in the De- Candolle herbarium at Geneva. Should it prove, as I surmise, to be Draba brachycarpa, Discovium gracile (1819) cannot displace the name Draba brachycarpa (1838) because of Draba gracilis Graham (1828). A complicating situation arises through the fact that De- Candolle in 1821 called Rafinesque’s species Discovium Ohiotense, without citing Discov. gracile as a synonym. Consequently, it might plausily be urged that De Candolle's specific epithet should be used (when and if the species proves to be Draba brachycarpa). It should be noted, however, that DeCandolle exactly translated Rafinesque’s French diagnosis of Discov. gracile into Latin and added nothing to it, even citing the identical habitat: “Ad ripas fluminis Ohio prope Gallipoli." It should be evident, therefore, that, although he did not mention Discov. gracile Raf. as the basis of his Discov. Ohiotense, DeCandolle was, in fact, publishing a needless new name for it. As an illegitimate name, Discov. Ohiotense cannot be taken up to displace the legitimate Draba brachycarpa, even though it antedates it by seventeen years. 22. D. NEMOROSA L. Annual or winter-annual 0.5-3 dm. high, simple or with few ascending branches: stem hispid with simple, bi- furcate and stellate trichomes variously intermixed: rosette-leaves 366 Rhodora [OCTOBER oblong-obovate or elliptical, obtuse, with pubescence as on the stem, sub- entire or remotely dentate: cauline leaves 0-7 on the primary axis, 1-5 on the branches, oblong to ovate, acute, with 2-6 pairs of teeth: raceme corymbiform in anthesis, becoming elongate and very lax and up to nearly the full height of the plant: sepals 1.5 mm. long, oblong or narrowly ovate, obtuse: petals pale yellow, becoming white, narrowly cuneate, about 2 mm. long: fruiting pedicels widely spreading to sub- ascending, often arching, filiform, 0.7-2(-2.5) em. long: siliques narrowly oblong, 3-13 mm. long, minutely strigulose-hispid: seeds 30- 50.—Sp. Pl. 643 (1753); Gray, Man. ed. 2: 37 (1856); Wats. in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i'. 107 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 143, fig. 1763 (1897); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 309 (1927), which see for detailed citations; Rydb. Fl. Prair. Pl. Centr. N. Am. 379, fig. 252 (1932). D. muralis, 6. L. Fl. Suec. ed. 2: 224 (1755). D. nemoralis Ehrh. Beitr. vii. 154 (1792); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 55 (1830); Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838); Gray, Man. 39, (1848). D. nemorosa, 8. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 333 (1839). D. nemoralis, a. genuina Boiss. Fl. Orient. i. 303 (1867). D. nemorosa, a. typica Beck von Man. Fl. Nied.-Ost. 472 (1892). D. nemoralis, var. hebecarpa (Lindbl.) Lehm. Fl. Poln.-Liv. 315 (1895). Crucifera nemorosa (L.) E.H.K. Krause in Sturm, Fl. Deutschl. ed. 2, vi. 61 (1902). D. nemorosa, var. genuina N. Busch in Kusnezow, Busch & Fomin, Fl. Cauc. Crit. iiit. 406 (1909), ascribed to Boiss. l. c.—Dry open soils through much of western North America, from northern British Columbia to Nevada and Utah, east to Manitoba and South Dakota, very locally to western Ontario and Michigan; Eurasia. The plants with siliques only 3-6 mm. long have been called Forma BREVISILIQUA (Zapalowicz) N. Busch, Fl. Sib. iii. 389 (1919). Var. brevisiliqua Zapalowicz, Consp. Fl. Galic. Crit. xxv. in Rozpr. Wydz. Mathem.—Przyr. Akad. Umiej. ser. 3, xiiB, 238 (1912), acc. to Schulz, l. c. 313. The plants with large siliques (9-13 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. broad) have been called Forma MACROLOBA Pohle in Fedde, Repert. Beih. xxxii. 3 (1925). Var. LEJOCARPA Lindbl.—Siliques glabrous.—D. lutea Gilib. Fl. Lith. ii. 46 (1781); DC. Syst. ii. 351 (1821) and Prodr. i. 171 (1824); Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 55 (1830); Rydb. Fl. Rky. Mts. 352 (1917) and later works. D. muralis, b. Draba intermedia H. de Martius, Fl. Mosq. 111. (1812). D. gracilis Graham, Edinb. New Phil. Journ. iv-ix. 172 (1828). D. nemorosa, «æ. lejocarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 333 (1839); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 314 (1927), which see for much further bibliography. D. nemoralis, Q. glabra Fleischer & Lindem. Fl. Esth.- Liv.-u. Kurland, 230 (1839). D. nemorosa, var. lutea (Gilib.) Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand. i. 31 (1846). D. nemorosa, a. glabra (Fleisch. & Lindem.) Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. 66 (1866). D. nemoralis, 8. lejocarpa (Lindbl.) Boiss. Fl. Orient. i. 303 (1867). D. dictyota 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 367 Greene, Pittonia, iv. 313 (1901).—Alaska to Colorado, eastward to Hudson Bay (Churchill, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,070) and Lake Super- ior,! Ontario and Minnesota; locally introduced eastward to QUEBEC: * Apparement naturalisé de l'Ouest," Lac Deschenes, 26 mai 1923, Herb. Univ. Montr. no. 17,416. Eurasia. 23. D. CUNEIFOLIA Nutt. Annual or winter annual (forming rosettes the first year, flowering and fruiting in earliest spring): stem simple or branching from near the base, in anthesis 0.2-1.5 dm. high, in fruit elongating to 0.5-2.8 dm. high, hispid from base to summit with simple, bifurcate and minute stellate hairs; leaves basal and at the lower nodes and at bases of the arched-ascending branches, cuneate-obovate, obtuse, mostly 1-3 cm. long, coarsely dentate, hispid with stipitate and sessile forking trichomes: raceme in anthesis corymbiform, elongating in fruit to a lax raceme V$—-V$ the height of the plant: flowers dimorphic or trimorphic, those of the primary raceme large and showy, of the lateral ones either large or with minute petals or apetalous, or all of them minute: sepals of the larger flowers 1.8- 2.5 mm. long, oblong, obtuse, the outer hispid; of the small flowers 1-1.6 mm. long, hispid: larger petals white, elliptic to broadly spatu- late, 3-5 mm. long: anthers of the larger flowers 0.2-0.4 mm. long, of the smallest minute or wanting: fruiting pedicels pubescent, hori- zontally divergent or upwardly arching, 3-8 mm. long: siliques broadly linear to narrowly oblong, compressed, obtuse to subacute, without apparent style, 6-16 mm. long, 1.6-2.5 mm. broad, strigose-setulose, with 20-48 seeds.—Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. No. Am. i. 108 (1838); Wats. Bibl. Ind. i. 59 (1878), many references, and in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1'. 107 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 141, fig. 1757 (1897); Rob. & Fern. in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 422, fig. 777 (1908); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!6, 333 (1927). D. filicaulis Scheele, Linnaea, xxi. 583 (1848).—Dry rocky or sandy soil, barrens and open woods, Florida to Texas and northern Mexico, north to Kentucky, southern Illinois, Missouri, Kansas and Colorado. West of our range passing into Var. LEIOCARPA O. E. Schulz, l. c. 334 (1927).—Siliques glabrous.— Arkansas and Louisiana to Arizona. Var. HELLERI (Small) O. E. Sehulz.—Siliques ellipsoid-oblong, strigose, 4-8.5 mm. long, on pedicels only 1-3 mm. long: seeds fewer.— O. E. Schulz, l. c. (1927). D. Helleri Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 479 (1903). D. ammophila Heller, Muhlenbergia, i. 145 (1906).— Texas to southern California, locally north to Washington. ! In Agassiz, Lake Superior, 155 (1850), after listing Draba arabisans, Agassiz made the note: ‘‘A small species of Draba with yellow flowers, found at Michipicotin, was lost." 'This was undoubtedly D. nemorosa, var. lejocarpa, for the National Herbarium at Ottawa has a characteristic sheet of the latter: dry sand hills and banks, Michipico- tin, July 27th, 1869, John Macoun, the number juggled in a misleading way. ''No. (447. 178) 2014." ? See quotation from Engelmann under discussion of D. brachycarpa. 368 Rhodora [OCTOBER 24. D. reptans (Lam.), comb. nov. Annual or winter-annual: — stems filiform, simple or slightly to freely branching at base, the larger plants with depressed or diffuse branches, 0.2-1.5 dm. high, hispid below with simple, forking and sessile stellate hairs, glabrous above and on the rachis: leaves in a basal rosette and 1 or 2 pairs or groups of 3 crowded above it or at the base of the otherwise scapiform branches, spatulate-obovate, rounded at summit, entire or mearly so, bristly- ciliate, the upper surface coarsely bristly with long simple trichomes and often stellate, the lower surface with stellate and. forking hairs: raceme in fruit short and subumbelliform, its axis 0.3-4 cm. long, glabrous: flowers dimorphic; the larger with oblong sepals about 2 mm. long and obovate white petals 3-5 mm. long; the smaller with nar- rowly oblanceolate petals equaling or shorter than the narrow sepals or wanting: fruiting pedicels divergent or arched-ascending, 1-7 mm. long, glabrous: siliques linear to narrowly oblong, obtuse, 0.5-2.2 em. long, glabrous: seeds 15-60 (-80).—Arabis reptans Lam. Encycl. i. 222 (1783); Willd. Sp. Pl. iiit. 536 (1800); DC. Syst. ii. 242 (1821); Torr. & Gray, Fl. No. Am. i. 83 (1838). D. caroliniana Walt. Fl. Carol. 174 (1788); Willd. Sp. iiit. 427 (1800); Nutt. Gen. N. Am. PI. ii. 62 (1818); DC. Syst. ii. 353 (1821) and Prodr. i. 171 (1824); and essentially all later authors, including O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflan- zenr. iv'®, 331, fig. 31 (1927). D. hispidula Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 28 (1803). D. umbellata Muhl. Cat. 60 (1813), renaming of D. caroliniana Walt. Arabis rotundifolia Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. ii. 43 (1817). Tomostima caroliniana (Walt.) Raf. Neogenyton, 2 (1825). T. hispidula (Michx.) Raf. l. c. (1825). D. caroliniana, 6. umbellata Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 109 (1838), the longest-fruited extreme — D. caroliniana, var. dolichocarpa O. E. Schulz, l. c. 333 (1927).—Dry sands and ledges, Georgia to New Mexico, north to eastern Mas- sachusetts. Rhode Island, Connecticut, southeastern and northern (Sackett's Harbor, Vasey in Gray Herb.) New York, eastern Penn- sylvania, southern Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, North Dakota and Colorado; also locally, Washington and Oregon. Var. micrantha (Nutt.), comb. nov. Siliques minutely hispid.— D. micrantha Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 109 (1838); Gray, Man. ed. 2: 37 (1856); Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 479 (1903); Rydb. FI. Rky. Mts. 352 (1917). D. caroliniana, var. micrantha (Nutt.) Gray, Man. ed. 5: 72 (1867); Wats. in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i'. 106 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 141 (1897); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 333 (1927). D. coloradoensis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxi. 555 (1904).—Chiefly western, Louisiana to southern California, north to Illinois, Minnesota, South Dakota, Montana and Washington. The necessity to change the specific epithet arises through the fact that earlier authors, some of them cognizant of the properly published Arabis reptans Lam., have failed to apply the priority principle, which it is often a temptation to overlook! Willdenow, DeCandolle 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 369 and others in Europe, unfamiliar with American plants, accepted A. reptans at its face value as an Arabis; and even Pursh, who should have known better, kept it up as A. reptans from “sandy fields: Pennsylvania to Virginia" (Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 437) and on another page (433) maintained Draba hispidula Michx. (with the earlier D. caroliniana Walt. as a synonym), apparently without suspecting the identity. The recognition of the probable identity apparently started with Torrey & Gray, who relegated 4. reptans to the doubtful species, with the pertinent query: “Is it Draba Caroliniana?' In his Bibliographie Index (1878) Watson entered A. reptans doubtfully in the synonymy of D. caroliniana, but in the Synoptical Flora the doubt was unexpressed; and Schulz gives this name of 1783 un- equivocally in the synonymy of D. caroliniana (1788). Draba reptans rests upon Arabis reptans Lam. which ) ay was based solely on Parony- Ke ay? chia Myosotis Virginiana, : Le foliis subrotundis of Plu- M a^ kenet, Phytogr. t. li. fig. 5 (1691) and Almag. 281 (1699). Plukenet's figure, like so many of his drawings of American plants, is very definite to one who knows the flora. It is here repro- duced as TEXT-FIG. 1; and it is well matched by many specimens from eastern America, while Lamarck's description of it is unequi- vocal. The maintenance by some authors of D. micrantha m Fic. 1. Type of DRABA REPTANS, after D. coloradoensis as a species — Piukenet. merely because it has hispid, instead of glabrous siliques, seem unjust:fied. Similar variations with- out other characters occur in many species: for example, D. nemorosa (typical) with siliques strigose-hispid, var. lejocarpa (D. lutea) with them glabrous; D. cuneifolia with strigose-hispid siliques, var. leiocarpa with them glabrous, etc., etc. 370 Rhodora [OcroBER 25. D. verna L. Small annual or winter-annual, flowering chiefly in early spring: leaves all in a basal rosette, oblanceolate or spatulate, entire or dentate, more or less pilose on the upper surface with simple, bifurcate and stellate trichomes, 0.5-2.5 em. long: scapes l-several and very unequal, filiform, in fruit elongating to 0.3-3 dm. high, glabrous or nearly so: raceme at first corymbiform, in fruit becoming elongate and lax, the lower pedicels then 0.4-3 cm. long, ascending: sepals ovate to obovate, with rounded tips, 1-2 mm. long, glabrous or hispid on the back: petals white, bifid half their length, 1.5-2.5 mm. long: siliques narrowly oblong-elliptic, 4-10 mm. long, 1.5-2.3 mm. broad, glabrous, with 40-60 seeds.—Sp. Pl. 642 (1753); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 433 (1814); Barton, Fl. N. Am. iii. 49, t. 88 (1823); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 109 (1838); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1895). Erophila vulgaris DC. Syst. ii. 356 (1821). E. verna (L.) E. Meyer in Preuss, Pflanzengatt. 179 (1839); O. E. Schulz in Engler. Pflanzenr. iv'®. 345 (1927), which see for very detailed bib- liography.—Roadsides, fields and other open, dry habitats, Mas- sachusetts to Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee and North Carolina; southern British Columbia to California. Naturalized from Europe. Much less frequent than Var. AESTIVALIS Lejeune.—Siliques broadly elliptic, elliptic-obovate or rounded, 2.5-6 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad; seeds fewer.—Rev. Fl. Env. Spa, 128 (1824); Wildem. & Dur. Prodr. Fl. Belg. iii. 346 (1899). D. Boerhaavii Van Hall, Specim. Bot. 149 (1821). : D. verna Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 250 (1824); Gray, Gen. i. 160, t. 69 (1848); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 140, fig. 1755 (1897). Erophila Boerhaavii (Van Hall) Dumortier, Fl. Belg. 120 (1827); O. E. Schulz, l. c. (1927), which see for many synonyms and references.—More frequent, Massachusetts to southern Ontario, south to Georgia and Tennessee; Washington and Oregon. Naturalized from Europe. Var. aestivalis is treated as a species, Erophila Boerhaavi, by Schulz, distinguished in his key from E. verna by “Siliculae abbre- viatae, breviter obovoideae vel subrotundatae. Ovarium 24—48- ovulatum” as opposed to the “Siliculae oblanceolate” and “Ovarium 44-60-ovulatum” of E. verna. But in the detailed descriptions the “oblanceolate” siliques of E. verna become “ oblongo-ellipsoideae,”’ while E. verna, var. oedocarpa (E. Drabble) O. E. Schulz has them “anguste obovato-lanceolatae," var. cochleata (Rosen) O. E. Schulz has them “ovoideae, subtumideae," and var. Charbonnelii (H. Sudre) O. E. Schulz has them “6 mm longae, 2,5-3 mm latae," proportions most difficult to reconstruct into “oblanceolate.” In- cidentally, the key-character of E. Boerhaavii, "Ovarium 24-48- ovulatum," changes in the fuller description to “Ovarium ovulis 32—18." 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America | 371 I have, consequently, taken up, with full appreciation of the pos- sible doubt involved, the name Draba verna, var. aestivalis Lejeune. In an Old World group wherein some authors have seen nearly 200 “species” while others (Rouy & Foucaud, for example) see in France alone 8 subspecies with 57 recognized varieties and forms it is not safe to be dogmatic. Lejeune's brief description is satisfactory: Var. aestivalis N. siliculis ovatis, convexis, pedicello brevioribus; foliis sublinearibus. Obs. La première variété . . . , la deuxième [var. aestivalis] se distingue par la forme de ses fruits qui sont beaucoup plus courts et à valves bombées, ce qui leur donne une forme plus arrondie. Schulz cites Draba verna, var. aestivalis (1824) as an unquestioned synonym of his Erophila Boerhaavit, but he also gives, as his basis of E. Boerhaaw the earlier “Draba verna L. B. Boerhaavii Van Hall, Specim. bot. (1821) 149." I have not seen Van Hall's account, but it is significant that in quoting it (his footnote, p. 359) Schulz makes it clearly appear that Van Hall was publishing a binomial, D. Boer- haavii: A Draba verna vulgari valde differt siliculis duplo latioribus et brevi- oribus, statura longe minori. Nonne haec insignis formae siliculae differentia satis magni momenti est habenda, ut tamquam species, nomine Drabae Boerhaavii, a D. verna distinguatur? (Hall l. c.). Index Kewensis, likewise, gives Draba Boerhaavii Van Hall unequi- vocally as a binomial. Another set of synonyms usually cited under Draba verna rests for typification directly upon D. verna, Q. americana Pers. Syn. ii. 190 (1807). These are Erophila americana (Pers.) DC. Syst. ii. 356 (1821); E. vulgaris, var. americana (Pers.) Darl. Fl. Cestr. 378 (1837) and D. americana (Pers) Hook. f. & Jackson, Ind. Kew. ii. 792 (1893). The pedicels of D. verna are ordinarily strongly ascending or but slightly arching: but the brief description given by Persoon under D. verna was 8. americana, silicul. longioribus deflexis. Hab. in Europae et Americae aridis, a wholly unconvincing account of a plant with ascending fruit! Later authors doubtless had forms of D. verna before them but it is doubtful if Persoon did. Erophila verna, var. americana (Pers.) O. E. Schulz, l. c. 355 (1927) is kept up by Schulz for a plant of Europe and of “Arkansas (Rafinesque, hb. Deless.)" but he says nothing about the siliques being “ deflexed." (To be continued) 372- Rhodora [OCTOBER HOST PLANTS OF CUSCUTA GRONOVII! H. L. DEAN DuniNG the summer of 1930 while studying the flora of West Virginia the writer had most favorable opportunity for observing the host relations of Cuscuta Gronovii Willd. This species of Cuscuta occurring, as it does, very commonly throughout the state facilitated the many observations made. At the suggestion of Professor P. D. Strausbaugh, of West Virginia University, a record of host plants was compiled for this species of dodder. Since subsequent examination of the literature indicates that no extensive list of specific host plants for C. Gronovii has been published, it is believed that the appended list should be of interest. Although practically all representative areas of West Virginia were visited by the writer, doubtless further study would add new species to the present list. Early writers believed that a given species of Cuscuta infested only one species of host plant. In harmony with this belief Engelmann (1842) in his earlier monograph of the genus named several species of Cuscuta after the genera of plants upon which they grew. A year later (1843) he published his “ Additions and Corrections to a Monog- raphy of North American Cuscutineae" and stated: “I am now convinced, that, although many Cuscutae prefer some plants to others, yet there is no constancy in this respect, but the same species often grows upon a great variety of widely different plants. I did wrong, therefore, to name them from the genera upon which they grew; and I should much prefer to see the names of C. Cephalanthi changed into C. tenuiflora, C. Coryli into C. incurva, C. Saururi into C. umbrosa Beyr.?, C. Polygonorum into C. chlorocarpa, and Lepi- danche Compositarum into L. squarrosa, if they had not yet been published." Hooker (1899) reported C. Gronovii as parasitizing “ grass, solidago, alder, and the like." Munte (1902) on the other hand stated that this species did not attack Solidago but preferred Impatiens or Eupa- torium. Yuncker (1919) described this species of dodder for Indiana and stated that it was often found growing on onions, tomatoes and ` occasionally on Equisetum. In the same paper this author expressed the belief that C. Gronovii would grow on any host within reach. 1 Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 1934] Dean,—Host Plants of Cuscuta Gronovii 373 Moss (1928), studying the haustorium of C. Gronovii, listed four host plants for this species, viz. Monarda mollis L., Lathryus ochroleucus Hook., Artemisia gnaphalodes Nutt. and Symphoricarpos racemosus Michx. Yuncker (1932) in a later monograph listed 31 genera of host plants for this species of dodder. Fourteen of this number of host genera were not observed by the present writer in West Virginia and are designated in the following list, as taken from Yuncker's later Monograph, by an asterisk (*). Concerning C. Gronovii Yuncker stated (1932), " this species shows no specialization of hosts but grows on a large number of different species of herbaceous and woody plants, e.g, Rubus, Cephalanthus, Aster, Solidago, Dianthera, *Tecoma, I mpatiens, Eupatorium, Polygonum, Salix, *Saururus, Hypericum, Desmodium, Rhus, *Vernonia, *Rudbeckia, *Pelargonium, Laportea, Lactuca, Phytolacca, Artemisia, *Solanum, *Allium, *Polypodium, *Urtica, *Chrysanthemum, *Mikania, Boehmeria, * Acalypha, *Jussiaca, *Mesosphaerum, etc.” The present writer’s observations support the later belief of Engelmann and corroborate the statements of Yuncker. Eighty-three species of host plants, all Angiosperms,! were listed by the writer for C. Gronovii during the summer of 1930. Of these plants 59 are herbaceous, three twiners, three woody vines, six shrubs, six trees, two sedges and four grasses. Twenty-nine families and sixty- eight genera are represented in this list. A majority of the infested plants were found growing in low, moist, places under conditions similar to those present along creek and river banks, wet bottom-lands and various poorly drained areas. In the case of the trees and shrubs only the younger parts, or shoots, were attacked while both young and mature herbaceous plants were infested. In conjunction with certain experiments at the State University of Iowa additional infestations were brought about. Host plants of C. Gronovii thus added to the 1930 list include Helianthus annuus L., Fagopyrum esculentum Moench., Cucurbita maxima Duchesne, C. Pepo L., Cucumis sativus L. and C. Melo L. These plants, grown and infested under greenhouse conditions, increase the total number of host plants observed by the writer for C. Gronovii to eighty-nine species. 1 Species of Cuscuta have previously been reported, except for Yuncker’s reference to Equisetum, as parasitizing Angiosperms only. Singh (1933), however, has suc- ceeded in growing C. reflexa upon one fern, Athyrium pectinatum Wall. 374 Rhodora [OcTOBER ALPHABETICAL List oF Host PLANTS oF CuscuTA GRONOVII WILLD.! Acer Negundo L. A. saccharinum L. Achillea Millefolium L. Actinomeris alternifolia (L.) DC. Agrimonia parviflora Ait. Ambrosia trifida L. A. artemisiifolia L. Anemone virginiana L. Apios tuberosa Moench. Aster prenanthoides Muhl. Betula nigra L. B. lutea Michx. f. Bidens bipinnata L. Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw. Carex lurida var. gracilis (Boott) Bailey Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Chenopodium album L. Chelone glabra L. Cicuta maculata L. Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. Clematis virginiana L. Convolvulus sepium L. Cryptotaenia canadensis (L.) DC. Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Cucurbita Pepo L. Cucumis sativus L. C. Melo L. Daucus Carota L. Desmodium canescens (L.) DC. Dianthera americana L. Elymus virginicus L. Epilobium adenocaulon Haussk. Erigeron canadensis L. E. annuus (L.) Pers. Eupatorium perfoliatum L. E. purpureum L. E. urticaefolium Reichard. Fagopyrum esculentum Moench. Galinobgh parviflora var. hispida DC. Galium Aparine L. Glycine soja Sieb. & Zucc. Helianthus annuus L. Hydrangea arborescens L. Impatiens pallida Nutt. I. biflora Walt. Ipomoea pandurata (L.) G. F. W. Mey. Kalmia latifolia L. Lactuca scariola L. L. saligna L. Laportea canadensis (L.) Gaud. Medicago sativa L. Melilotus alba Desr. M. officinalis (L.) Lam. Menispermum canadense L. Monarda mollis L. Oenothera biennis L. Oxalis corniculata L. Panicum clandestinum L. Perilla frutescens (L.) Britton Phytolacca decandra L. . Phleum pratense L. Plantago Rugelii Dene. P. lanceolata L. Polygonum sagittatum L. P. Hydropiper L. Poa pratensis L. Prunella vulgaris L. Ranuneulus recurvatus Poir. Rhus Toxicodendron L. Rosa carolina L. Rubus canadensis L. Rumex obtusifolius L. R. crispus L. Sambucus canadensis L. S. racemosa L. Salix nigra Marsh. S. sericea Marsh. Scirpus americanus Pers. Sida spinosa L. “eal rugosa Mill. . sp. Stachys tenuifolia var. (Michx.) Fernald. Ulmus fulva Michx. Verbesina occidentalis Walt. Viola papilionacea Pursh. Vitis cordifolia Michx. Trifolium pratense L. Teucrium canadense L. Xanthium canadense Mill. aspera BIBLIOGRAPHY Engelmann, G. A Monography of North American Cuscutineae. Am. Jour. Sci. & Arts, 43: 333-345. 1842. Corrections and additions to the Monography of North American Cuscutineae. pathology. 18(5): 478. 1928. Am. Jour. Sci. & Arts. Gray's New Manual of Botany 7th Edition. Hooker, H. E. On Cuseuta Gronovii. Moss, E. M. The Haustorium of Cuscuta Gronovii. Bot. Gaz. 14: 31-37. 45: 73-17. 1843. Robinson & Fernald. 1889. (Abstraet) Phyto- 1 Nomenclature following Gray's Manual of Botany (7th edition) in most instances 1934] Steyermark,— The Flora of St. Louis Co., Missouri 375 Munte, M. E. Host plants of the dodder. Am. Bot. 2:91. 1902. Singh, T. C. N. Cuscuta as a parasite on a fern. Ann. Bot. 47: 423-425. 1933. Yuncker, T. G. Notes on our Indiana dodders. Proc. Indiana Acad. of Sci. for 1919. (1921) pp. 157-163. The Genus Cuscuta. Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 109-331. 1932. UNIVERSITY OF Iowa RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE FLora or Sr. Lours County, MISSOURI. —Although St. Louis county is as well known botanically as any other county in Missouri, species new to its flora are being found each year as a result of more careful search along railroad rights-of-way, ballast and other waste ground, and sand-bars and mud flats along the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers. In the summer of 1931 Picris Sprengeriana Poir. was collected for the first time in Missouri along railroad tracks in St. Louis Co. During the summer and autumn of 1933 the writer found several species in St. Louis Co. which proved to be new additions to the flora of that county. "These additions are Nicotiana longiflora Cav. and Datura Metel L. from ballast ground near the Mississippi River in South St. Louis; Solanum Torreyi Gray and Croton Engelmanni Ferg. along railroad tracks in St. Louis; Solidago rugosa Mill. in low woods along the Mississippi River north of Chain-of-Rocks; Rubus trivialis Michx.! from low alluvial woods along the Meramec River near its confluence with the Mississippi; and Tamarix gallica L. and Corispermum hyssopifolium L. from sand- dunes on an island at the junction of the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers. The last two species are interesting discoveries. The former had been known only from along the sand-bars in Jackson Co., extreme western Missouri, where it had been first reported for the state in 1932. Only two small plants of Tamarix were found on the island, the seeds probably having but recently been transported from further west along the Missouri River. The latter, Corispermum hyssopifolium, had been known previously in Missouri from only two western counties, namely, Jackson and Clay. This species was growing profusely on the sand-dunes which covered this island, and together with Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult., comprised the dominant vegetation. Other ammophilous species, such as Sporo- bolus cryptandrus (Torr. Gray and Triplasis purpurea (Walt.) Chapm., occurred on the xerophytic dunes of the island. The occur- 1 Also Smilax Bona-noz L. 376 Rhodora [OcroBER rence of such western species as Corispermum hyssopifolium and Cycloloma atriplicifolium as far east as the Mississippi River is an interesting fact, both species being known as far east as the Great Lakes area. Other collections made by the writer in St. Louis Co. during the season of 1933 which are rare but not new to the county include Kochia scoparia (L.) Schrad., Chenopodium Botrys L., Leersia len- ticularis Michx., Vitis palmata Vahl., Quercus lyrata Walt., Cynodon Dactylon (L.) Pers., Ipomoea coccinea L., Parosela leporina (Ait.) Rydb. var. alba (Michx.) Macbride, and Acnida tuberculata Moq. var. subnuda Wats.—JULIAN A. STEYERMARK, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA WITH Rosy InvoLucrEs.—A small patch of staminate plants of Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Richards. with rosy-pink involucres was found May 2, 1934 on a dry hill of glacial drift in the meadows at East Lexington, Massachusetts. These plants were surrounded by many other staminate and pistil- late plants, all with white involucres. On May 11, the infloresences had become loose and the involucres had faded so that they were just noticeably pink. According to Professor Fernald the European plant, Antennaria dioica (L.) Gaert., has rosy involucres just as often as white or straw-colored ones; he has not previously seen pink involu- cres in our plant.—Rurs Peagopy, Radcliffe College. TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM IN New HAMPSHIRE.—“ Trillium grandi- florum, new to New Hampshire” was the enthusiastic comment of Prof. Fernald as he and the members of the Radcliffe Botany 10 field-excursion stood in a colony of these plants which had caught my eye as we passed the locality in the automobile. The Trilliums were growing in a perfectly natural setting with Veratrum viride and Osmunda cinnamomea, forming an association in open mixed woods. This colony in the western part of the township of Bethlehem, New Hampshire, is the first known for the species in the state. Except for two stations in eastern Vermont, one in Thetford the other in Wood- stock, mentioned by Jesup in his “Flora and Fauna within thirty miles of Hanover, New Hampshire,” 1891, and a colony in Chester- ville, Maine, it is the only one known east of the Green Mountains.— A. R. Hopapon, Harvard University. Volume 36, no. 429, including pages 309—348 and plates 299—313, was issued 8 September, 1934. NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS Subscription revenue covers less than one-half the total cost of publication of RHODORA. The strictest economy will be necessary to permit future publi- cation on the same modest scale as has obtained in recent years. About one-third of our subscribers file their renewal orders through com- mercial subscription agencies which habitually deduct 10% from every re- mittance as a commission. Many remittances reach the management in the form of drafts or checks which are subject to bank collection and exchange charges of varying amounts, owing to Clearing House rules. Beginning January 1, 1932, the subscription rate to RHopoRA will be $2.00 net per annum payable in Boston or New York funds or their equivalent (i. e. drafts or postal money orders which are collectible in Boston at par). All subscription orders from agencies must be accompanied by remittances at the net rate without deduction. Hence all subscribers who require the convenience of agency service must regard the subscription rate to RHORORA as $2.00, plus the charges of agents. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS IN accordance with the Editorial Announcement of March, 1931, that RHODORA will follow the provision of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, that the publication of names of new groups will be valid only when they are accompanied by a Latin diagnosis, contributors are notified to see that all new species or other groups proposed by them for publication in RHODORA have Latin diagnoses. If desired by contributors, the Editorial Board of RHODORA will undertake (with charges at cost for matter of con- siderable length) to have their English diagnoses converted into Latin. OV 7 1934 Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY ? Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. November, 1934. No. 431. CONTENTS: Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III. H. K. Svenson........ Plantago altissima in Massachusetts. Ludlow Griscom......... Validity of the Name Lespedeza. B. P. G. Hochreutiner........ Draba in Temperate Northeastern America (concluded). M L Fernald- e a eS NIU NES Notes on the Flora of Northern New York. W. C. Muenscher and IRIS GIGNSEHIL T te cae SS | wets eaters IU SOUS Notes on Virginia and Maryland Plants. Mildred Pladeck.... The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, reiating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludiow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the GRAY HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No.III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, M Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora Plate 320 BA Ad Gey fT uso EIOS Maua &.PURDY DELI EnkocnaRis (achenes, X 20). E. PAUCIFLORA: FIG. 1, from Scotland; ric. 2, from Maine (var. FERNALDII); FIG. 3, from California (var. BERNARDINA); FIG. 4, from Chile. E. PARVULA: FIG. 6, from New York; FIG. 5, from Louisiana (var. ANACHAETA). E. MARGARITACEA : FIG. 7, from Kamtchatka. E. squAMIGERA: FIG. 8, from Brasil (habit, X l4). E qaia rms HE. Ens Now Vork T A e VE : À. ROSTELLATA: FIG. 9, from New York. The details of surface markings are placed at right of the achenes. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. November, 1934. No. 431. MONOGRAPHIC STUDIES IN ELEOCHARIS. III! H. K. SVENSON Plates 320 and 321 1. THE EASTERN AMERICAN SEGREGATE OF ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA (Lightf.) Link from eastern America has a slender appearance compared with specimens from Europe. The fact was apparent to me in my previous treatment? of the species, but it seemed best to withhold further subdivision until material could be studied more closely. Shortly after a visit to the highlands of Scotland,? Professor Fernald wrote me describing the different appearance of Eleocharis pauciflora in its type region (Scotland) as compared with the plant from eastern United States to Newfoundland, calling my attention especially to differences in size of the spikelet and the size and shape of the achene. These differences I find in general are well sustained. Even within identical geographic areas the achenes are greatly variable in mass, prominence of reticulation, degree of acuteness of the outer angle (plano-convex or even biconvex achenes will occasion- ally be encountered) and the clear-cut or obscure character of the tubercle. Being an attractive species, E. pauciflora is often collected in the flowering stage, and due also to the small number and vari- ability of the achenes, tabulation of data is often both difficult and unsatisfactory. Material from the Himalayas and Andes is especially ! Brooklyn Botanic Garden Contributions, No. 68. 2 RHODORA xxxi. 171 (1929). 3 M. L. Fernald, Some Rare Plants of Scotland. Journ. Bot. lxix, 8-10, (1931). 378 Rhodora [NOVEMBER meagre. Whatever success I may have in portraying the variation of E. pauciflora and related species is due largely to the photographs made by Mr. Louis Buhle and the painstaking drawings by Miss Maud H. Purdy, both.of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Professor Fernald has been kind enough to send me for comparison a large collection of Eleocharis pauciflora from the Gray Herbarium, and I have borrowed much additional material through the courtesy of the curators of herbaria of the United States National Museum, the New York Botanical Garden, the California Academy of Sciences, the Uni- versity of Wisconsin, and the New York State Museum; and through the kindness of the curators of the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew I have examined the rich collection of Eleocharis and the unfinished manuscript left by the late C. B. Clarke. Mr. J. William Thompson of Washington has also sent me excellent material from his herbarium. As previously stated, one of the characteristic differences between the European and Eastern American plant is the size of achenes. Since it is difficult to accurately measure individual achenes to the tenth of a millimeter, a more satisfactory result is obtained by taking the total dimensions of four achenes placed end to end and side by side on a millimeter rule. Division of the total by four gives a good average size of individual achenes, as shown in the following table: EUROPE F. Schultz 1156 Germany 2.6 x 1.2 mm Fernald 2329 Scotland 2.5 x 1.3 mm Bordére Hautes-Pyrénées 2.3 x 1.1 mm Rasmussen Denmark 2.5 x 1.3 mm Kneucker 139 Switzerland 2.3 x 1.1 mm P. de la Bathie France 2.6 x 1.2 mm WESTERN NORTH AMERICA Patterson Colorado 2.0 x 1.2 mm Mackenzie 186 Colorado 2.3 x 1.2 mm Nelson 6159 Wyoming 2.3 x 1.2 mm Rydberg 3811 Idaho 2.8 x 1.1 mm Macoun Saskatchewan 2.0 x 1.1 mm Munz 10683 California 2.8 x 1.2 mm Peck 15438 Oregon 2.4 x 1.1 mm SOUTH AMERICA Werdermann 1297 Chile 2.8 x 1.1 mm. Johnston 4711 Chile 2.3 x 1.3 mm. EASTERN NORTH AMERICA Gray Exsic. 3 Maine 2.5 x 1.1 mm. Fernald 12822 Maine 2.5 x 1.0 mm. 1934] Svenson,—Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III 379 Eastern NORTH AMERICA—Continued Fernald 246 Maine! 1.9x 0.9 mm. Macoun 34565 Ontario 2.5x 1.1 mm. Deam 36640A Indiana 2.5x 1.1 mm. Vasey Illinois 2.4 x 1.0 mm. ASIA Griffith Afghanistan 2.2 x 1.2 mm. VAR. SUKSDORFIANA Suksdorf 2237 Washington . 2.8x 1.4mm Suksdorf 2820 Washington 2.8x 1.1 mm A. S. Hitchcock Arizona 2.6 x 1.3 mm VAR. BERNARDINA Munz 10804 California 2. Hall 7608 California 2 Professor Fernald's collection (wet peaty slope at Kinlochewe, Rosshire, Scotland, Fernald, Pease & Long 2329) is robust, more so than any other European material which I have seen, with rigid culms 20-25 em. high and spikelets 6-8 mm. long,? and with approxi- mately six flowers in a spikelet (see Pr. 321, ric. 1). In conformity with practically all European specimens the hardened caudices con- trast with the generally soft material from eastern America in which (at least in herbarium specimens) the weak rootstocks appear scarcely thicker than the culms. Notably in some specimens from western Newfoundland (Fernald, Long & Fogg no. 1338 from "peaty and marly borders of shallow ponds in limestone barrens, Pointe Riche" and Fernald, Wiegand & Long no. 27524 from the Straits of Belle Isle) and occasionally in other collections from the northern limit of the range the caudices are hardened, in this respect approaching the plants of Europe and western United States. I have seen Æ. pauciflora only as scattered individuals in wet concentrated marl, but according to Professor Fernald’s observations, a sort of turf is often formed. This turf apparently does not become as dense as in Scirpus cespitosus with which Scirpus pauciflorus was confused in early times, a condition which is of some significance in the discussion of Eleocharis Vierhapperi to follow. Withering’ at an early date observed that “The S. pauciflorus is very different in its habit from the caespitosus, for besides its growing single and not cespitose, the ! Dwarf plants 6-9 cm. high. 2 Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mittel-Eur. ii. 40 (1909), describes the spikelets of E. pauciflora as 4—8 mm. long, and 3-7 flowered. 3 Arrangement of British Plants, ed. 6, ii. 112 (1818). 380 Rhodora [NOVEMBER stems generally decline and scatter from each other, instead of being upright and close together.” The plant of Europe has in general a more prosperous appearance than the eastern American plant. The spikelets have a fuller aspect, and the achenes themselves are larger and more sharply angled. These characteristics together with the glistening surface and the strong regular development of bristle-teeth appear to be constant. The comparison may be summed up in tabular form: E. PAUCIFLORA of Europe. Plants rigid, the caudices indurated. Spikelets 5-8 mm. long, averaging 6 flowers. Achene equilaterally triangular, usu- ally shiny. Bristles with regular sharp retrorse teeth. E. PAUCIFLORA of Eastern America. Plants soft, with scarcely indurated caudices. Spikelets a little narrower, 4-6 mm. long, averaging 5 flowers. Achene with abaxial angle usually somewhat broader, the achene usually dull and narrower than in the European plant. Teeth of bristles usually weak and irregular. There is too much variation in surface markings and color of achenes for these characteristics to be of diagnostic value; the reticulation often varies greatly in different parts of the same achene, as may be seen in Miss Purdy's drawings. The surface is sometimes smooth, at other times with a depression in the central portion of each minute polygon. Longitudinal ribbing frequently occurs. ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA var. Fernaldii, n. var. Pr. 320, FIG. 2; PL. 321, FIGS. 2, 5; also Ruopona xxxi. Pr. 189, ria. 23 (1929). A planta europaea recedit caudice non rigido, achaeniis angustioribus et minus angulatis, setarum barbis pusillis.— Western Ontario to Newfoundland, south to Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, northwestern Pennsylvania, central New York, and northern New England. 'The rvPE, Fernald & Long 12822 (in Gray Herb.) is from a marly bog, Monticello, Maine. Geo- graphically interesting stations in addition to records in my previous paper are QuEBEC: Brushy Island, east coast of James Bay, D. Potter 791 (G); Mingan, H. F. Lewis, Canadian Field Nat. xlv. 201 (1931); Wolf Bay (50° 16’ N, 60? 18’ W) and Bradore Bay (51? 28’ N, 57° 14’ W) H. F. Lewis in 1927 (Albany); Oka, Victorin 738 (G). VERMONT: Lyndon, Congdon in 1873 (B). Onrario: Manitoulin Island, Lake Huron, Fassett in Ruopora xxxv. 388 (1933). Inprana: Hammond, Lake County, Deam 53939 (B). Micuican: Cheboygan County, F. C. Gates nos. 9417, 9465, 9818 (B). Iowa: Estherville, B. O. Walden in 1931 (G).! 1 To these records should be added: Marne: Labrador Pond, East Sumner, Gager & Svenson, no. 6338. ONTARIO: Great Cloche Island, Manitoulin Distr., Fernald & Pease, no. 3146. MicnuiaAN: Manistique, Fernald & Pease, no. 3147. 1934] Svenson,—Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III 381 Dr. H. D. House of the New York State Museum at Albany has written me that Eleocharis pauciflora is not known in New York State east of Litchfield, Herkimer County, and that reports from the Adirondack region are probably based on specimens of Scirpus cespitosus. The problem in western North America! is more difficult. The plants have thickened caudices and the achenes are closer in size (see table) and prominence of angles to those in Europe. The bristles, however, are more slender, resembling those of eastern American plants. Some of the western specimens are identical in appearance with the European, for example, Nelson 6159 from Yellowstone Park compared with Petrak 722, Fl. Bohemiae et Moraviae Exsic. I am inclined to believe that there is a series of intergrading variations between the gigantic var. Suksdorfiana, with its center of distribution apparently in the mountains of Washington and Oregon, to the depauperate material from southern California described as Scirpus bernardinus. Of these two extremes the var. Suksdorfiana, at first confused with Eleocharis rostellata, is the more striking, with large spikelets often 1 cm. long and achenes approaching 3 mm. in length. Additions to collections of var. Suksdorfiana previously cited by me are WASHINGTON: near Egbert Spring, Douglas County, Sandberg & Leiberg 416 (B), culms reaching 35 cm. in height. OmEGow: Mt. Hood, Applegate 2842 (U.S), with rigid culms 25-30 em. high, similar to the type collection. CoLorapo: Cassells, Park County, Cathcart in 1904 (U.S.), in flowering stage, culms broad, 30 cm. high, anthers 2-3 mm. long. Arizona: Flagstaff, A. S. Hitchcock in 1916 (U.S.). The last named collection has culms 5 dm. high and the largest sub- terranean buds measure approximately 1 x 0.5 em. These buds or tubers appear to contain large quantities of starchy material, and in addition to being of value as food for aquatic birds (see RHODORA xxxi. 174 (1929), footnote), it is possible that selected stocks might produce a crop worth growing in boggy mountain meadows. The great economic value in the Orient of the “water chestnut” (Eleo- charis dulcis) may be mentioned in this connection. There is not yet sufficient understanding of Eleocharis atacamensis Philippi of the desert regions of Chile. This species Clarke reduced, 1The northernmost material seen is from NORTHWEST TERRITORIES: shore of Keith Island, Great Slave Lake, Raup 374 (G). 2 On the basis of material examined, I think Scirpus bernardinus should be considered merely as an aberrant form of Eleocharis pauciflora. Its status as a variety is question- able. 382 Rhodora [NOVEMBER with sufficient reason it seems to me, to the widespread and variable Eleocharis pauciflora. Barros! treats E. atacamensis as distinct, pointing out that in contrast to North American specimens of F. pauciflora, the 3-5 bristles are fewer, shorter than the achenes, thicker, and of a cinnamon color instead of white, and that the culms are arched. He also notes that the basal scale is sterile, whereas the plant of North America has the lowest scale fertile. Especially important is the heavy reticulation of the base of the style in undevel- oped achenes (see fig. 31, l. c.) which Barros (and I am in perfect agreement with him) considers to be a distinctive characteristic of the genus Eleocharis as distinguished from Scirpus. This heavy reticulation is present to some extent in all species of the series Pauciflorae (cf. PL. 320), even in mature achenes. His figures of Eleocharis atacamensis leave no doubt in my mind that he is dealing with the same species that I have before me (represented by Johnston 4711 and Werdermann 1297). Philippi's description (quoted by Bar- ros) calls for cespitose plants 3-314 inches (8-9 cm.) tall and similar dwarf plants are figured by Barros. The abundant collection by Johnston contains dwarf spreading plants only 6 em. high, (cf. Pr. 320 FIG. 9) and tall erect ones reaching 25 cm., with many intermediates. Werdermann's plants (no. 1297) are 25-30 cm. tall; a representative of his no. 966 at Kew (Atacama, Chile 3600 m.) has a much thickened base and culms 22 cm. tall. In comparing these plants with speci- mens from North America and Europe, I am in agreement with Barros that the lowest scale is sterile (cf. E. Vierhappert), a rare situation in E. pauciflora. The bristles are occasionally six. Their size does not differ appreciably from European material, but they do tend to be a trifle more reddish than in the general run of specimens. The style- base (tubercle) is generally less prominent and darker than in the North American and European specimens, but a whitened proximal area is sometimes well developed.? All things considered, this Eleo- 1 Anales Mus. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires xxxiv. 486-488, fig. 31 (1928). 2 The style-base (tubercle) of E. pauciflora (cf. PL. 320) is made up of two parts. The lower is an upright column frequently of more spongy texture than the body of the achene. It is also usually differentiated by three grooves which form roughly an ` equilateral triangle in a plane at right angles to the long axis of the achene. The upper part consists of a dark fragment of the style itself. In the Andean material of E. pauciflora the spongy lower part of the tubercle is often reduced, sometimes nearly obliterated, and tends in general to be darker than in European specimens. A col- lection recently received from Argentina: Prov. Jujuy, 2500 m. Venturi 9650 (U. S., B), shows no difference from typical E. pauciflora except a darkening of the spongy lower portion of the tubercle and slightly darker bristles. 'The upper portion of the tubercle is probably homologous with the entire tubercle 1934] Svenson,—Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III 383 charis is so close to E. pauciflora that it may well be included within that species. E. melanomphala C. B. Clarke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx. Beibl. 68: 24 (1901) was based upon a Chilean collection, O. Kuntze no. 30, Paso Cruz, 34? S, alt. 2100 m. The type specimen which I examined at Kew differs from E. pauciflora only in the plumper and smoother achene (2 mm. long), with its shorter tubercle. Reticulation char- acteristic of E. pauciflora is found on the achene, especially near the base. The recently described E. Vierhappert Bojko! from the South Tyrol Dolomites is said to differ from E. pauciflora in dwarfness (culms only 3-6 em. high), in scattered (not cespitose) growth, in a thicker style which is not deciduous and which has 2 (occasionally 3) branches, in having 4 (or less) bristles, and the lowest scale of the spikelet sterile (in 27 out of 42 spikelets examined). The plants grew in strongly alkaline soil which had a concentration of 45% CaO and pH 7.8. Since lenticular achenes are occasionally found in E. pauci- flora? it is therefore not surprising, though of great interest, to find a collection with transition from three to two style-branches. Per- sistence of the entire style in mature achenes of typical E. pauciflora is not uncommon. Both E. pauciflora and E. Vierhapperi are well illustrated and compared by Bojko, but I feel that E. Vierhapperi is a depauperate form of E. pauciflora, lying well within the limits of that species. The stolons as illustrated do not appear different from those of some other European collections, for example Flora Rhaetica Exsic. no. 414. I have seen specimens of E. pauciflora from eastern Europe and Asia only as follows: GREECE: Pindus Tymphaeus, 4500-5000 ft., serpentine, Haussknecht in 1885 (Kew). AFGHANISTAN: Griffith (N. Y.) Kasmir: Gurais Valley, Winterbottom 551 (Kew); Rang- dum, 13000 ft., w. of Lara, Peti Valley, Ormaston 265 (Kew). TIBET occ.: 15000-16000 ft., Thomson (Kew, G). The eastern, often in- definite, localities mentioned by Hultén (Fl. Kamt. i. 169 (1927)) I have represented by crosses in the accompanying map (MaP 1). He gives the range of E. pauciflora as Iceland, northern Scandinavia, in such specialized types of Eleocharis as E. palustris. The situation in E. paucifiora, i.e. a spongy column tipped by a fragment of the style, is analogous to structures in several species of the Mutatae, notably E. cellulosa, E. mutata and E. plicarhachis. 1 Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien Ixxix. 300, 10 figs. (1930). 2 I have noticed them very sparingly in Fl. Hungarica Ezsic. no. 177 (some of the styles appear bifid) and Munz no. 10804 (California). 384 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Vologda and Urals (62° N. lat.) south to central France, Italy, Bulgaria, Crimea, Poltava and Kursk; also in Spain. Scattered localities occur in other parts of Russia and in Transcaucasia. ASIA: some few localities in Tomsk prov., Irkutsk prov., Transbaikalia, and Kamtchatka, also in N. E. Asia Minor [perhaps represented by CIT uL dr SSN od Yl | hf Mary {RT TT DA CN eh Ux PPR QU ee ST eal REPT =n eS j L x 4 pl a 7 SORT SE Nes PARN CT reer 1 M b v Ct , Ab ^ $^. 2 M Ad E t" e" ( ER F T AX : X vt ft dor "LIES. "| er er M PN Sweet 2s TON O OA EO A DO ON ON NU/MNAIB M SA PAS r LACAN ^ "e NIME MI NE. : LAs d Ar PERLE dl 1 me CLTC 3 Yi EX je] pj TE SX í N a / a rd Ü Awe AS Np IU TPE ix ki nens - 1] Le ' EA Jj? TR SP Ek = el Sane Map 1. Range of ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA : insert North American Range. ) , E. macrantha}, and (?) Kashmir, Pamir and Tibet. Fedtchenko (Rastitel nost Turkestana 161 (1915)) cites it from the Sungarian Altai, Tian Shan, and Pamir. The stations on the map from Sean- dinavia, Finland and Western Russia are largely compiled from Blomgren in Holmberg, Skand. Fl. 311 (1926). The plant is common in Norway north to Magerg (71° 7’ N) according to Blytt, Norges FI. ed Dahl, 175 (1906).! In a collection of Eleocharis from the U. S. National Herbarium, I was s'rprised to find good specimens of the closely related Æ. rostellata represented by Venturi nos. 6193 and 6194 from prov. Tucuman, Argentina, at altitudes of 2650 m. and 1650 m. respectively. These are the first records from South America. E. platypus C. B. Clarke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiv, Beibl. 78. 3 (1904) is FE. rostellata. The Spruce collection at Kew labeled “ Andes Quitenses prope Guano ‘In response to my inquiry as to the status of E. pauciflora in Greenland, Dr. Morten P. Porsild has written that, although the species is common in Iceland, it is one of the rarest plants in Greenland and is known at present from only four stations: Neria, 61? 33', J. Eugenius; Igaliko, 61° 2’, Rosenvinge; Qagssiarssuk, 60° 53’, A. E. & M. P. Porsild; Unartoq, 60° 30', N. Hartz. 1934] Svenson,—Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III 385 1859" is the basis of Clarke's description. It consists of a plant with thickened rootstocks, long recurving culms, and achenes 2 mm. long, identical with those of E. rostellata. The presence of this species p ; : à i b H D & p 1 AJ ANNECSY hA d a Y h i ]r-. - P. CHER, aiat (oan XS lg ` Lb & d [ 5 Paai | M à al ius Ulead FCT- | "E ; i | N zi i ) ken Sa le} d aS i (J = Fed IT mead b. i 1 a cine i | AL N i - | 9. H ! y i Lebe [Ll META. ! fre rose et T d EN i 5 - i "eu H x x E h SN] T KK X e vele | a ij OL cw » i 1 e N ; Es ; Me -— HD 4 | , HAE ine A L Tee EL M MEME LLLI nace DA d (e pL Ps Se * . i i: ; LI R H Meu ) & N T fuz * b: PEE Sa PN -— Alt Map 2. North American Range of ELEOCHARSI ROSTELLATA. in the Andes further accentuates western South America as the center of distribution of the series Pauciflorae.! The accompanying map (MAP. 2) gives, with the exception of the South American speci- mens, the known distribution of E. rostellata.? In the illustrations of this group (Pr. 320), I have selected material which shows the triangular and concave-sided character of the tub- ercle, which is probably the primitive condition. Immersion of these species (E. rostellata, E. pauciflora, and E. parvula) in an alkaline 1 E. simulans C. B. Clarke (see RHopona xxxi. 181 (1929)) is according to Clarke's manuscript at Kew ‘‘only an extreme state of E. melanostachys d'Urville" which is E. macrorhiza Boeckl., a species of the Palustres described from the Falkland Is. This classification agrees with the 2-parted style shown in the figure of E. simulans Clarke, Ill. Cyp. t. xxxvi (1909). ? Plants from the station in northern Michigan representing undistributed material from Wycamp Lake, Emmett County, H. A. Gleason, July 29, 1933, have culms up to 14.5 dm. long. 386 Rhodora [NOVEMBER environment may possibly account for the indurated character of the tubercle which is so commonly seen. Within the series Pauciflorae has appeared an additional, most unexpected species, which was published by Hultén as Scirpus (Heleocharis) margaritaceus. A specimen from the single known collection has been kindly given to me by Dr. Samuelsson. In order to conform with my treatment of Eleocharis I have written an emended description: ELEOCHARIS margaritacea (Hultén), n. comb. Pr. 320, FIG. 7. Subcespitose; culms glistening, 25-45 cm. high, sulcate, from a long gray caudex; apex of upper sheath blunt to slightly acute: spikelets about 1 em. long, resembling those of E. pauciflora, the twolowest scales of the spikelet sterile, the lowest scale encircling the base of the spikelet, broadly ovate, deep brown below becoming yellowish-brown in older specimens, hyaline in the uppermost portion; the upper scales ovate, 1-nerved, obtuse or somewhat acute, costate, almost wholly scarious, with lacerate yellowish-brown margins in the older specimens: style 3-fid: stamens 3, with elongated flat whitened filaments: achene, including style-base, about 4 mm. long, glistening white with a cellular structure as in E. pauciflora but less prominent, the base much elongated, the apex surrounded by a turgid ring; style-base dark brown, conic-acute, approximately 14 to 24 mm. long, bristles brown, usually 6, retrorsely toothed, exceeding the achene.—Scirpus (Eleo- charis) margaritaceus Hultén, Fl. Kamtchatka i. 167 fig. 12 (1927).! Known only from the type locality, between Petropavlovsk and Ava- tcha volcano, 250 m. alt. Hultén no. 1083. Tyre in Mus. Nat. Hist., Stockholm. The shining white achenes, as Hultén notes, make the plant easily recognizable. Its relationship is unquestionably with E. pauciflora and the formation of a tumid ring at the base of the tubercle is curiously enough paralleled by a similar development in E. albi- bracteata and E. boliviana of the Andes. A character which is not shown by any other known species of Eleocharis is the long basal portion of the achene. This extended axis provides an unusual opportunity for examining the points of attachment of stamens and bristles. Careful dissection showed three stamens occupying the angles of the achene, inserted alternately with, and at the same level as three of the bristles. An additional set of three bristles occurred on a level of 0.4 mm. below, occupying positions corresponding to the achene angles, consequently directly opposite the stamens. ELEocHARIS PARVULA (R. & S.) Link var. anachaeta (Torr.) ! Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handlinger. ser. 3, Bd. 5, no. 1. 1934] Svenson,—Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III 387 n. comb.—E. pygmaca Torr. var. 8? anachaeta Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. 441 (1836). Chaetocyperus (Elaeocharis) membranaceus Buckley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia 1862 10 (1862). ?Isolepis leptos Steud. Cyp. 91 (1855). Scirpus.nanus var. anachaetus Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xi. 75 (1892). Scirpus coloradoensis Britton, Torreya iv. 93 (1904). Eleocharis leptos Svenson, including vars. coloradoensis and Johnstonii, RHopona xxxi. 176 (1929); not E. lepta C. B. Clarke in Dyer, Fl. Capensis vii. 758 (1900). In my previous treatment I considered the slightly verrucose to papillose character of the achene surface, exhibited in its extreme form in the plants described by Britton as Scirpus coloradoensis, as P ( ie er : | "-— E ~ | ` X por) bd ay n 1 n "a : VN FS ` ; , mon, s y ` A e ST i ad. | ee T. | PNA "are Ñ Lr. | TU MW San) : X E LL - IN i = d | Bb: mue: Tie EN LES \ m ; LL se i - , Ps , | 2^ seqe y E = H LI] "p UD £ it wan 39 . AS = a = —5 ) 3 ‘ IN a (d ~y 2/7200 E E c y» d 2 H — i [WSs | or l aA Map 3. North American Range of ELEOCHARIS PARVULA; Var. ANACHAETA in ellipse. a sufficient character in conjunction with reduction of bristles to separate the plant of southwestern United States from the common salt-marsh plant of the northern states. Examination of a larger amount of material than was available at that time has led me to 388 Rhodora [NOVEMBER ally the plants more closely, and in treating the southern plant as a variety I am following the opinions of both Torrey and Kükenthal. Sharply angled achenes are not uncommon. The specimen of Chaeto- cyperus membranaceus at the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences is now without achenes, but because of the tubers and striated scales it ap- peared on examination to be E. parvula. Asa Gray! has cited the same collection as “ Eleocharis pygmaea, Torr., the variety with naked achenia noticed in Nicollet's report." Careful measurements of achenes of the type collection of Scirpus coloradoensis show an average length (according to the method employed with E. pauciflora) of 1.1 mm., in this respect not substantially differing from FE. parvula. The best-developed collection of E. parvula var. anachaeta that I have studied is Runyon no. 182, which has green culms 10-12 em. long and green spikelets 6 mm. long, with as many as 23 flowers in a spikelet. The achenes average exactly 1 mm. To the localities cited previously may be added: SovrH Daxora: borders of ponds near James River, Nicollet Exp. (N. Y.).? Iowa: moist clay flats along shore of Brown's Lake, T. 87 N., R. 47 W., Woodbury Co., Sept. 28, 1933, Hotchkiss no. 4578 (B). LouisrANa: salt marshes, New Orleans, Hale no. 56 (N. Y.). Texas: C. Wright in 1845 (N. Y.); Brownsville, Runyon no. 182 (U. S); San Antonio, Clemens in 1911 (Cal.). Nkvapa: A. G. Kennedy, alkali ground, Elko, no. 4502. New Mexico: in marsh near Loving, Standley no. 40354 (U. S.); “ moist places near Albuquer- que" (Torrey, Pacific R. R. Rept. iv. 152 (1857)), presumably the collection (N. Y.) from “near 35th parallel, Fort Smith to the Rio Grande, J. M. Bigelow.” Mexico: Vera Cruz, Morro de Boquilla, Liebmann (Kew, mixed with E. retroflexa). This collection is in- cluded under Chaetocyperus polymorphus b. capillaceus by Liebmann, Mex. Halvgraes 242 (1851). Cusa: Pinar del Rio, Ekman no. 16567 (det. Kukenthal), a collection which has practically smooth achenes. The Californian plant (E. leptos var. Johnstonii) differs only in its larger achenes and recurved culms. Further collections will show whether these characteristics are constant. Steudel’s improperly constructed specific name is untenable because of Clarke's Eleocharis lepta from South Africa. Dr. N. C. Fassett has sent me sterile material from Devil's Lake, Sauk Co., Wisconsin, which judging from the tuber- 1 Proc. Acad, Sci. Philadelphia 1862 167 (1862). ? This locality was incorrectly reported in my previous paper. Following the route of the Nicollet Expedition (1839) as given by G. W. Warren in Pacific R. R. Rept. xi. 40—42 (1859) and outlined on a map accompanying the report, the station appears to be in what is now Faulk County. 1934] Svenson,—Monographic studies in Eleocharis. III. 389 bearing rootstocks is apparently E. parvula. This is true also of the sterile specimens with remarkably fleshy culms from Quebec and New Brunswick, which I believed to be Sagittaria graminea.! Typical E. parvula, in addition to its common occurrence on the seashore of east- ern United States, is widespread in Europe on borders of the Baltic, North and Mediterranean Seas. 2. A New ELEOCHARIS FROM BRAZIL ELEocHARIS squamigera, n. sp. (PL. 320, rro. 8) rhizomata elon- gata, cum squamis rubris instructa; culmis tenuibus sulcatis 5-20 cm. longis erectis vel recurvatis; vaginae apice acuto non mucronato ; spicula ovata acutiuscula, 3-5 cm. longa, viridi vel castanea; gluma infima sterili, obtusa, hyalina; glumis ceteris acutiusculis carina viridibus cum lateribus roseis et margine hyalino; staminibus 2, antheris 0.8 mm. longis; stylo 3-fido; achaeniis quasi inter E. acicularem et E. fistulosam, trigonis vel plano-convexis, luteo-brunneis 1 mm. longis, longitudinaliter striatis et inter costas horizontaliter trabeculatis; stylobasi late conico-triangulato, acuto, brunnescenti; setis 6 luteo- brunneis tenuissimis, stylobasi aequilongis.—BDRazrL: Parana, Jag- uariahyna in palud. Dusén 13276 (rypE in Gray Herb.). This specimen has the appearance of E. tenuis [E. capitata var. typica] and was so named by Pfeiffer. The systematic position is uncertain. In some respects the plant resembles the Aciculares, but the lowest scale of the spikelet is sterile. The surface markings have a similarity on a small scale to those of E. fistulosa. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 320 (Habit-drawing 4% X; achenes 20 X) Fig. 1, ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA, Scotland, Fernald, Pease & Long 2329; 2, E. PAUCIFLORA var. FERNALDII, Maine, Fernald & Long 12822; 3, E. PAUCI- FLORA Var. BERNARDINA, California, Hall 7605; 4, E. PAUCIFLORA (E. ataca- mensis), Chile, Werdermann 1297; 5, E. PARVULA Vàr. ANACHAETA, Louisiana, Drummond 409; 6, E. PARVULA, New York, Svenson 4712; 7, E. MARGARITACEA, Kamtchatka, Hultén 1083; 8, E. sQuAMIGERA, Brazil, Dusén 13276; 9, E. ROSTELLATA, New York, Svenson 4887. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 321 ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA, habit, a little less than 14 X,achenes 10 X. Fics. 1 and 3, Scotland, Fernald, Pease & Long 2329; 2 and 5, Maine, Fernald & Long 12822 (var. FERNALDI); 4, Switzerland, Fl. Rhaetica 414; 6, Tibet, Hooker; 7 and 9, Chile, Johnston 4711; 8, California, Hall 7605 (var. BERN- ARDINA); 10, Chile, Werdermann 1297 (E. atacamensis); 11, Washington, Suksdorf 2237 (var. SUKSDORFIANA). Photo. by L. Buhle. PLANTAGO ALTISSIMA IN MassACHUSETTS.—Sometime ago I was checking various items in RHopora against my own herbarium, and 1 See Ruopona xxxi. 169 (1929). 390 Rhodora [NOVEMBER came across Professor Fernald's note on this species from the “ Con- necticut Coast" by H. S. Clark (RHopora 24: 204). I was conse- quently pleased to find in my own collection a very fine specimen of P. altissima L. from Nantucket, originally in the herbarium of Fred G. Floyd, which I bought in 1921. "The specifications are “Edge of cultivated field, abundant; near Hummock Pond; June 7, 1906; F. G. Floyd, no. 2334." I took the sheet to the Gray Herbarium and made careful comparison with the European sheets and modern European floras. There is no better or more robust specimen in the Gray Her- barium than this one from Nantucket. Unfortunately a search through Mr. Floyd's unmounted duplicates fails to reveal another.— LupLow Griscom, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni- versity. VALIDITY OF THE NAME LESPEDEZA! B. P. G. HocHREUTINER I have read with great interest the article of P. L. Ricker concerning the Leguminose genus Lespedeza. I take now the liberty of expressing an opinion because I have been appointed by the International Nomenclature Commission to make the French version of the Rules which Dr. Briquet, former Rapporteur général, unfortunately could not elaborate. That is why I want to say that I fully agree with Mr. Ricker when he " hopes that no overenthusiastic botanist will seize this case as an opportunity to make a new name or corrections sufficiently different in appearance to think he is entitled to place his name after all of the new combinations thus involved." Unhappily, the Art. 70 of the new Rules is as follows: "the original spelling of a name must be retained except in the case of a typographic error or a clearly unintentional orthographic error." "Therefore, if things stand as Ricker states, any botanist is entitled: 1) to correct Lespedeza to begin with Ces; 2) to change Cespedesia (Ochnaceae) to some other name because it would be so similar to the altered Lespedeza that it creates confusion (Art. 70, paragraph 3) as the editors of Rhodora correctly remark in the last foot note. These changes in the generic names would involve of course changes in specific combinations. 1 Apropos an article of P. L. Ricker, RHODORA, xxxvi, 130-132 (1934). 1934] Hochreutiner,— Validity of the Name Lespedeza 391 Therefore, I consider that the publication of Ricker is particularly unfortunate, as it will call the attention of the "over-enthusiastic botanists" to a fact which they would have always ignored. Now, I believe I am keeping the spirit of Briquet if I study the case, in order to prevent as far as possible changes in nomenclature. To stop such superfluous changes, there would be, of course, one method: a proposition to the Nomenclature Commission and a decision of a congress to add Lespedeza to the list of the nomina utique conservanda (Art. 21, note 1). However, until the decision is taken, the *over-enthusiastics" will have published perhaps the new combinations and it may be useful to prevent it. That is why I venture to propose the following ex- planation, which is in perfect legal accordance with the Rules. I note first the Recommandation X X X of the Vienna Rules: “The liberty of making orthographic corrections must be used with reserve, especially if the change affects the first syllable and above all the first letter of a name." That was the article 66 of the Paris laws, and it is very much to be regretted that so wise an advice was left out (al- though not contradicted) in the last edition of Cambridge. But that is common sense and even if common sense is not en- forced by law it still retains its authority. Secondly, I must remind the reader that Ricker showed that the governor of Florida, in honour of whom the genus Lespedeza was named, bears a name which is written differently in various documents: V. M. de Céspedes or V. M. de Zespedes (cf. footnote of Ricker, p. 131). Further, we must remark that in pure Spanish, C and Z, followed by an e are pronounced like the English th, a sound which it is impos- sible to transcribe in Latin. Therefore, it is impossible to assume with absolute certainty that Michaux or the publishers, Richard or Michaux's son, did not de- liberately alter the name and write it with an L, in order to meet French euphony.! Of course, one may suppose that it is due to an error of a copyist, but I wish to emphasize the fact that the slightest doubt prevents a correction, even on the ground of the new Cam- bridge Rules, in which the somewhat unusual expression, “only un- intentional orthographic errors may be corrected" is used. € 1 The proof that elder naturalists changed often and deliberately letters in names on account of euphony or of special pronounciations can be found in the very same instance because Michaux wrote Lespedeza with a z in the second part of tbe word as Cespedes or Zespedes is always written with an s at the end. No doubt Michaux did so deliberately because he wanted to express in latin the very strong pronunciation by the Spaniards of the letter s. 392 Hhodora [NovEMBER Dr. Rendle, one of the most distinguished members of the Interna- tional Nomenclature Commission, interprets that in saying that there may be intentional orthographic errors, i. e. orthographical changes deliberately adopted by the author, and these cannot be modified. Now, if there is a case in which a so-called intentional error may be considered, it is this one, because the author of the name Lespedeza could not possibly guess how it should be written. It is so much the more obvious that if an * over-enthusiastic" botanist would correct it to-day, it would be quite impossible, because he would not know how. If he corrects it to begin with Ces, he will be unable to prevent another from correcting it to begin with Zes, Thes, or even Fes to satisfy the Portuguese pronounciation. We would have thus five valid names for the same thing, a very queer consequence of *overenthusiasm ” in botany. We conclude, therefore, that nobody is entitled to alter the name Lespedeza and, consequently, the well-known Ochnaceous name Cespedesia remains also perfectly valid. BorANICAL GARDEN AND MUSEUM, Geneva. DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Concluded from page 371) LIST OF EXSICCATAE CITED Abbe, E. C. 387 Bono i pira ) pi 371 glabella Pursh eterotricha (Lindbl.) Ba 372 cont Liljebl. 1261 glabella Pursh, var. mega- 374 crassifolia Graham sperma (Fernald «& 375 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. oan BEnowlt.) Fernald heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 1262 norvegica Gunner 376 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. aie Pie (Lindbl.) Ball Abee & Brooks 377 nivalis Liljebl. E. 378 nivalis Liljebl. sur DM 379 fladnizensis Wulfen, var., 366 patent ro heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 367 glabella Purch 380 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. 368 — ‘Ge heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball — Oe — 381 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball Abbe & Hogg 383 nivalis Liljebl. 369 nivalis Liljebl. 384 Sagnisens : uen, var. eterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 385 rupestris R. Br. Abbe, Hogg & Forbes 386 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. 370 incana L., var. confusa heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 1934] Abbe & Odell 373 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 382 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball Abbe & Pease 363 norvegica Gunner Allen, J. A. 25 glabella Pursh 76 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Bell, Robert 2027 rupestris R. Br. Bishop, Harlow 324 nivalis Liljebl. 325 glabella Pursh 326 glabella Pursh 327 incana L. Blake, S. F. 5590 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Bowdoin College Expedition, 1891. confusa confusa 269 incana L. Butters & Buell 367 arabisans Michx. Butters & Holway 40 aurea M. Vahl Campbell, Robert 66,722 glabella Pursh Collins & Fernald 88 incana L. 89 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 90 lanceolata Royle 91 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 94 pyenosperma Fern. & Knowlt. Cooper, W. S. 40 arabisans Michx. and ara- bisans, var. canadensis (Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. 112 incana L. Delabarre, E. B. 93 aurea M. Vahl confusa Fernald, —Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 393 Dodge, Griscom & Pease 25,773 clivicola Fernald Dodge & Pease 25,787 nivalis Liljebl. 26,130 clivicola Fernald Eames, A. J. 12,081 arabisans Michx. Eggleston, W. W. 132 arabisans Michx. Ehlers, J. H. 1103 arabisans Michx. 1352 arabisans Michx. Erdmann 63 aurea M. Vahl Erlanson, C. & E. 648 arabisans Michx. Fassett, N. C. 15,566 lanceolata Royle Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John 7503 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 7504 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Fernald & Collins 92 arabisans Michx. 93 arabisans Michx. 226 Allenii Fernald 577 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- ald 578 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- ald 579 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- ald 580 glabella Pursh, var mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 581 Allenii Fernald 582 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 583 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 1064 rin gans (Vietorin) Fern- a 1065 roin (Victorin) Fern- a 1066 arabisans Michx. 1067 arabisans Michx. 394 Rhodora 1068 arabisans Michx. 1069 arabisans Michx. 1070 arabisans Michx. 1071 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 1072 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 1073 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 1074 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 1076 glabella Pursh 1076a glabella Pursh 1077 lanceolata Royle 1078 lanceolata Royle 1079 lanceolata Royle 1080 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lilejbl. 1081 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lilejbl. 1082 ineana L. 1212 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Fernald, Dodge & Smith 25,772 arabisans Michx. Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert 28,355 laurentiana Fernald 28,372 norvegica Gunner Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie 25,781 Allenii Fernald 25,786 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith 25,779 Allenii Fernald 25,782 Allenii Fernald 25,785 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald, Griscom, Pease & Smith 25,783 Allenii Fernald 25, 789 clivicola Fernald Fernald & Gilbert 28,365 glabella Pursh Fernald & Long 28,343 nivalis Liljebl. 28,344 nivalis Liljebl. 28,345 nivalis Liljebl. 28,346 nivalis Liljebl. 28,349 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,358 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald confusa [NOVEMBER 28,366 arabisans Michx. 28,367 arabisans Michx. 28,369 pyenosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 28,370 glabella Pursh 28,371 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 28,391 norvegica Gunner 28,396 norvegica Gunner 28,397 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz 28,398 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl) O. E. Schulz 28,399 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,400 norvegica Gunner and var. pleiophylla Fernald 28,401 norvegica Gunner 28,402 norvegica Gunner 28,403 glabella Pursh 28,407 norvegica Gunner, var. pleiophylla Fernald 28,408 norvegica Gunner 28,408a norvegica Gunner, var. pleiophylla Fernald 28,409 norvegica Gunner 28,410 norvegica Gunner Fernald, Long & Dunbar 26,703 norvegica Gunner 26,704 norvegica Gunner 26,705 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 26,706 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl. 26,707 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl. 26,708 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl. 26,709 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl. 26,710 norvegica Gunner 26,711 norvegica Gunner 26,712 norvegica Gunner and var. hebecarpa (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz 26,713 laurentiana Fernald 26,714 laurentiana Fernald 26,715 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. confusa Fernald, Long & Fogg 281 norvegica Gunner 1729 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. confusa 1934] 1730 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 1731 laurentiana Fernald 1732 arabisans Michx. 1733 arabisans Michx. 1735 arabisans Michx. 1736 arabisans Michx. 1737 glabella Pursh 1738 arabisans Michx. 1739 arabisans Michx. 1740 arabisans Michx. 1741 norvegica Gunner 1742 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz 1743 norvegica Gunner 1744 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl) O. E. Schulz 1745 norvegica Gunner 1746 norvegica Gunner, var pleio- phylla Fernald 1747 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 1748 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 174815 glabella Pursh 1749 arabisans Michx., var cana- densis (Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. 1750 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 1751 glabella Pursh 1752 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Fernald, Long & Gilbert 28, 352 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Fernald, Long & St. John 7505 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. confusa Fernald & Pease 3316 arabisans Michx. 3317 arabisans Michx., var cana- densis (Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. 3318 lanceolata Royle 25,089 incana L. 25,090 arabisans Michx. 25,091 arabisans Michx. 25,092 glabella Pursh, var. mega- v (Fern. & Knowlt.) ernald 25,093 glabella Pursh Fernald,—Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 395 25,094 glabella Pursh and var. orth- ocarpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fern. 25,095 glabella Pursh 25,096 clivicola Fernald 25,097 Allenii Fernald 25,099 nivalis Liljebl. 25,100 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald & Smith 25,777 clivicola Fernald 25,778 clivicola Fernald 25,780 Allenii Fernald 25,784 Allenii Fernald 25,788 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald & Weatherby 2447 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 2448 glabella Pursh Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins 2446 lanceolata Royle Fernald & Wiegand 3453 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 3456 glabella Pursh, var. mego- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3458 glabella Pursh, var. mego- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3460 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- ` phylla Fernald 3461 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 3462 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 3463 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram 5457 glabella Pursh 5458 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 5458a glabella Pursh 5459 norvegica Gunner Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington 5460 norvegica Gunner 5461 arabisans Michx. 5462 arabisans Michx. 5463 arabisans Michx. Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge 3452 incana L. 396 Rhodora 3454 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 3455 rupestris R. Br. 3457 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3459 arabisans Michx. Fernald, Wiegand & Long 28,263 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 28,347 nivalis Liljebl. 28,351 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,391 norvegica Gunner 28,405 norvegica Gunner 28,406 norvegica Gunner and gla- bella Pursh 24,412 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,413 norvegica Gunner confusa Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss 28,354 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,356 glabella Pursh 28,392 norvegica Gunner 28, 393 norvegica Gunner 28, 394 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,411 norvegica Gunner : Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss 20,380 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,350 incana L. Var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,374 norvegica Gunner 28,380 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,382 norvegica Gunner 28,383 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,384 norvegica Gunner 28,385 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl. ) 0; Bh Schulz 28,386 norvegica Gunner 28,387 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- carpa (Lindbl) O. E. Schulz 28,388 norvegica Gunner Gardner, G. 317a glabella Pursh 377 glabella Pursh confusa [NOVEMBER Gooding, L. M. 1404 aurea M. Vahl Griscom, Ludlow 28,364 laurentiana Fernald Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith 25,770 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Griscom & Pease 25,775 clivicola Fernald 25,776 clivicola Fernald House, H. D. 9436 arabisans Michx. Johansen, Frits 93,671 incana L., va (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Kelsey & Jordan 65 glabella Pursh Kennedy, T B. 1 ineana L., r. (Ehrh.) Litjhl. 2 incana is È. (Ehrh. 3 Liljebl. 3 incana VU VAT. (Ehrh.) EAN Low, A. P. 63,140 norvegica Gunner 63,143 glabella Pursh 63,144 glabella Pursh 63,145 aurea M. Vahl 63,146 aurea M. Vahl McFarlin, J. B. 2174 arabisans Michx. 2246 arabisans Michx. Mackenzie & Griscom 10,268 arabisans Michx. 10, 269 arabisans Michx. DAE 079 glabella Pursh 11/089a incana L. Macoun, J. M. 1920 —— (Vietorin) Fern- confusa confusa confusa confusa 79,065 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 79,066 glabella Pursh 79, 068 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 1934] 79,069 79,070 79,072 19 20 178 477 2014 10,276 18,987 118,919 119,988 120,038 120,062 120,092 120,098 120,136 Fernald,—Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 397 alpina L. nemorosa L., var. lejocarpa Liljebl. alpina L., var. nana Hook. and fladnizensis Wulfen, m heterotricha (Lindbl.) a Macoun, John incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. arabisans Michx. nemorosa L., var. lejocarpa Liljebl. nemorosa L., var. lejocarpa Liljebl. nemorosa L., var. lejocarpa Liljebl. aurea M. Vahl norvegica Gunner Malte, M. O. glabella Pursh, var brachy- carpa (Rupr.) Fernald alpina L. fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball crassifolia Graham nivalis Liljebl. fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 120,136a fladnizensis Wulfen, var. 120,159 120,198 120,203 120,209 120,243 5024 5094 5437 5450 7350 7353 7355 7356 7357 heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball nivalis Liljebl. glabella Pursh, var. brachy- carpa (Rupr.) Fernald glabella Pursh glabella Pursh glabella Pursh, var. brachy- carpa (Rupr.) Fernald Patterson, H. N. aurea M. Vahl Payson & Payson aurea M. Vahl Pease, A. S. glabella Pursh pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. pycnosperma Fern & Knowlt. glabella Pursh glabella Pursh arabisans Michx. arabisans Michx. glabella Pursh 7358 glabella Pursh 7359 pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 7361 pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 11,981 arabisans Michx. 19,227 glabella Pursh 19,239 pyenosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 20,159 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 20,194 Peasei Fernald 20,205 arabisans Michx. 20,208 arabisans Michx. 20,219 incana L. 20,241 arabisans Michx. 20,242 pyenosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 20,614 lanceolata Royle 23,487 arabisans Michx. 23,633 arabisans Michx. Pease & Griscom 28,342 nivalis Liljebl. 28,357 laurentiana Fernald 28,377 norvegica Gunner 28,378 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,379 glabella Pursh Pease & Long 28,359 laurentiana Fernald 28,360 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald , 28,390 norvegica Gunner Pease, Long & Gilbert 28,373 norvegica Gunner Pease & Smith 25,771 clivicola Fernald 25,774 clivicola Fernald Perry & Myers 750 aprica Beadle 751 aprica Beadle Potter, David 546 min gane (Victorin) Fern- a 549 norvegica Gunner 584 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Povah, Brown & McFarlin 3671B incana L. 398 Rhodora Priest, M. E. El laurentiana Fernald Rolland-Germain 15,640 arabisans Michx., var. cana- densis (Brunet) Fernald & Knowlt. Rousseau, Jacques 24,831 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 24,833 arabisans Michx. 24,841 arabisans Michx. 26,322 arabisans Michx., var. cana- densis (Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. 26,353 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 26,389 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 26,442 glabella Pursh 26,487 arabisans Michx. 26,503 glabella Pursh 26,508 glabella Pursh 26,548 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 26,582 WT mera (Vietorin) Fern- a 26,585 lanceolata Royle 26,613 arabisans Michx. 26,695 arabisans Michx. 26,703 arabisans Michx. 31,007 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- a 31,072 glabella Pursh 31,150 pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 31,151 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) ernald 31,214 incana L. 31,222 incana L. 31,223 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 32,835 arabisans Michx. Rydberg, P. A. 516 aurea M. Vahl 9666 arabisans Michx. St. John, Harold 1890 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. confusa [NOVEMBER 1893 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 90,475 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 90,476 glabella Pursh 90,477 incana L. 90,478 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 90,479 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) — 90,480 incana L., r. confusa (Ehrh.) Litjehl 90,481 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh. Liljebl. 90,482 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 90,484 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 90,485 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Schmitt, C. 289 alpina L. Sewall, C. S. 40 incana L. 77 (in part) incana L., var. con- fusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 79 incana L. 169 incana L., var. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 516 nivalis Liljebl. 519 glabella Pursh Sornborger, J. D. 61 Sornborgeri Fernald 70 incana L. 173 glabella Pursh 175 crassifolia Graham and Sorn- borgeri Fernald confusa Spreadborough, W. 16,272 glabella Pursh Stebbins, G. L., jr. 783 arabisans Michx. Stebbins et al. 143 lanceolata Royle 144 lanceolata Royle Stecker, Adolph 212x fladnizensis Wulfen, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball 216 aurea M. Vahl 1934] Fernald,—Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 399 Turner, L. M. 4842 glabella Pursh 6316 glabella Pursh Victorin, Marie- 30 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 573 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3140 glabella. Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3203 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 3867 arabisans Michx. 4128 arabisans Michx. 4134 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 4139 incana L. 9587 glabella Pursh 15,638 arabisans Michx. 15,639 arabisans Michx. 24,839 arabisans Michx. Victorin, Brunel & Rousseau 17,376 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 17,877 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton Victorin & Rolland 9484 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 9485 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 9486 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,244 laurentiana Fernald 18,245 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) ern. 18,246 laurentiana Fernald 18,247 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,248 incana L., var. confusa. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,249 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,250 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,251 laurentiana Fernald 18,252 laurentiana Fernald 18,253 laurentiana Fernald 18,254 glabella Pursh, var. mega- 18,255 18,256 18,257 18,383 21,032 21,465 21,466 21,469 21,471 21,472 21,475 21,476 21,477 21,478 21,481 24,828 24,861 24,862 24,863 24,864 24,865 24,866 24,867 24,869 27,192 27,310 sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald laurentiana Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh incana L. incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald incana L. var. confuee (Ehrh.) Liljebl. glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald laurentiana Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald minganensis (Victorin) Fern- ald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald laurentiana Fernald incana L. glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald incana L. incana L. 400 27,311 incana L. 27,312 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 27,313 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 27,314 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau 17,875 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 17,378 arabisans Michx. 17,379 pycnosperma Fernald & Knowlton 17,380 pyenosperma Fernald «& Knowlton 17,381 incana L. 17,382 arabisans Michx. 17,383 arabisans Michx. 17,384 incana L. 17,386 incana L. 17,387 pyenosperma Knowlton Fernald & Victorin, Rolland & Jacques 33,437 arabisans Michx. 33,586 arabisans Michx. 33,075 nivalis Liljebl. 33,076 glabella Pursh 33,774 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie 21,467 incana L. Rhodora [NOVEMBER 21,468 incana L. 21,473 incana L. 21,474 glabella Pursh 21,479 incana L. Waghorne, A. C. 14 glabella Pursh, var. megasperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 19 glabella Pursh 22 arabisans Michx. 27 norvegica Gunner Wetmore, R. H. 102,959 incana L. Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss 28,353 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,368 arabisans Michx. 28,375 norvegica Gunner 28,376 norvegica Gunner 28,389 norvegica Gunner 28,395 norvegica Gunner Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss 28,348 incana L. 28,360 laurentiana Fernald 28,361 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Wolf & Rothrock 634 aurea M. Vahl Woodworth, R. H. 239 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. hetero- tricha (Lindbl.) Ball 240 nivalis Liljebl. 240% glabella Pursh EXPLANATION OF PLATES 290-319 PraATrE 290. DmaBa ALPINA L. Fia. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Dovre, Norway, July, 1902, Gustaf Peters; ria. 2, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Torne Lappmark, July 21, 1924, Carl G. Alm; ria. 3, portion of rosette, X 10, to show long ciliation, from same collection as Fra. 2; Fra. 4, summit of scape, X 10, from same collection as Frias. 2 and 3; rra. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, of var. NANA Hook., from Mansfield Island, Hudson Bay, August 30, 1884, R. Bell (isotype of D. Bellii Holm); rra. 6, flowering plant X 1, of var. NANA, from North Star Bay, Thule, northwest Greenland, W. E. Ekblaw, no. 411; FIG. 7, leaves, X 10, of no. 411. Puate 291. D. FLADNIZENSIS Wulfen, var. HETEROTRICHA (Lindblom) Ball. Fia. 1, small plant in flower, X 1, from North Star Bay, northwestern Greenland, EÉkblaw, no. 421; ria. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from East Bay, Ikordlearsuk, Labrador, Abbe & Odell, no. 382; ria. 3, tips of leaves, X 10, from Ekblaw, no. 421; rias. 4 and 5, valve and septum, X 10, from Torne Lappmark, Sweden, August 27, 1917, Carl G. Alm. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 401 Prate 292. D. Arteni Fernald, n. sp. Fic. 1, small piece of flowering plant, X 1, from Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, Matane Co., Quebec, Fernald et al., no. 25,782; ria. 2, small piece of fruiting plant from Tabletopped Mountain, Gaspé Co., Quebec, August 10, 1881, J. A. Allen; FIG. 3, portion of rosette, X 10, from Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Quebec, Fernald et al., no. 25,779 (TYPE of species); FIG. 4, flowers from no. 25,782; FIGS. 5 and 6, valve and septum, with seeds, X 10, from rra. 2. PuaTE 293. D. rupestris R. Br. Fia. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from the type locality, Ben Lawers, Scotland, Arnott; ric. 2, fruiting plant from Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3455; ria. 3, flowering plant from Battle Island, Labrador, August 3, 1913, W. E. Ekblaw; FIG. 4, rosette-leaves, X 10, from Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, no. 3455. PLATE 294. D. cnassrFOLIA Graham. Fig. 1, three of the original speci- mens, X 1, from summits of the Rocky Mts., Drummond; Fia. 2, two plants, X 1, from Ramah, Labrador, Sornborger, no. 175; ria. 3, fruiting plant, X 1, from Disco, Greenland, June 28, 1924, M. P. Porsild; ria. 4, flowering plant, X 1, from Disco, June 27, 1929, R. T. Porsild; ria. 5, leaf and base of scape, X 10, from Ramah, Sornborger, no. 175; rta. 6, flower, x 10, from Disco, Green- land, June 27, 1929, R. T'. Porsild. PLATE 295. D. nivauis Liljeblad and D. PEasE: Fernald, n. sp. Fie. 1, flowering plant, X 1, of D. wivaALis, from North Star Bay, Thule, north- western Greenland, ÉEkblaw, no. 238; ria. 2, fruiting plant, X 1 of D. NivALIS from Hayes Harbar, near Etah, Greenland, Ekblaw, no. 239; FIG. 3, rosette- leaves, X 10, of D. NivALIS from Little Quirpon, Newfoundland, Fernald & Long, no. 28,343; FIG. 4, type of D. PEasEr, X 1, from Cape Rosier, Quebec, Pease, no. 20,194; FIG. 5, tips of rosette-leaves of D. PrEAsEI, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 6, valve, X 10, of D. PEaskr, from the TYPE; FIG. 7, septum and seeds, X 10, of D. Praset, from the TYPE. Prate 296. D. aurea M. Vahl. Fia. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from Upernivik Ø, Sandsten, Greenland, 14 Juli 1929, M. P. & R. T. Porsild; ria. 2, fruiting stem, X 1, from same collection as FIG. 1; FIG. 3, large fruiting plant, X 1, from Sheep Mt., Waterton Lake, Alberta, J. Macoun, no. 10,276. Prate 297. D. wiNGANENSIS (Victorin) Fernald, n. sp., and D. LUTEOLA Greene. Fias. 1, 2 and 3, small flowering plants of D. MINGANENSIS, X 1, from Ile Nue, Archipel de Mingan, Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,828 (1soTvPES of D. luteola, var. minganensis Victorin); ria. 4, flower from ISOTYPE of D. MINGANENSIS, X 10, showing villous sepals; ric. 5, dwarf (starved) plant of D. MINGANENSIS, X 1, from under Cap Original, Bie, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 578; ria. 6, fruiting plant of D. LUTEOLA, X 1, from near Pagosa Peak, Colorado, C. F. Baker, no. 351; ria. 7, silique, X 10, of no. 351. Prare 298. D. MINGANENSIS (Victorin) Fernald, n. sp. Fie. 1, fruiting plant, well developed, X 1, from Cap Enragé, Bie, Quebee, July 8, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; ria. 2, portion of inflorescence, X 10, showing the villous sepals and villous-hirsute ovary, from Cap Enragé, Fernald & Collins, no. 1065; rra. 3, upper half of silique, X 10, from no. 1065. Prate 299. D. incana L., var. CONFUSA (Ehrh.) Liljeblad, figs. all x 1. Fia. 1, small plant, showing leafy to leafless fruiting stems (2 stems at left = var. nana Lindbl.) from Ile Kécarpoui, Archipel de Kécarpoui, Quebec, St. John, no. 90,480; ric. 2, dwarfed xerophytie extreme (isotype of var. conica 402 Rhodora [NOVEMBER O. E. Schulz), from Cap Barré, Percé, Quebec, Collins & Fernald, no. 89; FIG. 3, plant from moist and fertile habitat, Cow Head, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3453; ria. 4, dwarf xerophytie plant, with leafless or few-leaved stems (var. nana Lindbl.), from Sandy Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,709; ria. 5, slender plant from same station as FIG. 2; FIG. 6, leafy plant (var. stricta Hartm.) from Tlets de la Baie à Jean, Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,249. Prate 300. D. SORNBORGERI Fernald, n. sp., and D. CRASSIFOLIA Graham, var. PAnRYyr (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz. Fia. 1, TYPE, X 1, of D. SORNBORGERI, from Ramah, Labrador, Sornborger, no. 61; ria. 2, flower, X 10, of D. Sorn- BORGERI, from Ramah, Sornborger, no. 175 in part; FIG. 3, valve, X 1, from TYPE of D. SonNBORGERI; FIGS. 4 and 5, plants, X 1, of D. CRASSIFOLIA, var. PanRyi from Gray's Peak and vicinity, Colorado, Patterson, no. 6. PLATE 301. D. Norvecica Gunner. Fra. 1, small fruiting plant, X 1, from Aurland, Norway, August 12, 1928, Johannes Lid; ria. 2, dwarf plant in flower, X 1, from Deadman Cove, Newfoundland, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotch- kiss, no. 28,376; FIG. 3, small flowering plant, X 1, from Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1743; FIG. 4, fragment of flowering mat (of 20 stems), X 1, from Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, no. 28,372; Fria. 5, fragment of fruiting plant, X 1, from Piton Point, Newfoundland, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,395; FIG. 6, tips of rosette-leaves, X 10, from 28,376. Puare 302. D. norvecica Gunner, var. PLEIOPHYLLA Fernald, n. var. Fia. 1, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Ha-Ha Mountain, Newfoundland, Fernald & Long, no. 28,399; ria. 2, flowering plant, X 1, from Burnt Cape, Newfoundland, Fernald et al., no. 20,380 (TYPE of the variety); FIG. 3, bases of rosette-leaves and lowest internode, X 10, from Big Brook, Newfoundland, Fernald & Long, no. 28,407; ria. 4, silique, X 10, from no. 28,399. Prate 303. D. criviconA Fernald, n. sp. Fia. 1, flowering plant, X 1, of the Tyre collection, Big Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, Quebec, Dodge, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,773; Fic. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, of TYPE collection; FIG. 3, portion of internodes, X 10, from Mt. Pembroke, Quebec, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,775; FIG. 4, tip of rosette-leaf, X 10, from Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,777; Fic. 5, portion of inflorescence, X 10, from no. 25,775; ria. 6, valve of ripe silique, X 10, from Mt. Pembroke, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,778. PLATE 304. D. LAURENTIANA Fernald, n. sp. Fra. 1, small flowering plant, X l, from Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Griscom, & Gilbert, no. 28,355; Fra. 2, portion of flowering plant (divided), X 1, from Tlets Perroquets, Archipel de Mingan, Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,252; ria. 3, portion of internode, X 10, from the rvPE, Grassy Island, St. John Bay, Newfound- land, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731; ria. 4, valve of ripe silique, X 10, from the TvPE, no. 1731. Puate 305. D. LAURENTIANA Fernald, n. sp. Fia. 1, fruiting stem, X 1, from the TrvrE, Grassy Island, St. John Island, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731; ria. 2, portion of basal-rosette, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 3, flower, X 10, from Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, no. 28,355. PraTE 306. D. PYCNOSPERMA Fernald & Knowlton. FiG. 1, small fruiting plant, x 1, from fle Bonaventure, Gaspé Co., Quebec, Victorin, Rolland, 1934] Fernald,—Draba in Temperate Northeastern America 403 Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,376; ria. 2, portion of young basal rosette, X 10, from Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1073; FIG. 3, portion of internode, X 10, from Cap Blane, Percé, Quebec, Collins & Fernald, no. 94; FIG. 4, septum and characteristically crowded seeds, X 10, from no. 94; FIG. 5, outer surface of valve, X 10, from no. 94. Prate 307. D. GLABELLA Pursh. Fia. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from St. Anthony, Newfoundland, Abbe & Brooks, no. 365; ria. 2, flowering plant, X 1, from Cape Mugford Peninsula, Labrador, Abbe, no. 371; ria. 3, fruiting stems, X 1, from mouth of Frazer River, Labrador, Bishop, no. 325 (near Nain, type-region of D. Henneana Schlechtend.); ria. 4, portion of basal rosette, X 10, from New World Island, Newfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5457; FIG. 5, portion of internode, X 10, from Port Manvers, Labrador, Dutilly & Gardner, no. 317 a; ria. 6, upper half of silique, X 10, from Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5457. PraTE 308. D. GLABELLA Pursh, all figs. X 1. Fia. 1, one of the 3 identical TYPE plants of D. GLABELLA in Herb. Brit. Mus. (from photograph presented by the Keeper, Mr. J. Ramsbottom); rra. 2, type of D. HENNEANA Schlech- tendal in Herb. Bot. Mus. Berlin-Dahlem (photographed by Dr. L. B. Smith from the original specimen loaned by the Curator, Prof. Johannes Milbraed); FIG. 3, TYPE of D. paurtca DC. in Herb. DeCandolle (from photograph pre- sented by Dr. Alfred Becherer and Mr. J. Francis Macbride). PuatE 309. D. GLABELLA Pursh, var. ORTHOCARPA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald. Fia. 1, small plant, X 1, of the TYPE collection of D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fernald & Knowlton, from Bic, Quebec, July 15-18, 1904, Collins & Fernald; ric. 2, septum and seeds, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 3, valve, X 10, from the rvPE (note the veiny surface as in D. GLABELLA, as contrasted with the essentially veinless silique of D. ARABISANS). PraATrE 310. D. GLABELLA Pursh, var. BRACHYCARPA (Ruprecht) Fernald. Fie. 1, fruiting stems, X 1, from Disco, Greenland, August 12, 1902, M. P. Porsild; rra. 2, flowering plant, X 1, from Godhavn, Greenland, Simmons, no. 16; Fra. 3, silique, X 10, from same plant as fig. 2; ria. 4, septum and seeds, X 10, from fig. 2. PLATE 311. D. GLABELLA Pursh, var. MEGASPERMA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald. Fria. 1, portion of flowering plant from Vieille Romaine, Archipel Ouapitagone, Quebec, St. John, no. 90,484; rra. 2, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Íle St. Charles, Archipel de Mingan, Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,254; ria. 3, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Forteau, Labrador, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3457. PLATE 312. D. GLABELLA Pursh, var. MEGASPERMA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald. Figs., X 10, all from the TYPE of D. megasperma Fernald & Knowl- ton: Paspebiae Lighthouse, Quebec, July 26, 1902, Williams & Fernald. Fia. 1, portion of basal rosette; ria. 2, portion of lowest (fractured) internode; FIG. 3, valve of ripe silique; Fia. 4, septum and seeds. Prate 313. D. McCarLAE Rydberg. Fia. I, one of the two flowering plants, X 1$, from valley below Mt. Aylmer, near Banff, Alberta, McCalla, no. 2267 (TYPE of species); ric. 2, fruiting stem, X l4, from Larch Valley, Banff, N. B. Sanson, no. 82; ria. 3, rosette-leaves, X 10, from head of Ptarmi- gan Valley, Alberta, S. Brown, no. 387; FIG. 4, portion of lower internode, X 10, from no. 387; FIG. 5, portion of flower, X 10, from TYPE, to show pilose ovary; FIG. 6, silique, X 10, from Sanson, no. 82. 404 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Puare 314. D. ARABISANS Michx. Fia. 1, portion of flowering branch, X 1, from Jack Fish, Ontario, Pease & Bean, no. 23,487; ria. 2, fruiting branch, X 1, from the type region, Gardiner's Island, Lake Champlain, Vermont, June 17, 1881, Faxon; ria. 3, characteristically forking fruiting branch, X 1, from St. Fabien, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 1068; Fria. 4, fruiting raceme, X 1, from the type region, Shelburne Point, Lake Champlain, Vermont, June 25, 1913, C. H. Knowlton; ria. 5, silique, X 10, showing characteristically smooth valve, from the type region, Lake Champlain, Vermont, July 3, 1902, W. R. Davis; FIG. 6, small rosette-leaf, X 10, from Hannah’s Head, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1733. Prate 315. D. aARABISANS Michx. and var. CANADENSIS (Brunet) Fernald & Knowlton. Fia. 1, portion of fruiting branch, X 1, of short-fruited plant of D. araBisans, from Bic, Quebec, Collins & Fernald, no. 93 (isotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocarpa O. E. Schulz); ria. 2, short fruiting raceme of D. ARABISANS, X 1, from Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 1070; Fic. 3, fruiting raceme, X 1, of var. CANADENSIS from Cape Tour- mente, Quebec, Brunet (isorvrE of D. canadensis Brunet); FIG. 4, portion of lant, X 1, approaching var. CANADENSIS, from Tucker’s Head, Newfound- and, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1749; ria. 5, silique, X 10, of Collins & Fernald, no. 93 (isotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocarpa); r1G. 6, silique, X 10, of ISOTYPE of D. CANADENSIS Brunet. Prate 316. D. rLANcEOLATA Royle. Fia. 1, portion of slender fruiting plant, X 1, from Bic, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 1077; ria. 2, portion of slender fruiting plant, X 1, from Smoky Head, Bruce Co., Ontario, Stebbins et al., no. 143; ria. 3, center of basal rosette, X 10, from Mt. St. Pierre, Quebee, Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2446; ria. 4, portion of internode, x 10, from Bic, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 1077; Fia. 5, silique, X 10, from Willoughby Mt., Vermont, June 25, 1884, Faron. Puare 317. D. LANCEOLATA Royle. Fia. 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Ajan, eastern Siberia, Tiling, no. 40; r1G. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from Songaria, Schrenk; Fia. 3, flowering stem, X 1, from Willoughby Mt., Vermont, May 22, 1878, Pringle; ria. 4, portion of fruiting plant from Bie, Quebec, Rousseau, no. 26,585; ria. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, from Fish Lake, Uintah Mts., Utah, Goodding, no. 1402 (isotype of D. valida Goodding). Prate 318. D. LANcEOLATA Royle. Fia. 1, type, X 1, of D. cana Rydb., from Morley, Alberta, June 12, 1887, J. Macoun (herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); FIG. 2, lax plant, X 1, from eastern Siberia, Studendorff. PLATE 319. D. BRACHYCARPA Nutt. (Figs. 1-7), D. BRACHYCARPA, var. FASTIGIATA Nutt. (rias. 11 and 12) and D. aprica Beadle (Frias. 8-10). Fia. 1, subsimple fruiting plant of D. BRACHYCARPA, X 1, from Sullivan Co., Indiana, Deam, no. 26,921; ria. 2, small-flowered, subsimple plant, X 1, from Jackson, Tennessee, Bain, no. 389; FIG. 3, large-flowered, subsimple plant, X 1, from Bedford Co., Virginia, Curtiss, no. 178; FIG. 4, small branch- ing plant, with large flowers, X 1, from St. Louis, Missouri, Engelmann; FIG. 5, small branching and fruiting plant from Knoxville, Tennessee, Ruth, no. 349; FIGs 6, silique, X 10, from no. 349; FIG. 7, septum and seeds, X 10, from no. 349; FIG. 8, fruiting plant (divided), X 1, one of the TYPE specimens of D. APRICA (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); ria. 9, silique, X 10, from the TYPE; rra. 10, septum and seed, X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. 11, fruiting plant, X 1, one of the two TYPE specimens of D. BRACHYCARPA, var. FASTIGIATA (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); rra. 12, silique, X 10, from TYPE of var. FASTIGIATA. 1934] Muenscher and Clausen,— Flora of Northern New York — 405 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN NEW YORK W. C. MUENSCHER AND R. T. CLAUSEN THE material on which these notes are based was collected during the summers of 1930-1933. The species are listed because they are either apparent additions to the New York state flora or the records add to our knowledge of their distribution in this state. The names of the collectors are abbreviated as follows: C., R. T. CLAUSEN; L., A. A. LinpsEy; B.M., Basserr Macue; M., W. C. MUENSCHER. Nagas GRACILLIMA (A. Br.) Magnus. This coastal species was reported by Fernald' as occurring locally inland as far as Saratoga County, N. Y. where Svenson collected it in shallow water of the Hudson River above Waterford, in 1922. Since then several other collections have been made from points farther inland: 1930, in Massawepie Lake, St. Lawrence Co., M. & B.M., no. 703; 1931, in Indian River between Rossie and Black Lake, St. Lawrence Co., M. & B.M., no. 1809; 1933, in Russel Pond, St. Lawrence Co., M. & C., no. 3746, and dredged at depth of two meters in Blue Mountain Lake, Hamilton Co., M. & C., no. 3744. All of this material appears quite typical of the species. "The leaf blades are extremely narrow, with the broadened bases both scarious and ciliate. The fruits are slender, rather dull in luster, and roughened by the longitudinal rows of areolae. ANACHARIS OCCIDENTALIS (Pursh) Marie-Victorin. Dredged in two meters of water, Catlin Lake, Hamilton Co., 1932, M. & L., no. 2906; dredged in Long Pond, Catlin Lake, M. & L., no. 2907; Efner Lake, Saratoga Co., M. & L., no. 2908; in shallow water, Algonquin Lake, Hamilton Co., M. & L., no. 2909. Reported by House? only from the southeastern part of the state. ARISTIDA BASIRAMEA Engelm. Dry sandy plains by Russel Pond, South Colton, St. Lawrence Co., 1933, M. & C., no. 3976. Middle awns coiled at base, 1.5-1.8 cm. long; lateral awns 6-9 cm. long; glumes 10-11 cm. long. This grass occurred over a considerable area and seemed well established, with no indication that it had been introduced, although that remains a possibility. There is only one other published record of the occurrence of this species in the East. This is the record of Wheeler? who found the plant at Bethel, in the valley of the Andros- coggin River, in Maine. Prof. Fernald has kindly informed us, how- 1 Fernald, M. L. RHODORA, 25: 105-109. 1923. ? House, H. D. New York State Museum Bulletin 254: 65. 1924. 3 Wheeler, L. A. RHODORA 31: 78-79. 1929. 406 Rhodora [NOVEMBER ever, of the following unpublished collections, which cause us to suspect that possibly this Aristida is actually native on open arid soils as far east as western Maine. On Aug. 27, 1931, Fernald and Griscom collected the plant on the sandy shores of the Merrimack River at Bedford, N. H. During the summer of 1933, Weatherby and Griscom found it in another township on the opposite bank of the Merrimack in New Hampshire. In 1931, Fernald found the plant in abundance on the open sand plains of Lake Champlain south of Keeseville, N. Y., where it was associated with Cyperus Houghtonii and other sand-plain plants and appeared in every way indigenous. CALAMAGROSTIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Beauv., var. ROBUSTA Vasey and var. Lanasporri (Link) Inman. Specimens collected on the summit of Mount MacIntyre (about 5,000 ft.), Essex Co., M. & B. M., nos. 915 and 916; M. & C., no. 3977 had spikelets which varied from 3.8-4.2 mm. in length, averaging about 4 mm. "The margins of the glumes tended to he hyaline. This material falls within the limits of var. robusta as outlined by Stebbins.! M. & L., no. 2927 from Lake Tear, Mount Marcy, Essex Co., with spikelets measuring from 4-4.5 mm., is probably also var. robusta. No. 222 collected in 1930 by Muenscher, Manning and Maguire from near the summit of Mount Whiteface, Essex Co., had spikelets measuring from 4.5-5 mm. in length. This seems to be rather typical var. Langsdorfi. The large-spikelet forms of C. canadensis still present a puzzling aspect. The material of var. Langsdorfi and of var. robusta in the Cornell University Herbarium was studied, using Stebbins' paper as a guide. Only two numbers cited by him as typical of var. Langsdorfi were represented by sheets in this herbarium. "These were no. 884, Fernald and Collins, from Bonaventure Island, Gaspé Co., Quebec, and no. 27488, Fernald and Long, from Newfoundland. The spikelets of these sheets were found to average about 4 mm. in length in each case, 3.8-4.4 mm. being the range of variation. This seems to place them within the limits (3.8-4.5) given by Stebbins for var. robusta, instead of var. Langsdorfi. Several uncited sheets of large- spikelet forms of C. canadensis from Newfoundland and Quebec, in the Cornell herbarium were labelled var. Langsdorfi, but also had spikelets which came within the limits given by Stebbins for var. robusta. There were no sheets from the Northeast in this herbarium, with the exception of the collection from Mt. Whiteface mentioned above, which had spikelets within Stebbins’ limits (4.5-6 mm.) for var. Langsdorfi. 1 Stebbins, G. L., Jr. RHODORA 32: 35-37. 1930. 1934] Pladeck,—Notes on Virginia and Maryland Plants 407 ALLIONIA NYCTAGINEA Michx. Along New York Central tracks at Palatine Bridge, Montgomery Co., M. & L., no. 3242; along roadside, Yosts, Montgomery Co., M. & L., no. 3243; common along Route 5 between Fonda and Canajoharie, two miles west of Fonda, Montgom- ery Co., M. & L., no. 3241. RAPHANUS RAPHANISTRUM L. Field near Broadalbin, Fulton Co., 1932, M. & L., no. 3343. A form with white flowers, with veins of petals greenish when fresh, was found growing with the typical yellow- flowered form. ASTRAGALUS CANADENSIS L. On lake shore, Turnbull's Beach, Black Lake, St. Lawrence Co., 1931, M. & B. M., no. 2358. Reported by House! as infrequent from Onondaga, Cayuga and Broome counties westward. ELATINE MINIMA (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer. Submerged on sandy bottom along southeast shore of Osgood Pond, Franklin Co., 1930, M. & B. M., no. 1258. Rather common on sandy shore of Big Wolf Pond in Franklin Co., 1933, M. & C., no. 3912. MyriopHyLtum FARWELL Morong. Abundant in shallow water in Bradley Pond, Clinton Co., 1930, M. & B. M. no. 1272. Mature carpels with tuberculate ridges. Three collections were made in the Raquette River watershed during 1933: Colton Flow, St. Lawrence Co., M. & C., no. 3916; Beaver Bay of Raquette Lake, Hamilton Co., M. & C., no. 3917; in shallow water of South Bay, Tupper Lake, Franklin Co., M. & C., no. 3918. DIPSACUS LACINIATUS L. Growing on waste ground west of Sara- toga, 1932, M. & L., no. 3636. Previously reported from Albany by House. Specimens from all of the above collections have been deposited in the herbarium of Cornell University. CORNELL UNIVERSITY. NorEs on VIRGINIA AND MARYLAND PraNTS.— The three following plants collected by the writer during the summers of 1932 and 1933 in the Blue Ridge Mountains of Page County, Virginia, seem to be worthy of record. MUHLENBERGIA RACEMOSA (Michx.) BSP. This plant was col- lected at an altitude of about 3500 ft. near Crescent Rocks, just below the edge of one of the cliffs characteristic of the western slope of the Blue Ridge in Page County. The solitary clump was growing in the moist soil near the source of a spring. According to Dr. A. S. Hitch- cock, it has not previously been reported from Virginia. < SoumnAco RaNnr (Porter) Britton. This species is common along the western cliffs above 3500 ft., from Hawkesbill to Stony Man 1 House, H. D. New York State Museum Bulletin 254: 444; 657. 1924. 408 Rhodora [NOVEMBER Mountain. It is not cited from this region in Gray’s Manual, but has been recorded recently from Virginia by Friesner.! SOLIDAGO MONTICOLA T. & G. A small colony of a white-rayed form of this species was found near Thornton Gap, Virginia. Additional plants deemed worthy of note, collected by the writer in the summers of 1932 and 1933 in the vicinity of the District of Columbia, are as follows: SOLIDAGO CANADENSIS var. HARGERI Fernald. "The range of this variety can be extended to Virginia and Maryland. Collections were made near Leesburg, Virginia, and at Widewater, Montgomery County, Maryland. There will undoubtedly be other stations in the future near Washington, D. C. AMBROSIA BIDENTATA Michx. Specimens were collected from a large and flourishing colony of this weed in open woods near Lanham, Prince Georges County, Maryland, where it has apparently been in- troduced with refuse. Its range, according to Gray’s Manual, is “prairies of Illinois to Kansas and southward.” AEGILOPS ovata L. According to Dr. Hitchcock this grass is a recent introduction on the west coast, and has not previously been reported from elsewhere in the United States. On June 9, 1933, I noticed two plants growing beside an unused cold frame at the governmental farm at Arlington, Virginia. One of these furnished the specimens, and the other unfortunately disappeared shortly after it was dis- covered. Specimens of all these plants, except Solidago canadensis var. Hargeri, have been deposited in the U. S. National Herbarium or in the Gray Herbarium.—Miprep PrApECK, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Volume 36, no. 430, including pages 353-376 and plates 314—319, was issued 5 October, 1934. ! Friesner, Ray C. The Genus Solidago in Northeastern North America. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies 3!: 46. April, 1933. Rhodora Plate 321 ELEOCHARIS PAUCIFLORA: FIGS. 1 and 3, from Scotland; FIGs. 2 and 5, var. FERNALDII from Maine (TYPE); FIG. 4, from Switzerland; FIG. 6, from Tibet; Fics. 7, 9 and 10, from Chile (E. ATACAMENSIS) ; FIG. 8, from California (var. BERNARDINA); FIG. 11, from Wash- ington (var. SUKSDORFIANA). JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief JAMES FRANKLIN COLLINS CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY , Associate Editors LUDLOW GRISCOM Vol. 36. December, 1934. No. 432. CONTENTS: New Cardamine from Uinta Mountains, Utah. F. J. Hermann.. 409 Carex divisa, Teesdalia nudicaulis and Thlaspi perfoliatum in Maryland. S. F. Blahe.......... i eine AERA ARR Ges ss 412 Grass Flora of Columbia, Missouri. Lisle Jeffreyand Francis Drouet 415 Agropyron trachycaulum versus A. pauciflorum. M.L. Fernald.. 417 Two Introduced Grasses new to Virginia. S. F. Blake.......... 420 Calopogon pulchellus from Oklahoma. G.J.Goodman.......... 420 Flora of Iceland and the Faeroes [Review]..................... 421 KITRU 3 ce cio eius oe oo enero a ae ents sae ss ciet tes sei 422 Index to Volume 36. .......... 0. cece eee eee eee e 423 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New England. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their con- tributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. FERNALD, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not only the flowering plants, but ferns and other vascular cryptogams, and in- cludes not merely genera and species, but likewise subspecies, va- rieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. Ten copies $1.50. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, "now Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. 3.00. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per space of 4 in. by 3/4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. Rhodora Plate 322 CARDAMINE UINTAHENSIS Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 36. December, 1934. No. 432. A NEW CARDAMINE FROM THE UINTA MOUNTAINS, UTAH! FREDERICK J. HERMANN (Plate 322) Tae Uinta Mountains of northeastern Utah, a range 125 miles in length which is isolated from other ranges and possesses a wide variety of soils and habitats within an altitudinal range of 7000 feet (from approximately 6000 to 13,500 feet), might well be expected to embrace more endemic plants than the few at present known to occur there. The Mountains are still largely inaccessible except toward their eastern and western extremities. That the range is as yet very imperfectly known botanically is apparent from Goodman’s recent report? of the discovery of the Pacific species, Arenaria ce- phaloidea Rydb., Lesquerella Kingii Wats. and Dodecatheon tetran- drum Suksdorf, and the northern Mertensia incongruens McBr. & Payson, among collections from the Bear River Valley,—very ap- preciable range extensions to the east and south for these species. That some eastern species, too, reach their apparent southwestern limt in the Uintas became evident when the writer collected there, during the summer of 1933, such species new to the State as Carex misandra\ R. Br. (Mt. Emmons, Duchesne Co., alt. 11350 ft., no. 5027), Carex rupestris All. (Mt. Emmons, no. 4999), Carex obtusata Liljebl. (Carter Creek Canyon, Daggett Co., alt. 8300 ft., no. 4788), 1 Paper from the Department of Botany and Herbarium of the University of Michigan no. 461. Published with aid to Ruopora from the National Academy of Sciences. 2 Goodman, G. J. Notes on the Distribution of Some Rocky Mountain Plants. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 18: 283-286. 1931. 410 Rhodora [DECEMBER Carex brunnescens (Pers.) Poir. (Chain Lakes, Duchesne Co., alt. 10800 ft., nos. 5183, 5224) and Juncus alpinus Vill. (Sheep Creek Canyon, Daggett Co., alt. 6000 ft., no. 4734). The endemic Pen- stemon uintahensis Pennell, a species discovered by Gooding at Dyer Mine in 1902! and, as far as can be determined, not since collected, also was found in abundance on the southern slope of Mt. Emmons (nos. 5005 and 5149) growing with Kobresia Bellardi (MI.) Degland, an elusive little sedge (due to a marked similarity of aspect to its frequent associate Carex clynoides Holm) which seems not to have been reported for Utah. An undescribed Cardamine, unrelated to the other species of the West, was found near the base of Mt. Elizabeth on the north slope of the range. Since it is apparently endemic it may appropriately be known as: CARDAMINE uintahensis, sp. nov. (ras. 322). Planta perennis, humilis. Rhizoma longum. Caulis humilis, 18-20 cm. altus, strictus, simplex, glaber vel minute pilosus. Folia simplicia, cordata, obtusa, textura crassa firmaque, ea rhizomatis petiolis modice leviterve pilosis, ca. 55 (33-64) mm. longis et laminis glabris late orbiculatis vel reniformibus ca. 23 (14-29) mm. longis, 25 (17-34) mm. latis, levissime sinuatis vel subintegris, ea caulis 6-10, saepe valde pur- pureo-tinetis, inferiora laminis suborbiculatis vel ovatis leviter inaequaliterque sinuatis et petiolis glabris laminis aequilongis, superiora valde reducta, laminis deltoido-ovatis et valdius sinuatis (saepe fere lobatis), quam petioli longioribus. Racemus 11-16-florus; flores adhuc ignoti. Racemus fructifer ca. 38 (26-48) mm. longus. Siliquae in pedicellis glabris 4-9.5 mm. longis erectae, glabrae, 14.5- 20 mm. longae, 1.7-2 mm. latae, lineari-oblanceolatae, abrupte acutae, rostro longo (1.5-2.5 mm.) apice stigmate insigni. Semina fere duplo longiora quam lata (2 x 1.2 mm.). Perennial with horizontal rootstock; stem simple, strict, 18-20 em. high, glabrous or very sparingly pilose; leaves all simple, cordate, obtuse, thickish and firm in texture, the basal with moderately pilose petioles ca. 55 (33-64) mm. long, and broadly orbicular to reniform glabrous blades ca. 23 (14-29) mm. long, 25 (17-34) mm. wide, very shallowly sinuate to subentire; cauline leaves 6-10, often strongly purple-tinged, the lower with suborbicular to ovate blades shallowly and irregularly sinuate, and glabrous petioles equalling the blades or nearly so, the upper markedly reduced, their blades deltoid-ovate and more deeply sinuate (often almost lobed), longer than their petioles; raceme 11—16-flowered; flowers unknown; fruiting raceme ca. 38 (26-48) mm. long; siliques 14.5-20 mm. long, 1.7-2 | Pennell, F. W. Scrophulariaceae of the Central Rocky Mountain States. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 350-351. 1920. 1934] | Hermann,—New Cardamine from Uinta Mts., Utah 411 mm. wide, glabrous, linear-oblanceolate, abruptly acute, with a long beak (1.5-2.5 mm.) tipped by a conspicuous stigma, on glabrous pedicels less than half their length (4-9.5 mm.); seeds almost twice as long as wide (2 x 1.2 mm.)—Muddy bank of Mill creek at 8500 ft., elevation, S.W. base of Mt. Elizabeth (6 miles S.E. of the Goodman Ranch), Summit Co., Uinta Mts., Uram, August 13, 1933. F. J. Hermann, no. 5894. Type in the Gray Herbarium; isotype in the Herbarium of the University of Michigan. Mill Creek must frequently rise, when swollen with local rains near its source, and overflow the low, flat, muddy bank on which the Cardamine was found, resulting in a habitat unfavorable to most vascular plants. Only four other species were found associated with it, these being, in the order of their abundance: Sagina saginoides (L.) Britton, Epilobium rubescens Rydb., Mimulus Tilingi Regel, and Carex nubicola Mackenzie. Cardamine uintahensis possesses little affinity with the other entire-leaved Cardaminae of the West, of which C. cordifolia Gray is the common representative. In its long-beaked, relatively short and broad siliques, its thick, firm leaves which are so markedly reduced toward the inflorescence, and in its dwarf size it is most closely related to the boreal (chiefly northeastern) C. Douglassii (Torr.) Britton. From this it differs in its entirely fibrous rather than tuberiferous rootstock; in its more rigid, distinctly petioled, tri- angular-ovate upper leaves (not at all oblong or dentate-lobed as, commonly, in C. Douglassii); in its much shorter fruiting racemes (in C. Douglassii 9-23 cm., very rarely only 5 cm., long); in its shorter styles, its relatively much shorter and broader, abruptly-beaked pods which are at least twice the length of their ascending pedicels (the pedicels often longer than the pods in C. Douglassii, rarely, if ever, less than half their length, and at maturity much more diver- gent); and in its seeds, which are decidedly longer than broad (2 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide in C. wintahensis, but those of C. Douglassii almost as broad as long, averaging 1.6 mm. by 1.4 mm.). C. uinta- hensis is very strict, almost rigid, in habit, not lax as is, usually, C. Douglass. Its pods are more abruptly beaked than those of any other entire-leaved species. The only western Cardamine which shows any relation to C. uintahensis is C. Lyallii Wats., a species of the Cascades and Sierra Nevadas. Part of the original material of this species was received for study from the Gray Herbarium through the kindness of Mr. 412 Rhodora [DECEMBER C. A. Weatherby. Like C. cordifolia it is a rather rank and lax, thin-leaved plant, with the upper leaves scarcely reduced and long pods (averaging 25 mm.) which are linear, gradually acute and very short-styled; so that C. Douglassii is clearly the nearest relative of the Uinta Mountain endemic. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN. CAREX DIVISA, TEESDALIA NUDICAULIS AND THLASPI PERFOLIATUM IN MARYLAND S. F. BLAKE CAREX DIVISA Huds. On 30 May 1933 I discovered a thriving colony of this sedge, not before found in America, at Plum Point, Calvert County, Maryland. It grew in the sand around the point of a brackish marsh reaching within about 100 feet of the shore of Chesapeake Bay, the colony extending for perhaps a hundred feet on one side of the marsh and half as far on the other. The hurricanes that visited the coast in the fall of 1933 buried much of the colony under several feet of sand, but the full extent of the damage suffered cannot be estimated until another year. This species is recorded by Kükenthal in the * Pflanzenreich " from a wide range in Europe, Asia, northern Africa, South Africa, and New Zealand (introduced near Auckland), growing in grassy, sandy places, especially in the vicinity of the sea. In our manuals, Carex divisa runs down readily to Carex arenaria L., another European species of rare occurrence on our coast in Mary- land,' Virginia, and Oregon. Carex divisa agrees with this species in its long running rootstocks, but is readily separated by the whitish, thin, papery, easily lacerated inner side of the leaf sheath (more or less cartilaginous and brownish in C. arenaria); by its much shorter inflorescence, with much shorter basal bract; and by its shorter peri- gynium (3 mm. long), margined rather than winged, and with a much shorter beak. It bears a closer resemblance to Carex praegracilis W. Boott, of western North America. My specimens were identified by Prof. M. L. Fernald. 1 In Mackenzie's treatment (N. Amer. Fl. 18: 38. 1931) C. arenaria is recorded in the United States only from sea beaches near Norfolk and Buckroe, Virginia, and on ballast at Linton, Oregon. In the U. S. National Herbarium are specimens from the following localities not mentioned by Mackenzie: Ballast grounds, Canton, near Baltimore, Maryland, May, 1891, Basil Sollers; old sand dunes, forming loose turf under live-oaks, Hampton, Virginia, 13 May 1903, G. S. Miller, Jr. 1934] Blake,—Carex divisa in Maryland 413 TEESDALIA NUDICAULIS (L.) R. Br. On 30 April 1933 I collected this little mustard in flower at Plum Point, Calvert County, Maryland, and a month later made a more extensive collection of specimens in mature fruit at the same locality. It grew rather commonly in sandy ground about a hundred feet back from the shore, either in the open or among scattered scrub pines and red cedars, for a distance of one- eighth mile or more. The plant is a glabrous annual only a few inches high, with a rosette of small, deeply pinnatifid basal leaves. The first stem is erect and naked, with a close corymb of small white flowers later developing into a raceme an inch or so long; the later stems, ascending around the first and often surpassing it in height, bear a few small merely toothed leaves. The pods, on spreading pedicels longer than themselves, are suborbicular or obovate-sub- orbicular, strongly flattened contrary to the partition, glabrous, strongly margined above, notched, and about 2.5 mm. long, with 2 seeds in each cell. The fruit and the whole appearance of the plant suggest at once some unfamiliar Lepidium; the principle distinctive character is the presence on the inside of each filament, toward the base, of a cuneate or roundish white scale usually half as long as the filament or more. In Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum the genus was put in a different tribe from Lepidium, on the basis of the accumbent rather than incumbent cotyledons. This difference, of course, is not an absolutely constant one (two of our commonest species of Lepidium being separated principally by this same distinc- tion), and Prantl's placement of the genus (in the Natürlichen Pflan- zenfamilien) in the subtribe Lepidiinae next to Lepidium seems more natural. Prantl’s description of the seeds as 4 in each cell is incorrect; there are only 2 ovules and 2 seeds in each cell. The generic name is spelled Teesdalea by Prantl, but the original and therefore proper spelling is Teesdalia. Teesdalia nudicaulis is not mentioned in Gray’s Synoptical Flora or in our manuals. The early collections were all made on ballast about Philadelphia, but recent collections in Massachusetts and New Jersey, as well as my own from Maryland, indicate that the plant is becoming established and deserves a place in our floras. Through the courtesy of the curators of the herbaria at Cambridge (Gray Herbarium and the New England Botanical Club), the New York Botanical Garden, the 1 The species here recorded, TT. nudicaulis, is further distinguished from Lepidium by having unequal petals, the two outer much larger than the inner; in the other species of the genus, T. Lepidium DC., the petals are essentially equal. 414 Rhodora [DECEMBER Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, the Missouri Botanical Garden, and the Field Museum, I have assembled the following rec- ords of preserved specimens. Only those in the U. S. National Her- barium have been examined by me. MassaACHUSETTS: Sandy soil on edge of Dennis Pond, Yarmouth, 10 June 1916, J. H. Emerton & H. B. Jackson (N. E. Bot. Club); abundant in sandy fields, Harwich, 2 July 1918, M. L. Fernald 16818 (Gray Herb., and elsewhere); garden weed, Harwich, 14 May 1921, Fernald 22981 (N. E. Bot. Club). New Jersey: Established along roadside adjacent to a cemetery near the village, Palmyra, 14 May 1915, Bayard Long 11951 (Acad. Phila); abundant on lawns, paths, and waste ground in cemetery, three-fifths mile south of Palmyra Station, 9 May 1933, F. J. Hermann 4105 (Acad. Phila.). PENNSYLVANIA: On ballast, Girard Point, Philadelphia, 19 April 1878, C. F. Parker (Acad. Phila.); same locality [187-?], Isaac Burk (Field Mus.); on ballast, Greenwich Point, Philadelphia, May 1878, C. F. Parker (U. S. Nat. Herb., Field Mus.); on ballast, Phila- delphia, 14 June 1878, C. A. Boice (Acad. Phila.), and 1880, I. C. Martindale (U. S. Nat. Herb., Acad. Phila.). MARYLAND: Low sandy ground back of beach, Plum Point, Calvert Co., 30 April and 30 May 1933, S. F. Blake 11654 (U. S. Nat. Herb., and elsewhere). An explanation of the occurrence of these two European plants at Plum Point is not readily available. Plum Point proper, a small com- munity on the shore of Chesapeake Bay, is known mainly as a locality for Miocene fossils. The locality at which the two plants here re- corded were collected, sometimes known as New Plum Point, is a small summer resort which has grown up within a dozen years or so less than a mile up the bay from Plum Point. At neither place have any extensive changes been made in the natural features, nor has either ever been a shipping port. THLASPI PERFOLIATUM L. On 8 April 1934 I found this plant abun- dant in the old road going up the large Indian mound back of the old railroad station at Popes Creek, Charles County, Maryland. At that time it was in flower and young fruit. This species, distinguished from the common 7. arvense L. by its much smaller, obovate-suborbicular fruit (only about 5 mm. wide) and its essentially uniform, usually en- tire, sessile and deeply cordate-clasping (but not “ perfoliate”) stem leaves, has been recorded in North America apparently only from the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario, and Geneva, New York. BurEAU OF PLANT INpustrRy, Washington, D. C. 1934] Jeffrey and Drouet,—Grass Flora of Columbia, Mo. * 415 THE GRASS FLORA OF COLUMBIA, MISSOURI LISLE JEFFREY AND FRANCIS DROUET During the spring and summer of 1933 we have spent considerable time collecting and studying the grasses in this region. The following list is presented as the result of the first year's work and should be appended to Rickett’s Flora of Columbia (Univ. Mo. Stud. 6(1). 1931), together with a few additions made previously in RHODORA 35: 361-362. Reference is made below to the earlier Columbia Flora of Daniels (Univ. Mo. Stud. Sci. Ser. 1(2). 1907) and to Bush's revision of the grasses of the Daniels herbarium (Amer. Midl. Nat. 12: 343 ff. 1931). Names of species preceded by an asterisk (*) in the list below are reported as collected for the first time in the flora. We wish to thank Mr. B. F. Bush, Dr. W. E. Maneval, and Dr. J. A. Steyermark for their cooperation during the course of the work. AGROSTIS STOLONIFERA L. A. alba of Amer. Auth. and of the Columbia Floras, not L. Including 4. alba var. vulgaris of Daniels, Bush, and Rickett. Most of the specimens can be distinguished as var. MAJOR (Gaud.) Farwell. See Ann. Rep. Nat. Mus. Canada, Dept. Mines Bull. 50 (1926): 122. 1928. AGROSTIS PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm. Including A. Schweinitzii Trin. Several new stations have been found for the typical form. ARISTIDA BASIRAMEA Engelm. On a freshly cut hillside near Rocky Fork Creek northwest of Columbia, Drouet 967, Aug. 16, 1933. Not Daniels’ A. basiramea. *ARISTIDA LONGESPICA Poir. A. gracilis Ell. Roadside eight miles north of Columbia, Jeffrey 246, Sept. 6; loess ridges on the Roby Farm south of Rocheport, Jeffrey 253, Sept. 8; along railroad north of Hallsville, Jeffrey 300, Sept. 16; Richland Road, Jeffrey 325, Sept. 27; Highway C near Harrisburg, Jeffrey 331, Sept. 22, 1933. See Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 22(pt. 7): 538, 539. 1924. *Cynopon DacryLoN (L.) Pers. Established in parkings and waste ground in Columbia, where it has escaped from lawns. One specimen is from West Broadway near East Parkway, Jeffrey 316, Sept. 22, 1933. First observed here by Dr. Steyermark. EtyMus CANADENSIS L. JL. robustus Scribn. & J. G. Sm. The typical form and f. GLauciroLius (Muhl.) Fernald (var. glaucifolius Gray) have been collected abundantly during the past year. See Ruopora 35: 191. 1933. ELyMus viRGINICUS L. var. typicus (Seribn.) Fernald and the f. HIRSUTIGLUMIS (Scribn.) Fernald (var. hirsutiglumis Hitche.). Both forms are well represented in the collections of the past season. See luopona 35: 198. ErvMus virernicus L. var. GLABRIFLORUS (Vasey) Bush. Æ. glabriflorus Scribn. & Ball. FE. glabrifolius of Rickett's Flora. Abun- 416 * Rhodora [DECEMBER dantly collected. Forma AusTRALIS (Scribn. & Ball) Fernald (E.' australis Scribn. & Ball) is represented by a typical specimen, among others, from Providence, Jeffrey 211, Aug. 24, 1933. See RHODORA 35: 198. *ERIOCHLOA CONTRACTA Hitche. E. punctata Hamilt. Pasture east of the Sheep Barn on the University Farm, Columbia, Jeffrey 156, Aug. 22, 1933. FESTUCA OCTOFLORA Walt. var. TENELLA (Willd.) Fernald, RHODORA 34:209. 1932. From dry woods near the sandstone bluffs of Hinkson Creek, G. W. Bohn, May 9, 1933. To this variety is also referred for the present an over-mature specimen from an outcrop of sandstone northeast of Claysville, Boone Co., Jeffrey 352, Sept. 30, 1933. F. octoflora Walt. (F. tenella Willd.) is reported by Daniels (Flora, p. 97) as rare on the bluffs of Grindstone Creek, but his specimens have not been seen. KoELERIA CRISTATA (L.) Pers. Found also in the County Road Prairie, Callaway Co., Jeffrey & Drouet 478, 481, June 3, 1933. MUHLENBERGIA RACEMOSA (Michx.) BSP. Found this season only along the M. K. & T. railroad tracks: Providence, Jeffrey 209, Aug. 24; south of Rocheport, Jeffrey 234, Sept. 1; Claysville, Jeffrey 348, Sept. 30, 1933. Reported by Daniels, but no specimen has been found in his herbarium. MUHLENBERGIA TENUIFLORA (Willd.) BSP. Two Columbia speci- mens were placed here by Bush and by Rickett: Daniels, Sept. 1904, and A. Saeger, Sept. 11, 1919. Neither sheet bears a superabundance of spikelets. The Daniels specimen has, in part at least, lanceolate glumes as long as the lemmas and is referred for the present to M. UMBROSA Scribn. (M. sylvatica Torr.). Likewise Jeffrey 330 is placed in M. umbrosa. The status of these two species in our flora cannot be determined until more field observations have been made and more specimens accumulated. Panicum LANUGINOSUM Ell. var. FASCICULATUM (Torr.) Fernald. P. huachucae Ashe and the var. silvicola Hitche. & Chase. P. ten- nesseense Ashe, in part. See Rnopona 23: 228, and Ruopona 36: 77. Panicum LANUGINOSUM Ell. var. SEPTENTRIONALE (Fernald) Fernald. P. tennesseense of various authors, in part, not Ashe? Ridge east of Honeysuckle Spring, south of Pierpont, Jeffrey, June 24, 1933; low ground along Hinkson Creek near the sandstone bluffs, Jeffrey, July 29, 1933. See Rriopona 23: 228 and 36: 77. *PaANICUM MULTIFLORUM Ell. P. polyanthes Schultes. Chert barrens along an old lane west of Browns Station, Drouet 879, Aug. 2, 1933; Jeffrey 291, Sept. 16, 1933. See Ruopora 14: 172. 1912. *PANICUM OLIGOSANTHES Schultes var. SCRIBNERIANUM (Nash) Fernald. P. Seribnerianum Nash. Hill above the tunnel in Howard Co., at Rocheport, Drouet 428, May 30; County Road Prairie, Calla- way Co., Drouet 482, June 3; river bluffs south of Rocheport, Jeffrey 251, Sept. 8, 1933. See Rnopona 36: 80. 1934. 1934] Fernald,—A. trachycaulum vs. A. pauciflorum 417 *PASPALUM CIRCULARE Nash. Widely distributed, mostly in low ground, in the Columbia region. A typical specimen is from the bed of Hinkson Creek eight miles north of Columbia, Jeffrey 241, Sept. 8, 1933. SPOROBOLUS ASPER (Michx.) Kunth. New collections: by Univer- sity Avenue east of William Street, Columbia, Jeffrey 308, Sept. 19; by railroad beneath Stewart Bridge, Columbia, Jeffrey 313, Sept. 22, 1933. SPOROBOLUS CRYPTANDRUS (Torr.) Gray. River bluff at Providence, Jeffrey 206, Aug. 24; river bluffs south of Rocheport, Jeffrey 255, Sept. 8, 1933. Reported by Tracy (see Daniels’ Flora, p. 245). *SPOROBOLUS NEGLECTUS Nash. Bluffs of Hinkson Creek east of Fellows’ Quarry, Columbia, Jeffrey 276, Sépt. 15, 1933; river bluffs at Claysville, Boone Co., Jeffrey 350, Sept. 30, 1933. See RHODORA 35:109. 1933. DEPARTMENT OF Botany, UNIVERSITY OF MissoURi. AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM VERSUS A. PAUCIFLORUM M. L. FERNALD In 1932, the late Dr. Malte! showed that the North American plant which had been passing as Agropyron tenerum Vasey (1885) was properly described more than a century ago as Triticum trachycaulum Link (1833). Malte greatly helped clarify the point by publishing a plate showing the type; and he correctly made the combination A. trachycaulum (Link) Malte (1932). In my study published in May, 1933, I cited,? as a synonym of A. trachycaulum, Triticum pauciflorum Schweinitz in Keating, Narr. Long’s 2d Exped. ii. 383 (1824), not A. pauciflorum Schur (1859). The type of Schweinitz’s species is a very characteristic specimen at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and studied by me in 1932? but I purposely avoided making a new combination under Agropyron, based on T. pauciflorum Schwein. (1824), because of the "homonym rule" put through* at Cambridge by Professor Hitchcock and those who thought with him in order to CLARIFY nomenclature. The rule as adopted at Cambridge was ! Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Mus. Can. 42 (1932). ? Fernald, RHODORA, xxxv. 163, 169 (1933). 3 Fernald, 1. c. 168 (1933). 4 For discussion at Cambridge see Fifth Internat. Bot. Congr. Rep. Proc. 598—605 (1931). 418 Rhodora [DECEMBER A name of a taxonomic group is illegitimate and must be rejected if it is a later homonym, that is if it duplicates a name previously and validly published for a group of the same rank based on a different type. Even if the earlier homonym is illegitimate, or is generally treated as à synonym on taxonomie grounds, the later homonym must be rejected. In view of this rule, an alteration of the original International Rules for which Professor Hitchcock firmly stood, it is, therefore, surprising to see in Silveus, Tex. Grasses, 158 (Nov., 1933) and in more regular form in a paper by Hitchcock in March, 1934, the new combination Agropyron pauciflorum (Schwein.) Hitche. Agropyron pauciflorum (Schwein.) Hitche. Triticum pauciflorum Schwein. in Keating, Narr. Exp. St. Peter's Riv. 2:383. 1824. Triticum trachycaulum Link, Hort. Berol. 2: 189. 1833. Agropyron tenerum Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 10: 258. 1885. Agropyron trachycaulum Malte, Nat. Mus. Canada, Ann. Rep. 1930: 42. 1932. Schweinitz cites “Prairies of the St. Peter” [Minnesota], collected by Thomas Say in 1823. The description leaves no doubt of the identity of the species, though the type was not found in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, where most of the Say collections are preserved. Agropyron pauciflorum (Schwein.) Hitchc. is not invalidated by A. pauciflorum Schur because that was not effect- ively published.! The reason for the new Agropyron pauciflorum is stated in a footnote from the citation of A. pauciflorum Schur: “Verh. Siebenb. Ver. Naturw. 10: 77. 1859, as synonym of A. caninum Roem. & Schult.” That Agropyron pauciflorum Schur was not published as an absolute “synonym of A. caninum” but was a different plant “based on a different type" is reasonably clear; that it has been regularly inter- preted as different from A. caninum is shown by the treatment of it by such discriminating botanists, familiar with it, as Fuss, Fritsch, Heimerl and Ascherson & Graebner. Schur, publishing lists of the interesting plants collected on different excursions in Siebenbürgen, gave new binomials to a number of new plants discovered. With complete disregard (and ignorance) of the rules to be passed after his death he, like many good systematists of his period, was not over-fastidious as to whether his binomials applied to species or to varieties. Thus we find on his p. 61 19. Podospermum Jacquinianum Koch? var. insignis, vel nova species = P. heteropyllum mihi; folis radicalibus; [ete. (a clear diagnosis)]. ı Hitchc. Am. Journ. Bot. xxi. 132 (March, 1934). Professor Hitchcock seems not to have seen my discussion of the type of Triticum pauciflorum above noted. 1934] Fernald,—A. trachycaulum vs. A. pauciflorum 419 On p. 84 he listed Ranunculus flabellifolius Heuffel and had a variety R. flabellifolius Heuff. var. b. partitus, i. e. foliis caulinis ad tertiam partem 3-5 partitis, partitionibus antice plerumque 3 dentatis. R. Psuedo-Villarsii mihi. Throughout his paper Schur showed the same indecision as to whether special plants were to be treated as varieties or as species; but in any case he gave them binomials. So, when he came to Agro- pyron from the limestone Thordaer Hassadék, he was equally un- decided: 103. Agropyron caninum R. S. var. calcarea, spiculis 2-3 floribus = A. pauciflorum mihi. In view of the very clear characterization of Agropyron caninum by Roemer & Schultes as “subquinquefloris” and the consensus of European descriptions of A. caninum as having, to use Ascherson & Graebner’s words, “Aehrchen meist 4— bis 6 blüthig" or (in var. majus Baumg.) *7- bis 9 blüthig," it should be evident that, when Schur gave the name A. pauciflorum in 1859 to a new plant with 2-3- flowered spikelets, he was not at all publishing a “synonym of A. caninum Roem. & Schult.” As already stated, European students of the grasses do not so consider it. Thus Fuss, Fl. Transsilv. Exc. 750 (1866), treated A. caninum " spiculae plerumque 5-florae”’ and defi- nitely made B.pauciflorum Schur: spiculae 2-3-florae. Hookerfil. & Jackson, Ind. Kew. i. 61 (1893) treated it unequivocally as a distinct species; Ascherson & Graebner, Syn. ii. 643 (1901) separated it, on the very characters given by Schur, as Triticum caninum, var. pauciflorum (Schur) Aschers. & Graeb.; Fritsch, Exkursionsfl. Osterr. ed. 2: 80 (1909), maintained it as a species, “ A. pauciflorum Schur (N)" (making the new combination obviously because of doubt as to the status of Schur's name); and it is kept up either as a species or a variety by later authors: Heimerl and others. There is, then, no room, under the International Rules, the American Code or any rules known to me, for a second A. pauciflorum published in 1934 (or in 1933). As to the combination Agropyron trachycaulum, it should, ap- parently, be cited as of (Link) Malte (1932), where the transfer was properly made. The earlier uses of A. trachycaulum were in synonymy: A. trachycaulum (Link) Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. i. 344 (1854) in the 420 Rhodora [DECEMBER synonymy of Triticum trachycaulum; A. trachycaulum (Link) Can- dargy, Étude Mon. Tribu Hord. 43 (1901) in the synonymy of A. Richardsoni. Steudel ascribed the name A. trachycaulum to “ Hort," Candergy to "Host"; the combination, therefore, may have been properly made before Malte's publication. I have thus far failed to trace it to Host. Two InrRopUCED GRASSES NEW TO VIRGINIA—ERIOCHLOA CON- TRACTA Hitche. On 7 August 1933 I collected a single small specimen of this plant in the center of a new, unfinished highway near Glen- carlyn, Arlington County, Virginia. This species has hitherto been known from Missouri and Kansas to Louisiana, Texas, and New Mexico, so that this appears to be its first occurrence outside what may be considered its natural range. Growing only a few feet from the Eriochloa was a single clump of about 30 culms of Eragrostis hirsuta (Michx.) Nash, a species not previously found in the District of Col- umbia region, and of rare occurrence north of North Carolina. "There are specimens of it in the U. S. National Herbarium from Chesapeake Beach, Maryland, 3 Sept. 1929, J. B. S. Norton 36; railroad west of Lightfoot, James City County, Va., 27 Sept. 1921, E. J. Grimes 4494; Fort Monroe, Va., 1879, G. Vasey; Norfolk, Va., 5 Aug. 1895, T. H. Kearney 295b. EULALIA VIMINEA (Trin.) Kuntze. On 20 October 1931 I found a good-sized clump of this eastern Asiatic grass on the beach of James River at City Point, Prince George County, Virginia. It has not pre- viously been recorded from America, but there is a sheet in the National Herbarium collected on river bank near Third Creek, Knoxville, Tennessee, 9 October 1919, by G. G. Ainslee. I am indebted to Mrs. Agnes Chase and Prof. A. S. Hitchcock for the identification of the grasses here recorded, all of which have been placed in the United States National Herbarium; specimens of the Eragrostis and Eulalia have been distributed to other herbaria.— S. F. Braxe, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS FROM OKLAHOMA.—From a prairie in the eastern end of Oklahoma, about one-half mile northwest of Panama, Le Flore County, came a plant to this herbarium, collected by Miss 1934] Flora of Iceland and the Faeroes [Review] 421 Beulah McInturff. The plant was, as the collector had suspected, the handsome grass-pink, Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br. This col- lection was made on May 7, 1934. Shortly there came additional material from Miss McInturff, collected five days later in the same locality, with the note that, although the orchid had not been noticed during the two preceding years that the collector had lived there, it was fairly abundant this spring. ` This is the first time that this genus has been collected in Oklahoma. The current manuals cite the range as being from Newfoundland to Florida and west to Minnesota and Missouri.—Gkonak J. GOODMAN, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma. FLORA or IcELAND AND THE FarEnoEs.— The handy little volume! on two northern regions which are more and more attracting the tourist will be welcomed by them. The senior author, the late Professor Ostenfeld, had had much experience with northern floras and before his premature and most regrettable death had completed half the manuscript; his suc- cessor in carrying through the enterprise has satisfactorily finished the work. In form it is a series of diagnostic keys, without great elaboration, making a pocket-volume of about 200 pages. The treatment is conserva- - tive, or ultraconservative at points, as to generic and specific lines (to the extent of throwing Ammophila back into Calamagrostis, Agropyron into Triticum and Phyllodoce into Bryanthus) but at other points going to the opposite extreme (in segregating Viscaria and Melandrium from Lychnis and Erophila from Draba). With simple descriptive English and a good glossary, the book can be used by the amateur of ordinary intelligence. It is too bad, therefore, that the authors so frequently set their own views against international procedure in regard to names. Too frequently they have felt impelled to improve upon the original spellings of generic and specific names. The International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature are explicitly opposed to the taking of these individual liberties; nevertheless, such names as Equisetum sylvaticum and Geranium sylvaticum are altered, as many Europeans insist on doing, to E. silvaticum and G. silvaticum, in spite of the consistent use by Linnaeus of svn. When this impulse to “correct” the original author extends to the spelling of generic names it helps the perpetuation of error. Cryptogramma, Eleocharis and Corallor- rhiza were all so spelled by their author, Robert Brown, first Keeper of Botany at the British Museum, who so thoroughly understood what he was about that Humboldt graciously called him ‘botanicorum facile princeps." Nevertheless, they here appear as the “corrected” Crypto- gramme, Heleocharis and Coralliorrhiza, suggesting that Humboldt’s es- timate of Brown is not always accepted as applying to his Greek. In fact, the "correction" of Brown's Cryptogramma to the unallowable Cryptogramme was made by Sir William Jackson Hooker, then Director of 1 C, H. OSTENFELD and Jons. GRóNTvEDbD. THE FLORA OF ICELAND AND THE FAROES. 195 + xxiv pp., 2 maps. Levin & Munksgaard, Nórregade 6, Copenhagen. 1934. 422 Rhodora [DECEMBER the Royal Botanie Garden at Kew, in 1858 (Sp. Fil. ii. 126); in 1829, Dr. William Jackson Hooker, Professor in the University of Glasgow, had followed Brown in calling it Cryptogramma and he then referred to him as aor Botanist of this or any other age or country" (Icon. Fil. t. elviii)! Another point diffieult to understand is the maintenance of Selaginella selaginoides (L.) Link (p. 2) but the exclusion of Cerastium cerastioides (L.) Britton (p. 59) and Sagina saginoides (L.) Dalla Torre (p. 63). These and other similar matters are not of first importance, but they, along with parallel departures at other European centers, make one wonder, WHO FOLLOWS THE RULES? A check of the components of the flora of Iceland and the Faeroes shows it to be prevailingly European, with only a trace (outside the cir- eumpolar species) of a distinctively American element, in Habenaria hyperborea. The definitely European character of the flora (and the treatment of it), as contrasted with the flora of climatically similar areas in North America and the largely North American flora of Greenland is shown by Antennaria, represented by 1 species, and by Hieracium, occupying 22 pages, with 81 species and varieties. American botanists who wish a change from Antennaria, Rubus, Crataegus and Panicum may get it by collecting Hieracia in Iceland. They can now go to Iceland and the Faeroes with the assurance that they have a well constructed and handy Flora to aid them.—M. L. F. Vol. 36, no. 331, including pages 377—408 and plates 320 and 321, was issued 3 November, 1934. ERRATA Cover, nos. 421 and 422, line 6; for FEANKLIN read FRANKLIN. Cover, no. 422, line 19; for Polygonum read Polygonatum. Page 39, lines 27 and 28; for floridana (Schwein.), n. comb. read FLORIDANA (Schwein.) Kükenth. Page 48, line 31; omit endemic. Page 52, line 27; for DECANGULARE L. read COMPRESSUM Lam. Page 54, last line; for 6138 read 6145. Page 225, line 1; for CALLOSUM read CALLOSA. Page 239, line 18; for Q. read Quercus. Page 246, line 12; for fallicies read fallacies. Page 247, line 6; for nich read nicht. Page 249, lines 17 and 18; for cinera read cinerea. Page 253, line 7; for complete read incomplete. Page 278, line 34; for TRANSLANTICA read TRANSATLANTICA. Page 282, line 5; for JOHANNANSIS read JOHANNENSIS. Page 283, line 17; for Urva read Uva. Page 285, explanation of Map 1; for Arnica read DRABA. Page 293, line 26; for with a marked variety in Gaspé read and adjacent southeastern Labrador. Page 306, line 43; omit 5. Page 307, line 23; for 6 read 2. 1934] Index 423 INDEX TO VOLUME 36 New scientific names are printed in full-face type Abdra brachycarpa, 364 Abies balsamea, 277 Acacia angustissima, var. hirta, 224, 231 Acalypha, 373; gracilens, var. mono- cocca, 220 Acarospora chlorophana, 161; Schlei- cheri, 140 Acer Negundo, 374; rubrum, 100; saccharinum, 374; saccharum, 238, f. conicum, 239, var. glaucum, 100 Acerates viridiflora, 224 aa rs lanulosa, 284; Millefolium, ow tuberculata, var. subnuda, 6 Acomastylis depressa, 11 Aconitum bakeri, 309; columbia- num, 309; lutescens, 309 Actaea rubra, 281 Actinomeris alternifolia, 374 Additional Note on the Branching Tendency in Polygonatum, 59 Additions to the Flora of St. Louis County, Missouri, Recent, 375 AGR Capillus-Veneris, 223, 5 Aegilops ovata, 408 Aesculus glabra, var. leucodermis, 231; Pavia, 47 Agalinis heterophylla, 221; purpu- rea, 221; viridis, 221 Agave virginica, 224, 230 Agrimonia parviflora, 374; rostel- lata, 230 Agropyron, 417, 419, 421; caninum, 418, 419, 8 pauciflorum, 419; pauciflorum, 417—419, A. trachy- caulum versus, 417; Richardsoni, 420; tenerum, 417, 418; trachy- caulum, 417—420, versus A. pau- ciflorum, 417 Agrostis alba, 277, 415, var. vul- garis, 415; Elliottiana, 219; hye- malis, 36; perennans, 415; scabra, 36; Schweinitzii, 415; stolonifera, 277, 415, var. major, 415 Aira, 90; arctica, 90; brevifolia, 90; cespitosa, var. arctica, 90, var. brevifolia, 90; mollis, 36; pallens, 36, pallens mutica, 36 Alectoria jubata, 143, 154; nigri- cans, 143, 153, 160; nitidula, 143; ochroleuca, 143, 153 Aletris farinosa, 42 Alismaceae, 277 Allard, H. A. A supposed Hybrid between the Oak Species Quercus rubra and ilicifolia, 239 Allen, John Alpheus (dedication of species to), 290 Allionia nyctaginea, 407 Allium, 373; mutabile, 224; Schoen- oprasum, var. sibiricum, 279; stellatum, 224 Alnus crispa, 280; incana, 280; rugo- sa, 43, 100, 200 Alopecurus alpinus, 166 Alyssum bidentatum, 364; denta- tum, 360 Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 374; biden- tata, 221, 408; trifida, 374 Amelanchier Bartramiana, 281; Fernaldii, 332; sanguinea, 281 America, Antennaria of Arctic, 101; Critical Notes on Plants of Arc- tic, 172; Draba in temperate Nor M 241, 285, 314, 353, American Lotus, The Name of the, American Segregate of Eleocharis pauciflora, The Eastern, 377 Amianthium muscaetoxicum, 42 Ammophila, 421 Aurel canescens, 223; fruticosa, 46 Ampelopsis arborea, 47 Amsonia ciliata, 54; illustris, 232 Anacharis occidentalis, 405 Anderson, W. A. Notes on the Flora of Tennessee; Dioscorea, 344; the Genus Trillium, 119 Andrachne phyllanthoides, 224, 231 Andrena claytoniae, 28; vicina, 26, 28 Andromeda glaucophylla, 283 Andropogon Elliottii, 219; sacchar- oides, 219; ternarius, 219 Andropogoneae, 312 Androsace occidentalis, 364 Anemone canadensis, 281; cylindri- ca, 224; multifida, 281; parvi- flora, 280; quinquefolia, 281; vir- giniana, 218, 274 424 Rhodora Angelica atropurpurea, 282 Anoectangium haleakalea, var. lax- um, 132 Anonymos quaternata, 345; quin- ata, 345 Antennaria, 101, 103, 107, 108, 114, 117, 422; alaskana, 104, 107, 108; alpina, 102, 112, 148, pl. 281, B canescens, 109, var. Friesiana, 107, 112, 113, var. monocephala, 107, var. ungavensis, 110, 114; angustata, 102, 103, 105, 107, 110, 115; angustifolia, 112-114; appen- diculata, 284; arenicola, 104, 110, 111; burwellensis, 103, 104, 110, 111; candida, 111; canes- cens, 103, 104, 107, 109; car- pathiea, 105, var. lanata, 105, var. pulcherrima, 105; compacta, 105, 111; congesta, 105, 110, 114; dioica, 148, 376; fallax, 221; Friesiana, 112; glabrata, 117, f. tomentosa, 116, 117; hudsonica, 103, 105, 110, 115, 116; isolepis, 103, 104, 108; labradorica, 105, 112-114; lanata, 105, 106; mono- cephala, 104, 106-108; neodioica, 114; nitens, 104, 106; of Arctic America, 101; plantaginifolia, 221, 376, with Rosy Involucres, 376; pulcherrima, 104—106, 108, 284; pygmaea, 103, 104, 109, 110; Sornborgeri, 104, 110, 111; sub- canescens, 105, 112; ungaven- sis, 104, 110, 111 Anychia canadensis, 58, in Hamp- shire County, Massachusetts, 58; polygonoides, 220 Apios, 88, 89; americana, 88, 89, f. cleistogama, 195; Apios, 89; tuberosa, 88, 89, 374 Aplopappus ciliatus, 224 Apocynum androsaemifolium, 220 Apoidea, 28 Aquatic Plants, Extensions of anges of, 249 Aquilegia, 9, 309, 310; caerulea albi- flora, 310; canadensis, 224, 225; vulgaris, 9, 310; vulgaris X olympica, 9 Arabidopsis Thaliana, 44 Arabis hirsuta, 224, 335; humifusa, 281; laevigata, 224; reptans, 368, 369; rotundifolia, 368; virginica, 230 Aralia nudicaulis, 282 Araliaceae, 282 Arctic America, Antennaria of, 101; Critieal Notes on Plants of, 172 [DECEMBER Arctie Lichens, Some general Re- sults of recent Norwegian Re- search Work on, 133 Arctomia delicatula, 142, 153 Arctostaphylos alpina, 136, 183; rubra, 183, 283, 329; Uva-ursi, var. coactilis, 283 Arenaria caroliniana, 53; cephaloi- dea, 409; lateriflora, 280; patula, 224; peploides, 280; stricta, var. texana, 231 Argynnis aphrodite, 28 Arisaema acuminatum, 41; tri- phyllum, 41 Aristida, 406; basiramea, 219, 405, 415; Curtissii, 230; dichotoma, 219; gracilis, 415; intermedia, 219; lanosa, 219; longespica, 219, 415; oligantha, 219, 237; purpurascens, 219; ramosissima, 219, 230 Armeria, 184; labradorica, 184, 185, var. genuina, 185, 186, var. submutica, 185, 186, f. glabris- capa, 185, f. pubiscapa, 185; sibirica, 184, 185 Armeria, subsect. Holotrichae, 184 Arniea acaulis, 52; alpina, 96, 97, 193, 308, var. angustifolia, 96; angustifolia, 96, 97; chionopappa, 329; diversifolia, 308; Louiseana, 327; Rydbergii, 308 Arnica, sect. Alpinae, 308; sect. Diversifoliae, 308; sect. Foliosae, 308 Aroostook County, Maine, Lobelia Dortmanna in, 128 Artemisia, 373; borealis, 284; cana- densis, 284; candicans, 284; cau- data, 221; gnaphalodes, 373; mexicana, 232 Arthraxon hispidus, var. crypta- therus, 313 Aruncus sylvester, 230 Arundinaria, 34; macrosperma, 38 Asarum arifolium, 43 Asclepiadaceae, 236 PW uum humistrata, 32, 50; syriaca, 2 Asclepiodora viridis, 224 Ascyrum hypericoides, 220 Asplenium Bradleyi, 219, 227, 230; eryptolepis, 223; pinnatifidum, 100, 219, 230; resiliens, 223; Trichomanes, 219 Aster, 373; anomalus, 221, 232; azureus, 224; laevis, 224; linarii- folius, 221; longifolius, 284; nem- oralis, 24; oblongifolius, 224; pa- tens, 221; pilosus, var. demotus, 1934] 221; prenanthoides, 374; ptarmi- coides, 224; sericeus, 224 Astragalus alpinus, 164, 171, 179; canadensis, 407; distortus, 223, 224; lotiflorus, 224; mexicanus, 223, 224 Athyrium pectinatum, 373 Atriplex patula, 280 . Atwood, C. E. Prunus virginiana, f. leucocarpa in New Brunswick, 89 Augochlora confusa, 28 Aureolaria calycosa, 221, 232; flava, var. macrantha, 221; grandiflora, var. serrata, 220; pectinata, var. ozarkensis, 221, 232 Baptisia alba, 53; australis, 224, 227, 230; bracteata, 54 Barton, Mrs. Ralph (dedication of species to), 267 Bartram, Edwin B. Mosses of southern British Honduras and CUR 55; (notice of work), Bartsia acuminata, 186 Bear Oak, 239, 240 Bemis, Earl W. New Records for Worcester County, Massachu- setts, 7 Benzoin aestivale, 24, 31 Berberis canadensis, 24, 227, 230 Bergman, H. F. Double Flowers in the wild Swamp Blueberry, Vac- cinium corymbosum, 233 Berlandiera pumila, 54; texana, 224, 232 Betula glandulosa, 280; lutea, 374; microphylla, 280; nana, 136; nigra, 374; papyrifera, 280, var. cordifolia, 280, var. minor, 280 Betulaceae, 280 Biatorella coracina, 162 Bidens bipinnata, 374 Bignonia capreolata, 34, 51 Blake, S. F. Carex divisa, Tees- dalia nudicaulis and Thlaspi per- foliatum in Maryland, 412; Two Introduced Grasses new to Vir- ginia, 420 Blueberry, Vaccinium corymbosum, Double Flowers in the wild Swamp, 233 Boehmeria, 373; cylindrica, 374 Bolandra, 267; californica, 267; Mcenaeneis, 266, 267; oregana, 26 Boltonia latisquama, 232 Index 425 Bombus ternarius, 26-28; terricola 28; vagans, 28 Boraginaceae, 283 Border of the Piedmont, Saluda County [South Carolina], Plants of the outer, 54 Botanical Notes, 309 Botrychium dissectum, f. elonga- tum, 34, var. obliquum, 34, f. onei- dense, 34; Lunaria, 276 Bouteloua curtipendula, 222; gra- cilis, 223; hirsuta, 223 Bradlea, 89 Branching Tendencies in Polygo- natum, An Additional Note on the, 59 Brauneria pallida, 222, 225; para- doxa, 225, 232 Braunia, 60 Braya alpina, 338; hirta, 338; humilis, 281 Brazil, A New Eleocharis from, 389 Breutelia jamaicensis, 56 British Honduras and Guatemala, Mosses of southern, 55 Bromus ciliatus, 307; erectus, 347; Macounii, 347 Bryanthus, 421 Bryum vino-viride, 132 Buellia coniops, 140 Bumelia lanuginosa, 224 Buxaceae, 237 Buxella, 237 Cacalia tuberosa, 225 Calamagrostis, 421; canadensis, 406, var. Langsdorfi, 406, var. robusta, 277, 406; inexpansa, var. ameri- cana, 277; neglecta, 277 Callirhoe Bushii, 231; digitata, 231 Callitriche autumnalis, 307; herma- phroditica, 93; palustris, 47, 307; stagnalis, 181 Calluna, 27 Caloplacae, 166 Calopogon barbatus, 42; gramini- folius, 42; pulchellus, 420, from Oklahoma, 420 Caltha palustris, 281 Calymperes Donnellii, 55; hawaii- ense, 132; lonchophyllum, 55; nicaraguense, 55 Calypso bulbosa, 279 Campanula, 189; Gieseckiana, 189; intercedens, 190; rotundifolia, 188-190, 224, 227, 284, var. arctica, 189; uniflora, 327 Campanulaceae, 237, 284 426 Rhodora Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 223, 225 Campylostelium, 60 Canada, A New Species of Eu- phrasia from Northwestern, 87; The Spores of the Genus Lyco- podium in the United States and, 1 Candelariella crenulata, 140 Caprifoliaceae, 284 Capsella, 364; Bursa-pastoris, 281 Cardamine bellidifolia, 148; bulbo- sa, 31, 44, 226; cordifolia, 411, 412; Douglassii, 411, 412; from the Uinta Mountains, Utah, A New, 409: Lyallii, 411; pensyl- vanica, 44; rotundifolia, 230; uintahensis, 410, 411, pl. 322 Carex, 34, 235; abscondita, 40; amphibola, 40; anguillata, 91, 92; angustior, 278; aquatilis, 278, 307; arenaria, 412; atlantica, 38; atro- fusca, f. flavescens, 91; aurea, 278; austrina, 231; Banksii, f. ochrostachya, 91; bromoides, 38; brunnescens, 278, 410, var. sphaerostachya, 278; canescens, 278, var. subloliacea, 278; capi- tata, 278; caroliniana, 39; chordo- rhiza, 278; circinata, 10; Collinsii, 41; comosa, 41; concinna, 278; concolor, 91, 92; Crawei, 224; Crawfordii, 278; debilis, 39, 40, var. Rudgei, 40; disperma, 278; divisa, 412, divisa, Teesdalia nu- dicaulis and Thlaspi perfoliatum in Maryland, 412; eburnea, 224, 225, 278; elynoides, 410; exilis, 278; floridana, 39; folliculata, 41, var. australis, 41; frigida, f. flavescens, 91; fuliginosa, f. ochro- stachys, 91; gigantea, 41; glareo- sa, var. amphigena, 278; glauces- cens, 40; Goodenovii, 91; Hay- deni, 278; hirsutella, 219; Hough- tonii, 278; incomperta, 38; inter- ior, 38; intumescens, 41; Kellog- gii, 307; laevivaginata, 38; lepta- lea, 278, var. Harperi, 39; limosa, 278; livida, var. Grayana, 278; lurida, var. gracilis, 374; mariti- ma, 278; mesochorea, 230; micro- cer 278; misandra, 91, 409, . flavida, 91; nardina, 188; nigro- marginata, 33, 39, var. floridana, 39, 422; nivalis, f. cinnamomea, 91; norvegica, 278; nubicola, 411; obtusata, 409; Oederi, var. pumi- la, 307; oxylepis, 40; paleacea, var. transatlantica, 278; pauci- [DECEMBER flora, 278; paupercula, 278; prae- gracilis, 412; pseudo-scirpoidea, 307; rariflora, 278; rigida, 91, f. anguilata, 91; riparia, var. im- pressa, 41; rostrata, 278; rupes- tris, 148, 409; salina, var. katte- gatensis, 278; saxatilis, var. milia- ris, 278, var. rhomalea, 278; sect. Indoearex, 39; sect. Ovales, 246; semicrinita, 39; seorsa, 8, 38; Smalliana, 41, 52; stipata, 39, var. uberior, 38; striatula, 40; stricta, 39; styloflexa, 40; tribu- loides, 38; triceps, 39, var. Smithii, 39; trisperma, 278; ursi- na, 139; vaginata, 278; varia, 219; verrucosa, 40, 41; vesicaria, var. distenta, 307; Walteriana, 40 Carices, 139, 188 Carum Carvi, 282 Carya alba, 220; Buckleyi, var. arkansana, 220; cordiformis, 43; ovalis, var. obovalis, 220 Caryophyllaceae, 58, 280 Cascadia, 267; Nuttallii, 267 Cassiope tetragona, 136 Castanea ozarkensis, 231; pumila, 43 Castilleja acuminata, 186; elegans, 186, 187; pallida, 186, 187, var. septentrionalis, 186, 187, 283, var. unalaschkensis, 187; una- laschkensis, 186, 187 Ceanothus ovatus, 24 Celtis laevigata, 43, var. texana, 231; pumila, var. georgiana, 230 Centaurea americana, 232 Centaurium calyecosum, 232; tex- ense, 224, 232 es 373; occidentalis, 374 Cerambycidae, 28 Cerastium alpinum, 148, 280; ar- vense, 280, var. oblongifolium, 220; cerastioides, 422; Regelii, 164; trigynum, 148; viscosum, 220; vulgatum, 280 Ceratiola, 32; ericoides, 46 Cereus, 69 Cespedesia, 131, 390, 392 Cetraria crispa, 143, 153; cucullata, 143, 153; Delisei, 143, 153; hepat- izon, 143, 153; islandica, 143, 153; nivalis, 148, 153 Chaerophyllum Tainturei, var. flor- idanum, 220; texanum, 232 Chaetocyperus (Elaeocharis) mem- branaceus, 387, 388; polymor- phus, 8 capillaceus, 388 1934] Index Chaetopappa asteroides, 232 Chamaedaphne calyculata, 283 Chamomilla, 193; Hookeri, 192, 193 Chaptalea semifloscularis, 51 Characterized Species of George Vasey, Some Inadequately, 346 Cheilanthes alabamensis, 227, 230; Feei, 223; lanosa, 219 Chelone glabra, 220, 374 Chenopodiaceae, 280 Chenopodium album, 280, 318, 374; Botrys, 376 Chiogenes hispidula, 283 Chionanthus virginica, 50 Chrysanthemum, 373; arcticum, 284; grandiflorum, 192, 193 Chrysogonum virginianum, 51 Chrysopsis camporum, 221 Churchill, Joseph Richmond (bio- graphical sketch), 1 Cicuta maculata, 282, 374 Cilissa americana, 28 Cimicifuga racemosa, 6, 374 Circaea alpina, 282 Cirsium arvense, 284; horridulum, var. Elliottii, 52, 231; virginia- num, 231 Cissus incisa, 224, 231 Cladonia acuminata, 142, 154; al- pestris, 154; cariosa, 142, 153; cenotea, 142, 154; cervicornis, 142, 154; coccifera, 142, 153, 155; cornuta, 142, 154; cyanipes, 142, 154; elongata, 142, 153; fimbriata, 142, 154; lepidota, 142, 153, 154; mitis, 142, 153, 155; pyxidata, 142, 153, 154; rangiferina, 155; silvatica, 155; squamosa, 142, 154; uncialis, 142, 153 Cladoniae, 152, 154, 155 Cladrastis lutea, 224, 230 Clausen, R. T. Notes on the Flora of Northern New York, 405 Clematis crispa, var. Walteri, 44; Fremontii, 224, 231; versicolor, 231; virginiana, 374 Clintonia, 236; borealis, 279 Clitoria mariana, 220 Cnidoscolus stimulosus, 32, 47 Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown, Notes on the Spring Flora of the, 28 Cochlearia, 166; fenestrata, 286 Coleoptera, 28 Colias philodice, 28 Collema arcticum, 142, 154; poly- carpum, 142, 154; pulposum, 142, 154; rupestre, 142 Colletes mesocomus, 28 427 Collins, J. F. Hawaiian Mosses, 132; Moss Flora of North Amer- ica, 60 Collinsia violacea, 232 Colorado, A New Primula from the Grand Canyon of the, 117 Columbia, Missouri, The Grass Flora of, 415 Columbia, [South Carolina], Plants of the Sand-hills of Orangeburg and Lexington Counties, south and west of, 52 Comandra livida, 280 Compositae, 172, 284 Conami brasiliensis, 268 Conical Sugar Maple, A, 238 Conioselinum chinense, 24 Conium maculatum, 312 Conopholis americana, 50 Convolvulus sepium, 374 Coptis groenlandica, 281 Coralliorrhiza, 421 Corallorrhiza, 421, maculata, f. flavida, 59 Coreopsis grandiflora, 231; lanceo- lata, 54; pubescens, 221, 231 M i ade hyssopifolium, 375, 376 Cornaceae, 283 Cornicularia aculeata, 143, 153; T is 143; racemosa, 143, 15 Cornus, 270, 272; alba, 270, 271; americana sylvestris, 269; Amo- mum, 269-272, 274; and Cornus candidissima, 269, var. Schuet- zeana, 274; arborea, 269, 273; eaerulea, 271, 274; canadensis, 283, 308; candidissima, 270, 272, 273, Cornus Amomum and, 269; cyanocarpus, 271, 274, var. al- bescens, 274; florida, 49; foemina, 269, 270, 273; obliqua, 272; pani- culata, 272, 273; Purpusi, 272, 274; racemosa, 272, 273; rubigin- osa, 271, 272, 274; sanguinea, 271; sericea, 271, 272, 274, y Schuetz- eana, 272, 274; stolonifera, 270— 272, 283; stricta, 272-274 Coronopus didymus, 44 Corydalis erystallina, 231; micran- tha, 44 Cotinus americana, 224, 230 Cottam, Clarence. Past Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity, 261 Crataegi, 237 Crataegus, 422; coccinioides, 231; lanuginosa, 231 Critical Notes on Plants of Arctic 428 Rhodora America, 172; Plants of Green- land, Some, 89 Croasdale, Hannah T. (Dedication of species to), 202 Crotalaria rotundifolia, 45 mg capitatus, 224; Engelmanni, 37! Crotonopsis elliptica, 220, 223 Crucifera nemorosa, 366 Cruciferae, 248, 281, 364 Cryptantha Thompsonii, 12 Cryptogramma, 421 Cryptogramme, 421 Cryptotaenia canadensis, 374 Cucumis Melo, 373, 374; sativus, 373, 374 Cucurbita maxima, 373, 374; Pepo, 373, 374 Cunila origanoides, 220, 231 Cuphea, 255 Cuscuta, 372, 373; Cephalanthi, 372; chlorocarpa, 372; Coryli, 372; Gronovii, 372-374, Host Plants of, 372; incurva, 372; Polygonorum, 372; reflexa, 373; Saururi, 372; tenuiflora, 372; umbrosa, 372 Cuthbertia graminea, 42, 53 Cyamus, 24; flavicomus, 23; luteus, 23; pentapetalus, 23 Cycloloma atriplicifolium, 375, 376 Cynodon Dactylon, 376, 415 Cynosciadium pinnatum, 220, 232 Cyperaceae, 246, 278 Cyperus dentatus, 194; filieulmis, var. macilentus, 219; Houghtonii, 406; inflexus, 219; ovularis, 230; refractus, 230; retrofractus, 219 Cypripedium parviflorum, 9, 279 Cystopteris bulbifera, 223, 225 Dactylina, 160, 167, 170, 171; ma- dreporiformis, 167, 169, 171; MSS 135, 143, 146, 167, 168, 171 Daltonia pseudostenophylla, 132 Danthonia sericea, 32, 37, 52; spicata, 219 Datura Metel, 375 Daucus Carota, 374; pusillus, 220 .Dean, H. L. Host Plants of Cus- cuta Gronovii, 372 Delisle, Albert L. Anychia cana- densis in Hampshire County, Massachusetts, 59 Delostylis cernuum, 127 Delphinium, 309, 310; barbeyi, 310; Nortonianum, 224, 231; Trelea- sei, 224, 231 | DECEMBER Dennstaedtia punctilobula, 100, 219, 21, 227 Dentaria laciniata, 218; uniflora, 11 Dermatocarpon cinereum, 142, 153; daedaleum, 142, 154; hepaticum, 142, 153; miniatum, 142, 154; sphaerosporum, 142, 145, 154 Deschampsia, 90; alpina, 148; arc- tica, 90; brevifolia, 90; cespitosa, var. glauca, 277, var. littoralis, 277, var. maritima, 347 Descurainia intermedia, 224 Desmodium, 373; canadense, 374; obtusum, 220; ochroleucum, 230; rigidum, 220; rotundifolium, 220; sessilifolium, 220 Deyeuxia strigosa, 347; vancouver- ensis, 347 Dianthera, 373; americana, 374 Dicentra Cucullaria, 218 Dicranella hawaiica, var. tomen- tella, 132; rigidula, 132 Digitaria and Paspalum, Some Transfers in, 19 Digitaria filiformis, 20, var. villosa, 19, 20; villosa, 19, 20, 219 Diodia teres, 221 Dionaea muscipula, 30, 45 Dioscorea, 344, 345; glauca, 345; Notes on the Flora of Tennessee, 344; paniculata, 345, 346, var. glabrifolia, 346; quaternata, 345, 346; villosa, 344-346, var. glabra, 345, var. glabrifolia, 346 Diospyros virginiana, 224, var. platycarpa, 224 Diplotaxis muralis, 312; tenuifolia, 312 Dipsacus laciniatus, 407 Direa palustris, 24 Discovium gracile, 364, 365; Ohio- tense, 364, 365 Distribution Notes concerning cer- tain Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana, 305 Dodecatheon tetrandrum, 409 Double Flowers in the wild Swamp Blueberry, Vaccinium corymbo- sum, 233 Draba, 137, 139, 162, 164, 241, 244— 246, 248, 250, 254, 256, 286, 288, 325, 343, 344, 421; Adamsii, 286; albertina, 294, 295; Allenii, 258, 289-292, 327, 393-395, 401, pl. 292; alpina, 243, 257, 285, 286, 397, 398, 400, pl. 290, var. Ad- amsii, 286, var. Bellii, 285, 286, var. corymbosa, 286, var. glacia- lis, 286, var. nana, 285, 286, 288, 1934] 397, 400, pl. 290, var. pilosa, 286, var. Pohlii, 286; americana, 371; ammophila, 367; androsacea, 287, 289; aprica, 261, 361-363, 365, 397, 404, pl. 319; arabisans, 244, 245, 250, 254, 261, 300, 323, 328, 329, 331, 334, 337-339, 342-344, 353, 354, 356, 357, 360, 361, 367, 393—400, 403, 404, pls. 314, 315; arabisans 8, 342, 356, var. cana- densis, 329, 332, 356, 359, 393, 395, 398, 404, pl. 315, var. ortho- carpa, 335-337, 343, 344, 354, 356, 357, 403; arctica, 360; aurea, 243, 250-254, 259, 299-303, 305, 342, 357, 361, 396-398, 400, 401, pl. 296; aurea X daurica, 250- 252; aurea, var. aureiformis, 300, f. uber, 300; aureiformis, 300, 301; aureola, 361; Bakeri, 300; Bellii, 285, 286, 400, pl. 290; bi- dentata, 365; Boerhavii, 370, 371; borealis, 303; brachycarpa, 230, 245, 261, 263, 365, 367, 404, pl. 319, var. apetala, 365, var. fas- tigiata, 363, 365, 404, pl. 319, var. grandiflora, 365; cana, 358, 359, 404; canadensis, 331, 332, 356, 357, 404, var. pycnosperma, 330, 331, 356; caroliniana, 245, 364, 368, 369, var. dolichocarpa, 368, var. micrantha, 368, 8 um- bellata, 368; chrysantha, 243; cinerea, 249, 359; clivicola, 260, 326, 327, 393—397, 402, pl. 303; coloradoensis, 368, 369; confusa, 316, 339, 358; contorta, 314; cor- rugata, 243; corymbosa, 286, 289; crassa, 243; crassifolia, 256, 258, 293-296, 321, 339, 392, 396, 397, 401, pl. 294, var. albertina, 294, var. Parryi, 294, 296, 320, 321, 402, pl. 300; cuneifolia, 224, 245, 261, 367, 369, var. Helleri, 367, var. leiocarpa, 367, 369; dahurica, 334; daurica, 244, 245, 249-254, 333, 338-343, 357, 403; dasycarpa, 342; dentata, 360; dictyota, 366; fastigiata, 363; filicaulis, 367; fladnizensis, 148, 242, 243, 287— 291, var. heterotricha, 242, 258, 286, 287, 290, 392, 393, 397, 398, 400, pl. 291, "lactea, 287, *lap- ponica, 287, var. laxior, 290, 291; glabella, 245, 249, 250, 253, 254, 256, 260, 322, 324, 325, 329, 336, 338-344, 359, 361, 392-400, 403, var. brachycarpa, 336-338, 343, 344, 397, 403, pl. 310, var. megas- Index 429 perma, 329, 335, 337, 344, 392- 400, 403, pls. 311, 312, var. ortho- carpa, 336, 343, 344, 357, 393- 399, 403, pl. 309, var. typica, 253, 333, 334, 336, 337, 343, pls. 307, 308; gracilis, 365, 366; Hel- leri, 367; Helleriana, 302; Henne- ana, 244, 245, 249, 256, 333, 334, 340-343, 403, var. McCallae, 341, 342; hirta, 244, 245, 249, 293, 324, 325, 333, 337—343, B alpicola, 322, var. arctica, 293, var. brachycar- pa, 336; hirta borea, 334; hirta, B hebecarpa, 324, 6 incisa, 322, var. lejocarpa, 336, var. norvegi- ca, 322, y rupestris, 293, *tri- chella, 324; hispidula, 368, 369; incana, 243, 244, 252, 259, 281, 304, 314, 315, 317-319, 337, 339, 358, 359, 361, 393—395, 397-400, var. arabisans, 333, 354, subsp. confusa, 315, var. confusa, 315, 318, 392—401, pl. 299, var. conica, 318, 401, 8 contorta, 314; var. glabriuscula, 354, 356, 8 hebe- carpa, 315, var. luxurians, 317, 318, var. nana, 318, 401, 402, var. robusta, 317, 319, var. stricta, 318, 402; incerta, 299; in tem- perate Northeastern America, 241, 285, 314, 353, 392; lactea, 242, 243, 287-291; lanceolata, 261, 357—360, 393—395, 397, 398, 404, pls. 316—318; lapilutea, 252; lapponica, 287, 288; laurentia- na, 260, 325, 328, 329, 332, 344, 394—400, 402, pls. 304, 305; laxa, 326, a legitima, 322, 326; $ Leuco- draba, 361; subsect. Holarges, 244; Liljebladii, 297; Longii, 334, 342, 354, 356; lutea, 366, 369; luteola, 281, 301, 303-305, 401, pl. 297, var. minganensis, 302, 303, 401; magellanica, 249, 338, subsp. borea, 249, 334, 339, subsp. cinerea, 249, var. dovrensis, 249; McCallae, 307, 334, 341, 342, 403, pl. 313; megasperma, 323, 329, 335, 337, 338, 340, 344, 403, var. leiocarpa, 337, 344, 404; micran- tha, 368, 369; micropetala, 286; minganensis, 250, 251, 302—305, 393, 396-399, pls. 297, 298; mogollonica, 243; mongolica, 244; muralis 8, 366, b. Draba inter- media, 366; muricella, 297; nemo- ralis, 366, o genuina, 366, 8 glabra, 366, var. hebecarpa, 366, B lejocarpa, 366; nemorosa, 254, 430 Rhodora 261, 365, f. brevisiliqua, 366, var. brevisiliqua, 366, var. genuina, 366, var. glabra, 366, 8 hebecarpa, 366, var. lejocarpa, 366, 369, 397, var. lutea, 366, f. macroloba, 366, a age 366; neomexicana, 302; nivalis, 242, 243, 258, 289, 296, 297, 327, 392-398, 400, 401, pl. 295; norvegica, 245, 248, 260, 293, 321, 323, 325—327, 335, 392- 397, 400, 402, pl. 301, var. hebe- carpa, 324, 326, 394—396, var. laxa, 326, var. pleiophylla, 324, 325, 394—397, 402, pl. 302; oligo- sperma, 298, 299; Parryi, 294— 296, 320, 321; Peasei, 258, 298, 299, 397, 401, pl. 295; sect. Phyllodraba, 243, 244, 361; pilosa, 286; pinetorum, 302; praealta, 252, 254; pyenosperma, 260, 330— 332, 357, 393, 394, 397—400, 402, pl. 306; pyrenaica, 322, 326; ramosissima, 261, 360, 361; rep- tans, 261, 368, 369, var. mi- crantha, 368; rupestris, 242, 243, 245, 246, 248, 258, 281, 289, 292, 293, 322, 324, 325, 327, 392, 393, 396, 401, pl. 298, var. leio- carpa, 292, 293, 6 stricta, b. hebecarpa, 324, 8 stricta, a. lejo- carpa, 322, “trichella, 324; al a 244; Sakuraii, 243; scandinavica, 8 hebecarpa, 324, d. legitima, 322; sclerophylla, var. laxior, 290; Sornborgeri, 259, 319-321, 398, 402, pl. 300; spectabilis, 302; stellata, a nivalis, 297; stenoloba, 320, 321; stylaris, 334, 341, 342, 358, 359; subam- plexicaulis, 244; surculifera, 302; trichella, 324; uber, 300; umbel- lata, 368; valida, 358, 359, 404; verna, 254, 261, 370, 371, var. aestivalis, 370, 371, 8 americana, 371, 8 Boerhavii, 371; Wahlen- bergii, 287, 288, 290, 8 hetero- tricha, 287 Drosera brevifolia, 45; longifolia, 281; rotundifolia, var. comosa, 281 Droseraceae, 281 Drouet, Francis. The Grass Flora of Columbia, Missouri, 415 Dryas, 164; integrifolia, 178, f. intermedia, 178; octopetala, 178 Eastern American Segregate of Eleocharis pauciflora, 377 Eaton, Richard J. Potamogeton [DECEMBER anormitanus in the Sudbury iver, 311 Echinopanax horridum, 308 Ectropothecium viridifolium, 132 es Scarcity, Past Periods of, Elaeagnaceae, 282 Elaeagnus argentea, 282 Elatine, 350, 351; minima, 351, 407; triandra, 351, in Wisconsin, 351, f. callitrichoides, 351 Eleocharis, 378, 382-384, 386, 421; albibracteata, 386; atacamensis, 381, 382, 389, pls. 320, 321; boliviana, 386; calva, 278; capi- tata, var. typica, 389; cellulosa, 383; dulcis, 381; fistulosa, 389; from Brazil, A New, 389; lepta, 387, 388; leptos, 387, var. colo- radoensis, 387, var. Johnstonii, 387, 388; macrantha, 384; ma- crorhiza, 385; margaritacea, 386, 389, pl. 320; melanomphala, 383; melanostachys, 385; Mono- graphic Studies in, III, 377; mutata, 383; palustris, 383, var. typica, 278; parvula, 385, 387- 389, pl. 320, var. anachaeta, 386, 387—389, pl. 320; pauciflora, 278, 377-386, 388, 389, pls. 320, 321, The Eastern American Seg- regate of, 377, var. bernardina, 389, pls. 320, 321, var. Fernaldii, 380, 389, pls. 320, 321, var. Suksdorfiana, 381, 389, pl. 321; platypus, 384; plicarhachis, 383; pygmaea, 388, var. 8? anachaeta, 387; retroflexa, 388; Robbinsii, 351; rostellata, 381, 384, 385, 389, pl. 320; ser. Aciculares, 389; ser. Mutatae, 383; ser. Palustres, 385; ser. Pauciflorae, 382, 385, 380; simulans, 385; squami- gera, 389, pl. 320; tenuis, 389; trieostata, 38; tuberculosa, 38; uniglumis, 278; Vierhapperi, 379, 382, 383 Elodea, 350 Elymus arenarius, var. villosus, 278; canadensis, 415, f. glauci- folius, 415, var. glaucifolius, 415; glabriflorus, 416; glabrifolius, 416; robustus, 415; virginicus, 374, f. australis, 416, var. glabri- florus, 416, f. hirsutiglumis, 415, var. hirsutiglumis, 415, var. typi- cus, 415 Elyna Bellardi, 188 Empetraceae, 282 1934] Empetrum, 180; atropurpureum, 179, 180; hermaphroditum, 180— 182; nigrum, 136, 179-182, 282 Enealypta scabrata, 132 Endocarpon pulvinatum, 142, 154 Epifagus, 353; virginiana, 352, 353, in Missouri, 352, f. pallida, 59 Epigaea, 233, repens, 233 Epilobium adenocaulon, 374; an- gustifolium, 282, var. intermed- ium, 282; davuricum, 282; lac- tiflorum, 282; palustre, 282; ru- bescens, 411 Equisetaceae, 276 Equisetum, 372; arvense, 276; limo- sum, 276; palustre, 276, 305; scirpoides, 276; silvaticum, 421; sylvaticum, 305, 421; variega- tum, 276 Eragrostis, 420; hirsuta, 420 Erianthus divaricatus, 219 Erica, 27; hiemalis, 234 Ericaceae, 283 Erigenia bulbosa, 218 Erigeron acris, var. asteroides, 13; annuus, 374; canadensis, 374; Coulteri, 10; divaricatus, 221; eriocephalus, 164, 171, 190—192; P ges 1 284; loncophyllus, 13; philadelphicus, 284; pulchel- lus, 221, 8 unalaschkensis, 191; quercifolius, 51; tenuis, 232; Thompsoni, 8; unalaschkensis, 190-192; uniflorus, 148, 191; ver- nus, 51 Eriocaulon, 350; compressum, 41, 52, 422; septangulare, 194 Eriochloa, 420; contracta, 416, 420; punctata, 416 Eriophorum Chamissonis, 278; opa- cum, 278; spissum, 278; viridi- carinatum, 278 Eritrichium villosum, 164 Erophila, 421; americana, 371; Boerhaavii, 370, 371; verna, 370, var. americana, 371, var. Char- bonnelii, 370, var. cochleata, 370, var. oedocarpa, 370; vulgaris, 370, var. americana, 371 Errata, 422 Eryngium yuccifolium, 224 Erysimum asperum, 224 Eulalia, 420; viminea, 420 Eulophus americanus, 230 Eupatorium, 372, 373; maculatum, 284; perfoliatum, 374; purpure- um, 374; sessilifolium, 231; urti- caefolium, 374 Euphorbia Curtissii, 53; dictyo- Index 431 sperma, 224; gracilis, 53; Ipeca- cuanhae, 47; marilandica, 47; zygophylloides, 224, 231 Euphorbiaceae, 237 Euphrasia arctica, 87, 88; from Northwestern Canada, A New Species of, 87; hudsoniana, 87; subarctica, 87, 88, pl. 278; Williamsii, 327 Evernia mesomorpha, 143, 154 Evolvulus argenteus, 224 Extension in Missouri for Ophio- glossum vulgatum, Range, 22; Extension of two Plant Immi- grants, Range, 311 Extensions of Ranges of Aquatic Plants, 249 Fabronia degeneri, 132 Faeroes, Flora of Iceland and the [review of Ostenfeld & Gróntved], 421 Fagopyrum esculentum, 373, 374 Fagus grandifolia, var. caroliniana, 352, 353 Fassett, Norman C. Notes from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin—XI, 249 Features of the Flora of the Ozark Region in Missouri, Some, 214 Fernald, M. L. An Additional Note on the Branching Tendency in Polygonatum, 59; Agropyron trachycaulum versus A. pauci- florum, 417; A Conical Sugar Maple, 238; [dedication of variety to], 380; Draba in temperate Northeastern America, 241, 285, 314, 353, 392; Flora of Iceland and the Faeroes [review], 421; Four Forms of Massachusetts Plants, 194; Gaultheria procum- bens L., forma aecrescens, f. nov., 129; A New Primula from the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, 117; Realignments in the Genus Panicum, 61; Some Critical Plants of Greenland, 89; Some Inadequately Characterized Species of George Vasey, 346; Some Transfers in Digitaria and Paspalum, 19; The Name of the American Lotus, 23 Festuca octoflora, 38, 219, 416, var. tenella, 416; prolifera, 327; rubra, 277, var. arenaria, 277, var. mega- stachys, 277; tenella, 416; vivi- para, 148 Fimbristylis Vahlii, 219 432 Rhodora Fissidens Garberi, 55; hawaiicus, = hookeriaceus, 55; insularis, Flora of Columbia, Missouri, The Grass, 415; of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown, Notes on the Spring, 28; of Iceland and the Faeroes [review of Ostenfeld & Gréntved], 421; of North America, Moss [notice], 60; of northern New York, Notes on the, 405; of the Ozark Region in Missouri, Some Features of the, 214; of St. Louis County, Missouri, Recent Addi- tions to the, 375; of the State of Washington—lII, Notes on the, 8; of Tennessee, Notes on the: Dios- corea, 344; of Tennessee, Notes on the: the Genus Trillium, 119 Flowers in the wild Swamp Blue- berry, Vaccinium corymbosum, Double, 233 Forms of Massachusetts Plants, Four, 194 Perpa Gardeni, 45; parvifolia, Four Forms of Massachusetts Plants, 194 Fragaria virginiana, 281, var. terrae-novae, 281 Frasera caroliniensis, 100, 220 Fritillaria camtschatcensis, 8 o m floridana, 220; gracilis, Gaillardia lutea, 232 Galactia volubilis, 220 Galeopsis Tetrahit, 283 OA parviflora, var. hispida, Galium Aparine, 384, 374; arkan- sanum, 221, 232; asprellum, 284; boreale, 284, var. hyssopifolium, 227; labradoricum, 284; palustre, 93; pilosum, 221; triflorum, 93, 284; virgatum, 224, 231 Gaultheria procumbens, 129, f. &ccrescens, 129, pl. 283 Gaura coccinea, 224 Gaylussacia, 236; frondosa, 49 Gelsemium sempervirens, 50 General Results of recent Norwe- gian Research Work on Arctic Lichens, Some, 133 Gentiana Andrewsii, 224; nesophila, 332; puberula, 224; quinquefolia, 24, 100 Gentianaceae, 283 [DECEMBER Genus Lycopodium in the United States and Canada, The Spores of the, 13 Genus Panicum, Realignments in the, 61 Genus Trillium, Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: the, 119 Geocarpon minimum, 220, 231 Geocaulon lividum, 280 George Vasey, Some Inadequately Characterized Species of, 346 Georgetown, Notes on the Spring Flora of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of, 28 Geranium silvaticum, 421; sylvati- cum, 421 Geum macrophyllum, 281; rivale, 11, 281; Rossii, 12; strictum, 281 Gillenia stipulata, 230 Glacier National Park, Montana, Distribution Notes concerning certain Plants of, 305 Glaux maritima, var. obtusifolia, 283 Glossadelphus acutifolius, 132; ir- roratus, 132 Glottidium vesicarium, 118; in Oklahoma, 118 Glyceria, 266, 348; alnasteretum, 265; arundinacea, 265; $ Atropis, 346, 347; grandis, 264, 265, 307, A New Variety of, and a Key to its allied Species, 264, var. Komarovii, 265, 266; leptolepis, 265, 266; lithuanica, 265, f. violacea, 265; maxima, 265; na- tans, 265; pallida, 266; paludifi- cans, 265; pauciflora, 266; pauper- cula, 346; pulchella, 265; pumila, 347; striata, var. stricta, 265, 277; viridis, 266 Glycine, 89; Apios, 88, 89; Soja, 374 Glyphomitrium, 60; canadense, 60 Gnaphalium alpinum, 102; falca- tum, 50; obtusifolium, 221, var. micradenium, 221; purpureum, 51, 221; spathulatum, 51; supi- num, 148 Goodman, George J. Calopogon pulchellus from Oklahoma, 420; Glottidium vesicarium in Okla- homa, 118 bc a pubescens, 100, 220, 221, Gramineae, 277, 278 Grand Canyon of the Colorado, A New Primula from the, 117 Grass Flora of Columbia, Missouri, The, 415 1934] Grass new to Missouri, A, 312 Grasses new to Virginia, Two Introduced, 420 Gratiola aurea, 194; sphaerocarpa, 50; virginiana, 50 Greenland, Some Critical Plants of, 8C Grimmia, 60; alpicola, var. rivularis, f. papillosa, 60; atricha, 60; coloradensis, 60; hamulosa, 60; heterophylla, 60; Moxleyi, 60 Grimmiaceae, 60 Grindelia lanceolata, 222, 224, 227, 231; squarrosa, 224 Griscom, Ludlow. Notes on the Ru. Flora of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown, 28; Plantago altis- sima in Massachusetts, 389; Potamogeton panormitanus in the Sudbury River, 311 Gróntved, Johs. [Notice of work], 421 Grout, A. J. [Notice of work], 60 Guatemala, Mosses of southern British Honduras and 55, Gutierrezia dracunculoides, 224, 232 Gymnopogon ambiguus, 219 Gyrophora, 140, 155; arctica, 143, 153; cylindrica, 143, 154; deusta, 143, 154, 155; decussata, 143, 154; erosa, 143, 153; fuliginosa, 161; hyperborea, 143, 153; polar- is, 143, 145, 149, 154; probos- cidea, 143, 145, 153, 162; rigida, 161; torrefacta, 143, 153; vellea, 143, 154, 161; virginis, 143, 154 Gyrophoreae, 162 Habenaria dilatata, var. media, 279; hyperborea, 279, 422; obtusata, 279; peramoena, 220, 230; viridis, var. bracteata, 279, var. inter- jecta, 279 Hackelia, 12; venusta, 12 Haloragidaceae, 282 Hamamelis, 98-100; vernalis, 97— 100, 231; virginiana, 97-100, in Missouri, 97 Hampshire County, Massachusetts, Anychia canadensis in, 58 Harris, S. K. An Additional Note on the Branching Tendency in Polygonatum, 59 Hawaiian Mosses [review of Bar- tram, Manual of Hawaiian Mosses], 132 Hedeoma hispida, 220 Hedwigia, 60 433 Hedysarum obscurum, 164 Helenium Nuttallii, 51; tenuifo- lium, 221 Heleocharis, 421 Helianthemum Bicknellii, 220; car- olinianum, 47 Helianthus annuus, 373, 374 Ho tenellum, 224, 227, 230 Hemaris diffinis, 28 Hemicarpha micrantha, 219 Hepatica acutiloba, 224 Heracleum lanatum, 282 Herbarium of the University of Wis- consin—XI, Notes from the, 249 Hermann, Frederick J. A New Cardamine from the Uinta Mountains, Utah, 409 Herpothamnus, 236 Heuchera parviflora, 224, 230; puberula, 224, 230 Hieracium, 422; Gronovii, 221; scabrum, 221; venosum, 55 Hierochloe odorata, 277 Hippuris vulgaris, 282, 307, var. maritima, 282 Hochreutiner, P. B. G. Validity of the Name Lespedeza, 390 Hodgdon, A. R. Gaultheria pro- cumbens L., forma accrescens, f. nov., 129; Trillium grandiflorum in New Hampshire, 376 Holomitrium squarrifolium, 132 Hordeum jubatum, 278; pusillum, 38; 237 Host Plants of Cuscuta Gronovii, 372 Houstonia angustifolia, 224, 231; caerulea, 221; ciliolata, 221; longifolia, 55; minima, 221, 231, 364; patens, 51, 221, 227, 231; purpurea, 231 Hunnewell, Francis Welles (dedi- cation of species to), 117 Hybrid between the Oak Species Quereus rubra and ilicifolia, A Supposed, 239 Hydrangea arborescens, 374 Hyophila Tortula, 55 Hypericum, 373; Drummondii, 220; gentianoides, 220; petiolatum, 220, 226, 227 Hypoxis hirsuta, 220, var. lepto- carpa, 42; micrantha, 42 Iceland and the Faeroes, Flora of [review of Ostenfeld & Gróntved], 421 Ilex, 32; decidua, 47, 224; lucida, 47; opaca, 220, f. subintegra, 47; ver- 434 Rhodora ticillata, var. padifolia, 100, 220; vomitoria, 31, 47 Immigrants, Range Extensions of two Plant, 311 Impatiens, 372, 373; biflora, 374; pallida, 374 Inadequately Characterized Species of Socials Vasey, Some, 346 Interesting New Plants from Wallo- wa County, Oregon, 266 Introduced Grasses new to Virginia, Two, 420 Involucres, Antennaria plantagini- folia with Rosy, 376 Nae coccinea, 376; pandurata, Iridaceae, 279 Iris, 34, 237; cristata, 230, 237; ver- ry 237; versicolor, 279; virginica, Isanthus brachiatus, 220 Isoetes, 350; Butleri, 223, 227, 230; melanocarpa, 219 Isolepis leptos, 387 Isopterygium vineale, 132 Isopyrum Hallii, 9 James Bay, Plants collected in the southern Region of, 274 Jao, Chin-Chih. Oedogonium in the Vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 197 Jeffrey, Lisle. The Grass Flora of Columbia, Missouri, 415 Jones, George Neville. [Notice of work], Joseph Richmond Churchill (bio- graphical sketch), 1 Juglans nigra, 224 Juncaceae, 279 Juncaginaceae, 277 Juncus, 93; alpinus, 279, 410; aris- tulatus, 219; balticus, var. lit- toralis, 279; bulbosus, 92, 93; diffusissimus, 231; Dudleyi, 279; Elliottii, 42; filiformis, 279; flui- tans, 92; Gerardi, 279; nodosus, 307; pelocarpus, 194, var. fluitans, 92, var. subtilis, 92; polycepha- lus, 219; subtilis, 92; supinus, 92, 93; uliginosus, 8 subtilis, 92 Juniperus communis, var. depressa, 277, var. montana, 277; horizon- talis, 277; virginiana, 223 Jussiaea, 373 Kalmia, 25; angustifolia, 25, 26, 28, The Pollination of, 25; latifolia, 25, 374; polifolia, 283 [DECEMBER Kelso, E. H. Notes on Rocky Mountain Plants, 195 Kelso, Leon. A New Variety of Glyceria grandis and à Key to its allied Species, 264 Key to its allied Species, A New Variety of Glyceria grandis and a, 264 Kneiffia arenicola, 48; subglobosa, 48 Knowlton, Clarence Hinckley. Jo- seph Richmond Churchill, 1 Kobresia Bellardi, 410 Kochia scoparia, 376 Koeleria cristata, 222, 416 Koenigia islandica, 139 Komarov, V. L. (Dedication of variety to), 266 , Krigia Dandelion, 221; occidentalis, 232; virginica, 52, 221 Kumlienia, 11 Labiatae, 283 Lactuca, 373; pulchella, 284; salig- na, 374; scariola, 374 Lamium amplexicaule, 50 Laportea, 373; canadensis, 374 Lappula venusta, 12 Larix laricina, 276; Lyallii, 305 Lasiocoeca, 237 Lasiococcus, 237 Lathyrus, 311; decaphyllus, 310, 311; japonicus, var. aleuticus, 282; myrtifolius, 311; ochroleu- cus, 373; ornatus, 311; palustris, var. linearifolius, 282; palustris myrtifolius, 311; polymorphus, 310, 311; stipulaceus, 310, 311 Laurocerasus caroliniana, 45 Leavenworthia uniflora, 224, 230 Lechea tenuifolia, 220; villosa, 220 Lecidia, 140, 158; atrocaesia, 158; eupetroides, 158; excentrica, 158; infernula, 158; parapetraea *atro- caesia, 158; rubiformis, 139 Lecidiae, 162 Leciophysma finmarkicum, 142, 154 Ledum groenlandicum, 283 Leersia lenticularis, 376 Leguminosae, 6, 282 Lemna cyclostasa, 41 Lemnaceae, 240 Lentibulariaceae, 284 Lepidium, 364, 413; virginicum, 44 Lepidanche Compositarum, 372; squarrosa, 372 Lepidoptera, 28 Leptochloa filiformis, 237 Leptogium lichenoides, 142; pul- 1934] vinatum, 142, 154; saturninum, 142 Leptoloma, 68 Leptura chrysocoma, 28 Leptodontium brevicaule, 132 Lespedeza, 130, 131, 390—392; hirta, 220; The Origin of the Name, 130; procumbens, 220; repens, 220; simulata, 230; striata, 220; Val- idity of the Name, 390 Lesquerella angustifolia, 231; gra- cilis, 224, 231; Kingii, 409; Purshii, 329 Leucobryum gracile, var. hamatum, 132 Leucoloma Crugerianum, 55 Leucothoe axillaris, 49; elongata, 49; racemosa, 33, 40 Lexington Counties [South Caro- lina] south and west of Columbia, Plants of the Sand-hills of Orangeburg and, 52 n scariosa, 222, 224; squarrosa, 21 Lichens, Some general Results of recent Norwegian Research Work on Arctic, 133 Ligusticum canadense, 24, 230; scothicum, 282 Lilaeopsis caroliniana, 48; chinen- sis, 24 Liliaceae, 279 Lilium philadelphicum, var. andi- num, 279 Limosella aquatica, 308 Linaceae, 282 Linaria canadensis, 43, 49, 54, var. texana, 220; vulgaris, 220 Linnaea borealis, var. americana, 284 Linum Lewisii, 282; striatum, 220; sulcatum, 220 Listera borealis, 329; cordata, 279 Lithospermum canescens, 224; car- oliniense, 54 Littorella, 350; americana, 194, 350, in New York, The Occurrence of, 194; uniflora, 194 Lloydia, 10; serotina, 10 Lobelia Dortmanna, 128, 350, in Aroostook County, Maine, 128; leptostachys, 231 Lobelia, Water, 128 Lomatium daucifolium, 224, 232 Lonieera flava, 231; involucrata, 284; sempervirens, 51; villosa, var. typica, 284 Lotus, The Name of the American, 23 Index 435 Lovell, Harvey B. The Pollination of Kalmia angustifolia, 25 Lovell, John H. The Pollination of Kalmia angustifolia, 25 Luetkea cinerascens, 11 Lupinus diffusus, 45, 53; perennis, 45; villosus, 45 Luzula campestris, var. bulbosa, 220, 230; confusa, 148; parvi- flora, 279; spicata, 148 Lychnis, 421 Lycopodiaceae, 276 Lycopodium, 13-17; alopecuroides, 14, 15, 18, 19, pl. 276; alpinum, 15-17; annotinum, 14-16, 19, 276, pl. 275, var. pungens, 276; caro- linianum, 14, 15, 18, 19, pl. 276; cernuum, 14-16, 18, 19, pl. 275; clavatum. 15, 16, 19; pl. 277, var. megastachyon, 276; com- planatum, 15-17, 19, 276, pl. 277, var. flabelliforme, 100, 219, 221, 227; flabelliforme, 17; in the United States and Canada, The Spores of the Genus, 13; inunda- tum, 14, 15; 35, 10; pl 276; lucidulum, 14-18, 19, 219, 221, 226, 276, pl. 275, var. porophilum, 221, 226, 227; obscurum, 14-16, 19, pl. 277, var. dendroideum, 276; porophilum, 15; sabinae- folium, 15-17, Selago, 14, 15, 18, 19, 276, pl. 275; tristachyum, 17 Lycopus americanus, 283; uniflorus, 24 Lynge, B. Some general Results of recent Norwegian Researeh Work on Arctic Lichens, 133 Lyonia, 236; nitida, 32 Lysimachia thyrsiflora, 283 Lythraceae, 237 Magnolia acuminata, 230; virgin- iana, 32, 44 Maguire, Bassett. ^ Distribution Notes concerning certain Plants of Glacier National Park, Mon- tana, 305 Maine, Lobelia Dortmanna in Aroo- stook County, 128 Malaxis unifolia, 42 Malpighiaceae, 247 Malte, M. O. Antennaria of Arc- tie America, 101; Critieal Notes on Plants of Arctic America, 172 Malus eoronaria, 224 Manning, Wayne E. Wolffia in Massachusetts, 240 Maple, A Conical Sugar, 238 436 Rhodora Marshallia caespitosa, 225, 232; obovata, 54 Maryland, Carex divisa, Teesdalia nudicaulis and Thlaspi perfoli- atum in, 412; Plants, Notes on Virginia and, 407 Massachusetts, Anychia canadensis in Hampshire County, 58; New Records for Worcester County, 7; Oedogonium in the Vicinity of Woods Hole, 197; Plantago al- tissima in, 389; Plants, Four Forms of, 194; Wolffa in, 240 Matricaria, 193; grandiflora, 192; inodora, 192, 193, var. borealis, 193, var. grandiflora, 192, 193, subsp. maritima, 193, var. mari- tima, 193, var. nana, 192 Medicago sativa, 374 Melandrium, 421 Melica mutica, 32, 38, 223 Melilotus alba, 374; officinalis, 374 Melitaea nycteis, 28 Menispermum canadense, 374 Mentha arvensis, var. glabrata, 283 Mentzelia oligosperma, 224 Menyanthes trifoliata, var. minor, 283 Mertensia incongruens, 409; panic- ulata, 283 Mesosphaerum, 373 Meteoriopsis remotifolia, 56 Microthamnium laxulum, 58 Middle West, Silene Cserei in the, 351 Mikania, 373 Mimulus Tilingii, 411 Minuartia biflora, 148 Missouri, Epifagus virginiana in, 352; for Ophioglossum vulgatum, Range Extension in, 22; The Grass Flora of Columbia, 415; A Grass new to, 312; Hamamelis virginiana in, 97; Recent Addi- tions to the Flora of St. Louis County, 375; Some Features of p. Flora of the Ozark Region in, 1 Michella repens, 221, 226 Mitella nuda, 281 Mniomalia Bernoullii, 56; viridis, 55 Monarda Bradburiana, 230; mollis, 373, 374 Moneses uniflora, 283 Monocotyledones, 61 Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III, 377 Monotropa Hypopitys, 220; uni- flora, 220 | DECEMBER Montana, Distribution Notes con- cerning certain Plants of Glacier National Park, 305 Morus rubra, 43 Moss Flora of North America {notice of], 60 Mosses of southern British Hon- duras and Guatemala, 55 Muenscher, W. C. Notes on the Flora of Northern New York, 405; The Occurrence of Littorella americana in New York, 194 Muhlenbergia capillaris, 219; cus- pidata, 223; racemosa, 407, 416; sylvatica, 416; tenuiflora, 219, 416; umbrosa, 416 Mycocalicium subtile, 142, 154 Myosotis alpestris, 164, 171 Myosurus minimus, 364 Myrica cerifera, 31, 43; Gale, 280 Myricaceae, 280 Myriophyllum exalbescens, 282, 307; Farwellii, 407; heterophyl- lum, 48; spicatum, 307 Myrtillus uliginosa, var. micro- phylla, 183 ; Mystery Tree, 239 Najadaceae, 277 Najas gracillima, 249, 405 Name Lespedeza, The Origin of the, 130; Validity of the, 390 Name of the American Lotus, 23 National Academy of Sciences (aid from), 13, 25, 28, 55, 89, 197, 214, 261, 264, 266, 270, 274, 349, 409 Neckeropsis undulata, 56 Nelumbium luteum, 23, 24; penta- petalum, 23 Nelumbo, 24; lutea, 23; penta- petala, 23, 24 Nemastylis acuta, 224, 227, 230 Nephroma laevigatum, 142 New Cardamine from the Uinta Mountains, Utah, 409; Eleocharis from Brazil, 389; Plants from Wallowa County, Oregon, Three Interesting, 266; Primula from the Grand Canyon of the Colo- -rado, 117; Records from Wor- cester County, Massachusetts, 7; Species of Euphrasia from North- western Canada, 87; Variety of Glyceria grandis and a Key to its allied Species, 264 New Brunswick, Prunus virginiana, forma leucocarpa in, 89 New Hampshire, Trillium grandi- florum, in 376 1934] New York, Notes on the Flora of Northern, 405; The Occurrence of Littorella americana in, 194 Nicotiana longiflora, 375 Nolina atopocarpa, 52; georgiana, 52 Nomada florilegus, 28 North America, Moss Flora of [notice], 60 Northeastern America, Draba in Temperate, 241, 285, 314, 353, 392 Northern New York, Notes on the Flora of, 405 Norwegian Research Work on Arc- tie Lichens, Some general Re- sults of recent, 133 Note on the Branching Tendency in Polygonatum, An Additional, 59 Notes, Botanical, 309; concerning certain Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana, Distribution, 305; from the Herbarium of the University of Wisconsin—XI, 349; on the Flora of Northern New York, 405; on the Flora of the State of Washington—II, 8; on the Flora of Tennessee: Dioscorea, 344; on the Flora of Tennessee; the Genus Trillium, 119; on Plants of Arctic America, Critical, 172; on Rocky Mountain Plants, 195; on the Spring Flora of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown, 28; on Virginia and Maryland Plants, 407 Notholaena dealbata, 223, 231 Nothoscordum bivalve, 42 Nymphaea Nelumbo, 23; ozarkana, 231; pentapetala, 23, 24 Nymphaeaceae, 280 Nymphozanthus, 250; sagittifolius, 33, 43; variegatus, 280 Nyssa aquatica, 49, 220; biflora, 48; sylvatica, 48, 220 Oak, Bear, 239, 240; Red, 239; Species Quercus rubra and ilici- folia, Supposed Hybrid between, 239 Occurrence of Littorella americana in New York, 194 Ochraceae, 131, 390, 392 Octoblepharum albidum, 55 Oedogonium, 197; acmandrium, 198; acrosporum, 198, var. bath- midosporum, 198; Areschougii, var. americanum, 198, var. con- tortifilum, 199, 213, pl. 287; Index 437 autumnale, 199; boreale, 200, 207, var. americanum, 199, 213, pl. 287; Borisianum, 200; Boscii, 201, var. occidentale, 201; ciliatum, 201; concatenatum, 201; costatum, 207; crassiusculum, var. idioandrosporum, 201; cren- ulatocostatum, f. cylindricum, 202, var. longiarticulatum, 202; crispum, var. gracilescens, 202, var. uruguyayense, 202; Croas- daleae, 202, 214, pl. 288; crypto- porum, 203, var. vulgare, 203; cymatosporum, 204, var. areo- liferum, 203, 213, pl. 286; dic- tyosporum, 204, f. Westii, 204; echinospermum, 204; elegans, 205, var. americanum, 204, 213, pl. 288; globosum, 205; grande, 205, var. angustum, 205; hystricinum, 206, var. excentri- porum, 205, 213, pl. 286; inter- medium, 206; in the Vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 197; inversum, 206; illinoisense, 210; macrandrium, var. propinquum, 206; mammiferum, 206; mega- porum, 200, 207; michiganense, 203, 211; minus, 206; mitratum, 206; monile, 209; nobile, var. minus, 206; oelandicum, 200, 207, f. minus, 207, var. novae- angliae, 207, 213, pl. 287; platygynum, 207, var. ambiceps, 208, 213, pl. 287; pratense, 208; pungens, 208; pusillum, 208; Reinschii, 208; reticulocosta- tum, 208, 213, pl. 287; rugulo- sum, 209; Sancti-Thomae, 209; sexangulare, 209, var. majus, 210; spiralidens, 210; spiripennatum 210, 212, pl. 286; suecicum, 211; tapeinosporum, 211; Taylorii, 211, 213, pl. 286; undulatum, f. senegalense, 212 Oenothera biennis, 374; fruticosa, 24; laciniata, 48; linifolia, 220; missouriensis, 224, 232; muricata, 282; serrulata, 224; subglobosa, 48, var. arenicola, 48 Oklahoma, Calopogon pulchellus from, 420; Glottidium vesicar- ium in, 118 Onagraceae, 282 Onosmodium hispidissimum, 224; subsetosum, 224, 232 Ophioglossaceae, 276 Ophioglossum Engelmanni, 222, 223, 227, 230; vulgatum, 22, 23, 438 Rhodora Range Extension in Missouri for, Opuntia humifusa, 48; macrarthra, 48; macrorhiza, 232 Orangeburg and Lexington Coun- ties south and west of Columbia, [South Carolina], Plants of the Sand-hills of, 52 Orchidaceae, 279 Oregon, Three Interesting New Plants from Wallowa County, 266 Origin of the Name Lespedeza, 130 Orontium, 34; aquaticum, 41 = canadensis, 277; pungens, 2 Osmanthus americana, 30, 50 Osmunda cinnamomea, 219, 226, 376; regalis, var. spectabilis, 219, 226 Ostenfeld, C. H. Antennaria sub- canescens, 112; [notice of work], 4 Ostrya virginica, 100 Oxalis Acetosella, 3; corniculata, 374; filipes, 46; stricta, 46; viol- acea, 54, 362 Oxybaphus albidus, 224 Oxyria digyna, 148 Oxytropis Belli, 179; johannensis, 282; plattensis, 224; splendens, 179 Ozark Region in Missouri, Some Features of the Flora of the, 214 Palafoxia callosa, 225, 422 Panicum, 21, 22, 61-65, 422; acicu- lare, 61; Addisonii, 63; agrostoi- des, 74, 75, var. condensum, 74; albemarlense, 63, 64, 66, 76, 79; anceps, 63, 73-75, var. pu- bescens, 69, var. rhizomatum, 73; angustifolium, 61; annulum, 62; arenicolum, 62; Ashei, 62—64, 83-86; atlanticum, 62; barbipul- vinatum, 63, 65; barbulatum, 63, 64, 81; boreale, 62, 63; Boscii, 63; caerulescens, 63; Cahoonia- num, 62; calliphyllum, 62; cap- illare, 63, var. occidentale, 65; chamaelonche, 35, 61, 63; cilia- tum, 61; clandestinum, 63, 312, 374; Clutei, 62-64; columbianum, 62-04, 77, 79, 80, var. oricola, 79, var. thinium, 64, 77; Combsii, 63, 69, 71—73; Commonsianum, 63; commutatum, 35, 61-64, 66, 83-87, var. Ashei, 83; conden- sum, 74, 75; consanguineum, 35, [DECEMBER 61, 63; Deamii, 81; depaupera- tum, 54, 61, 81, 219; dichotomum, 61, 63, 64, 81, 219, 8 fascicula- tum, 77; dichotomum group, 61; ensifolium, 61, 63; equilaterale, 62; filirameum, 62; flexile, 63; fusiforme, 63; Gattingeri, 63; glabrissimum, 62; Helleri, 63, 80-83; heterophyllum, 63; hua- chucae, 62-66, 77, 78, 416, var. fasciculatum, 77, var. silvicola, 65, 77, 78, 418; implicatum, 63, 65, 77, 78; Joorii, 35, 63, 66, 83- 87; lancearium, 35, 61—63, 66, 80, var. patulum, 80; languidum, 63, 65, 66, 77, 78; lanuginosum, 61-63, 78, var. fasciculatum, TT, 416, var. huachucae, 77, var. implicatum, 77, var. Lind- heimeri, 77, var. septentrio- nale, 77, 79, 416; latifolium, 63; laxiflorum, 35, 61, 63, 65, 75, 76, var. strictirameum, 75; Lei- bergii, 63; leucothrix, 62: Lind- heimeri, 63-66, 77, var. fascicu- latum, 77, var. implicatum, 77, var. septentrionale, 77, var. typi- cum, 77; linearifolium, 62, 63, 65, 219; longifolium, 63, 69-73, 75, var. Combsii, 69, 70, 72, var. pubescens, 69, 70, 73, var. tusketense, 69, 70, 72, 73; lucidum, 62, 64, 81; malacophyllum, 62, 63, 231; mattamuskeetense, 62- 64; meridionale, 62-66, 76, 77, 79, var. albemarlense, 76; mi- crocarpon, 61, 81; multiflorum, 416; Nashianum, 80, Nashianum patulum, 62, $80; nitidum, « ciliatum, 77, 6 pilosum, 77; obtu- sum, 231; oligosanthes, 35, 52, 63, 64, 80-83, var. Helleri, 80, var. Scribnerianum, 79, 80, 416; orangensis, 62; oricola, 64, 65, 79; ovale, 61; ovinum, 62; Owenae, 64; parvipaniculatum, 62; patulum, 62, 63, 66, 80; pauci- pilum, 62; perlongum, 62, 219; polyanthes, 61, 63, 230, 416; praecocius, 63; pseudopubescens, 63, 66, 79; pyriforme, 76; Re- alignments in the Genus, 61; rhizomatum, 63, 73, 74; roan- okense, 35, 62; scabriusculum, 63; scoparioides, 63, 66, 79, 219; scoparium, 63, 83; Scribneria- num, 63, 64, 80-83, 219, 416; shalotte, 62; sphaerocarpon, 61, 63, 219; spretum, 61; strigosum, 1934] Index '61; subgenus Dicanthelium, 61, 67, 68; subvillosum, 62, 64; tennesseense, 62-66, 77, 78, 416; tenue, 61; thermale, 63; Thur- owii, 62; tsugetorum, 62-64, 79; unciphyllum, 78, f. prostratum, 71, unciphyllum implicatum, 77; verrucosum, 63, 81; villosissimum, 62, 63,66, 79, var. pseudopubes- cens, 79, var. scoparioides, 79; virgatum, 63; Werneri, 63, 65; Wilcoxianum, 63, 81; Wrighti- anum, 62; xalapense, 35, 63, 65, 230, xalapense strictirameum, 75; xanthophysum, 63, 75, 76, 81, 82; yadkinense, 35, 62 Papillaria Deppei, 56 Parmelia, 140; alpicola, 143, 153; austerodes, 146; granulosa, 143, 153; groenlandica, 143, 145, 154; infumata, 143, 154; intestini- formis, 143, 154; minuseula, 143, 153; omphalodes, 143, 153; pu- bescens, 143, 153; saxatilis, 143, 153; sorediata, 143, 153; stygia, 143, 154; subobseura, 143, 146, 154; suleata, 143, 153 Parmeliopsis ambigua, 143 Parnassia grandifolia, 224, 227, 230; multiseta, 281 Paronychia Myosotis virginiana, 369 Parosela leporina, var. alba, 376 Parthenium integrifolium, 224; re- pens, 224, 232 Paspalum, 21; ciliatifolium, 20-22, var. Muhlenbergii, 20, 21, var. stramineum, 20, 21; circulare, 22, 230, 417; floridanum, 22, var. glabratum, 22; laeve, 22, var. circulare, 22, var. pilosum, 22; laeviglume, 22; Muhlenbergii, 20; plenipilum, 22; pubescens, 20-22, var. Muhlenbergii, 20; pubiflorum, 22, var. glabrum, 22; Some Transfers in Digitaria and, 19; stramineum, 20—22, 219 Passiflora lutea, 230 Past Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity, 261 Peabody, Ruth. Antennaria plant- aginifolia with Rosy Involucres, 376 Pease, Arthur Stanley. (Dedica- tion of species to), 298 Peck, M. E. Three Interesting New Plants from Wallowa County, Oregon, 266 Pedicularis canadensis, 32, f. prae- clara, 50; capitata, 188; groen- 439 landica, 283; hirsuta, 188; lanata, 188; lanceolata, 100 Pelargonium, 373 P atropurpurea, 223; glabella, 3 Peltigera, 140; erumpens, 142, 153; leptoderma, 142, 154; malacea, 142, 153, 154; polydactyla, 142, 153, 154; polydactyloides, 142, 145, 154; rufescens, 142, 149, 153; scabrosa, 142, 153; spuria, 150; Suomensis, 142, 149, 154; vario- losa, 142, 154; venosa, 142, 151 Peltigerae, 155 Penstemon uintahensis, 410 Pentstemon arkansanus, 232; Co- baea, var. purpureus, 224, 232; tubiflorus, 232 Perilla frutescens, 374 Periods of Eelgrass Scarcity, Past, 261 Petalostemum candidum, 223, 224; purpureum, 223, 224 Petasites palmatus, 284; sagittatus, 11, 284 Petrophytum cinerascens, 11 Phaca astragalina, 179 PE bipinnatifida, 230; dubia, 230 Phalaris caroliniana, 36 Phleum pratense, 277, 374 Phlox amoena, 54; bifida, 220; Lighthipei, 55; maculata, 100; nivalis, 54 Phyllanthus acuminatus, 268; bra- siliensis, 268, The Synonymy of, 268; Conami, 268 Phyllodoce, 421; caerulea, 24, 223 Physalis missouriensis, 232 Physcia eaesia, 143, 153; constipata, 35, 143, 149, 154; intermedia, 143, 154; muscigena, 143, 153; sciastra, 143, 153; tenella, 143, 154; tribacea, 143, 153 Physocarpus opulifolius, 281 Phytolacea, 373; decandra, 374 : Picea Abies, 150; excelsa, 150; glauca, 238, 276; mariana, 276 Picris Sprengeriana, 375 Piedmont, Saluda County [South Carolina], Plants of the outer Border of the, 54 Pilotrichella pulchella, 56 Pilotrichum cryphaeoides, 56, 58; mexicanum, 58; spiculiferum, 56, 57, fig. 1 Pinaceae, 276, 277 Pinguicula, 34; elatior, 51; vul- garis, 10, 284 440 Rhodora Pinus, 69; Banksiana, 276; echinata, 219; palustris, 34; serotina, 34; silvestris, 150; Taeda, 35 Pireella cymbifolia, 56 Pladeck, Mildred. Notes on Vir- ginia and Maryland Plants, 407 Plant Immigrants, Range Exten- sions of two, 311 Plantaginaceae, 284 Plantago altissima, 389, 390, in Massachusetts, 389; aristata, 221; elongata, 51, 221; juncoides, var. decipiens, 284; anceolata, 374; major, 284, var. intermedia, 284: oliganthos, var. fallax, 284; pu- silla, 364; Rugelii, 374; virginica, 51, 221 Plants collected in the Southern Region of James Bay, 274; Ex- tensions of Ranges of Aquatic, 249; Four Forms of Massachu- setts, 194; from Wallowa County, Oregon, Three Interesting New, 266; Notes on Rocky Mountain, 195; Notes on Virginia and Mary- land, 407; of Arctic America, Critical Notes on, 172; of Glacier National Park, Montana, Dis- tribution Notes concerning cer- tain, 305; of Greenland, Some Critical, 89; of the outer Border of the Piedmont, Saluda County, [South Carolina], 54; of the Sand- hills of Orangeburg and Lexing- ton Counties, sal | and west of Columbia, [South Carolina], 52 Poa alpina, 148, 277, var. brevi- folia, 277, alpina vivipara, 148; annua, 277; autumnalis, 38; eminens, 277; evagans, 90; glauca, 277; laxa, 148; nemoralis, 277; palustris, 277; paucispicula, 306; pratensis, 277, 374; stenantha, 10, 307 Podophyllum peltatum, 44 Podospermum heterophyllum, 418; Jacquinianum, 418 Polemonium boreale, 164 — of Kalmia angustifolia, Pire, 236; lutea, ag Senega, 282; verticillata, 22 Polygalaceae, 282 Polygonaceae, 280 Polygonatum, An Additional Note on the Branching Tendency in, 59; commutatum, f. ramosum, 59, 60; multiflorum, 59, 60; pu- bescens, 59, f. fultius, 59, 60 [DECEMBER Polygonella, 236; americana, 220 Polygonum, 373; aviculare, 280; Convolvulus, 280; Hydropiper, 374; sagittatum, 220, 374; tenue, 220; viviparum, 148, 171, 280 Polypodiaceae, 276 Polypodium, 373; polypodioides, 226, 227; virginianum, 217, 219 Polypremum procumbens, 220 Polypteris callosa, 232 Polystichum Andersoni, 10 Polytaenia Nuttallii, 224 Polytrichum Antillarum, 58 Populus tacamahacca, 279, var. Michauxi, 279; tremuloides, 11, 279 Porotrichum cobanense, 56 Portulaca pilosa, 220; retusa, 220 Potamogeton, 350; alpinus, 306; compressus, 306; confervoides, 249; epihydrus, 306, var. Nut- tallii, 806; filiformis, 306, var. borealis, 277, 306, var. Macounii, 277; Friesii, 306; gramineus, var. graminifolius, 306; heterophyllus, 306; lucens, 306; Oakesianus, 249; obtusifolius, 306; panormitanus, 312, in the Sudbury River, 312, var. major, 312, var. minor, 306; praelongus, 306; pulcher, 351; pusillus, var. mucronatus, 306, var. polyphyllus, 306; tenuifolius, 306; vaginatus, 306; zosteri- formis, 306 Potentilla, 164, 174, 176; alpestris, 148, 173; Anserina, 281; cana- densis, 54, var. villosissima, 230; Crantzii, 173, var. hirta, 173, var. vulgaris, 173; emarginata, 173-177, 327, var. elatior, 176, 177, var. typica, 176, 177; fragi- formis, 175-177, 327, b. parvi- flora, 175; fruticosa, 281; hy- parctica, 177, 178; Langeana, 173; maculata, 173, 8 hirta, 173, a vulgaris, I nans, 170; 1705 nivea, 172, var. macrophylla, 172, var. pallidior, 172; norvegica, var. hirsuta, 281; opaca, 173; palustris, 281, 307; Pedersenii, 172, 173; pumila, 54; rubricaulis, var. arctica, 172; subquinata, var. Pedersenii, 172; tridentata, 281; Vahliana, 172, 173 Potter, David. Plants collected in the southern Region of James Bay, 274 Prenanthes racemosa, 284 Primula egaliksensis, 283; § Fari- 1934] Index nosae, 117; from the Grand Can- yon of the Colorado, A New, 117; Hunnewellii, 117, 118, pl. 282; laurentiana, 332; mistassinica, 283; specuicola, 117, 118 Primulaceae, 283 FA vulgaris, 374, var. hispida, Prunus angustifolia, 32, 45; hortu- lana, 231; pennsylvanica, 281; umbellata, 32, 45; virginiana, f. leucocarpa, 89, in New Brunswick 89, var. leucocarpa, 89 Psithyrus ashtoni, 28 Psoralea argophylla, 224; esculenta, 223, 224; Onobrychis, 230; pe- duneulata, 54, 230; tenuiflora, var. floribunda, 223, 224 Pteretis nodulosa, 276 Pteridium latiusculum, var. pseudo- caudatum, 219 Ptychomitrium, 60; Gardneri, 60 Puccinellia, 347, 348; alaskana, 347; paupercula, 347, 348, var. alas- kana, 347; pumila, 348 Purshia tridentata, 12 Pyenanthemum albescens, 220, 231; incanum, 220 Pyrethrum inodorum, 8 nanum, 192, 193 Pyrola asarifolia, var. incarnata, 283; chlorantha, 283; grandiflora, 182, 283; minor, 283; rotundifolia, 182, var. arenaria, 182; secunda, var. obtusata, 283 Pyrrhopappus carolinianus, 52 Pyrus americana, 281; angustifolia, 45; arbutifolia, 32, 45 Quercus X Brittonii, 240; coccinea, 100, 220, 240; x Giffordi, 240; ilieifolia, 239, 240, A Supposed Hybrid between the Oak Species Quercus rubra and, 239; lauri- folia, 43; X Lowellii, 240; lyrata, 376; macrocarpa, 224; mariland- ica, 43, 220, 240; Phellos, 240; X Rehderi, 240; X Robbinsii, 240; rubra, 239, 240, var. am- bigua, 240, and ilicifolia, A Sup- posed Hybrid between the Oak Species, 239, var. triloba, 43; stellata, 220; velutina, 220, 240, var. missouriensis, 231; virgini- ana, 43, var. geminata, 43 Quimby, W. Lobelia Dort- manna in Aroostook County, Maine, 128 441 Range Extension in Missouri for Ophioglossum vulgatum, 22; of two Plant Immigrants, 311 Ranges of Aquatie Plants, Exten- sions of, 249 Ranunculaceae, 280, 281 Ranunculus, 11, 164; abortivus, 280; affinis, 93-97, var. leiocar- pus, 93, 97; Allenii, 290; amoenus, 95; aquatilis, var. capillaceus, 280; Cooleyae, 9, 10; Cymbalaria, 280; fascicularis, 364; flabelli- folius, 419, var. b. partitus, 419; glacialis, 148; Harveyi, 220, 231; palmatus, 31, 44; pedatifidus, 94-97, pls. 279, 280, var. cardio- phyllus, 96, var. leiocarpus, 93; Pseudo-Villarsii, 419; Purshii, 280; pusillus, 44; pygmaeus, 148; recurvatus, 374 Raphanus Raphanistrum, 407 Raup, Hugh M. A New Species of Euphrasia from Northwestern Canada, 87 Realignments in the Genus Pani- cum, 61 Recent Additions to the Flora of St. Louis County, Missouri, 375; Norwegian Research Work on Arctic Lichens, Some general Results, of, 133 Records for Worcester County, Massachusetts, New, 7 Red Oak, 239 Region in Missouri, Some Features . of the Flora of the Ozark, 214; of James Bay, Plants collected in the southern, 274 Rehder, Alfred. Apios americana, Med., 88 Research Work on Arctic Lichens, Some general Results of recent Norwegian, 133 Results of recent Norwegian Re- search Work on Arctic Lichens, Some general, 133 Rhacomitrium, 60 Rhamnaceae, 282 Rhamnus alnifolia, 282; caroliniana, 224, var. mollis, 230; lanceolata, 224 Rhexia interior, 220; mariana, 220 Rhizocarpon, 140, 156-158; albi- dum, 157; albopunctatum, 157; alpicola, 157; Anseris, 157; atro- albens, 157; atroalbum, 157; atrocaesium, 158; atroflavescens, 157; badioatrum, 157; chioneum, 157; chionophiloides, 157; chiono- 442 Rhodora philum, 157; cinereoflavescens, 157; cinereonigrum, 157; Cope- landii, 157; erystalligenum, 157; decinerascens, 157; detinens, 158; disporum, 140, 157; distinctum, 157; eupetraeoides, 158; excen- trieum, 158; expallescens, 157; geminatum, 140; geographicum, 140, 157; grande, 157; groen- landicum, 157; Hochstetteri, 157; infernulum, 158; jemtlandicum, 157; lavatum, 157; leucopsephum, 158; melaneimum, 158; obscura- tum, 157; occidentale, 157; ochro- delum, 158; petraeum, 157; phal- erosporum, 157; polycarpum, 157; postumum, 158; praebadi- um, 158; pseudospeireum, 157; Rittokense, 157; roridulum, 157; semotulum, 158; subalpicolum, 158; superficiale, 158; verruco- sum, 157; viridiatrum, 157 Rhodobryum Beyrichianum, 56 Rhododendron albiflorum, 234; at- lanticum, 32, 49; canadense, 26; canescens, 49; nudiflorum, 32; roseum, 100, 220 Rhus, 373; quercifolia, 47; Toxico- dendron, 374; Vernix, 240 Ribes glandulosum, 281; hirtellum, 281, var. ealeicola, 281; lacustre, 281; odoratum, 224; triste, var. albinervium, 281 Ricker, P. L. The Origin of the Name Lespedeza, 130 Rickett, H. W. Cornus Amomum and Cornus candidissima, 269 Rinodina, 140 Robinia albicans, 46; Boyntoni, 46; nana, 32, 46; Pseudo-Acacia, 46, 230 Rocky Mountain Plants, Notes on, 195 Roripa palustris, 281 Rosa acicularis, 281; carolina, 374 Rosaceae, 172, 281 Rosy Involucres, Antennaria plant- aginifolia with, 376 Rotantha, 237 Rubiaceae, 284 Rubus, 254, 255, 373, 422; acaulis, 281; arcticus, 281; Bartonianus, 267, 268; canadensis, 374; Chamaemorus, 281; deliciosus, 268; idaeus, var. canadensis, 281, var. strigosus, 281; triflorus, 281; trivialis, 375 Rubdeckia, 373; fulgida, 225, 231 Ruellia pedunculata, 232 [DECEMBER Rumex Acetosella, 220, 280; crispus, 374; obtusifolius, 374; hastatu- lus, 43, 220; mexicanus, 280; occidentalis, 280; verticillatus, 43 Rynchosia latifolia, 220, 231 Rynchospora capitellata, 219 Sabal Palmetto, 30, 41 Sabatia campestris, 232 Sagina decumbens, 43; saginoides, 411, 422 Sagittaria cuneata, 277; graminea, 194, 389; lancifolia, 35 St. Louis County, Missouri, Recent Additions to the Flora of, 375 Salicaceae, 279 Salices, 250 Salix, 250, 254, 373; adenophylla, 279; Bebbiana, 279; brachycarpa, var. alticola, 195; brachypoda, 279; candida, 279, var. denudata, 279; cascadensis, 196; commutata var. denudata, 307; cordata, 279; cordifolia, var. callicarpaea, 279; discolor, 279; Dodgeana, 196; glaucophylloides, 279; herbacea, 148; humilis, var. keweenawen- sis, 279; longifolia, 279; longipes, var. Wardi, 43, 230; lucida, var. angustifolia, 279; lutea, 279, var. desolata, 196, var. ligulifolia, 196; monochroma, 307; myrtilli- folia, 279; nigra, 42, 374; nivalis, 196; nivalis X Dodgeana, 196; pedicellaris, var. hypoglauca, 279; phlebophylla, 196; planifolia, 279; pseudolapponum, var. subin- curva, 195; sericea, 374; X Solheimii, 196; tristis, 195, f. curtifolia, 195, f. festiva, 195 Saluda County, [South Carolina], Plants of the outer Border of the Piedmont, 54 Salvia lyrata, 50 Sambucus canadensis, 374; race- mosa, 374 Samolus parviflorus, 50 Sand-hills of Orangeburg and Lex- ington Counties south and west of Columbia, [South Carolina], Plants of the, 52 Sanguinaria canadensis, var. ro- tundifolia, 44; rotundifolia, 44 Sanicula canadensis, 218; mari- landica, var. borealis, 282 Santalaceae, 280 Sapindus Drummondii, 224, 231 Sarracenia flava, 34, 45; purpurea, 45; rubra, 45 1934] Index Satureja glabella, 224, 231 Saururus, 373 Saussurea alpina, 148 Saxifraga, 139; Aizoon, 291, 292; cernua, 148, 162, 166; flagellaris, 139; gaspensis, 327; groenlandica, 148; incompta, 267; nivalis, 148; Nuttallii, 267; oppositifolia, 148; pennsylvanica, 225, var. Forbesii, 220, 221, 225, 227; rivularis, 148; texana, 231; virginiensis, 220 Saxifragaceae, 281 Saxifragae, 164, 166 Scarcity, Past Periods of Eelgrass, 261 Scirpus, 382; americanus, 278, 374; bernardinus, 381; carinatus, 219; cespitosus, 379, 381, var. eallosus, 278; coloradoensis, 387, 388; divaricatus, 38; hudsonianus, 278; margaritaceus, 386; nanus, var. anachaetus, 387; pauciflorus, 379; rubrotinctus, 278; rufus, 278; sylvaticus, var. Bissellii, 7; vali- dus, 278 Scleria ciliata, 219; pauciflora, 219 Seouleria, 60 Scrophulariaceae, 6, 283 Seutellaria, 6; Bushii, 224, 232; Churchilliana, 6; epilobiifolia, 283, 308; galericulata, 308; par- vula, 55 Sedum Nevii, 230; Nuttallianum, 220, 231; pulchellum, 230; roseum 148 Segregate of Eleocharis pauciflora, The Eastern American, 377 Selaginella rupestris, 219; selagin- oides, 276, 422 Selaginellaceae, 276 Selenia aurea, 220, 231 Senecio aureus, 284; glabellus, 51; palustris, 284; pauperculus, 284; plattensis, 221; resedifolius, 327; Smallii, 54 Serenoa serrulata, 31 Seutera, 236 Shepherdia canadensis, 282 Sibbaldia procumbens, 148 Sida spinosa, 374 Sieversia Rossii, 12 Silene acaulis, 148, 164; antirrhina, 44; caroliniana, 53; Cserei, 352, in the Middle West, 351; lati- folia, 352; pensylvanica, 53 Silphium Asteriscus, 231; integri- olium, 222, 224; laciniatum, 222, 224; terebinthaceum, 224 443 Sisymbrium altissimum, 44 Sisyrinchia, 237 Sisyrinchium flaviflorum, 231 Sium suave, 282 Small, J. K. [Notice of work], 235 Small’s Manual of the Southeastern Flora (review), 235 Smilacina stellata, 279; trifolia, 279 Smilax, 32, 34, 247; Bona-nox, 42, 375; glauca, 220; laurifolia, 34, 42, var. bupleurifolia, 42; ro- tundifolia, 42; Walteri, 33, 42 Smith, L. B. The Synonymy of Phyllanthus brasiliensis, 268 Smyrnium cordatum, 24 Solanum, 373; Torreyi, 375; tri- phyllon flore hexapetalo, 122 Solheim, W. G. (Dedication of hybrid to), 196 Solidago, 372, 373; caesia, 221; canadensis, var. Hargeri, 408; dilatata, 308; Drummondii, 224, 232; Gattingeri, 224, 227, 231; graminifolia, 284; hispida, 221; lepida, 284; leptocephala, 221; Lindheimeriana, 232; macro- phylla, 284; monticola, 408; nemoralis, 24, 221; petiolaris, 231, var. Wardii, 221; radula, 221, 232; Randii, 407; rigida, 223, 224, 236; rugosa, 374, 375; scopulo- rum, 308; uliginosa, 284 Solorina, 140; bispora, 142, 153; crocea, 142; octospora, 142; sac- cata, 142, 153; spongiosa, 142 Some Critical Plants of Greenland, 89; Features of the Flora of the Ozark Region in Missouri, 214; general Results of recent Nor- wegian Research Work on Arc- tic Lichens, 133; Inadequately Characterized Species of George Vasey, 346; Transfers in Digi- taria and Paspalum, 19 Sorghastrum nutans, 219 South Carolina, north of George- town, Notes on the Spring Flora of the Coastal Plain of, 28 Sparganiaceae, 277 Sparganium angustifolium, 277; minimum, 305 Spartina Michauxiana, 223 Species, A New Variety of Glyceria grandis and a Key to its allied, 264; of Euphrasia from North- western Canada, A New, 87; of George Vasey, Some Inadequate- ly Characterized, 346 444 Rhodora Specularia perfoliata, 51 Spermolepis divaricata, 48; echin- ata, 220 Sphaerophorus fragilis, 142, 154; a ipd 142, 153 Sphenopholis, 36, 37; aristata, 36; intermedia, 36, 37; nitida, 36; obtusata, 36, 37; pallens, 36, 37 Bpiraea cinerascens, 11; Hender- soni, 11 Spiranthes gracilis, 42, 220; ver- nalis, 42 Spores of the Genus Lycopodium in the United States and Canada, 'The, 13 Sporobolus asper, 417, var. pilosus, 231; canovirens, 230; eryptan- drus, 375, 417; Drummondii, 219, . 231; Nealleyi, 347; neglectus, 417 Spring. Flora of the Coastal Plain of ‘South Carolina north of Georgetown, Notes on the, 28 Stachys tenuifolia, var. aspera, 374 State of Washington—II, Notes on the Flora of the, 8 Statice, 184; labradorica, var. gen- uina, 185, var. submutica, 185, f. glabriscapa, 185, 186, f. pubis- PAD 185; maritima, var. sibirica, Staurothele fusco-cuprea, 139 Steironema ciliatum, 308; quadri- florum, 220 Stellaria borealis, 280; crassifolia, 280; longifolia, 280, 307; longipes, var. laeta, 280; media, 280; uni- flora, 31, 43 Stenanthium robustum, 230 Stenosiphon linifolius, 224 Stereocaulon, 155; alpinum, 142, 153; denudatum, 143, 153; fas- tigiatum, 143; rivulorum, 142, 154 Steyermark, Julian A. Epifagus virginiana in Missouri, 352; A Grass new to Missouri, 312; Hamamelis virginiana in Missouri 97; Range Extension in Missouri for Ophioglossum vulgatum, 22; Recent Additions to the Flora of St. Louis County, Missouri, 375, Some Features of the Flora * P Ozark Region of Missouri, Stipa avenacea, 32, 36; canadensis, 223; columbiana, 306 Stipulicida setacea, 52 Streptopus, 236; amplexifolius, 279; roseus, 279 | DECEMBER Studies in Eleocharis. IIT, Mono- graphic, 377 Styrax americana, 33, 50, 53, f. glabra, 50, f. typica, 50 Subularia aquatica, 93, 194 Sudbury River, Potamogeton pan- ormitanus in the, 312 Sugar Maple, A Conical, 238 Sullivantia renifolia, 220, 221, 227 Supposed Hybrid between the Oak pecies Quercus rubra and ilici- folia, 239 Svenson, H. K. Monographic Studies in Eleocharis. III, 377 Swamp Blueberry, Vaccinium cor- ymbosum, Double Flowers in the wild, 233 Symphoricarpos racemosus, 373 Symplocos tinctoria, 50 Synonymy of Phyllanthus brasili- ensis, 268 Syntherisma villosa, 19 Synthyris schizantha, 10 Taenidia integerrima, 224 Talinum calycinum, 220, 223, 231; parviflorum, 220 Tamarix, 375; gallica, 46, 375 Tanacetum huronense, 284 Taraxacum, 171; cochleatum, 148; cornutum, 148; croceum, 148; laurentianum, 329 Taxodium distichum, 35 : Taylor, William Randolph. (Ded- ication of species to), 311 Tecoma, 373 Teesdalea, 413 Teesdalia, 413; Lepidium, 413; nudicaulis, 412, 413, and Thlaspi perfoliatum in Maryland, Carex divisa, 412 Temperate Northeastern America, Draba in, 241, 285, 314, 353, 392 Tennessee, Notes on the Flora of: Dioscorea, 344; the Genus Tril- lium, 119 Teucrium canadense, 374 Thalictrum confine, 280; polyga- mum, 280; venulosum, 280 Thelesperma gracile, 225; trifidum, 225 Thelypteris Dryopteris, 276; mar- ginalis, 219; palustris, var. pu- bescens, 219, 221, 227; spinulosa, 227, 276, var. americana, 276, var. intermedia, 100, 219, 227 Thlaspi arvense, 414; glaucum, var. pedunculatum, 10; perfoliatum, 1934] 414, in Maryland, Carex divisa, Teesdalia nudicaulis and, 412 Thamnolia vermicularis, 143, 153 Thompson, J. William. Notes on the Flora of the State of Wash- ington—II, 8 Three Interesting New Plants from Wallowa County, Oregon, 266 Thuidium plicatum, var. brevi- folium, 132 Thuja occidentalis, 277 Tilia heterophylla, var. Michauxii, 230 Tidestrom, Ivar. Botanical Notes, 309 bino glutinosa, 276; palustris, Tomostima caroliniana, 368; his- pidula, 368 Tradescantia, 32; rosea, 41, 52 Tragia cordata, 220 Transfers in Digitaria and Paspa- lum, Some, 19 Trautvetteria carolinensis, 224, 227, 230 Trichostoma dichotoma, 220; ob- longifolium, 132 Tricuspis elongatus, 219 Trientalis americana, 283 Trifolium carolinianum, 46; pra- tense, 282, 374; repens, 282 E cs maritima, 277; palustris, 27 Trillium, 8, 119-126; acuminatum, 126; Catesbaei, 121, 127, 128; cernuum, 121, 127, var. macran- thum, 128; declinatum, 128; decumbens, 121; discolor, 121, 122, 126; erectum, 121, 126, 127, var. album, 120, 121, 126, var. declinatum, 128; erythrocdrpum, 128; flavum, 126; glaucum, 127; Gleasoni, 121, 128; grandiflorum, 121, 127, 376, in New Hamp- shire, 376, var. lirioides, 127; hamosum, 127; Hugeri, 120, 121, 123-125, f. flava, 124; isanthum, 122; lanceolatum, 121, 123, 126, var. rectistamineum, 122; lati- folium, 127; longiflorum, 122; ludovicianum, 120, 121; luteum, 120-122, 124, var. latipetalum, 124; maculatum, 121-124; medi- um, 127; membranaceum, 122; nervosum, 127; nivale, 121; Notes on the Flora of Tennessee: The Genus, 119; nutans, 126; petio- latum, 8; pusillum, 121; recurva- tum, 121, 125, 126, var. lanceo- Index 445 latum, 126, f. luteum, 125; recti- stamineum, 122; rhomboideum, 126, 8 album, 126, y grandiflorum, 127; rotundifolium, 122; Rugelii, 128; sessile, 121-123, var. dis- color, 125, var. luteum, 122, 124, var. Nuttallii, 125, var. praecox, 122, var. viridiflorum, 122; sta- mineum, 121, 126; stylosum, 127; subg. Delostylium, 127; tinc- torium, 122; Underwoodii, 122, 124, var. luteum, 124; undulatum, 121, 128; wunguiculatum, 125; Vaseyi, 121, 126, f. album, 127; viride, 120, 121, 124, 125, 230; viridescens, 120, 125 Triodia, 347; avenacea, 347; Neal- leyi, 347; repens 347 Triosteum angustifolium, 231 Triplasis purpurea, 375 Trisetum pensylvanicum, 35; spi- catum, 148 Triticum, 421; caninum, var. pauci- florum, 419; pauciflorum, 417, 418; trachycaulum, 417, 418, 420 Two Introduced Grasses new to Virginia, 420 Typha latifolia, 277 Typhaceae, 277 Uinta Mountains, Utah, A New Cardamine from the, 409 Ulmus alata, 230; fulva, 374 Umbelliferae, 282 Uniola panieulata, 31 United States and Canada, The Spores of the Genus Lycopodium in the, 13 Upper Holly Lake, 350 Uria lomvia, 171 Urtica, 373; gracilis, 280 Urticaceae, 280 Usnea, § Neuropogon, 146; mela- xantha, 146; sulphurea, 143, 145, 146, 151, 154, 160 Utah, A New Cardamine from the Uinta Mountains, 409 Utricularia, 350; gibba, 350; inflata, 54; intermedia, 93; minor, 350; purpurea, 351; subulata, 51; vulgaris, 350, var. americana, 284 Uvularia grandiflora, 218 Vacciniaceae, 237 Vaccinium, 236; angustifolium, var. myrtilloides, 283; arboreum, 32, 49, 230, var. glaucescens, 100, 220; atrococcum, 50; caesium, 54; canadense, 283; cespitosum, BULL TUE 446 Ithodora 283; corymbosum, 233, 234, Double Flowers in the Wild Swamp Blueberry, 233; crassi- folium, 49, 236; dialypetalum, 233; Elliottii, 50; melanocarpum, 230; neglectum, 49, 230; nubi- genum, 327; Oxycoccus, 283; pennsylvanicum, 233; pubescens, 184; stamineum, 220; uliginosum, 183, 184, 233, 283, var. alpinum, 183, 184, var. Langeanum, 184, subsp. microphyllum, 184, var. pubescens, 184, var. typicum, 184; vacillans, var. crinitum, 220; virgatum, 32, 50, var. tenellum, 32, 50, 220; Vitis-idaea, var. mi- nus, 283 Valerianella longiflora, 221, 282, var. stenocarpa, 232 Validity of the Name Lespedeza, 390 Valota, 68 Variety of Glyceria grandis and a Key to its allied Species, A New, 264 Vasey, Some Inadequately Char- acterized Species of George, 346 Veratrum viride, 376 Verbenaceae, 6 Verbesina occidentalis, 374; vir- ginica, 231 Vernonia, 373; crinita, 232 Veronica americana, 283, humifusa, 283; scutellata, 283 Vesicularia amphibola, 56 Viburnum dentatum 51; pauci- florum, 284, 308; rufidulum, 51, 224, 231 Vicia americana, 282; angustifolia, var. segetalis, 46; caroliniana, 54; Craeca, 282; stipulacea, 310, 311 Vicinity of Woods Hole, Massachu- setts, Oedogonium in the, 197 Vincetoxicum Baldwinianum, 230; carolinense, 230 Viola, 69; affinis, 47; digitata, 53; emarginata, 230; insignis, 47; labradoriea, 282; lanceolata, 47, 48, var. vittata, 48; Lovelliana, 231; nephrophylla, 282; pallens, 100, 220, 221, 225, 227, 282; papilionacea, 374; pedata, 53, 220, var. ranunculifolia, 53; Ra- finesquii, 362; ranunculifolia, 53; sagittata, 220; septemloba, 32, 47; Sheldoni, 12; triloba, 47; vicinalis, 47; vittata, 48 Violaceae, 282 Virginia and Maryland Plants, Notes on, 407 [DECEMBER Virginia, Two Introduced Grasses New to, 420 Viscaria, 421 Vitis cordifolia, 374; palmata, 376; rotundifolia, 220; rupestris, 230 Wallowa County, Oregon, Three Interesting New Plants from, 266 Washington, Notes on the Flora of the State of,—1I, 8 Water Lobelia, 128 Weatherby, C. A. Epifagus vir- giniana, forma pallida, 59; Notes on the Spring Flora of the Coastal Plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown, 28; Small's Manual of the Southeastern Flora, 235; Some Inade uately Character- ized Species o of G ieorge Vasey, 346 Webera gracilescens, 132 West, Silene Cserei in the Middle, 351 Wisconsin—XI, Notes from the Herbarium of the University of, 249 Wilson, L. R. The Spores of the Genus Lyco Piece ager in the United States and Canada, 1 Wisteria, 89; orae 34, 46 Wolffia columbiana, 240; in Massa- chusetts, 240; papulifera, 231 Woods Hole, Massachusetts, Oedo- gonium in the Vicinity of, 197 Worcester County, Massachusetts, New Records for, 7 Work on Arctic Lichens, Some general Results of Recent Nor- wegian Research, 133 Xanthium canadense, 374 Xanthoria candelaria, 143, 153 Xanthoxylum Clava-Hereulis, 31 Xerophyllum, 34 Xolisma lueida, 49 Xyris earoliniana, 194, f. phyllo- lepis, 194 Yucca arkansana, 231; glauca, 224 Zannichellia palustris, var. major, Zephyranthes, 32; Atamaseo,.42 Zizania, 240 Zizaniopsis miliacea, 34, 36 Zizia aurea, 224; cordata, 24 Zostera marina, 261 Zygadenus chloranthus, 224, 227